Wikimedia Foundation Governance Wiki foundationwiki https://foundation.wikimedia.org/wiki/Home MediaWiki 1.47.0-wmf.20 first-letter Media Special Talk User User talk Wikimedia Wikimedia talk File File talk MediaWiki MediaWiki talk Template Template talk Help Help talk Category Category talk Resolution Resolution talk Legal Legal talk Minutes Minutes talk Policy Policy talk Endowment Endowment talk Agenda Agenda talk Archive Archive talk Memory Memory talk Committee Committee talk Campaign Campaign talk TimedText TimedText talk Module Module talk Translations Translations talk 106 56045 594019 591549 2026-09-19T02:48:10Z Pristome 225362 594019 wikitext text/x-wiki <languages /> {{policy-staff|nosidebar=true}} {{:Policy:Wikimedia Access to Temporary Account IP Addresses Policy/Summary}} '''存取臨時帳號的IP位址'''權限有助-{A|zh-hant:使用者;zh-hans:用户;}-保護維基媒體-{A|zh-hant:計畫;zh-hans:项目;}-。該存取權限與[[Special:MyLanguage/Legal:IP Information tool guidelines|IP資訊工具]]的存取權限是分開的。尚未同意[[Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Access to nonpublic personal data policy|存取非公開個人-{A|zh-hant:資料;zh-hans:数据;}-方針]]的使用者必須同意下列指引，這是獲得此權限的條件。 <span id="Background"></span> == 背景 == 维基媒体项目是全球志愿用户社群的合作产物。这些项目可以在登录或不登录维基媒体账户的情况下进行编辑。不登录维基媒体账户的编者是通过没有登录凭证的临时账户完成编辑的。 <span id="Purpose"></span> == 目的 == 维基媒体基金会允许某些登录用户-{A|zh-hant:存取;zh-hans:访问;}-临时账户的IP地址，以便这些用户处理、调查潛在违反维基媒体基金会或用户社群政策的行为。此访问权限是用来打击破坏行为和垃圾信息、检查傀儡滥用、以及控制对维基媒体项目的干扰。 {{anchor|Use and disclosure}} <span id="Use_and_disclosure_of_temporary_account_IP_addresses"></span> ==存取臨時帳號的IP位址的使用與揭露== 方针限制获取未登入编者IP地址的行为，以确保只在维基媒体计划的反破坏工作流程中使用IP地址信息。有权限获取IP地址的用户不可以与无该权限的人分享IP地址信息，除非以下指引允许。 想要获取IP地址的外部人士可能会联系有权限的用户，尝试获取IP地址信息。有权限的用户应注意这一点，对可能出现的可疑的信息获取请求保持警惕。 <span id="Use_of_temporary_account_IP_addresses"></span> ===存取臨時帳號的IP位址的使用=== 临时账户IP地址仅能用于调查、發現或处理破坏、滥用、垃圾信息、骚扰、破坏性行为和其他违反维基媒体基金会或社群方针的行为。對於用戶經常-{zh-hans:查看;zh-hant:檢視;}-临时账户IP地址作調查和處理用途，自動顯示IP地址的功能可被使用，只要自動顯示的IP地址只用作上述用途。 访问权限不应该被用来进行政治控制、对编辑者施加压力或在内容争议中对另一个编辑者进行威胁。请注意，使用多个临时账户不被禁止，只要它们的使用不违反方针（违反方针的例子包括绕过封禁或禁制）。 那些能够查看临时账户IP地址的人，可以知道临时账户在维基媒体站点上执行编辑或日志操作时使用的IP地址。此信息只会保留一段较短的时间（目前是90天）。因此比保留期限更早使用的IP地址不会显示。IP地址可以通过在日志、编辑历史和最近更改页面上，点击“显示IP（Show IP）”按钮来获取。也可以通过IP信息工具来取得IP地址。 以下操作會[[phab:T325658|被日誌記錄]]： * 接受偏好設定中啟用或停用顯示IP位置。 * 顯示臨時帳號的IP-{zh-hans:地址;zh-hant:地址;zh-tw:位址;}-。 * 啟用或停用自动顯示IP位置模式。 * 列出與該IP位址或CIDR位址塊關聯的臨時帳號。 存取臨時帳號的IP位址時，應遵守這些指引、[[Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Privacy policy|私隱政策]]，以及更多適用於相關專案的更嚴格之本地政策。 <span id="Disclosure"></span> === 披露 === 即使某個用户违反了方针，也要尽可能地避免透露其个人信息。我们应尽量使用临时账户用户名，而不是直接披露IP地址，或提供诸如同一网络/非同一网络之类信息。 在保证项目和其他用户安全的过程中，用户可能仍然需要向第三方披露临时账户IP地址。允许的披露仅限于以下情况： * 拥有临时账户IP地址访问权限的用户可私下向其他具有相同访问权限的用户透露IP地址。要检查用户是否拥有访问权限，请使用[[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Product Safety and Integrity/Anti-abuse signals/User Info|用户信息卡]]进行确认。 * 在合理认为必要的情况下，即使基于非公开信息，也可公开披露临时账户之间的关联。然而，由于访问策略存在差异，临时账户与标准账户之间的关联关系不得基于非公开信息进行公开披露。基于行为证据的关联关系则允许公开披露。 * 當拥有临时账户IP地址访问权限的用户在封禁、解封或進行其他管理操作时，該用戶可能會因执行连续封禁等操作隱含地揭露臨時帳號和其相關IP帳號之間的關係。但需注意，除非本政策另有允許，用戶不可明確地連結臨時帳號和其相關IP帳號；例如，不允许通过封禁理由直接披露此类关联信息。 * 当合理认为有必要时，拥有临时账户IP地址访问权限的用户也可在适当场合披露该IP地址，以协助执行或调查违反我们[[Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Terms of Use|使用条款]]、隐私政策、维基媒体基金会或用户社区相关规定的行为。此类披露的适当场合包括专门处理[[wikidata:Q10854626#sitelinks-wikipedia|持续出没的破坏者]]和[[wikidata:Q17233#sitelinks-wikipedia|傀儡調查]]的公共页面。若事後證明此类披露非必要或屬錯誤，则应及时从页面文本中移除IP地址并考虑修订版本删除。 * 已同意[[Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Access to nonpublic personal data policy|访问非公开个人数据政策]]的用户也可以在该政策允许的范围内披露临时账户IP地址。 如果临时账户IP地址需要在与[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Threats of harm|迫在眉睫的人身伤害威胁]]有关的情况下被披露，请立即将请求的细节发到emergency{{@}}wikimedia.org，以便评估有可能的基金会披露。 用户可以在legal{{@}}wikimedia.org向维基媒体基金会报告他们收到的任何正式或非正式的，且不符合本方针授权范围的请求，包括来自执法部门、政府机构、律师或其他第三方的法律文件。 {{anchor|requirements-for-access}} <span id="Minimum_requirements_for_access"></span> == 存取权最低要求 == 只有登入使用者可以存取，要獲得存取權限，使用者必須滿足下列使用者群組的對應要求。同時滿足本地存取與全域存取要求的用戶，只需滿足全域存取相關要求即可。IP披露權不能與未列出的使用者組的使用者許可權捆綁在一起，未列出的使用者組的成員可以透過滿足為[[Policy:Wikimedia Access to Temporary Account IP Addresses Policy#Other users|其他使用者]]設定的要求來獲得存取許可權。 <span id="Global_access"></span> === 全域存取 === 特定全域用户组和本地用户组的成员出于履行职责之目的，需要所有维基媒体项目的临时账号IP地址-{A|zh-hant:存取;zh-hans:访问;}-权限。-{A|zh-hant:存取;zh-hans:访问;}-权的要求视用户组而定。同时具备下列多个用户组身份的用户只需满足其中一个用户组的要求。例如，既属于申诉专员用户组又属于过滤器维护者用户组的成员将按对申诉专员的要求自动获得-{A|zh-hant:存取;zh-hans:访问;}-权限；此类用户的访问权仍适用于两个用户组身份。 <span id="Stewards,_Ombuds,_U4C,_and_Staff"></span> ==== 監管員、申訴專員、通用行為準則和員工 ==== -{A|zh-hant:存取;zh-hans:访问;}-权自动授予以下任一用户组的成员：[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Stewards|监管员]]、[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Ombuds commission|申诉专员]]、[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Universal Code of Conduct/Coordinating Committee|通用行为准则协调委员会（U4C）]]和员工。监管员、申诉专员和U4C成员处理IP地址时应遵守此指引和[[Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Access to nonpublic personal data policy|-{A|zh-hant:非公開個人資料存取政策;zh-hans:非公开个人信息访问政策;}-]]。员工处理IP地址时应遵守NDA（保密协议）。 <span id="Global_sysops,_Global_rollbackers,_and_Abuse_filter_maintainers_and_helpers"></span> ==== 全域管理員、全域回退員和過濾器維護者與助理 ==== [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Global sysops|全域管理员]]、[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Global rollback|全域回退员]]、[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Abuse filter maintainers|过滤器维护者]]和[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Abuse filter helpers|过滤器助手]]用户组成员可通过[[Special:GlobalPreferences]]全域加入。加入后这些用户必须同意按照此指引，仅出于调查或预防破坏、滥用或其它违反维基媒体基金会或社区政策方针行为之目的使用IP地址。或者，这些用户也可以选择不加入；那么这些用户只要并不同时属于自动拥有访问权的用户组，就不会被授予访问权。 <span id="CheckUsers_and_Oversighters"></span> ==== 使用者查核員與監督員 ==== 本地[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/CheckUser policy|監管員]]或[[m:Oversight policy|使用者查核員]]使用者群組的成員可以通過[[Special:GlobalPreferences]]在全域内選擇加入，這些使用者應以[[Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Access to nonpublic personal data policy|存取非公開個人資料政策]]的方式處理IP位址。 <span id="Local_access"></span> === 本地存取 === 某些用户出于保护本地维基媒体计划之目的，需要相应计划的临时账号IP地址访问权限。获取访问权的要求视本地用户组而定。同时具备下列多个用户组身份的用户只需满足其中一个用户组的要求。例如，既属于本地用户查核用户组又属于行政员用户组的成员将按照对用户查核的要求自动获得访问权限；此类用户的访问权仍适用于两个用户组身份。 <span id="CheckUsers_and_Oversighters"></span> ==== 使用者查核員與監督員 ==== 自動授予本地[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/CheckUser policy|監管員]]或[[m:Oversight policy|使用者查核員]]使用者群組的成員本地存取權限，這些使用者應以[[Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Access to nonpublic personal data policy|存取非公開個人資料政策]]的方式處理IP位址。 <span id="Administrators_and_Bureaucrats"></span> ==== 管理员及行政员 ==== 本地[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Administrator|管理员]]和[[m:Bureaucrat|行政员]]可通过[[Special:Preferences]]选择在本地计划加入，且同意按照此指引，仅出于调查或预防破坏、滥用或其它违反维基媒体基金会或社区政策方针行为之目的使用IP地址。或者，这些用户也可以选择不加入；那么这些用户只要并不同时属于自动拥有访问权的用户组，就不会被授予访问权。 <span id="Other_users"></span> ==== 其他使用者 ==== 不屬於上列使用者群組的使用者可能也需要存取臨時帳號的IP位址，以協助[[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:Patrolling|巡查]]、調查[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Sock puppetry|傀儡]]或其他保護維基媒體計畫的工作。 要存取臨時賬戶的IP地址，使用者必須： # {{anchor|point-3}}滿足以下所有的一般要求： ## 使用者帳號註冊滿6個月，以及 ## 使用者帳號在本地項目至少做出300筆編輯， # 取決於本地达成的共识<ref group=Note name="access-request" />，向本地管理员，行政员或监管员提交一份申请。处理申请的过程中可能会有额外的要求。<ref group=Note name="additional_requirements" /> # 在本地維基計劃-{zh-hans:通过;zh-hant:透過;}-[[Special:Preferences|Special:Preferences]]選擇加入，且 # 同意根據這些指引來使用IP位址，僅用於調查和防止破壞、濫用和其他違反維基媒體基金會或社群方針的行為，並且理解與本權限有關的風險和責任。 要維持存取臨時帳號IP位址的權限，使用者在365天內必須於本地項目至少做出一次編輯或日誌操作<ref group=Note name="logged_action" />。 <span id="Exceptions_to_minimum_requirements"></span> ==== 最低要求的豁免情況 ==== 如果一名用户不符合上述条件，但仍有合规的理由来获取临时账户的IP地址，且其目的无法合理地由已有权限地用户实现，监管员有权在不符合上述条件的情况下给予豁免。 <span id="Removing_access"></span> == 移除权限 == 非必要或錯誤地使用或披露臨時帳號的IP地址，本身並不足以成為移除用戶權限的理由；當有重複的行為模式、蓄意濫用，或有本地社群共識，方可移除。使用者若在一個維基媒體計劃被封禁，將喪失在該計劃的臨時賬戶IP位址的存取權限。 自動具有此權限的用戶組的成員，若不希望擁有此權限，須聯絡ca{{@}}wikimedia.org。若确定某用户多次或故意滥用临时账号IP地址，或本地社区达成共识，[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Stewards|监管员]]有权移除该用户的權限。 手動獲得用戶權限的[[Policy:Wikimedia Access to Temporary Account IP Addresses Policy#Other users|其他使用者]]可以隨時透過訪問[[Special:Preferences|偏好設定]]自願放棄存取許可權。這個動作將會被日誌紀錄。如果手動授予用戶權限的使用者被確定多次或故意濫用了臨時帳戶的IP地址，或者本地社群共識決定刪除，那麼授權授予此權限的使用者也被授權移除權限。 要請求監管員移除或更改臨時帳號IP地址的存取權，可在[[:m:Steward requests/Permissions#Removal of access|监管员请求/權限請求#移除權限]]提出申請。當社群對於移除一名用戶的權限有共識時，必須提供連到該討論的連結。 如有必要，可通过ca{{@}}wikimedia.org向[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Trust and Safety|信任与安全团队]]提出审核要求，根据[[Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Office actions|基金会行动政策]]移除用户权限。对违反[[Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Privacy policy|隐私政策]]的行为所提出的投诉，将上报[[:m:Ombuds commission|申诉专员委员会]]审查。 用户获取临时账户的IP地址时，会留下日志记录，以便事后调查。 == {{int string|Notes}} == <references group="Note"> <ref group=Note name="access-request">希望將預設從管理員改為行政員的社群應[[phab:maniphest/task/edit/form/139/|在Phabricator提出申請]]</ref> <ref group=Note name="additional_requirements">额外要求举例如下： # 在主命名空间作出不少于600次编辑， # 先前巡查工作的证明、 # 经过社群选举程序，和/或 # 其他可能的要求，且不低于上文的一般要求。</ref> <ref group=Note name="logged_action">日誌操作是所有會在Special:日誌出現的操作</ref> </references> == {{int string|See also}} == * [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Trust and Safety Product/Temporary Accounts|臨時帳號]] * [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Trust and Safety Product/Temporary Accounts/FAQ|存取臨時帳號的IP位址的FAQ]] * [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Trust and Safety Product/IP Info|IP信息]] [[Category:Legal documentation{{#translation:}}]] [[Category:Policies{{#translation:}}]] 5bqak4mg26mpzdprmdrkboaz3jugmcy 106 56759 594010 586280 2026-09-18T18:16:35Z Pristome 225362 594010 wikitext text/x-wiki <div style="font-size: smaller;"><languages /></div>{{#if:{{#translation:}}||{{DISPLAYTITLE:Wikimedia Foundation Terms of Use}}}}{{Help translate/Terms of Use}} {{Policy-board|nosidebar=true}} {{Policy:Terms of Use/Summary}} {{Anchor|introduction}}{{shortcut|[[ToU]]}} <span style="font-size: 150%;">我們的使用條款</span> '''想像一個世界，在這個世界裡每個人都能夠在知識海洋中自由地分享。這就是我們的承諾。 ''' – [[{{foundationsite|1=about/vision}}|我们的展望宣言]] 歡迎訪問維基媒體！維基媒體基金會（以下稱“我們”）是一家非營利慈善組織。我們的[[{{foundationsite|1=about/mission}}|使命]]是協助和促使人們收集、創作[[{{lwp|Free content}}|自由版權]]或公有領域的內容，並大力向全世界免費傳播。 为了支持我们充满活力的社区，我们为多语言维基项目及其版本的开发（如[[{{foundationsite|1=our-work/wikimedia-projects}}|此处]]所述）以及服务于这一使命的其他努力提供了必要的基础设施和组织框架。我们努力使项目中的教育和信息内容永久免费在互联网上提供。 我們歡迎您（以下稱“您”或“用戶”）以讀者、編輯者、作者或貢獻者的身份參與到維基媒體項目中來，我們誠邀您加入維基媒體社群。但是，在您加入之前，我們懇請您閱讀並同意以下所述的使用條款（以下直呼“使用條款”）。 == {{int string|Overview}} == 通過閱讀使用條款，您將了解到維基媒體基金會所提供的公共服務，您作為一名用戶同我們的關係，以及雙方之間的權利和責任。我們希望您了解，我們管理著數量極大的教育和信息內容，它們都是由像您一樣的用戶貢獻的。概括來說，我們不會貢獻、監控或刪除內容（違反使用條款或數字千年版權法等少數政策情況除外）。這意味著編輯控制權在您和同您一樣創建和管理內容的用戶手裡。我們很少管制這些內容。 社区——不断构建和使用各种站点或项目的用户网络——是实现任务目标的主要手段。社区为我们的网站做出贡献并帮助管理我们的网站。社区承担着为特定项目版本（例如维基百科计划的不同语言版本或维基共享资源多语言版本）创建和执行政策的关键功能。 欢迎您（用户）以贡献者、编者或作者的身份加入，但您应该遵守各独立项目版本所适用的政策，包括[[Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Universal Code of Conduct|通用行为准则]]（UCoC）——此准则适用于所有项目版本。维基百科是我们最大的项目，但我们也有其它目标和工作方式各不相同的项目。每一个项目版本都有贡献者、编者或作者团队，协同创作和管理该项目版本的内容。欢迎您加入这些团队，并与其成员共同改进这些项目。我们致力于让内容能够自由地为大众所用，因此您贡献的内容都将按照自由授权协议提供，或被发布到公有领域。 请注意，您须根据美利坚合众国法律和其它适用法律（可能包括您或您的贡献所在地法律），承担您因贡献、编辑和演绎维基媒体内容所产生的法律责任。这意味着在发布、修改或演绎内容时保持谨慎非常重要。鉴于这个责任，我们规定了一些您不能做的事情，这些规定大多数是为了保护您自己，或保护像您一样的其他用户。请记住，我们托管的内容仅为了一般目的，因此如果您需要对特定问题的专业建议（例如医疗、法律或财务问题），您应向合适的专家寻求帮助。我们还有其它重要提示和免责声明，所以请把以下使用条款完整读完。 為清楚起見，其他可能承擔相同使命的組織，例如[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia chapters|當地維基媒體分會]]和協會，在法律上仍然獨立於維基媒體基金會。除非基金會作為特定專案網站的授權方另有說明，否則這些其他組織對專案網站或其內容的運作不承擔任何責任。 {{anchor|1}} <span id="1._Our_Services"></span> == 一、我們的服務 == 維基媒體基金會致力於鼓勵免費多語言內容的成長、開發和分發，並向公眾免費託管這些基於維基的專案的全部內容。我們的職責是主持一些世界上最大的協作編輯參考項目，[//www.wikimedia.org 點此查看]。然而，我們僅作為託管服務提供者，維護基礎設施和組織框架。此基礎設施和框架允許我們的用戶透過自己貢獻和編輯內容來建立專案。它們還允許我們的用戶重複使用該內容。我們維護的基礎設施包括專門的技術基礎設施，使用戶能夠以程式設計方式與專案（稱為「應用程式介面」或「API」）和行動應用程式進行互動並重複使用內容。 以下条款提到的“我们的服务”包括：[//www.wikimedia.org 我们主办的计划]、我们维护的技术架构以及我们为维护和改进计划而托管的所有技术空间。 基于我们独特的角色，考虑我们与您、与计划，及与其他用户的关系时，您应该注意以下几点： <ol STYLE="list-style-type: lower-alpha"><li>'''我们不承担编辑职责：'''由于计划为合作编辑，我们托管的绝大多数内容都由用户提供，而我们并不承担编辑职责。这意味着我们通常不会监控或编辑计划网站的内容，也不为这些内容承担责任。类似地，除非我们另有明确声明，我们也不为经由我们服务表达的任何观点负责，亦不代表或保证提交到计划上的社群内容之真确性、准确性或可靠性。</li> <li>'''您对自己的行为负责：'''在法律上，您自行负责自己在计划上的编辑与贡献、对计划内容的演绎、对API的使用及更广泛意义上对我们服务的使用。为保护您自己，您应保持谨慎，避免做出一切可能依任何适用法律招致刑事或民事责任的行为。明确地说，适用法律至少包括美利坚合众国法律及加利福尼亚州法律。在其它国家或地区，适用法律依个案判定。我们警告用户——特别是编者、贡献者和作者——，美国以外的当局有可能寻求将他国法律适用于您，包括您居住国或浏览与编辑内容时的所在国，尽管我们未必同意此等行为。我们通常无法为反对类似法律之适用提供任何保护、保证、豁免或赔偿。</li></ol> {{anchor|2}} <span id="2._Privacy_Policy"></span> == 二、隱私政策 == 我們要求您查看[[Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Privacy policy|我們的隱私權政策條款]]，以便您了解我們如何收集和使用您的資訊。 {{anchor|3}} <span id="3._Content_We_Host"></span> == 三、我們託管的內容 == <OL STYLE="list-style-type: lower-alpha"><li>'''您可能会发现一些引人反感或存在错误的材料：'''由于我们托管大量由用户协作创作或搜集的信息，您可能遇见让您感到冒犯、错误、误导性或是错误标记的材料。因此，我们请您在使用我们的服务时运用常识作出恰当判辨。</li> <li>'''项目内容仅供一般参考之用：'''尽管我们的项目托管了大量涉及专业领域主题的信息，包括医疗、法律及财务事宜，展示这些内容仅供一般参考用。这些内容不应被视为专业建议。请寻求具有相应领域牌照或资质者的专业独立咨询，而不要依据任何项目网站中包含的任何信息、意见或建议行事。</li></OL> {{anchor|4}} <span id="4._Refraining_from_Certain_Activities"></span> == 四、避免某些行為 == 維基媒體基金會託管的專案之所以存在，是因為像您這樣充滿活力的使用者社群共同編寫、編輯和策劃內容。我們非常高興地歡迎您參與這個社區。我們鼓勵您在與社區中其他人的互動中保持文明和禮貌，真誠行事，並進行編輯和貢獻，以進一步實現共享專案的使命。我們要求所有使用者查看並遵守[[Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Universal Code of Conduct|通用行為準則]]（「UCoC」），該準則規定了我們託管的所有專案中的學術、民事合作要求。 无论依适用法律是否合法，某些行为可能会伤害其他用户并违反我们的规则，而某些行为可能也会让您承担责任。因此，为保护您自己与其他用户，您不能在我们的平台上参加此等行为，也不能使用我们的计划做出此等行为。这些行为包括： :'''骚扰及攻击他人''' ::* 从事UCoC所述之威胁、跟踪缠扰、滥发邮件、故意破坏或骚扰之行为； ::* 向他人传送连锁邮件、垃圾邮件或滥发邮件； ::* 出于严重伤害他人之目的，新发布或修改内容，例如故意教唆自残，或故意诱导癫痫发作。 :'''侵犯他人隐私''' ::* 侵犯他人受到适用法律保护的隐私权（可能包括您居住地或浏览所在地或编辑所在地之法律）； ::* 出于骚扰、剥削或侵犯隐私权之目的，或出于未经维基媒体基金会明示批准之宣传或商业目的，索求个人身份信息；及 ::* 向任何不满18周岁者，或向未达您所在地规定之成年年龄（如果该规定之成年年龄高于18周岁）者索求个人身份信息，用作非法用途或者违反涉及未成年人健康或福祉的任何适用法律。 :'''提供虚假陈述、假冒他人或欺诈''' ::*故意张贴侮辱或诽谤的内容； ::*以欺骗为目的张贴虚假或不准确内容； ::*企图冒充其他用户和个人、伪造您与人和个人或实体的关系、以欺骗为目的使用他人用户名；以及 ::*从事诈骗。 :'''侵犯知识产权''' ::* 侵犯著作权、商标权、专利权或其它由适用法律规定的财产权利。 :'''出于其它非法目的滥用我们的服务''' ::* 發佈兒童色情或其他違反兒童色情方面相關法律的內容或兒童性虐待內容，或鼓勵、培養、或提倡他人製作或分享此類內容； ::* 發佈或販賣違反相關法律的淫穢內容；以及 ::* 以違反相關法律的方式使用此服務。 :'''破坏和非法滥用设施''' ::*张贴或散布含有任何病毒、恶意软件、蠕虫、特洛伊木马、恶意代码或其他可能伤害我们的技术设备、系统或用户的作品； ::*进行滥用性或扰乱性的、没有得到社群允许的自动化操作； ::*通过对项目站点或连接到项目站点的服务器或网络施加过度负担扰乱服务； ::*通过发送大量通信或其他与项目原本目的无关的流量淹没扰乱服务； ;:*未经授权故意访问、篡改或使用我们的计算机系统任何非公开部分；以及 ::*探测、扫描或测试任何我们的技术系统或网络的漏洞，除非满足下述所有情况： :::* 此類行為不會過度濫用或破壞我們的技術系統或網路； :::*这些行为并非出于谋取私利（对您工作的认可除外）； :::* 您向相關開發人員回報任何漏洞（或自行修復）；和 :::* 您做出這些行為並非出於惡意或破壞性目的。 {{anchor|paid-contrib-disclosure}}{{anchor|paid contributions}}{{anchor|PAID}}{{Shortcut|1=[[PAID]]}} : '''未公开披露的有偿编辑''' ::* 对于让您取得报酬的贡献或预期会让您取得报酬的贡献，您必须公开披露相关的所有雇主、客户及隶属关系。您必须以下列至少一种方式做出上述披露： :::*在您的用户页上作出声明， :::*在有偿编辑内容所相映的讨论页中作出声明，或者 :::*在有偿编辑的编辑摘要中作出声明。 ::*其他法律以及维基媒体基金会或社群的方针与指引中的相关规定，例如关于利益冲突的规定，可能会对有偿编辑有更严格的限制，或要求更详细的声明。 ::* 适用法律，或项目特有的政策方针和基金会政策方针和指导原则，例如处理利益冲突的上述文件，可能会进一步限制有偿贡献，或是要求更为详细的披露。例如，侵犯维基媒体商标权（定义见第6节，下同）以宣传有偿编辑服务、删除先前已充分披露的有偿编辑披露信息，或作出使得充分披露事实上不可能做到的未登录编辑等行为，均违反本节规定。 ::* 维基媒体项目社区可采用其它有偿编辑披露方针，作为本节的补充或取代本节规定。如果项目采用其它有偿编辑披露方针，在该项目贡献时，您可遵守对应方针，而无须遵守本小节（题为“有偿编辑而不公开披露”）的规定。 :: 欲了解更多信息，請閱讀我們的[[Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Terms of Use/Frequently asked questions on paid contributions without disclosure|有關披露已繳捐款的常見問題解答]]。 用户作出未披露有偿编辑，会给[[:w:zh:Wikipedia:利益冲突|负责调查和执行社区政策方针的]]志愿编者制造不合理的负担。因此，对于违反本节涉及未披露付费编辑规定的行为，您同意接受本使用条款第14节所述的具有约束力的“先调解后仲裁”（Med-Arb）（“市场营销公司调解”）。 我們保留對本使用條款第 4 條的規定行使執行自由裁量權的權利。如有需要，這些條款的執行可能包括維基媒體基金會[[Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Office actions|基金會行動方針]]中未列出的行動。如果在新情況下需要執行，我們將努力在最多一 (1) 年內更新審查意見通知書政策，以對新類型的行動進行分類。 {{anchor|5}} <span id="5._Password_Security"></span> == 五、密碼安全 == 您有責任保護自己的密碼和其他安全憑證，切勿將其洩露給任何第三方。 {{anchor|6}} <span id="6._Trademarks"></span> == 六、商標 == 尽管您在很大程度上可以自由演绎计划网站上的内容，十分重要的一点是，维基媒体基金会的我们保护我们的商标权，从而保护我们的用户免遭意图欺诈的假冒者的侵害。基于此，我们请您尊重我们的商标。所有维基媒体基金会商标均为维基媒体基金会所有，任何对我们商号、商标、服务标识、标识及域名的使用均必须遵守此服务条款，且须符合我们的[[Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Trademark policy|商标方针]]。 {{anchor|7}} <span id="7._Licensing_of_Content"></span> == 七、內容授權 == 为了扩大自由知识与自由文化的共享资源，向项目或项目网站作出贡献的所有用户均被要求向普罗大众授予广泛的许可，允许大众在妥当标明出处并对其衍生作品授予同等的演绎与传播的自由的前提下，自由地传播和演绎他们的贡献。我们的目标是将自由的信息提供给尽可能广泛的受众，因此我们要求在必要时对所有提交内容进行许可，以便让任何可访问此等内容者都可以自由地演绎之。 您同意遵守下列许可要求： <OL STYLE="list-style-type: lower-alpha"><LI>'''您拥有著作权的文字：'''当您提交自有版权的文字时，您同意按照以下许可证授权： * [//creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/deed.{{PAGELANGUAGE}} 知识共享 署名-相同方式共享 4.0 国际许可证]（“CC BY-SA 4.0”），及 * [//www.gnu.org/copyleft/fdl.html GNU自由文档许可证]（“GFDL”）（未版本控制、无恒常章节、无前封面文字或后封面文字） 演绎者须遵守上列授权协议之一或遵守两个授权协议。 唯一的例外情况是，项目版本或功能需要不同的许可协议。此种情况下，您同意将您贡献的任何文字按照该项目版本或功能订明的许可协议授权。 请注意，这些许可协议确实允许商用您的贡献，只要此等使用符合相应的许可协议。在您享有CC BY-SA 4.0规定的数据库特别权利之处，您放弃此等权利。举例来说，这就意味着您向项目贡献的事实可在不注明出处的情况下自由演绎。</li> <li><span id="7b"></span>'''署名：'''署名是这些许可协议中的重要组成部分。我们认为，这即是给和您一样的作者以应有的认可。当您贡献文本时，您同意以下列任意方式署名： <OL STYLE="list-style:lower-roman"> <li>经由指向您作出贡献的条目的超链接（如可能）或URL（因为每则条目均有列出所有贡献者、作者和编者的页面历史）；</li> <li>经由指向一个稳定的等效线上副本的超链接（如可能）或URL，该副本可自由访问，符合相关许可协议要求，并以等效于项目网站的方式肯定作者的贡献；或</li> <li>经由列出所有作者的列表（但请注意任何作者列表均可能过滤排除太小或不相关的贡献）。</li> </ol> <li><span id="7c"></span>'''匯入文本：'''您可以導入在其他地方找到的文本或與他人共同創作的文本，但在這種情況下，您聲明並保證該文本可根據與 CC BY-SA 兼容的條款使用 （或者，如上所述，當專案版本或功能有特殊要求時，另一個許可證）。有關相容授權的列表，請參閱 [//creativecommons.org/share-your-work/licensing-considerations/compatible-licenses/ Creative Commons]。您不得匯入僅根據 GFDL 提供的內容。<br /> 您同意，如您导入依照要求署名的CC许可协议授权的文本，则必须以合理方式为作者署名。在类似署名常通过页面历史完成的地方（例如维基媒体内部复制），导入文本时通过编辑摘要署名即为足够，这将记录在页面历史上。特定情况下，署名要求有时太过苛刻（无论许可协议为何），维基媒体社区可能因此认为已导入文本不能使用。</li> <li><span id="7d"></span>'''非文本媒体：'''项目上的非文本媒体可依照一系列支持“演绎与再分发不受限制”这一总目标的许可协议使用。当您贡献非文本媒体时，您同意遵守我们[[Special:MyLanguage/Resolution:Licensing policy|许可协议方针]]所述的对此等许可协议的要求，并遵守您所贡献的对应项目版本或功能的要求。参见[[:c:Special:MyLanguage/Commons:Licensing|维基共享资源许可协议方针]]以了解更多关于向维基共享资源贡献非文本内容的信息。</li> <li><span id="7e"></span>'''不得撤销许可：'''除非许可协议允许，即使您终止使用我们的服务，您也不会单方面撤销或寻求废除您依本使用条款贡献给项目或功能的文本内容或非文本媒体的任何许可。</li> <li><span id="7f"></span>'''公有领域内容：'''欢迎公有领域内容。然而，确认相关内容依照美利坚合众国法律以及对应项目版本所要求的其它国家和地区法律确实属于公有领域同样重要。当您贡献公有领域内容时，您保证该材料确实属于公有领域，并同意适当标注之。</li> <li><span id="7g"></span>'''演绎：'''我们欢迎对我们托管的内容进行演绎，但基于“合理使用”或符合适用著作权法律的类似豁免而贡献给我们的内容除外。任何演绎均应当遵守下一层的许可协议。<br /> 当您演绎或再分发由维基媒体社区制作的文字页面时，您同意以下列任意方式对作者进行署名： <OL STYLE="list-style:lower-roman"> <li>经由指向您所演绎之条目的超链接（如可能）或URL（因为每则条目均有列出所有贡献者、作者和编者的页面历史）；</li> <li>经由指向一个稳定的等效线上副本的超链接（如可能）或URL，该副本可自由访问，符合相关许可协议要求，并以等效于项目网站的方式肯定作者的贡献；或</li> <li>经由列出所有作者的列表（但请注意任何作者列表均可能过滤排除太小或不相关的贡献）。</li> </ol> 如果文本内容导入自其它来源，有可能该内容以兼容的CC BY-SA许可协议授权，但不以GFDL协议授权（如上文“导入文本”所述）。这种情况下，您同意遵守兼容的CC BY-SA许可协议，且您没有将此内容按照GFDL许可协议二次授权的选择。要判断您欲演绎或再分发的内容适用何种许可协议，您应检查页面脚注、页面历史和讨论页。 此外请注意，由外部来源导入至项目的文本可能是按照带有额外署名要求的许可协议授权的。用户同意明确指出此等额外署名要求。取决于项目，此等要求可能出现在诸如横幅（banner）或其它说明中，指明部分或全部内容最初在其它地方发布。如有此类明显标注，演绎者应当保留之。 对于任意非文本媒体，您同意遵守该作品发布的适用许可协议（可通过点击该作品并在其描述页查看许可协议一节或检查该作品适用的来源页找到）。演绎我们托管的任何内容时，您都同意遵守相关的署名要求，因为它们涉及再下一层的一个或多个许可协议。</li> <li>'''对您演绎的内容作出的修改或添增：'''修改或添增您从项目网站上取得的文本时，您同意依照CC BY-SA 4.0或以后版本授权修改后或增添后的内容（例外情况如上文所述，即相应项目版本或功能要求以另一个许可协议授权）。<br /> 修改或添增您从项目网站上取得的非文本媒体时，您同意根据该作品公开发布所用的许可协议，许可修改或添增的内容。<br /> 对于文本内容与非文本媒体，您都同意明确指出原作品已经过修改。如您在一个维基中演绎文本内容，在页面历史中指明您修改过导入文本即足够。对于您分发的每一份副本或修改后的版本，您同意附上许可协议说明，指出该作品的许可协议，并附上该许可协议的超链接或URL或附上许可协议本身。</li></ol> {{anchor|8}} <span id="8._Copyright_Compliance"></span> == 八、對於著作權的遵守 == :'''國際著作權之遵守''' 若您認為維基百科之內容違反著作權，可根據我們的違法內容檢舉規程（見下方第十節）向維基媒體基金會檢舉。 请注意，由于国际版权法的协调，许多情况下，既能按照您当地法律规定又能按照美国法律规定提交版权侵犯通知。版权通知必须满足下列DMCA要求，才是依美国法律有效的。 适当情况下，我们将终止反复使用我们的计划和服务侵权的系统和网络用户及账号持有人。 :'''DMCA合规''' 維基媒體基金會希望確保我們所託管的內容可以使其它用戶在一個不必擔心承擔責任，同時確保這些內容沒有侵犯他人的專有權利的情況下再次使用。為了公平對待我們的用戶以及其他創作者和版權持有者，我們的政策是回應那些符合《數字千年版權法案》（DMCA）中所規定的涉嫌侵權的通知。根據《數字千年版權法》，我們將在適當情況下終止經常在我們的系統和網絡的許多-{zh-hans:项目;zh-hant:計劃;}-和服務中侵權的用戶和賬戶持有人。 然而，我们也意识到并非每一份删除通知都有效或都出于善意。此类情况下，我们大力鼓励用户在合理相信DMCA侵权删除要求无效或不当时提交反通知。要进一步了解自认提交DMCA通知失当时的做法，您可访问[//lumendatabase.org/ Lumen数据库]网站。 如果您拥有的内容未经允许在项目之一上不当使用，您可依DMCA提交通知要求删除内容。要作出此类要求，请通过{{email|legal|wikimedia.org}}给我们寄电子邮件，或[[Special:MyLanguage/Legal:DMCA takedowns|向我们的指定代理人寄送蜗牛邮件]]。 或者，您可向我们的社区提出申请，这样处理版权问题通常比经DMCA规定的流程处理来得更快更有效。这种情况下，您可发布通知阐述您的版权疑虑。如需各项目版本中相关流程的不详尽非权威列表，可[[:m:Copyright problems|浏览版权问题页面]]。提交DMCA通知之前，您也可以选择经{{email|info|wikimedia.org}}向社区寄送电子邮件。{{email|info|wikimedia.org}} {{anchor|9}} <span id="9._Third-party_Websites_and_Resources"></span> == 九、第三方网站及资源 == 您须独自承担使用任何第三方网站及资源产生的责任。尽管计划与计划网站包含指向第三方网站及资源的链接，我们并不为其有效性、准确性以及相关内容、产品或服务背书，亦不对其负责（包括但不限于病毒及其它致损功能）；此外，我们也没有任何义务监管此类第三方内容。 {{anchor|10}} <span id="10._Management_of_Websites"></span> == 十、网站的管理 == 社区在制定与执行适用于不同项目版本的政策方针方面起主要作用。在维基媒体基金会，我们极少干预社区对政策方针及其执行所作出的决定。 [[{{foundationsite|1=about/contact/}}|通过直接联系我们]]来告知我们违法内容或因其它原因违反使用条款（包括所有通过提及而包含在内的政策方针和其它文档）的内容是可行的。然而，您通常也可以直接向项目社区提出请求：这可能更有效率，也更加符合我们项目赋能用户社区的目标。请注意，对于要求设立申诉救济机制的司法管辖区，此联系方式就是基金会的申诉救济机制。经此联系方式提交的申诉将依适用法律要求审查。 每一个项目通常都会提供“帮助”或“联系”页供进一步指导，或是提供用于报告问题的特定工具。此外——如有疑问——您也可以寻求社区的帮助，方式是发送电子邮件到{{email|info|wikimedia.org}}，或从[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Volunteer Response Team|志愿者回复团队页面]]找到特定语言专用的收件地址。请注意，这些收件箱是项目的用户监控的，不是基金会监控的。故而，不应威胁他们或向他们提出法律要求。 如您向基金会反映问题，我们通常情况下会研究现有社区主导的机制能否及如何调查该问题，以及解决（如适当）该问题。 不寻常的情况下，我们可能需要，或社区可能要求我们，去对付因严重扰乱项目或危险行为而尤其棘手的用户或尤其棘手的内容。此种情形下，我们保留自行决定（或是按照法律的强制要求）实施以下措施的权利： * 调查您对项目或我们服务的使用(a)以查明是否有发生违反本使用协议、项目版本政策方针或其它适用法律及政策方针的行为，或(b)从而遵守任何适用法律、法律程序或恰当的政府要求； * 检测、预防或是处理欺诈、虚假或无法查证的信息、安全或技术问题或回应用户支持请求； * 拒绝、恢复、禁用或限制任何违反本使用条款的用户对贡献的访问； * 禁止用户编辑或贡献，或因其违反本使用条款的行为而封锁用户的账户或访问，包括重复发布根据符合人权原则的适用法律判断为不合法的材料； * 针对违反本使用条款的用户采取法律行动（包括向执法机关报告）；及 * 通过旨在促进项目网站正常运作及保护我们自己和我们的用户、许可方、合作伙伴与大众的权利、财产和安全的手段，以其它方式管理项目网站。 这些基金会管理活动可由软件通知或执行［如流量泛洪（“拒绝服务”）防护 ］。这些情况下，通常可[[{{foundationsite|1=about/contact/}}|要求]]人为审查。 为保护我们用户和项目的利益，在任何个人的账户或访问被依照本节封锁的极端情况下，除非得到我们的明确允许，他们即被禁止在同一项目上创建或使用另一个账户，或是藉此寻求访问同一个项目。在不限制社区管辖权力的前提下，基金会自身不会仅仅因为未导致违反本使用条款或社区政策方针行为的善意批评，而禁止用户编辑或贡献，或是封禁用户的账户或访问。 维基媒体社区及其成员也可在适用于具体项目版本的社区或基金会政策方针允许时，采取包括但不限于警告、调查、封锁或禁止违反此等规定的用户的行动。您同意遵守社区为特定计划版本设立的争议解决机构（如仲裁委员会）作出的最终决定；这些决定可能包括特定项目版本制定的政策方针所规定的惩罚。 根据[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Global bans|全域禁制方针]]，在多个项目版本的账户或访问权限被封锁的问题特别严重的用户可能会被所有项目版本禁制。与理事会决议或本使用条款不同，社区订立的政策方针可由相关社区依照其自己的流程修改，这些政策方针可以仅覆盖单一项目版本，也可以覆盖多个项目版本（例如全域禁制方针）。 按照本条规定封锁账户或访问权限或禁止用户，应遵守本使用条款第13节。 如您相信我们并未对棘手内容的报告采取令人满意的行动，或您受到基金会管理行动的影响而您希望就此提出异议，您也许可以[[Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Office actions#appeals|提出申诉]]。其它关于申诉途径的信息可能会在当时向您解释，或在具体到项目的帮助页面中解释。 若用户或第三方的报告或其它通信是恶意、重复、毫无根据及/或辱骂性的，我们保留中止（无论是暂时还是永久）处理此等报告或其它通信的权利，无论它们关于涉嫌违法或其它有问题的内容或行为，还是在要求对管理行动提出申诉。如果情况合适，您的电子邮箱地址甚至可能被我们的电子邮件系统封锁，这样，您如果希望在被封锁时进一步与我们通信，就需要[[{{foundationsite|1=about/contact/}}|通过我们的邮寄地址]]与我们联系了。更为频繁或更有辱骂性的通讯，更有可能导致永久性的措施。为欧盟内个人提供的补充信息可在[[Special:MyLanguage/Legal:Wikimedia Foundation EU Compliance|我们的欧盟合规和举报页]]上找到。 {{anchor|11}} <span id="11._Resolutions_and_Project_Policies"></span> == 十一、决议与项目方针 == 维基媒体基金会理事会不时[[Special:MyLanguage/Resolutions|发布官方方针政策]]。其中一些方针可能对特定项目或项目版本具强制效力。您同意在此种情况下遵守适用的方针政策。 {{anchor|12}} <span id="12._API_Terms"></span> == 十二、API条款 == 我们提供一系列API（包括文档与相关工具）使用户得以构建促进自由知识的产品。使用我们的API，即表示您同意遵守所有适用的API政策方针，包括但不限于[[Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Wikimedia Foundation User-Agent Policy|用户代理方针]]、[[wikitech:Robot policy|机器人方针]]和[[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/API:Etiquette|API:Etiquette]]（统称为“API文档”），这些政策方针通过提及纳入本使用条款。 {{anchor|13}} <span id="13._Termination"></span> ==十三、终止使用== 尽管我们希望您留下来继续为项目做贡献，但是您随时可以停止使用我们的服务。在特定情况下（但愿这个情况不可能发生），我们或者维基媒体社区或该社区成员（如第十节所述）可能必须终止我们的部分或全部服务、终止该使用条款之适用、封锁您的账号或访问权，抑或是将您作为用户封禁。如果您的账号或访问权被封锁或出于任何理由被终止，您的公开贡献，及在项目上或与项目有关的活动（包括您与我们的通信）之记录将不受影响（须受相关政策方针约束），您也仍然可以仅为了阅读我们项目上公开可用内容，而访问我们的公开页面。但在此情形您不能访问您的账号或设置。然而，无论本条款中其它规定为何，我们保留随时暂停或终止服务的权利，不论有无理由，也不论有无通知。即使在您使用或参与资格被封禁、封锁或是终止之后，本使用条款相关规定仍继续有效，包括第一、第三、第四、第六、第七、第九至第十六节，及第十八节。 {{anchor|14}} == <span style="background: #FFFFCD;">十四、争端和司法管辖</span> == <div style="background: #FFFFCD;">''重要内容以高亮强调'' 我们希望与您相关的严重分歧不会出现，但万一出现分歧，我们鼓励您通过争端解决程序或由项目或项目版本及维基媒体基金会提供的机制，寻求解决分歧。如您寻求向我们提出法律索赔，您同意仅在位于加利福尼亚州旧金山郡的州或联邦法院提出并解决之。您还同意，加利福尼亚州法律，及适用范围内美利坚合众国法律将管辖本使用条款，以及您与我们之间可能提出的任何法律索赔（不涉及法律冲突原则）。在涉及我们或本使用条款的法律行动或程序中，您同意接受位于加利福尼亚旧金山郡的法院的对人管辖权，并同意该地是适当的审判地。 为确保争端产生后尽快得到处理，您同意，即使任何法规或法律有不同规定，您因使用我们的服务或因本使用条款而产生或与之相关的任何索赔或诉因，必须在适用的诉讼时效内，或在前述索赔或诉因所基于的相关事实通过适当勤勉应可以被发现后的一（1）年之内（以较早者为准）提起诉讼，否则永久丧失诉讼权利。若您常住地法院不接受前述“法院选择”及类似条款，则(i)前述法院选择条款应予忽略，及(ii)您可依您常住地司法管辖区之适用法律，将任何争端提交到该管辖区之法院处理。类似地，若适用法律不允许执行本节法律条款选择的规定，则您可依具备管辖权的法院之法律条款选择规则解决争端。 {{Tunit|123|'''Marketing Company Mediations'''}} 如本使用条款第4节所述，您同意由基金会酌情决定通过市场营销公司调解解决未披露有偿编辑规定的违规行为。市场营销公司调解是'''具有约束力'''的调解程序，其中，在半天或全天会议结束时，任何尚未解决的争议项目均将由调解人做出具有法律约束力的裁决。调解将通过电话会议或视频会议进行。如需面谈，市场营销公司调解将在加利福尼亚旧金山郡进行。各方将平摊与调解/仲裁相关的所有费用和开销。 您同意作为市场营销公司调解的一方配合基金会，包括及时提供您保管的任何与您未披露有偿编辑行为相关的文件，包括使用的账户、受影响的条目及购买此类服务的客户。 市场营销公司调解受《联邦仲裁法》的约束和管辖，其中调解人成为仲裁人。胜诉方应有权追回其律师费（包括确定市场营销公司调解适用性和执行具有约束力的结果所必需的费用）以及与调查和执行其权利有关的所有费用。即使未能在其主张的所有追索中均获胜，一方也仍可认定为“胜诉”。 如果出于某种原因，这些市场营销公司调解的全部要求被认定为不可执行，则您同意按本节开头所述的方式解决任何争议。 </div> {{anchor|15}} == <span style="background: #FFFFCD;">十五、免责声明</span> == <div style="background: #FFFFCD;"> {{Tunit|1=106|2=''Highlighted for emphasis''}} 在维基媒体基金会，我们尽最大努力为广大受众提供教育性及信息性内容，但您须自行承担使用我们的服务产生的风险。我们“按原样”“在现有可用时”提供这些服务，并明确否认一切明示或暗示的任何形式的担保，包括但不限于对适销性、特定用途适用性及内容非侵权性的暗示保证。我们并不保证我们的服务满足您的要求，不保证其安全、可靠、不间断、及时、精确或无错误，也不保证您的信息安全。 我们对第三方的内容、数据或行为概不负责，您免除我们和我们的董事、高管、员工和代理对由您向任何此类第三方索赔引起的或基于任何原因与此相关的索赔或损害的责任。您从我们或通过我们的服务或从服务获得的任何口头或书面建议或信息，均不构成未在此服务协议明示的任何形式的保证。 您使用我们的服务下载或通过其它方式取得材料的行为均由您自行斟酌并自行承担相应风险，您须对下载此等材料导致的计算机受损或数据丢失承担全部责任。您同意，对于任何由服务维护的任何内容或通讯的删除或存储失败或传输失败，我们均不承担任何责任或义务。我们保留无论有无通知均可随时自行决定限制使用或存储的权利。 一些州或司法管辖区不允许本节中此种类型的免责声明，因此这些声明可能部分或全部不适用于您，具体取决于法律规定。</div> {{anchor|16}} == <span style="background: #FFFFCD;">十六、责任限制</span> == <div style="background: #FFFFCD;"> {{Tunit|1=106|2=''Highlighted for emphasis''}} 维基媒体基金会不为您或任何其他方的任何直接、间接、附带、特殊、衍生、惩罚性损害负责，包括但不限于利润、商誉、使用权、数据损失或其它无形损失，无论我们是否已得到类似损失可能发生的告知。无论何种情况，我们的赔偿责任均不得超过总计壹仟美元（US$1000.00）。倘若适用法律不允许限制或排除责任或附带损害或间接损害赔偿，则上述限制或排除可能不适用于您，但我们的责任将在法律允许的最大程度上限制得尽量少。</div> {{anchor|17}} <span id="17._Modifications_to_these_Terms_of_Use"></span> == 十七、对此使用条款的修改 == 正如维基媒体社区的输入对项目的成长与维护是必不可少的那样，我们相信社区的输入对本使用条款得以为用户提供适当服务也是必不可少的。公平的合约同样必不可少。因此，我们给社区提供此使用条款和本使用条款未来的任何重大修订，供社区在不少于三十（30）天的征求意见期内评论。如果未来拟进行的修订特别重大，我们还会在发布拟议修订的至少三种语言的译本（语言由我们自行选择）之后，再提供另外30天供评论。我们鼓励社区酌情将拟议修订翻译为其它语言。对于出于法律或行政原因的修改，或为修正不准确的陈述而作的修改，或为回应社区评论而作的修改，我们将提前至少三（3）天通知。 由于本使用条款可能需要不时修改，我们将通过项目网站和[[mail:wikimediaannounce-l|WikimediaAnnounce-l]]上的通知，提供此类修改的告知及通过项目网站评论的机会。然而，我们请您定期检查本使用条款的最新版本。新版使用条款在通知发布且审查期结束后正式生效，您继续使用我们的服务，即代表您接受这些使用条款。为了保护维基媒体基金会和与您一样的其他用户，如果您不同意我们的使用条款，您就不能使用我们的服务。 {{anchor|18}} <span id="18._Other_Terms"></span> == 十八、其它条款 == 本服务协议并不在您与我们（维基媒体基金会）之间建立雇佣、代理、合伙、共同控制或合资关系。就欧洲经济区法律、英国法律或其它拥有类似概念的法律而言，您使用我们的服务时并非“在基金会的授权之下”。倘若您未与我们另签一份单独协议，本使用协议就是您与我们之间的完整协议。若本使用条款与您与我们书面签署的协议之间有所冲突，以已签署的协议为准。 您同意，我们可以通过电子邮件、常规邮件或在项目或项目网站上的贴文向您通知包括涉及修改本使用条款的事项。 即使我们在任何情况下不使用或执行本使用条款的任何规定，也不代表我们放弃该规定。 您同意，除非我们另行书面同意，您不期望为任何活动、贡献或向我们、社区或项目或项目版本提供的想法获得报酬。 尽管某些条文可能与本使用条款冲突，我们（维基媒体基金会）和您同意，如果某自由许可协议已由本使用条款批准使用，就不修改项目或项目版本使用的该自由许可协议中适用的条款与要求。 此服务条款以美国英语写成。虽然我们希望此服务条款的译文足够精确，一旦译文与英文原版在意义上存在出入，应以英文原版为准。 如果使用条款的任何规定或一规定的部分内容不合法、无效或不可执行，此规定或此规定的部分内容应被视为可从使用条款中分割的部分并会在最大许可范围内执行，使用条款的剩余部分仍然保留有完全效力。 <span id="Thank_You!"></span> == 感謝您！ == 我們非常感謝您抽出寶貴時間來閱讀這些使用條款，同時我們也很高興有您使用我們的服務並為維基媒體項目作出貢獻。您每作出一份貢獻就是在為構建某個宏偉事物出一份力——這個事物不僅是一個由多個重要的參考類專案組成的集合，由無數人合作編輯而給予無數人教育與訊息，亦是一個志同道合且活力四射的社區，每個成員都精神百倍地專注於同一個崇高的目標。 ---- '''此使用条款于2023年6月7日生效。使用条款的历史版本：''' * '''<span class='plainlinks'>[{{fullurl:Policy:Terms_of_Use|oldid=98524}} 使用条款（2014-2023）]：于2014年6月16日至2023年6月7日有效</span>''' * '''<span class='plainlinks'>[{{fullurl:Policy:Terms_of_Use|oldid=82013}} 使用条款（2012-2014）]：于2012年5月24日至2014年6月16日有效</span>''' * '''[[Special:MyLanguage/Archive:Terms of Use (2009)|使用条款（2009）]]：于2009年至2012年5月24日有效''' <hr /> <div style="font-weight:bold;">{{Disclaimer for translation|textonly=yes}}</div> [[Category:Terms of Use{{#translation:}}| ]] [[Category:Policies{{#translation:}}]] gj7mtcy2tbmqe6wgvdsbwsze94ewc7l 106 86532 594014 554866 2026-09-18T22:37:44Z Aliyu hader 347294 Created page with "Hausa Wikipedia is" 594014 wikitext text/x-wiki <div style="font-size: smaller;"><languages /></div>{{#if:{{#translation:}}||{{DISPLAYTITLE:Wikimedia Foundation Terms of Use}}}}{{Help translate/Terms of Use}} {{Policy-board|nosidebar=true}} {{Policy:Terms of Use/Summary}} {{Anchor|introduction}}{{shortcut|[[ToU]]}} <span style="font-size: 150%;"><span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Our Terms of Use</span></span> '''''Muyi tunanin duniyar da kowanne Dan Adam zai iya yada ilimi a kyauta, hakan jajircewarmu ce.''''' – [[{{foundationsite|1=about/vision}}|<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Our Vision Statement</span>]] <div class="mw-translate-fuzzy"> Barkanmu da shigowa Wikimedia! Pandishan din Wikimedia, inc. ("mu" ko "mu"), wata mashigar kungiyar da Babu riba ce wacce [[{{foundationsite|1=about/mission}}|mission]] take tallafawa da janyo hankulan jama'a a duk duniya Don anso da cigaban ginuwar abinda aka rubuta a karkashin [[w:en:free content]|free licence]] ko kuma as harka ta jama da ingantacciyar yadawa a duniya, kyauta. </div> Hausa Wikipedia is <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> We welcome you ("you" or the "user") as a reader, or contributor of the Projects, and we encourage you to join the Wikimedia community. Before you participate, however, we ask that you please read and agree to the following Terms of Use ("Terms of Use"). </div> == {{int string|Overview}} == <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> These Terms of Use tell you about our public services at the Wikimedia Foundation, our relationship to you as a user, and the rights and responsibilities that guide us both. We host an incredible quantity of educational and informational content, all of which is contributed and made possible by users like yourself. Generally we do not contribute, monitor, or delete content (with rare exceptions, such as under policies like these Terms of Use, for legal compliance, or when faced with urgent threats of serious harm). This means that editorial control is in the hands of you and your fellow users who create and manage the content. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The community – the network of users who are constantly building and using the Projects and/or their websites (hereby referred to as "Project Websites") – is the principal means through which the goals of the mission are achieved. The community contributes to and helps govern our Projects and Project Websites. The community also undertakes the critical function of creating and enforcing policies for the specific Project editions (such as the different language editions for the Wikipedia Project or the Wikimedia Commons multilingual edition). </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You, the user, are welcome to join as a contributor, editor, or author, but you should follow the policies that govern each of the independent Project editions, including the [[Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Universal Code of Conduct|Universal Code of Conduct]] (UCoC), which apply to all Project editions. The largest of our Projects is Wikipedia, but we host other Projects too, each with different objectives and work methods. Each Project edition has a team of contributors, editors or authors who work together to create and manage the content on that Project edition. You are welcome to join these teams and work with them to improve these Projects. Since we are dedicated to making content freely accessible to the public, content you contribute is made available under a free license or released in the public domain. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Please be aware that you are legally responsible for all of your contributions, edits, and reuse of Wikimedia content under the laws of the United States of America and other applicable laws (which may include laws where you or the subject of your contributions are located). This means it is important that you exercise caution when posting, modifying or reusing content. In light of this responsibility, we have some rules about what you cannot do, most of which are either for your own protection or for the protection of other users like yourself. Please keep in mind that the content we host is for general informational purposes only, so if you need expert advice for a particular question (such as medical, legal, or financial issues), you should seek the help of an appropriate professional. We also include other important notices and disclaimers, so please read these Terms of Use in their entirety. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> For clarity, other organizations, such as [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia chapters|local Wikimedia chapters]] and associations, that may share in the same mission are nevertheless legally independent and separate from the Wikimedia Foundation. Unless otherwise stated by the Foundation as an authorized party on a given Project's Website, those other organizations have no responsibility for the operations of the Project's Website or its content. </div> {{anchor|1}} <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> == 1. Our Services == </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The Wikimedia Foundation is dedicated to encouraging the growth, development, and distribution of free multilingual content, and to hosting the full content of these wiki-based Projects for the public free of charge. Our role is to host some of the largest collaboratively edited reference Projects in the world, [//www.wikimedia.org which can be found here]. However, we act only as a hosting service provider, maintaining the infrastructure and organizational framework. This infrastructure and framework allow our users to build the Projects by contributing and editing content themselves. They also allow our users to reuse that content. The infrastructure we maintain includes specialized technological infrastructure that enables users to programmatically interact with and reuse content on Projects (referred to as "Application Programming Interface" or "APIs"), and mobile applications. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> As used throughout the rest of the Terms of Use, our services consist of: [//www.wikimedia.org The Project Websites we host], technological infrastructure that we maintain, and any technical spaces that we host for the maintenance and improvement of our Projects. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Because of our unique role, there are a couple of things you should be aware of when considering our relationship to you, the Projects, and other users: </div> <ol STYLE="list-style-type: lower-alpha"><li><span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">'''We do not take an editorial role:''' Because the Projects are collaboratively edited, the vast majority of the content that we host is provided by users, and we do not take an editorial role. This means that we generally do not monitor or edit the content of the Project Websites, and we do not take any responsibility for this content. Similarly, unless we have expressly stated otherwise, we do not endorse any opinions expressed via our services, and we do not represent or guarantee the truthfulness, accuracy, or reliability of any submitted community content on the Projects.</span></li> <li><span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">'''You are responsible for your own actions:''' You are legally responsible for your edits and contributions on the Projects, your reuse of content on the Projects, your use of the APIs, and your use of our services more generally. For your own protection you should exercise caution and avoid taking any actions that may result in criminal or civil liability under any applicable laws. For clarity, applicable law includes at least the laws of the United States of America and the State of California. For other countries, this is determined on a case-by-case basis. Although we may not agree with such actions, we warn users—particularly the editors, contributors, and authors—that non-U.S. authorities may seek to apply other country laws to you, including local laws where you live or where you view or edit content. We generally cannot offer any protection, guarantee, immunity or indemnification against the application of such laws.</span></li></ol> {{anchor|2}} <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> == 2. Privacy Policy == </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> We ask that you review the [[Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Privacy policy|terms of our Privacy Policy]], so that you are aware of how we collect and use your information. </div> {{anchor|3}} <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> == 3. Content We Host == </div> <OL STYLE="list-style-type: lower-alpha"><li><span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">'''You may find some material objectionable or erroneous:''' Because we host a wide array of content that is produced or gathered by fellow users, you may encounter material that you find offensive, erroneous, misleading, mislabeled, or otherwise objectionable. We therefore ask that you use common sense and proper judgment when using our services.</span></li> <li><span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">'''The Projects' content is for general informational purposes only:''' Although our Projects host a great deal of information that pertains to professional topics, including medical, legal, or financial issues, this content is presented for general informational purposes only. It should not be taken as professional advice. Please seek independent professional counseling from someone who is licensed or qualified in the applicable area in lieu of acting on any information, opinion, or advice contained in one of the Project Websites.</span></li></OL> {{anchor|4}} <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> == 4. Refraining from Certain Activities == </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The Projects hosted by the Wikimedia Foundation only exist because of the vibrant community of users like you who collaborate to write, edit, and curate the content. We happily welcome your participation in this community. We encourage you to be civil and polite in your interactions with others in the community, to act in good faith, and to make edits and contributions aimed at furthering the mission of the shared Project. We ask that all users review and follow the [[Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Universal Code of Conduct|Universal Code of Conduct]] ("UCoC"), which lays out requirements for collegial, civil collaboration across all Projects that we host. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Certain activities, whether legal or illegal under the applicable law, may be harmful to other users and violate our rules, and some activities may also subject you to liability. Therefore, for your own protection and for that of other users, you may not engage in such activities on, or otherwise using, our Projects. These activities include: </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> : '''Harassing and Abusing Others''' </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> ::* Engaging in threats, stalking, spamming, vandalism, or harassment as described in the UCoC; ::* Transmitting chain mail, junk mail, or spam to other users; ::* Posting or modifying content with the intention to seriously harm others, such as deliberate inducements to self-harm, or deliberate triggering of epilepsy. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> : '''Violating the Privacy of Others''' </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> ::* Infringing the privacy rights of others under applicable laws (which may include the laws where you live or where you view or edit content); ::* Soliciting personally identifiable information for the purposes of harassment, exploitation, or violation of privacy, or for any promotional or commercial purpose not explicitly approved by the Wikimedia Foundation; and ::* Soliciting personally identifiable information from anyone under the age of 18 years, or under the age of majority where you are if higher than 18 years, for an illegal purpose or violating any applicable law regarding the health or well-being of minors. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> : '''Engaging in False Statements, Impersonation, or Fraud''' </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> ::* Intentionally or knowingly posting content that constitutes libel or defamation under the laws of the United States of America; ::* Posting or modifying content with the intent to deceive or mislead others; ::* Attempting to impersonate another user or individual, misrepresenting your affiliation with any individual or entity, hiding your affiliation with any individual or entity when disclosure is required by these terms or local Project policy, or using the name or username of another person with the intent to deceive; and ::* Engaging in fraud. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> : '''Committing Infringement of Intellectual Property Rights''' </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> ::* Infringing copyrights, trademarks, patents, or other proprietary rights under the applicable law. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> : '''Misusing Our Services for Other Illegal Purposes''' </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> ::* Posting child pornography or any other content that violates applicable law concerning child pornography or child sexual abuse material, or encouraging, grooming, or advocating for others to create or share such material; ::* Posting or trafficking in obscene material that is unlawful under applicable law; and ::* Using the services in a manner that is inconsistent with applicable law. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> : '''Engaging in Disruptive and Illegal Misuse of Facilities''' </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> ::* Posting or distributing content that contains any viruses, malware, worms, Trojan horses, malicious code, or other device that could harm our technical infrastructure or system or that of other users; ::* Engaging in automated uses of the Project Websites that are abusive or disruptive of the services, violate acceptable usage policies where available, or have not been approved by the Wikimedia community; ::* Disrupting the services by placing an undue burden on an API, Project Website or the networks or servers connected with a particular Project Website; </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> ::* Disrupting the services by inundating any of the Project Websites with communications or other traffic that suggests no serious intent to use the Project website for its stated purpose; ::* Knowingly accessing, tampering with, or using any of our non-public areas in our computer systems without authorization; and ::* Probing, scanning, or testing the vulnerability of any of our technical systems or networks unless all the following conditions are met: </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> :::* such actions do not unduly abuse or disrupt our technical systems or networks; </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> :::* such actions are not for personal gain (except for credit for your work); </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> :::* you report any vulnerabilities to the relevant developers (or fix it yourself); and </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> :::* you do not undertake such actions with malicious or destructive intent. </div> {{anchor|paid-contrib-disclosure}}{{anchor|paid contributions}}{{anchor|PAID}}{{Shortcut|1=[[PAID]]}} <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> : '''Paid Contributions Without Disclosure''' </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> ::* You must disclose each and any employer, client, intended beneficiary and affiliation with respect to any contribution for which you receive, or expect to receive, compensation. You must make that disclosure in at least one of the following ways: </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> :::* a statement on your user page, :::* a statement on the talk page accompanying any paid contributions, or :::* a statement in the edit summary accompanying any paid contributions. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> ::* In addition, if you make a public posting off the Projects advertising editing services on Wikipedia in exchange for compensation of any kind, you must disclose all Wikipedia accounts you have used or will use for this service in the public posting on the third-party service. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> ::* Applicable law, or Project-specific policies and Foundation policies and guidelines, such as those addressing conflicts of interest, may further limit paid contributions or require more detailed disclosure. For example, infringing Wikimedia Trademarks (defined hereinafter at Section 6) to advertise paid editing services, removing disclosures on previously adequately disclosed paid edits, or logged-out paid editing in a manner that makes adequate disclosure a practical impossibility violate this section. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> ::* A Wikimedia Project community may adopt an alternative paid contribution disclosure policy which may supplement or replace this section. If a Project adopts an alternative disclosure policy, you may comply with that policy instead of the requirements in this section (titled "Paid Contributions Without Disclosure") when contributing to that particular Project. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> :: For more information, please read our [[Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Terms of Use/Frequently asked questions on paid contributions without disclosure|FAQ on disclosure of paid contributions]]. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Undisclosed editing by users receiving compensation creates an unreasonable burden on volunteer editors [[{{lwp|Wikipedia:Conflict of interest}}|who investigate and enforce community policies]]. Therefore, for violations of this section related to undisclosed paid editing, you agree to submit to binding "Med-Arb" (a "Marketing Company Mediation") as described in section 14 of these Terms of Use. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> We reserve the right to exercise our enforcement discretion with respect to the provisions in section 4 of these Terms of Use. Where required, enforcement of these terms may include actions not listed in the Wikimedia Foundation [[Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Office actions|Office Action Policy]]. If enforcement is required in new circumstances, we will make an effort within at most one (1) year to update the Office Action Policy to catalog the new type of action. </div> {{anchor|5}} <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> == 5. Password Security == </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You are responsible for safeguarding your own password and other security credentials, and should never disclose them to any third party. </div> {{anchor|6}} <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> == 6. Trademarks == </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Although you have considerable freedoms for reuse of the content on the Project Websites, it is important that, at the Wikimedia Foundation, we protect our trademark rights so that we can protect our users from fraudulent impersonators. Because of this, we ask that you please respect our trademarks. All Wikimedia Foundation trademarks belong to the Wikimedia Foundation, and any use of our trade names, trademarks, service marks, logos, or domain names must be in compliance with these Terms of Use and in compliance with our [[Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Trademark policy|Trademark Policy]]. </div> {{anchor|7}} <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> == 7. Licensing of Content == </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> To grow the commons of free knowledge and free culture, all users contributing to the Projects or Project Websites are required to grant broad permissions to the general public to redistribute and reuse their contributions freely, so long as that use is properly attributed and the same freedom to reuse and redistribute is granted to any derivative works. In keeping with our goal of providing free information to the widest possible audience, we require that when necessary all submitted content be licensed so that it is freely reusable by anyone who may access it. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You agree to the following licensing requirements: </div> <OL STYLE="list-style-type: lower-alpha"><LI><div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> '''Text to which you hold the copyright:''' When you submit text to which you hold the copyright, you agree to license it under: </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> * [//creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/deed.{{PAGELANGUAGE}} Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 4.0 International License] ("CC BY-SA 4.0"), and * [//www.gnu.org/copyleft/fdl.html GNU Free Documentation License] ("GFDL") (unversioned, with no invariant sections, front-cover texts, or back-cover texts). </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Reusers may comply with either license or both. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The only exception is if the Project edition or feature requires a different license. In that case, you agree to license any text you contribute under the particular license prescribed by the Project edition or the feature. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Please note that these licenses do allow commercial uses of your contributions, as long as such uses are compliant with the terms of the respective licenses. Where you own Sui Generis Database Rights covered by CC BY-SA 4.0, you waive these rights. As an example, this means facts you contribute to the projects may be reused freely without attribution. </div></li> <li><span id="7b"></span><span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">'''Attribution:''' Attribution is an important part of these licenses. We consider it giving credit where credit is due – to authors like yourself. When you contribute text, you agree to be attributed in any of the following fashions:</span> <OL STYLE="list-style:lower-roman"> <li><span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Through hyperlink (where possible) or URL to the article to which you contributed (since each article has a history page that lists all contributors, authors and editors);</span></li> <li><span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Through hyperlink (where possible) or URL to an alternative, stable online copy that is freely accessible, which conforms with the relevant license, and which provides credit to the authors in a manner equivalent to the credit given on the Project Website; or</span></li> <li><span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Through a list of all authors (but please note that any list of authors may be filtered to exclude very small or irrelevant contributions).</span></li> </ol> <li><span id="7c"></span><span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">'''Importing text:''' You may import text that you have found elsewhere or that you have co-authored with others, but in such case you represent and warrant that the text is available under terms that are compatible with CC BY-SA (or, as explained above, another license when exceptionally required by the Project edition or feature). For a list of compatible licenses, see [//creativecommons.org/share-your-work/licensing-considerations/compatible-licenses/ Creative Commons]. You shall not import content that is available solely under GFDL.</span><br /> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You agree that, if you import text under a CC license that requires attribution, you must credit the author(s) in a reasonable fashion. Where such credit is commonly given through page histories (such as Wikimedia-internal copying), it is sufficient to give attribution in the edit summary, which is recorded in the page history, when importing the text. The attribution requirements are sometimes too intrusive for particular circumstances (regardless of the license), and there may be instances where the Wikimedia community decides that imported text cannot be used for that reason. </div></li> <li><span id="7d"></span><span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">'''Non-text media:''' Non-text media on the Projects are available under a variety of different licenses that support the general goal of allowing unrestricted reuse and redistribution. When you contribute non-text media, you agree to comply with the requirements for such licenses as described in our [[Special:MyLanguage/Resolution:Licensing policy|Licensing Policy]], and also comply with the requirements of the specific Project edition or feature to which you are contributing. Also see the [[:c:Special:MyLanguage/Commons:Licensing|Wikimedia Commons Licensing Policy]] for more information on contributing non-text media to Wikimedia Commons.</span></li> <li><span id="7e"></span><span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">'''No revocation of license:''' Except as consistent with your license, you agree that you will not unilaterally revoke or seek invalidation of any license that you have granted under these Terms of Use for text content or non-text media contributed to the Projects or features, even if you terminate use of our services.</span></li> <li><span id="7f"></span><span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">'''Public domain content:''' Content that is in the public domain is welcome. It is important however that you confirm the public domain status of the content under the law of the United States of America as well as the laws of any other countries as required by the specific Project edition. When you contribute content that is in the public domain, you warrant that the material is actually in the public domain, and you agree to label it appropriately.</span></li> <li><span id="7g"></span><span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">'''Re-use:''' Reuse of content that we host is welcome, though exceptions exist for content contributed under "fair use" or similar exemptions under applicable copyright law. Any reuse must comply with the underlying license(s).</span><br /> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> When you reuse or redistribute a text page developed by the Wikimedia community, you agree to attribute the authors in any of the following fashions: </div> <OL STYLE="list-style:lower-roman"> <li><span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Through hyperlink (where possible) or URL to the page or pages that you are reusing (since each page has a history page that lists all contributors, authors and editors);</span></li> <li><span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Through hyperlink (where possible) or URL to an alternative, stable online copy that is freely accessible, which conforms with the license, and which provides credit to the authors in a manner equivalent to the credit given on the Project Website; or</span></li> <li><span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Through a list of all authors (but please note that any list of authors may be filtered to exclude very small or irrelevant contributions).</span></li> </ol> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If the text content was imported from another source, it is possible that the content is licensed under a compatible CC BY-SA license but not GFDL (as described in "Importing text," above). In that case, you agree to comply with the compatible CC BY-SA license and do not have the option to relicense it under GFDL. To determine the license that applies to the content that you seek to reuse or redistribute, you should review the page footer, page history, and discussion page. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> In addition, please be aware that text that originated from external sources and was imported into a Project may be under a license that attaches additional attribution requirements. Users agree to indicate these additional attribution requirements clearly. Depending on the Project, such requirements may appear, for example, in a banner or other notations pointing out that some or all of the content was originally published elsewhere. Where there are such visible notations, reusers should preserve them. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> For any non-text media, you agree to comply with the applicable license under which the work has been made available (which can be discovered by clicking on the work and looking at the licensing section on its description page or reviewing an applicable source page for that work). When reusing any content that we host, you agree to comply with the relevant attribution requirements as they pertain to the underlying license or licenses. </div></li> <li><span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">'''Modifications or additions to material that you reuse:''' When modifying or making additions to text that you have obtained from a Project Website, you agree to license the modified or added content under CC BY-SA 4.0 or later (or, as explained above, another license when exceptionally required by the specific Project edition or feature).</span><br /> <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">When modifying or making additions to any non-text media that you have obtained from a Project website, you agree to license the modified or added content in accordance with whatever license under which the work has been made available.</span><br /> <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">With both text content and non-text media, you agree to clearly indicate that the original work has been modified. If you are reusing text content in a wiki, it is sufficient to indicate in the page history that you made a change to the imported text. For each copy or modified version that you distribute, you agree to include a licensing notice stating which license the work is released under, along with either a hyperlink or URL to the text of the license or a copy of the license itself.</span></li></ol> {{anchor|8}} <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> == 8. Copyright Compliance == </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> :'''Global Copyright Compliance''' If you believe that content on Wikipedia violates intellectual property rights, it can be reported to the Wikimedia Foundation following our illegal content reporting process (see section 10 below). </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Please note that due to the harmonization of international copyright law, in many cases it will be possible to submit a notice of copyright violation under either your local law or US law. To be valid under US law, a copyright notice must follow the requirements of the DMCA, listed below. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> We will terminate, in appropriate circumstances, users and account holders of our system and network who are repeat infringers on our Projects and services. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> :'''DMCA Compliance''' </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The Wikimedia Foundation wants to ensure that the content that we host can be reused by other users without fear of liability and that it is not infringing the proprietary rights of others. In fairness to our users, as well as to other creators and copyright holders, our policy is to respond to notices of alleged infringement that comply with the formalities of the Digital Millennium Copyright Act ("DMCA"). Pursuant to the DMCA, we will terminate, in appropriate circumstances, users and account holders of our system and network who are repeat infringers on our Projects and services. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> However, we also recognize that not every takedown notice is valid or in good faith. In such cases, we strongly encourage users to file counter-notifications when they appropriately believe a DMCA takedown demand is invalid or improper. For more information on what to do if you think a DMCA notice has been improperly filed, you may wish to consult the [//lumendatabase.org/ Lumen Database] website. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If you are the owner of content that is being improperly used on one of the Projects without your permission, you may request that the content be removed by filing a notice under the DMCA. To make such a request, please email us at {{email|legal|wikimedia.org}} or [[Special:MyLanguage/Legal:DMCA takedowns|snail mail our designated agent]]. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Alternatively, you may make a request to our community, which often handles copyright issues faster and more effectively than the process prescribed under the DMCA. In that case, you can post a notice explaining your copyright concerns. For a non-exhaustive and non-authoritative list of the relevant processes for the different Project editions, [[:m:Copyright problems|visit the Copyright Problems page]]. Before filing a DMCA claim, you also have the option of sending an email to the community at {{email|info|wikimedia.org}}. </div> {{anchor|9}} <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> == 9. Third-party Websites and Resources == </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You are solely responsible for your use of any third-party websites or resources. Although the Projects and Project Websites contain links to third-party websites and resources, we do not endorse and are not responsible or liable for their availability, accuracy, or the related content, products, or services (including, without limitation, any viruses or other disabling features), nor do we have any obligation to monitor such third-party content. </div> {{anchor|10}} <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> == 10. Management of Websites == </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The community has the primary role in creating and enforcing policies applying to the different Project editions. At the Wikimedia Foundation, we rarely intervene in community decisions about policy and its enforcement. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> It is possible to notify us of illegal content, or content that violates our Terms of Use (including all policies and other documents incorporated by reference) for other reasons [[{{foundationsite|1=about/contact/}}|by contacting us directly]]. However, you can typically make a request directly to the Project's community: this may be more efficient, and is more consistent with our Projects' aim to empower the user community. Please note that this contact method functions as the Foundation’s grievance redressal mechanism for all jurisdictions that require one. Grievances submitted through this contact will be reviewed, in accordance with applicable legal requirements. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Each Project will usually provide "Help" or "Contact" pages for further guidance, or specific tools for reporting issues. Alternatively – if in doubt – you can ask members of the community for help, by sending an email to {{email|info|wikimedia.org}} or a more language-specific address from the [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Volunteer Response Team|Volunteer Response Team page]]. Please note that these mailboxes are monitored by users of the Projects, not the Foundation. As a result, they should not be threatened or issued with legal demands. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If you contact the Foundation with a problem, we will typically explore whether and how existing community-led mechanisms can investigate and, where appropriate, resolve it. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> In an unusual case, the need may arise, or the community may ask us, to address an especially problematic user or especially problematic content because of significant Project disturbance or dangerous behavior. In such cases, we reserve the right, at our sole discretion (or where legally compelled), to: </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> * Investigate your use of the Projects or our services (a) to determine whether a violation of these Terms of Use, Project edition policy, or other applicable law or policy has occurred, or (b) to comply with any applicable law, legal process, or an appropriate governmental request; * Detect, prevent, or otherwise address fraud, false or unverifiable information, security, or technical issues or respond to user support requests; * Refuse, revert, disable, or restrict access to contributions of any user who violates these Terms of Use; </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> * Ban a user from editing or contributing or block a user's account or access for actions violating these Terms of Use, including repeat posting of unlawful material under applicable law in line with human rights principles; * Take legal action against users who violate these Terms of Use (including reports to law enforcement authorities); and * Manage otherwise the Project websites in a manner designed to facilitate their proper functioning and protect the rights, property, and safety of ourselves and our users, licensors, partners, and the public. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Those Foundation moderation activities may be informed or performed by software (such as traffic flood ("Denial of Service") protection). In those cases human review is normally available, [[{{foundationsite|1=about/contact/}}|upon request]]. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> In the interests of our users and the Projects, in the extreme circumstance that any individual has had their account or access blocked under this section, they are prohibited from creating or using another account on or seeking access to the same Project, unless we provide explicit permission. Without limiting the authority of the community, the Foundation itself will not ban a user from editing or contributing or block a user's account or access solely because of good faith criticism that does not result in actions otherwise violating these Terms of Use or community policies. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The Wikimedia community and its members may also take action when so allowed by the community or Foundation policies applicable to the specific Project edition, including but not limited to warning, investigating, blocking, or banning users who violate those policies. You agree to comply with the final decisions of dispute resolution bodies that are established by the community for the specific Project editions (such as arbitration committees); these decisions may include sanctions as set out by the policy of the specific Project edition. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Especially problematic users who have had accounts or access blocked on multiple Project editions may be subject to a ban from all of the Project editions, in accordance with the [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Global bans|Global Ban Policy]]. In contrast to Board resolutions or these Terms of Use, policies established by the community, which may cover a single Project edition or multiple Projects editions (like the Global Ban Policy), may be modified by the relevant community according to its own procedures. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The blocking of an account or access or the banning of a user under this provision shall be in accordance with Section 13 of these Terms of Use. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If you believe we have not satisfactorily acted on a problematic content report, or if you have been subjected to a Foundation moderation action that you wish to challenge, you may be able to [[Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Office actions#appeals|submit an appeal]]. Other information about routes of appeal may also be explained to you at the time, or in Project-specific help pages. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> We reserve the right to suspend (temporarily, or permanently) our handling of reports or other correspondence from users or third parties, whether about allegedly illegal or otherwise problematic content or conduct, or requesting appeals against moderation actions, if such correspondence was made in bad faith, repetitive, unfounded, and/or abusive. In appropriate circumstances, your email address may even be blocked on our email system(s), and you will then need to contact us [[{{foundationsite|1=about/contact/}}|at our postal address]] if you wish to further correspond with us during that block. For less serious cases (e.g. up to three polite emails about one or more meritless complaints), this is likely to be temporary. More frequent or more abusive communications are more likely to lead to permanent measures. Additional information for persons in the EU can be found on [[Special:MyLanguage/Legal:Wikimedia Foundation EU Compliance|our page about EU compliance and reporting]]. </div> {{anchor|11}} <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> == 11. Resolutions and Project Policies == </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The Wikimedia Foundation Board of Trustees [[Special:MyLanguage/Resolutions|releases official policies]] from time to time. Some of these policies may be mandatory for a particular Project or Project edition, and, when they are, you agree to abide by them as applicable. </div> {{anchor|12}} <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> == 12. API Terms == </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> We make available a set of APIs, which include documentation and associated tools, to enable users to build products that promote free knowledge. By using our APIs, you agree to abide by all applicable policies governing the use of the APIs, which include but are not limited to the [[Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Wikimedia Foundation User-Agent Policy|User-Agent Policy]], the [[wikitech:Robot policy|Robot Policy]], and the [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/API:Etiquette|API:Etiquette]] (collectively, "API Documentation"), which are incorporated into these Terms of Use by reference. </div> {{anchor|13}} <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> == 13. Termination == </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Though we hope you will stay and continue to contribute to the Projects, you can stop using our services any time. In certain (hopefully unlikely) circumstances it may be necessary for either ourselves or the Wikimedia community or its members (as described in Section 10) to terminate part or all of our services, terminate these Terms of Use, block your account or access, or ban you as a user. If your account or access is blocked or otherwise terminated for any reason, your public contributions and a record of your activities on or in relation to the Projects (including any correspondence you have sent us) will be unaffected (subject to applicable policies), and you may still access our public pages for the sole purpose of reading publicly available content on the Projects. In such circumstances, however, you may not be able to access your account or settings. However, regardless of any other provision in these Terms of Use, we reserve the right to suspend or end the services at any time, with or without cause, and with or without notice. Even after your use and participation are banned, blocked or otherwise suspended, these Terms of Use will remain in effect with respect to relevant provisions, including Sections 1, 3, 4, 6, 7, 9-16, and 18. </div> {{anchor|14}} == <span style="background: #FFFFCD;"><span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">14. Disputes and Jurisdiction</span></span> == <div style="background: #FFFFCD;"><div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> ''Highlighted for emphasis'' </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> We hope that no serious disagreements arise involving you, but, in the event there is a dispute, we encourage you to seek resolution through the dispute resolution procedures or mechanisms provided by the Projects or Project editions and the Wikimedia Foundation. If you seek to file a legal claim against us, you agree to file and resolve it exclusively in a state or federal court located in San Francisco County, California. You also agree that the laws of the State of California and, to the extent applicable, the laws of the United States of America will govern these Terms of Use, as well as any legal claim that might arise between you and us (without reference to conflict of laws principles). You agree to submit to the personal jurisdiction of, and agree that venue is proper in, the courts located in San Francisco County, California, in any legal action or proceeding relating to us or these Terms of Use. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> To ensure that disputes are dealt with soon after they arise, you agree that regardless of any statute or law to the contrary, any claim or cause of action you might have arising out of or related to use of our services or these Terms of Use must be filed within the applicable statute of limitations or, if earlier, one (1) year after the pertinent facts underlying such claim or cause of action could have been discovered with reasonable diligence (or be forever barred). If "choice of forum" clauses like the one above are not accepted by the courts where you normally reside, then (i) our choice of forum clause, above, shall be ignored, and (ii) you can refer any dispute to the courts of the jurisdiction where you normally live, following the applicable law rules of those courts. Similarly, if applicable law does not allow the enforcement of the choice of law in this section, then you can resolve a dispute according to the choice of law rules in the court of competent jurisdiction. </div> {{Tunit|123|'''Marketing Company Mediations'''}} <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> As described in section 4 of these Terms of Use, you agree to resolve violations of the Paid Contributions without Disclosure in a Marketing Company Mediation at the Foundation's discretion. Marketing Company Mediations are '''binding''' mediations where, at the end of either a half or full day session, any disputed items that remain unresolved will be decided by the mediator in a legally binding decision. They will be conducted in meetings by teleconference or videoconference. If an in-person meeting is required, then the Marketing Company Mediation will take place in San Francisco County, California. The parties will split all fees and expenses related to the mediation/arbitration equally. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You agree, as part of a Marketing Company Mediation, to cooperate with the Foundation, including by timely providing any documentation in your possession relating to your undisclosed paid editing activities including the accounts used, articles affected, and clients who purchased such services. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Marketing Company Mediations are subject to and governed by the Federal Arbitration Act to the extent that the mediator becomes an arbitrator. The prevailing party shall be entitled to recover its attorneys' fees (including all fees necessary to determine the applicability of the Marketing Company Mediation and to enforce the binding result) and all costs relating to the investigation and enforcement of its rights. A party may be deemed "prevailing" even if it is not successful on every claim asserted. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If for some reason the entirety of these Marketing Company Mediation requirements are found to be unenforceable, you agree to resolve any disputes as described in the beginning of this section. </div> </div> {{anchor|15}} == <span style="background: #FFFFCD;"><span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">15. Disclaimers</span></span> == <div style="background: #FFFFCD;"> {{Tunit|1=106|2=''Highlighted for emphasis''}} <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> At the Wikimedia Foundation, we do our best to provide educational and informational content to a very wide audience, but your use of our services is at your sole risk. We provide these services on an "as is" and "as available" basis, and we expressly disclaim all express or implied warranties of all kinds, including but not limited to the implied warranties of merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose, and non-infringement. We make no warranty that our services will meet your requirements, be safe, secure, uninterrupted, timely, accurate, or error-free, or that your information will be secure. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> We are not responsible for the content, data, or actions of third parties, and you release us, our directors, officers, employees, and agents from any claims and damages, known and unknown, arising out of or in any way connected with any claim you have against any such third parties. No advice or information, whether oral or written, obtained by you from us or through or from our services creates any warranty not expressly stated in these Terms of Use. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Any material downloaded or otherwise obtained through your use of our services is done at your own discretion and risk, and you will be solely responsible for any damage to your computer system or loss of data that results from the download of any such material. You agree that we have no responsibility or liability for the deletion of, or the failure to store or to transmit, any content or communication maintained by the service. We retain the right to create limits on use and storage at our sole discretion at any time with or without notice. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Some states or jurisdictions do not allow the types of disclaimers in this section, so they may not apply to you either in part or in full depending on the law. </div></div> {{anchor|16}} == <span style="background: #FFFFCD;"><span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">16. Limitation on Liability</span></span> == <div style="background: #FFFFCD;"> {{Tunit|1=106|2=''Highlighted for emphasis''}} <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The Wikimedia Foundation will not be liable to you or to any other party for any direct, indirect, incidental, special, consequential or exemplary damages, including but not limited to, damages for loss of profits, goodwill, use, data, or other intangible losses, regardless of whether we were advised of the possibility of such damage. In no event shall our liability exceed one thousand U.S. dollars (US$1,000.00) in aggregate. In the case that applicable law may not allow the limitation or exclusion of liability or incidental or consequential damages, the above limitation or exclusion may not apply to you, although our liability will be limited to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law. </div></div> {{anchor|17}} <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> == 17. Modifications to these Terms of Use == </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Just as the Wikimedia community's input is essential for the growth and maintenance of the Projects, we believe that community input is essential for these Terms of Use to properly serve our users. It is also essential for a fair contract. Therefore, we will provide these Terms of Use, as well as any substantial future revisions of these Terms of Use, to the community for comment at least thirty (30) days before the end of the comment period. If a future proposed revision is substantial, we will provide an additional 30 days for comments after posting a translation of the proposed revision in at least three languages (selected at our discretion). The community will be encouraged to translate the proposed revision in other languages as appropriate. For changes for legal or administrative reasons, to correct an inaccurate statement, or changes in response to community comments, we will provide at least three (3) days' notice. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Because it may be necessary to modify these Terms of Use from time to time, we will provide notice of such modifications and the opportunity to comment via the Project websites, and via a notification on [[mail:wikimediaannounce-l|WikimediaAnnounce-l]]. However, we ask that you please periodically review the most up-to-date version of these Terms of Use. Your continued use of our services after the new Terms of Use become official following the notice and review period constitutes an acceptance of these Terms of Use on your part. For the protection of the Wikimedia Foundation and other users like yourself, if you do not agree with our Terms of Use, you cannot use our services. </div> {{anchor|18}} <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> == 18. Other Terms == </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> These Terms of Use do not create an employment, agency, partnership, joint control or joint venture relationship between you and us, the Wikimedia Foundation. For the purposes of European Economic Area law, United Kingdom law, or other laws that involve a similar concept, you are not acting "under the authority of" the Foundation when you use the services. If you have not signed a separate agreement with us, these Terms of Use are the entire agreement between you and us. If there is any conflict between these Terms of Use and a signed written agreement between you and us, the signed agreement will control. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You agree that we may provide you with notices, including those regarding changes to the Terms of Use, by email, regular mail, or postings on the Projects or Project Websites. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If in any circumstance, we do not apply or enforce any provision of these Terms of Use, it is not a waiver of that provision. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You understand that, unless otherwise agreed to in writing by us, you have no expectation of compensation for any activity, contribution, or idea that you provide to us, the community, or the Projects or Project editions. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in these Terms of Use, we (the Wikimedia Foundation) and you agree not to modify the applicable terms and requirements of any free license that is employed on the Projects or Project editions when such free license is authorized by these Terms of Use. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> These Terms of Use were written in English (U.S.). While we hope that translations of these Terms of Use are accurate, in the event of any differences in meaning between the original English version and a translation, the original English version takes precedence. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If any provision or part of a provision of these Terms of Use is found unlawful, void, or unenforceable, that provision or part of the provision is deemed severable from these Terms of Use and will be enforced to the maximum extent permissible, and all other provisions of these Terms of Use will remain in full force and effect. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> == Thank You! == </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> We appreciate your taking the time to read these Terms of Use, and we are very happy to have you contributing to the Projects and using our services. Through your contributions, you are helping to build something really big – not only an important collection of collaboratively edited reference Projects that provides education and information to millions who might otherwise lack access, but also a vibrant community of like-minded and engaged peers, focused on a very noble goal. </div> ---- <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> '''These Terms of Use went into effect on June 7, 2023. Previous versions of the terms:''' </div> * '''<span class='plainlinks'><span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">[{{fullurl:Policy:Terms_of_Use|oldid=98524}} Terms of Use (2014–2023)]: effective from June 16, 2014, until June 7, 2023</span></span>''' * '''<span class='plainlinks'><span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">[{{fullurl:Policy:Terms_of_Use|oldid=82013}} Terms of Use (2012–2014)]: effective from May 24, 2012, until June 16, 2014</span></span>''' * '''<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">[[Special:MyLanguage/Archive:Terms of Use (2009)|Terms of Use (2009)]]: effective from 2009 until May 24, 2012</span>''' <hr /> <div style="font-weight:bold;">{{Disclaimer for translation|textonly=yes}}</div> [[Category:Terms of Use{{#translation:}}| ]] [[Category:Policies{{#translation:}}]] 2e5clq6gm7bberwdksfnmmylw4bdj32 594016 594014 2026-09-18T22:38:56Z Aliyu hader 347294 Created page with "$1" 594016 wikitext text/x-wiki <div style="font-size: smaller;"><languages /></div>{{#if:{{#translation:}}||{{DISPLAYTITLE:Wikimedia Foundation Terms of Use}}}}{{Help translate/Terms of Use}} {{Policy-board|nosidebar=true}} {{Policy:Terms of Use/Summary}} {{Anchor|introduction}}{{shortcut|[[ToU]]}} <span style="font-size: 150%;"><span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Our Terms of Use</span></span> '''''Muyi tunanin duniyar da kowanne Dan Adam zai iya yada ilimi a kyauta, hakan jajircewarmu ce.''''' – [[{{foundationsite|1=about/vision}}|<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Our Vision Statement</span>]] <div class="mw-translate-fuzzy"> Barkanmu da shigowa Wikimedia! Pandishan din Wikimedia, inc. ("mu" ko "mu"), wata mashigar kungiyar da Babu riba ce wacce [[{{foundationsite|1=about/mission}}|mission]] take tallafawa da janyo hankulan jama'a a duk duniya Don anso da cigaban ginuwar abinda aka rubuta a karkashin [[w:en:free content]|free licence]] ko kuma as harka ta jama da ingantacciyar yadawa a duniya, kyauta. </div> Hausa Wikipedia is <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> We welcome you ("you" or the "user") as a reader, or contributor of the Projects, and we encourage you to join the Wikimedia community. Before you participate, however, we ask that you please read and agree to the following Terms of Use ("Terms of Use"). </div> == {{int string|Overview}} == <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> These Terms of Use tell you about our public services at the Wikimedia Foundation, our relationship to you as a user, and the rights and responsibilities that guide us both. We host an incredible quantity of educational and informational content, all of which is contributed and made possible by users like yourself. Generally we do not contribute, monitor, or delete content (with rare exceptions, such as under policies like these Terms of Use, for legal compliance, or when faced with urgent threats of serious harm). This means that editorial control is in the hands of you and your fellow users who create and manage the content. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The community – the network of users who are constantly building and using the Projects and/or their websites (hereby referred to as "Project Websites") – is the principal means through which the goals of the mission are achieved. The community contributes to and helps govern our Projects and Project Websites. The community also undertakes the critical function of creating and enforcing policies for the specific Project editions (such as the different language editions for the Wikipedia Project or the Wikimedia Commons multilingual edition). </div> Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Universal Code of Conduct <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Please be aware that you are legally responsible for all of your contributions, edits, and reuse of Wikimedia content under the laws of the United States of America and other applicable laws (which may include laws where you or the subject of your contributions are located). This means it is important that you exercise caution when posting, modifying or reusing content. In light of this responsibility, we have some rules about what you cannot do, most of which are either for your own protection or for the protection of other users like yourself. Please keep in mind that the content we host is for general informational purposes only, so if you need expert advice for a particular question (such as medical, legal, or financial issues), you should seek the help of an appropriate professional. We also include other important notices and disclaimers, so please read these Terms of Use in their entirety. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> For clarity, other organizations, such as [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia chapters|local Wikimedia chapters]] and associations, that may share in the same mission are nevertheless legally independent and separate from the Wikimedia Foundation. Unless otherwise stated by the Foundation as an authorized party on a given Project's Website, those other organizations have no responsibility for the operations of the Project's Website or its content. </div> {{anchor|1}} <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> == 1. Our Services == </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The Wikimedia Foundation is dedicated to encouraging the growth, development, and distribution of free multilingual content, and to hosting the full content of these wiki-based Projects for the public free of charge. Our role is to host some of the largest collaboratively edited reference Projects in the world, [//www.wikimedia.org which can be found here]. However, we act only as a hosting service provider, maintaining the infrastructure and organizational framework. This infrastructure and framework allow our users to build the Projects by contributing and editing content themselves. They also allow our users to reuse that content. The infrastructure we maintain includes specialized technological infrastructure that enables users to programmatically interact with and reuse content on Projects (referred to as "Application Programming Interface" or "APIs"), and mobile applications. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> As used throughout the rest of the Terms of Use, our services consist of: [//www.wikimedia.org The Project Websites we host], technological infrastructure that we maintain, and any technical spaces that we host for the maintenance and improvement of our Projects. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Because of our unique role, there are a couple of things you should be aware of when considering our relationship to you, the Projects, and other users: </div> <ol STYLE="list-style-type: lower-alpha"><li><span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">'''We do not take an editorial role:''' Because the Projects are collaboratively edited, the vast majority of the content that we host is provided by users, and we do not take an editorial role. This means that we generally do not monitor or edit the content of the Project Websites, and we do not take any responsibility for this content. Similarly, unless we have expressly stated otherwise, we do not endorse any opinions expressed via our services, and we do not represent or guarantee the truthfulness, accuracy, or reliability of any submitted community content on the Projects.</span></li> <li><span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">'''You are responsible for your own actions:''' You are legally responsible for your edits and contributions on the Projects, your reuse of content on the Projects, your use of the APIs, and your use of our services more generally. For your own protection you should exercise caution and avoid taking any actions that may result in criminal or civil liability under any applicable laws. For clarity, applicable law includes at least the laws of the United States of America and the State of California. For other countries, this is determined on a case-by-case basis. Although we may not agree with such actions, we warn users—particularly the editors, contributors, and authors—that non-U.S. authorities may seek to apply other country laws to you, including local laws where you live or where you view or edit content. We generally cannot offer any protection, guarantee, immunity or indemnification against the application of such laws.</span></li></ol> {{anchor|2}} <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> == 2. Privacy Policy == </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> We ask that you review the [[Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Privacy policy|terms of our Privacy Policy]], so that you are aware of how we collect and use your information. </div> {{anchor|3}} <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> == 3. Content We Host == </div> <OL STYLE="list-style-type: lower-alpha"><li><span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">'''You may find some material objectionable or erroneous:''' Because we host a wide array of content that is produced or gathered by fellow users, you may encounter material that you find offensive, erroneous, misleading, mislabeled, or otherwise objectionable. We therefore ask that you use common sense and proper judgment when using our services.</span></li> <li><span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">'''The Projects' content is for general informational purposes only:''' Although our Projects host a great deal of information that pertains to professional topics, including medical, legal, or financial issues, this content is presented for general informational purposes only. It should not be taken as professional advice. Please seek independent professional counseling from someone who is licensed or qualified in the applicable area in lieu of acting on any information, opinion, or advice contained in one of the Project Websites.</span></li></OL> {{anchor|4}} <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> == 4. Refraining from Certain Activities == </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The Projects hosted by the Wikimedia Foundation only exist because of the vibrant community of users like you who collaborate to write, edit, and curate the content. We happily welcome your participation in this community. We encourage you to be civil and polite in your interactions with others in the community, to act in good faith, and to make edits and contributions aimed at furthering the mission of the shared Project. We ask that all users review and follow the [[Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Universal Code of Conduct|Universal Code of Conduct]] ("UCoC"), which lays out requirements for collegial, civil collaboration across all Projects that we host. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Certain activities, whether legal or illegal under the applicable law, may be harmful to other users and violate our rules, and some activities may also subject you to liability. Therefore, for your own protection and for that of other users, you may not engage in such activities on, or otherwise using, our Projects. These activities include: </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> : '''Harassing and Abusing Others''' </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> ::* Engaging in threats, stalking, spamming, vandalism, or harassment as described in the UCoC; ::* Transmitting chain mail, junk mail, or spam to other users; ::* Posting or modifying content with the intention to seriously harm others, such as deliberate inducements to self-harm, or deliberate triggering of epilepsy. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> : '''Violating the Privacy of Others''' </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> ::* Infringing the privacy rights of others under applicable laws (which may include the laws where you live or where you view or edit content); ::* Soliciting personally identifiable information for the purposes of harassment, exploitation, or violation of privacy, or for any promotional or commercial purpose not explicitly approved by the Wikimedia Foundation; and ::* Soliciting personally identifiable information from anyone under the age of 18 years, or under the age of majority where you are if higher than 18 years, for an illegal purpose or violating any applicable law regarding the health or well-being of minors. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> : '''Engaging in False Statements, Impersonation, or Fraud''' </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> ::* Intentionally or knowingly posting content that constitutes libel or defamation under the laws of the United States of America; ::* Posting or modifying content with the intent to deceive or mislead others; ::* Attempting to impersonate another user or individual, misrepresenting your affiliation with any individual or entity, hiding your affiliation with any individual or entity when disclosure is required by these terms or local Project policy, or using the name or username of another person with the intent to deceive; and ::* Engaging in fraud. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> : '''Committing Infringement of Intellectual Property Rights''' </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> ::* Infringing copyrights, trademarks, patents, or other proprietary rights under the applicable law. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> : '''Misusing Our Services for Other Illegal Purposes''' </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> ::* Posting child pornography or any other content that violates applicable law concerning child pornography or child sexual abuse material, or encouraging, grooming, or advocating for others to create or share such material; ::* Posting or trafficking in obscene material that is unlawful under applicable law; and ::* Using the services in a manner that is inconsistent with applicable law. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> : '''Engaging in Disruptive and Illegal Misuse of Facilities''' </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> ::* Posting or distributing content that contains any viruses, malware, worms, Trojan horses, malicious code, or other device that could harm our technical infrastructure or system or that of other users; ::* Engaging in automated uses of the Project Websites that are abusive or disruptive of the services, violate acceptable usage policies where available, or have not been approved by the Wikimedia community; ::* Disrupting the services by placing an undue burden on an API, Project Website or the networks or servers connected with a particular Project Website; </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> ::* Disrupting the services by inundating any of the Project Websites with communications or other traffic that suggests no serious intent to use the Project website for its stated purpose; ::* Knowingly accessing, tampering with, or using any of our non-public areas in our computer systems without authorization; and ::* Probing, scanning, or testing the vulnerability of any of our technical systems or networks unless all the following conditions are met: </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> :::* such actions do not unduly abuse or disrupt our technical systems or networks; </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> :::* such actions are not for personal gain (except for credit for your work); </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> :::* you report any vulnerabilities to the relevant developers (or fix it yourself); and </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> :::* you do not undertake such actions with malicious or destructive intent. </div> {{anchor|paid-contrib-disclosure}}{{anchor|paid contributions}}{{anchor|PAID}}{{Shortcut|1=[[PAID]]}} <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> : '''Paid Contributions Without Disclosure''' </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> ::* You must disclose each and any employer, client, intended beneficiary and affiliation with respect to any contribution for which you receive, or expect to receive, compensation. You must make that disclosure in at least one of the following ways: </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> :::* a statement on your user page, :::* a statement on the talk page accompanying any paid contributions, or :::* a statement in the edit summary accompanying any paid contributions. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> ::* In addition, if you make a public posting off the Projects advertising editing services on Wikipedia in exchange for compensation of any kind, you must disclose all Wikipedia accounts you have used or will use for this service in the public posting on the third-party service. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> ::* Applicable law, or Project-specific policies and Foundation policies and guidelines, such as those addressing conflicts of interest, may further limit paid contributions or require more detailed disclosure. For example, infringing Wikimedia Trademarks (defined hereinafter at Section 6) to advertise paid editing services, removing disclosures on previously adequately disclosed paid edits, or logged-out paid editing in a manner that makes adequate disclosure a practical impossibility violate this section. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> ::* A Wikimedia Project community may adopt an alternative paid contribution disclosure policy which may supplement or replace this section. If a Project adopts an alternative disclosure policy, you may comply with that policy instead of the requirements in this section (titled "Paid Contributions Without Disclosure") when contributing to that particular Project. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> :: For more information, please read our [[Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Terms of Use/Frequently asked questions on paid contributions without disclosure|FAQ on disclosure of paid contributions]]. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Undisclosed editing by users receiving compensation creates an unreasonable burden on volunteer editors [[{{lwp|Wikipedia:Conflict of interest}}|who investigate and enforce community policies]]. Therefore, for violations of this section related to undisclosed paid editing, you agree to submit to binding "Med-Arb" (a "Marketing Company Mediation") as described in section 14 of these Terms of Use. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> We reserve the right to exercise our enforcement discretion with respect to the provisions in section 4 of these Terms of Use. Where required, enforcement of these terms may include actions not listed in the Wikimedia Foundation [[Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Office actions|Office Action Policy]]. If enforcement is required in new circumstances, we will make an effort within at most one (1) year to update the Office Action Policy to catalog the new type of action. </div> {{anchor|5}} <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> == 5. Password Security == </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You are responsible for safeguarding your own password and other security credentials, and should never disclose them to any third party. </div> {{anchor|6}} <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> == 6. Trademarks == </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Although you have considerable freedoms for reuse of the content on the Project Websites, it is important that, at the Wikimedia Foundation, we protect our trademark rights so that we can protect our users from fraudulent impersonators. Because of this, we ask that you please respect our trademarks. All Wikimedia Foundation trademarks belong to the Wikimedia Foundation, and any use of our trade names, trademarks, service marks, logos, or domain names must be in compliance with these Terms of Use and in compliance with our [[Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Trademark policy|Trademark Policy]]. </div> {{anchor|7}} <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> == 7. Licensing of Content == </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> To grow the commons of free knowledge and free culture, all users contributing to the Projects or Project Websites are required to grant broad permissions to the general public to redistribute and reuse their contributions freely, so long as that use is properly attributed and the same freedom to reuse and redistribute is granted to any derivative works. In keeping with our goal of providing free information to the widest possible audience, we require that when necessary all submitted content be licensed so that it is freely reusable by anyone who may access it. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You agree to the following licensing requirements: </div> <OL STYLE="list-style-type: lower-alpha"><LI><div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> '''Text to which you hold the copyright:''' When you submit text to which you hold the copyright, you agree to license it under: </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> * [//creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/deed.{{PAGELANGUAGE}} Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 4.0 International License] ("CC BY-SA 4.0"), and * [//www.gnu.org/copyleft/fdl.html GNU Free Documentation License] ("GFDL") (unversioned, with no invariant sections, front-cover texts, or back-cover texts). </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Reusers may comply with either license or both. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The only exception is if the Project edition or feature requires a different license. In that case, you agree to license any text you contribute under the particular license prescribed by the Project edition or the feature. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Please note that these licenses do allow commercial uses of your contributions, as long as such uses are compliant with the terms of the respective licenses. Where you own Sui Generis Database Rights covered by CC BY-SA 4.0, you waive these rights. As an example, this means facts you contribute to the projects may be reused freely without attribution. </div></li> <li><span id="7b"></span><span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">'''Attribution:''' Attribution is an important part of these licenses. We consider it giving credit where credit is due – to authors like yourself. When you contribute text, you agree to be attributed in any of the following fashions:</span> <OL STYLE="list-style:lower-roman"> <li><span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Through hyperlink (where possible) or URL to the article to which you contributed (since each article has a history page that lists all contributors, authors and editors);</span></li> <li><span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Through hyperlink (where possible) or URL to an alternative, stable online copy that is freely accessible, which conforms with the relevant license, and which provides credit to the authors in a manner equivalent to the credit given on the Project Website; or</span></li> <li><span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Through a list of all authors (but please note that any list of authors may be filtered to exclude very small or irrelevant contributions).</span></li> </ol> <li><span id="7c"></span><span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">'''Importing text:''' You may import text that you have found elsewhere or that you have co-authored with others, but in such case you represent and warrant that the text is available under terms that are compatible with CC BY-SA (or, as explained above, another license when exceptionally required by the Project edition or feature). For a list of compatible licenses, see [//creativecommons.org/share-your-work/licensing-considerations/compatible-licenses/ Creative Commons]. You shall not import content that is available solely under GFDL.</span><br /> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You agree that, if you import text under a CC license that requires attribution, you must credit the author(s) in a reasonable fashion. Where such credit is commonly given through page histories (such as Wikimedia-internal copying), it is sufficient to give attribution in the edit summary, which is recorded in the page history, when importing the text. The attribution requirements are sometimes too intrusive for particular circumstances (regardless of the license), and there may be instances where the Wikimedia community decides that imported text cannot be used for that reason. </div></li> <li><span id="7d"></span><span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">'''Non-text media:''' Non-text media on the Projects are available under a variety of different licenses that support the general goal of allowing unrestricted reuse and redistribution. When you contribute non-text media, you agree to comply with the requirements for such licenses as described in our [[Special:MyLanguage/Resolution:Licensing policy|Licensing Policy]], and also comply with the requirements of the specific Project edition or feature to which you are contributing. Also see the [[:c:Special:MyLanguage/Commons:Licensing|Wikimedia Commons Licensing Policy]] for more information on contributing non-text media to Wikimedia Commons.</span></li> <li><span id="7e"></span><span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">'''No revocation of license:''' Except as consistent with your license, you agree that you will not unilaterally revoke or seek invalidation of any license that you have granted under these Terms of Use for text content or non-text media contributed to the Projects or features, even if you terminate use of our services.</span></li> <li><span id="7f"></span><span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">'''Public domain content:''' Content that is in the public domain is welcome. It is important however that you confirm the public domain status of the content under the law of the United States of America as well as the laws of any other countries as required by the specific Project edition. When you contribute content that is in the public domain, you warrant that the material is actually in the public domain, and you agree to label it appropriately.</span></li> <li><span id="7g"></span><span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">'''Re-use:''' Reuse of content that we host is welcome, though exceptions exist for content contributed under "fair use" or similar exemptions under applicable copyright law. Any reuse must comply with the underlying license(s).</span><br /> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> When you reuse or redistribute a text page developed by the Wikimedia community, you agree to attribute the authors in any of the following fashions: </div> <OL STYLE="list-style:lower-roman"> <li><span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Through hyperlink (where possible) or URL to the page or pages that you are reusing (since each page has a history page that lists all contributors, authors and editors);</span></li> <li><span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Through hyperlink (where possible) or URL to an alternative, stable online copy that is freely accessible, which conforms with the license, and which provides credit to the authors in a manner equivalent to the credit given on the Project Website; or</span></li> <li><span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Through a list of all authors (but please note that any list of authors may be filtered to exclude very small or irrelevant contributions).</span></li> </ol> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If the text content was imported from another source, it is possible that the content is licensed under a compatible CC BY-SA license but not GFDL (as described in "Importing text," above). In that case, you agree to comply with the compatible CC BY-SA license and do not have the option to relicense it under GFDL. To determine the license that applies to the content that you seek to reuse or redistribute, you should review the page footer, page history, and discussion page. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> In addition, please be aware that text that originated from external sources and was imported into a Project may be under a license that attaches additional attribution requirements. Users agree to indicate these additional attribution requirements clearly. Depending on the Project, such requirements may appear, for example, in a banner or other notations pointing out that some or all of the content was originally published elsewhere. Where there are such visible notations, reusers should preserve them. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> For any non-text media, you agree to comply with the applicable license under which the work has been made available (which can be discovered by clicking on the work and looking at the licensing section on its description page or reviewing an applicable source page for that work). When reusing any content that we host, you agree to comply with the relevant attribution requirements as they pertain to the underlying license or licenses. </div></li> <li><span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">'''Modifications or additions to material that you reuse:''' When modifying or making additions to text that you have obtained from a Project Website, you agree to license the modified or added content under CC BY-SA 4.0 or later (or, as explained above, another license when exceptionally required by the specific Project edition or feature).</span><br /> <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">When modifying or making additions to any non-text media that you have obtained from a Project website, you agree to license the modified or added content in accordance with whatever license under which the work has been made available.</span><br /> <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">With both text content and non-text media, you agree to clearly indicate that the original work has been modified. If you are reusing text content in a wiki, it is sufficient to indicate in the page history that you made a change to the imported text. For each copy or modified version that you distribute, you agree to include a licensing notice stating which license the work is released under, along with either a hyperlink or URL to the text of the license or a copy of the license itself.</span></li></ol> {{anchor|8}} <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> == 8. Copyright Compliance == </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> :'''Global Copyright Compliance''' If you believe that content on Wikipedia violates intellectual property rights, it can be reported to the Wikimedia Foundation following our illegal content reporting process (see section 10 below). </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Please note that due to the harmonization of international copyright law, in many cases it will be possible to submit a notice of copyright violation under either your local law or US law. To be valid under US law, a copyright notice must follow the requirements of the DMCA, listed below. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> We will terminate, in appropriate circumstances, users and account holders of our system and network who are repeat infringers on our Projects and services. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> :'''DMCA Compliance''' </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The Wikimedia Foundation wants to ensure that the content that we host can be reused by other users without fear of liability and that it is not infringing the proprietary rights of others. In fairness to our users, as well as to other creators and copyright holders, our policy is to respond to notices of alleged infringement that comply with the formalities of the Digital Millennium Copyright Act ("DMCA"). Pursuant to the DMCA, we will terminate, in appropriate circumstances, users and account holders of our system and network who are repeat infringers on our Projects and services. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> However, we also recognize that not every takedown notice is valid or in good faith. In such cases, we strongly encourage users to file counter-notifications when they appropriately believe a DMCA takedown demand is invalid or improper. For more information on what to do if you think a DMCA notice has been improperly filed, you may wish to consult the [//lumendatabase.org/ Lumen Database] website. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If you are the owner of content that is being improperly used on one of the Projects without your permission, you may request that the content be removed by filing a notice under the DMCA. To make such a request, please email us at {{email|legal|wikimedia.org}} or [[Special:MyLanguage/Legal:DMCA takedowns|snail mail our designated agent]]. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Alternatively, you may make a request to our community, which often handles copyright issues faster and more effectively than the process prescribed under the DMCA. In that case, you can post a notice explaining your copyright concerns. For a non-exhaustive and non-authoritative list of the relevant processes for the different Project editions, [[:m:Copyright problems|visit the Copyright Problems page]]. Before filing a DMCA claim, you also have the option of sending an email to the community at {{email|info|wikimedia.org}}. </div> {{anchor|9}} <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> == 9. Third-party Websites and Resources == </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You are solely responsible for your use of any third-party websites or resources. Although the Projects and Project Websites contain links to third-party websites and resources, we do not endorse and are not responsible or liable for their availability, accuracy, or the related content, products, or services (including, without limitation, any viruses or other disabling features), nor do we have any obligation to monitor such third-party content. </div> {{anchor|10}} <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> == 10. Management of Websites == </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The community has the primary role in creating and enforcing policies applying to the different Project editions. At the Wikimedia Foundation, we rarely intervene in community decisions about policy and its enforcement. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> It is possible to notify us of illegal content, or content that violates our Terms of Use (including all policies and other documents incorporated by reference) for other reasons [[{{foundationsite|1=about/contact/}}|by contacting us directly]]. However, you can typically make a request directly to the Project's community: this may be more efficient, and is more consistent with our Projects' aim to empower the user community. Please note that this contact method functions as the Foundation’s grievance redressal mechanism for all jurisdictions that require one. Grievances submitted through this contact will be reviewed, in accordance with applicable legal requirements. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Each Project will usually provide "Help" or "Contact" pages for further guidance, or specific tools for reporting issues. Alternatively – if in doubt – you can ask members of the community for help, by sending an email to {{email|info|wikimedia.org}} or a more language-specific address from the [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Volunteer Response Team|Volunteer Response Team page]]. Please note that these mailboxes are monitored by users of the Projects, not the Foundation. As a result, they should not be threatened or issued with legal demands. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If you contact the Foundation with a problem, we will typically explore whether and how existing community-led mechanisms can investigate and, where appropriate, resolve it. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> In an unusual case, the need may arise, or the community may ask us, to address an especially problematic user or especially problematic content because of significant Project disturbance or dangerous behavior. In such cases, we reserve the right, at our sole discretion (or where legally compelled), to: </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> * Investigate your use of the Projects or our services (a) to determine whether a violation of these Terms of Use, Project edition policy, or other applicable law or policy has occurred, or (b) to comply with any applicable law, legal process, or an appropriate governmental request; * Detect, prevent, or otherwise address fraud, false or unverifiable information, security, or technical issues or respond to user support requests; * Refuse, revert, disable, or restrict access to contributions of any user who violates these Terms of Use; </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> * Ban a user from editing or contributing or block a user's account or access for actions violating these Terms of Use, including repeat posting of unlawful material under applicable law in line with human rights principles; * Take legal action against users who violate these Terms of Use (including reports to law enforcement authorities); and * Manage otherwise the Project websites in a manner designed to facilitate their proper functioning and protect the rights, property, and safety of ourselves and our users, licensors, partners, and the public. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Those Foundation moderation activities may be informed or performed by software (such as traffic flood ("Denial of Service") protection). In those cases human review is normally available, [[{{foundationsite|1=about/contact/}}|upon request]]. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> In the interests of our users and the Projects, in the extreme circumstance that any individual has had their account or access blocked under this section, they are prohibited from creating or using another account on or seeking access to the same Project, unless we provide explicit permission. Without limiting the authority of the community, the Foundation itself will not ban a user from editing or contributing or block a user's account or access solely because of good faith criticism that does not result in actions otherwise violating these Terms of Use or community policies. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The Wikimedia community and its members may also take action when so allowed by the community or Foundation policies applicable to the specific Project edition, including but not limited to warning, investigating, blocking, or banning users who violate those policies. You agree to comply with the final decisions of dispute resolution bodies that are established by the community for the specific Project editions (such as arbitration committees); these decisions may include sanctions as set out by the policy of the specific Project edition. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Especially problematic users who have had accounts or access blocked on multiple Project editions may be subject to a ban from all of the Project editions, in accordance with the [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Global bans|Global Ban Policy]]. In contrast to Board resolutions or these Terms of Use, policies established by the community, which may cover a single Project edition or multiple Projects editions (like the Global Ban Policy), may be modified by the relevant community according to its own procedures. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The blocking of an account or access or the banning of a user under this provision shall be in accordance with Section 13 of these Terms of Use. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If you believe we have not satisfactorily acted on a problematic content report, or if you have been subjected to a Foundation moderation action that you wish to challenge, you may be able to [[Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Office actions#appeals|submit an appeal]]. Other information about routes of appeal may also be explained to you at the time, or in Project-specific help pages. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> We reserve the right to suspend (temporarily, or permanently) our handling of reports or other correspondence from users or third parties, whether about allegedly illegal or otherwise problematic content or conduct, or requesting appeals against moderation actions, if such correspondence was made in bad faith, repetitive, unfounded, and/or abusive. In appropriate circumstances, your email address may even be blocked on our email system(s), and you will then need to contact us [[{{foundationsite|1=about/contact/}}|at our postal address]] if you wish to further correspond with us during that block. For less serious cases (e.g. up to three polite emails about one or more meritless complaints), this is likely to be temporary. More frequent or more abusive communications are more likely to lead to permanent measures. Additional information for persons in the EU can be found on [[Special:MyLanguage/Legal:Wikimedia Foundation EU Compliance|our page about EU compliance and reporting]]. </div> {{anchor|11}} <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> == 11. Resolutions and Project Policies == </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The Wikimedia Foundation Board of Trustees [[Special:MyLanguage/Resolutions|releases official policies]] from time to time. Some of these policies may be mandatory for a particular Project or Project edition, and, when they are, you agree to abide by them as applicable. </div> {{anchor|12}} <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> == 12. API Terms == </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> We make available a set of APIs, which include documentation and associated tools, to enable users to build products that promote free knowledge. By using our APIs, you agree to abide by all applicable policies governing the use of the APIs, which include but are not limited to the [[Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Wikimedia Foundation User-Agent Policy|User-Agent Policy]], the [[wikitech:Robot policy|Robot Policy]], and the [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/API:Etiquette|API:Etiquette]] (collectively, "API Documentation"), which are incorporated into these Terms of Use by reference. </div> {{anchor|13}} <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> == 13. Termination == </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Though we hope you will stay and continue to contribute to the Projects, you can stop using our services any time. In certain (hopefully unlikely) circumstances it may be necessary for either ourselves or the Wikimedia community or its members (as described in Section 10) to terminate part or all of our services, terminate these Terms of Use, block your account or access, or ban you as a user. If your account or access is blocked or otherwise terminated for any reason, your public contributions and a record of your activities on or in relation to the Projects (including any correspondence you have sent us) will be unaffected (subject to applicable policies), and you may still access our public pages for the sole purpose of reading publicly available content on the Projects. In such circumstances, however, you may not be able to access your account or settings. However, regardless of any other provision in these Terms of Use, we reserve the right to suspend or end the services at any time, with or without cause, and with or without notice. Even after your use and participation are banned, blocked or otherwise suspended, these Terms of Use will remain in effect with respect to relevant provisions, including Sections 1, 3, 4, 6, 7, 9-16, and 18. </div> {{anchor|14}} == <span style="background: #FFFFCD;"><span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">14. Disputes and Jurisdiction</span></span> == <div style="background: #FFFFCD;"><div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> ''Highlighted for emphasis'' </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> We hope that no serious disagreements arise involving you, but, in the event there is a dispute, we encourage you to seek resolution through the dispute resolution procedures or mechanisms provided by the Projects or Project editions and the Wikimedia Foundation. If you seek to file a legal claim against us, you agree to file and resolve it exclusively in a state or federal court located in San Francisco County, California. You also agree that the laws of the State of California and, to the extent applicable, the laws of the United States of America will govern these Terms of Use, as well as any legal claim that might arise between you and us (without reference to conflict of laws principles). You agree to submit to the personal jurisdiction of, and agree that venue is proper in, the courts located in San Francisco County, California, in any legal action or proceeding relating to us or these Terms of Use. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> To ensure that disputes are dealt with soon after they arise, you agree that regardless of any statute or law to the contrary, any claim or cause of action you might have arising out of or related to use of our services or these Terms of Use must be filed within the applicable statute of limitations or, if earlier, one (1) year after the pertinent facts underlying such claim or cause of action could have been discovered with reasonable diligence (or be forever barred). If "choice of forum" clauses like the one above are not accepted by the courts where you normally reside, then (i) our choice of forum clause, above, shall be ignored, and (ii) you can refer any dispute to the courts of the jurisdiction where you normally live, following the applicable law rules of those courts. Similarly, if applicable law does not allow the enforcement of the choice of law in this section, then you can resolve a dispute according to the choice of law rules in the court of competent jurisdiction. </div> {{Tunit|123|'''Marketing Company Mediations'''}} <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> As described in section 4 of these Terms of Use, you agree to resolve violations of the Paid Contributions without Disclosure in a Marketing Company Mediation at the Foundation's discretion. Marketing Company Mediations are '''binding''' mediations where, at the end of either a half or full day session, any disputed items that remain unresolved will be decided by the mediator in a legally binding decision. They will be conducted in meetings by teleconference or videoconference. If an in-person meeting is required, then the Marketing Company Mediation will take place in San Francisco County, California. The parties will split all fees and expenses related to the mediation/arbitration equally. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You agree, as part of a Marketing Company Mediation, to cooperate with the Foundation, including by timely providing any documentation in your possession relating to your undisclosed paid editing activities including the accounts used, articles affected, and clients who purchased such services. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Marketing Company Mediations are subject to and governed by the Federal Arbitration Act to the extent that the mediator becomes an arbitrator. The prevailing party shall be entitled to recover its attorneys' fees (including all fees necessary to determine the applicability of the Marketing Company Mediation and to enforce the binding result) and all costs relating to the investigation and enforcement of its rights. A party may be deemed "prevailing" even if it is not successful on every claim asserted. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If for some reason the entirety of these Marketing Company Mediation requirements are found to be unenforceable, you agree to resolve any disputes as described in the beginning of this section. </div> </div> {{anchor|15}} == <span style="background: #FFFFCD;"><span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">15. Disclaimers</span></span> == <div style="background: #FFFFCD;"> {{Tunit|1=106|2=''Highlighted for emphasis''}} <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> At the Wikimedia Foundation, we do our best to provide educational and informational content to a very wide audience, but your use of our services is at your sole risk. We provide these services on an "as is" and "as available" basis, and we expressly disclaim all express or implied warranties of all kinds, including but not limited to the implied warranties of merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose, and non-infringement. We make no warranty that our services will meet your requirements, be safe, secure, uninterrupted, timely, accurate, or error-free, or that your information will be secure. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> We are not responsible for the content, data, or actions of third parties, and you release us, our directors, officers, employees, and agents from any claims and damages, known and unknown, arising out of or in any way connected with any claim you have against any such third parties. No advice or information, whether oral or written, obtained by you from us or through or from our services creates any warranty not expressly stated in these Terms of Use. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Any material downloaded or otherwise obtained through your use of our services is done at your own discretion and risk, and you will be solely responsible for any damage to your computer system or loss of data that results from the download of any such material. You agree that we have no responsibility or liability for the deletion of, or the failure to store or to transmit, any content or communication maintained by the service. We retain the right to create limits on use and storage at our sole discretion at any time with or without notice. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Some states or jurisdictions do not allow the types of disclaimers in this section, so they may not apply to you either in part or in full depending on the law. </div></div> {{anchor|16}} == <span style="background: #FFFFCD;"><span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">16. Limitation on Liability</span></span> == <div style="background: #FFFFCD;"> {{Tunit|1=106|2=''Highlighted for emphasis''}} <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The Wikimedia Foundation will not be liable to you or to any other party for any direct, indirect, incidental, special, consequential or exemplary damages, including but not limited to, damages for loss of profits, goodwill, use, data, or other intangible losses, regardless of whether we were advised of the possibility of such damage. In no event shall our liability exceed one thousand U.S. dollars (US$1,000.00) in aggregate. In the case that applicable law may not allow the limitation or exclusion of liability or incidental or consequential damages, the above limitation or exclusion may not apply to you, although our liability will be limited to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law. </div></div> {{anchor|17}} <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> == 17. Modifications to these Terms of Use == </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Just as the Wikimedia community's input is essential for the growth and maintenance of the Projects, we believe that community input is essential for these Terms of Use to properly serve our users. It is also essential for a fair contract. Therefore, we will provide these Terms of Use, as well as any substantial future revisions of these Terms of Use, to the community for comment at least thirty (30) days before the end of the comment period. If a future proposed revision is substantial, we will provide an additional 30 days for comments after posting a translation of the proposed revision in at least three languages (selected at our discretion). The community will be encouraged to translate the proposed revision in other languages as appropriate. For changes for legal or administrative reasons, to correct an inaccurate statement, or changes in response to community comments, we will provide at least three (3) days' notice. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Because it may be necessary to modify these Terms of Use from time to time, we will provide notice of such modifications and the opportunity to comment via the Project websites, and via a notification on [[mail:wikimediaannounce-l|WikimediaAnnounce-l]]. However, we ask that you please periodically review the most up-to-date version of these Terms of Use. Your continued use of our services after the new Terms of Use become official following the notice and review period constitutes an acceptance of these Terms of Use on your part. For the protection of the Wikimedia Foundation and other users like yourself, if you do not agree with our Terms of Use, you cannot use our services. </div> {{anchor|18}} <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> == 18. Other Terms == </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> These Terms of Use do not create an employment, agency, partnership, joint control or joint venture relationship between you and us, the Wikimedia Foundation. For the purposes of European Economic Area law, United Kingdom law, or other laws that involve a similar concept, you are not acting "under the authority of" the Foundation when you use the services. If you have not signed a separate agreement with us, these Terms of Use are the entire agreement between you and us. If there is any conflict between these Terms of Use and a signed written agreement between you and us, the signed agreement will control. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You agree that we may provide you with notices, including those regarding changes to the Terms of Use, by email, regular mail, or postings on the Projects or Project Websites. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If in any circumstance, we do not apply or enforce any provision of these Terms of Use, it is not a waiver of that provision. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You understand that, unless otherwise agreed to in writing by us, you have no expectation of compensation for any activity, contribution, or idea that you provide to us, the community, or the Projects or Project editions. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in these Terms of Use, we (the Wikimedia Foundation) and you agree not to modify the applicable terms and requirements of any free license that is employed on the Projects or Project editions when such free license is authorized by these Terms of Use. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> These Terms of Use were written in English (U.S.). While we hope that translations of these Terms of Use are accurate, in the event of any differences in meaning between the original English version and a translation, the original English version takes precedence. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If any provision or part of a provision of these Terms of Use is found unlawful, void, or unenforceable, that provision or part of the provision is deemed severable from these Terms of Use and will be enforced to the maximum extent permissible, and all other provisions of these Terms of Use will remain in full force and effect. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> == Thank You! == </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> We appreciate your taking the time to read these Terms of Use, and we are very happy to have you contributing to the Projects and using our services. Through your contributions, you are helping to build something really big – not only an important collection of collaboratively edited reference Projects that provides education and information to millions who might otherwise lack access, but also a vibrant community of like-minded and engaged peers, focused on a very noble goal. </div> ---- <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> '''These Terms of Use went into effect on June 7, 2023. Previous versions of the terms:''' </div> * '''<span class='plainlinks'><span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">[{{fullurl:Policy:Terms_of_Use|oldid=98524}} Terms of Use (2014–2023)]: effective from June 16, 2014, until June 7, 2023</span></span>''' * '''<span class='plainlinks'><span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">[{{fullurl:Policy:Terms_of_Use|oldid=82013}} Terms of Use (2012–2014)]: effective from May 24, 2012, until June 16, 2014</span></span>''' * '''<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">[[Special:MyLanguage/Archive:Terms of Use (2009)|Terms of Use (2009)]]: effective from 2009 until May 24, 2012</span>''' <hr /> <div style="font-weight:bold;">{{Disclaimer for translation|textonly=yes}}</div> [[Category:Terms of Use{{#translation:}}| ]] [[Category:Policies{{#translation:}}]] degqnao3fkqg348zbl7k5e7qwt1ng25 594017 594016 2026-09-19T01:15:54Z NguoiDungKhongDinhDanh 2408 Not a translation ([[:m:GS|global sysop]] action) 594017 wikitext text/x-wiki <div style="font-size: smaller;"><languages /></div>{{#if:{{#translation:}}||{{DISPLAYTITLE:Wikimedia Foundation Terms of Use}}}}{{Help translate/Terms of Use}} {{Policy-board|nosidebar=true}} {{Policy:Terms of Use/Summary}} {{Anchor|introduction}}{{shortcut|[[ToU]]}} <span style="font-size: 150%;"><span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Our Terms of Use</span></span> '''''Muyi tunanin duniyar da kowanne Dan Adam zai iya yada ilimi a kyauta, hakan jajircewarmu ce.''''' – [[{{foundationsite|1=about/vision}}|<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Our Vision Statement</span>]] <div class="mw-translate-fuzzy"> Barkanmu da shigowa Wikimedia! Pandishan din Wikimedia, inc. ("mu" ko "mu"), wata mashigar kungiyar da Babu riba ce wacce [[{{foundationsite|1=about/mission}}|mission]] take tallafawa da janyo hankulan jama'a a duk duniya Don anso da cigaban ginuwar abinda aka rubuta a karkashin [[w:en:free content]|free licence]] ko kuma as harka ta jama da ingantacciyar yadawa a duniya, kyauta. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> To support our vibrant community, we provide the essential infrastructure and organizational framework for the development of multilingual wiki projects and their editions (as explained on our [[{{foundationsite|1=our-work/wikimedia-projects}}|Wikimedia Projects page]]) (hereby referred to as "Projects") and other endeavors which serve this mission. We strive to make and keep educational and informational content from the Projects available on the internet free of charge, in perpetuity. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> We welcome you ("you" or the "user") as a reader, or contributor of the Projects, and we encourage you to join the Wikimedia community. Before you participate, however, we ask that you please read and agree to the following Terms of Use ("Terms of Use"). </div> == {{int string|Overview}} == <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> These Terms of Use tell you about our public services at the Wikimedia Foundation, our relationship to you as a user, and the rights and responsibilities that guide us both. We host an incredible quantity of educational and informational content, all of which is contributed and made possible by users like yourself. Generally we do not contribute, monitor, or delete content (with rare exceptions, such as under policies like these Terms of Use, for legal compliance, or when faced with urgent threats of serious harm). This means that editorial control is in the hands of you and your fellow users who create and manage the content. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The community – the network of users who are constantly building and using the Projects and/or their websites (hereby referred to as "Project Websites") – is the principal means through which the goals of the mission are achieved. The community contributes to and helps govern our Projects and Project Websites. The community also undertakes the critical function of creating and enforcing policies for the specific Project editions (such as the different language editions for the Wikipedia Project or the Wikimedia Commons multilingual edition). </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You, the user, are welcome to join as a contributor, editor, or author, but you should follow the policies that govern each of the independent Project editions, including the [[Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Universal Code of Conduct|Universal Code of Conduct]] (UCoC), which apply to all Project editions. The largest of our Projects is Wikipedia, but we host other Projects too, each with different objectives and work methods. Each Project edition has a team of contributors, editors or authors who work together to create and manage the content on that Project edition. You are welcome to join these teams and work with them to improve these Projects. Since we are dedicated to making content freely accessible to the public, content you contribute is made available under a free license or released in the public domain. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Please be aware that you are legally responsible for all of your contributions, edits, and reuse of Wikimedia content under the laws of the United States of America and other applicable laws (which may include laws where you or the subject of your contributions are located). This means it is important that you exercise caution when posting, modifying or reusing content. In light of this responsibility, we have some rules about what you cannot do, most of which are either for your own protection or for the protection of other users like yourself. Please keep in mind that the content we host is for general informational purposes only, so if you need expert advice for a particular question (such as medical, legal, or financial issues), you should seek the help of an appropriate professional. We also include other important notices and disclaimers, so please read these Terms of Use in their entirety. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> For clarity, other organizations, such as [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia chapters|local Wikimedia chapters]] and associations, that may share in the same mission are nevertheless legally independent and separate from the Wikimedia Foundation. Unless otherwise stated by the Foundation as an authorized party on a given Project's Website, those other organizations have no responsibility for the operations of the Project's Website or its content. </div> {{anchor|1}} <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> == 1. Our Services == </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The Wikimedia Foundation is dedicated to encouraging the growth, development, and distribution of free multilingual content, and to hosting the full content of these wiki-based Projects for the public free of charge. Our role is to host some of the largest collaboratively edited reference Projects in the world, [//www.wikimedia.org which can be found here]. However, we act only as a hosting service provider, maintaining the infrastructure and organizational framework. This infrastructure and framework allow our users to build the Projects by contributing and editing content themselves. They also allow our users to reuse that content. The infrastructure we maintain includes specialized technological infrastructure that enables users to programmatically interact with and reuse content on Projects (referred to as "Application Programming Interface" or "APIs"), and mobile applications. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> As used throughout the rest of the Terms of Use, our services consist of: [//www.wikimedia.org The Project Websites we host], technological infrastructure that we maintain, and any technical spaces that we host for the maintenance and improvement of our Projects. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Because of our unique role, there are a couple of things you should be aware of when considering our relationship to you, the Projects, and other users: </div> <ol STYLE="list-style-type: lower-alpha"><li><span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">'''We do not take an editorial role:''' Because the Projects are collaboratively edited, the vast majority of the content that we host is provided by users, and we do not take an editorial role. This means that we generally do not monitor or edit the content of the Project Websites, and we do not take any responsibility for this content. Similarly, unless we have expressly stated otherwise, we do not endorse any opinions expressed via our services, and we do not represent or guarantee the truthfulness, accuracy, or reliability of any submitted community content on the Projects.</span></li> <li><span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">'''You are responsible for your own actions:''' You are legally responsible for your edits and contributions on the Projects, your reuse of content on the Projects, your use of the APIs, and your use of our services more generally. For your own protection you should exercise caution and avoid taking any actions that may result in criminal or civil liability under any applicable laws. For clarity, applicable law includes at least the laws of the United States of America and the State of California. For other countries, this is determined on a case-by-case basis. Although we may not agree with such actions, we warn users—particularly the editors, contributors, and authors—that non-U.S. authorities may seek to apply other country laws to you, including local laws where you live or where you view or edit content. We generally cannot offer any protection, guarantee, immunity or indemnification against the application of such laws.</span></li></ol> {{anchor|2}} <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> == 2. Privacy Policy == </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> We ask that you review the [[Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Privacy policy|terms of our Privacy Policy]], so that you are aware of how we collect and use your information. </div> {{anchor|3}} <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> == 3. Content We Host == </div> <OL STYLE="list-style-type: lower-alpha"><li><span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">'''You may find some material objectionable or erroneous:''' Because we host a wide array of content that is produced or gathered by fellow users, you may encounter material that you find offensive, erroneous, misleading, mislabeled, or otherwise objectionable. We therefore ask that you use common sense and proper judgment when using our services.</span></li> <li><span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">'''The Projects' content is for general informational purposes only:''' Although our Projects host a great deal of information that pertains to professional topics, including medical, legal, or financial issues, this content is presented for general informational purposes only. It should not be taken as professional advice. Please seek independent professional counseling from someone who is licensed or qualified in the applicable area in lieu of acting on any information, opinion, or advice contained in one of the Project Websites.</span></li></OL> {{anchor|4}} <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> == 4. Refraining from Certain Activities == </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The Projects hosted by the Wikimedia Foundation only exist because of the vibrant community of users like you who collaborate to write, edit, and curate the content. We happily welcome your participation in this community. We encourage you to be civil and polite in your interactions with others in the community, to act in good faith, and to make edits and contributions aimed at furthering the mission of the shared Project. We ask that all users review and follow the [[Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Universal Code of Conduct|Universal Code of Conduct]] ("UCoC"), which lays out requirements for collegial, civil collaboration across all Projects that we host. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Certain activities, whether legal or illegal under the applicable law, may be harmful to other users and violate our rules, and some activities may also subject you to liability. Therefore, for your own protection and for that of other users, you may not engage in such activities on, or otherwise using, our Projects. These activities include: </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> : '''Harassing and Abusing Others''' </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> ::* Engaging in threats, stalking, spamming, vandalism, or harassment as described in the UCoC; ::* Transmitting chain mail, junk mail, or spam to other users; ::* Posting or modifying content with the intention to seriously harm others, such as deliberate inducements to self-harm, or deliberate triggering of epilepsy. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> : '''Violating the Privacy of Others''' </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> ::* Infringing the privacy rights of others under applicable laws (which may include the laws where you live or where you view or edit content); ::* Soliciting personally identifiable information for the purposes of harassment, exploitation, or violation of privacy, or for any promotional or commercial purpose not explicitly approved by the Wikimedia Foundation; and ::* Soliciting personally identifiable information from anyone under the age of 18 years, or under the age of majority where you are if higher than 18 years, for an illegal purpose or violating any applicable law regarding the health or well-being of minors. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> : '''Engaging in False Statements, Impersonation, or Fraud''' </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> ::* Intentionally or knowingly posting content that constitutes libel or defamation under the laws of the United States of America; ::* Posting or modifying content with the intent to deceive or mislead others; ::* Attempting to impersonate another user or individual, misrepresenting your affiliation with any individual or entity, hiding your affiliation with any individual or entity when disclosure is required by these terms or local Project policy, or using the name or username of another person with the intent to deceive; and ::* Engaging in fraud. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> : '''Committing Infringement of Intellectual Property Rights''' </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> ::* Infringing copyrights, trademarks, patents, or other proprietary rights under the applicable law. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> : '''Misusing Our Services for Other Illegal Purposes''' </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> ::* Posting child pornography or any other content that violates applicable law concerning child pornography or child sexual abuse material, or encouraging, grooming, or advocating for others to create or share such material; ::* Posting or trafficking in obscene material that is unlawful under applicable law; and ::* Using the services in a manner that is inconsistent with applicable law. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> : '''Engaging in Disruptive and Illegal Misuse of Facilities''' </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> ::* Posting or distributing content that contains any viruses, malware, worms, Trojan horses, malicious code, or other device that could harm our technical infrastructure or system or that of other users; ::* Engaging in automated uses of the Project Websites that are abusive or disruptive of the services, violate acceptable usage policies where available, or have not been approved by the Wikimedia community; ::* Disrupting the services by placing an undue burden on an API, Project Website or the networks or servers connected with a particular Project Website; </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> ::* Disrupting the services by inundating any of the Project Websites with communications or other traffic that suggests no serious intent to use the Project website for its stated purpose; ::* Knowingly accessing, tampering with, or using any of our non-public areas in our computer systems without authorization; and ::* Probing, scanning, or testing the vulnerability of any of our technical systems or networks unless all the following conditions are met: </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> :::* such actions do not unduly abuse or disrupt our technical systems or networks; </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> :::* such actions are not for personal gain (except for credit for your work); </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> :::* you report any vulnerabilities to the relevant developers (or fix it yourself); and </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> :::* you do not undertake such actions with malicious or destructive intent. </div> {{anchor|paid-contrib-disclosure}}{{anchor|paid contributions}}{{anchor|PAID}}{{Shortcut|1=[[PAID]]}} <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> : '''Paid Contributions Without Disclosure''' </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> ::* You must disclose each and any employer, client, intended beneficiary and affiliation with respect to any contribution for which you receive, or expect to receive, compensation. You must make that disclosure in at least one of the following ways: </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> :::* a statement on your user page, :::* a statement on the talk page accompanying any paid contributions, or :::* a statement in the edit summary accompanying any paid contributions. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> ::* In addition, if you make a public posting off the Projects advertising editing services on Wikipedia in exchange for compensation of any kind, you must disclose all Wikipedia accounts you have used or will use for this service in the public posting on the third-party service. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> ::* Applicable law, or Project-specific policies and Foundation policies and guidelines, such as those addressing conflicts of interest, may further limit paid contributions or require more detailed disclosure. For example, infringing Wikimedia Trademarks (defined hereinafter at Section 6) to advertise paid editing services, removing disclosures on previously adequately disclosed paid edits, or logged-out paid editing in a manner that makes adequate disclosure a practical impossibility violate this section. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> ::* A Wikimedia Project community may adopt an alternative paid contribution disclosure policy which may supplement or replace this section. If a Project adopts an alternative disclosure policy, you may comply with that policy instead of the requirements in this section (titled "Paid Contributions Without Disclosure") when contributing to that particular Project. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> :: For more information, please read our [[Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Terms of Use/Frequently asked questions on paid contributions without disclosure|FAQ on disclosure of paid contributions]]. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Undisclosed editing by users receiving compensation creates an unreasonable burden on volunteer editors [[{{lwp|Wikipedia:Conflict of interest}}|who investigate and enforce community policies]]. Therefore, for violations of this section related to undisclosed paid editing, you agree to submit to binding "Med-Arb" (a "Marketing Company Mediation") as described in section 14 of these Terms of Use. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> We reserve the right to exercise our enforcement discretion with respect to the provisions in section 4 of these Terms of Use. Where required, enforcement of these terms may include actions not listed in the Wikimedia Foundation [[Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Office actions|Office Action Policy]]. If enforcement is required in new circumstances, we will make an effort within at most one (1) year to update the Office Action Policy to catalog the new type of action. </div> {{anchor|5}} <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> == 5. Password Security == </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You are responsible for safeguarding your own password and other security credentials, and should never disclose them to any third party. </div> {{anchor|6}} <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> == 6. Trademarks == </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Although you have considerable freedoms for reuse of the content on the Project Websites, it is important that, at the Wikimedia Foundation, we protect our trademark rights so that we can protect our users from fraudulent impersonators. Because of this, we ask that you please respect our trademarks. All Wikimedia Foundation trademarks belong to the Wikimedia Foundation, and any use of our trade names, trademarks, service marks, logos, or domain names must be in compliance with these Terms of Use and in compliance with our [[Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Trademark policy|Trademark Policy]]. </div> {{anchor|7}} <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> == 7. Licensing of Content == </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> To grow the commons of free knowledge and free culture, all users contributing to the Projects or Project Websites are required to grant broad permissions to the general public to redistribute and reuse their contributions freely, so long as that use is properly attributed and the same freedom to reuse and redistribute is granted to any derivative works. In keeping with our goal of providing free information to the widest possible audience, we require that when necessary all submitted content be licensed so that it is freely reusable by anyone who may access it. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You agree to the following licensing requirements: </div> <OL STYLE="list-style-type: lower-alpha"><LI><div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> '''Text to which you hold the copyright:''' When you submit text to which you hold the copyright, you agree to license it under: </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> * [//creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/deed.{{PAGELANGUAGE}} Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 4.0 International License] ("CC BY-SA 4.0"), and * [//www.gnu.org/copyleft/fdl.html GNU Free Documentation License] ("GFDL") (unversioned, with no invariant sections, front-cover texts, or back-cover texts). </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Reusers may comply with either license or both. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The only exception is if the Project edition or feature requires a different license. In that case, you agree to license any text you contribute under the particular license prescribed by the Project edition or the feature. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Please note that these licenses do allow commercial uses of your contributions, as long as such uses are compliant with the terms of the respective licenses. Where you own Sui Generis Database Rights covered by CC BY-SA 4.0, you waive these rights. As an example, this means facts you contribute to the projects may be reused freely without attribution. </div></li> <li><span id="7b"></span><span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">'''Attribution:''' Attribution is an important part of these licenses. We consider it giving credit where credit is due – to authors like yourself. When you contribute text, you agree to be attributed in any of the following fashions:</span> <OL STYLE="list-style:lower-roman"> <li><span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Through hyperlink (where possible) or URL to the article to which you contributed (since each article has a history page that lists all contributors, authors and editors);</span></li> <li><span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Through hyperlink (where possible) or URL to an alternative, stable online copy that is freely accessible, which conforms with the relevant license, and which provides credit to the authors in a manner equivalent to the credit given on the Project Website; or</span></li> <li><span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Through a list of all authors (but please note that any list of authors may be filtered to exclude very small or irrelevant contributions).</span></li> </ol> <li><span id="7c"></span><span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">'''Importing text:''' You may import text that you have found elsewhere or that you have co-authored with others, but in such case you represent and warrant that the text is available under terms that are compatible with CC BY-SA (or, as explained above, another license when exceptionally required by the Project edition or feature). For a list of compatible licenses, see [//creativecommons.org/share-your-work/licensing-considerations/compatible-licenses/ Creative Commons]. You shall not import content that is available solely under GFDL.</span><br /> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You agree that, if you import text under a CC license that requires attribution, you must credit the author(s) in a reasonable fashion. Where such credit is commonly given through page histories (such as Wikimedia-internal copying), it is sufficient to give attribution in the edit summary, which is recorded in the page history, when importing the text. The attribution requirements are sometimes too intrusive for particular circumstances (regardless of the license), and there may be instances where the Wikimedia community decides that imported text cannot be used for that reason. </div></li> <li><span id="7d"></span><span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">'''Non-text media:''' Non-text media on the Projects are available under a variety of different licenses that support the general goal of allowing unrestricted reuse and redistribution. When you contribute non-text media, you agree to comply with the requirements for such licenses as described in our [[Special:MyLanguage/Resolution:Licensing policy|Licensing Policy]], and also comply with the requirements of the specific Project edition or feature to which you are contributing. Also see the [[:c:Special:MyLanguage/Commons:Licensing|Wikimedia Commons Licensing Policy]] for more information on contributing non-text media to Wikimedia Commons.</span></li> <li><span id="7e"></span><span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">'''No revocation of license:''' Except as consistent with your license, you agree that you will not unilaterally revoke or seek invalidation of any license that you have granted under these Terms of Use for text content or non-text media contributed to the Projects or features, even if you terminate use of our services.</span></li> <li><span id="7f"></span><span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">'''Public domain content:''' Content that is in the public domain is welcome. It is important however that you confirm the public domain status of the content under the law of the United States of America as well as the laws of any other countries as required by the specific Project edition. When you contribute content that is in the public domain, you warrant that the material is actually in the public domain, and you agree to label it appropriately.</span></li> <li><span id="7g"></span><span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">'''Re-use:''' Reuse of content that we host is welcome, though exceptions exist for content contributed under "fair use" or similar exemptions under applicable copyright law. Any reuse must comply with the underlying license(s).</span><br /> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> When you reuse or redistribute a text page developed by the Wikimedia community, you agree to attribute the authors in any of the following fashions: </div> <OL STYLE="list-style:lower-roman"> <li><span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Through hyperlink (where possible) or URL to the page or pages that you are reusing (since each page has a history page that lists all contributors, authors and editors);</span></li> <li><span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Through hyperlink (where possible) or URL to an alternative, stable online copy that is freely accessible, which conforms with the license, and which provides credit to the authors in a manner equivalent to the credit given on the Project Website; or</span></li> <li><span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Through a list of all authors (but please note that any list of authors may be filtered to exclude very small or irrelevant contributions).</span></li> </ol> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If the text content was imported from another source, it is possible that the content is licensed under a compatible CC BY-SA license but not GFDL (as described in "Importing text," above). In that case, you agree to comply with the compatible CC BY-SA license and do not have the option to relicense it under GFDL. To determine the license that applies to the content that you seek to reuse or redistribute, you should review the page footer, page history, and discussion page. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> In addition, please be aware that text that originated from external sources and was imported into a Project may be under a license that attaches additional attribution requirements. Users agree to indicate these additional attribution requirements clearly. Depending on the Project, such requirements may appear, for example, in a banner or other notations pointing out that some or all of the content was originally published elsewhere. Where there are such visible notations, reusers should preserve them. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> For any non-text media, you agree to comply with the applicable license under which the work has been made available (which can be discovered by clicking on the work and looking at the licensing section on its description page or reviewing an applicable source page for that work). When reusing any content that we host, you agree to comply with the relevant attribution requirements as they pertain to the underlying license or licenses. </div></li> <li><span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">'''Modifications or additions to material that you reuse:''' When modifying or making additions to text that you have obtained from a Project Website, you agree to license the modified or added content under CC BY-SA 4.0 or later (or, as explained above, another license when exceptionally required by the specific Project edition or feature).</span><br /> <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">When modifying or making additions to any non-text media that you have obtained from a Project website, you agree to license the modified or added content in accordance with whatever license under which the work has been made available.</span><br /> <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">With both text content and non-text media, you agree to clearly indicate that the original work has been modified. If you are reusing text content in a wiki, it is sufficient to indicate in the page history that you made a change to the imported text. For each copy or modified version that you distribute, you agree to include a licensing notice stating which license the work is released under, along with either a hyperlink or URL to the text of the license or a copy of the license itself.</span></li></ol> {{anchor|8}} <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> == 8. Copyright Compliance == </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> :'''Global Copyright Compliance''' If you believe that content on Wikipedia violates intellectual property rights, it can be reported to the Wikimedia Foundation following our illegal content reporting process (see section 10 below). </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Please note that due to the harmonization of international copyright law, in many cases it will be possible to submit a notice of copyright violation under either your local law or US law. To be valid under US law, a copyright notice must follow the requirements of the DMCA, listed below. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> We will terminate, in appropriate circumstances, users and account holders of our system and network who are repeat infringers on our Projects and services. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> :'''DMCA Compliance''' </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The Wikimedia Foundation wants to ensure that the content that we host can be reused by other users without fear of liability and that it is not infringing the proprietary rights of others. In fairness to our users, as well as to other creators and copyright holders, our policy is to respond to notices of alleged infringement that comply with the formalities of the Digital Millennium Copyright Act ("DMCA"). Pursuant to the DMCA, we will terminate, in appropriate circumstances, users and account holders of our system and network who are repeat infringers on our Projects and services. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> However, we also recognize that not every takedown notice is valid or in good faith. In such cases, we strongly encourage users to file counter-notifications when they appropriately believe a DMCA takedown demand is invalid or improper. For more information on what to do if you think a DMCA notice has been improperly filed, you may wish to consult the [//lumendatabase.org/ Lumen Database] website. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If you are the owner of content that is being improperly used on one of the Projects without your permission, you may request that the content be removed by filing a notice under the DMCA. To make such a request, please email us at {{email|legal|wikimedia.org}} or [[Special:MyLanguage/Legal:DMCA takedowns|snail mail our designated agent]]. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Alternatively, you may make a request to our community, which often handles copyright issues faster and more effectively than the process prescribed under the DMCA. In that case, you can post a notice explaining your copyright concerns. For a non-exhaustive and non-authoritative list of the relevant processes for the different Project editions, [[:m:Copyright problems|visit the Copyright Problems page]]. Before filing a DMCA claim, you also have the option of sending an email to the community at {{email|info|wikimedia.org}}. </div> {{anchor|9}} <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> == 9. Third-party Websites and Resources == </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You are solely responsible for your use of any third-party websites or resources. Although the Projects and Project Websites contain links to third-party websites and resources, we do not endorse and are not responsible or liable for their availability, accuracy, or the related content, products, or services (including, without limitation, any viruses or other disabling features), nor do we have any obligation to monitor such third-party content. </div> {{anchor|10}} <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> == 10. Management of Websites == </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The community has the primary role in creating and enforcing policies applying to the different Project editions. At the Wikimedia Foundation, we rarely intervene in community decisions about policy and its enforcement. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> It is possible to notify us of illegal content, or content that violates our Terms of Use (including all policies and other documents incorporated by reference) for other reasons [[{{foundationsite|1=about/contact/}}|by contacting us directly]]. However, you can typically make a request directly to the Project's community: this may be more efficient, and is more consistent with our Projects' aim to empower the user community. Please note that this contact method functions as the Foundation’s grievance redressal mechanism for all jurisdictions that require one. Grievances submitted through this contact will be reviewed, in accordance with applicable legal requirements. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Each Project will usually provide "Help" or "Contact" pages for further guidance, or specific tools for reporting issues. Alternatively – if in doubt – you can ask members of the community for help, by sending an email to {{email|info|wikimedia.org}} or a more language-specific address from the [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Volunteer Response Team|Volunteer Response Team page]]. Please note that these mailboxes are monitored by users of the Projects, not the Foundation. As a result, they should not be threatened or issued with legal demands. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If you contact the Foundation with a problem, we will typically explore whether and how existing community-led mechanisms can investigate and, where appropriate, resolve it. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> In an unusual case, the need may arise, or the community may ask us, to address an especially problematic user or especially problematic content because of significant Project disturbance or dangerous behavior. In such cases, we reserve the right, at our sole discretion (or where legally compelled), to: </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> * Investigate your use of the Projects or our services (a) to determine whether a violation of these Terms of Use, Project edition policy, or other applicable law or policy has occurred, or (b) to comply with any applicable law, legal process, or an appropriate governmental request; * Detect, prevent, or otherwise address fraud, false or unverifiable information, security, or technical issues or respond to user support requests; * Refuse, revert, disable, or restrict access to contributions of any user who violates these Terms of Use; </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> * Ban a user from editing or contributing or block a user's account or access for actions violating these Terms of Use, including repeat posting of unlawful material under applicable law in line with human rights principles; * Take legal action against users who violate these Terms of Use (including reports to law enforcement authorities); and * Manage otherwise the Project websites in a manner designed to facilitate their proper functioning and protect the rights, property, and safety of ourselves and our users, licensors, partners, and the public. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Those Foundation moderation activities may be informed or performed by software (such as traffic flood ("Denial of Service") protection). In those cases human review is normally available, [[{{foundationsite|1=about/contact/}}|upon request]]. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> In the interests of our users and the Projects, in the extreme circumstance that any individual has had their account or access blocked under this section, they are prohibited from creating or using another account on or seeking access to the same Project, unless we provide explicit permission. Without limiting the authority of the community, the Foundation itself will not ban a user from editing or contributing or block a user's account or access solely because of good faith criticism that does not result in actions otherwise violating these Terms of Use or community policies. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The Wikimedia community and its members may also take action when so allowed by the community or Foundation policies applicable to the specific Project edition, including but not limited to warning, investigating, blocking, or banning users who violate those policies. You agree to comply with the final decisions of dispute resolution bodies that are established by the community for the specific Project editions (such as arbitration committees); these decisions may include sanctions as set out by the policy of the specific Project edition. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Especially problematic users who have had accounts or access blocked on multiple Project editions may be subject to a ban from all of the Project editions, in accordance with the [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Global bans|Global Ban Policy]]. In contrast to Board resolutions or these Terms of Use, policies established by the community, which may cover a single Project edition or multiple Projects editions (like the Global Ban Policy), may be modified by the relevant community according to its own procedures. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The blocking of an account or access or the banning of a user under this provision shall be in accordance with Section 13 of these Terms of Use. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If you believe we have not satisfactorily acted on a problematic content report, or if you have been subjected to a Foundation moderation action that you wish to challenge, you may be able to [[Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Office actions#appeals|submit an appeal]]. Other information about routes of appeal may also be explained to you at the time, or in Project-specific help pages. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> We reserve the right to suspend (temporarily, or permanently) our handling of reports or other correspondence from users or third parties, whether about allegedly illegal or otherwise problematic content or conduct, or requesting appeals against moderation actions, if such correspondence was made in bad faith, repetitive, unfounded, and/or abusive. In appropriate circumstances, your email address may even be blocked on our email system(s), and you will then need to contact us [[{{foundationsite|1=about/contact/}}|at our postal address]] if you wish to further correspond with us during that block. For less serious cases (e.g. up to three polite emails about one or more meritless complaints), this is likely to be temporary. More frequent or more abusive communications are more likely to lead to permanent measures. Additional information for persons in the EU can be found on [[Special:MyLanguage/Legal:Wikimedia Foundation EU Compliance|our page about EU compliance and reporting]]. </div> {{anchor|11}} <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> == 11. Resolutions and Project Policies == </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The Wikimedia Foundation Board of Trustees [[Special:MyLanguage/Resolutions|releases official policies]] from time to time. Some of these policies may be mandatory for a particular Project or Project edition, and, when they are, you agree to abide by them as applicable. </div> {{anchor|12}} <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> == 12. API Terms == </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> We make available a set of APIs, which include documentation and associated tools, to enable users to build products that promote free knowledge. By using our APIs, you agree to abide by all applicable policies governing the use of the APIs, which include but are not limited to the [[Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Wikimedia Foundation User-Agent Policy|User-Agent Policy]], the [[wikitech:Robot policy|Robot Policy]], and the [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/API:Etiquette|API:Etiquette]] (collectively, "API Documentation"), which are incorporated into these Terms of Use by reference. </div> {{anchor|13}} <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> == 13. Termination == </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Though we hope you will stay and continue to contribute to the Projects, you can stop using our services any time. In certain (hopefully unlikely) circumstances it may be necessary for either ourselves or the Wikimedia community or its members (as described in Section 10) to terminate part or all of our services, terminate these Terms of Use, block your account or access, or ban you as a user. If your account or access is blocked or otherwise terminated for any reason, your public contributions and a record of your activities on or in relation to the Projects (including any correspondence you have sent us) will be unaffected (subject to applicable policies), and you may still access our public pages for the sole purpose of reading publicly available content on the Projects. In such circumstances, however, you may not be able to access your account or settings. However, regardless of any other provision in these Terms of Use, we reserve the right to suspend or end the services at any time, with or without cause, and with or without notice. Even after your use and participation are banned, blocked or otherwise suspended, these Terms of Use will remain in effect with respect to relevant provisions, including Sections 1, 3, 4, 6, 7, 9-16, and 18. </div> {{anchor|14}} == <span style="background: #FFFFCD;"><span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">14. Disputes and Jurisdiction</span></span> == <div style="background: #FFFFCD;"><div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> ''Highlighted for emphasis'' </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> We hope that no serious disagreements arise involving you, but, in the event there is a dispute, we encourage you to seek resolution through the dispute resolution procedures or mechanisms provided by the Projects or Project editions and the Wikimedia Foundation. If you seek to file a legal claim against us, you agree to file and resolve it exclusively in a state or federal court located in San Francisco County, California. You also agree that the laws of the State of California and, to the extent applicable, the laws of the United States of America will govern these Terms of Use, as well as any legal claim that might arise between you and us (without reference to conflict of laws principles). You agree to submit to the personal jurisdiction of, and agree that venue is proper in, the courts located in San Francisco County, California, in any legal action or proceeding relating to us or these Terms of Use. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> To ensure that disputes are dealt with soon after they arise, you agree that regardless of any statute or law to the contrary, any claim or cause of action you might have arising out of or related to use of our services or these Terms of Use must be filed within the applicable statute of limitations or, if earlier, one (1) year after the pertinent facts underlying such claim or cause of action could have been discovered with reasonable diligence (or be forever barred). If "choice of forum" clauses like the one above are not accepted by the courts where you normally reside, then (i) our choice of forum clause, above, shall be ignored, and (ii) you can refer any dispute to the courts of the jurisdiction where you normally live, following the applicable law rules of those courts. Similarly, if applicable law does not allow the enforcement of the choice of law in this section, then you can resolve a dispute according to the choice of law rules in the court of competent jurisdiction. </div> {{Tunit|123|'''Marketing Company Mediations'''}} <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> As described in section 4 of these Terms of Use, you agree to resolve violations of the Paid Contributions without Disclosure in a Marketing Company Mediation at the Foundation's discretion. Marketing Company Mediations are '''binding''' mediations where, at the end of either a half or full day session, any disputed items that remain unresolved will be decided by the mediator in a legally binding decision. They will be conducted in meetings by teleconference or videoconference. If an in-person meeting is required, then the Marketing Company Mediation will take place in San Francisco County, California. The parties will split all fees and expenses related to the mediation/arbitration equally. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You agree, as part of a Marketing Company Mediation, to cooperate with the Foundation, including by timely providing any documentation in your possession relating to your undisclosed paid editing activities including the accounts used, articles affected, and clients who purchased such services. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Marketing Company Mediations are subject to and governed by the Federal Arbitration Act to the extent that the mediator becomes an arbitrator. The prevailing party shall be entitled to recover its attorneys' fees (including all fees necessary to determine the applicability of the Marketing Company Mediation and to enforce the binding result) and all costs relating to the investigation and enforcement of its rights. A party may be deemed "prevailing" even if it is not successful on every claim asserted. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If for some reason the entirety of these Marketing Company Mediation requirements are found to be unenforceable, you agree to resolve any disputes as described in the beginning of this section. </div> </div> {{anchor|15}} == <span style="background: #FFFFCD;"><span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">15. Disclaimers</span></span> == <div style="background: #FFFFCD;"> {{Tunit|1=106|2=''Highlighted for emphasis''}} <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> At the Wikimedia Foundation, we do our best to provide educational and informational content to a very wide audience, but your use of our services is at your sole risk. We provide these services on an "as is" and "as available" basis, and we expressly disclaim all express or implied warranties of all kinds, including but not limited to the implied warranties of merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose, and non-infringement. We make no warranty that our services will meet your requirements, be safe, secure, uninterrupted, timely, accurate, or error-free, or that your information will be secure. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> We are not responsible for the content, data, or actions of third parties, and you release us, our directors, officers, employees, and agents from any claims and damages, known and unknown, arising out of or in any way connected with any claim you have against any such third parties. No advice or information, whether oral or written, obtained by you from us or through or from our services creates any warranty not expressly stated in these Terms of Use. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Any material downloaded or otherwise obtained through your use of our services is done at your own discretion and risk, and you will be solely responsible for any damage to your computer system or loss of data that results from the download of any such material. You agree that we have no responsibility or liability for the deletion of, or the failure to store or to transmit, any content or communication maintained by the service. We retain the right to create limits on use and storage at our sole discretion at any time with or without notice. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Some states or jurisdictions do not allow the types of disclaimers in this section, so they may not apply to you either in part or in full depending on the law. </div></div> {{anchor|16}} == <span style="background: #FFFFCD;"><span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">16. Limitation on Liability</span></span> == <div style="background: #FFFFCD;"> {{Tunit|1=106|2=''Highlighted for emphasis''}} <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The Wikimedia Foundation will not be liable to you or to any other party for any direct, indirect, incidental, special, consequential or exemplary damages, including but not limited to, damages for loss of profits, goodwill, use, data, or other intangible losses, regardless of whether we were advised of the possibility of such damage. In no event shall our liability exceed one thousand U.S. dollars (US$1,000.00) in aggregate. In the case that applicable law may not allow the limitation or exclusion of liability or incidental or consequential damages, the above limitation or exclusion may not apply to you, although our liability will be limited to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law. </div></div> {{anchor|17}} <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> == 17. Modifications to these Terms of Use == </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Just as the Wikimedia community's input is essential for the growth and maintenance of the Projects, we believe that community input is essential for these Terms of Use to properly serve our users. It is also essential for a fair contract. Therefore, we will provide these Terms of Use, as well as any substantial future revisions of these Terms of Use, to the community for comment at least thirty (30) days before the end of the comment period. If a future proposed revision is substantial, we will provide an additional 30 days for comments after posting a translation of the proposed revision in at least three languages (selected at our discretion). The community will be encouraged to translate the proposed revision in other languages as appropriate. For changes for legal or administrative reasons, to correct an inaccurate statement, or changes in response to community comments, we will provide at least three (3) days' notice. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Because it may be necessary to modify these Terms of Use from time to time, we will provide notice of such modifications and the opportunity to comment via the Project websites, and via a notification on [[mail:wikimediaannounce-l|WikimediaAnnounce-l]]. However, we ask that you please periodically review the most up-to-date version of these Terms of Use. Your continued use of our services after the new Terms of Use become official following the notice and review period constitutes an acceptance of these Terms of Use on your part. For the protection of the Wikimedia Foundation and other users like yourself, if you do not agree with our Terms of Use, you cannot use our services. </div> {{anchor|18}} <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> == 18. Other Terms == </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> These Terms of Use do not create an employment, agency, partnership, joint control or joint venture relationship between you and us, the Wikimedia Foundation. For the purposes of European Economic Area law, United Kingdom law, or other laws that involve a similar concept, you are not acting "under the authority of" the Foundation when you use the services. If you have not signed a separate agreement with us, these Terms of Use are the entire agreement between you and us. If there is any conflict between these Terms of Use and a signed written agreement between you and us, the signed agreement will control. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You agree that we may provide you with notices, including those regarding changes to the Terms of Use, by email, regular mail, or postings on the Projects or Project Websites. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If in any circumstance, we do not apply or enforce any provision of these Terms of Use, it is not a waiver of that provision. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You understand that, unless otherwise agreed to in writing by us, you have no expectation of compensation for any activity, contribution, or idea that you provide to us, the community, or the Projects or Project editions. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in these Terms of Use, we (the Wikimedia Foundation) and you agree not to modify the applicable terms and requirements of any free license that is employed on the Projects or Project editions when such free license is authorized by these Terms of Use. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> These Terms of Use were written in English (U.S.). While we hope that translations of these Terms of Use are accurate, in the event of any differences in meaning between the original English version and a translation, the original English version takes precedence. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If any provision or part of a provision of these Terms of Use is found unlawful, void, or unenforceable, that provision or part of the provision is deemed severable from these Terms of Use and will be enforced to the maximum extent permissible, and all other provisions of these Terms of Use will remain in full force and effect. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> == Thank You! == </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> We appreciate your taking the time to read these Terms of Use, and we are very happy to have you contributing to the Projects and using our services. Through your contributions, you are helping to build something really big – not only an important collection of collaboratively edited reference Projects that provides education and information to millions who might otherwise lack access, but also a vibrant community of like-minded and engaged peers, focused on a very noble goal. </div> ---- <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> '''These Terms of Use went into effect on June 7, 2023. Previous versions of the terms:''' </div> * '''<span class='plainlinks'><span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">[{{fullurl:Policy:Terms_of_Use|oldid=98524}} Terms of Use (2014–2023)]: effective from June 16, 2014, until June 7, 2023</span></span>''' * '''<span class='plainlinks'><span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">[{{fullurl:Policy:Terms_of_Use|oldid=82013}} Terms of Use (2012–2014)]: effective from May 24, 2012, until June 16, 2014</span></span>''' * '''<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">[[Special:MyLanguage/Archive:Terms of Use (2009)|Terms of Use (2009)]]: effective from 2009 until May 24, 2012</span>''' <hr /> <div style="font-weight:bold;">{{Disclaimer for translation|textonly=yes}}</div> [[Category:Terms of Use{{#translation:}}| ]] [[Category:Policies{{#translation:}}]] fyndb3slmn332qnin5cd0jxbx0o7t3l 1198 94278 594020 481647 2026-09-19T02:51:13Z Pristome 225362 594020 wikitext text/x-wiki 0.1 什么是“商标保护”？ qw58edm509hycmsq58rfop1qojetdse 1198 94290 594024 482475 2026-09-19T02:53:56Z Pristome 225362 594024 wikitext text/x-wiki 1.4 什么是“社区成员”？ a32uy8tco5emxtldo6etdxi1cxsf15a 1198 94322 594042 482991 2026-09-19T03:42:15Z Pristome 225362 594042 wikitext text/x-wiki 3.3 您能否提供重点放在社群的活动的例子？ osllwzareaw0lsbz6h6bvx7lpr0ooyd 1198 94327 594046 483119 2026-09-19T03:43:47Z Pristome 225362 594046 wikitext text/x-wiki 3.8 是否存在维基媒体社区标志？ l9vuw0hacpo8alex8bepvw0v7lfe3us 1198 94328 594048 483130 2026-09-19T03:44:04Z Pristome 225362 594048 wikitext text/x-wiki 是的！它在2008年[[$comlogometa|官方承认]]为元维基标志。 2w5d2n1v9n6uqs0o088c60lpwmof0ny 1198 94361 594052 481097 2026-09-19T03:47:27Z Pristome 225362 594052 wikitext text/x-wiki 3.17 您能否提供链接至维基媒体网站的例子？ 316u16xct4jksmkiqsefhjasskan16v 1198 94384 594070 481537 2026-09-19T04:26:42Z Pristome 225362 594070 wikitext text/x-wiki 4.9 “公众活动”意味着什么？ pdm3om120008shsmi55r34ugkp1wbgp 106 94411 594021 589498 2026-09-19T02:51:14Z Pristome 225362 594021 wikitext text/x-wiki <noinclude><languages /> {{Policy FAQ disclaimer|page=维基媒体基金会商标政策|pagelink=Policy:Trademark policy}} </noinclude><templatestyles src="Template:Trademark/styles.css" /><div class="trademark-section trademark-faq-container"> <div class="trademark-faq-content"> {{anchor|trademark-faq}}<span class="nomobile" style="font-size:2.5em">[[File:Trademark License FAQ.svg<!--change image-->|100px|link=]] '''<includeonly>{{int string|faq}}</includeonly><noinclude>维基媒体基金会商标政策常见问题</noinclude>'''</span><br />''这些常见问题不是商标政策的组成部分。它们也不是一份法律文件。但是我们希望它们能给你提供帮助。''<span style="font-family:monospace, monospace;" dir="ltr">''':)'''</span> <noinclude>{{nonumtoc}}__TOC__</noinclude> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 0 商标政策简介 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} <!-- The form to do this is: {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 0.1 Title ==== ... {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} Either using the Sub or Not, depending on level --> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-tmprotection}}0.1 什么是“商标保护”？ ==== 商標法(trademark law)保護著某一標誌(mark)所代表的某一成果（work，像是商品或服務）之間的連結關係。它意在保障用戶不致於混淆一項成果的來源。同時，用戶也把商標當做與某成果之間的連結，因此會對此標誌所提供的成果之知名度、品質、以及服務有相當程度的期待。因此，商標是項強而有力、極富價值的工具，它能夠使維基媒體基金會以及其社群成員的知名度具象化，也可被視為一種讓用戶能夠認識某一成果或商品或服務的「簡略表達(shorthand)」。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-whataresites}}0.2 什么是“维基媒体网站(Wikimedia sites)”？ ==== 维基媒体基金会运营很多自由软件和自由内容站点，列表见此：[[Special:SiteMatrix|我们的计划]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-policyapplies}}1 本政策适用範圍？ == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-wordmark}}1.1 什么是“文字标志(wordmark)”？ ==== 顾名思义，就是只由文字组成的商标，诸如“Wikipedia”或“Wikimedia”等计划网站名。另外，这也包括任何官方译名和转写（诸如“[[:w:tr:Ana Sayfa|维基百科]]”）。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-nonstylizedwordmark}}1.2 什么是“非艺术化文字标志(non-stylized wordmark)”？ ==== 非艺术化文字标志就是“维基媒体”及其计划的通用名称，诸如“维基百科”、“维基词典”等。相比之下，艺术化文字标志就是在这些名字基础上适当修改文字结构诸如字体。诸如“维基百科”文字标志艺术化后就是[[File:Wikipedia wordmark.svg|80px]]。无论文字标志是否艺术化均属于维基媒体基金会的商标。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-tradedress}}1.3 什么是“商用外观(trade dress)”？ ==== 對我們而言，商用外觀意指網站或文章的設計符合網站或線上資料的來源。你可以把它看成某個網站「看起來和感覺起來的樣子」。比方說，維基百科條目的設計與外觀、或像是維基百科的首頁。任何維基媒體網站的商用外觀同時也屬於維基媒體基金會的商標。商標法也保護商用外觀。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-wikimediamarks|返回“维基媒体标志。”]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-communitymember}}1.4 什么是''社群成员(community member)''？ ==== 任何在维基媒体站点有贡献的人。她也包括任何基金会职员、分会成员、专题组织成员、用户组成员和基金会本身。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-communitymembers|回到社群成员]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-moveorgsfreely}}1.5 为何運動组织不能任意地使用商標？ ==== 身為商標的法定持有者，我們需要掌控運動組織使用商標的方式以保護整個社群。你可以在[[#purpose-maintainrights|這裡]]閱讀更多相關資料。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">1.6 What is the relationship between this trademark policy and a chapter, user group, or thematic organization agreement?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Chapters, user groups, and thematic organizations must comply both with this trademark policy and their respective agreement with the Wikimedia Foundation. If there are inconsistencies between this trademark policy and a chapter, user group, or a thematic organization agreement, the organization should follow their agreement. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-wmorgs|回到分会、用户组和专题组织]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 2 如何使用维基媒体商标 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-smallerlogo}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">2.1 Can my logo, name, or company name be smaller than the Wikimedia mark if it is really obvious that my products and services are not offered by the Wikimedia Foundation?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> No. We need to make sure it is extremely clear that the Wikimedia Foundation is not providing your products or services. This is a simple, consistent way of doing that. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">2.2 What if I clearly state that the products or services are provided by me?</span> ==== 對不起，您的商標、名字或公司名字一定要比維基商標大，而且必須適當地分隔開，因為不是每個人都會閱讀文字，可能有些人只會留意圖片。因此，我們必須確保您的產品或服務並非由維基媒體基金會提供。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-outsidewmsites}}2.3 你们说的“在维基媒体站点以外”是指什么？ ==== 也就是不在[[#FAQ-whataresites|维基媒体基金会控制的站点]]使用商标，例如：维基百科、维基共享资源、维基词典、维基数据、维基语录、维基教科书、维基文库、维基物种、维基新闻、维基学院、维基导游和元维基。回顾商标政策，维基媒雲端虚拟专用服务器的标志也被视为维基媒体站点标志。另外，您可以在站外使用这些标志用于编辑马拉松。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">2.4 Can I still create terms that combine Wikimedia trademarks with other words like "Wikipedian in Residence"?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. This provision is not meant to stop community members from creatively combining the marks with other words to create new terms for the Wikimedia movement as long as they do it on the Wikimedia sites. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-translatetext}}2.5 我可以翻译这些商标的文字么？ ==== 您应该[[#FAQ-whataresites|在维基媒体网站的框架下]]翻译这些商标的文字。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">2.6 Can I add graphic elements to, for example, celebrate a special event?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You can create [[:c:Category:SVG Wikimedia community logos|remixes]] for special on-site purposes, but please do not change the logos outside our sites. These and many, many other questions are answered in the [[Visual identity guidelines|Visual Identity Guidelines]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">2.7 What types of remixes of Wikimedia logos may be used outside of Wikimedia sites?</span> ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Certain remixes of Wikimedia logos may be used outside of Wikimedia sites as long as the remix does not look too similar to any of the Wikimedia marks. Please make sure that the remix will not be confused with the original Wikimedia logo.</span> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.8 我可以使用标志的高清版么？ ==== 是的！[[Wikimedia official marks|这里请]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-wheretmnotice}}2.9 我在哪里注释商标提醒？ ==== 尽可能在显眼的位置例如注脚。当有人阅读您的文档、访问您的网站或观看您的电影时应能较容易的找到。有几个很好的例子：文档（同一）页面的底部、藏书票上、网页页脚和/或电影制作者清单后。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.10 如果我认为我没有足够的位置注明提醒我应该怎么办？ ==== 不要担心！如果您是想面向移动设备或其他中小屏幕设备注明，您只需要在维基媒体商标后面加注商标符号（™）即可。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">2.11 How should I refer to the trademark in the notice?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Wordmarks can be referenced verbatim (i.e. "Wikimedia Commons"). Logos should be described according to the [[Visual identity guidelines#toc-puzzle|Visual Identity Guidelines]]. Examples include the "Wikipedia Puzzle Globe" and the "'W' icon." </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.12 我如何使用多于一个标志？ ==== 请确信所有标志都有一个说明如下： <br /><br /> “维基数据名称及标志是维基媒体基金会的商标。” {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.13 什么时候我不得不加入商标符号？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You only need to use the trademark symbol when you do not have enough space to write the entire notice, like when you are using a trademark on a mobile screen. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.14 能否给一些正确使用商标的例子？ ==== 这里有个例子： <br /> <br /> “维基共享资源™是维基媒体基金会旗下收集自由版权的媒体文件，诸如图像、声音和电影剪辑，并面向全球广泛传播的计划网站！” {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.15 我应该使用何种尺寸的商标？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> When you use a wordmark (like "Wikipedia"), you should use the same font size for the trademark symbol as the wordmark itself. In this context, superscript formatting is encouraged for the symbol. When the mark is an image (like the puzzle globe), you should select a font size for the symbol that matches the size of the image and place the symbol so that it is clearly visible and close enough to the upper right corner of the image without touching it. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.16 但是我想把我的網頁設計得好看一點！我可不可以把商標縮小或放在其他地方？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Unfortunately, no. Remember, you only need to put the symbol next to the first or most prominent use of the mark. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-noticesymbol|回到注释或商标符号]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">2.17 What does "no endorsement by or affiliation with the Wikimedia Foundation" mean?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You need to make sure that people do not mistakenly think that you may speak on behalf of the Wikimedia Foundation or one of its sites. For instance, you need to make sure that no one thinks you work for the Wikimedia Foundation. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-withoutpermission}}3 不需询问权限的维基媒体标志使用 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">3.1 Can you give me some examples of when I can use the marks on the Wikimedia sites?</span> ==== 您可以在[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:User page}}|用户页]]、[[{{lwp|Help:Contents}}|帮助页]]和[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:About}}|关于维基媒体或其计划的页面]]使用标志。您也可以在[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Mailing lists|邮件列表]]、[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/IRC|IRC]]或用于维基媒体站点的[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:Tools}}|工具]]使用标志。以上使用需遵守[[Terms of Use|使用条款]]。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-onwmsites|回到维基媒体站点商标使用]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-notcommunityfocused}}3.2 哪些活动不是“重点放在社群的”？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> An event that includes mostly people who are not community members is not a community-focused event. (Please see the [[#FAQ-publicevent|FAQ on events in general]].) This does not mean that you cannot have guests at your meetup! </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.5 您能否提供重点放在社群的活动的例子？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Community-focused events are those events that are primarily open to community members and promote the mission. They tend to be related to improving the overall quality of the Wikimedia sites. Examples include conferences and monthly meetups hosted by community members, as well as other specific events like the "London Wikipedians regular's table," Wiki-Conference in Russia, and Wikipedia Workshop Köln (DE). </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-communityfocused|回到重点放在社群的活动]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.4 如果我的活动是重点放在社群的，我能使用哪些标志？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> First, all Wikimedia community-focused events can bear a trademarked name. You may also use the Wikimedia logos to decorate your venue, but only to the extent they are relevant. For example, you cannot use the Wikisource logo for a Wikimedia Commons-only event. However, keep in mind that the 'Wikimania' name and [[:File:Wikimania.svg|logo]] are reserved for the [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimania|yearly Wikimania conference]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-outreachexamples}}3.5 您能否提供拓展工作使用的例子？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You can put up a stand at a street fair. [[:c:Category:Wikimedia stands|Here are some examples of that]]. You may want to present the Wikimedia sites in your club or [[:c:Category:Silberwissen|reach out to seniors]]. You can also [[:c:Category:Wikipedia Schulprojekt|give a talk in a school]] or [[:c:Category:Wikipedia Education Program|create a university course]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.6 什麼是教育性資源？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Educational materials help people to understand the Wikimedia sites. They can be [[:outreach:Bookshelf Project|leaflets, videos]], [[:m:WMDOC/Cheatsheet|cheat sheets]], and other [[:m:Help:Reference card|guides]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">3.7 What about representing the community in an institution?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You need to sign and email us a Quick License if your institution wants to call you [[:outreach:Wikipedian in Residence|"Wikipedian in Residence"]] as part of a GLAM project, or something similar. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-outreach|Back to Outreach and recruitment of new editors]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-communitylogo}}3.8 这里有维基媒体社群标志？ ==== 是的！它在2008[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Community logo|官方承认]]为元维基标志。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-fairuseexamples}}3.9 合理使用是什么意思？ ==== 在美国商标法中，[[{{lwp|Fair use (U.S. trademark law)}}|合理使用]]章节允许您有条件的任意使用商标而不至于侵犯版权。本方针不会与之冲突。我们已在[[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-fairuse|3.5]]和[[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-fairuse|3.6]]章节使用您易于理解的语言提到。 除了美国商标法外，您还需留意您所在国家的版权法律，多数也规定了合理使用的情形。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.10 您能否提供更多合理使用的例子？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> This category of fair use is tricky in our case because our wordmarks were not real words before our projects were created, unlike "apple" or "facebook." But we would consider it fair use if you were to write a [[:wikt:book#Noun|book]] in the [[{{lwp|Wiki software}}|Wiki software]] and refer to it as a "wiki book," even though Wikibooks is a distinctive trademark. If you are using the wordmarks to describe our projects, that is also a type of fair use (nominative use). You can read more about nominative use [[#FAQ-nominativeuseexamples|here]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-nonfairuseexamples}}3.11 您能否提供更多并非合理使用的例子？ ==== * 使用维基媒体标志宣传您的书籍。 * 销售带有维基媒体基金会标志的T恤。 * 创建您自己的百科全书并且使用了维基百科的球形拼图。 * 使用维基媒体基金会标志为无关计划筹款。 * 在内容并非来自维基媒体站点情形下却宣称内容“来自维基百科，自由的百科全书”。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-fairuse|回到在维基站点以外的讨论（合理使用）。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-nominativeuseexamples}}3.12 您能否提供更多主要使用的例子？ ==== 这里有一些例子： # '''描述维基媒体站点：''' #* <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">In a presentation that describes how Wikipedia works, using the wordmarks in slides in your bullet points would be a nominative use. The same also applies for a blog post that describes Wikidata. If you want to "illustrate" your slides or your blog post with any of the image marks, please refer to [[#policy-noncommercial|artistic, literary, and other non-commercial uses]].</span> #* <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">However, you cannot use a trademark as a generic term. For example, you cannot set up a wiki on motorcycles and refer to it as "a wikipedia for motorcycles."</span> # '''真實準確地說明：''' #* “维基百科是世界最大的在线百科全书，并且它也是数千个网站中唯一一个集结成千上万志愿者编辑的。” #* “我在2009年加入维基百科成为一名编辑者”（在您的个人网站）。 # '''描述衍生作品：''' #* “来源：维基百科” #* “本艺术作品基于来自维基共享资源的图像创建。” #* “以下内容由维基百科内容衍生而来。” #* 或者干脆：“来自维基百科”或“至维基百科条目”（通过QR码） # '''更多個別例子:''' #* <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Refer to the sections on [[#policy-news|news reporting]]; [[#policy-blogssm|personal blogs and social media]]; [[#policy-noncommercial|artistic, literary, and other non-commercial uses]]; and [[#policy-linkstous|links to Wikimedia sites]].</span> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-nominativeuse|Back to Refer to Wikimedia sites (nominative use).]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-logonewsarticle}}3.13 我是否可以在新闻或漫画杂志或者电视新闻上使用标志或截图？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes, as long as the image illustrates the discussion in the article. Do not use our trademark just to attract attention to your work. That will confuse your readers or viewers, and ours! </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-news|回到新闻报道]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-logoblogssm}}3.14 我是否可以在博客文章或者状态更新站点包括标志？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes, as long as the image illustrates the discussion in your post. Do not use trademarked images just to attract attention to your page. Viewers of your blog or your user page should not be confused and think that your page is endorsed by the Wikimedia Foundation or any of its sites. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.15 我能否在用户名、头像或聊天软件表情中使用商标？ ==== 很遗憾，不。我们非常感谢您宣传维基媒体站点。维基媒体社群为之感谢！然而，我们不希望人们认为您的言论就可以代表维基媒体基金会。您能够继续在用户名、头像或聊天软件表情中使用社群标志。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-blogssm|回到个人博客和社交媒体]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-noncommercialexamples}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">3.16 Can you give me some examples of artistic, literary, and other non-commercial uses?</span> ==== * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Using the trademarks to discuss a scientific thesis in an academic paper.</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Illustrating a point in the slides for an educational presentation with a screenshot of a Wikimedia site.</span> * 使用标志在美术作品中。 * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Creating a parody for the purposes of conveying a political message.</span> * 撰写一本关于维基百科条目的书籍。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-noncommercial|回到艺术作品、文学作品和其他非商业性使用。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-linkingtousexamples}}3.12 您能否提供连接至维基媒体站点的例子？ ==== 是的，您可[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:Banners and buttons}}|点此]]查看。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-qrcodes}}3.18 我能在连接至维基媒体站点的QR码中使用标志么？ ==== 不。用于连接的标志不应如此使用。使用QR码连接您应使用非艺术化维基百科文字标志。您可[[#FAQ-nominativeuseexamples|点此]]了解更多。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-linkstous|回到连接至维基媒体站点。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-personalmerch}}3.19 我可以利用它們做什麼？ ==== 您可以用來製作衣服、帽子、背包、杯子、釘子、筆、貼紙、海報、屏幕背景，甚至蛋糕。大前提是你不會利用這些物品來牟利。 [[:c:Special:MyLanguage/Category:Wikipedia promotion|<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Here are some examples.</span>]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.20 我可以销售带有这些标志的周边商品么？ ==== 不，在未获授权的情况下您不能这样做。更多信息[[#policy-commercialmerch|见此]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.21 可以在其他场合使用原样么？ ==== 只要你是免費派發這些物品，可以。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.22 那么我在哪可以了解商业销售的周边产品？ ==== 最好是进入[//shop.wikimedia.org 维基媒体商店 (Wikimedia shop)]了解，这里销售的周边商品都由官方授权。如果您希望销售您自己的商品，请[[#policy-commercialmerch|参见此处]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">3.23 Can I ask commercial vendors to create custom items for me that use Wikimedia marks?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Of course! You may ask vendors like bakers and t-shirt sellers to create items with Wikimedia marks especially for you or your friends. This is okay because it is for your own personal use and no one is creating a business surrounding the sale of items with Wikimedia trademarks. And do not worry, vendors will not be required to strictly follow the Visual Identity Guidelines when it is not possible on items like cakes. For example, [[:c:Category:Wikipedia cakes|all these cakes]] are fine. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">3.24 Is it okay to commission someone else to create lots of items with the Wikimedia marks for meet-ups and similar events?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes! As long as the items are not sold to participants, it is okay to ask a vendor to create multiple items with the Wikimedia marks for community-focused parties and gatherings like edit-a-thons under [[Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy#policy-outreach|Section 3.2]] of the policy. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">3.25 Can I use high-resolution logos on commercial merchandise?</span> ==== 當然可以！雖然我們的舊版政策不允許這種做法，但是在新的政策中我們已經廢除了那條規例。 <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[#policy-owngoods|Back to Make your own branded stuff.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-specialpermission}}4 需要许可的特殊使用 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.1 如果我需要許可，我是不是要為此付費？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Usually, there is no license fee. However, we want to keep track of how our trademarks are used. Also, we want to make sure every use complies with our mission and standards. This is why we require a formal license in certain cases. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-specialpermission|回到需要许可的特殊使用。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-contests}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.2 Do I need permission for every photo contest?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You only need to get a license if you advertise the photo contest outside a Wikimedia site. This includes posters, social media, and blogs. You can freely use the marks for community-focused events. Community-focused events are those that are intended to be predominantly attended by Wikimedia community members. They do not include events open to the general public. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-photocontests|回到照片竞赛。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.3 Can I print out t-shirts with the Wikimedia logo to give out as prizes for the photo contest?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. You can always make t-shirts with the Wikimedia logos and give them away as long as you are not selling them. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-makeyourownbrandedstuff|Back to Make your own branded stuff]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.4 How can I use the marks as a Wikipedian in Residence?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The marks may be used in any way that identifies you as a Wikipedian in Residence. Please avoid confusion about official endorsement. You should clarify that you are not a representative of the Wikimedia Foundation. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-glam|回到GLAM-WIKI活动。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-cybersquatting}}<div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 4.5 Can you give an example of cybersquatting? </div> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> In the past, someone registered the domain wikkipedia.org to attract traffic to their own site. This is called [[{{lwp|cybersquatting}}|cybersquatting]] or [[{{lwp|typosquatting}}|typosquatting]] that infringes our trademark. We strictly enforce our policy against confusing domain names. Please [[:m:Trademark/Report abuse|tell us]] if you see an infringing domain name. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.6 我可以在我的域名中出现维基媒体标志么？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Unfortunately, no. If you do, there is a risk that you will confuse readers that are looking for Wikimedia content or other material related to Wikimedia. Movement organizations may be permitted to use the Wikimedia mark as part of their domain, but only after receiving special permission. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 4.7 Can I use a Wikimedia mark if I use a different top-level domain? </div> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You cannot register a Wikimedia mark as a domain, no matter the [[{{lwp|Top-level domain}}|top-level domain]], including country code top-level domains. For example, you may not register "wikipedia.jobs" even though it uses ".jobs", a different top-level domain, because "wikipedia" is a Wikimedia mark. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.8 但我希望使用我自己的特殊域名！！！ ==== 如果您有合法的理由希望使用我们的域名，请电邮联络[mailto:trademarks@wikimedia.org trademarks@wikimedia.org]。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-domains|回到域名。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-publicevent}}4.10 “公众活动”是什么？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A public event is an event that is not predominantly attended by community members. An event is also public when it is announced to the public with signs or advertisements or in an event schedule. Hence, this rule does not apply to community-focused meetups and conferences. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.10 What event uses require permission?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Using a trademark for an event includes naming the event or using a Wikimedia logo on advertisements, leaflets, signage or a website. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.11 Are there any exceptions to when events require permission?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If the name of the event uses a mark just to describe its content, that might fall under [[#policy-nominativeuse|nominative use]]. An example for this would be announcing a course called 'Editing Wikipedia for Beginners' or 'Using Wikimedia Commons as an Amateur Photographer'. However, always include a [[#policy-noticesymbol|notice]] that explains that your use is with permission from the Wikimedia Foundation and that you are not affiliated with the Foundation. Also, events hosted by a local Wikimedia chapter, thematic organization, or user group can use the marks subject to their respective agreement with the Wikimedia Foundation. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-events|Back to Events and conferences.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-publications}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.12 What is a "publication"?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Publications include books, other print media, and web pages. They also mean audiovisual media like music, and other recordings, film and online video. See [[#policy-outreach|Outreach and recruiting new editors]] for materials that provide education about a Wikimedia site. See [[#policy-moviestv|Section 4.5]] for trademark uses in films. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.13 我可以写一本关于维基百科的书籍么？ ==== [[{{lwp|Bibliography of Wikipedia}}|欢迎您这样做！]]但您不应在未获授权的情况下使用维基媒体标志在书的封面上。这是因为我们不会认可未获授权的书籍能够代言基金会。使用[[#FAQ-nonstylizedwordmark|文字标志]]作为书的标题的一部分时同样需要请求授权。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 4.14 Does this also apply to handbooks, like "A beginner's guide to Wikipedia", aimed at community members? </div> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. But, please send us a request and we will give prompt permission when appropriate. We love Wikipedia guides! </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 4.15 Does it make a difference if the book is being published by an educational publisher? </div> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> No, you will need permission as well, because even educational publishers are commercial entities. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-publications|回到出版物。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-schoolfilm}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.16 Do I need permission to show the Wikipedia marks in a film I am making for my school project?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If you are showing your film to the public, or at your school or workplace, you need permission. But we will make sure to make the permission process as easy and fast as possible. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-moviestv|回到电影和电视节目。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-commercialmerch}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.17 Will I have to donate a portion of the retail price for commercial merchandise?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> No. But you will have to tell your customers if you do not donate your profits. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.18 What do I have to say if I am donating a portion of my proceeds to the Wikimedia Foundation?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Just clearly state what portion of your proceeds will be given to the Wikimedia Foundation. You can, for example, say: "X% of your purchase will be donated to the Wikimedia Foundation." </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.19 Where should I state how much of my proceeds will be donated?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> We recommend placing the notice right next to the purchase price, where it will be clearly visible to all buyers. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.20 Do I need to mention donations to the Wikimedia Foundation if I do not donate anything at all?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. You should state that 0% of your profits will go to the Wikimedia Foundation. Otherwise, users may mistakenly believe that you are doing fundraising for the Foundation. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-commercialmerch|Back to Commercial merchandise.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 5 禁止使用的情况 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-fakearticle}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.1 Can I make a fake Wikipedia article if it is intended as a joke?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> There are exceptions where this is permissible, but they are very limited. You will likely not fall under such an exception if your mimicking site has any commercial background. Please refer to the [[#policy-noncommercial|section on Parodies]]. Most importantly, you must make sure that no one (really no one!) could confuse your site with any part of a Wikimedia site. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-mimicvsparody}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.2 How do I distinguish between a prohibited mimicking site and a parody site?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Here is an example of a mimicking site: Contrary to the [[{{lwp|Wikipedia:COI}}|Wikipedia guidelines]], you create an article on Wikipedia about yourself or your organization. For unknown reasons, "your" article is deleted. This makes you mad. You register the domain "businesspedia.org" and design a website that looks just like the Wikipedia article that just got deleted, including a link to your own website. You are happy to attract more traffic to it by confusing internet users. Booo! </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> An example of parody site: Imagine you have a great friend called [[Rory|Rory]] and his birthday is coming up. You register the domain "rorypedia.org" and design a website that looks just like a humorous Wikipedia biography on your friend Rory. Since you do not want anyone to confuse "Rorypedia" and Wikipedia, you put a bright colored bar on the top of your site saying, "This page is a present for Rory from his awesome friends and not affiliated with Wikipedia. Happy birthday, Rory!" And you take down the site once the birthday party is over. Yaaay! </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.3 How do I avoid mimicking Wikimedia sites when I use the [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/MediaWiki|MediaWiki]] software?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> All wikis using MediaWiki do in fact share certain graphic elements under the default theme, but the Wikimedia sites have certain visual features that distinguish them. Do not imitate these distinguishing features. For example, you should not use logos that are confusingly similar to the Wikimedia marks or name your site something that sounds like a Wikimedia site. But you can use the "Powered by MediaWiki" button as that button simply describes that the wiki is powered by MediaWiki. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Be sure to directly download the [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/MediaWiki|MediaWiki]] software if you want to use it. Please do not try to blindly copy the HTML code of a Wikimedia site! If you do, you will accidentally import features from our sites, like our Terms of Use or our "contact us" details. Being contacted about problems on your unrelated website understandably makes our wonderful [[:m:OTRS/Volunteering|email response team volunteers]] very unhappy. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-mirrors|Back to mimicking sites.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-linkmirror}}5.4 我可以在维基媒体站点的镜像站点使用标志连接么？ ==== 不可以。维基媒体标志只能在真实的维基媒体站点用于连接。我们愿意重申，站点由维基媒体社群维护和管理。 另外，如果您希望架设一个维基媒体站点的镜像站点，请尤其注意[[#policy-mirrors|镜像方针]]。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-linkstoothers|回到连接至非维基媒体站点。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-misrepresentation}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.5 Can you give me some examples of misrepresentation with respect to the marks?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A misrepresentative use can be something that represents yourself. That includes using a Wikimedia logo in your logo, letterhead, or the name of your organization. Online examples are your social media avatar, favicon, and website domain. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-misrepresentation|Back to Misrepresentation.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-reportingabuse}}6 报告商标滥用 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-howfight}}6.1 你們會如何打擊侵犯商標權的行為？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Each year, we receive over 100 reports of trademark violations from community members. We also employ outside contractors and legal counsel to help protect our trademark portfolio globally. Within our resource constraints, our legal team pursues misuses of our marks to ensure that the Wikimedia logos remain distinctively associated with the Wikimedia community. After careful and sensitive evaluation, we send out cease-and-desist letters, which are usually effective. In the few instances that cannot be resolved by other means, we consider litigation to protect the marks. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">6.2 Who is responsible for enforcing Wikimedia's trademarks?</span>==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Trademark enforcement is currently handled by the Wikimedia Foundation legal team to ensure consistency and compliance with trademark law. But we rely on the Wikimedia community to help us identify potential trademark infringements. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">6.3 What happens when you receive a report of a potential trademark infringement?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> When we receive a complaint that our trademarks are being misused, we first send a confirmation to the person submitting the complaint. Potential infringements are then logged into our system. The legal team then combs through each of those complaints to investigate the alleged infringement. We visit the site personally to make sure the complaint has merit. Then we apply US trademark law in assessing whether there is actual "misuse" and it is a valid infringement of the trademark. In general, the standard of "misuse" in US law is whether the use of the trademark is "confusingly similar" to the Wikimedia Foundation's use of the trademark. In other words, will the potential infringers use of the trademark confuse users into thinking their site is sponsored by or hosted by the Wikimedia Foundation? We always contact the potential infringer first to see if they will voluntarily stop using our marks or work with us to make their use less confusing. If we are unable to work things out informally, and they refuse to comply with a cease and desist letter, we decide whether to move forward with litigation to stop the infringement. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">6.4 Can I send a cease and desist letter on behalf of the Wikimedia Foundation when I find misuse?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Please do not. We really appreciate your help with trademark enforcement, but please report any misuses to us so that we can determine what action is appropriate. </div> <div class="mw-translate-fuzzy"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-reporting|回到报告商标滥用。]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-revision}}7 商标政策的修订 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">7.1 Why can you just change the FAQ section?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The FAQs are not part of the trademark policy. We created them to help you understand the policy. We want to add new questions from the community in the future and to clarify any answers users may find confusing. That is why we want to be able to update the FAQs easily. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">7.2 What if I do not agree with the changes to the policy?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> We encourage you to share your comments and concerns with us during the community feedback period following any announced changes. We will take all comments under careful advisement and ensure that any changes to our policy are consistent with our mission. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-revision|Back to Revision of the trademark policy.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 8 其他问题 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQNakedlicensing}}8.1 什么是“无效授权”？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Failure to exercise quality control in trademark licensing is referred to as "naked licensing," and can sometimes result in loss of trademark rights. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 8.2 什么是视觉识别方针？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> They are a [[Special:MyLanguage/Legal:Visual identity guidelines|set of guidelines]] you should follow when using any of the Wikimedia marks. These guidelines ensure that the marks always look their best and are not distorted in any way. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">8.3 How do the Visual Identity Guidelines relate to the trademark policy?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The Visual Identity Guidelines are a separate document from the trademark policy and can be revised without notice. These guidelines help to make sure the Wikimedia marks are always used consistently with the same level of quality. Consistent use is important in order for us to maintain protection over the Wikimedia marks. It helps avoid confusion among users that may view marks similar to the Wikimedia marks. If Wikimedia marks are displayed consistently, users can be sure when they are viewing actual Wikimedia content instead of an imposter site. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 8.4 我有更多问题如何提问？ ==== 如果您还有其他未在此列出的问题，请将其反馈至讨论页。我们将竭尽所能回答并放入本常见问题页。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} </div></div><noinclude> __NOTOC__ __NOEDITSECTION__ [[Category:Trademark policy{{#translation:}}]] [[Category:Frequently asked questions{{#translation:}}]] </noinclude> 6azyq831hsn4l3gzzlanmfo2dx5atwj 594023 594021 2026-09-19T02:52:53Z Pristome 225362 Created page with "1.6 什么是此商标政策和分会、用户组或专题组织协议之间的关系？" 594023 wikitext text/x-wiki <noinclude><languages /> {{Policy FAQ disclaimer|page=维基媒体基金会商标政策|pagelink=Policy:Trademark policy}} </noinclude><templatestyles src="Template:Trademark/styles.css" /><div class="trademark-section trademark-faq-container"> <div class="trademark-faq-content"> {{anchor|trademark-faq}}<span class="nomobile" style="font-size:2.5em">[[File:Trademark License FAQ.svg<!--change image-->|100px|link=]] '''<includeonly>{{int string|faq}}</includeonly><noinclude>维基媒体基金会商标政策常见问题</noinclude>'''</span><br />''这些常见问题不是商标政策的组成部分。它们也不是一份法律文件。但是我们希望它们能给你提供帮助。''<span style="font-family:monospace, monospace;" dir="ltr">''':)'''</span> <noinclude>{{nonumtoc}}__TOC__</noinclude> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 0 商标政策简介 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} <!-- The form to do this is: {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 0.1 Title ==== ... {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} Either using the Sub or Not, depending on level --> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-tmprotection}}0.1 什么是“商标保护”？ ==== 商標法(trademark law)保護著某一標誌(mark)所代表的某一成果（work，像是商品或服務）之間的連結關係。它意在保障用戶不致於混淆一項成果的來源。同時，用戶也把商標當做與某成果之間的連結，因此會對此標誌所提供的成果之知名度、品質、以及服務有相當程度的期待。因此，商標是項強而有力、極富價值的工具，它能夠使維基媒體基金會以及其社群成員的知名度具象化，也可被視為一種讓用戶能夠認識某一成果或商品或服務的「簡略表達(shorthand)」。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-whataresites}}0.2 什么是“维基媒体网站(Wikimedia sites)”？ ==== 维基媒体基金会运营很多自由软件和自由内容站点，列表见此：[[Special:SiteMatrix|我们的计划]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-policyapplies}}1 本政策适用範圍？ == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-wordmark}}1.1 什么是“文字标志(wordmark)”？ ==== 顾名思义，就是只由文字组成的商标，诸如“Wikipedia”或“Wikimedia”等计划网站名。另外，这也包括任何官方译名和转写（诸如“[[:w:tr:Ana Sayfa|维基百科]]”）。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-nonstylizedwordmark}}1.2 什么是“非艺术化文字标志(non-stylized wordmark)”？ ==== 非艺术化文字标志就是“维基媒体”及其计划的通用名称，诸如“维基百科”、“维基词典”等。相比之下，艺术化文字标志就是在这些名字基础上适当修改文字结构诸如字体。诸如“维基百科”文字标志艺术化后就是[[File:Wikipedia wordmark.svg|80px]]。无论文字标志是否艺术化均属于维基媒体基金会的商标。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-tradedress}}1.3 什么是“商用外观(trade dress)”？ ==== 對我們而言，商用外觀意指網站或文章的設計符合網站或線上資料的來源。你可以把它看成某個網站「看起來和感覺起來的樣子」。比方說，維基百科條目的設計與外觀、或像是維基百科的首頁。任何維基媒體網站的商用外觀同時也屬於維基媒體基金會的商標。商標法也保護商用外觀。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-wikimediamarks|返回“维基媒体标志。”]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-communitymember}}1.4 什么是''社群成员(community member)''？ ==== 任何在维基媒体站点有贡献的人。她也包括任何基金会职员、分会成员、专题组织成员、用户组成员和基金会本身。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-communitymembers|回到社群成员]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-moveorgsfreely}}1.5 为何運動组织不能任意地使用商標？ ==== 身為商標的法定持有者，我們需要掌控運動組織使用商標的方式以保護整個社群。你可以在[[#purpose-maintainrights|這裡]]閱讀更多相關資料。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 1.6 什么是此商标政策和分会、用户组或专题组织协议之间的关系？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Chapters, user groups, and thematic organizations must comply both with this trademark policy and their respective agreement with the Wikimedia Foundation. If there are inconsistencies between this trademark policy and a chapter, user group, or a thematic organization agreement, the organization should follow their agreement. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-wmorgs|回到分会、用户组和专题组织]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 2 如何使用维基媒体商标 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-smallerlogo}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">2.1 Can my logo, name, or company name be smaller than the Wikimedia mark if it is really obvious that my products and services are not offered by the Wikimedia Foundation?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> No. We need to make sure it is extremely clear that the Wikimedia Foundation is not providing your products or services. This is a simple, consistent way of doing that. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">2.2 What if I clearly state that the products or services are provided by me?</span> ==== 對不起，您的商標、名字或公司名字一定要比維基商標大，而且必須適當地分隔開，因為不是每個人都會閱讀文字，可能有些人只會留意圖片。因此，我們必須確保您的產品或服務並非由維基媒體基金會提供。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-outsidewmsites}}2.3 你们说的“在维基媒体站点以外”是指什么？ ==== 也就是不在[[#FAQ-whataresites|维基媒体基金会控制的站点]]使用商标，例如：维基百科、维基共享资源、维基词典、维基数据、维基语录、维基教科书、维基文库、维基物种、维基新闻、维基学院、维基导游和元维基。回顾商标政策，维基媒雲端虚拟专用服务器的标志也被视为维基媒体站点标志。另外，您可以在站外使用这些标志用于编辑马拉松。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">2.4 Can I still create terms that combine Wikimedia trademarks with other words like "Wikipedian in Residence"?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. This provision is not meant to stop community members from creatively combining the marks with other words to create new terms for the Wikimedia movement as long as they do it on the Wikimedia sites. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-translatetext}}2.5 我可以翻译这些商标的文字么？ ==== 您应该[[#FAQ-whataresites|在维基媒体网站的框架下]]翻译这些商标的文字。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">2.6 Can I add graphic elements to, for example, celebrate a special event?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You can create [[:c:Category:SVG Wikimedia community logos|remixes]] for special on-site purposes, but please do not change the logos outside our sites. These and many, many other questions are answered in the [[Visual identity guidelines|Visual Identity Guidelines]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">2.7 What types of remixes of Wikimedia logos may be used outside of Wikimedia sites?</span> ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Certain remixes of Wikimedia logos may be used outside of Wikimedia sites as long as the remix does not look too similar to any of the Wikimedia marks. Please make sure that the remix will not be confused with the original Wikimedia logo.</span> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.8 我可以使用标志的高清版么？ ==== 是的！[[Wikimedia official marks|这里请]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-wheretmnotice}}2.9 我在哪里注释商标提醒？ ==== 尽可能在显眼的位置例如注脚。当有人阅读您的文档、访问您的网站或观看您的电影时应能较容易的找到。有几个很好的例子：文档（同一）页面的底部、藏书票上、网页页脚和/或电影制作者清单后。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.10 如果我认为我没有足够的位置注明提醒我应该怎么办？ ==== 不要担心！如果您是想面向移动设备或其他中小屏幕设备注明，您只需要在维基媒体商标后面加注商标符号（™）即可。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">2.11 How should I refer to the trademark in the notice?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Wordmarks can be referenced verbatim (i.e. "Wikimedia Commons"). Logos should be described according to the [[Visual identity guidelines#toc-puzzle|Visual Identity Guidelines]]. Examples include the "Wikipedia Puzzle Globe" and the "'W' icon." </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.12 我如何使用多于一个标志？ ==== 请确信所有标志都有一个说明如下： <br /><br /> “维基数据名称及标志是维基媒体基金会的商标。” {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.13 什么时候我不得不加入商标符号？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You only need to use the trademark symbol when you do not have enough space to write the entire notice, like when you are using a trademark on a mobile screen. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.14 能否给一些正确使用商标的例子？ ==== 这里有个例子： <br /> <br /> “维基共享资源™是维基媒体基金会旗下收集自由版权的媒体文件，诸如图像、声音和电影剪辑，并面向全球广泛传播的计划网站！” {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.15 我应该使用何种尺寸的商标？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> When you use a wordmark (like "Wikipedia"), you should use the same font size for the trademark symbol as the wordmark itself. In this context, superscript formatting is encouraged for the symbol. When the mark is an image (like the puzzle globe), you should select a font size for the symbol that matches the size of the image and place the symbol so that it is clearly visible and close enough to the upper right corner of the image without touching it. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.16 但是我想把我的網頁設計得好看一點！我可不可以把商標縮小或放在其他地方？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Unfortunately, no. Remember, you only need to put the symbol next to the first or most prominent use of the mark. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-noticesymbol|回到注释或商标符号]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">2.17 What does "no endorsement by or affiliation with the Wikimedia Foundation" mean?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You need to make sure that people do not mistakenly think that you may speak on behalf of the Wikimedia Foundation or one of its sites. For instance, you need to make sure that no one thinks you work for the Wikimedia Foundation. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-withoutpermission}}3 不需询问权限的维基媒体标志使用 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">3.1 Can you give me some examples of when I can use the marks on the Wikimedia sites?</span> ==== 您可以在[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:User page}}|用户页]]、[[{{lwp|Help:Contents}}|帮助页]]和[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:About}}|关于维基媒体或其计划的页面]]使用标志。您也可以在[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Mailing lists|邮件列表]]、[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/IRC|IRC]]或用于维基媒体站点的[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:Tools}}|工具]]使用标志。以上使用需遵守[[Terms of Use|使用条款]]。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-onwmsites|回到维基媒体站点商标使用]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-notcommunityfocused}}3.2 哪些活动不是“重点放在社群的”？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> An event that includes mostly people who are not community members is not a community-focused event. (Please see the [[#FAQ-publicevent|FAQ on events in general]].) This does not mean that you cannot have guests at your meetup! </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.5 您能否提供重点放在社群的活动的例子？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Community-focused events are those events that are primarily open to community members and promote the mission. They tend to be related to improving the overall quality of the Wikimedia sites. Examples include conferences and monthly meetups hosted by community members, as well as other specific events like the "London Wikipedians regular's table," Wiki-Conference in Russia, and Wikipedia Workshop Köln (DE). </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-communityfocused|回到重点放在社群的活动]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.4 如果我的活动是重点放在社群的，我能使用哪些标志？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> First, all Wikimedia community-focused events can bear a trademarked name. You may also use the Wikimedia logos to decorate your venue, but only to the extent they are relevant. For example, you cannot use the Wikisource logo for a Wikimedia Commons-only event. However, keep in mind that the 'Wikimania' name and [[:File:Wikimania.svg|logo]] are reserved for the [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimania|yearly Wikimania conference]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-outreachexamples}}3.5 您能否提供拓展工作使用的例子？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You can put up a stand at a street fair. [[:c:Category:Wikimedia stands|Here are some examples of that]]. You may want to present the Wikimedia sites in your club or [[:c:Category:Silberwissen|reach out to seniors]]. You can also [[:c:Category:Wikipedia Schulprojekt|give a talk in a school]] or [[:c:Category:Wikipedia Education Program|create a university course]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.6 什麼是教育性資源？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Educational materials help people to understand the Wikimedia sites. They can be [[:outreach:Bookshelf Project|leaflets, videos]], [[:m:WMDOC/Cheatsheet|cheat sheets]], and other [[:m:Help:Reference card|guides]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">3.7 What about representing the community in an institution?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You need to sign and email us a Quick License if your institution wants to call you [[:outreach:Wikipedian in Residence|"Wikipedian in Residence"]] as part of a GLAM project, or something similar. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-outreach|Back to Outreach and recruitment of new editors]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-communitylogo}}3.8 这里有维基媒体社群标志？ ==== 是的！它在2008[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Community logo|官方承认]]为元维基标志。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-fairuseexamples}}3.9 合理使用是什么意思？ ==== 在美国商标法中，[[{{lwp|Fair use (U.S. trademark law)}}|合理使用]]章节允许您有条件的任意使用商标而不至于侵犯版权。本方针不会与之冲突。我们已在[[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-fairuse|3.5]]和[[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-fairuse|3.6]]章节使用您易于理解的语言提到。 除了美国商标法外，您还需留意您所在国家的版权法律，多数也规定了合理使用的情形。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.10 您能否提供更多合理使用的例子？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> This category of fair use is tricky in our case because our wordmarks were not real words before our projects were created, unlike "apple" or "facebook." But we would consider it fair use if you were to write a [[:wikt:book#Noun|book]] in the [[{{lwp|Wiki software}}|Wiki software]] and refer to it as a "wiki book," even though Wikibooks is a distinctive trademark. If you are using the wordmarks to describe our projects, that is also a type of fair use (nominative use). You can read more about nominative use [[#FAQ-nominativeuseexamples|here]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-nonfairuseexamples}}3.11 您能否提供更多并非合理使用的例子？ ==== * 使用维基媒体标志宣传您的书籍。 * 销售带有维基媒体基金会标志的T恤。 * 创建您自己的百科全书并且使用了维基百科的球形拼图。 * 使用维基媒体基金会标志为无关计划筹款。 * 在内容并非来自维基媒体站点情形下却宣称内容“来自维基百科，自由的百科全书”。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-fairuse|回到在维基站点以外的讨论（合理使用）。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-nominativeuseexamples}}3.12 您能否提供更多主要使用的例子？ ==== 这里有一些例子： # '''描述维基媒体站点：''' #* <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">In a presentation that describes how Wikipedia works, using the wordmarks in slides in your bullet points would be a nominative use. The same also applies for a blog post that describes Wikidata. If you want to "illustrate" your slides or your blog post with any of the image marks, please refer to [[#policy-noncommercial|artistic, literary, and other non-commercial uses]].</span> #* <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">However, you cannot use a trademark as a generic term. For example, you cannot set up a wiki on motorcycles and refer to it as "a wikipedia for motorcycles."</span> # '''真實準確地說明：''' #* “维基百科是世界最大的在线百科全书，并且它也是数千个网站中唯一一个集结成千上万志愿者编辑的。” #* “我在2009年加入维基百科成为一名编辑者”（在您的个人网站）。 # '''描述衍生作品：''' #* “来源：维基百科” #* “本艺术作品基于来自维基共享资源的图像创建。” #* “以下内容由维基百科内容衍生而来。” #* 或者干脆：“来自维基百科”或“至维基百科条目”（通过QR码） # '''更多個別例子:''' #* <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Refer to the sections on [[#policy-news|news reporting]]; [[#policy-blogssm|personal blogs and social media]]; [[#policy-noncommercial|artistic, literary, and other non-commercial uses]]; and [[#policy-linkstous|links to Wikimedia sites]].</span> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-nominativeuse|Back to Refer to Wikimedia sites (nominative use).]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-logonewsarticle}}3.13 我是否可以在新闻或漫画杂志或者电视新闻上使用标志或截图？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes, as long as the image illustrates the discussion in the article. Do not use our trademark just to attract attention to your work. That will confuse your readers or viewers, and ours! </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-news|回到新闻报道]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-logoblogssm}}3.14 我是否可以在博客文章或者状态更新站点包括标志？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes, as long as the image illustrates the discussion in your post. Do not use trademarked images just to attract attention to your page. Viewers of your blog or your user page should not be confused and think that your page is endorsed by the Wikimedia Foundation or any of its sites. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.15 我能否在用户名、头像或聊天软件表情中使用商标？ ==== 很遗憾，不。我们非常感谢您宣传维基媒体站点。维基媒体社群为之感谢！然而，我们不希望人们认为您的言论就可以代表维基媒体基金会。您能够继续在用户名、头像或聊天软件表情中使用社群标志。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-blogssm|回到个人博客和社交媒体]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-noncommercialexamples}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">3.16 Can you give me some examples of artistic, literary, and other non-commercial uses?</span> ==== * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Using the trademarks to discuss a scientific thesis in an academic paper.</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Illustrating a point in the slides for an educational presentation with a screenshot of a Wikimedia site.</span> * 使用标志在美术作品中。 * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Creating a parody for the purposes of conveying a political message.</span> * 撰写一本关于维基百科条目的书籍。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-noncommercial|回到艺术作品、文学作品和其他非商业性使用。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-linkingtousexamples}}3.12 您能否提供连接至维基媒体站点的例子？ ==== 是的，您可[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:Banners and buttons}}|点此]]查看。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-qrcodes}}3.18 我能在连接至维基媒体站点的QR码中使用标志么？ ==== 不。用于连接的标志不应如此使用。使用QR码连接您应使用非艺术化维基百科文字标志。您可[[#FAQ-nominativeuseexamples|点此]]了解更多。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-linkstous|回到连接至维基媒体站点。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-personalmerch}}3.19 我可以利用它們做什麼？ ==== 您可以用來製作衣服、帽子、背包、杯子、釘子、筆、貼紙、海報、屏幕背景，甚至蛋糕。大前提是你不會利用這些物品來牟利。 [[:c:Special:MyLanguage/Category:Wikipedia promotion|<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Here are some examples.</span>]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.20 我可以销售带有这些标志的周边商品么？ ==== 不，在未获授权的情况下您不能这样做。更多信息[[#policy-commercialmerch|见此]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.21 可以在其他场合使用原样么？ ==== 只要你是免費派發這些物品，可以。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.22 那么我在哪可以了解商业销售的周边产品？ ==== 最好是进入[//shop.wikimedia.org 维基媒体商店 (Wikimedia shop)]了解，这里销售的周边商品都由官方授权。如果您希望销售您自己的商品，请[[#policy-commercialmerch|参见此处]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">3.23 Can I ask commercial vendors to create custom items for me that use Wikimedia marks?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Of course! You may ask vendors like bakers and t-shirt sellers to create items with Wikimedia marks especially for you or your friends. This is okay because it is for your own personal use and no one is creating a business surrounding the sale of items with Wikimedia trademarks. And do not worry, vendors will not be required to strictly follow the Visual Identity Guidelines when it is not possible on items like cakes. For example, [[:c:Category:Wikipedia cakes|all these cakes]] are fine. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">3.24 Is it okay to commission someone else to create lots of items with the Wikimedia marks for meet-ups and similar events?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes! As long as the items are not sold to participants, it is okay to ask a vendor to create multiple items with the Wikimedia marks for community-focused parties and gatherings like edit-a-thons under [[Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy#policy-outreach|Section 3.2]] of the policy. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">3.25 Can I use high-resolution logos on commercial merchandise?</span> ==== 當然可以！雖然我們的舊版政策不允許這種做法，但是在新的政策中我們已經廢除了那條規例。 <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[#policy-owngoods|Back to Make your own branded stuff.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-specialpermission}}4 需要许可的特殊使用 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.1 如果我需要許可，我是不是要為此付費？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Usually, there is no license fee. However, we want to keep track of how our trademarks are used. Also, we want to make sure every use complies with our mission and standards. This is why we require a formal license in certain cases. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-specialpermission|回到需要许可的特殊使用。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-contests}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.2 Do I need permission for every photo contest?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You only need to get a license if you advertise the photo contest outside a Wikimedia site. This includes posters, social media, and blogs. You can freely use the marks for community-focused events. Community-focused events are those that are intended to be predominantly attended by Wikimedia community members. They do not include events open to the general public. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-photocontests|回到照片竞赛。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.3 Can I print out t-shirts with the Wikimedia logo to give out as prizes for the photo contest?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. You can always make t-shirts with the Wikimedia logos and give them away as long as you are not selling them. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-makeyourownbrandedstuff|Back to Make your own branded stuff]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.4 How can I use the marks as a Wikipedian in Residence?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The marks may be used in any way that identifies you as a Wikipedian in Residence. Please avoid confusion about official endorsement. You should clarify that you are not a representative of the Wikimedia Foundation. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-glam|回到GLAM-WIKI活动。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-cybersquatting}}<div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 4.5 Can you give an example of cybersquatting? </div> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> In the past, someone registered the domain wikkipedia.org to attract traffic to their own site. This is called [[{{lwp|cybersquatting}}|cybersquatting]] or [[{{lwp|typosquatting}}|typosquatting]] that infringes our trademark. We strictly enforce our policy against confusing domain names. Please [[:m:Trademark/Report abuse|tell us]] if you see an infringing domain name. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.6 我可以在我的域名中出现维基媒体标志么？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Unfortunately, no. If you do, there is a risk that you will confuse readers that are looking for Wikimedia content or other material related to Wikimedia. Movement organizations may be permitted to use the Wikimedia mark as part of their domain, but only after receiving special permission. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 4.7 Can I use a Wikimedia mark if I use a different top-level domain? </div> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You cannot register a Wikimedia mark as a domain, no matter the [[{{lwp|Top-level domain}}|top-level domain]], including country code top-level domains. For example, you may not register "wikipedia.jobs" even though it uses ".jobs", a different top-level domain, because "wikipedia" is a Wikimedia mark. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.8 但我希望使用我自己的特殊域名！！！ ==== 如果您有合法的理由希望使用我们的域名，请电邮联络[mailto:trademarks@wikimedia.org trademarks@wikimedia.org]。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-domains|回到域名。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-publicevent}}4.10 “公众活动”是什么？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A public event is an event that is not predominantly attended by community members. An event is also public when it is announced to the public with signs or advertisements or in an event schedule. Hence, this rule does not apply to community-focused meetups and conferences. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.10 What event uses require permission?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Using a trademark for an event includes naming the event or using a Wikimedia logo on advertisements, leaflets, signage or a website. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.11 Are there any exceptions to when events require permission?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If the name of the event uses a mark just to describe its content, that might fall under [[#policy-nominativeuse|nominative use]]. An example for this would be announcing a course called 'Editing Wikipedia for Beginners' or 'Using Wikimedia Commons as an Amateur Photographer'. However, always include a [[#policy-noticesymbol|notice]] that explains that your use is with permission from the Wikimedia Foundation and that you are not affiliated with the Foundation. Also, events hosted by a local Wikimedia chapter, thematic organization, or user group can use the marks subject to their respective agreement with the Wikimedia Foundation. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-events|Back to Events and conferences.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-publications}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.12 What is a "publication"?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Publications include books, other print media, and web pages. They also mean audiovisual media like music, and other recordings, film and online video. See [[#policy-outreach|Outreach and recruiting new editors]] for materials that provide education about a Wikimedia site. See [[#policy-moviestv|Section 4.5]] for trademark uses in films. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.13 我可以写一本关于维基百科的书籍么？ ==== [[{{lwp|Bibliography of Wikipedia}}|欢迎您这样做！]]但您不应在未获授权的情况下使用维基媒体标志在书的封面上。这是因为我们不会认可未获授权的书籍能够代言基金会。使用[[#FAQ-nonstylizedwordmark|文字标志]]作为书的标题的一部分时同样需要请求授权。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 4.14 Does this also apply to handbooks, like "A beginner's guide to Wikipedia", aimed at community members? </div> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. But, please send us a request and we will give prompt permission when appropriate. We love Wikipedia guides! </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 4.15 Does it make a difference if the book is being published by an educational publisher? </div> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> No, you will need permission as well, because even educational publishers are commercial entities. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-publications|回到出版物。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-schoolfilm}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.16 Do I need permission to show the Wikipedia marks in a film I am making for my school project?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If you are showing your film to the public, or at your school or workplace, you need permission. But we will make sure to make the permission process as easy and fast as possible. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-moviestv|回到电影和电视节目。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-commercialmerch}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.17 Will I have to donate a portion of the retail price for commercial merchandise?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> No. But you will have to tell your customers if you do not donate your profits. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.18 What do I have to say if I am donating a portion of my proceeds to the Wikimedia Foundation?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Just clearly state what portion of your proceeds will be given to the Wikimedia Foundation. You can, for example, say: "X% of your purchase will be donated to the Wikimedia Foundation." </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.19 Where should I state how much of my proceeds will be donated?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> We recommend placing the notice right next to the purchase price, where it will be clearly visible to all buyers. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.20 Do I need to mention donations to the Wikimedia Foundation if I do not donate anything at all?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. You should state that 0% of your profits will go to the Wikimedia Foundation. Otherwise, users may mistakenly believe that you are doing fundraising for the Foundation. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-commercialmerch|Back to Commercial merchandise.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 5 禁止使用的情况 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-fakearticle}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.1 Can I make a fake Wikipedia article if it is intended as a joke?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> There are exceptions where this is permissible, but they are very limited. You will likely not fall under such an exception if your mimicking site has any commercial background. Please refer to the [[#policy-noncommercial|section on Parodies]]. Most importantly, you must make sure that no one (really no one!) could confuse your site with any part of a Wikimedia site. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-mimicvsparody}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.2 How do I distinguish between a prohibited mimicking site and a parody site?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Here is an example of a mimicking site: Contrary to the [[{{lwp|Wikipedia:COI}}|Wikipedia guidelines]], you create an article on Wikipedia about yourself or your organization. For unknown reasons, "your" article is deleted. This makes you mad. You register the domain "businesspedia.org" and design a website that looks just like the Wikipedia article that just got deleted, including a link to your own website. You are happy to attract more traffic to it by confusing internet users. Booo! </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> An example of parody site: Imagine you have a great friend called [[Rory|Rory]] and his birthday is coming up. You register the domain "rorypedia.org" and design a website that looks just like a humorous Wikipedia biography on your friend Rory. Since you do not want anyone to confuse "Rorypedia" and Wikipedia, you put a bright colored bar on the top of your site saying, "This page is a present for Rory from his awesome friends and not affiliated with Wikipedia. Happy birthday, Rory!" And you take down the site once the birthday party is over. Yaaay! </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.3 How do I avoid mimicking Wikimedia sites when I use the [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/MediaWiki|MediaWiki]] software?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> All wikis using MediaWiki do in fact share certain graphic elements under the default theme, but the Wikimedia sites have certain visual features that distinguish them. Do not imitate these distinguishing features. For example, you should not use logos that are confusingly similar to the Wikimedia marks or name your site something that sounds like a Wikimedia site. But you can use the "Powered by MediaWiki" button as that button simply describes that the wiki is powered by MediaWiki. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Be sure to directly download the [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/MediaWiki|MediaWiki]] software if you want to use it. Please do not try to blindly copy the HTML code of a Wikimedia site! If you do, you will accidentally import features from our sites, like our Terms of Use or our "contact us" details. Being contacted about problems on your unrelated website understandably makes our wonderful [[:m:OTRS/Volunteering|email response team volunteers]] very unhappy. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-mirrors|Back to mimicking sites.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-linkmirror}}5.4 我可以在维基媒体站点的镜像站点使用标志连接么？ ==== 不可以。维基媒体标志只能在真实的维基媒体站点用于连接。我们愿意重申，站点由维基媒体社群维护和管理。 另外，如果您希望架设一个维基媒体站点的镜像站点，请尤其注意[[#policy-mirrors|镜像方针]]。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-linkstoothers|回到连接至非维基媒体站点。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-misrepresentation}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.5 Can you give me some examples of misrepresentation with respect to the marks?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A misrepresentative use can be something that represents yourself. That includes using a Wikimedia logo in your logo, letterhead, or the name of your organization. Online examples are your social media avatar, favicon, and website domain. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-misrepresentation|Back to Misrepresentation.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-reportingabuse}}6 报告商标滥用 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-howfight}}6.1 你們會如何打擊侵犯商標權的行為？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Each year, we receive over 100 reports of trademark violations from community members. We also employ outside contractors and legal counsel to help protect our trademark portfolio globally. Within our resource constraints, our legal team pursues misuses of our marks to ensure that the Wikimedia logos remain distinctively associated with the Wikimedia community. After careful and sensitive evaluation, we send out cease-and-desist letters, which are usually effective. In the few instances that cannot be resolved by other means, we consider litigation to protect the marks. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">6.2 Who is responsible for enforcing Wikimedia's trademarks?</span>==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Trademark enforcement is currently handled by the Wikimedia Foundation legal team to ensure consistency and compliance with trademark law. But we rely on the Wikimedia community to help us identify potential trademark infringements. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">6.3 What happens when you receive a report of a potential trademark infringement?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> When we receive a complaint that our trademarks are being misused, we first send a confirmation to the person submitting the complaint. Potential infringements are then logged into our system. The legal team then combs through each of those complaints to investigate the alleged infringement. We visit the site personally to make sure the complaint has merit. Then we apply US trademark law in assessing whether there is actual "misuse" and it is a valid infringement of the trademark. In general, the standard of "misuse" in US law is whether the use of the trademark is "confusingly similar" to the Wikimedia Foundation's use of the trademark. In other words, will the potential infringers use of the trademark confuse users into thinking their site is sponsored by or hosted by the Wikimedia Foundation? We always contact the potential infringer first to see if they will voluntarily stop using our marks or work with us to make their use less confusing. If we are unable to work things out informally, and they refuse to comply with a cease and desist letter, we decide whether to move forward with litigation to stop the infringement. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">6.4 Can I send a cease and desist letter on behalf of the Wikimedia Foundation when I find misuse?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Please do not. We really appreciate your help with trademark enforcement, but please report any misuses to us so that we can determine what action is appropriate. </div> <div class="mw-translate-fuzzy"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-reporting|回到报告商标滥用。]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-revision}}7 商标政策的修订 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">7.1 Why can you just change the FAQ section?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The FAQs are not part of the trademark policy. We created them to help you understand the policy. We want to add new questions from the community in the future and to clarify any answers users may find confusing. That is why we want to be able to update the FAQs easily. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">7.2 What if I do not agree with the changes to the policy?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> We encourage you to share your comments and concerns with us during the community feedback period following any announced changes. We will take all comments under careful advisement and ensure that any changes to our policy are consistent with our mission. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-revision|Back to Revision of the trademark policy.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 8 其他问题 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQNakedlicensing}}8.1 什么是“无效授权”？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Failure to exercise quality control in trademark licensing is referred to as "naked licensing," and can sometimes result in loss of trademark rights. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 8.2 什么是视觉识别方针？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> They are a [[Special:MyLanguage/Legal:Visual identity guidelines|set of guidelines]] you should follow when using any of the Wikimedia marks. These guidelines ensure that the marks always look their best and are not distorted in any way. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">8.3 How do the Visual Identity Guidelines relate to the trademark policy?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The Visual Identity Guidelines are a separate document from the trademark policy and can be revised without notice. These guidelines help to make sure the Wikimedia marks are always used consistently with the same level of quality. Consistent use is important in order for us to maintain protection over the Wikimedia marks. It helps avoid confusion among users that may view marks similar to the Wikimedia marks. If Wikimedia marks are displayed consistently, users can be sure when they are viewing actual Wikimedia content instead of an imposter site. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 8.4 我有更多问题如何提问？ ==== 如果您还有其他未在此列出的问题，请将其反馈至讨论页。我们将竭尽所能回答并放入本常见问题页。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} </div></div><noinclude> __NOTOC__ __NOEDITSECTION__ [[Category:Trademark policy{{#translation:}}]] [[Category:Frequently asked questions{{#translation:}}]] </noinclude> f0l66w0hn19p6o007itwlasto3uv65k 594025 594023 2026-09-19T02:53:56Z Pristome 225362 594025 wikitext text/x-wiki <noinclude><languages /> {{Policy FAQ disclaimer|page=维基媒体基金会商标政策|pagelink=Policy:Trademark policy}} </noinclude><templatestyles src="Template:Trademark/styles.css" /><div class="trademark-section trademark-faq-container"> <div class="trademark-faq-content"> {{anchor|trademark-faq}}<span class="nomobile" style="font-size:2.5em">[[File:Trademark License FAQ.svg<!--change image-->|100px|link=]] '''<includeonly>{{int string|faq}}</includeonly><noinclude>维基媒体基金会商标政策常见问题</noinclude>'''</span><br />''这些常见问题不是商标政策的组成部分。它们也不是一份法律文件。但是我们希望它们能给你提供帮助。''<span style="font-family:monospace, monospace;" dir="ltr">''':)'''</span> <noinclude>{{nonumtoc}}__TOC__</noinclude> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 0 商标政策简介 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} <!-- The form to do this is: {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 0.1 Title ==== ... {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} Either using the Sub or Not, depending on level --> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-tmprotection}}0.1 什么是“商标保护”？ ==== 商標法(trademark law)保護著某一標誌(mark)所代表的某一成果（work，像是商品或服務）之間的連結關係。它意在保障用戶不致於混淆一項成果的來源。同時，用戶也把商標當做與某成果之間的連結，因此會對此標誌所提供的成果之知名度、品質、以及服務有相當程度的期待。因此，商標是項強而有力、極富價值的工具，它能夠使維基媒體基金會以及其社群成員的知名度具象化，也可被視為一種讓用戶能夠認識某一成果或商品或服務的「簡略表達(shorthand)」。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-whataresites}}0.2 什么是“维基媒体网站(Wikimedia sites)”？ ==== 维基媒体基金会运营很多自由软件和自由内容站点，列表见此：[[Special:SiteMatrix|我们的计划]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-policyapplies}}1 本政策适用範圍？ == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-wordmark}}1.1 什么是“文字标志(wordmark)”？ ==== 顾名思义，就是只由文字组成的商标，诸如“Wikipedia”或“Wikimedia”等计划网站名。另外，这也包括任何官方译名和转写（诸如“[[:w:tr:Ana Sayfa|维基百科]]”）。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-nonstylizedwordmark}}1.2 什么是“非艺术化文字标志(non-stylized wordmark)”？ ==== 非艺术化文字标志就是“维基媒体”及其计划的通用名称，诸如“维基百科”、“维基词典”等。相比之下，艺术化文字标志就是在这些名字基础上适当修改文字结构诸如字体。诸如“维基百科”文字标志艺术化后就是[[File:Wikipedia wordmark.svg|80px]]。无论文字标志是否艺术化均属于维基媒体基金会的商标。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-tradedress}}1.3 什么是“商用外观(trade dress)”？ ==== 對我們而言，商用外觀意指網站或文章的設計符合網站或線上資料的來源。你可以把它看成某個網站「看起來和感覺起來的樣子」。比方說，維基百科條目的設計與外觀、或像是維基百科的首頁。任何維基媒體網站的商用外觀同時也屬於維基媒體基金會的商標。商標法也保護商用外觀。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-wikimediamarks|返回“维基媒体标志。”]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-communitymember}}1.4 什么是“社区成员”？ ==== 任何在维基媒体站点有贡献的人。她也包括任何基金会职员、分会成员、专题组织成员、用户组成员和基金会本身。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-communitymembers|回到社群成员]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-moveorgsfreely}}1.5 为何運動组织不能任意地使用商標？ ==== 身為商標的法定持有者，我們需要掌控運動組織使用商標的方式以保護整個社群。你可以在[[#purpose-maintainrights|這裡]]閱讀更多相關資料。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 1.6 什么是此商标政策和分会、用户组或专题组织协议之间的关系？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Chapters, user groups, and thematic organizations must comply both with this trademark policy and their respective agreement with the Wikimedia Foundation. If there are inconsistencies between this trademark policy and a chapter, user group, or a thematic organization agreement, the organization should follow their agreement. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-wmorgs|回到分会、用户组和专题组织]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 2 如何使用维基媒体商标 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-smallerlogo}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">2.1 Can my logo, name, or company name be smaller than the Wikimedia mark if it is really obvious that my products and services are not offered by the Wikimedia Foundation?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> No. We need to make sure it is extremely clear that the Wikimedia Foundation is not providing your products or services. This is a simple, consistent way of doing that. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">2.2 What if I clearly state that the products or services are provided by me?</span> ==== 對不起，您的商標、名字或公司名字一定要比維基商標大，而且必須適當地分隔開，因為不是每個人都會閱讀文字，可能有些人只會留意圖片。因此，我們必須確保您的產品或服務並非由維基媒體基金會提供。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-outsidewmsites}}2.3 你们说的“在维基媒体站点以外”是指什么？ ==== 也就是不在[[#FAQ-whataresites|维基媒体基金会控制的站点]]使用商标，例如：维基百科、维基共享资源、维基词典、维基数据、维基语录、维基教科书、维基文库、维基物种、维基新闻、维基学院、维基导游和元维基。回顾商标政策，维基媒雲端虚拟专用服务器的标志也被视为维基媒体站点标志。另外，您可以在站外使用这些标志用于编辑马拉松。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">2.4 Can I still create terms that combine Wikimedia trademarks with other words like "Wikipedian in Residence"?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. This provision is not meant to stop community members from creatively combining the marks with other words to create new terms for the Wikimedia movement as long as they do it on the Wikimedia sites. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-translatetext}}2.5 我可以翻译这些商标的文字么？ ==== 您应该[[#FAQ-whataresites|在维基媒体网站的框架下]]翻译这些商标的文字。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">2.6 Can I add graphic elements to, for example, celebrate a special event?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You can create [[:c:Category:SVG Wikimedia community logos|remixes]] for special on-site purposes, but please do not change the logos outside our sites. These and many, many other questions are answered in the [[Visual identity guidelines|Visual Identity Guidelines]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">2.7 What types of remixes of Wikimedia logos may be used outside of Wikimedia sites?</span> ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Certain remixes of Wikimedia logos may be used outside of Wikimedia sites as long as the remix does not look too similar to any of the Wikimedia marks. Please make sure that the remix will not be confused with the original Wikimedia logo.</span> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.8 我可以使用标志的高清版么？ ==== 是的！[[Wikimedia official marks|这里请]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-wheretmnotice}}2.9 我在哪里注释商标提醒？ ==== 尽可能在显眼的位置例如注脚。当有人阅读您的文档、访问您的网站或观看您的电影时应能较容易的找到。有几个很好的例子：文档（同一）页面的底部、藏书票上、网页页脚和/或电影制作者清单后。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.10 如果我认为我没有足够的位置注明提醒我应该怎么办？ ==== 不要担心！如果您是想面向移动设备或其他中小屏幕设备注明，您只需要在维基媒体商标后面加注商标符号（™）即可。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">2.11 How should I refer to the trademark in the notice?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Wordmarks can be referenced verbatim (i.e. "Wikimedia Commons"). Logos should be described according to the [[Visual identity guidelines#toc-puzzle|Visual Identity Guidelines]]. Examples include the "Wikipedia Puzzle Globe" and the "'W' icon." </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.12 我如何使用多于一个标志？ ==== 请确信所有标志都有一个说明如下： <br /><br /> “维基数据名称及标志是维基媒体基金会的商标。” {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.13 什么时候我不得不加入商标符号？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You only need to use the trademark symbol when you do not have enough space to write the entire notice, like when you are using a trademark on a mobile screen. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.14 能否给一些正确使用商标的例子？ ==== 这里有个例子： <br /> <br /> “维基共享资源™是维基媒体基金会旗下收集自由版权的媒体文件，诸如图像、声音和电影剪辑，并面向全球广泛传播的计划网站！” {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.15 我应该使用何种尺寸的商标？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> When you use a wordmark (like "Wikipedia"), you should use the same font size for the trademark symbol as the wordmark itself. In this context, superscript formatting is encouraged for the symbol. When the mark is an image (like the puzzle globe), you should select a font size for the symbol that matches the size of the image and place the symbol so that it is clearly visible and close enough to the upper right corner of the image without touching it. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.16 但是我想把我的網頁設計得好看一點！我可不可以把商標縮小或放在其他地方？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Unfortunately, no. Remember, you only need to put the symbol next to the first or most prominent use of the mark. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-noticesymbol|回到注释或商标符号]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">2.17 What does "no endorsement by or affiliation with the Wikimedia Foundation" mean?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You need to make sure that people do not mistakenly think that you may speak on behalf of the Wikimedia Foundation or one of its sites. For instance, you need to make sure that no one thinks you work for the Wikimedia Foundation. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-withoutpermission}}3 不需询问权限的维基媒体标志使用 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">3.1 Can you give me some examples of when I can use the marks on the Wikimedia sites?</span> ==== 您可以在[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:User page}}|用户页]]、[[{{lwp|Help:Contents}}|帮助页]]和[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:About}}|关于维基媒体或其计划的页面]]使用标志。您也可以在[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Mailing lists|邮件列表]]、[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/IRC|IRC]]或用于维基媒体站点的[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:Tools}}|工具]]使用标志。以上使用需遵守[[Terms of Use|使用条款]]。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-onwmsites|回到维基媒体站点商标使用]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-notcommunityfocused}}3.2 哪些活动不是“重点放在社群的”？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> An event that includes mostly people who are not community members is not a community-focused event. (Please see the [[#FAQ-publicevent|FAQ on events in general]].) This does not mean that you cannot have guests at your meetup! </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.5 您能否提供重点放在社群的活动的例子？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Community-focused events are those events that are primarily open to community members and promote the mission. They tend to be related to improving the overall quality of the Wikimedia sites. Examples include conferences and monthly meetups hosted by community members, as well as other specific events like the "London Wikipedians regular's table," Wiki-Conference in Russia, and Wikipedia Workshop Köln (DE). </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-communityfocused|回到重点放在社群的活动]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.4 如果我的活动是重点放在社群的，我能使用哪些标志？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> First, all Wikimedia community-focused events can bear a trademarked name. You may also use the Wikimedia logos to decorate your venue, but only to the extent they are relevant. For example, you cannot use the Wikisource logo for a Wikimedia Commons-only event. However, keep in mind that the 'Wikimania' name and [[:File:Wikimania.svg|logo]] are reserved for the [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimania|yearly Wikimania conference]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-outreachexamples}}3.5 您能否提供拓展工作使用的例子？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You can put up a stand at a street fair. [[:c:Category:Wikimedia stands|Here are some examples of that]]. You may want to present the Wikimedia sites in your club or [[:c:Category:Silberwissen|reach out to seniors]]. You can also [[:c:Category:Wikipedia Schulprojekt|give a talk in a school]] or [[:c:Category:Wikipedia Education Program|create a university course]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.6 什麼是教育性資源？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Educational materials help people to understand the Wikimedia sites. They can be [[:outreach:Bookshelf Project|leaflets, videos]], [[:m:WMDOC/Cheatsheet|cheat sheets]], and other [[:m:Help:Reference card|guides]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">3.7 What about representing the community in an institution?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You need to sign and email us a Quick License if your institution wants to call you [[:outreach:Wikipedian in Residence|"Wikipedian in Residence"]] as part of a GLAM project, or something similar. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-outreach|Back to Outreach and recruitment of new editors]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-communitylogo}}3.8 这里有维基媒体社群标志？ ==== 是的！它在2008[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Community logo|官方承认]]为元维基标志。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-fairuseexamples}}3.9 合理使用是什么意思？ ==== 在美国商标法中，[[{{lwp|Fair use (U.S. trademark law)}}|合理使用]]章节允许您有条件的任意使用商标而不至于侵犯版权。本方针不会与之冲突。我们已在[[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-fairuse|3.5]]和[[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-fairuse|3.6]]章节使用您易于理解的语言提到。 除了美国商标法外，您还需留意您所在国家的版权法律，多数也规定了合理使用的情形。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.10 您能否提供更多合理使用的例子？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> This category of fair use is tricky in our case because our wordmarks were not real words before our projects were created, unlike "apple" or "facebook." But we would consider it fair use if you were to write a [[:wikt:book#Noun|book]] in the [[{{lwp|Wiki software}}|Wiki software]] and refer to it as a "wiki book," even though Wikibooks is a distinctive trademark. If you are using the wordmarks to describe our projects, that is also a type of fair use (nominative use). You can read more about nominative use [[#FAQ-nominativeuseexamples|here]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-nonfairuseexamples}}3.11 您能否提供更多并非合理使用的例子？ ==== * 使用维基媒体标志宣传您的书籍。 * 销售带有维基媒体基金会标志的T恤。 * 创建您自己的百科全书并且使用了维基百科的球形拼图。 * 使用维基媒体基金会标志为无关计划筹款。 * 在内容并非来自维基媒体站点情形下却宣称内容“来自维基百科，自由的百科全书”。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-fairuse|回到在维基站点以外的讨论（合理使用）。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-nominativeuseexamples}}3.12 您能否提供更多主要使用的例子？ ==== 这里有一些例子： # '''描述维基媒体站点：''' #* <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">In a presentation that describes how Wikipedia works, using the wordmarks in slides in your bullet points would be a nominative use. The same also applies for a blog post that describes Wikidata. If you want to "illustrate" your slides or your blog post with any of the image marks, please refer to [[#policy-noncommercial|artistic, literary, and other non-commercial uses]].</span> #* <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">However, you cannot use a trademark as a generic term. For example, you cannot set up a wiki on motorcycles and refer to it as "a wikipedia for motorcycles."</span> # '''真實準確地說明：''' #* “维基百科是世界最大的在线百科全书，并且它也是数千个网站中唯一一个集结成千上万志愿者编辑的。” #* “我在2009年加入维基百科成为一名编辑者”（在您的个人网站）。 # '''描述衍生作品：''' #* “来源：维基百科” #* “本艺术作品基于来自维基共享资源的图像创建。” #* “以下内容由维基百科内容衍生而来。” #* 或者干脆：“来自维基百科”或“至维基百科条目”（通过QR码） # '''更多個別例子:''' #* <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Refer to the sections on [[#policy-news|news reporting]]; [[#policy-blogssm|personal blogs and social media]]; [[#policy-noncommercial|artistic, literary, and other non-commercial uses]]; and [[#policy-linkstous|links to Wikimedia sites]].</span> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-nominativeuse|Back to Refer to Wikimedia sites (nominative use).]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-logonewsarticle}}3.13 我是否可以在新闻或漫画杂志或者电视新闻上使用标志或截图？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes, as long as the image illustrates the discussion in the article. Do not use our trademark just to attract attention to your work. That will confuse your readers or viewers, and ours! </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-news|回到新闻报道]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-logoblogssm}}3.14 我是否可以在博客文章或者状态更新站点包括标志？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes, as long as the image illustrates the discussion in your post. Do not use trademarked images just to attract attention to your page. Viewers of your blog or your user page should not be confused and think that your page is endorsed by the Wikimedia Foundation or any of its sites. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.15 我能否在用户名、头像或聊天软件表情中使用商标？ ==== 很遗憾，不。我们非常感谢您宣传维基媒体站点。维基媒体社群为之感谢！然而，我们不希望人们认为您的言论就可以代表维基媒体基金会。您能够继续在用户名、头像或聊天软件表情中使用社群标志。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-blogssm|回到个人博客和社交媒体]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-noncommercialexamples}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">3.16 Can you give me some examples of artistic, literary, and other non-commercial uses?</span> ==== * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Using the trademarks to discuss a scientific thesis in an academic paper.</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Illustrating a point in the slides for an educational presentation with a screenshot of a Wikimedia site.</span> * 使用标志在美术作品中。 * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Creating a parody for the purposes of conveying a political message.</span> * 撰写一本关于维基百科条目的书籍。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-noncommercial|回到艺术作品、文学作品和其他非商业性使用。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-linkingtousexamples}}3.12 您能否提供连接至维基媒体站点的例子？ ==== 是的，您可[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:Banners and buttons}}|点此]]查看。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-qrcodes}}3.18 我能在连接至维基媒体站点的QR码中使用标志么？ ==== 不。用于连接的标志不应如此使用。使用QR码连接您应使用非艺术化维基百科文字标志。您可[[#FAQ-nominativeuseexamples|点此]]了解更多。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-linkstous|回到连接至维基媒体站点。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-personalmerch}}3.19 我可以利用它們做什麼？ ==== 您可以用來製作衣服、帽子、背包、杯子、釘子、筆、貼紙、海報、屏幕背景，甚至蛋糕。大前提是你不會利用這些物品來牟利。 [[:c:Special:MyLanguage/Category:Wikipedia promotion|<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Here are some examples.</span>]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.20 我可以销售带有这些标志的周边商品么？ ==== 不，在未获授权的情况下您不能这样做。更多信息[[#policy-commercialmerch|见此]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.21 可以在其他场合使用原样么？ ==== 只要你是免費派發這些物品，可以。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.22 那么我在哪可以了解商业销售的周边产品？ ==== 最好是进入[//shop.wikimedia.org 维基媒体商店 (Wikimedia shop)]了解，这里销售的周边商品都由官方授权。如果您希望销售您自己的商品，请[[#policy-commercialmerch|参见此处]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">3.23 Can I ask commercial vendors to create custom items for me that use Wikimedia marks?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Of course! You may ask vendors like bakers and t-shirt sellers to create items with Wikimedia marks especially for you or your friends. This is okay because it is for your own personal use and no one is creating a business surrounding the sale of items with Wikimedia trademarks. And do not worry, vendors will not be required to strictly follow the Visual Identity Guidelines when it is not possible on items like cakes. For example, [[:c:Category:Wikipedia cakes|all these cakes]] are fine. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">3.24 Is it okay to commission someone else to create lots of items with the Wikimedia marks for meet-ups and similar events?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes! As long as the items are not sold to participants, it is okay to ask a vendor to create multiple items with the Wikimedia marks for community-focused parties and gatherings like edit-a-thons under [[Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy#policy-outreach|Section 3.2]] of the policy. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">3.25 Can I use high-resolution logos on commercial merchandise?</span> ==== 當然可以！雖然我們的舊版政策不允許這種做法，但是在新的政策中我們已經廢除了那條規例。 <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[#policy-owngoods|Back to Make your own branded stuff.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-specialpermission}}4 需要许可的特殊使用 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.1 如果我需要許可，我是不是要為此付費？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Usually, there is no license fee. However, we want to keep track of how our trademarks are used. Also, we want to make sure every use complies with our mission and standards. This is why we require a formal license in certain cases. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-specialpermission|回到需要许可的特殊使用。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-contests}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.2 Do I need permission for every photo contest?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You only need to get a license if you advertise the photo contest outside a Wikimedia site. This includes posters, social media, and blogs. You can freely use the marks for community-focused events. Community-focused events are those that are intended to be predominantly attended by Wikimedia community members. They do not include events open to the general public. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-photocontests|回到照片竞赛。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.3 Can I print out t-shirts with the Wikimedia logo to give out as prizes for the photo contest?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. You can always make t-shirts with the Wikimedia logos and give them away as long as you are not selling them. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-makeyourownbrandedstuff|Back to Make your own branded stuff]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.4 How can I use the marks as a Wikipedian in Residence?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The marks may be used in any way that identifies you as a Wikipedian in Residence. Please avoid confusion about official endorsement. You should clarify that you are not a representative of the Wikimedia Foundation. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-glam|回到GLAM-WIKI活动。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-cybersquatting}}<div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 4.5 Can you give an example of cybersquatting? </div> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> In the past, someone registered the domain wikkipedia.org to attract traffic to their own site. This is called [[{{lwp|cybersquatting}}|cybersquatting]] or [[{{lwp|typosquatting}}|typosquatting]] that infringes our trademark. We strictly enforce our policy against confusing domain names. Please [[:m:Trademark/Report abuse|tell us]] if you see an infringing domain name. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.6 我可以在我的域名中出现维基媒体标志么？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Unfortunately, no. If you do, there is a risk that you will confuse readers that are looking for Wikimedia content or other material related to Wikimedia. Movement organizations may be permitted to use the Wikimedia mark as part of their domain, but only after receiving special permission. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 4.7 Can I use a Wikimedia mark if I use a different top-level domain? </div> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You cannot register a Wikimedia mark as a domain, no matter the [[{{lwp|Top-level domain}}|top-level domain]], including country code top-level domains. For example, you may not register "wikipedia.jobs" even though it uses ".jobs", a different top-level domain, because "wikipedia" is a Wikimedia mark. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.8 但我希望使用我自己的特殊域名！！！ ==== 如果您有合法的理由希望使用我们的域名，请电邮联络[mailto:trademarks@wikimedia.org trademarks@wikimedia.org]。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-domains|回到域名。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-publicevent}}4.10 “公众活动”是什么？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A public event is an event that is not predominantly attended by community members. An event is also public when it is announced to the public with signs or advertisements or in an event schedule. Hence, this rule does not apply to community-focused meetups and conferences. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.10 What event uses require permission?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Using a trademark for an event includes naming the event or using a Wikimedia logo on advertisements, leaflets, signage or a website. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.11 Are there any exceptions to when events require permission?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If the name of the event uses a mark just to describe its content, that might fall under [[#policy-nominativeuse|nominative use]]. An example for this would be announcing a course called 'Editing Wikipedia for Beginners' or 'Using Wikimedia Commons as an Amateur Photographer'. However, always include a [[#policy-noticesymbol|notice]] that explains that your use is with permission from the Wikimedia Foundation and that you are not affiliated with the Foundation. Also, events hosted by a local Wikimedia chapter, thematic organization, or user group can use the marks subject to their respective agreement with the Wikimedia Foundation. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-events|Back to Events and conferences.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-publications}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.12 What is a "publication"?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Publications include books, other print media, and web pages. They also mean audiovisual media like music, and other recordings, film and online video. See [[#policy-outreach|Outreach and recruiting new editors]] for materials that provide education about a Wikimedia site. See [[#policy-moviestv|Section 4.5]] for trademark uses in films. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.13 我可以写一本关于维基百科的书籍么？ ==== [[{{lwp|Bibliography of Wikipedia}}|欢迎您这样做！]]但您不应在未获授权的情况下使用维基媒体标志在书的封面上。这是因为我们不会认可未获授权的书籍能够代言基金会。使用[[#FAQ-nonstylizedwordmark|文字标志]]作为书的标题的一部分时同样需要请求授权。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 4.14 Does this also apply to handbooks, like "A beginner's guide to Wikipedia", aimed at community members? </div> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. But, please send us a request and we will give prompt permission when appropriate. We love Wikipedia guides! </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 4.15 Does it make a difference if the book is being published by an educational publisher? </div> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> No, you will need permission as well, because even educational publishers are commercial entities. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-publications|回到出版物。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-schoolfilm}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.16 Do I need permission to show the Wikipedia marks in a film I am making for my school project?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If you are showing your film to the public, or at your school or workplace, you need permission. But we will make sure to make the permission process as easy and fast as possible. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-moviestv|回到电影和电视节目。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-commercialmerch}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.17 Will I have to donate a portion of the retail price for commercial merchandise?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> No. But you will have to tell your customers if you do not donate your profits. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.18 What do I have to say if I am donating a portion of my proceeds to the Wikimedia Foundation?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Just clearly state what portion of your proceeds will be given to the Wikimedia Foundation. You can, for example, say: "X% of your purchase will be donated to the Wikimedia Foundation." </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.19 Where should I state how much of my proceeds will be donated?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> We recommend placing the notice right next to the purchase price, where it will be clearly visible to all buyers. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.20 Do I need to mention donations to the Wikimedia Foundation if I do not donate anything at all?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. You should state that 0% of your profits will go to the Wikimedia Foundation. Otherwise, users may mistakenly believe that you are doing fundraising for the Foundation. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-commercialmerch|Back to Commercial merchandise.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 5 禁止使用的情况 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-fakearticle}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.1 Can I make a fake Wikipedia article if it is intended as a joke?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> There are exceptions where this is permissible, but they are very limited. You will likely not fall under such an exception if your mimicking site has any commercial background. Please refer to the [[#policy-noncommercial|section on Parodies]]. Most importantly, you must make sure that no one (really no one!) could confuse your site with any part of a Wikimedia site. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-mimicvsparody}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.2 How do I distinguish between a prohibited mimicking site and a parody site?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Here is an example of a mimicking site: Contrary to the [[{{lwp|Wikipedia:COI}}|Wikipedia guidelines]], you create an article on Wikipedia about yourself or your organization. For unknown reasons, "your" article is deleted. This makes you mad. You register the domain "businesspedia.org" and design a website that looks just like the Wikipedia article that just got deleted, including a link to your own website. You are happy to attract more traffic to it by confusing internet users. Booo! </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> An example of parody site: Imagine you have a great friend called [[Rory|Rory]] and his birthday is coming up. You register the domain "rorypedia.org" and design a website that looks just like a humorous Wikipedia biography on your friend Rory. Since you do not want anyone to confuse "Rorypedia" and Wikipedia, you put a bright colored bar on the top of your site saying, "This page is a present for Rory from his awesome friends and not affiliated with Wikipedia. Happy birthday, Rory!" And you take down the site once the birthday party is over. Yaaay! </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.3 How do I avoid mimicking Wikimedia sites when I use the [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/MediaWiki|MediaWiki]] software?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> All wikis using MediaWiki do in fact share certain graphic elements under the default theme, but the Wikimedia sites have certain visual features that distinguish them. Do not imitate these distinguishing features. For example, you should not use logos that are confusingly similar to the Wikimedia marks or name your site something that sounds like a Wikimedia site. But you can use the "Powered by MediaWiki" button as that button simply describes that the wiki is powered by MediaWiki. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Be sure to directly download the [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/MediaWiki|MediaWiki]] software if you want to use it. Please do not try to blindly copy the HTML code of a Wikimedia site! If you do, you will accidentally import features from our sites, like our Terms of Use or our "contact us" details. Being contacted about problems on your unrelated website understandably makes our wonderful [[:m:OTRS/Volunteering|email response team volunteers]] very unhappy. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-mirrors|Back to mimicking sites.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-linkmirror}}5.4 我可以在维基媒体站点的镜像站点使用标志连接么？ ==== 不可以。维基媒体标志只能在真实的维基媒体站点用于连接。我们愿意重申，站点由维基媒体社群维护和管理。 另外，如果您希望架设一个维基媒体站点的镜像站点，请尤其注意[[#policy-mirrors|镜像方针]]。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-linkstoothers|回到连接至非维基媒体站点。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-misrepresentation}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.5 Can you give me some examples of misrepresentation with respect to the marks?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A misrepresentative use can be something that represents yourself. That includes using a Wikimedia logo in your logo, letterhead, or the name of your organization. Online examples are your social media avatar, favicon, and website domain. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-misrepresentation|Back to Misrepresentation.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-reportingabuse}}6 报告商标滥用 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-howfight}}6.1 你們會如何打擊侵犯商標權的行為？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Each year, we receive over 100 reports of trademark violations from community members. We also employ outside contractors and legal counsel to help protect our trademark portfolio globally. Within our resource constraints, our legal team pursues misuses of our marks to ensure that the Wikimedia logos remain distinctively associated with the Wikimedia community. After careful and sensitive evaluation, we send out cease-and-desist letters, which are usually effective. In the few instances that cannot be resolved by other means, we consider litigation to protect the marks. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">6.2 Who is responsible for enforcing Wikimedia's trademarks?</span>==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Trademark enforcement is currently handled by the Wikimedia Foundation legal team to ensure consistency and compliance with trademark law. But we rely on the Wikimedia community to help us identify potential trademark infringements. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">6.3 What happens when you receive a report of a potential trademark infringement?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> When we receive a complaint that our trademarks are being misused, we first send a confirmation to the person submitting the complaint. Potential infringements are then logged into our system. The legal team then combs through each of those complaints to investigate the alleged infringement. We visit the site personally to make sure the complaint has merit. Then we apply US trademark law in assessing whether there is actual "misuse" and it is a valid infringement of the trademark. In general, the standard of "misuse" in US law is whether the use of the trademark is "confusingly similar" to the Wikimedia Foundation's use of the trademark. In other words, will the potential infringers use of the trademark confuse users into thinking their site is sponsored by or hosted by the Wikimedia Foundation? We always contact the potential infringer first to see if they will voluntarily stop using our marks or work with us to make their use less confusing. If we are unable to work things out informally, and they refuse to comply with a cease and desist letter, we decide whether to move forward with litigation to stop the infringement. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">6.4 Can I send a cease and desist letter on behalf of the Wikimedia Foundation when I find misuse?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Please do not. We really appreciate your help with trademark enforcement, but please report any misuses to us so that we can determine what action is appropriate. </div> <div class="mw-translate-fuzzy"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-reporting|回到报告商标滥用。]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-revision}}7 商标政策的修订 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">7.1 Why can you just change the FAQ section?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The FAQs are not part of the trademark policy. We created them to help you understand the policy. We want to add new questions from the community in the future and to clarify any answers users may find confusing. That is why we want to be able to update the FAQs easily. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">7.2 What if I do not agree with the changes to the policy?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> We encourage you to share your comments and concerns with us during the community feedback period following any announced changes. We will take all comments under careful advisement and ensure that any changes to our policy are consistent with our mission. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-revision|Back to Revision of the trademark policy.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 8 其他问题 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQNakedlicensing}}8.1 什么是“无效授权”？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Failure to exercise quality control in trademark licensing is referred to as "naked licensing," and can sometimes result in loss of trademark rights. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 8.2 什么是视觉识别方针？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> They are a [[Special:MyLanguage/Legal:Visual identity guidelines|set of guidelines]] you should follow when using any of the Wikimedia marks. These guidelines ensure that the marks always look their best and are not distorted in any way. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">8.3 How do the Visual Identity Guidelines relate to the trademark policy?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The Visual Identity Guidelines are a separate document from the trademark policy and can be revised without notice. These guidelines help to make sure the Wikimedia marks are always used consistently with the same level of quality. Consistent use is important in order for us to maintain protection over the Wikimedia marks. It helps avoid confusion among users that may view marks similar to the Wikimedia marks. If Wikimedia marks are displayed consistently, users can be sure when they are viewing actual Wikimedia content instead of an imposter site. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 8.4 我有更多问题如何提问？ ==== 如果您还有其他未在此列出的问题，请将其反馈至讨论页。我们将竭尽所能回答并放入本常见问题页。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} </div></div><noinclude> __NOTOC__ __NOEDITSECTION__ [[Category:Trademark policy{{#translation:}}]] [[Category:Frequently asked questions{{#translation:}}]] </noinclude> 2ek77e48phedjbo79thw9y87akksn56 594027 594025 2026-09-19T02:56:46Z Pristome 225362 Created page with "2.2 如果我清晰地声明产品或服务由我提供，会怎么样？" 594027 wikitext text/x-wiki <noinclude><languages /> {{Policy FAQ disclaimer|page=维基媒体基金会商标政策|pagelink=Policy:Trademark policy}} </noinclude><templatestyles src="Template:Trademark/styles.css" /><div class="trademark-section trademark-faq-container"> <div class="trademark-faq-content"> {{anchor|trademark-faq}}<span class="nomobile" style="font-size:2.5em">[[File:Trademark License FAQ.svg<!--change image-->|100px|link=]] '''<includeonly>{{int string|faq}}</includeonly><noinclude>维基媒体基金会商标政策常见问题</noinclude>'''</span><br />''这些常见问题不是商标政策的组成部分。它们也不是一份法律文件。但是我们希望它们能给你提供帮助。''<span style="font-family:monospace, monospace;" dir="ltr">''':)'''</span> <noinclude>{{nonumtoc}}__TOC__</noinclude> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 0 商标政策简介 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} <!-- The form to do this is: {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 0.1 Title ==== ... {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} Either using the Sub or Not, depending on level --> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-tmprotection}}0.1 什么是“商标保护”？ ==== 商標法(trademark law)保護著某一標誌(mark)所代表的某一成果（work，像是商品或服務）之間的連結關係。它意在保障用戶不致於混淆一項成果的來源。同時，用戶也把商標當做與某成果之間的連結，因此會對此標誌所提供的成果之知名度、品質、以及服務有相當程度的期待。因此，商標是項強而有力、極富價值的工具，它能夠使維基媒體基金會以及其社群成員的知名度具象化，也可被視為一種讓用戶能夠認識某一成果或商品或服務的「簡略表達(shorthand)」。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-whataresites}}0.2 什么是“维基媒体网站(Wikimedia sites)”？ ==== 维基媒体基金会运营很多自由软件和自由内容站点，列表见此：[[Special:SiteMatrix|我们的计划]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-policyapplies}}1 本政策适用範圍？ == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-wordmark}}1.1 什么是“文字标志(wordmark)”？ ==== 顾名思义，就是只由文字组成的商标，诸如“Wikipedia”或“Wikimedia”等计划网站名。另外，这也包括任何官方译名和转写（诸如“[[:w:tr:Ana Sayfa|维基百科]]”）。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-nonstylizedwordmark}}1.2 什么是“非艺术化文字标志(non-stylized wordmark)”？ ==== 非艺术化文字标志就是“维基媒体”及其计划的通用名称，诸如“维基百科”、“维基词典”等。相比之下，艺术化文字标志就是在这些名字基础上适当修改文字结构诸如字体。诸如“维基百科”文字标志艺术化后就是[[File:Wikipedia wordmark.svg|80px]]。无论文字标志是否艺术化均属于维基媒体基金会的商标。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-tradedress}}1.3 什么是“商用外观(trade dress)”？ ==== 對我們而言，商用外觀意指網站或文章的設計符合網站或線上資料的來源。你可以把它看成某個網站「看起來和感覺起來的樣子」。比方說，維基百科條目的設計與外觀、或像是維基百科的首頁。任何維基媒體網站的商用外觀同時也屬於維基媒體基金會的商標。商標法也保護商用外觀。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-wikimediamarks|返回“维基媒体标志。”]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-communitymember}}1.4 什么是“社区成员”？ ==== 任何在维基媒体站点有贡献的人。她也包括任何基金会职员、分会成员、专题组织成员、用户组成员和基金会本身。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-communitymembers|回到社群成员]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-moveorgsfreely}}1.5 为何運動组织不能任意地使用商標？ ==== 身為商標的法定持有者，我們需要掌控運動組織使用商標的方式以保護整個社群。你可以在[[#purpose-maintainrights|這裡]]閱讀更多相關資料。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 1.6 什么是此商标政策和分会、用户组或专题组织协议之间的关系？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Chapters, user groups, and thematic organizations must comply both with this trademark policy and their respective agreement with the Wikimedia Foundation. If there are inconsistencies between this trademark policy and a chapter, user group, or a thematic organization agreement, the organization should follow their agreement. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-wmorgs|回到分会、用户组和专题组织]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 2 如何使用维基媒体商标 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-smallerlogo}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">2.1 Can my logo, name, or company name be smaller than the Wikimedia mark if it is really obvious that my products and services are not offered by the Wikimedia Foundation?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> No. We need to make sure it is extremely clear that the Wikimedia Foundation is not providing your products or services. This is a simple, consistent way of doing that. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.2 如果我清晰地声明产品或服务由我提供，会怎么样？ ==== 對不起，您的商標、名字或公司名字一定要比維基商標大，而且必須適當地分隔開，因為不是每個人都會閱讀文字，可能有些人只會留意圖片。因此，我們必須確保您的產品或服務並非由維基媒體基金會提供。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-outsidewmsites}}2.3 你们说的“在维基媒体站点以外”是指什么？ ==== 也就是不在[[#FAQ-whataresites|维基媒体基金会控制的站点]]使用商标，例如：维基百科、维基共享资源、维基词典、维基数据、维基语录、维基教科书、维基文库、维基物种、维基新闻、维基学院、维基导游和元维基。回顾商标政策，维基媒雲端虚拟专用服务器的标志也被视为维基媒体站点标志。另外，您可以在站外使用这些标志用于编辑马拉松。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">2.4 Can I still create terms that combine Wikimedia trademarks with other words like "Wikipedian in Residence"?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. This provision is not meant to stop community members from creatively combining the marks with other words to create new terms for the Wikimedia movement as long as they do it on the Wikimedia sites. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-translatetext}}2.5 我可以翻译这些商标的文字么？ ==== 您应该[[#FAQ-whataresites|在维基媒体网站的框架下]]翻译这些商标的文字。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">2.6 Can I add graphic elements to, for example, celebrate a special event?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You can create [[:c:Category:SVG Wikimedia community logos|remixes]] for special on-site purposes, but please do not change the logos outside our sites. These and many, many other questions are answered in the [[Visual identity guidelines|Visual Identity Guidelines]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">2.7 What types of remixes of Wikimedia logos may be used outside of Wikimedia sites?</span> ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Certain remixes of Wikimedia logos may be used outside of Wikimedia sites as long as the remix does not look too similar to any of the Wikimedia marks. Please make sure that the remix will not be confused with the original Wikimedia logo.</span> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.8 我可以使用标志的高清版么？ ==== 是的！[[Wikimedia official marks|这里请]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-wheretmnotice}}2.9 我在哪里注释商标提醒？ ==== 尽可能在显眼的位置例如注脚。当有人阅读您的文档、访问您的网站或观看您的电影时应能较容易的找到。有几个很好的例子：文档（同一）页面的底部、藏书票上、网页页脚和/或电影制作者清单后。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.10 如果我认为我没有足够的位置注明提醒我应该怎么办？ ==== 不要担心！如果您是想面向移动设备或其他中小屏幕设备注明，您只需要在维基媒体商标后面加注商标符号（™）即可。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">2.11 How should I refer to the trademark in the notice?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Wordmarks can be referenced verbatim (i.e. "Wikimedia Commons"). Logos should be described according to the [[Visual identity guidelines#toc-puzzle|Visual Identity Guidelines]]. Examples include the "Wikipedia Puzzle Globe" and the "'W' icon." </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.12 我如何使用多于一个标志？ ==== 请确信所有标志都有一个说明如下： <br /><br /> “维基数据名称及标志是维基媒体基金会的商标。” {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.13 什么时候我不得不加入商标符号？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You only need to use the trademark symbol when you do not have enough space to write the entire notice, like when you are using a trademark on a mobile screen. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.14 能否给一些正确使用商标的例子？ ==== 这里有个例子： <br /> <br /> “维基共享资源™是维基媒体基金会旗下收集自由版权的媒体文件，诸如图像、声音和电影剪辑，并面向全球广泛传播的计划网站！” {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.15 我应该使用何种尺寸的商标？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> When you use a wordmark (like "Wikipedia"), you should use the same font size for the trademark symbol as the wordmark itself. In this context, superscript formatting is encouraged for the symbol. When the mark is an image (like the puzzle globe), you should select a font size for the symbol that matches the size of the image and place the symbol so that it is clearly visible and close enough to the upper right corner of the image without touching it. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.16 但是我想把我的網頁設計得好看一點！我可不可以把商標縮小或放在其他地方？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Unfortunately, no. Remember, you only need to put the symbol next to the first or most prominent use of the mark. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-noticesymbol|回到注释或商标符号]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">2.17 What does "no endorsement by or affiliation with the Wikimedia Foundation" mean?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You need to make sure that people do not mistakenly think that you may speak on behalf of the Wikimedia Foundation or one of its sites. For instance, you need to make sure that no one thinks you work for the Wikimedia Foundation. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-withoutpermission}}3 不需询问权限的维基媒体标志使用 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">3.1 Can you give me some examples of when I can use the marks on the Wikimedia sites?</span> ==== 您可以在[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:User page}}|用户页]]、[[{{lwp|Help:Contents}}|帮助页]]和[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:About}}|关于维基媒体或其计划的页面]]使用标志。您也可以在[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Mailing lists|邮件列表]]、[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/IRC|IRC]]或用于维基媒体站点的[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:Tools}}|工具]]使用标志。以上使用需遵守[[Terms of Use|使用条款]]。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-onwmsites|回到维基媒体站点商标使用]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-notcommunityfocused}}3.2 哪些活动不是“重点放在社群的”？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> An event that includes mostly people who are not community members is not a community-focused event. (Please see the [[#FAQ-publicevent|FAQ on events in general]].) This does not mean that you cannot have guests at your meetup! </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.5 您能否提供重点放在社群的活动的例子？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Community-focused events are those events that are primarily open to community members and promote the mission. They tend to be related to improving the overall quality of the Wikimedia sites. Examples include conferences and monthly meetups hosted by community members, as well as other specific events like the "London Wikipedians regular's table," Wiki-Conference in Russia, and Wikipedia Workshop Köln (DE). </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-communityfocused|回到重点放在社群的活动]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.4 如果我的活动是重点放在社群的，我能使用哪些标志？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> First, all Wikimedia community-focused events can bear a trademarked name. You may also use the Wikimedia logos to decorate your venue, but only to the extent they are relevant. For example, you cannot use the Wikisource logo for a Wikimedia Commons-only event. However, keep in mind that the 'Wikimania' name and [[:File:Wikimania.svg|logo]] are reserved for the [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimania|yearly Wikimania conference]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-outreachexamples}}3.5 您能否提供拓展工作使用的例子？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You can put up a stand at a street fair. [[:c:Category:Wikimedia stands|Here are some examples of that]]. You may want to present the Wikimedia sites in your club or [[:c:Category:Silberwissen|reach out to seniors]]. You can also [[:c:Category:Wikipedia Schulprojekt|give a talk in a school]] or [[:c:Category:Wikipedia Education Program|create a university course]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.6 什麼是教育性資源？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Educational materials help people to understand the Wikimedia sites. They can be [[:outreach:Bookshelf Project|leaflets, videos]], [[:m:WMDOC/Cheatsheet|cheat sheets]], and other [[:m:Help:Reference card|guides]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">3.7 What about representing the community in an institution?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You need to sign and email us a Quick License if your institution wants to call you [[:outreach:Wikipedian in Residence|"Wikipedian in Residence"]] as part of a GLAM project, or something similar. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-outreach|Back to Outreach and recruitment of new editors]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-communitylogo}}3.8 这里有维基媒体社群标志？ ==== 是的！它在2008[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Community logo|官方承认]]为元维基标志。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-fairuseexamples}}3.9 合理使用是什么意思？ ==== 在美国商标法中，[[{{lwp|Fair use (U.S. trademark law)}}|合理使用]]章节允许您有条件的任意使用商标而不至于侵犯版权。本方针不会与之冲突。我们已在[[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-fairuse|3.5]]和[[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-fairuse|3.6]]章节使用您易于理解的语言提到。 除了美国商标法外，您还需留意您所在国家的版权法律，多数也规定了合理使用的情形。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.10 您能否提供更多合理使用的例子？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> This category of fair use is tricky in our case because our wordmarks were not real words before our projects were created, unlike "apple" or "facebook." But we would consider it fair use if you were to write a [[:wikt:book#Noun|book]] in the [[{{lwp|Wiki software}}|Wiki software]] and refer to it as a "wiki book," even though Wikibooks is a distinctive trademark. If you are using the wordmarks to describe our projects, that is also a type of fair use (nominative use). You can read more about nominative use [[#FAQ-nominativeuseexamples|here]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-nonfairuseexamples}}3.11 您能否提供更多并非合理使用的例子？ ==== * 使用维基媒体标志宣传您的书籍。 * 销售带有维基媒体基金会标志的T恤。 * 创建您自己的百科全书并且使用了维基百科的球形拼图。 * 使用维基媒体基金会标志为无关计划筹款。 * 在内容并非来自维基媒体站点情形下却宣称内容“来自维基百科，自由的百科全书”。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-fairuse|回到在维基站点以外的讨论（合理使用）。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-nominativeuseexamples}}3.12 您能否提供更多主要使用的例子？ ==== 这里有一些例子： # '''描述维基媒体站点：''' #* <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">In a presentation that describes how Wikipedia works, using the wordmarks in slides in your bullet points would be a nominative use. The same also applies for a blog post that describes Wikidata. If you want to "illustrate" your slides or your blog post with any of the image marks, please refer to [[#policy-noncommercial|artistic, literary, and other non-commercial uses]].</span> #* <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">However, you cannot use a trademark as a generic term. For example, you cannot set up a wiki on motorcycles and refer to it as "a wikipedia for motorcycles."</span> # '''真實準確地說明：''' #* “维基百科是世界最大的在线百科全书，并且它也是数千个网站中唯一一个集结成千上万志愿者编辑的。” #* “我在2009年加入维基百科成为一名编辑者”（在您的个人网站）。 # '''描述衍生作品：''' #* “来源：维基百科” #* “本艺术作品基于来自维基共享资源的图像创建。” #* “以下内容由维基百科内容衍生而来。” #* 或者干脆：“来自维基百科”或“至维基百科条目”（通过QR码） # '''更多個別例子:''' #* <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Refer to the sections on [[#policy-news|news reporting]]; [[#policy-blogssm|personal blogs and social media]]; [[#policy-noncommercial|artistic, literary, and other non-commercial uses]]; and [[#policy-linkstous|links to Wikimedia sites]].</span> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-nominativeuse|Back to Refer to Wikimedia sites (nominative use).]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-logonewsarticle}}3.13 我是否可以在新闻或漫画杂志或者电视新闻上使用标志或截图？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes, as long as the image illustrates the discussion in the article. Do not use our trademark just to attract attention to your work. That will confuse your readers or viewers, and ours! </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-news|回到新闻报道]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-logoblogssm}}3.14 我是否可以在博客文章或者状态更新站点包括标志？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes, as long as the image illustrates the discussion in your post. Do not use trademarked images just to attract attention to your page. Viewers of your blog or your user page should not be confused and think that your page is endorsed by the Wikimedia Foundation or any of its sites. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.15 我能否在用户名、头像或聊天软件表情中使用商标？ ==== 很遗憾，不。我们非常感谢您宣传维基媒体站点。维基媒体社群为之感谢！然而，我们不希望人们认为您的言论就可以代表维基媒体基金会。您能够继续在用户名、头像或聊天软件表情中使用社群标志。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-blogssm|回到个人博客和社交媒体]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-noncommercialexamples}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">3.16 Can you give me some examples of artistic, literary, and other non-commercial uses?</span> ==== * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Using the trademarks to discuss a scientific thesis in an academic paper.</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Illustrating a point in the slides for an educational presentation with a screenshot of a Wikimedia site.</span> * 使用标志在美术作品中。 * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Creating a parody for the purposes of conveying a political message.</span> * 撰写一本关于维基百科条目的书籍。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-noncommercial|回到艺术作品、文学作品和其他非商业性使用。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-linkingtousexamples}}3.12 您能否提供连接至维基媒体站点的例子？ ==== 是的，您可[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:Banners and buttons}}|点此]]查看。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-qrcodes}}3.18 我能在连接至维基媒体站点的QR码中使用标志么？ ==== 不。用于连接的标志不应如此使用。使用QR码连接您应使用非艺术化维基百科文字标志。您可[[#FAQ-nominativeuseexamples|点此]]了解更多。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-linkstous|回到连接至维基媒体站点。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-personalmerch}}3.19 我可以利用它們做什麼？ ==== 您可以用來製作衣服、帽子、背包、杯子、釘子、筆、貼紙、海報、屏幕背景，甚至蛋糕。大前提是你不會利用這些物品來牟利。 [[:c:Special:MyLanguage/Category:Wikipedia promotion|<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Here are some examples.</span>]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.20 我可以销售带有这些标志的周边商品么？ ==== 不，在未获授权的情况下您不能这样做。更多信息[[#policy-commercialmerch|见此]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.21 可以在其他场合使用原样么？ ==== 只要你是免費派發這些物品，可以。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.22 那么我在哪可以了解商业销售的周边产品？ ==== 最好是进入[//shop.wikimedia.org 维基媒体商店 (Wikimedia shop)]了解，这里销售的周边商品都由官方授权。如果您希望销售您自己的商品，请[[#policy-commercialmerch|参见此处]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">3.23 Can I ask commercial vendors to create custom items for me that use Wikimedia marks?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Of course! You may ask vendors like bakers and t-shirt sellers to create items with Wikimedia marks especially for you or your friends. This is okay because it is for your own personal use and no one is creating a business surrounding the sale of items with Wikimedia trademarks. And do not worry, vendors will not be required to strictly follow the Visual Identity Guidelines when it is not possible on items like cakes. For example, [[:c:Category:Wikipedia cakes|all these cakes]] are fine. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">3.24 Is it okay to commission someone else to create lots of items with the Wikimedia marks for meet-ups and similar events?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes! As long as the items are not sold to participants, it is okay to ask a vendor to create multiple items with the Wikimedia marks for community-focused parties and gatherings like edit-a-thons under [[Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy#policy-outreach|Section 3.2]] of the policy. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">3.25 Can I use high-resolution logos on commercial merchandise?</span> ==== 當然可以！雖然我們的舊版政策不允許這種做法，但是在新的政策中我們已經廢除了那條規例。 <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[#policy-owngoods|Back to Make your own branded stuff.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-specialpermission}}4 需要许可的特殊使用 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.1 如果我需要許可，我是不是要為此付費？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Usually, there is no license fee. However, we want to keep track of how our trademarks are used. Also, we want to make sure every use complies with our mission and standards. This is why we require a formal license in certain cases. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-specialpermission|回到需要许可的特殊使用。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-contests}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.2 Do I need permission for every photo contest?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You only need to get a license if you advertise the photo contest outside a Wikimedia site. This includes posters, social media, and blogs. You can freely use the marks for community-focused events. Community-focused events are those that are intended to be predominantly attended by Wikimedia community members. They do not include events open to the general public. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-photocontests|回到照片竞赛。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.3 Can I print out t-shirts with the Wikimedia logo to give out as prizes for the photo contest?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. You can always make t-shirts with the Wikimedia logos and give them away as long as you are not selling them. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-makeyourownbrandedstuff|Back to Make your own branded stuff]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.4 How can I use the marks as a Wikipedian in Residence?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The marks may be used in any way that identifies you as a Wikipedian in Residence. Please avoid confusion about official endorsement. You should clarify that you are not a representative of the Wikimedia Foundation. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-glam|回到GLAM-WIKI活动。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-cybersquatting}}<div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 4.5 Can you give an example of cybersquatting? </div> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> In the past, someone registered the domain wikkipedia.org to attract traffic to their own site. This is called [[{{lwp|cybersquatting}}|cybersquatting]] or [[{{lwp|typosquatting}}|typosquatting]] that infringes our trademark. We strictly enforce our policy against confusing domain names. Please [[:m:Trademark/Report abuse|tell us]] if you see an infringing domain name. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.6 我可以在我的域名中出现维基媒体标志么？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Unfortunately, no. If you do, there is a risk that you will confuse readers that are looking for Wikimedia content or other material related to Wikimedia. Movement organizations may be permitted to use the Wikimedia mark as part of their domain, but only after receiving special permission. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 4.7 Can I use a Wikimedia mark if I use a different top-level domain? </div> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You cannot register a Wikimedia mark as a domain, no matter the [[{{lwp|Top-level domain}}|top-level domain]], including country code top-level domains. For example, you may not register "wikipedia.jobs" even though it uses ".jobs", a different top-level domain, because "wikipedia" is a Wikimedia mark. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.8 但我希望使用我自己的特殊域名！！！ ==== 如果您有合法的理由希望使用我们的域名，请电邮联络[mailto:trademarks@wikimedia.org trademarks@wikimedia.org]。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-domains|回到域名。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-publicevent}}4.10 “公众活动”是什么？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A public event is an event that is not predominantly attended by community members. An event is also public when it is announced to the public with signs or advertisements or in an event schedule. Hence, this rule does not apply to community-focused meetups and conferences. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.10 What event uses require permission?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Using a trademark for an event includes naming the event or using a Wikimedia logo on advertisements, leaflets, signage or a website. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.11 Are there any exceptions to when events require permission?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If the name of the event uses a mark just to describe its content, that might fall under [[#policy-nominativeuse|nominative use]]. An example for this would be announcing a course called 'Editing Wikipedia for Beginners' or 'Using Wikimedia Commons as an Amateur Photographer'. However, always include a [[#policy-noticesymbol|notice]] that explains that your use is with permission from the Wikimedia Foundation and that you are not affiliated with the Foundation. Also, events hosted by a local Wikimedia chapter, thematic organization, or user group can use the marks subject to their respective agreement with the Wikimedia Foundation. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-events|Back to Events and conferences.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-publications}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.12 What is a "publication"?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Publications include books, other print media, and web pages. They also mean audiovisual media like music, and other recordings, film and online video. See [[#policy-outreach|Outreach and recruiting new editors]] for materials that provide education about a Wikimedia site. See [[#policy-moviestv|Section 4.5]] for trademark uses in films. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.13 我可以写一本关于维基百科的书籍么？ ==== [[{{lwp|Bibliography of Wikipedia}}|欢迎您这样做！]]但您不应在未获授权的情况下使用维基媒体标志在书的封面上。这是因为我们不会认可未获授权的书籍能够代言基金会。使用[[#FAQ-nonstylizedwordmark|文字标志]]作为书的标题的一部分时同样需要请求授权。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 4.14 Does this also apply to handbooks, like "A beginner's guide to Wikipedia", aimed at community members? </div> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. But, please send us a request and we will give prompt permission when appropriate. We love Wikipedia guides! </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 4.15 Does it make a difference if the book is being published by an educational publisher? </div> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> No, you will need permission as well, because even educational publishers are commercial entities. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-publications|回到出版物。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-schoolfilm}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.16 Do I need permission to show the Wikipedia marks in a film I am making for my school project?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If you are showing your film to the public, or at your school or workplace, you need permission. But we will make sure to make the permission process as easy and fast as possible. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-moviestv|回到电影和电视节目。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-commercialmerch}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.17 Will I have to donate a portion of the retail price for commercial merchandise?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> No. But you will have to tell your customers if you do not donate your profits. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.18 What do I have to say if I am donating a portion of my proceeds to the Wikimedia Foundation?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Just clearly state what portion of your proceeds will be given to the Wikimedia Foundation. You can, for example, say: "X% of your purchase will be donated to the Wikimedia Foundation." </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.19 Where should I state how much of my proceeds will be donated?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> We recommend placing the notice right next to the purchase price, where it will be clearly visible to all buyers. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.20 Do I need to mention donations to the Wikimedia Foundation if I do not donate anything at all?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. You should state that 0% of your profits will go to the Wikimedia Foundation. Otherwise, users may mistakenly believe that you are doing fundraising for the Foundation. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-commercialmerch|Back to Commercial merchandise.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 5 禁止使用的情况 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-fakearticle}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.1 Can I make a fake Wikipedia article if it is intended as a joke?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> There are exceptions where this is permissible, but they are very limited. You will likely not fall under such an exception if your mimicking site has any commercial background. Please refer to the [[#policy-noncommercial|section on Parodies]]. Most importantly, you must make sure that no one (really no one!) could confuse your site with any part of a Wikimedia site. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-mimicvsparody}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.2 How do I distinguish between a prohibited mimicking site and a parody site?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Here is an example of a mimicking site: Contrary to the [[{{lwp|Wikipedia:COI}}|Wikipedia guidelines]], you create an article on Wikipedia about yourself or your organization. For unknown reasons, "your" article is deleted. This makes you mad. You register the domain "businesspedia.org" and design a website that looks just like the Wikipedia article that just got deleted, including a link to your own website. You are happy to attract more traffic to it by confusing internet users. Booo! </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> An example of parody site: Imagine you have a great friend called [[Rory|Rory]] and his birthday is coming up. You register the domain "rorypedia.org" and design a website that looks just like a humorous Wikipedia biography on your friend Rory. Since you do not want anyone to confuse "Rorypedia" and Wikipedia, you put a bright colored bar on the top of your site saying, "This page is a present for Rory from his awesome friends and not affiliated with Wikipedia. Happy birthday, Rory!" And you take down the site once the birthday party is over. Yaaay! </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.3 How do I avoid mimicking Wikimedia sites when I use the [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/MediaWiki|MediaWiki]] software?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> All wikis using MediaWiki do in fact share certain graphic elements under the default theme, but the Wikimedia sites have certain visual features that distinguish them. Do not imitate these distinguishing features. For example, you should not use logos that are confusingly similar to the Wikimedia marks or name your site something that sounds like a Wikimedia site. But you can use the "Powered by MediaWiki" button as that button simply describes that the wiki is powered by MediaWiki. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Be sure to directly download the [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/MediaWiki|MediaWiki]] software if you want to use it. Please do not try to blindly copy the HTML code of a Wikimedia site! If you do, you will accidentally import features from our sites, like our Terms of Use or our "contact us" details. Being contacted about problems on your unrelated website understandably makes our wonderful [[:m:OTRS/Volunteering|email response team volunteers]] very unhappy. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-mirrors|Back to mimicking sites.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-linkmirror}}5.4 我可以在维基媒体站点的镜像站点使用标志连接么？ ==== 不可以。维基媒体标志只能在真实的维基媒体站点用于连接。我们愿意重申，站点由维基媒体社群维护和管理。 另外，如果您希望架设一个维基媒体站点的镜像站点，请尤其注意[[#policy-mirrors|镜像方针]]。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-linkstoothers|回到连接至非维基媒体站点。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-misrepresentation}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.5 Can you give me some examples of misrepresentation with respect to the marks?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A misrepresentative use can be something that represents yourself. That includes using a Wikimedia logo in your logo, letterhead, or the name of your organization. Online examples are your social media avatar, favicon, and website domain. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-misrepresentation|Back to Misrepresentation.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-reportingabuse}}6 报告商标滥用 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-howfight}}6.1 你們會如何打擊侵犯商標權的行為？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Each year, we receive over 100 reports of trademark violations from community members. We also employ outside contractors and legal counsel to help protect our trademark portfolio globally. Within our resource constraints, our legal team pursues misuses of our marks to ensure that the Wikimedia logos remain distinctively associated with the Wikimedia community. After careful and sensitive evaluation, we send out cease-and-desist letters, which are usually effective. In the few instances that cannot be resolved by other means, we consider litigation to protect the marks. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">6.2 Who is responsible for enforcing Wikimedia's trademarks?</span>==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Trademark enforcement is currently handled by the Wikimedia Foundation legal team to ensure consistency and compliance with trademark law. But we rely on the Wikimedia community to help us identify potential trademark infringements. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">6.3 What happens when you receive a report of a potential trademark infringement?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> When we receive a complaint that our trademarks are being misused, we first send a confirmation to the person submitting the complaint. Potential infringements are then logged into our system. The legal team then combs through each of those complaints to investigate the alleged infringement. We visit the site personally to make sure the complaint has merit. Then we apply US trademark law in assessing whether there is actual "misuse" and it is a valid infringement of the trademark. In general, the standard of "misuse" in US law is whether the use of the trademark is "confusingly similar" to the Wikimedia Foundation's use of the trademark. In other words, will the potential infringers use of the trademark confuse users into thinking their site is sponsored by or hosted by the Wikimedia Foundation? We always contact the potential infringer first to see if they will voluntarily stop using our marks or work with us to make their use less confusing. If we are unable to work things out informally, and they refuse to comply with a cease and desist letter, we decide whether to move forward with litigation to stop the infringement. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">6.4 Can I send a cease and desist letter on behalf of the Wikimedia Foundation when I find misuse?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Please do not. We really appreciate your help with trademark enforcement, but please report any misuses to us so that we can determine what action is appropriate. </div> <div class="mw-translate-fuzzy"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-reporting|回到报告商标滥用。]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-revision}}7 商标政策的修订 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">7.1 Why can you just change the FAQ section?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The FAQs are not part of the trademark policy. We created them to help you understand the policy. We want to add new questions from the community in the future and to clarify any answers users may find confusing. That is why we want to be able to update the FAQs easily. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">7.2 What if I do not agree with the changes to the policy?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> We encourage you to share your comments and concerns with us during the community feedback period following any announced changes. We will take all comments under careful advisement and ensure that any changes to our policy are consistent with our mission. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-revision|Back to Revision of the trademark policy.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 8 其他问题 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQNakedlicensing}}8.1 什么是“无效授权”？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Failure to exercise quality control in trademark licensing is referred to as "naked licensing," and can sometimes result in loss of trademark rights. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 8.2 什么是视觉识别方针？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> They are a [[Special:MyLanguage/Legal:Visual identity guidelines|set of guidelines]] you should follow when using any of the Wikimedia marks. These guidelines ensure that the marks always look their best and are not distorted in any way. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">8.3 How do the Visual Identity Guidelines relate to the trademark policy?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The Visual Identity Guidelines are a separate document from the trademark policy and can be revised without notice. These guidelines help to make sure the Wikimedia marks are always used consistently with the same level of quality. Consistent use is important in order for us to maintain protection over the Wikimedia marks. It helps avoid confusion among users that may view marks similar to the Wikimedia marks. If Wikimedia marks are displayed consistently, users can be sure when they are viewing actual Wikimedia content instead of an imposter site. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 8.4 我有更多问题如何提问？ ==== 如果您还有其他未在此列出的问题，请将其反馈至讨论页。我们将竭尽所能回答并放入本常见问题页。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} </div></div><noinclude> __NOTOC__ __NOEDITSECTION__ [[Category:Trademark policy{{#translation:}}]] [[Category:Frequently asked questions{{#translation:}}]] </noinclude> q59kndke1bnf8maixckjtq1fy9givsw 594029 594027 2026-09-19T03:00:39Z Pristome 225362 Created page with "2.1 如果我的产品和服务不由维基媒体基金会提供，我的商标、名称或公司名称是否能够比维基媒体商标更小？" 594029 wikitext text/x-wiki <noinclude><languages /> {{Policy FAQ disclaimer|page=维基媒体基金会商标政策|pagelink=Policy:Trademark policy}} </noinclude><templatestyles src="Template:Trademark/styles.css" /><div class="trademark-section trademark-faq-container"> <div class="trademark-faq-content"> {{anchor|trademark-faq}}<span class="nomobile" style="font-size:2.5em">[[File:Trademark License FAQ.svg<!--change image-->|100px|link=]] '''<includeonly>{{int string|faq}}</includeonly><noinclude>维基媒体基金会商标政策常见问题</noinclude>'''</span><br />''这些常见问题不是商标政策的组成部分。它们也不是一份法律文件。但是我们希望它们能给你提供帮助。''<span style="font-family:monospace, monospace;" dir="ltr">''':)'''</span> <noinclude>{{nonumtoc}}__TOC__</noinclude> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 0 商标政策简介 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} <!-- The form to do this is: {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 0.1 Title ==== ... {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} Either using the Sub or Not, depending on level --> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-tmprotection}}0.1 什么是“商标保护”？ ==== 商標法(trademark law)保護著某一標誌(mark)所代表的某一成果（work，像是商品或服務）之間的連結關係。它意在保障用戶不致於混淆一項成果的來源。同時，用戶也把商標當做與某成果之間的連結，因此會對此標誌所提供的成果之知名度、品質、以及服務有相當程度的期待。因此，商標是項強而有力、極富價值的工具，它能夠使維基媒體基金會以及其社群成員的知名度具象化，也可被視為一種讓用戶能夠認識某一成果或商品或服務的「簡略表達(shorthand)」。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-whataresites}}0.2 什么是“维基媒体网站(Wikimedia sites)”？ ==== 维基媒体基金会运营很多自由软件和自由内容站点，列表见此：[[Special:SiteMatrix|我们的计划]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-policyapplies}}1 本政策适用範圍？ == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-wordmark}}1.1 什么是“文字标志(wordmark)”？ ==== 顾名思义，就是只由文字组成的商标，诸如“Wikipedia”或“Wikimedia”等计划网站名。另外，这也包括任何官方译名和转写（诸如“[[:w:tr:Ana Sayfa|维基百科]]”）。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-nonstylizedwordmark}}1.2 什么是“非艺术化文字标志(non-stylized wordmark)”？ ==== 非艺术化文字标志就是“维基媒体”及其计划的通用名称，诸如“维基百科”、“维基词典”等。相比之下，艺术化文字标志就是在这些名字基础上适当修改文字结构诸如字体。诸如“维基百科”文字标志艺术化后就是[[File:Wikipedia wordmark.svg|80px]]。无论文字标志是否艺术化均属于维基媒体基金会的商标。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-tradedress}}1.3 什么是“商用外观(trade dress)”？ ==== 對我們而言，商用外觀意指網站或文章的設計符合網站或線上資料的來源。你可以把它看成某個網站「看起來和感覺起來的樣子」。比方說，維基百科條目的設計與外觀、或像是維基百科的首頁。任何維基媒體網站的商用外觀同時也屬於維基媒體基金會的商標。商標法也保護商用外觀。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-wikimediamarks|返回“维基媒体标志。”]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-communitymember}}1.4 什么是“社区成员”？ ==== 任何在维基媒体站点有贡献的人。她也包括任何基金会职员、分会成员、专题组织成员、用户组成员和基金会本身。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-communitymembers|回到社群成员]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-moveorgsfreely}}1.5 为何運動组织不能任意地使用商標？ ==== 身為商標的法定持有者，我們需要掌控運動組織使用商標的方式以保護整個社群。你可以在[[#purpose-maintainrights|這裡]]閱讀更多相關資料。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 1.6 什么是此商标政策和分会、用户组或专题组织协议之间的关系？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Chapters, user groups, and thematic organizations must comply both with this trademark policy and their respective agreement with the Wikimedia Foundation. If there are inconsistencies between this trademark policy and a chapter, user group, or a thematic organization agreement, the organization should follow their agreement. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-wmorgs|回到分会、用户组和专题组织]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 2 如何使用维基媒体商标 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-smallerlogo}}2.1 如果我的产品和服务不由维基媒体基金会提供，我的商标、名称或公司名称是否能够比维基媒体商标更小？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> No. We need to make sure it is extremely clear that the Wikimedia Foundation is not providing your products or services. This is a simple, consistent way of doing that. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.2 如果我清晰地声明产品或服务由我提供，会怎么样？ ==== 對不起，您的商標、名字或公司名字一定要比維基商標大，而且必須適當地分隔開，因為不是每個人都會閱讀文字，可能有些人只會留意圖片。因此，我們必須確保您的產品或服務並非由維基媒體基金會提供。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-outsidewmsites}}2.3 你们说的“在维基媒体站点以外”是指什么？ ==== 也就是不在[[#FAQ-whataresites|维基媒体基金会控制的站点]]使用商标，例如：维基百科、维基共享资源、维基词典、维基数据、维基语录、维基教科书、维基文库、维基物种、维基新闻、维基学院、维基导游和元维基。回顾商标政策，维基媒雲端虚拟专用服务器的标志也被视为维基媒体站点标志。另外，您可以在站外使用这些标志用于编辑马拉松。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">2.4 Can I still create terms that combine Wikimedia trademarks with other words like "Wikipedian in Residence"?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. This provision is not meant to stop community members from creatively combining the marks with other words to create new terms for the Wikimedia movement as long as they do it on the Wikimedia sites. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-translatetext}}2.5 我可以翻译这些商标的文字么？ ==== 您应该[[#FAQ-whataresites|在维基媒体网站的框架下]]翻译这些商标的文字。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">2.6 Can I add graphic elements to, for example, celebrate a special event?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You can create [[:c:Category:SVG Wikimedia community logos|remixes]] for special on-site purposes, but please do not change the logos outside our sites. These and many, many other questions are answered in the [[Visual identity guidelines|Visual Identity Guidelines]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">2.7 What types of remixes of Wikimedia logos may be used outside of Wikimedia sites?</span> ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Certain remixes of Wikimedia logos may be used outside of Wikimedia sites as long as the remix does not look too similar to any of the Wikimedia marks. Please make sure that the remix will not be confused with the original Wikimedia logo.</span> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.8 我可以使用标志的高清版么？ ==== 是的！[[Wikimedia official marks|这里请]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-wheretmnotice}}2.9 我在哪里注释商标提醒？ ==== 尽可能在显眼的位置例如注脚。当有人阅读您的文档、访问您的网站或观看您的电影时应能较容易的找到。有几个很好的例子：文档（同一）页面的底部、藏书票上、网页页脚和/或电影制作者清单后。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.10 如果我认为我没有足够的位置注明提醒我应该怎么办？ ==== 不要担心！如果您是想面向移动设备或其他中小屏幕设备注明，您只需要在维基媒体商标后面加注商标符号（™）即可。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">2.11 How should I refer to the trademark in the notice?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Wordmarks can be referenced verbatim (i.e. "Wikimedia Commons"). Logos should be described according to the [[Visual identity guidelines#toc-puzzle|Visual Identity Guidelines]]. Examples include the "Wikipedia Puzzle Globe" and the "'W' icon." </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.12 我如何使用多于一个标志？ ==== 请确信所有标志都有一个说明如下： <br /><br /> “维基数据名称及标志是维基媒体基金会的商标。” {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.13 什么时候我不得不加入商标符号？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You only need to use the trademark symbol when you do not have enough space to write the entire notice, like when you are using a trademark on a mobile screen. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.14 能否给一些正确使用商标的例子？ ==== 这里有个例子： <br /> <br /> “维基共享资源™是维基媒体基金会旗下收集自由版权的媒体文件，诸如图像、声音和电影剪辑，并面向全球广泛传播的计划网站！” {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.15 我应该使用何种尺寸的商标？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> When you use a wordmark (like "Wikipedia"), you should use the same font size for the trademark symbol as the wordmark itself. In this context, superscript formatting is encouraged for the symbol. When the mark is an image (like the puzzle globe), you should select a font size for the symbol that matches the size of the image and place the symbol so that it is clearly visible and close enough to the upper right corner of the image without touching it. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.16 但是我想把我的網頁設計得好看一點！我可不可以把商標縮小或放在其他地方？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Unfortunately, no. Remember, you only need to put the symbol next to the first or most prominent use of the mark. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-noticesymbol|回到注释或商标符号]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">2.17 What does "no endorsement by or affiliation with the Wikimedia Foundation" mean?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You need to make sure that people do not mistakenly think that you may speak on behalf of the Wikimedia Foundation or one of its sites. For instance, you need to make sure that no one thinks you work for the Wikimedia Foundation. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-withoutpermission}}3 不需询问权限的维基媒体标志使用 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">3.1 Can you give me some examples of when I can use the marks on the Wikimedia sites?</span> ==== 您可以在[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:User page}}|用户页]]、[[{{lwp|Help:Contents}}|帮助页]]和[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:About}}|关于维基媒体或其计划的页面]]使用标志。您也可以在[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Mailing lists|邮件列表]]、[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/IRC|IRC]]或用于维基媒体站点的[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:Tools}}|工具]]使用标志。以上使用需遵守[[Terms of Use|使用条款]]。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-onwmsites|回到维基媒体站点商标使用]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-notcommunityfocused}}3.2 哪些活动不是“重点放在社群的”？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> An event that includes mostly people who are not community members is not a community-focused event. (Please see the [[#FAQ-publicevent|FAQ on events in general]].) This does not mean that you cannot have guests at your meetup! </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.5 您能否提供重点放在社群的活动的例子？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Community-focused events are those events that are primarily open to community members and promote the mission. They tend to be related to improving the overall quality of the Wikimedia sites. Examples include conferences and monthly meetups hosted by community members, as well as other specific events like the "London Wikipedians regular's table," Wiki-Conference in Russia, and Wikipedia Workshop Köln (DE). </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-communityfocused|回到重点放在社群的活动]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.4 如果我的活动是重点放在社群的，我能使用哪些标志？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> First, all Wikimedia community-focused events can bear a trademarked name. You may also use the Wikimedia logos to decorate your venue, but only to the extent they are relevant. For example, you cannot use the Wikisource logo for a Wikimedia Commons-only event. However, keep in mind that the 'Wikimania' name and [[:File:Wikimania.svg|logo]] are reserved for the [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimania|yearly Wikimania conference]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-outreachexamples}}3.5 您能否提供拓展工作使用的例子？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You can put up a stand at a street fair. [[:c:Category:Wikimedia stands|Here are some examples of that]]. You may want to present the Wikimedia sites in your club or [[:c:Category:Silberwissen|reach out to seniors]]. You can also [[:c:Category:Wikipedia Schulprojekt|give a talk in a school]] or [[:c:Category:Wikipedia Education Program|create a university course]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.6 什麼是教育性資源？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Educational materials help people to understand the Wikimedia sites. They can be [[:outreach:Bookshelf Project|leaflets, videos]], [[:m:WMDOC/Cheatsheet|cheat sheets]], and other [[:m:Help:Reference card|guides]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">3.7 What about representing the community in an institution?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You need to sign and email us a Quick License if your institution wants to call you [[:outreach:Wikipedian in Residence|"Wikipedian in Residence"]] as part of a GLAM project, or something similar. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-outreach|Back to Outreach and recruitment of new editors]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-communitylogo}}3.8 这里有维基媒体社群标志？ ==== 是的！它在2008[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Community logo|官方承认]]为元维基标志。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-fairuseexamples}}3.9 合理使用是什么意思？ ==== 在美国商标法中，[[{{lwp|Fair use (U.S. trademark law)}}|合理使用]]章节允许您有条件的任意使用商标而不至于侵犯版权。本方针不会与之冲突。我们已在[[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-fairuse|3.5]]和[[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-fairuse|3.6]]章节使用您易于理解的语言提到。 除了美国商标法外，您还需留意您所在国家的版权法律，多数也规定了合理使用的情形。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.10 您能否提供更多合理使用的例子？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> This category of fair use is tricky in our case because our wordmarks were not real words before our projects were created, unlike "apple" or "facebook." But we would consider it fair use if you were to write a [[:wikt:book#Noun|book]] in the [[{{lwp|Wiki software}}|Wiki software]] and refer to it as a "wiki book," even though Wikibooks is a distinctive trademark. If you are using the wordmarks to describe our projects, that is also a type of fair use (nominative use). You can read more about nominative use [[#FAQ-nominativeuseexamples|here]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-nonfairuseexamples}}3.11 您能否提供更多并非合理使用的例子？ ==== * 使用维基媒体标志宣传您的书籍。 * 销售带有维基媒体基金会标志的T恤。 * 创建您自己的百科全书并且使用了维基百科的球形拼图。 * 使用维基媒体基金会标志为无关计划筹款。 * 在内容并非来自维基媒体站点情形下却宣称内容“来自维基百科，自由的百科全书”。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-fairuse|回到在维基站点以外的讨论（合理使用）。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-nominativeuseexamples}}3.12 您能否提供更多主要使用的例子？ ==== 这里有一些例子： # '''描述维基媒体站点：''' #* <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">In a presentation that describes how Wikipedia works, using the wordmarks in slides in your bullet points would be a nominative use. The same also applies for a blog post that describes Wikidata. If you want to "illustrate" your slides or your blog post with any of the image marks, please refer to [[#policy-noncommercial|artistic, literary, and other non-commercial uses]].</span> #* <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">However, you cannot use a trademark as a generic term. For example, you cannot set up a wiki on motorcycles and refer to it as "a wikipedia for motorcycles."</span> # '''真實準確地說明：''' #* “维基百科是世界最大的在线百科全书，并且它也是数千个网站中唯一一个集结成千上万志愿者编辑的。” #* “我在2009年加入维基百科成为一名编辑者”（在您的个人网站）。 # '''描述衍生作品：''' #* “来源：维基百科” #* “本艺术作品基于来自维基共享资源的图像创建。” #* “以下内容由维基百科内容衍生而来。” #* 或者干脆：“来自维基百科”或“至维基百科条目”（通过QR码） # '''更多個別例子:''' #* <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Refer to the sections on [[#policy-news|news reporting]]; [[#policy-blogssm|personal blogs and social media]]; [[#policy-noncommercial|artistic, literary, and other non-commercial uses]]; and [[#policy-linkstous|links to Wikimedia sites]].</span> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-nominativeuse|Back to Refer to Wikimedia sites (nominative use).]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-logonewsarticle}}3.13 我是否可以在新闻或漫画杂志或者电视新闻上使用标志或截图？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes, as long as the image illustrates the discussion in the article. Do not use our trademark just to attract attention to your work. That will confuse your readers or viewers, and ours! </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-news|回到新闻报道]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-logoblogssm}}3.14 我是否可以在博客文章或者状态更新站点包括标志？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes, as long as the image illustrates the discussion in your post. Do not use trademarked images just to attract attention to your page. Viewers of your blog or your user page should not be confused and think that your page is endorsed by the Wikimedia Foundation or any of its sites. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.15 我能否在用户名、头像或聊天软件表情中使用商标？ ==== 很遗憾，不。我们非常感谢您宣传维基媒体站点。维基媒体社群为之感谢！然而，我们不希望人们认为您的言论就可以代表维基媒体基金会。您能够继续在用户名、头像或聊天软件表情中使用社群标志。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-blogssm|回到个人博客和社交媒体]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-noncommercialexamples}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">3.16 Can you give me some examples of artistic, literary, and other non-commercial uses?</span> ==== * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Using the trademarks to discuss a scientific thesis in an academic paper.</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Illustrating a point in the slides for an educational presentation with a screenshot of a Wikimedia site.</span> * 使用标志在美术作品中。 * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Creating a parody for the purposes of conveying a political message.</span> * 撰写一本关于维基百科条目的书籍。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-noncommercial|回到艺术作品、文学作品和其他非商业性使用。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-linkingtousexamples}}3.12 您能否提供连接至维基媒体站点的例子？ ==== 是的，您可[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:Banners and buttons}}|点此]]查看。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-qrcodes}}3.18 我能在连接至维基媒体站点的QR码中使用标志么？ ==== 不。用于连接的标志不应如此使用。使用QR码连接您应使用非艺术化维基百科文字标志。您可[[#FAQ-nominativeuseexamples|点此]]了解更多。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-linkstous|回到连接至维基媒体站点。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-personalmerch}}3.19 我可以利用它們做什麼？ ==== 您可以用來製作衣服、帽子、背包、杯子、釘子、筆、貼紙、海報、屏幕背景，甚至蛋糕。大前提是你不會利用這些物品來牟利。 [[:c:Special:MyLanguage/Category:Wikipedia promotion|<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Here are some examples.</span>]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.20 我可以销售带有这些标志的周边商品么？ ==== 不，在未获授权的情况下您不能这样做。更多信息[[#policy-commercialmerch|见此]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.21 可以在其他场合使用原样么？ ==== 只要你是免費派發這些物品，可以。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.22 那么我在哪可以了解商业销售的周边产品？ ==== 最好是进入[//shop.wikimedia.org 维基媒体商店 (Wikimedia shop)]了解，这里销售的周边商品都由官方授权。如果您希望销售您自己的商品，请[[#policy-commercialmerch|参见此处]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">3.23 Can I ask commercial vendors to create custom items for me that use Wikimedia marks?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Of course! You may ask vendors like bakers and t-shirt sellers to create items with Wikimedia marks especially for you or your friends. This is okay because it is for your own personal use and no one is creating a business surrounding the sale of items with Wikimedia trademarks. And do not worry, vendors will not be required to strictly follow the Visual Identity Guidelines when it is not possible on items like cakes. For example, [[:c:Category:Wikipedia cakes|all these cakes]] are fine. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">3.24 Is it okay to commission someone else to create lots of items with the Wikimedia marks for meet-ups and similar events?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes! As long as the items are not sold to participants, it is okay to ask a vendor to create multiple items with the Wikimedia marks for community-focused parties and gatherings like edit-a-thons under [[Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy#policy-outreach|Section 3.2]] of the policy. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">3.25 Can I use high-resolution logos on commercial merchandise?</span> ==== 當然可以！雖然我們的舊版政策不允許這種做法，但是在新的政策中我們已經廢除了那條規例。 <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[#policy-owngoods|Back to Make your own branded stuff.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-specialpermission}}4 需要许可的特殊使用 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.1 如果我需要許可，我是不是要為此付費？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Usually, there is no license fee. However, we want to keep track of how our trademarks are used. Also, we want to make sure every use complies with our mission and standards. This is why we require a formal license in certain cases. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-specialpermission|回到需要许可的特殊使用。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-contests}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.2 Do I need permission for every photo contest?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You only need to get a license if you advertise the photo contest outside a Wikimedia site. This includes posters, social media, and blogs. You can freely use the marks for community-focused events. Community-focused events are those that are intended to be predominantly attended by Wikimedia community members. They do not include events open to the general public. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-photocontests|回到照片竞赛。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.3 Can I print out t-shirts with the Wikimedia logo to give out as prizes for the photo contest?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. You can always make t-shirts with the Wikimedia logos and give them away as long as you are not selling them. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-makeyourownbrandedstuff|Back to Make your own branded stuff]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.4 How can I use the marks as a Wikipedian in Residence?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The marks may be used in any way that identifies you as a Wikipedian in Residence. Please avoid confusion about official endorsement. You should clarify that you are not a representative of the Wikimedia Foundation. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-glam|回到GLAM-WIKI活动。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-cybersquatting}}<div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 4.5 Can you give an example of cybersquatting? </div> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> In the past, someone registered the domain wikkipedia.org to attract traffic to their own site. This is called [[{{lwp|cybersquatting}}|cybersquatting]] or [[{{lwp|typosquatting}}|typosquatting]] that infringes our trademark. We strictly enforce our policy against confusing domain names. Please [[:m:Trademark/Report abuse|tell us]] if you see an infringing domain name. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.6 我可以在我的域名中出现维基媒体标志么？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Unfortunately, no. If you do, there is a risk that you will confuse readers that are looking for Wikimedia content or other material related to Wikimedia. Movement organizations may be permitted to use the Wikimedia mark as part of their domain, but only after receiving special permission. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 4.7 Can I use a Wikimedia mark if I use a different top-level domain? </div> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You cannot register a Wikimedia mark as a domain, no matter the [[{{lwp|Top-level domain}}|top-level domain]], including country code top-level domains. For example, you may not register "wikipedia.jobs" even though it uses ".jobs", a different top-level domain, because "wikipedia" is a Wikimedia mark. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.8 但我希望使用我自己的特殊域名！！！ ==== 如果您有合法的理由希望使用我们的域名，请电邮联络[mailto:trademarks@wikimedia.org trademarks@wikimedia.org]。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-domains|回到域名。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-publicevent}}4.10 “公众活动”是什么？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A public event is an event that is not predominantly attended by community members. An event is also public when it is announced to the public with signs or advertisements or in an event schedule. Hence, this rule does not apply to community-focused meetups and conferences. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.10 What event uses require permission?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Using a trademark for an event includes naming the event or using a Wikimedia logo on advertisements, leaflets, signage or a website. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.11 Are there any exceptions to when events require permission?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If the name of the event uses a mark just to describe its content, that might fall under [[#policy-nominativeuse|nominative use]]. An example for this would be announcing a course called 'Editing Wikipedia for Beginners' or 'Using Wikimedia Commons as an Amateur Photographer'. However, always include a [[#policy-noticesymbol|notice]] that explains that your use is with permission from the Wikimedia Foundation and that you are not affiliated with the Foundation. Also, events hosted by a local Wikimedia chapter, thematic organization, or user group can use the marks subject to their respective agreement with the Wikimedia Foundation. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-events|Back to Events and conferences.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-publications}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.12 What is a "publication"?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Publications include books, other print media, and web pages. They also mean audiovisual media like music, and other recordings, film and online video. See [[#policy-outreach|Outreach and recruiting new editors]] for materials that provide education about a Wikimedia site. See [[#policy-moviestv|Section 4.5]] for trademark uses in films. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.13 我可以写一本关于维基百科的书籍么？ ==== [[{{lwp|Bibliography of Wikipedia}}|欢迎您这样做！]]但您不应在未获授权的情况下使用维基媒体标志在书的封面上。这是因为我们不会认可未获授权的书籍能够代言基金会。使用[[#FAQ-nonstylizedwordmark|文字标志]]作为书的标题的一部分时同样需要请求授权。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 4.14 Does this also apply to handbooks, like "A beginner's guide to Wikipedia", aimed at community members? </div> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. But, please send us a request and we will give prompt permission when appropriate. We love Wikipedia guides! </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 4.15 Does it make a difference if the book is being published by an educational publisher? </div> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> No, you will need permission as well, because even educational publishers are commercial entities. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-publications|回到出版物。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-schoolfilm}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.16 Do I need permission to show the Wikipedia marks in a film I am making for my school project?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If you are showing your film to the public, or at your school or workplace, you need permission. But we will make sure to make the permission process as easy and fast as possible. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-moviestv|回到电影和电视节目。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-commercialmerch}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.17 Will I have to donate a portion of the retail price for commercial merchandise?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> No. But you will have to tell your customers if you do not donate your profits. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.18 What do I have to say if I am donating a portion of my proceeds to the Wikimedia Foundation?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Just clearly state what portion of your proceeds will be given to the Wikimedia Foundation. You can, for example, say: "X% of your purchase will be donated to the Wikimedia Foundation." </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.19 Where should I state how much of my proceeds will be donated?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> We recommend placing the notice right next to the purchase price, where it will be clearly visible to all buyers. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.20 Do I need to mention donations to the Wikimedia Foundation if I do not donate anything at all?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. You should state that 0% of your profits will go to the Wikimedia Foundation. Otherwise, users may mistakenly believe that you are doing fundraising for the Foundation. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-commercialmerch|Back to Commercial merchandise.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 5 禁止使用的情况 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-fakearticle}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.1 Can I make a fake Wikipedia article if it is intended as a joke?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> There are exceptions where this is permissible, but they are very limited. You will likely not fall under such an exception if your mimicking site has any commercial background. Please refer to the [[#policy-noncommercial|section on Parodies]]. Most importantly, you must make sure that no one (really no one!) could confuse your site with any part of a Wikimedia site. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-mimicvsparody}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.2 How do I distinguish between a prohibited mimicking site and a parody site?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Here is an example of a mimicking site: Contrary to the [[{{lwp|Wikipedia:COI}}|Wikipedia guidelines]], you create an article on Wikipedia about yourself or your organization. For unknown reasons, "your" article is deleted. This makes you mad. You register the domain "businesspedia.org" and design a website that looks just like the Wikipedia article that just got deleted, including a link to your own website. You are happy to attract more traffic to it by confusing internet users. Booo! </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> An example of parody site: Imagine you have a great friend called [[Rory|Rory]] and his birthday is coming up. You register the domain "rorypedia.org" and design a website that looks just like a humorous Wikipedia biography on your friend Rory. Since you do not want anyone to confuse "Rorypedia" and Wikipedia, you put a bright colored bar on the top of your site saying, "This page is a present for Rory from his awesome friends and not affiliated with Wikipedia. Happy birthday, Rory!" And you take down the site once the birthday party is over. Yaaay! </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.3 How do I avoid mimicking Wikimedia sites when I use the [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/MediaWiki|MediaWiki]] software?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> All wikis using MediaWiki do in fact share certain graphic elements under the default theme, but the Wikimedia sites have certain visual features that distinguish them. Do not imitate these distinguishing features. For example, you should not use logos that are confusingly similar to the Wikimedia marks or name your site something that sounds like a Wikimedia site. But you can use the "Powered by MediaWiki" button as that button simply describes that the wiki is powered by MediaWiki. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Be sure to directly download the [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/MediaWiki|MediaWiki]] software if you want to use it. Please do not try to blindly copy the HTML code of a Wikimedia site! If you do, you will accidentally import features from our sites, like our Terms of Use or our "contact us" details. Being contacted about problems on your unrelated website understandably makes our wonderful [[:m:OTRS/Volunteering|email response team volunteers]] very unhappy. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-mirrors|Back to mimicking sites.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-linkmirror}}5.4 我可以在维基媒体站点的镜像站点使用标志连接么？ ==== 不可以。维基媒体标志只能在真实的维基媒体站点用于连接。我们愿意重申，站点由维基媒体社群维护和管理。 另外，如果您希望架设一个维基媒体站点的镜像站点，请尤其注意[[#policy-mirrors|镜像方针]]。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-linkstoothers|回到连接至非维基媒体站点。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-misrepresentation}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.5 Can you give me some examples of misrepresentation with respect to the marks?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A misrepresentative use can be something that represents yourself. That includes using a Wikimedia logo in your logo, letterhead, or the name of your organization. Online examples are your social media avatar, favicon, and website domain. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-misrepresentation|Back to Misrepresentation.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-reportingabuse}}6 报告商标滥用 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-howfight}}6.1 你們會如何打擊侵犯商標權的行為？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Each year, we receive over 100 reports of trademark violations from community members. We also employ outside contractors and legal counsel to help protect our trademark portfolio globally. Within our resource constraints, our legal team pursues misuses of our marks to ensure that the Wikimedia logos remain distinctively associated with the Wikimedia community. After careful and sensitive evaluation, we send out cease-and-desist letters, which are usually effective. In the few instances that cannot be resolved by other means, we consider litigation to protect the marks. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">6.2 Who is responsible for enforcing Wikimedia's trademarks?</span>==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Trademark enforcement is currently handled by the Wikimedia Foundation legal team to ensure consistency and compliance with trademark law. But we rely on the Wikimedia community to help us identify potential trademark infringements. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">6.3 What happens when you receive a report of a potential trademark infringement?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> When we receive a complaint that our trademarks are being misused, we first send a confirmation to the person submitting the complaint. Potential infringements are then logged into our system. The legal team then combs through each of those complaints to investigate the alleged infringement. We visit the site personally to make sure the complaint has merit. Then we apply US trademark law in assessing whether there is actual "misuse" and it is a valid infringement of the trademark. In general, the standard of "misuse" in US law is whether the use of the trademark is "confusingly similar" to the Wikimedia Foundation's use of the trademark. In other words, will the potential infringers use of the trademark confuse users into thinking their site is sponsored by or hosted by the Wikimedia Foundation? We always contact the potential infringer first to see if they will voluntarily stop using our marks or work with us to make their use less confusing. If we are unable to work things out informally, and they refuse to comply with a cease and desist letter, we decide whether to move forward with litigation to stop the infringement. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">6.4 Can I send a cease and desist letter on behalf of the Wikimedia Foundation when I find misuse?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Please do not. We really appreciate your help with trademark enforcement, but please report any misuses to us so that we can determine what action is appropriate. </div> <div class="mw-translate-fuzzy"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-reporting|回到报告商标滥用。]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-revision}}7 商标政策的修订 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">7.1 Why can you just change the FAQ section?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The FAQs are not part of the trademark policy. We created them to help you understand the policy. We want to add new questions from the community in the future and to clarify any answers users may find confusing. That is why we want to be able to update the FAQs easily. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">7.2 What if I do not agree with the changes to the policy?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> We encourage you to share your comments and concerns with us during the community feedback period following any announced changes. We will take all comments under careful advisement and ensure that any changes to our policy are consistent with our mission. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-revision|Back to Revision of the trademark policy.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 8 其他问题 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQNakedlicensing}}8.1 什么是“无效授权”？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Failure to exercise quality control in trademark licensing is referred to as "naked licensing," and can sometimes result in loss of trademark rights. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 8.2 什么是视觉识别方针？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> They are a [[Special:MyLanguage/Legal:Visual identity guidelines|set of guidelines]] you should follow when using any of the Wikimedia marks. These guidelines ensure that the marks always look their best and are not distorted in any way. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">8.3 How do the Visual Identity Guidelines relate to the trademark policy?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The Visual Identity Guidelines are a separate document from the trademark policy and can be revised without notice. These guidelines help to make sure the Wikimedia marks are always used consistently with the same level of quality. Consistent use is important in order for us to maintain protection over the Wikimedia marks. It helps avoid confusion among users that may view marks similar to the Wikimedia marks. If Wikimedia marks are displayed consistently, users can be sure when they are viewing actual Wikimedia content instead of an imposter site. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 8.4 我有更多问题如何提问？ ==== 如果您还有其他未在此列出的问题，请将其反馈至讨论页。我们将竭尽所能回答并放入本常见问题页。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} </div></div><noinclude> __NOTOC__ __NOEDITSECTION__ [[Category:Trademark policy{{#translation:}}]] [[Category:Frequently asked questions{{#translation:}}]] </noinclude> quurylex2c54plsf2r3adq5ynucnd6d 594031 594029 2026-09-19T03:04:51Z Pristome 225362 Created page with "2.4 我是否仍然能创建将维基媒体商标和像“在居住地的维基人”的其他词语结合起来的词条？" 594031 wikitext text/x-wiki <noinclude><languages /> {{Policy FAQ disclaimer|page=维基媒体基金会商标政策|pagelink=Policy:Trademark policy}} </noinclude><templatestyles src="Template:Trademark/styles.css" /><div class="trademark-section trademark-faq-container"> <div class="trademark-faq-content"> {{anchor|trademark-faq}}<span class="nomobile" style="font-size:2.5em">[[File:Trademark License FAQ.svg<!--change image-->|100px|link=]] '''<includeonly>{{int string|faq}}</includeonly><noinclude>维基媒体基金会商标政策常见问题</noinclude>'''</span><br />''这些常见问题不是商标政策的组成部分。它们也不是一份法律文件。但是我们希望它们能给你提供帮助。''<span style="font-family:monospace, monospace;" dir="ltr">''':)'''</span> <noinclude>{{nonumtoc}}__TOC__</noinclude> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 0 商标政策简介 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} <!-- The form to do this is: {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 0.1 Title ==== ... {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} Either using the Sub or Not, depending on level --> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-tmprotection}}0.1 什么是“商标保护”？ ==== 商標法(trademark law)保護著某一標誌(mark)所代表的某一成果（work，像是商品或服務）之間的連結關係。它意在保障用戶不致於混淆一項成果的來源。同時，用戶也把商標當做與某成果之間的連結，因此會對此標誌所提供的成果之知名度、品質、以及服務有相當程度的期待。因此，商標是項強而有力、極富價值的工具，它能夠使維基媒體基金會以及其社群成員的知名度具象化，也可被視為一種讓用戶能夠認識某一成果或商品或服務的「簡略表達(shorthand)」。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-whataresites}}0.2 什么是“维基媒体网站(Wikimedia sites)”？ ==== 维基媒体基金会运营很多自由软件和自由内容站点，列表见此：[[Special:SiteMatrix|我们的计划]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-policyapplies}}1 本政策适用範圍？ == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-wordmark}}1.1 什么是“文字标志(wordmark)”？ ==== 顾名思义，就是只由文字组成的商标，诸如“Wikipedia”或“Wikimedia”等计划网站名。另外，这也包括任何官方译名和转写（诸如“[[:w:tr:Ana Sayfa|维基百科]]”）。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-nonstylizedwordmark}}1.2 什么是“非艺术化文字标志(non-stylized wordmark)”？ ==== 非艺术化文字标志就是“维基媒体”及其计划的通用名称，诸如“维基百科”、“维基词典”等。相比之下，艺术化文字标志就是在这些名字基础上适当修改文字结构诸如字体。诸如“维基百科”文字标志艺术化后就是[[File:Wikipedia wordmark.svg|80px]]。无论文字标志是否艺术化均属于维基媒体基金会的商标。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-tradedress}}1.3 什么是“商用外观(trade dress)”？ ==== 對我們而言，商用外觀意指網站或文章的設計符合網站或線上資料的來源。你可以把它看成某個網站「看起來和感覺起來的樣子」。比方說，維基百科條目的設計與外觀、或像是維基百科的首頁。任何維基媒體網站的商用外觀同時也屬於維基媒體基金會的商標。商標法也保護商用外觀。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-wikimediamarks|返回“维基媒体标志。”]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-communitymember}}1.4 什么是“社区成员”？ ==== 任何在维基媒体站点有贡献的人。她也包括任何基金会职员、分会成员、专题组织成员、用户组成员和基金会本身。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-communitymembers|回到社群成员]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-moveorgsfreely}}1.5 为何運動组织不能任意地使用商標？ ==== 身為商標的法定持有者，我們需要掌控運動組織使用商標的方式以保護整個社群。你可以在[[#purpose-maintainrights|這裡]]閱讀更多相關資料。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 1.6 什么是此商标政策和分会、用户组或专题组织协议之间的关系？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Chapters, user groups, and thematic organizations must comply both with this trademark policy and their respective agreement with the Wikimedia Foundation. If there are inconsistencies between this trademark policy and a chapter, user group, or a thematic organization agreement, the organization should follow their agreement. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-wmorgs|回到分会、用户组和专题组织]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 2 如何使用维基媒体商标 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-smallerlogo}}2.1 如果我的产品和服务不由维基媒体基金会提供，我的商标、名称或公司名称是否能够比维基媒体商标更小？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> No. We need to make sure it is extremely clear that the Wikimedia Foundation is not providing your products or services. This is a simple, consistent way of doing that. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.2 如果我清晰地声明产品或服务由我提供，会怎么样？ ==== 對不起，您的商標、名字或公司名字一定要比維基商標大，而且必須適當地分隔開，因為不是每個人都會閱讀文字，可能有些人只會留意圖片。因此，我們必須確保您的產品或服務並非由維基媒體基金會提供。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-outsidewmsites}}2.3 你们说的“在维基媒体站点以外”是指什么？ ==== 也就是不在[[#FAQ-whataresites|维基媒体基金会控制的站点]]使用商标，例如：维基百科、维基共享资源、维基词典、维基数据、维基语录、维基教科书、维基文库、维基物种、维基新闻、维基学院、维基导游和元维基。回顾商标政策，维基媒雲端虚拟专用服务器的标志也被视为维基媒体站点标志。另外，您可以在站外使用这些标志用于编辑马拉松。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.4 我是否仍然能创建将维基媒体商标和像“在居住地的维基人”的其他词语结合起来的词条？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. This provision is not meant to stop community members from creatively combining the marks with other words to create new terms for the Wikimedia movement as long as they do it on the Wikimedia sites. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-translatetext}}2.5 我可以翻译这些商标的文字么？ ==== 您应该[[#FAQ-whataresites|在维基媒体网站的框架下]]翻译这些商标的文字。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">2.6 Can I add graphic elements to, for example, celebrate a special event?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You can create [[:c:Category:SVG Wikimedia community logos|remixes]] for special on-site purposes, but please do not change the logos outside our sites. These and many, many other questions are answered in the [[Visual identity guidelines|Visual Identity Guidelines]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">2.7 What types of remixes of Wikimedia logos may be used outside of Wikimedia sites?</span> ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Certain remixes of Wikimedia logos may be used outside of Wikimedia sites as long as the remix does not look too similar to any of the Wikimedia marks. Please make sure that the remix will not be confused with the original Wikimedia logo.</span> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.8 我可以使用标志的高清版么？ ==== 是的！[[Wikimedia official marks|这里请]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-wheretmnotice}}2.9 我在哪里注释商标提醒？ ==== 尽可能在显眼的位置例如注脚。当有人阅读您的文档、访问您的网站或观看您的电影时应能较容易的找到。有几个很好的例子：文档（同一）页面的底部、藏书票上、网页页脚和/或电影制作者清单后。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.10 如果我认为我没有足够的位置注明提醒我应该怎么办？ ==== 不要担心！如果您是想面向移动设备或其他中小屏幕设备注明，您只需要在维基媒体商标后面加注商标符号（™）即可。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">2.11 How should I refer to the trademark in the notice?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Wordmarks can be referenced verbatim (i.e. "Wikimedia Commons"). Logos should be described according to the [[Visual identity guidelines#toc-puzzle|Visual Identity Guidelines]]. Examples include the "Wikipedia Puzzle Globe" and the "'W' icon." </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.12 我如何使用多于一个标志？ ==== 请确信所有标志都有一个说明如下： <br /><br /> “维基数据名称及标志是维基媒体基金会的商标。” {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.13 什么时候我不得不加入商标符号？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You only need to use the trademark symbol when you do not have enough space to write the entire notice, like when you are using a trademark on a mobile screen. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.14 能否给一些正确使用商标的例子？ ==== 这里有个例子： <br /> <br /> “维基共享资源™是维基媒体基金会旗下收集自由版权的媒体文件，诸如图像、声音和电影剪辑，并面向全球广泛传播的计划网站！” {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.15 我应该使用何种尺寸的商标？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> When you use a wordmark (like "Wikipedia"), you should use the same font size for the trademark symbol as the wordmark itself. In this context, superscript formatting is encouraged for the symbol. When the mark is an image (like the puzzle globe), you should select a font size for the symbol that matches the size of the image and place the symbol so that it is clearly visible and close enough to the upper right corner of the image without touching it. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.16 但是我想把我的網頁設計得好看一點！我可不可以把商標縮小或放在其他地方？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Unfortunately, no. Remember, you only need to put the symbol next to the first or most prominent use of the mark. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-noticesymbol|回到注释或商标符号]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">2.17 What does "no endorsement by or affiliation with the Wikimedia Foundation" mean?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You need to make sure that people do not mistakenly think that you may speak on behalf of the Wikimedia Foundation or one of its sites. For instance, you need to make sure that no one thinks you work for the Wikimedia Foundation. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-withoutpermission}}3 不需询问权限的维基媒体标志使用 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">3.1 Can you give me some examples of when I can use the marks on the Wikimedia sites?</span> ==== 您可以在[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:User page}}|用户页]]、[[{{lwp|Help:Contents}}|帮助页]]和[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:About}}|关于维基媒体或其计划的页面]]使用标志。您也可以在[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Mailing lists|邮件列表]]、[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/IRC|IRC]]或用于维基媒体站点的[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:Tools}}|工具]]使用标志。以上使用需遵守[[Terms of Use|使用条款]]。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-onwmsites|回到维基媒体站点商标使用]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-notcommunityfocused}}3.2 哪些活动不是“重点放在社群的”？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> An event that includes mostly people who are not community members is not a community-focused event. (Please see the [[#FAQ-publicevent|FAQ on events in general]].) This does not mean that you cannot have guests at your meetup! </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.5 您能否提供重点放在社群的活动的例子？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Community-focused events are those events that are primarily open to community members and promote the mission. They tend to be related to improving the overall quality of the Wikimedia sites. Examples include conferences and monthly meetups hosted by community members, as well as other specific events like the "London Wikipedians regular's table," Wiki-Conference in Russia, and Wikipedia Workshop Köln (DE). </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-communityfocused|回到重点放在社群的活动]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.4 如果我的活动是重点放在社群的，我能使用哪些标志？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> First, all Wikimedia community-focused events can bear a trademarked name. You may also use the Wikimedia logos to decorate your venue, but only to the extent they are relevant. For example, you cannot use the Wikisource logo for a Wikimedia Commons-only event. However, keep in mind that the 'Wikimania' name and [[:File:Wikimania.svg|logo]] are reserved for the [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimania|yearly Wikimania conference]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-outreachexamples}}3.5 您能否提供拓展工作使用的例子？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You can put up a stand at a street fair. [[:c:Category:Wikimedia stands|Here are some examples of that]]. You may want to present the Wikimedia sites in your club or [[:c:Category:Silberwissen|reach out to seniors]]. You can also [[:c:Category:Wikipedia Schulprojekt|give a talk in a school]] or [[:c:Category:Wikipedia Education Program|create a university course]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.6 什麼是教育性資源？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Educational materials help people to understand the Wikimedia sites. They can be [[:outreach:Bookshelf Project|leaflets, videos]], [[:m:WMDOC/Cheatsheet|cheat sheets]], and other [[:m:Help:Reference card|guides]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">3.7 What about representing the community in an institution?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You need to sign and email us a Quick License if your institution wants to call you [[:outreach:Wikipedian in Residence|"Wikipedian in Residence"]] as part of a GLAM project, or something similar. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-outreach|Back to Outreach and recruitment of new editors]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-communitylogo}}3.8 这里有维基媒体社群标志？ ==== 是的！它在2008[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Community logo|官方承认]]为元维基标志。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-fairuseexamples}}3.9 合理使用是什么意思？ ==== 在美国商标法中，[[{{lwp|Fair use (U.S. trademark law)}}|合理使用]]章节允许您有条件的任意使用商标而不至于侵犯版权。本方针不会与之冲突。我们已在[[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-fairuse|3.5]]和[[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-fairuse|3.6]]章节使用您易于理解的语言提到。 除了美国商标法外，您还需留意您所在国家的版权法律，多数也规定了合理使用的情形。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.10 您能否提供更多合理使用的例子？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> This category of fair use is tricky in our case because our wordmarks were not real words before our projects were created, unlike "apple" or "facebook." But we would consider it fair use if you were to write a [[:wikt:book#Noun|book]] in the [[{{lwp|Wiki software}}|Wiki software]] and refer to it as a "wiki book," even though Wikibooks is a distinctive trademark. If you are using the wordmarks to describe our projects, that is also a type of fair use (nominative use). You can read more about nominative use [[#FAQ-nominativeuseexamples|here]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-nonfairuseexamples}}3.11 您能否提供更多并非合理使用的例子？ ==== * 使用维基媒体标志宣传您的书籍。 * 销售带有维基媒体基金会标志的T恤。 * 创建您自己的百科全书并且使用了维基百科的球形拼图。 * 使用维基媒体基金会标志为无关计划筹款。 * 在内容并非来自维基媒体站点情形下却宣称内容“来自维基百科，自由的百科全书”。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-fairuse|回到在维基站点以外的讨论（合理使用）。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-nominativeuseexamples}}3.12 您能否提供更多主要使用的例子？ ==== 这里有一些例子： # '''描述维基媒体站点：''' #* <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">In a presentation that describes how Wikipedia works, using the wordmarks in slides in your bullet points would be a nominative use. The same also applies for a blog post that describes Wikidata. If you want to "illustrate" your slides or your blog post with any of the image marks, please refer to [[#policy-noncommercial|artistic, literary, and other non-commercial uses]].</span> #* <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">However, you cannot use a trademark as a generic term. For example, you cannot set up a wiki on motorcycles and refer to it as "a wikipedia for motorcycles."</span> # '''真實準確地說明：''' #* “维基百科是世界最大的在线百科全书，并且它也是数千个网站中唯一一个集结成千上万志愿者编辑的。” #* “我在2009年加入维基百科成为一名编辑者”（在您的个人网站）。 # '''描述衍生作品：''' #* “来源：维基百科” #* “本艺术作品基于来自维基共享资源的图像创建。” #* “以下内容由维基百科内容衍生而来。” #* 或者干脆：“来自维基百科”或“至维基百科条目”（通过QR码） # '''更多個別例子:''' #* <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Refer to the sections on [[#policy-news|news reporting]]; [[#policy-blogssm|personal blogs and social media]]; [[#policy-noncommercial|artistic, literary, and other non-commercial uses]]; and [[#policy-linkstous|links to Wikimedia sites]].</span> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-nominativeuse|Back to Refer to Wikimedia sites (nominative use).]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-logonewsarticle}}3.13 我是否可以在新闻或漫画杂志或者电视新闻上使用标志或截图？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes, as long as the image illustrates the discussion in the article. Do not use our trademark just to attract attention to your work. That will confuse your readers or viewers, and ours! </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-news|回到新闻报道]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-logoblogssm}}3.14 我是否可以在博客文章或者状态更新站点包括标志？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes, as long as the image illustrates the discussion in your post. Do not use trademarked images just to attract attention to your page. Viewers of your blog or your user page should not be confused and think that your page is endorsed by the Wikimedia Foundation or any of its sites. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.15 我能否在用户名、头像或聊天软件表情中使用商标？ ==== 很遗憾，不。我们非常感谢您宣传维基媒体站点。维基媒体社群为之感谢！然而，我们不希望人们认为您的言论就可以代表维基媒体基金会。您能够继续在用户名、头像或聊天软件表情中使用社群标志。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-blogssm|回到个人博客和社交媒体]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-noncommercialexamples}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">3.16 Can you give me some examples of artistic, literary, and other non-commercial uses?</span> ==== * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Using the trademarks to discuss a scientific thesis in an academic paper.</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Illustrating a point in the slides for an educational presentation with a screenshot of a Wikimedia site.</span> * 使用标志在美术作品中。 * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Creating a parody for the purposes of conveying a political message.</span> * 撰写一本关于维基百科条目的书籍。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-noncommercial|回到艺术作品、文学作品和其他非商业性使用。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-linkingtousexamples}}3.12 您能否提供连接至维基媒体站点的例子？ ==== 是的，您可[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:Banners and buttons}}|点此]]查看。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-qrcodes}}3.18 我能在连接至维基媒体站点的QR码中使用标志么？ ==== 不。用于连接的标志不应如此使用。使用QR码连接您应使用非艺术化维基百科文字标志。您可[[#FAQ-nominativeuseexamples|点此]]了解更多。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-linkstous|回到连接至维基媒体站点。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-personalmerch}}3.19 我可以利用它們做什麼？ ==== 您可以用來製作衣服、帽子、背包、杯子、釘子、筆、貼紙、海報、屏幕背景，甚至蛋糕。大前提是你不會利用這些物品來牟利。 [[:c:Special:MyLanguage/Category:Wikipedia promotion|<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Here are some examples.</span>]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.20 我可以销售带有这些标志的周边商品么？ ==== 不，在未获授权的情况下您不能这样做。更多信息[[#policy-commercialmerch|见此]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.21 可以在其他场合使用原样么？ ==== 只要你是免費派發這些物品，可以。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.22 那么我在哪可以了解商业销售的周边产品？ ==== 最好是进入[//shop.wikimedia.org 维基媒体商店 (Wikimedia shop)]了解，这里销售的周边商品都由官方授权。如果您希望销售您自己的商品，请[[#policy-commercialmerch|参见此处]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">3.23 Can I ask commercial vendors to create custom items for me that use Wikimedia marks?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Of course! You may ask vendors like bakers and t-shirt sellers to create items with Wikimedia marks especially for you or your friends. This is okay because it is for your own personal use and no one is creating a business surrounding the sale of items with Wikimedia trademarks. And do not worry, vendors will not be required to strictly follow the Visual Identity Guidelines when it is not possible on items like cakes. For example, [[:c:Category:Wikipedia cakes|all these cakes]] are fine. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">3.24 Is it okay to commission someone else to create lots of items with the Wikimedia marks for meet-ups and similar events?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes! As long as the items are not sold to participants, it is okay to ask a vendor to create multiple items with the Wikimedia marks for community-focused parties and gatherings like edit-a-thons under [[Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy#policy-outreach|Section 3.2]] of the policy. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">3.25 Can I use high-resolution logos on commercial merchandise?</span> ==== 當然可以！雖然我們的舊版政策不允許這種做法，但是在新的政策中我們已經廢除了那條規例。 <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[#policy-owngoods|Back to Make your own branded stuff.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-specialpermission}}4 需要许可的特殊使用 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.1 如果我需要許可，我是不是要為此付費？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Usually, there is no license fee. However, we want to keep track of how our trademarks are used. Also, we want to make sure every use complies with our mission and standards. This is why we require a formal license in certain cases. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-specialpermission|回到需要许可的特殊使用。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-contests}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.2 Do I need permission for every photo contest?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You only need to get a license if you advertise the photo contest outside a Wikimedia site. This includes posters, social media, and blogs. You can freely use the marks for community-focused events. Community-focused events are those that are intended to be predominantly attended by Wikimedia community members. They do not include events open to the general public. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-photocontests|回到照片竞赛。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.3 Can I print out t-shirts with the Wikimedia logo to give out as prizes for the photo contest?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. You can always make t-shirts with the Wikimedia logos and give them away as long as you are not selling them. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-makeyourownbrandedstuff|Back to Make your own branded stuff]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.4 How can I use the marks as a Wikipedian in Residence?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The marks may be used in any way that identifies you as a Wikipedian in Residence. Please avoid confusion about official endorsement. You should clarify that you are not a representative of the Wikimedia Foundation. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-glam|回到GLAM-WIKI活动。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-cybersquatting}}<div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 4.5 Can you give an example of cybersquatting? </div> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> In the past, someone registered the domain wikkipedia.org to attract traffic to their own site. This is called [[{{lwp|cybersquatting}}|cybersquatting]] or [[{{lwp|typosquatting}}|typosquatting]] that infringes our trademark. We strictly enforce our policy against confusing domain names. Please [[:m:Trademark/Report abuse|tell us]] if you see an infringing domain name. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.6 我可以在我的域名中出现维基媒体标志么？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Unfortunately, no. If you do, there is a risk that you will confuse readers that are looking for Wikimedia content or other material related to Wikimedia. Movement organizations may be permitted to use the Wikimedia mark as part of their domain, but only after receiving special permission. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 4.7 Can I use a Wikimedia mark if I use a different top-level domain? </div> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You cannot register a Wikimedia mark as a domain, no matter the [[{{lwp|Top-level domain}}|top-level domain]], including country code top-level domains. For example, you may not register "wikipedia.jobs" even though it uses ".jobs", a different top-level domain, because "wikipedia" is a Wikimedia mark. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.8 但我希望使用我自己的特殊域名！！！ ==== 如果您有合法的理由希望使用我们的域名，请电邮联络[mailto:trademarks@wikimedia.org trademarks@wikimedia.org]。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-domains|回到域名。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-publicevent}}4.10 “公众活动”是什么？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A public event is an event that is not predominantly attended by community members. An event is also public when it is announced to the public with signs or advertisements or in an event schedule. Hence, this rule does not apply to community-focused meetups and conferences. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.10 What event uses require permission?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Using a trademark for an event includes naming the event or using a Wikimedia logo on advertisements, leaflets, signage or a website. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.11 Are there any exceptions to when events require permission?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If the name of the event uses a mark just to describe its content, that might fall under [[#policy-nominativeuse|nominative use]]. An example for this would be announcing a course called 'Editing Wikipedia for Beginners' or 'Using Wikimedia Commons as an Amateur Photographer'. However, always include a [[#policy-noticesymbol|notice]] that explains that your use is with permission from the Wikimedia Foundation and that you are not affiliated with the Foundation. Also, events hosted by a local Wikimedia chapter, thematic organization, or user group can use the marks subject to their respective agreement with the Wikimedia Foundation. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-events|Back to Events and conferences.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-publications}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.12 What is a "publication"?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Publications include books, other print media, and web pages. They also mean audiovisual media like music, and other recordings, film and online video. See [[#policy-outreach|Outreach and recruiting new editors]] for materials that provide education about a Wikimedia site. See [[#policy-moviestv|Section 4.5]] for trademark uses in films. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.13 我可以写一本关于维基百科的书籍么？ ==== [[{{lwp|Bibliography of Wikipedia}}|欢迎您这样做！]]但您不应在未获授权的情况下使用维基媒体标志在书的封面上。这是因为我们不会认可未获授权的书籍能够代言基金会。使用[[#FAQ-nonstylizedwordmark|文字标志]]作为书的标题的一部分时同样需要请求授权。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 4.14 Does this also apply to handbooks, like "A beginner's guide to Wikipedia", aimed at community members? </div> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. But, please send us a request and we will give prompt permission when appropriate. We love Wikipedia guides! </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 4.15 Does it make a difference if the book is being published by an educational publisher? </div> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> No, you will need permission as well, because even educational publishers are commercial entities. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-publications|回到出版物。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-schoolfilm}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.16 Do I need permission to show the Wikipedia marks in a film I am making for my school project?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If you are showing your film to the public, or at your school or workplace, you need permission. But we will make sure to make the permission process as easy and fast as possible. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-moviestv|回到电影和电视节目。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-commercialmerch}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.17 Will I have to donate a portion of the retail price for commercial merchandise?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> No. But you will have to tell your customers if you do not donate your profits. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.18 What do I have to say if I am donating a portion of my proceeds to the Wikimedia Foundation?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Just clearly state what portion of your proceeds will be given to the Wikimedia Foundation. You can, for example, say: "X% of your purchase will be donated to the Wikimedia Foundation." </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.19 Where should I state how much of my proceeds will be donated?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> We recommend placing the notice right next to the purchase price, where it will be clearly visible to all buyers. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.20 Do I need to mention donations to the Wikimedia Foundation if I do not donate anything at all?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. You should state that 0% of your profits will go to the Wikimedia Foundation. Otherwise, users may mistakenly believe that you are doing fundraising for the Foundation. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-commercialmerch|Back to Commercial merchandise.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 5 禁止使用的情况 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-fakearticle}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.1 Can I make a fake Wikipedia article if it is intended as a joke?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> There are exceptions where this is permissible, but they are very limited. You will likely not fall under such an exception if your mimicking site has any commercial background. Please refer to the [[#policy-noncommercial|section on Parodies]]. Most importantly, you must make sure that no one (really no one!) could confuse your site with any part of a Wikimedia site. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-mimicvsparody}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.2 How do I distinguish between a prohibited mimicking site and a parody site?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Here is an example of a mimicking site: Contrary to the [[{{lwp|Wikipedia:COI}}|Wikipedia guidelines]], you create an article on Wikipedia about yourself or your organization. For unknown reasons, "your" article is deleted. This makes you mad. You register the domain "businesspedia.org" and design a website that looks just like the Wikipedia article that just got deleted, including a link to your own website. You are happy to attract more traffic to it by confusing internet users. Booo! </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> An example of parody site: Imagine you have a great friend called [[Rory|Rory]] and his birthday is coming up. You register the domain "rorypedia.org" and design a website that looks just like a humorous Wikipedia biography on your friend Rory. Since you do not want anyone to confuse "Rorypedia" and Wikipedia, you put a bright colored bar on the top of your site saying, "This page is a present for Rory from his awesome friends and not affiliated with Wikipedia. Happy birthday, Rory!" And you take down the site once the birthday party is over. Yaaay! </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.3 How do I avoid mimicking Wikimedia sites when I use the [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/MediaWiki|MediaWiki]] software?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> All wikis using MediaWiki do in fact share certain graphic elements under the default theme, but the Wikimedia sites have certain visual features that distinguish them. Do not imitate these distinguishing features. For example, you should not use logos that are confusingly similar to the Wikimedia marks or name your site something that sounds like a Wikimedia site. But you can use the "Powered by MediaWiki" button as that button simply describes that the wiki is powered by MediaWiki. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Be sure to directly download the [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/MediaWiki|MediaWiki]] software if you want to use it. Please do not try to blindly copy the HTML code of a Wikimedia site! If you do, you will accidentally import features from our sites, like our Terms of Use or our "contact us" details. Being contacted about problems on your unrelated website understandably makes our wonderful [[:m:OTRS/Volunteering|email response team volunteers]] very unhappy. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-mirrors|Back to mimicking sites.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-linkmirror}}5.4 我可以在维基媒体站点的镜像站点使用标志连接么？ ==== 不可以。维基媒体标志只能在真实的维基媒体站点用于连接。我们愿意重申，站点由维基媒体社群维护和管理。 另外，如果您希望架设一个维基媒体站点的镜像站点，请尤其注意[[#policy-mirrors|镜像方针]]。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-linkstoothers|回到连接至非维基媒体站点。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-misrepresentation}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.5 Can you give me some examples of misrepresentation with respect to the marks?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A misrepresentative use can be something that represents yourself. That includes using a Wikimedia logo in your logo, letterhead, or the name of your organization. Online examples are your social media avatar, favicon, and website domain. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-misrepresentation|Back to Misrepresentation.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-reportingabuse}}6 报告商标滥用 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-howfight}}6.1 你們會如何打擊侵犯商標權的行為？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Each year, we receive over 100 reports of trademark violations from community members. We also employ outside contractors and legal counsel to help protect our trademark portfolio globally. Within our resource constraints, our legal team pursues misuses of our marks to ensure that the Wikimedia logos remain distinctively associated with the Wikimedia community. After careful and sensitive evaluation, we send out cease-and-desist letters, which are usually effective. In the few instances that cannot be resolved by other means, we consider litigation to protect the marks. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">6.2 Who is responsible for enforcing Wikimedia's trademarks?</span>==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Trademark enforcement is currently handled by the Wikimedia Foundation legal team to ensure consistency and compliance with trademark law. But we rely on the Wikimedia community to help us identify potential trademark infringements. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">6.3 What happens when you receive a report of a potential trademark infringement?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> When we receive a complaint that our trademarks are being misused, we first send a confirmation to the person submitting the complaint. Potential infringements are then logged into our system. The legal team then combs through each of those complaints to investigate the alleged infringement. We visit the site personally to make sure the complaint has merit. Then we apply US trademark law in assessing whether there is actual "misuse" and it is a valid infringement of the trademark. In general, the standard of "misuse" in US law is whether the use of the trademark is "confusingly similar" to the Wikimedia Foundation's use of the trademark. In other words, will the potential infringers use of the trademark confuse users into thinking their site is sponsored by or hosted by the Wikimedia Foundation? We always contact the potential infringer first to see if they will voluntarily stop using our marks or work with us to make their use less confusing. If we are unable to work things out informally, and they refuse to comply with a cease and desist letter, we decide whether to move forward with litigation to stop the infringement. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">6.4 Can I send a cease and desist letter on behalf of the Wikimedia Foundation when I find misuse?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Please do not. We really appreciate your help with trademark enforcement, but please report any misuses to us so that we can determine what action is appropriate. </div> <div class="mw-translate-fuzzy"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-reporting|回到报告商标滥用。]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-revision}}7 商标政策的修订 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">7.1 Why can you just change the FAQ section?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The FAQs are not part of the trademark policy. We created them to help you understand the policy. We want to add new questions from the community in the future and to clarify any answers users may find confusing. That is why we want to be able to update the FAQs easily. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">7.2 What if I do not agree with the changes to the policy?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> We encourage you to share your comments and concerns with us during the community feedback period following any announced changes. We will take all comments under careful advisement and ensure that any changes to our policy are consistent with our mission. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-revision|Back to Revision of the trademark policy.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 8 其他问题 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQNakedlicensing}}8.1 什么是“无效授权”？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Failure to exercise quality control in trademark licensing is referred to as "naked licensing," and can sometimes result in loss of trademark rights. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 8.2 什么是视觉识别方针？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> They are a [[Special:MyLanguage/Legal:Visual identity guidelines|set of guidelines]] you should follow when using any of the Wikimedia marks. These guidelines ensure that the marks always look their best and are not distorted in any way. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">8.3 How do the Visual Identity Guidelines relate to the trademark policy?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The Visual Identity Guidelines are a separate document from the trademark policy and can be revised without notice. These guidelines help to make sure the Wikimedia marks are always used consistently with the same level of quality. Consistent use is important in order for us to maintain protection over the Wikimedia marks. It helps avoid confusion among users that may view marks similar to the Wikimedia marks. If Wikimedia marks are displayed consistently, users can be sure when they are viewing actual Wikimedia content instead of an imposter site. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 8.4 我有更多问题如何提问？ ==== 如果您还有其他未在此列出的问题，请将其反馈至讨论页。我们将竭尽所能回答并放入本常见问题页。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} </div></div><noinclude> __NOTOC__ __NOEDITSECTION__ [[Category:Trademark policy{{#translation:}}]] [[Category:Frequently asked questions{{#translation:}}]] </noinclude> 999fqow4xech9bywkrauyap72m4yuiv 594033 594031 2026-09-19T03:07:58Z Pristome 225362 Created page with "2.6 我能添加图形元素（例如，为了庆祝特殊活动）吗？" 594033 wikitext text/x-wiki <noinclude><languages /> {{Policy FAQ disclaimer|page=维基媒体基金会商标政策|pagelink=Policy:Trademark policy}} </noinclude><templatestyles src="Template:Trademark/styles.css" /><div class="trademark-section trademark-faq-container"> <div class="trademark-faq-content"> {{anchor|trademark-faq}}<span class="nomobile" style="font-size:2.5em">[[File:Trademark License FAQ.svg<!--change image-->|100px|link=]] '''<includeonly>{{int string|faq}}</includeonly><noinclude>维基媒体基金会商标政策常见问题</noinclude>'''</span><br />''这些常见问题不是商标政策的组成部分。它们也不是一份法律文件。但是我们希望它们能给你提供帮助。''<span style="font-family:monospace, monospace;" dir="ltr">''':)'''</span> <noinclude>{{nonumtoc}}__TOC__</noinclude> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 0 商标政策简介 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} <!-- The form to do this is: {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 0.1 Title ==== ... {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} Either using the Sub or Not, depending on level --> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-tmprotection}}0.1 什么是“商标保护”？ ==== 商標法(trademark law)保護著某一標誌(mark)所代表的某一成果（work，像是商品或服務）之間的連結關係。它意在保障用戶不致於混淆一項成果的來源。同時，用戶也把商標當做與某成果之間的連結，因此會對此標誌所提供的成果之知名度、品質、以及服務有相當程度的期待。因此，商標是項強而有力、極富價值的工具，它能夠使維基媒體基金會以及其社群成員的知名度具象化，也可被視為一種讓用戶能夠認識某一成果或商品或服務的「簡略表達(shorthand)」。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-whataresites}}0.2 什么是“维基媒体网站(Wikimedia sites)”？ ==== 维基媒体基金会运营很多自由软件和自由内容站点，列表见此：[[Special:SiteMatrix|我们的计划]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-policyapplies}}1 本政策适用範圍？ == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-wordmark}}1.1 什么是“文字标志(wordmark)”？ ==== 顾名思义，就是只由文字组成的商标，诸如“Wikipedia”或“Wikimedia”等计划网站名。另外，这也包括任何官方译名和转写（诸如“[[:w:tr:Ana Sayfa|维基百科]]”）。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-nonstylizedwordmark}}1.2 什么是“非艺术化文字标志(non-stylized wordmark)”？ ==== 非艺术化文字标志就是“维基媒体”及其计划的通用名称，诸如“维基百科”、“维基词典”等。相比之下，艺术化文字标志就是在这些名字基础上适当修改文字结构诸如字体。诸如“维基百科”文字标志艺术化后就是[[File:Wikipedia wordmark.svg|80px]]。无论文字标志是否艺术化均属于维基媒体基金会的商标。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-tradedress}}1.3 什么是“商用外观(trade dress)”？ ==== 對我們而言，商用外觀意指網站或文章的設計符合網站或線上資料的來源。你可以把它看成某個網站「看起來和感覺起來的樣子」。比方說，維基百科條目的設計與外觀、或像是維基百科的首頁。任何維基媒體網站的商用外觀同時也屬於維基媒體基金會的商標。商標法也保護商用外觀。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-wikimediamarks|返回“维基媒体标志。”]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-communitymember}}1.4 什么是“社区成员”？ ==== 任何在维基媒体站点有贡献的人。她也包括任何基金会职员、分会成员、专题组织成员、用户组成员和基金会本身。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-communitymembers|回到社群成员]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-moveorgsfreely}}1.5 为何運動组织不能任意地使用商標？ ==== 身為商標的法定持有者，我們需要掌控運動組織使用商標的方式以保護整個社群。你可以在[[#purpose-maintainrights|這裡]]閱讀更多相關資料。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 1.6 什么是此商标政策和分会、用户组或专题组织协议之间的关系？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Chapters, user groups, and thematic organizations must comply both with this trademark policy and their respective agreement with the Wikimedia Foundation. If there are inconsistencies between this trademark policy and a chapter, user group, or a thematic organization agreement, the organization should follow their agreement. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-wmorgs|回到分会、用户组和专题组织]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 2 如何使用维基媒体商标 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-smallerlogo}}2.1 如果我的产品和服务不由维基媒体基金会提供，我的商标、名称或公司名称是否能够比维基媒体商标更小？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> No. We need to make sure it is extremely clear that the Wikimedia Foundation is not providing your products or services. This is a simple, consistent way of doing that. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.2 如果我清晰地声明产品或服务由我提供，会怎么样？ ==== 對不起，您的商標、名字或公司名字一定要比維基商標大，而且必須適當地分隔開，因為不是每個人都會閱讀文字，可能有些人只會留意圖片。因此，我們必須確保您的產品或服務並非由維基媒體基金會提供。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-outsidewmsites}}2.3 你们说的“在维基媒体站点以外”是指什么？ ==== 也就是不在[[#FAQ-whataresites|维基媒体基金会控制的站点]]使用商标，例如：维基百科、维基共享资源、维基词典、维基数据、维基语录、维基教科书、维基文库、维基物种、维基新闻、维基学院、维基导游和元维基。回顾商标政策，维基媒雲端虚拟专用服务器的标志也被视为维基媒体站点标志。另外，您可以在站外使用这些标志用于编辑马拉松。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.4 我是否仍然能创建将维基媒体商标和像“在居住地的维基人”的其他词语结合起来的词条？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. This provision is not meant to stop community members from creatively combining the marks with other words to create new terms for the Wikimedia movement as long as they do it on the Wikimedia sites. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-translatetext}}2.5 我可以翻译这些商标的文字么？ ==== 您应该[[#FAQ-whataresites|在维基媒体网站的框架下]]翻译这些商标的文字。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.6 我能添加图形元素（例如，为了庆祝特殊活动）吗？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You can create [[:c:Category:SVG Wikimedia community logos|remixes]] for special on-site purposes, but please do not change the logos outside our sites. These and many, many other questions are answered in the [[Visual identity guidelines|Visual Identity Guidelines]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">2.7 What types of remixes of Wikimedia logos may be used outside of Wikimedia sites?</span> ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Certain remixes of Wikimedia logos may be used outside of Wikimedia sites as long as the remix does not look too similar to any of the Wikimedia marks. Please make sure that the remix will not be confused with the original Wikimedia logo.</span> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.8 我可以使用标志的高清版么？ ==== 是的！[[Wikimedia official marks|这里请]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-wheretmnotice}}2.9 我在哪里注释商标提醒？ ==== 尽可能在显眼的位置例如注脚。当有人阅读您的文档、访问您的网站或观看您的电影时应能较容易的找到。有几个很好的例子：文档（同一）页面的底部、藏书票上、网页页脚和/或电影制作者清单后。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.10 如果我认为我没有足够的位置注明提醒我应该怎么办？ ==== 不要担心！如果您是想面向移动设备或其他中小屏幕设备注明，您只需要在维基媒体商标后面加注商标符号（™）即可。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">2.11 How should I refer to the trademark in the notice?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Wordmarks can be referenced verbatim (i.e. "Wikimedia Commons"). Logos should be described according to the [[Visual identity guidelines#toc-puzzle|Visual Identity Guidelines]]. Examples include the "Wikipedia Puzzle Globe" and the "'W' icon." </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.12 我如何使用多于一个标志？ ==== 请确信所有标志都有一个说明如下： <br /><br /> “维基数据名称及标志是维基媒体基金会的商标。” {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.13 什么时候我不得不加入商标符号？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You only need to use the trademark symbol when you do not have enough space to write the entire notice, like when you are using a trademark on a mobile screen. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.14 能否给一些正确使用商标的例子？ ==== 这里有个例子： <br /> <br /> “维基共享资源™是维基媒体基金会旗下收集自由版权的媒体文件，诸如图像、声音和电影剪辑，并面向全球广泛传播的计划网站！” {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.15 我应该使用何种尺寸的商标？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> When you use a wordmark (like "Wikipedia"), you should use the same font size for the trademark symbol as the wordmark itself. In this context, superscript formatting is encouraged for the symbol. When the mark is an image (like the puzzle globe), you should select a font size for the symbol that matches the size of the image and place the symbol so that it is clearly visible and close enough to the upper right corner of the image without touching it. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.16 但是我想把我的網頁設計得好看一點！我可不可以把商標縮小或放在其他地方？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Unfortunately, no. Remember, you only need to put the symbol next to the first or most prominent use of the mark. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-noticesymbol|回到注释或商标符号]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">2.17 What does "no endorsement by or affiliation with the Wikimedia Foundation" mean?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You need to make sure that people do not mistakenly think that you may speak on behalf of the Wikimedia Foundation or one of its sites. For instance, you need to make sure that no one thinks you work for the Wikimedia Foundation. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-withoutpermission}}3 不需询问权限的维基媒体标志使用 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">3.1 Can you give me some examples of when I can use the marks on the Wikimedia sites?</span> ==== 您可以在[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:User page}}|用户页]]、[[{{lwp|Help:Contents}}|帮助页]]和[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:About}}|关于维基媒体或其计划的页面]]使用标志。您也可以在[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Mailing lists|邮件列表]]、[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/IRC|IRC]]或用于维基媒体站点的[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:Tools}}|工具]]使用标志。以上使用需遵守[[Terms of Use|使用条款]]。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-onwmsites|回到维基媒体站点商标使用]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-notcommunityfocused}}3.2 哪些活动不是“重点放在社群的”？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> An event that includes mostly people who are not community members is not a community-focused event. (Please see the [[#FAQ-publicevent|FAQ on events in general]].) This does not mean that you cannot have guests at your meetup! </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.5 您能否提供重点放在社群的活动的例子？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Community-focused events are those events that are primarily open to community members and promote the mission. They tend to be related to improving the overall quality of the Wikimedia sites. Examples include conferences and monthly meetups hosted by community members, as well as other specific events like the "London Wikipedians regular's table," Wiki-Conference in Russia, and Wikipedia Workshop Köln (DE). </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-communityfocused|回到重点放在社群的活动]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.4 如果我的活动是重点放在社群的，我能使用哪些标志？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> First, all Wikimedia community-focused events can bear a trademarked name. You may also use the Wikimedia logos to decorate your venue, but only to the extent they are relevant. For example, you cannot use the Wikisource logo for a Wikimedia Commons-only event. However, keep in mind that the 'Wikimania' name and [[:File:Wikimania.svg|logo]] are reserved for the [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimania|yearly Wikimania conference]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-outreachexamples}}3.5 您能否提供拓展工作使用的例子？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You can put up a stand at a street fair. [[:c:Category:Wikimedia stands|Here are some examples of that]]. You may want to present the Wikimedia sites in your club or [[:c:Category:Silberwissen|reach out to seniors]]. You can also [[:c:Category:Wikipedia Schulprojekt|give a talk in a school]] or [[:c:Category:Wikipedia Education Program|create a university course]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.6 什麼是教育性資源？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Educational materials help people to understand the Wikimedia sites. They can be [[:outreach:Bookshelf Project|leaflets, videos]], [[:m:WMDOC/Cheatsheet|cheat sheets]], and other [[:m:Help:Reference card|guides]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">3.7 What about representing the community in an institution?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You need to sign and email us a Quick License if your institution wants to call you [[:outreach:Wikipedian in Residence|"Wikipedian in Residence"]] as part of a GLAM project, or something similar. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-outreach|Back to Outreach and recruitment of new editors]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-communitylogo}}3.8 这里有维基媒体社群标志？ ==== 是的！它在2008[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Community logo|官方承认]]为元维基标志。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-fairuseexamples}}3.9 合理使用是什么意思？ ==== 在美国商标法中，[[{{lwp|Fair use (U.S. trademark law)}}|合理使用]]章节允许您有条件的任意使用商标而不至于侵犯版权。本方针不会与之冲突。我们已在[[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-fairuse|3.5]]和[[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-fairuse|3.6]]章节使用您易于理解的语言提到。 除了美国商标法外，您还需留意您所在国家的版权法律，多数也规定了合理使用的情形。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.10 您能否提供更多合理使用的例子？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> This category of fair use is tricky in our case because our wordmarks were not real words before our projects were created, unlike "apple" or "facebook." But we would consider it fair use if you were to write a [[:wikt:book#Noun|book]] in the [[{{lwp|Wiki software}}|Wiki software]] and refer to it as a "wiki book," even though Wikibooks is a distinctive trademark. If you are using the wordmarks to describe our projects, that is also a type of fair use (nominative use). You can read more about nominative use [[#FAQ-nominativeuseexamples|here]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-nonfairuseexamples}}3.11 您能否提供更多并非合理使用的例子？ ==== * 使用维基媒体标志宣传您的书籍。 * 销售带有维基媒体基金会标志的T恤。 * 创建您自己的百科全书并且使用了维基百科的球形拼图。 * 使用维基媒体基金会标志为无关计划筹款。 * 在内容并非来自维基媒体站点情形下却宣称内容“来自维基百科，自由的百科全书”。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-fairuse|回到在维基站点以外的讨论（合理使用）。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-nominativeuseexamples}}3.12 您能否提供更多主要使用的例子？ ==== 这里有一些例子： # '''描述维基媒体站点：''' #* <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">In a presentation that describes how Wikipedia works, using the wordmarks in slides in your bullet points would be a nominative use. The same also applies for a blog post that describes Wikidata. If you want to "illustrate" your slides or your blog post with any of the image marks, please refer to [[#policy-noncommercial|artistic, literary, and other non-commercial uses]].</span> #* <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">However, you cannot use a trademark as a generic term. For example, you cannot set up a wiki on motorcycles and refer to it as "a wikipedia for motorcycles."</span> # '''真實準確地說明：''' #* “维基百科是世界最大的在线百科全书，并且它也是数千个网站中唯一一个集结成千上万志愿者编辑的。” #* “我在2009年加入维基百科成为一名编辑者”（在您的个人网站）。 # '''描述衍生作品：''' #* “来源：维基百科” #* “本艺术作品基于来自维基共享资源的图像创建。” #* “以下内容由维基百科内容衍生而来。” #* 或者干脆：“来自维基百科”或“至维基百科条目”（通过QR码） # '''更多個別例子:''' #* <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Refer to the sections on [[#policy-news|news reporting]]; [[#policy-blogssm|personal blogs and social media]]; [[#policy-noncommercial|artistic, literary, and other non-commercial uses]]; and [[#policy-linkstous|links to Wikimedia sites]].</span> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-nominativeuse|Back to Refer to Wikimedia sites (nominative use).]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-logonewsarticle}}3.13 我是否可以在新闻或漫画杂志或者电视新闻上使用标志或截图？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes, as long as the image illustrates the discussion in the article. Do not use our trademark just to attract attention to your work. That will confuse your readers or viewers, and ours! </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-news|回到新闻报道]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-logoblogssm}}3.14 我是否可以在博客文章或者状态更新站点包括标志？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes, as long as the image illustrates the discussion in your post. Do not use trademarked images just to attract attention to your page. Viewers of your blog or your user page should not be confused and think that your page is endorsed by the Wikimedia Foundation or any of its sites. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.15 我能否在用户名、头像或聊天软件表情中使用商标？ ==== 很遗憾，不。我们非常感谢您宣传维基媒体站点。维基媒体社群为之感谢！然而，我们不希望人们认为您的言论就可以代表维基媒体基金会。您能够继续在用户名、头像或聊天软件表情中使用社群标志。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-blogssm|回到个人博客和社交媒体]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-noncommercialexamples}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">3.16 Can you give me some examples of artistic, literary, and other non-commercial uses?</span> ==== * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Using the trademarks to discuss a scientific thesis in an academic paper.</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Illustrating a point in the slides for an educational presentation with a screenshot of a Wikimedia site.</span> * 使用标志在美术作品中。 * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Creating a parody for the purposes of conveying a political message.</span> * 撰写一本关于维基百科条目的书籍。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-noncommercial|回到艺术作品、文学作品和其他非商业性使用。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-linkingtousexamples}}3.12 您能否提供连接至维基媒体站点的例子？ ==== 是的，您可[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:Banners and buttons}}|点此]]查看。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-qrcodes}}3.18 我能在连接至维基媒体站点的QR码中使用标志么？ ==== 不。用于连接的标志不应如此使用。使用QR码连接您应使用非艺术化维基百科文字标志。您可[[#FAQ-nominativeuseexamples|点此]]了解更多。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-linkstous|回到连接至维基媒体站点。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-personalmerch}}3.19 我可以利用它們做什麼？ ==== 您可以用來製作衣服、帽子、背包、杯子、釘子、筆、貼紙、海報、屏幕背景，甚至蛋糕。大前提是你不會利用這些物品來牟利。 [[:c:Special:MyLanguage/Category:Wikipedia promotion|<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Here are some examples.</span>]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.20 我可以销售带有这些标志的周边商品么？ ==== 不，在未获授权的情况下您不能这样做。更多信息[[#policy-commercialmerch|见此]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.21 可以在其他场合使用原样么？ ==== 只要你是免費派發這些物品，可以。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.22 那么我在哪可以了解商业销售的周边产品？ ==== 最好是进入[//shop.wikimedia.org 维基媒体商店 (Wikimedia shop)]了解，这里销售的周边商品都由官方授权。如果您希望销售您自己的商品，请[[#policy-commercialmerch|参见此处]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">3.23 Can I ask commercial vendors to create custom items for me that use Wikimedia marks?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Of course! You may ask vendors like bakers and t-shirt sellers to create items with Wikimedia marks especially for you or your friends. This is okay because it is for your own personal use and no one is creating a business surrounding the sale of items with Wikimedia trademarks. And do not worry, vendors will not be required to strictly follow the Visual Identity Guidelines when it is not possible on items like cakes. For example, [[:c:Category:Wikipedia cakes|all these cakes]] are fine. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">3.24 Is it okay to commission someone else to create lots of items with the Wikimedia marks for meet-ups and similar events?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes! As long as the items are not sold to participants, it is okay to ask a vendor to create multiple items with the Wikimedia marks for community-focused parties and gatherings like edit-a-thons under [[Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy#policy-outreach|Section 3.2]] of the policy. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">3.25 Can I use high-resolution logos on commercial merchandise?</span> ==== 當然可以！雖然我們的舊版政策不允許這種做法，但是在新的政策中我們已經廢除了那條規例。 <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[#policy-owngoods|Back to Make your own branded stuff.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-specialpermission}}4 需要许可的特殊使用 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.1 如果我需要許可，我是不是要為此付費？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Usually, there is no license fee. However, we want to keep track of how our trademarks are used. Also, we want to make sure every use complies with our mission and standards. This is why we require a formal license in certain cases. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-specialpermission|回到需要许可的特殊使用。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-contests}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.2 Do I need permission for every photo contest?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You only need to get a license if you advertise the photo contest outside a Wikimedia site. This includes posters, social media, and blogs. You can freely use the marks for community-focused events. Community-focused events are those that are intended to be predominantly attended by Wikimedia community members. They do not include events open to the general public. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-photocontests|回到照片竞赛。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.3 Can I print out t-shirts with the Wikimedia logo to give out as prizes for the photo contest?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. You can always make t-shirts with the Wikimedia logos and give them away as long as you are not selling them. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-makeyourownbrandedstuff|Back to Make your own branded stuff]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.4 How can I use the marks as a Wikipedian in Residence?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The marks may be used in any way that identifies you as a Wikipedian in Residence. Please avoid confusion about official endorsement. You should clarify that you are not a representative of the Wikimedia Foundation. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-glam|回到GLAM-WIKI活动。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-cybersquatting}}<div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 4.5 Can you give an example of cybersquatting? </div> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> In the past, someone registered the domain wikkipedia.org to attract traffic to their own site. This is called [[{{lwp|cybersquatting}}|cybersquatting]] or [[{{lwp|typosquatting}}|typosquatting]] that infringes our trademark. We strictly enforce our policy against confusing domain names. Please [[:m:Trademark/Report abuse|tell us]] if you see an infringing domain name. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.6 我可以在我的域名中出现维基媒体标志么？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Unfortunately, no. If you do, there is a risk that you will confuse readers that are looking for Wikimedia content or other material related to Wikimedia. Movement organizations may be permitted to use the Wikimedia mark as part of their domain, but only after receiving special permission. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 4.7 Can I use a Wikimedia mark if I use a different top-level domain? </div> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You cannot register a Wikimedia mark as a domain, no matter the [[{{lwp|Top-level domain}}|top-level domain]], including country code top-level domains. For example, you may not register "wikipedia.jobs" even though it uses ".jobs", a different top-level domain, because "wikipedia" is a Wikimedia mark. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.8 但我希望使用我自己的特殊域名！！！ ==== 如果您有合法的理由希望使用我们的域名，请电邮联络[mailto:trademarks@wikimedia.org trademarks@wikimedia.org]。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-domains|回到域名。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-publicevent}}4.10 “公众活动”是什么？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A public event is an event that is not predominantly attended by community members. An event is also public when it is announced to the public with signs or advertisements or in an event schedule. Hence, this rule does not apply to community-focused meetups and conferences. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.10 What event uses require permission?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Using a trademark for an event includes naming the event or using a Wikimedia logo on advertisements, leaflets, signage or a website. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.11 Are there any exceptions to when events require permission?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If the name of the event uses a mark just to describe its content, that might fall under [[#policy-nominativeuse|nominative use]]. An example for this would be announcing a course called 'Editing Wikipedia for Beginners' or 'Using Wikimedia Commons as an Amateur Photographer'. However, always include a [[#policy-noticesymbol|notice]] that explains that your use is with permission from the Wikimedia Foundation and that you are not affiliated with the Foundation. Also, events hosted by a local Wikimedia chapter, thematic organization, or user group can use the marks subject to their respective agreement with the Wikimedia Foundation. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-events|Back to Events and conferences.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-publications}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.12 What is a "publication"?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Publications include books, other print media, and web pages. They also mean audiovisual media like music, and other recordings, film and online video. See [[#policy-outreach|Outreach and recruiting new editors]] for materials that provide education about a Wikimedia site. See [[#policy-moviestv|Section 4.5]] for trademark uses in films. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.13 我可以写一本关于维基百科的书籍么？ ==== [[{{lwp|Bibliography of Wikipedia}}|欢迎您这样做！]]但您不应在未获授权的情况下使用维基媒体标志在书的封面上。这是因为我们不会认可未获授权的书籍能够代言基金会。使用[[#FAQ-nonstylizedwordmark|文字标志]]作为书的标题的一部分时同样需要请求授权。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 4.14 Does this also apply to handbooks, like "A beginner's guide to Wikipedia", aimed at community members? </div> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. But, please send us a request and we will give prompt permission when appropriate. We love Wikipedia guides! </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 4.15 Does it make a difference if the book is being published by an educational publisher? </div> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> No, you will need permission as well, because even educational publishers are commercial entities. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-publications|回到出版物。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-schoolfilm}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.16 Do I need permission to show the Wikipedia marks in a film I am making for my school project?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If you are showing your film to the public, or at your school or workplace, you need permission. But we will make sure to make the permission process as easy and fast as possible. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-moviestv|回到电影和电视节目。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-commercialmerch}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.17 Will I have to donate a portion of the retail price for commercial merchandise?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> No. But you will have to tell your customers if you do not donate your profits. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.18 What do I have to say if I am donating a portion of my proceeds to the Wikimedia Foundation?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Just clearly state what portion of your proceeds will be given to the Wikimedia Foundation. You can, for example, say: "X% of your purchase will be donated to the Wikimedia Foundation." </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.19 Where should I state how much of my proceeds will be donated?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> We recommend placing the notice right next to the purchase price, where it will be clearly visible to all buyers. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.20 Do I need to mention donations to the Wikimedia Foundation if I do not donate anything at all?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. You should state that 0% of your profits will go to the Wikimedia Foundation. Otherwise, users may mistakenly believe that you are doing fundraising for the Foundation. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-commercialmerch|Back to Commercial merchandise.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 5 禁止使用的情况 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-fakearticle}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.1 Can I make a fake Wikipedia article if it is intended as a joke?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> There are exceptions where this is permissible, but they are very limited. You will likely not fall under such an exception if your mimicking site has any commercial background. Please refer to the [[#policy-noncommercial|section on Parodies]]. Most importantly, you must make sure that no one (really no one!) could confuse your site with any part of a Wikimedia site. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-mimicvsparody}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.2 How do I distinguish between a prohibited mimicking site and a parody site?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Here is an example of a mimicking site: Contrary to the [[{{lwp|Wikipedia:COI}}|Wikipedia guidelines]], you create an article on Wikipedia about yourself or your organization. For unknown reasons, "your" article is deleted. This makes you mad. You register the domain "businesspedia.org" and design a website that looks just like the Wikipedia article that just got deleted, including a link to your own website. You are happy to attract more traffic to it by confusing internet users. Booo! </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> An example of parody site: Imagine you have a great friend called [[Rory|Rory]] and his birthday is coming up. You register the domain "rorypedia.org" and design a website that looks just like a humorous Wikipedia biography on your friend Rory. Since you do not want anyone to confuse "Rorypedia" and Wikipedia, you put a bright colored bar on the top of your site saying, "This page is a present for Rory from his awesome friends and not affiliated with Wikipedia. Happy birthday, Rory!" And you take down the site once the birthday party is over. Yaaay! </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.3 How do I avoid mimicking Wikimedia sites when I use the [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/MediaWiki|MediaWiki]] software?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> All wikis using MediaWiki do in fact share certain graphic elements under the default theme, but the Wikimedia sites have certain visual features that distinguish them. Do not imitate these distinguishing features. For example, you should not use logos that are confusingly similar to the Wikimedia marks or name your site something that sounds like a Wikimedia site. But you can use the "Powered by MediaWiki" button as that button simply describes that the wiki is powered by MediaWiki. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Be sure to directly download the [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/MediaWiki|MediaWiki]] software if you want to use it. Please do not try to blindly copy the HTML code of a Wikimedia site! If you do, you will accidentally import features from our sites, like our Terms of Use or our "contact us" details. Being contacted about problems on your unrelated website understandably makes our wonderful [[:m:OTRS/Volunteering|email response team volunteers]] very unhappy. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-mirrors|Back to mimicking sites.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-linkmirror}}5.4 我可以在维基媒体站点的镜像站点使用标志连接么？ ==== 不可以。维基媒体标志只能在真实的维基媒体站点用于连接。我们愿意重申，站点由维基媒体社群维护和管理。 另外，如果您希望架设一个维基媒体站点的镜像站点，请尤其注意[[#policy-mirrors|镜像方针]]。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-linkstoothers|回到连接至非维基媒体站点。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-misrepresentation}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.5 Can you give me some examples of misrepresentation with respect to the marks?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A misrepresentative use can be something that represents yourself. That includes using a Wikimedia logo in your logo, letterhead, or the name of your organization. Online examples are your social media avatar, favicon, and website domain. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-misrepresentation|Back to Misrepresentation.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-reportingabuse}}6 报告商标滥用 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-howfight}}6.1 你們會如何打擊侵犯商標權的行為？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Each year, we receive over 100 reports of trademark violations from community members. We also employ outside contractors and legal counsel to help protect our trademark portfolio globally. Within our resource constraints, our legal team pursues misuses of our marks to ensure that the Wikimedia logos remain distinctively associated with the Wikimedia community. After careful and sensitive evaluation, we send out cease-and-desist letters, which are usually effective. In the few instances that cannot be resolved by other means, we consider litigation to protect the marks. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">6.2 Who is responsible for enforcing Wikimedia's trademarks?</span>==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Trademark enforcement is currently handled by the Wikimedia Foundation legal team to ensure consistency and compliance with trademark law. But we rely on the Wikimedia community to help us identify potential trademark infringements. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">6.3 What happens when you receive a report of a potential trademark infringement?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> When we receive a complaint that our trademarks are being misused, we first send a confirmation to the person submitting the complaint. Potential infringements are then logged into our system. The legal team then combs through each of those complaints to investigate the alleged infringement. We visit the site personally to make sure the complaint has merit. Then we apply US trademark law in assessing whether there is actual "misuse" and it is a valid infringement of the trademark. In general, the standard of "misuse" in US law is whether the use of the trademark is "confusingly similar" to the Wikimedia Foundation's use of the trademark. In other words, will the potential infringers use of the trademark confuse users into thinking their site is sponsored by or hosted by the Wikimedia Foundation? We always contact the potential infringer first to see if they will voluntarily stop using our marks or work with us to make their use less confusing. If we are unable to work things out informally, and they refuse to comply with a cease and desist letter, we decide whether to move forward with litigation to stop the infringement. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">6.4 Can I send a cease and desist letter on behalf of the Wikimedia Foundation when I find misuse?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Please do not. We really appreciate your help with trademark enforcement, but please report any misuses to us so that we can determine what action is appropriate. </div> <div class="mw-translate-fuzzy"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-reporting|回到报告商标滥用。]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-revision}}7 商标政策的修订 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">7.1 Why can you just change the FAQ section?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The FAQs are not part of the trademark policy. We created them to help you understand the policy. We want to add new questions from the community in the future and to clarify any answers users may find confusing. That is why we want to be able to update the FAQs easily. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">7.2 What if I do not agree with the changes to the policy?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> We encourage you to share your comments and concerns with us during the community feedback period following any announced changes. We will take all comments under careful advisement and ensure that any changes to our policy are consistent with our mission. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-revision|Back to Revision of the trademark policy.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 8 其他问题 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQNakedlicensing}}8.1 什么是“无效授权”？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Failure to exercise quality control in trademark licensing is referred to as "naked licensing," and can sometimes result in loss of trademark rights. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 8.2 什么是视觉识别方针？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> They are a [[Special:MyLanguage/Legal:Visual identity guidelines|set of guidelines]] you should follow when using any of the Wikimedia marks. These guidelines ensure that the marks always look their best and are not distorted in any way. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">8.3 How do the Visual Identity Guidelines relate to the trademark policy?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The Visual Identity Guidelines are a separate document from the trademark policy and can be revised without notice. These guidelines help to make sure the Wikimedia marks are always used consistently with the same level of quality. Consistent use is important in order for us to maintain protection over the Wikimedia marks. It helps avoid confusion among users that may view marks similar to the Wikimedia marks. If Wikimedia marks are displayed consistently, users can be sure when they are viewing actual Wikimedia content instead of an imposter site. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 8.4 我有更多问题如何提问？ ==== 如果您还有其他未在此列出的问题，请将其反馈至讨论页。我们将竭尽所能回答并放入本常见问题页。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} </div></div><noinclude> __NOTOC__ __NOEDITSECTION__ [[Category:Trademark policy{{#translation:}}]] [[Category:Frequently asked questions{{#translation:}}]] </noinclude> nzeygnxfthsfaxbue0peqv3qkoraqem 594035 594033 2026-09-19T03:10:03Z Pristome 225362 Created page with "2.7 哪些维基媒体商标的重新组合的类型能够在维基媒体网站之外使用？" 594035 wikitext text/x-wiki <noinclude><languages /> {{Policy FAQ disclaimer|page=维基媒体基金会商标政策|pagelink=Policy:Trademark policy}} </noinclude><templatestyles src="Template:Trademark/styles.css" /><div class="trademark-section trademark-faq-container"> <div class="trademark-faq-content"> {{anchor|trademark-faq}}<span class="nomobile" style="font-size:2.5em">[[File:Trademark License FAQ.svg<!--change image-->|100px|link=]] '''<includeonly>{{int string|faq}}</includeonly><noinclude>维基媒体基金会商标政策常见问题</noinclude>'''</span><br />''这些常见问题不是商标政策的组成部分。它们也不是一份法律文件。但是我们希望它们能给你提供帮助。''<span style="font-family:monospace, monospace;" dir="ltr">''':)'''</span> <noinclude>{{nonumtoc}}__TOC__</noinclude> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 0 商标政策简介 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} <!-- The form to do this is: {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 0.1 Title ==== ... {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} Either using the Sub or Not, depending on level --> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-tmprotection}}0.1 什么是“商标保护”？ ==== 商標法(trademark law)保護著某一標誌(mark)所代表的某一成果（work，像是商品或服務）之間的連結關係。它意在保障用戶不致於混淆一項成果的來源。同時，用戶也把商標當做與某成果之間的連結，因此會對此標誌所提供的成果之知名度、品質、以及服務有相當程度的期待。因此，商標是項強而有力、極富價值的工具，它能夠使維基媒體基金會以及其社群成員的知名度具象化，也可被視為一種讓用戶能夠認識某一成果或商品或服務的「簡略表達(shorthand)」。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-whataresites}}0.2 什么是“维基媒体网站(Wikimedia sites)”？ ==== 维基媒体基金会运营很多自由软件和自由内容站点，列表见此：[[Special:SiteMatrix|我们的计划]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-policyapplies}}1 本政策适用範圍？ == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-wordmark}}1.1 什么是“文字标志(wordmark)”？ ==== 顾名思义，就是只由文字组成的商标，诸如“Wikipedia”或“Wikimedia”等计划网站名。另外，这也包括任何官方译名和转写（诸如“[[:w:tr:Ana Sayfa|维基百科]]”）。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-nonstylizedwordmark}}1.2 什么是“非艺术化文字标志(non-stylized wordmark)”？ ==== 非艺术化文字标志就是“维基媒体”及其计划的通用名称，诸如“维基百科”、“维基词典”等。相比之下，艺术化文字标志就是在这些名字基础上适当修改文字结构诸如字体。诸如“维基百科”文字标志艺术化后就是[[File:Wikipedia wordmark.svg|80px]]。无论文字标志是否艺术化均属于维基媒体基金会的商标。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-tradedress}}1.3 什么是“商用外观(trade dress)”？ ==== 對我們而言，商用外觀意指網站或文章的設計符合網站或線上資料的來源。你可以把它看成某個網站「看起來和感覺起來的樣子」。比方說，維基百科條目的設計與外觀、或像是維基百科的首頁。任何維基媒體網站的商用外觀同時也屬於維基媒體基金會的商標。商標法也保護商用外觀。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-wikimediamarks|返回“维基媒体标志。”]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-communitymember}}1.4 什么是“社区成员”？ ==== 任何在维基媒体站点有贡献的人。她也包括任何基金会职员、分会成员、专题组织成员、用户组成员和基金会本身。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-communitymembers|回到社群成员]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-moveorgsfreely}}1.5 为何運動组织不能任意地使用商標？ ==== 身為商標的法定持有者，我們需要掌控運動組織使用商標的方式以保護整個社群。你可以在[[#purpose-maintainrights|這裡]]閱讀更多相關資料。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 1.6 什么是此商标政策和分会、用户组或专题组织协议之间的关系？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Chapters, user groups, and thematic organizations must comply both with this trademark policy and their respective agreement with the Wikimedia Foundation. If there are inconsistencies between this trademark policy and a chapter, user group, or a thematic organization agreement, the organization should follow their agreement. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-wmorgs|回到分会、用户组和专题组织]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 2 如何使用维基媒体商标 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-smallerlogo}}2.1 如果我的产品和服务不由维基媒体基金会提供，我的商标、名称或公司名称是否能够比维基媒体商标更小？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> No. We need to make sure it is extremely clear that the Wikimedia Foundation is not providing your products or services. This is a simple, consistent way of doing that. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.2 如果我清晰地声明产品或服务由我提供，会怎么样？ ==== 對不起，您的商標、名字或公司名字一定要比維基商標大，而且必須適當地分隔開，因為不是每個人都會閱讀文字，可能有些人只會留意圖片。因此，我們必須確保您的產品或服務並非由維基媒體基金會提供。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-outsidewmsites}}2.3 你们说的“在维基媒体站点以外”是指什么？ ==== 也就是不在[[#FAQ-whataresites|维基媒体基金会控制的站点]]使用商标，例如：维基百科、维基共享资源、维基词典、维基数据、维基语录、维基教科书、维基文库、维基物种、维基新闻、维基学院、维基导游和元维基。回顾商标政策，维基媒雲端虚拟专用服务器的标志也被视为维基媒体站点标志。另外，您可以在站外使用这些标志用于编辑马拉松。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.4 我是否仍然能创建将维基媒体商标和像“在居住地的维基人”的其他词语结合起来的词条？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. This provision is not meant to stop community members from creatively combining the marks with other words to create new terms for the Wikimedia movement as long as they do it on the Wikimedia sites. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-translatetext}}2.5 我可以翻译这些商标的文字么？ ==== 您应该[[#FAQ-whataresites|在维基媒体网站的框架下]]翻译这些商标的文字。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.6 我能添加图形元素（例如，为了庆祝特殊活动）吗？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You can create [[:c:Category:SVG Wikimedia community logos|remixes]] for special on-site purposes, but please do not change the logos outside our sites. These and many, many other questions are answered in the [[Visual identity guidelines|Visual Identity Guidelines]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.7 哪些维基媒体商标的重新组合的类型能够在维基媒体网站之外使用？ ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Certain remixes of Wikimedia logos may be used outside of Wikimedia sites as long as the remix does not look too similar to any of the Wikimedia marks. Please make sure that the remix will not be confused with the original Wikimedia logo.</span> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.8 我可以使用标志的高清版么？ ==== 是的！[[Wikimedia official marks|这里请]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-wheretmnotice}}2.9 我在哪里注释商标提醒？ ==== 尽可能在显眼的位置例如注脚。当有人阅读您的文档、访问您的网站或观看您的电影时应能较容易的找到。有几个很好的例子：文档（同一）页面的底部、藏书票上、网页页脚和/或电影制作者清单后。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.10 如果我认为我没有足够的位置注明提醒我应该怎么办？ ==== 不要担心！如果您是想面向移动设备或其他中小屏幕设备注明，您只需要在维基媒体商标后面加注商标符号（™）即可。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">2.11 How should I refer to the trademark in the notice?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Wordmarks can be referenced verbatim (i.e. "Wikimedia Commons"). Logos should be described according to the [[Visual identity guidelines#toc-puzzle|Visual Identity Guidelines]]. Examples include the "Wikipedia Puzzle Globe" and the "'W' icon." </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.12 我如何使用多于一个标志？ ==== 请确信所有标志都有一个说明如下： <br /><br /> “维基数据名称及标志是维基媒体基金会的商标。” {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.13 什么时候我不得不加入商标符号？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You only need to use the trademark symbol when you do not have enough space to write the entire notice, like when you are using a trademark on a mobile screen. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.14 能否给一些正确使用商标的例子？ ==== 这里有个例子： <br /> <br /> “维基共享资源™是维基媒体基金会旗下收集自由版权的媒体文件，诸如图像、声音和电影剪辑，并面向全球广泛传播的计划网站！” {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.15 我应该使用何种尺寸的商标？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> When you use a wordmark (like "Wikipedia"), you should use the same font size for the trademark symbol as the wordmark itself. In this context, superscript formatting is encouraged for the symbol. When the mark is an image (like the puzzle globe), you should select a font size for the symbol that matches the size of the image and place the symbol so that it is clearly visible and close enough to the upper right corner of the image without touching it. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.16 但是我想把我的網頁設計得好看一點！我可不可以把商標縮小或放在其他地方？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Unfortunately, no. Remember, you only need to put the symbol next to the first or most prominent use of the mark. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-noticesymbol|回到注释或商标符号]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">2.17 What does "no endorsement by or affiliation with the Wikimedia Foundation" mean?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You need to make sure that people do not mistakenly think that you may speak on behalf of the Wikimedia Foundation or one of its sites. For instance, you need to make sure that no one thinks you work for the Wikimedia Foundation. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-withoutpermission}}3 不需询问权限的维基媒体标志使用 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">3.1 Can you give me some examples of when I can use the marks on the Wikimedia sites?</span> ==== 您可以在[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:User page}}|用户页]]、[[{{lwp|Help:Contents}}|帮助页]]和[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:About}}|关于维基媒体或其计划的页面]]使用标志。您也可以在[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Mailing lists|邮件列表]]、[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/IRC|IRC]]或用于维基媒体站点的[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:Tools}}|工具]]使用标志。以上使用需遵守[[Terms of Use|使用条款]]。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-onwmsites|回到维基媒体站点商标使用]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-notcommunityfocused}}3.2 哪些活动不是“重点放在社群的”？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> An event that includes mostly people who are not community members is not a community-focused event. (Please see the [[#FAQ-publicevent|FAQ on events in general]].) This does not mean that you cannot have guests at your meetup! </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.5 您能否提供重点放在社群的活动的例子？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Community-focused events are those events that are primarily open to community members and promote the mission. They tend to be related to improving the overall quality of the Wikimedia sites. Examples include conferences and monthly meetups hosted by community members, as well as other specific events like the "London Wikipedians regular's table," Wiki-Conference in Russia, and Wikipedia Workshop Köln (DE). </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-communityfocused|回到重点放在社群的活动]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.4 如果我的活动是重点放在社群的，我能使用哪些标志？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> First, all Wikimedia community-focused events can bear a trademarked name. You may also use the Wikimedia logos to decorate your venue, but only to the extent they are relevant. For example, you cannot use the Wikisource logo for a Wikimedia Commons-only event. However, keep in mind that the 'Wikimania' name and [[:File:Wikimania.svg|logo]] are reserved for the [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimania|yearly Wikimania conference]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-outreachexamples}}3.5 您能否提供拓展工作使用的例子？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You can put up a stand at a street fair. [[:c:Category:Wikimedia stands|Here are some examples of that]]. You may want to present the Wikimedia sites in your club or [[:c:Category:Silberwissen|reach out to seniors]]. You can also [[:c:Category:Wikipedia Schulprojekt|give a talk in a school]] or [[:c:Category:Wikipedia Education Program|create a university course]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.6 什麼是教育性資源？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Educational materials help people to understand the Wikimedia sites. They can be [[:outreach:Bookshelf Project|leaflets, videos]], [[:m:WMDOC/Cheatsheet|cheat sheets]], and other [[:m:Help:Reference card|guides]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">3.7 What about representing the community in an institution?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You need to sign and email us a Quick License if your institution wants to call you [[:outreach:Wikipedian in Residence|"Wikipedian in Residence"]] as part of a GLAM project, or something similar. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-outreach|Back to Outreach and recruitment of new editors]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-communitylogo}}3.8 这里有维基媒体社群标志？ ==== 是的！它在2008[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Community logo|官方承认]]为元维基标志。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-fairuseexamples}}3.9 合理使用是什么意思？ ==== 在美国商标法中，[[{{lwp|Fair use (U.S. trademark law)}}|合理使用]]章节允许您有条件的任意使用商标而不至于侵犯版权。本方针不会与之冲突。我们已在[[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-fairuse|3.5]]和[[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-fairuse|3.6]]章节使用您易于理解的语言提到。 除了美国商标法外，您还需留意您所在国家的版权法律，多数也规定了合理使用的情形。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.10 您能否提供更多合理使用的例子？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> This category of fair use is tricky in our case because our wordmarks were not real words before our projects were created, unlike "apple" or "facebook." But we would consider it fair use if you were to write a [[:wikt:book#Noun|book]] in the [[{{lwp|Wiki software}}|Wiki software]] and refer to it as a "wiki book," even though Wikibooks is a distinctive trademark. If you are using the wordmarks to describe our projects, that is also a type of fair use (nominative use). You can read more about nominative use [[#FAQ-nominativeuseexamples|here]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-nonfairuseexamples}}3.11 您能否提供更多并非合理使用的例子？ ==== * 使用维基媒体标志宣传您的书籍。 * 销售带有维基媒体基金会标志的T恤。 * 创建您自己的百科全书并且使用了维基百科的球形拼图。 * 使用维基媒体基金会标志为无关计划筹款。 * 在内容并非来自维基媒体站点情形下却宣称内容“来自维基百科，自由的百科全书”。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-fairuse|回到在维基站点以外的讨论（合理使用）。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-nominativeuseexamples}}3.12 您能否提供更多主要使用的例子？ ==== 这里有一些例子： # '''描述维基媒体站点：''' #* <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">In a presentation that describes how Wikipedia works, using the wordmarks in slides in your bullet points would be a nominative use. The same also applies for a blog post that describes Wikidata. If you want to "illustrate" your slides or your blog post with any of the image marks, please refer to [[#policy-noncommercial|artistic, literary, and other non-commercial uses]].</span> #* <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">However, you cannot use a trademark as a generic term. For example, you cannot set up a wiki on motorcycles and refer to it as "a wikipedia for motorcycles."</span> # '''真實準確地說明：''' #* “维基百科是世界最大的在线百科全书，并且它也是数千个网站中唯一一个集结成千上万志愿者编辑的。” #* “我在2009年加入维基百科成为一名编辑者”（在您的个人网站）。 # '''描述衍生作品：''' #* “来源：维基百科” #* “本艺术作品基于来自维基共享资源的图像创建。” #* “以下内容由维基百科内容衍生而来。” #* 或者干脆：“来自维基百科”或“至维基百科条目”（通过QR码） # '''更多個別例子:''' #* <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Refer to the sections on [[#policy-news|news reporting]]; [[#policy-blogssm|personal blogs and social media]]; [[#policy-noncommercial|artistic, literary, and other non-commercial uses]]; and [[#policy-linkstous|links to Wikimedia sites]].</span> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-nominativeuse|Back to Refer to Wikimedia sites (nominative use).]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-logonewsarticle}}3.13 我是否可以在新闻或漫画杂志或者电视新闻上使用标志或截图？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes, as long as the image illustrates the discussion in the article. Do not use our trademark just to attract attention to your work. That will confuse your readers or viewers, and ours! </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-news|回到新闻报道]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-logoblogssm}}3.14 我是否可以在博客文章或者状态更新站点包括标志？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes, as long as the image illustrates the discussion in your post. Do not use trademarked images just to attract attention to your page. Viewers of your blog or your user page should not be confused and think that your page is endorsed by the Wikimedia Foundation or any of its sites. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.15 我能否在用户名、头像或聊天软件表情中使用商标？ ==== 很遗憾，不。我们非常感谢您宣传维基媒体站点。维基媒体社群为之感谢！然而，我们不希望人们认为您的言论就可以代表维基媒体基金会。您能够继续在用户名、头像或聊天软件表情中使用社群标志。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-blogssm|回到个人博客和社交媒体]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-noncommercialexamples}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">3.16 Can you give me some examples of artistic, literary, and other non-commercial uses?</span> ==== * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Using the trademarks to discuss a scientific thesis in an academic paper.</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Illustrating a point in the slides for an educational presentation with a screenshot of a Wikimedia site.</span> * 使用标志在美术作品中。 * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Creating a parody for the purposes of conveying a political message.</span> * 撰写一本关于维基百科条目的书籍。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-noncommercial|回到艺术作品、文学作品和其他非商业性使用。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-linkingtousexamples}}3.12 您能否提供连接至维基媒体站点的例子？ ==== 是的，您可[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:Banners and buttons}}|点此]]查看。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-qrcodes}}3.18 我能在连接至维基媒体站点的QR码中使用标志么？ ==== 不。用于连接的标志不应如此使用。使用QR码连接您应使用非艺术化维基百科文字标志。您可[[#FAQ-nominativeuseexamples|点此]]了解更多。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-linkstous|回到连接至维基媒体站点。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-personalmerch}}3.19 我可以利用它們做什麼？ ==== 您可以用來製作衣服、帽子、背包、杯子、釘子、筆、貼紙、海報、屏幕背景，甚至蛋糕。大前提是你不會利用這些物品來牟利。 [[:c:Special:MyLanguage/Category:Wikipedia promotion|<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Here are some examples.</span>]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.20 我可以销售带有这些标志的周边商品么？ ==== 不，在未获授权的情况下您不能这样做。更多信息[[#policy-commercialmerch|见此]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.21 可以在其他场合使用原样么？ ==== 只要你是免費派發這些物品，可以。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.22 那么我在哪可以了解商业销售的周边产品？ ==== 最好是进入[//shop.wikimedia.org 维基媒体商店 (Wikimedia shop)]了解，这里销售的周边商品都由官方授权。如果您希望销售您自己的商品，请[[#policy-commercialmerch|参见此处]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">3.23 Can I ask commercial vendors to create custom items for me that use Wikimedia marks?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Of course! You may ask vendors like bakers and t-shirt sellers to create items with Wikimedia marks especially for you or your friends. This is okay because it is for your own personal use and no one is creating a business surrounding the sale of items with Wikimedia trademarks. And do not worry, vendors will not be required to strictly follow the Visual Identity Guidelines when it is not possible on items like cakes. For example, [[:c:Category:Wikipedia cakes|all these cakes]] are fine. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">3.24 Is it okay to commission someone else to create lots of items with the Wikimedia marks for meet-ups and similar events?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes! As long as the items are not sold to participants, it is okay to ask a vendor to create multiple items with the Wikimedia marks for community-focused parties and gatherings like edit-a-thons under [[Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy#policy-outreach|Section 3.2]] of the policy. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">3.25 Can I use high-resolution logos on commercial merchandise?</span> ==== 當然可以！雖然我們的舊版政策不允許這種做法，但是在新的政策中我們已經廢除了那條規例。 <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[#policy-owngoods|Back to Make your own branded stuff.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-specialpermission}}4 需要许可的特殊使用 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.1 如果我需要許可，我是不是要為此付費？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Usually, there is no license fee. However, we want to keep track of how our trademarks are used. Also, we want to make sure every use complies with our mission and standards. This is why we require a formal license in certain cases. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-specialpermission|回到需要许可的特殊使用。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-contests}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.2 Do I need permission for every photo contest?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You only need to get a license if you advertise the photo contest outside a Wikimedia site. This includes posters, social media, and blogs. You can freely use the marks for community-focused events. Community-focused events are those that are intended to be predominantly attended by Wikimedia community members. They do not include events open to the general public. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-photocontests|回到照片竞赛。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.3 Can I print out t-shirts with the Wikimedia logo to give out as prizes for the photo contest?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. You can always make t-shirts with the Wikimedia logos and give them away as long as you are not selling them. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-makeyourownbrandedstuff|Back to Make your own branded stuff]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.4 How can I use the marks as a Wikipedian in Residence?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The marks may be used in any way that identifies you as a Wikipedian in Residence. Please avoid confusion about official endorsement. You should clarify that you are not a representative of the Wikimedia Foundation. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-glam|回到GLAM-WIKI活动。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-cybersquatting}}<div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 4.5 Can you give an example of cybersquatting? </div> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> In the past, someone registered the domain wikkipedia.org to attract traffic to their own site. This is called [[{{lwp|cybersquatting}}|cybersquatting]] or [[{{lwp|typosquatting}}|typosquatting]] that infringes our trademark. We strictly enforce our policy against confusing domain names. Please [[:m:Trademark/Report abuse|tell us]] if you see an infringing domain name. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.6 我可以在我的域名中出现维基媒体标志么？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Unfortunately, no. If you do, there is a risk that you will confuse readers that are looking for Wikimedia content or other material related to Wikimedia. Movement organizations may be permitted to use the Wikimedia mark as part of their domain, but only after receiving special permission. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 4.7 Can I use a Wikimedia mark if I use a different top-level domain? </div> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You cannot register a Wikimedia mark as a domain, no matter the [[{{lwp|Top-level domain}}|top-level domain]], including country code top-level domains. For example, you may not register "wikipedia.jobs" even though it uses ".jobs", a different top-level domain, because "wikipedia" is a Wikimedia mark. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.8 但我希望使用我自己的特殊域名！！！ ==== 如果您有合法的理由希望使用我们的域名，请电邮联络[mailto:trademarks@wikimedia.org trademarks@wikimedia.org]。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-domains|回到域名。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-publicevent}}4.10 “公众活动”是什么？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A public event is an event that is not predominantly attended by community members. An event is also public when it is announced to the public with signs or advertisements or in an event schedule. Hence, this rule does not apply to community-focused meetups and conferences. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.10 What event uses require permission?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Using a trademark for an event includes naming the event or using a Wikimedia logo on advertisements, leaflets, signage or a website. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.11 Are there any exceptions to when events require permission?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If the name of the event uses a mark just to describe its content, that might fall under [[#policy-nominativeuse|nominative use]]. An example for this would be announcing a course called 'Editing Wikipedia for Beginners' or 'Using Wikimedia Commons as an Amateur Photographer'. However, always include a [[#policy-noticesymbol|notice]] that explains that your use is with permission from the Wikimedia Foundation and that you are not affiliated with the Foundation. Also, events hosted by a local Wikimedia chapter, thematic organization, or user group can use the marks subject to their respective agreement with the Wikimedia Foundation. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-events|Back to Events and conferences.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-publications}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.12 What is a "publication"?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Publications include books, other print media, and web pages. They also mean audiovisual media like music, and other recordings, film and online video. See [[#policy-outreach|Outreach and recruiting new editors]] for materials that provide education about a Wikimedia site. See [[#policy-moviestv|Section 4.5]] for trademark uses in films. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.13 我可以写一本关于维基百科的书籍么？ ==== [[{{lwp|Bibliography of Wikipedia}}|欢迎您这样做！]]但您不应在未获授权的情况下使用维基媒体标志在书的封面上。这是因为我们不会认可未获授权的书籍能够代言基金会。使用[[#FAQ-nonstylizedwordmark|文字标志]]作为书的标题的一部分时同样需要请求授权。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 4.14 Does this also apply to handbooks, like "A beginner's guide to Wikipedia", aimed at community members? </div> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. But, please send us a request and we will give prompt permission when appropriate. We love Wikipedia guides! </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 4.15 Does it make a difference if the book is being published by an educational publisher? </div> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> No, you will need permission as well, because even educational publishers are commercial entities. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-publications|回到出版物。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-schoolfilm}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.16 Do I need permission to show the Wikipedia marks in a film I am making for my school project?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If you are showing your film to the public, or at your school or workplace, you need permission. But we will make sure to make the permission process as easy and fast as possible. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-moviestv|回到电影和电视节目。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-commercialmerch}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.17 Will I have to donate a portion of the retail price for commercial merchandise?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> No. But you will have to tell your customers if you do not donate your profits. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.18 What do I have to say if I am donating a portion of my proceeds to the Wikimedia Foundation?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Just clearly state what portion of your proceeds will be given to the Wikimedia Foundation. You can, for example, say: "X% of your purchase will be donated to the Wikimedia Foundation." </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.19 Where should I state how much of my proceeds will be donated?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> We recommend placing the notice right next to the purchase price, where it will be clearly visible to all buyers. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.20 Do I need to mention donations to the Wikimedia Foundation if I do not donate anything at all?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. You should state that 0% of your profits will go to the Wikimedia Foundation. Otherwise, users may mistakenly believe that you are doing fundraising for the Foundation. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-commercialmerch|Back to Commercial merchandise.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 5 禁止使用的情况 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-fakearticle}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.1 Can I make a fake Wikipedia article if it is intended as a joke?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> There are exceptions where this is permissible, but they are very limited. You will likely not fall under such an exception if your mimicking site has any commercial background. Please refer to the [[#policy-noncommercial|section on Parodies]]. Most importantly, you must make sure that no one (really no one!) could confuse your site with any part of a Wikimedia site. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-mimicvsparody}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.2 How do I distinguish between a prohibited mimicking site and a parody site?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Here is an example of a mimicking site: Contrary to the [[{{lwp|Wikipedia:COI}}|Wikipedia guidelines]], you create an article on Wikipedia about yourself or your organization. For unknown reasons, "your" article is deleted. This makes you mad. You register the domain "businesspedia.org" and design a website that looks just like the Wikipedia article that just got deleted, including a link to your own website. You are happy to attract more traffic to it by confusing internet users. Booo! </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> An example of parody site: Imagine you have a great friend called [[Rory|Rory]] and his birthday is coming up. You register the domain "rorypedia.org" and design a website that looks just like a humorous Wikipedia biography on your friend Rory. Since you do not want anyone to confuse "Rorypedia" and Wikipedia, you put a bright colored bar on the top of your site saying, "This page is a present for Rory from his awesome friends and not affiliated with Wikipedia. Happy birthday, Rory!" And you take down the site once the birthday party is over. Yaaay! </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.3 How do I avoid mimicking Wikimedia sites when I use the [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/MediaWiki|MediaWiki]] software?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> All wikis using MediaWiki do in fact share certain graphic elements under the default theme, but the Wikimedia sites have certain visual features that distinguish them. Do not imitate these distinguishing features. For example, you should not use logos that are confusingly similar to the Wikimedia marks or name your site something that sounds like a Wikimedia site. But you can use the "Powered by MediaWiki" button as that button simply describes that the wiki is powered by MediaWiki. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Be sure to directly download the [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/MediaWiki|MediaWiki]] software if you want to use it. Please do not try to blindly copy the HTML code of a Wikimedia site! If you do, you will accidentally import features from our sites, like our Terms of Use or our "contact us" details. Being contacted about problems on your unrelated website understandably makes our wonderful [[:m:OTRS/Volunteering|email response team volunteers]] very unhappy. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-mirrors|Back to mimicking sites.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-linkmirror}}5.4 我可以在维基媒体站点的镜像站点使用标志连接么？ ==== 不可以。维基媒体标志只能在真实的维基媒体站点用于连接。我们愿意重申，站点由维基媒体社群维护和管理。 另外，如果您希望架设一个维基媒体站点的镜像站点，请尤其注意[[#policy-mirrors|镜像方针]]。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-linkstoothers|回到连接至非维基媒体站点。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-misrepresentation}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.5 Can you give me some examples of misrepresentation with respect to the marks?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A misrepresentative use can be something that represents yourself. That includes using a Wikimedia logo in your logo, letterhead, or the name of your organization. Online examples are your social media avatar, favicon, and website domain. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-misrepresentation|Back to Misrepresentation.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-reportingabuse}}6 报告商标滥用 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-howfight}}6.1 你們會如何打擊侵犯商標權的行為？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Each year, we receive over 100 reports of trademark violations from community members. We also employ outside contractors and legal counsel to help protect our trademark portfolio globally. Within our resource constraints, our legal team pursues misuses of our marks to ensure that the Wikimedia logos remain distinctively associated with the Wikimedia community. After careful and sensitive evaluation, we send out cease-and-desist letters, which are usually effective. In the few instances that cannot be resolved by other means, we consider litigation to protect the marks. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">6.2 Who is responsible for enforcing Wikimedia's trademarks?</span>==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Trademark enforcement is currently handled by the Wikimedia Foundation legal team to ensure consistency and compliance with trademark law. But we rely on the Wikimedia community to help us identify potential trademark infringements. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">6.3 What happens when you receive a report of a potential trademark infringement?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> When we receive a complaint that our trademarks are being misused, we first send a confirmation to the person submitting the complaint. Potential infringements are then logged into our system. The legal team then combs through each of those complaints to investigate the alleged infringement. We visit the site personally to make sure the complaint has merit. Then we apply US trademark law in assessing whether there is actual "misuse" and it is a valid infringement of the trademark. In general, the standard of "misuse" in US law is whether the use of the trademark is "confusingly similar" to the Wikimedia Foundation's use of the trademark. In other words, will the potential infringers use of the trademark confuse users into thinking their site is sponsored by or hosted by the Wikimedia Foundation? We always contact the potential infringer first to see if they will voluntarily stop using our marks or work with us to make their use less confusing. If we are unable to work things out informally, and they refuse to comply with a cease and desist letter, we decide whether to move forward with litigation to stop the infringement. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">6.4 Can I send a cease and desist letter on behalf of the Wikimedia Foundation when I find misuse?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Please do not. We really appreciate your help with trademark enforcement, but please report any misuses to us so that we can determine what action is appropriate. </div> <div class="mw-translate-fuzzy"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-reporting|回到报告商标滥用。]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-revision}}7 商标政策的修订 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">7.1 Why can you just change the FAQ section?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The FAQs are not part of the trademark policy. We created them to help you understand the policy. We want to add new questions from the community in the future and to clarify any answers users may find confusing. That is why we want to be able to update the FAQs easily. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">7.2 What if I do not agree with the changes to the policy?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> We encourage you to share your comments and concerns with us during the community feedback period following any announced changes. We will take all comments under careful advisement and ensure that any changes to our policy are consistent with our mission. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-revision|Back to Revision of the trademark policy.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 8 其他问题 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQNakedlicensing}}8.1 什么是“无效授权”？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Failure to exercise quality control in trademark licensing is referred to as "naked licensing," and can sometimes result in loss of trademark rights. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 8.2 什么是视觉识别方针？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> They are a [[Special:MyLanguage/Legal:Visual identity guidelines|set of guidelines]] you should follow when using any of the Wikimedia marks. These guidelines ensure that the marks always look their best and are not distorted in any way. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">8.3 How do the Visual Identity Guidelines relate to the trademark policy?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The Visual Identity Guidelines are a separate document from the trademark policy and can be revised without notice. These guidelines help to make sure the Wikimedia marks are always used consistently with the same level of quality. Consistent use is important in order for us to maintain protection over the Wikimedia marks. It helps avoid confusion among users that may view marks similar to the Wikimedia marks. If Wikimedia marks are displayed consistently, users can be sure when they are viewing actual Wikimedia content instead of an imposter site. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 8.4 我有更多问题如何提问？ ==== 如果您还有其他未在此列出的问题，请将其反馈至讨论页。我们将竭尽所能回答并放入本常见问题页。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} </div></div><noinclude> __NOTOC__ __NOEDITSECTION__ [[Category:Trademark policy{{#translation:}}]] [[Category:Frequently asked questions{{#translation:}}]] </noinclude> 1tsewfqbpxyu6u3n3kshm03qg1k1ot2 594037 594035 2026-09-19T03:10:39Z Pristome 225362 Created page with "2.11 我应该如何在提醒中提及商标？" 594037 wikitext text/x-wiki <noinclude><languages /> {{Policy FAQ disclaimer|page=维基媒体基金会商标政策|pagelink=Policy:Trademark policy}} </noinclude><templatestyles src="Template:Trademark/styles.css" /><div class="trademark-section trademark-faq-container"> <div class="trademark-faq-content"> {{anchor|trademark-faq}}<span class="nomobile" style="font-size:2.5em">[[File:Trademark License FAQ.svg<!--change image-->|100px|link=]] '''<includeonly>{{int string|faq}}</includeonly><noinclude>维基媒体基金会商标政策常见问题</noinclude>'''</span><br />''这些常见问题不是商标政策的组成部分。它们也不是一份法律文件。但是我们希望它们能给你提供帮助。''<span style="font-family:monospace, monospace;" dir="ltr">''':)'''</span> <noinclude>{{nonumtoc}}__TOC__</noinclude> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 0 商标政策简介 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} <!-- The form to do this is: {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 0.1 Title ==== ... {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} Either using the Sub or Not, depending on level --> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-tmprotection}}0.1 什么是“商标保护”？ ==== 商標法(trademark law)保護著某一標誌(mark)所代表的某一成果（work，像是商品或服務）之間的連結關係。它意在保障用戶不致於混淆一項成果的來源。同時，用戶也把商標當做與某成果之間的連結，因此會對此標誌所提供的成果之知名度、品質、以及服務有相當程度的期待。因此，商標是項強而有力、極富價值的工具，它能夠使維基媒體基金會以及其社群成員的知名度具象化，也可被視為一種讓用戶能夠認識某一成果或商品或服務的「簡略表達(shorthand)」。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-whataresites}}0.2 什么是“维基媒体网站(Wikimedia sites)”？ ==== 维基媒体基金会运营很多自由软件和自由内容站点，列表见此：[[Special:SiteMatrix|我们的计划]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-policyapplies}}1 本政策适用範圍？ == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-wordmark}}1.1 什么是“文字标志(wordmark)”？ ==== 顾名思义，就是只由文字组成的商标，诸如“Wikipedia”或“Wikimedia”等计划网站名。另外，这也包括任何官方译名和转写（诸如“[[:w:tr:Ana Sayfa|维基百科]]”）。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-nonstylizedwordmark}}1.2 什么是“非艺术化文字标志(non-stylized wordmark)”？ ==== 非艺术化文字标志就是“维基媒体”及其计划的通用名称，诸如“维基百科”、“维基词典”等。相比之下，艺术化文字标志就是在这些名字基础上适当修改文字结构诸如字体。诸如“维基百科”文字标志艺术化后就是[[File:Wikipedia wordmark.svg|80px]]。无论文字标志是否艺术化均属于维基媒体基金会的商标。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-tradedress}}1.3 什么是“商用外观(trade dress)”？ ==== 對我們而言，商用外觀意指網站或文章的設計符合網站或線上資料的來源。你可以把它看成某個網站「看起來和感覺起來的樣子」。比方說，維基百科條目的設計與外觀、或像是維基百科的首頁。任何維基媒體網站的商用外觀同時也屬於維基媒體基金會的商標。商標法也保護商用外觀。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-wikimediamarks|返回“维基媒体标志。”]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-communitymember}}1.4 什么是“社区成员”？ ==== 任何在维基媒体站点有贡献的人。她也包括任何基金会职员、分会成员、专题组织成员、用户组成员和基金会本身。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-communitymembers|回到社群成员]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-moveorgsfreely}}1.5 为何運動组织不能任意地使用商標？ ==== 身為商標的法定持有者，我們需要掌控運動組織使用商標的方式以保護整個社群。你可以在[[#purpose-maintainrights|這裡]]閱讀更多相關資料。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 1.6 什么是此商标政策和分会、用户组或专题组织协议之间的关系？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Chapters, user groups, and thematic organizations must comply both with this trademark policy and their respective agreement with the Wikimedia Foundation. If there are inconsistencies between this trademark policy and a chapter, user group, or a thematic organization agreement, the organization should follow their agreement. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-wmorgs|回到分会、用户组和专题组织]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 2 如何使用维基媒体商标 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-smallerlogo}}2.1 如果我的产品和服务不由维基媒体基金会提供，我的商标、名称或公司名称是否能够比维基媒体商标更小？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> No. We need to make sure it is extremely clear that the Wikimedia Foundation is not providing your products or services. This is a simple, consistent way of doing that. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.2 如果我清晰地声明产品或服务由我提供，会怎么样？ ==== 對不起，您的商標、名字或公司名字一定要比維基商標大，而且必須適當地分隔開，因為不是每個人都會閱讀文字，可能有些人只會留意圖片。因此，我們必須確保您的產品或服務並非由維基媒體基金會提供。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-outsidewmsites}}2.3 你们说的“在维基媒体站点以外”是指什么？ ==== 也就是不在[[#FAQ-whataresites|维基媒体基金会控制的站点]]使用商标，例如：维基百科、维基共享资源、维基词典、维基数据、维基语录、维基教科书、维基文库、维基物种、维基新闻、维基学院、维基导游和元维基。回顾商标政策，维基媒雲端虚拟专用服务器的标志也被视为维基媒体站点标志。另外，您可以在站外使用这些标志用于编辑马拉松。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.4 我是否仍然能创建将维基媒体商标和像“在居住地的维基人”的其他词语结合起来的词条？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. This provision is not meant to stop community members from creatively combining the marks with other words to create new terms for the Wikimedia movement as long as they do it on the Wikimedia sites. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-translatetext}}2.5 我可以翻译这些商标的文字么？ ==== 您应该[[#FAQ-whataresites|在维基媒体网站的框架下]]翻译这些商标的文字。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.6 我能添加图形元素（例如，为了庆祝特殊活动）吗？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You can create [[:c:Category:SVG Wikimedia community logos|remixes]] for special on-site purposes, but please do not change the logos outside our sites. These and many, many other questions are answered in the [[Visual identity guidelines|Visual Identity Guidelines]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.7 哪些维基媒体商标的重新组合的类型能够在维基媒体网站之外使用？ ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Certain remixes of Wikimedia logos may be used outside of Wikimedia sites as long as the remix does not look too similar to any of the Wikimedia marks. Please make sure that the remix will not be confused with the original Wikimedia logo.</span> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.8 我可以使用标志的高清版么？ ==== 是的！[[Wikimedia official marks|这里请]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-wheretmnotice}}2.9 我在哪里注释商标提醒？ ==== 尽可能在显眼的位置例如注脚。当有人阅读您的文档、访问您的网站或观看您的电影时应能较容易的找到。有几个很好的例子：文档（同一）页面的底部、藏书票上、网页页脚和/或电影制作者清单后。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.10 如果我认为我没有足够的位置注明提醒我应该怎么办？ ==== 不要担心！如果您是想面向移动设备或其他中小屏幕设备注明，您只需要在维基媒体商标后面加注商标符号（™）即可。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.11 我应该如何在提醒中提及商标？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Wordmarks can be referenced verbatim (i.e. "Wikimedia Commons"). Logos should be described according to the [[Visual identity guidelines#toc-puzzle|Visual Identity Guidelines]]. Examples include the "Wikipedia Puzzle Globe" and the "'W' icon." </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.12 我如何使用多于一个标志？ ==== 请确信所有标志都有一个说明如下： <br /><br /> “维基数据名称及标志是维基媒体基金会的商标。” {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.13 什么时候我不得不加入商标符号？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You only need to use the trademark symbol when you do not have enough space to write the entire notice, like when you are using a trademark on a mobile screen. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.14 能否给一些正确使用商标的例子？ ==== 这里有个例子： <br /> <br /> “维基共享资源™是维基媒体基金会旗下收集自由版权的媒体文件，诸如图像、声音和电影剪辑，并面向全球广泛传播的计划网站！” {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.15 我应该使用何种尺寸的商标？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> When you use a wordmark (like "Wikipedia"), you should use the same font size for the trademark symbol as the wordmark itself. In this context, superscript formatting is encouraged for the symbol. When the mark is an image (like the puzzle globe), you should select a font size for the symbol that matches the size of the image and place the symbol so that it is clearly visible and close enough to the upper right corner of the image without touching it. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.16 但是我想把我的網頁設計得好看一點！我可不可以把商標縮小或放在其他地方？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Unfortunately, no. Remember, you only need to put the symbol next to the first or most prominent use of the mark. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-noticesymbol|回到注释或商标符号]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">2.17 What does "no endorsement by or affiliation with the Wikimedia Foundation" mean?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You need to make sure that people do not mistakenly think that you may speak on behalf of the Wikimedia Foundation or one of its sites. For instance, you need to make sure that no one thinks you work for the Wikimedia Foundation. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-withoutpermission}}3 不需询问权限的维基媒体标志使用 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">3.1 Can you give me some examples of when I can use the marks on the Wikimedia sites?</span> ==== 您可以在[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:User page}}|用户页]]、[[{{lwp|Help:Contents}}|帮助页]]和[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:About}}|关于维基媒体或其计划的页面]]使用标志。您也可以在[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Mailing lists|邮件列表]]、[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/IRC|IRC]]或用于维基媒体站点的[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:Tools}}|工具]]使用标志。以上使用需遵守[[Terms of Use|使用条款]]。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-onwmsites|回到维基媒体站点商标使用]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-notcommunityfocused}}3.2 哪些活动不是“重点放在社群的”？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> An event that includes mostly people who are not community members is not a community-focused event. (Please see the [[#FAQ-publicevent|FAQ on events in general]].) This does not mean that you cannot have guests at your meetup! </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.5 您能否提供重点放在社群的活动的例子？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Community-focused events are those events that are primarily open to community members and promote the mission. They tend to be related to improving the overall quality of the Wikimedia sites. Examples include conferences and monthly meetups hosted by community members, as well as other specific events like the "London Wikipedians regular's table," Wiki-Conference in Russia, and Wikipedia Workshop Köln (DE). </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-communityfocused|回到重点放在社群的活动]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.4 如果我的活动是重点放在社群的，我能使用哪些标志？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> First, all Wikimedia community-focused events can bear a trademarked name. You may also use the Wikimedia logos to decorate your venue, but only to the extent they are relevant. For example, you cannot use the Wikisource logo for a Wikimedia Commons-only event. However, keep in mind that the 'Wikimania' name and [[:File:Wikimania.svg|logo]] are reserved for the [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimania|yearly Wikimania conference]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-outreachexamples}}3.5 您能否提供拓展工作使用的例子？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You can put up a stand at a street fair. [[:c:Category:Wikimedia stands|Here are some examples of that]]. You may want to present the Wikimedia sites in your club or [[:c:Category:Silberwissen|reach out to seniors]]. You can also [[:c:Category:Wikipedia Schulprojekt|give a talk in a school]] or [[:c:Category:Wikipedia Education Program|create a university course]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.6 什麼是教育性資源？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Educational materials help people to understand the Wikimedia sites. They can be [[:outreach:Bookshelf Project|leaflets, videos]], [[:m:WMDOC/Cheatsheet|cheat sheets]], and other [[:m:Help:Reference card|guides]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">3.7 What about representing the community in an institution?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You need to sign and email us a Quick License if your institution wants to call you [[:outreach:Wikipedian in Residence|"Wikipedian in Residence"]] as part of a GLAM project, or something similar. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-outreach|Back to Outreach and recruitment of new editors]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-communitylogo}}3.8 这里有维基媒体社群标志？ ==== 是的！它在2008[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Community logo|官方承认]]为元维基标志。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-fairuseexamples}}3.9 合理使用是什么意思？ ==== 在美国商标法中，[[{{lwp|Fair use (U.S. trademark law)}}|合理使用]]章节允许您有条件的任意使用商标而不至于侵犯版权。本方针不会与之冲突。我们已在[[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-fairuse|3.5]]和[[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-fairuse|3.6]]章节使用您易于理解的语言提到。 除了美国商标法外，您还需留意您所在国家的版权法律，多数也规定了合理使用的情形。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.10 您能否提供更多合理使用的例子？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> This category of fair use is tricky in our case because our wordmarks were not real words before our projects were created, unlike "apple" or "facebook." But we would consider it fair use if you were to write a [[:wikt:book#Noun|book]] in the [[{{lwp|Wiki software}}|Wiki software]] and refer to it as a "wiki book," even though Wikibooks is a distinctive trademark. If you are using the wordmarks to describe our projects, that is also a type of fair use (nominative use). You can read more about nominative use [[#FAQ-nominativeuseexamples|here]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-nonfairuseexamples}}3.11 您能否提供更多并非合理使用的例子？ ==== * 使用维基媒体标志宣传您的书籍。 * 销售带有维基媒体基金会标志的T恤。 * 创建您自己的百科全书并且使用了维基百科的球形拼图。 * 使用维基媒体基金会标志为无关计划筹款。 * 在内容并非来自维基媒体站点情形下却宣称内容“来自维基百科，自由的百科全书”。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-fairuse|回到在维基站点以外的讨论（合理使用）。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-nominativeuseexamples}}3.12 您能否提供更多主要使用的例子？ ==== 这里有一些例子： # '''描述维基媒体站点：''' #* <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">In a presentation that describes how Wikipedia works, using the wordmarks in slides in your bullet points would be a nominative use. The same also applies for a blog post that describes Wikidata. If you want to "illustrate" your slides or your blog post with any of the image marks, please refer to [[#policy-noncommercial|artistic, literary, and other non-commercial uses]].</span> #* <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">However, you cannot use a trademark as a generic term. For example, you cannot set up a wiki on motorcycles and refer to it as "a wikipedia for motorcycles."</span> # '''真實準確地說明：''' #* “维基百科是世界最大的在线百科全书，并且它也是数千个网站中唯一一个集结成千上万志愿者编辑的。” #* “我在2009年加入维基百科成为一名编辑者”（在您的个人网站）。 # '''描述衍生作品：''' #* “来源：维基百科” #* “本艺术作品基于来自维基共享资源的图像创建。” #* “以下内容由维基百科内容衍生而来。” #* 或者干脆：“来自维基百科”或“至维基百科条目”（通过QR码） # '''更多個別例子:''' #* <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Refer to the sections on [[#policy-news|news reporting]]; [[#policy-blogssm|personal blogs and social media]]; [[#policy-noncommercial|artistic, literary, and other non-commercial uses]]; and [[#policy-linkstous|links to Wikimedia sites]].</span> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-nominativeuse|Back to Refer to Wikimedia sites (nominative use).]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-logonewsarticle}}3.13 我是否可以在新闻或漫画杂志或者电视新闻上使用标志或截图？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes, as long as the image illustrates the discussion in the article. Do not use our trademark just to attract attention to your work. That will confuse your readers or viewers, and ours! </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-news|回到新闻报道]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-logoblogssm}}3.14 我是否可以在博客文章或者状态更新站点包括标志？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes, as long as the image illustrates the discussion in your post. Do not use trademarked images just to attract attention to your page. Viewers of your blog or your user page should not be confused and think that your page is endorsed by the Wikimedia Foundation or any of its sites. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.15 我能否在用户名、头像或聊天软件表情中使用商标？ ==== 很遗憾，不。我们非常感谢您宣传维基媒体站点。维基媒体社群为之感谢！然而，我们不希望人们认为您的言论就可以代表维基媒体基金会。您能够继续在用户名、头像或聊天软件表情中使用社群标志。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-blogssm|回到个人博客和社交媒体]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-noncommercialexamples}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">3.16 Can you give me some examples of artistic, literary, and other non-commercial uses?</span> ==== * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Using the trademarks to discuss a scientific thesis in an academic paper.</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Illustrating a point in the slides for an educational presentation with a screenshot of a Wikimedia site.</span> * 使用标志在美术作品中。 * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Creating a parody for the purposes of conveying a political message.</span> * 撰写一本关于维基百科条目的书籍。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-noncommercial|回到艺术作品、文学作品和其他非商业性使用。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-linkingtousexamples}}3.12 您能否提供连接至维基媒体站点的例子？ ==== 是的，您可[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:Banners and buttons}}|点此]]查看。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-qrcodes}}3.18 我能在连接至维基媒体站点的QR码中使用标志么？ ==== 不。用于连接的标志不应如此使用。使用QR码连接您应使用非艺术化维基百科文字标志。您可[[#FAQ-nominativeuseexamples|点此]]了解更多。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-linkstous|回到连接至维基媒体站点。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-personalmerch}}3.19 我可以利用它們做什麼？ ==== 您可以用來製作衣服、帽子、背包、杯子、釘子、筆、貼紙、海報、屏幕背景，甚至蛋糕。大前提是你不會利用這些物品來牟利。 [[:c:Special:MyLanguage/Category:Wikipedia promotion|<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Here are some examples.</span>]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.20 我可以销售带有这些标志的周边商品么？ ==== 不，在未获授权的情况下您不能这样做。更多信息[[#policy-commercialmerch|见此]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.21 可以在其他场合使用原样么？ ==== 只要你是免費派發這些物品，可以。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.22 那么我在哪可以了解商业销售的周边产品？ ==== 最好是进入[//shop.wikimedia.org 维基媒体商店 (Wikimedia shop)]了解，这里销售的周边商品都由官方授权。如果您希望销售您自己的商品，请[[#policy-commercialmerch|参见此处]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">3.23 Can I ask commercial vendors to create custom items for me that use Wikimedia marks?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Of course! You may ask vendors like bakers and t-shirt sellers to create items with Wikimedia marks especially for you or your friends. This is okay because it is for your own personal use and no one is creating a business surrounding the sale of items with Wikimedia trademarks. And do not worry, vendors will not be required to strictly follow the Visual Identity Guidelines when it is not possible on items like cakes. For example, [[:c:Category:Wikipedia cakes|all these cakes]] are fine. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">3.24 Is it okay to commission someone else to create lots of items with the Wikimedia marks for meet-ups and similar events?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes! As long as the items are not sold to participants, it is okay to ask a vendor to create multiple items with the Wikimedia marks for community-focused parties and gatherings like edit-a-thons under [[Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy#policy-outreach|Section 3.2]] of the policy. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">3.25 Can I use high-resolution logos on commercial merchandise?</span> ==== 當然可以！雖然我們的舊版政策不允許這種做法，但是在新的政策中我們已經廢除了那條規例。 <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[#policy-owngoods|Back to Make your own branded stuff.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-specialpermission}}4 需要许可的特殊使用 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.1 如果我需要許可，我是不是要為此付費？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Usually, there is no license fee. However, we want to keep track of how our trademarks are used. Also, we want to make sure every use complies with our mission and standards. This is why we require a formal license in certain cases. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-specialpermission|回到需要许可的特殊使用。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-contests}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.2 Do I need permission for every photo contest?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You only need to get a license if you advertise the photo contest outside a Wikimedia site. This includes posters, social media, and blogs. You can freely use the marks for community-focused events. Community-focused events are those that are intended to be predominantly attended by Wikimedia community members. They do not include events open to the general public. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-photocontests|回到照片竞赛。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.3 Can I print out t-shirts with the Wikimedia logo to give out as prizes for the photo contest?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. You can always make t-shirts with the Wikimedia logos and give them away as long as you are not selling them. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-makeyourownbrandedstuff|Back to Make your own branded stuff]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.4 How can I use the marks as a Wikipedian in Residence?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The marks may be used in any way that identifies you as a Wikipedian in Residence. Please avoid confusion about official endorsement. You should clarify that you are not a representative of the Wikimedia Foundation. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-glam|回到GLAM-WIKI活动。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-cybersquatting}}<div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 4.5 Can you give an example of cybersquatting? </div> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> In the past, someone registered the domain wikkipedia.org to attract traffic to their own site. This is called [[{{lwp|cybersquatting}}|cybersquatting]] or [[{{lwp|typosquatting}}|typosquatting]] that infringes our trademark. We strictly enforce our policy against confusing domain names. Please [[:m:Trademark/Report abuse|tell us]] if you see an infringing domain name. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.6 我可以在我的域名中出现维基媒体标志么？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Unfortunately, no. If you do, there is a risk that you will confuse readers that are looking for Wikimedia content or other material related to Wikimedia. Movement organizations may be permitted to use the Wikimedia mark as part of their domain, but only after receiving special permission. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 4.7 Can I use a Wikimedia mark if I use a different top-level domain? </div> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You cannot register a Wikimedia mark as a domain, no matter the [[{{lwp|Top-level domain}}|top-level domain]], including country code top-level domains. For example, you may not register "wikipedia.jobs" even though it uses ".jobs", a different top-level domain, because "wikipedia" is a Wikimedia mark. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.8 但我希望使用我自己的特殊域名！！！ ==== 如果您有合法的理由希望使用我们的域名，请电邮联络[mailto:trademarks@wikimedia.org trademarks@wikimedia.org]。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-domains|回到域名。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-publicevent}}4.10 “公众活动”是什么？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A public event is an event that is not predominantly attended by community members. An event is also public when it is announced to the public with signs or advertisements or in an event schedule. Hence, this rule does not apply to community-focused meetups and conferences. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.10 What event uses require permission?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Using a trademark for an event includes naming the event or using a Wikimedia logo on advertisements, leaflets, signage or a website. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.11 Are there any exceptions to when events require permission?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If the name of the event uses a mark just to describe its content, that might fall under [[#policy-nominativeuse|nominative use]]. An example for this would be announcing a course called 'Editing Wikipedia for Beginners' or 'Using Wikimedia Commons as an Amateur Photographer'. However, always include a [[#policy-noticesymbol|notice]] that explains that your use is with permission from the Wikimedia Foundation and that you are not affiliated with the Foundation. Also, events hosted by a local Wikimedia chapter, thematic organization, or user group can use the marks subject to their respective agreement with the Wikimedia Foundation. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-events|Back to Events and conferences.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-publications}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.12 What is a "publication"?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Publications include books, other print media, and web pages. They also mean audiovisual media like music, and other recordings, film and online video. See [[#policy-outreach|Outreach and recruiting new editors]] for materials that provide education about a Wikimedia site. See [[#policy-moviestv|Section 4.5]] for trademark uses in films. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.13 我可以写一本关于维基百科的书籍么？ ==== [[{{lwp|Bibliography of Wikipedia}}|欢迎您这样做！]]但您不应在未获授权的情况下使用维基媒体标志在书的封面上。这是因为我们不会认可未获授权的书籍能够代言基金会。使用[[#FAQ-nonstylizedwordmark|文字标志]]作为书的标题的一部分时同样需要请求授权。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 4.14 Does this also apply to handbooks, like "A beginner's guide to Wikipedia", aimed at community members? </div> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. But, please send us a request and we will give prompt permission when appropriate. We love Wikipedia guides! </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 4.15 Does it make a difference if the book is being published by an educational publisher? </div> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> No, you will need permission as well, because even educational publishers are commercial entities. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-publications|回到出版物。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-schoolfilm}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.16 Do I need permission to show the Wikipedia marks in a film I am making for my school project?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If you are showing your film to the public, or at your school or workplace, you need permission. But we will make sure to make the permission process as easy and fast as possible. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-moviestv|回到电影和电视节目。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-commercialmerch}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.17 Will I have to donate a portion of the retail price for commercial merchandise?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> No. But you will have to tell your customers if you do not donate your profits. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.18 What do I have to say if I am donating a portion of my proceeds to the Wikimedia Foundation?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Just clearly state what portion of your proceeds will be given to the Wikimedia Foundation. You can, for example, say: "X% of your purchase will be donated to the Wikimedia Foundation." </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.19 Where should I state how much of my proceeds will be donated?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> We recommend placing the notice right next to the purchase price, where it will be clearly visible to all buyers. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.20 Do I need to mention donations to the Wikimedia Foundation if I do not donate anything at all?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. You should state that 0% of your profits will go to the Wikimedia Foundation. Otherwise, users may mistakenly believe that you are doing fundraising for the Foundation. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-commercialmerch|Back to Commercial merchandise.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 5 禁止使用的情况 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-fakearticle}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.1 Can I make a fake Wikipedia article if it is intended as a joke?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> There are exceptions where this is permissible, but they are very limited. You will likely not fall under such an exception if your mimicking site has any commercial background. Please refer to the [[#policy-noncommercial|section on Parodies]]. Most importantly, you must make sure that no one (really no one!) could confuse your site with any part of a Wikimedia site. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-mimicvsparody}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.2 How do I distinguish between a prohibited mimicking site and a parody site?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Here is an example of a mimicking site: Contrary to the [[{{lwp|Wikipedia:COI}}|Wikipedia guidelines]], you create an article on Wikipedia about yourself or your organization. For unknown reasons, "your" article is deleted. This makes you mad. You register the domain "businesspedia.org" and design a website that looks just like the Wikipedia article that just got deleted, including a link to your own website. You are happy to attract more traffic to it by confusing internet users. Booo! </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> An example of parody site: Imagine you have a great friend called [[Rory|Rory]] and his birthday is coming up. You register the domain "rorypedia.org" and design a website that looks just like a humorous Wikipedia biography on your friend Rory. Since you do not want anyone to confuse "Rorypedia" and Wikipedia, you put a bright colored bar on the top of your site saying, "This page is a present for Rory from his awesome friends and not affiliated with Wikipedia. Happy birthday, Rory!" And you take down the site once the birthday party is over. Yaaay! </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.3 How do I avoid mimicking Wikimedia sites when I use the [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/MediaWiki|MediaWiki]] software?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> All wikis using MediaWiki do in fact share certain graphic elements under the default theme, but the Wikimedia sites have certain visual features that distinguish them. Do not imitate these distinguishing features. For example, you should not use logos that are confusingly similar to the Wikimedia marks or name your site something that sounds like a Wikimedia site. But you can use the "Powered by MediaWiki" button as that button simply describes that the wiki is powered by MediaWiki. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Be sure to directly download the [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/MediaWiki|MediaWiki]] software if you want to use it. Please do not try to blindly copy the HTML code of a Wikimedia site! If you do, you will accidentally import features from our sites, like our Terms of Use or our "contact us" details. Being contacted about problems on your unrelated website understandably makes our wonderful [[:m:OTRS/Volunteering|email response team volunteers]] very unhappy. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-mirrors|Back to mimicking sites.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-linkmirror}}5.4 我可以在维基媒体站点的镜像站点使用标志连接么？ ==== 不可以。维基媒体标志只能在真实的维基媒体站点用于连接。我们愿意重申，站点由维基媒体社群维护和管理。 另外，如果您希望架设一个维基媒体站点的镜像站点，请尤其注意[[#policy-mirrors|镜像方针]]。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-linkstoothers|回到连接至非维基媒体站点。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-misrepresentation}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.5 Can you give me some examples of misrepresentation with respect to the marks?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A misrepresentative use can be something that represents yourself. That includes using a Wikimedia logo in your logo, letterhead, or the name of your organization. Online examples are your social media avatar, favicon, and website domain. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-misrepresentation|Back to Misrepresentation.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-reportingabuse}}6 报告商标滥用 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-howfight}}6.1 你們會如何打擊侵犯商標權的行為？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Each year, we receive over 100 reports of trademark violations from community members. We also employ outside contractors and legal counsel to help protect our trademark portfolio globally. Within our resource constraints, our legal team pursues misuses of our marks to ensure that the Wikimedia logos remain distinctively associated with the Wikimedia community. After careful and sensitive evaluation, we send out cease-and-desist letters, which are usually effective. In the few instances that cannot be resolved by other means, we consider litigation to protect the marks. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">6.2 Who is responsible for enforcing Wikimedia's trademarks?</span>==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Trademark enforcement is currently handled by the Wikimedia Foundation legal team to ensure consistency and compliance with trademark law. But we rely on the Wikimedia community to help us identify potential trademark infringements. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">6.3 What happens when you receive a report of a potential trademark infringement?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> When we receive a complaint that our trademarks are being misused, we first send a confirmation to the person submitting the complaint. Potential infringements are then logged into our system. The legal team then combs through each of those complaints to investigate the alleged infringement. We visit the site personally to make sure the complaint has merit. Then we apply US trademark law in assessing whether there is actual "misuse" and it is a valid infringement of the trademark. In general, the standard of "misuse" in US law is whether the use of the trademark is "confusingly similar" to the Wikimedia Foundation's use of the trademark. In other words, will the potential infringers use of the trademark confuse users into thinking their site is sponsored by or hosted by the Wikimedia Foundation? We always contact the potential infringer first to see if they will voluntarily stop using our marks or work with us to make their use less confusing. If we are unable to work things out informally, and they refuse to comply with a cease and desist letter, we decide whether to move forward with litigation to stop the infringement. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">6.4 Can I send a cease and desist letter on behalf of the Wikimedia Foundation when I find misuse?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Please do not. We really appreciate your help with trademark enforcement, but please report any misuses to us so that we can determine what action is appropriate. </div> <div class="mw-translate-fuzzy"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-reporting|回到报告商标滥用。]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-revision}}7 商标政策的修订 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">7.1 Why can you just change the FAQ section?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The FAQs are not part of the trademark policy. We created them to help you understand the policy. We want to add new questions from the community in the future and to clarify any answers users may find confusing. That is why we want to be able to update the FAQs easily. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">7.2 What if I do not agree with the changes to the policy?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> We encourage you to share your comments and concerns with us during the community feedback period following any announced changes. We will take all comments under careful advisement and ensure that any changes to our policy are consistent with our mission. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-revision|Back to Revision of the trademark policy.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 8 其他问题 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQNakedlicensing}}8.1 什么是“无效授权”？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Failure to exercise quality control in trademark licensing is referred to as "naked licensing," and can sometimes result in loss of trademark rights. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 8.2 什么是视觉识别方针？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> They are a [[Special:MyLanguage/Legal:Visual identity guidelines|set of guidelines]] you should follow when using any of the Wikimedia marks. These guidelines ensure that the marks always look their best and are not distorted in any way. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">8.3 How do the Visual Identity Guidelines relate to the trademark policy?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The Visual Identity Guidelines are a separate document from the trademark policy and can be revised without notice. These guidelines help to make sure the Wikimedia marks are always used consistently with the same level of quality. Consistent use is important in order for us to maintain protection over the Wikimedia marks. It helps avoid confusion among users that may view marks similar to the Wikimedia marks. If Wikimedia marks are displayed consistently, users can be sure when they are viewing actual Wikimedia content instead of an imposter site. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 8.4 我有更多问题如何提问？ ==== 如果您还有其他未在此列出的问题，请将其反馈至讨论页。我们将竭尽所能回答并放入本常见问题页。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} </div></div><noinclude> __NOTOC__ __NOEDITSECTION__ [[Category:Trademark policy{{#translation:}}]] [[Category:Frequently asked questions{{#translation:}}]] </noinclude> ttdsxethfuorf8g2ckhnpxwxzkotrn4 594039 594037 2026-09-19T03:41:22Z Pristome 225362 Created page with "2.17 “未被维基媒体基金会批准或与其相关”意味着什么？" 594039 wikitext text/x-wiki <noinclude><languages /> {{Policy FAQ disclaimer|page=维基媒体基金会商标政策|pagelink=Policy:Trademark policy}} </noinclude><templatestyles src="Template:Trademark/styles.css" /><div class="trademark-section trademark-faq-container"> <div class="trademark-faq-content"> {{anchor|trademark-faq}}<span class="nomobile" style="font-size:2.5em">[[File:Trademark License FAQ.svg<!--change image-->|100px|link=]] '''<includeonly>{{int string|faq}}</includeonly><noinclude>维基媒体基金会商标政策常见问题</noinclude>'''</span><br />''这些常见问题不是商标政策的组成部分。它们也不是一份法律文件。但是我们希望它们能给你提供帮助。''<span style="font-family:monospace, monospace;" dir="ltr">''':)'''</span> <noinclude>{{nonumtoc}}__TOC__</noinclude> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 0 商标政策简介 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} <!-- The form to do this is: {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 0.1 Title ==== ... {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} Either using the Sub or Not, depending on level --> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-tmprotection}}0.1 什么是“商标保护”？ ==== 商標法(trademark law)保護著某一標誌(mark)所代表的某一成果（work，像是商品或服務）之間的連結關係。它意在保障用戶不致於混淆一項成果的來源。同時，用戶也把商標當做與某成果之間的連結，因此會對此標誌所提供的成果之知名度、品質、以及服務有相當程度的期待。因此，商標是項強而有力、極富價值的工具，它能夠使維基媒體基金會以及其社群成員的知名度具象化，也可被視為一種讓用戶能夠認識某一成果或商品或服務的「簡略表達(shorthand)」。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-whataresites}}0.2 什么是“维基媒体网站(Wikimedia sites)”？ ==== 维基媒体基金会运营很多自由软件和自由内容站点，列表见此：[[Special:SiteMatrix|我们的计划]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-policyapplies}}1 本政策适用範圍？ == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-wordmark}}1.1 什么是“文字标志(wordmark)”？ ==== 顾名思义，就是只由文字组成的商标，诸如“Wikipedia”或“Wikimedia”等计划网站名。另外，这也包括任何官方译名和转写（诸如“[[:w:tr:Ana Sayfa|维基百科]]”）。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-nonstylizedwordmark}}1.2 什么是“非艺术化文字标志(non-stylized wordmark)”？ ==== 非艺术化文字标志就是“维基媒体”及其计划的通用名称，诸如“维基百科”、“维基词典”等。相比之下，艺术化文字标志就是在这些名字基础上适当修改文字结构诸如字体。诸如“维基百科”文字标志艺术化后就是[[File:Wikipedia wordmark.svg|80px]]。无论文字标志是否艺术化均属于维基媒体基金会的商标。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-tradedress}}1.3 什么是“商用外观(trade dress)”？ ==== 對我們而言，商用外觀意指網站或文章的設計符合網站或線上資料的來源。你可以把它看成某個網站「看起來和感覺起來的樣子」。比方說，維基百科條目的設計與外觀、或像是維基百科的首頁。任何維基媒體網站的商用外觀同時也屬於維基媒體基金會的商標。商標法也保護商用外觀。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-wikimediamarks|返回“维基媒体标志。”]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-communitymember}}1.4 什么是“社区成员”？ ==== 任何在维基媒体站点有贡献的人。她也包括任何基金会职员、分会成员、专题组织成员、用户组成员和基金会本身。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-communitymembers|回到社群成员]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-moveorgsfreely}}1.5 为何運動组织不能任意地使用商標？ ==== 身為商標的法定持有者，我們需要掌控運動組織使用商標的方式以保護整個社群。你可以在[[#purpose-maintainrights|這裡]]閱讀更多相關資料。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 1.6 什么是此商标政策和分会、用户组或专题组织协议之间的关系？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Chapters, user groups, and thematic organizations must comply both with this trademark policy and their respective agreement with the Wikimedia Foundation. If there are inconsistencies between this trademark policy and a chapter, user group, or a thematic organization agreement, the organization should follow their agreement. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-wmorgs|回到分会、用户组和专题组织]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 2 如何使用维基媒体商标 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-smallerlogo}}2.1 如果我的产品和服务不由维基媒体基金会提供，我的商标、名称或公司名称是否能够比维基媒体商标更小？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> No. We need to make sure it is extremely clear that the Wikimedia Foundation is not providing your products or services. This is a simple, consistent way of doing that. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.2 如果我清晰地声明产品或服务由我提供，会怎么样？ ==== 對不起，您的商標、名字或公司名字一定要比維基商標大，而且必須適當地分隔開，因為不是每個人都會閱讀文字，可能有些人只會留意圖片。因此，我們必須確保您的產品或服務並非由維基媒體基金會提供。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-outsidewmsites}}2.3 你们说的“在维基媒体站点以外”是指什么？ ==== 也就是不在[[#FAQ-whataresites|维基媒体基金会控制的站点]]使用商标，例如：维基百科、维基共享资源、维基词典、维基数据、维基语录、维基教科书、维基文库、维基物种、维基新闻、维基学院、维基导游和元维基。回顾商标政策，维基媒雲端虚拟专用服务器的标志也被视为维基媒体站点标志。另外，您可以在站外使用这些标志用于编辑马拉松。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.4 我是否仍然能创建将维基媒体商标和像“在居住地的维基人”的其他词语结合起来的词条？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. This provision is not meant to stop community members from creatively combining the marks with other words to create new terms for the Wikimedia movement as long as they do it on the Wikimedia sites. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-translatetext}}2.5 我可以翻译这些商标的文字么？ ==== 您应该[[#FAQ-whataresites|在维基媒体网站的框架下]]翻译这些商标的文字。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.6 我能添加图形元素（例如，为了庆祝特殊活动）吗？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You can create [[:c:Category:SVG Wikimedia community logos|remixes]] for special on-site purposes, but please do not change the logos outside our sites. These and many, many other questions are answered in the [[Visual identity guidelines|Visual Identity Guidelines]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.7 哪些维基媒体商标的重新组合的类型能够在维基媒体网站之外使用？ ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Certain remixes of Wikimedia logos may be used outside of Wikimedia sites as long as the remix does not look too similar to any of the Wikimedia marks. Please make sure that the remix will not be confused with the original Wikimedia logo.</span> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.8 我可以使用标志的高清版么？ ==== 是的！[[Wikimedia official marks|这里请]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-wheretmnotice}}2.9 我在哪里注释商标提醒？ ==== 尽可能在显眼的位置例如注脚。当有人阅读您的文档、访问您的网站或观看您的电影时应能较容易的找到。有几个很好的例子：文档（同一）页面的底部、藏书票上、网页页脚和/或电影制作者清单后。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.10 如果我认为我没有足够的位置注明提醒我应该怎么办？ ==== 不要担心！如果您是想面向移动设备或其他中小屏幕设备注明，您只需要在维基媒体商标后面加注商标符号（™）即可。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.11 我应该如何在提醒中提及商标？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Wordmarks can be referenced verbatim (i.e. "Wikimedia Commons"). Logos should be described according to the [[Visual identity guidelines#toc-puzzle|Visual Identity Guidelines]]. Examples include the "Wikipedia Puzzle Globe" and the "'W' icon." </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.12 我如何使用多于一个标志？ ==== 请确信所有标志都有一个说明如下： <br /><br /> “维基数据名称及标志是维基媒体基金会的商标。” {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.13 什么时候我不得不加入商标符号？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You only need to use the trademark symbol when you do not have enough space to write the entire notice, like when you are using a trademark on a mobile screen. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.14 能否给一些正确使用商标的例子？ ==== 这里有个例子： <br /> <br /> “维基共享资源™是维基媒体基金会旗下收集自由版权的媒体文件，诸如图像、声音和电影剪辑，并面向全球广泛传播的计划网站！” {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.15 我应该使用何种尺寸的商标？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> When you use a wordmark (like "Wikipedia"), you should use the same font size for the trademark symbol as the wordmark itself. In this context, superscript formatting is encouraged for the symbol. When the mark is an image (like the puzzle globe), you should select a font size for the symbol that matches the size of the image and place the symbol so that it is clearly visible and close enough to the upper right corner of the image without touching it. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.16 但是我想把我的網頁設計得好看一點！我可不可以把商標縮小或放在其他地方？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Unfortunately, no. Remember, you only need to put the symbol next to the first or most prominent use of the mark. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-noticesymbol|回到注释或商标符号]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.17 “未被维基媒体基金会批准或与其相关”意味着什么？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You need to make sure that people do not mistakenly think that you may speak on behalf of the Wikimedia Foundation or one of its sites. For instance, you need to make sure that no one thinks you work for the Wikimedia Foundation. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-withoutpermission}}3 不需询问权限的维基媒体标志使用 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">3.1 Can you give me some examples of when I can use the marks on the Wikimedia sites?</span> ==== 您可以在[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:User page}}|用户页]]、[[{{lwp|Help:Contents}}|帮助页]]和[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:About}}|关于维基媒体或其计划的页面]]使用标志。您也可以在[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Mailing lists|邮件列表]]、[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/IRC|IRC]]或用于维基媒体站点的[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:Tools}}|工具]]使用标志。以上使用需遵守[[Terms of Use|使用条款]]。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-onwmsites|回到维基媒体站点商标使用]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-notcommunityfocused}}3.2 哪些活动不是“重点放在社群的”？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> An event that includes mostly people who are not community members is not a community-focused event. (Please see the [[#FAQ-publicevent|FAQ on events in general]].) This does not mean that you cannot have guests at your meetup! </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.5 您能否提供重点放在社群的活动的例子？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Community-focused events are those events that are primarily open to community members and promote the mission. They tend to be related to improving the overall quality of the Wikimedia sites. Examples include conferences and monthly meetups hosted by community members, as well as other specific events like the "London Wikipedians regular's table," Wiki-Conference in Russia, and Wikipedia Workshop Köln (DE). </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-communityfocused|回到重点放在社群的活动]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.4 如果我的活动是重点放在社群的，我能使用哪些标志？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> First, all Wikimedia community-focused events can bear a trademarked name. You may also use the Wikimedia logos to decorate your venue, but only to the extent they are relevant. For example, you cannot use the Wikisource logo for a Wikimedia Commons-only event. However, keep in mind that the 'Wikimania' name and [[:File:Wikimania.svg|logo]] are reserved for the [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimania|yearly Wikimania conference]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-outreachexamples}}3.5 您能否提供拓展工作使用的例子？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You can put up a stand at a street fair. [[:c:Category:Wikimedia stands|Here are some examples of that]]. You may want to present the Wikimedia sites in your club or [[:c:Category:Silberwissen|reach out to seniors]]. You can also [[:c:Category:Wikipedia Schulprojekt|give a talk in a school]] or [[:c:Category:Wikipedia Education Program|create a university course]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.6 什麼是教育性資源？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Educational materials help people to understand the Wikimedia sites. They can be [[:outreach:Bookshelf Project|leaflets, videos]], [[:m:WMDOC/Cheatsheet|cheat sheets]], and other [[:m:Help:Reference card|guides]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">3.7 What about representing the community in an institution?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You need to sign and email us a Quick License if your institution wants to call you [[:outreach:Wikipedian in Residence|"Wikipedian in Residence"]] as part of a GLAM project, or something similar. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-outreach|Back to Outreach and recruitment of new editors]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-communitylogo}}3.8 这里有维基媒体社群标志？ ==== 是的！它在2008[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Community logo|官方承认]]为元维基标志。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-fairuseexamples}}3.9 合理使用是什么意思？ ==== 在美国商标法中，[[{{lwp|Fair use (U.S. trademark law)}}|合理使用]]章节允许您有条件的任意使用商标而不至于侵犯版权。本方针不会与之冲突。我们已在[[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-fairuse|3.5]]和[[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-fairuse|3.6]]章节使用您易于理解的语言提到。 除了美国商标法外，您还需留意您所在国家的版权法律，多数也规定了合理使用的情形。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.10 您能否提供更多合理使用的例子？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> This category of fair use is tricky in our case because our wordmarks were not real words before our projects were created, unlike "apple" or "facebook." But we would consider it fair use if you were to write a [[:wikt:book#Noun|book]] in the [[{{lwp|Wiki software}}|Wiki software]] and refer to it as a "wiki book," even though Wikibooks is a distinctive trademark. If you are using the wordmarks to describe our projects, that is also a type of fair use (nominative use). You can read more about nominative use [[#FAQ-nominativeuseexamples|here]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-nonfairuseexamples}}3.11 您能否提供更多并非合理使用的例子？ ==== * 使用维基媒体标志宣传您的书籍。 * 销售带有维基媒体基金会标志的T恤。 * 创建您自己的百科全书并且使用了维基百科的球形拼图。 * 使用维基媒体基金会标志为无关计划筹款。 * 在内容并非来自维基媒体站点情形下却宣称内容“来自维基百科，自由的百科全书”。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-fairuse|回到在维基站点以外的讨论（合理使用）。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-nominativeuseexamples}}3.12 您能否提供更多主要使用的例子？ ==== 这里有一些例子： # '''描述维基媒体站点：''' #* <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">In a presentation that describes how Wikipedia works, using the wordmarks in slides in your bullet points would be a nominative use. The same also applies for a blog post that describes Wikidata. If you want to "illustrate" your slides or your blog post with any of the image marks, please refer to [[#policy-noncommercial|artistic, literary, and other non-commercial uses]].</span> #* <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">However, you cannot use a trademark as a generic term. For example, you cannot set up a wiki on motorcycles and refer to it as "a wikipedia for motorcycles."</span> # '''真實準確地說明：''' #* “维基百科是世界最大的在线百科全书，并且它也是数千个网站中唯一一个集结成千上万志愿者编辑的。” #* “我在2009年加入维基百科成为一名编辑者”（在您的个人网站）。 # '''描述衍生作品：''' #* “来源：维基百科” #* “本艺术作品基于来自维基共享资源的图像创建。” #* “以下内容由维基百科内容衍生而来。” #* 或者干脆：“来自维基百科”或“至维基百科条目”（通过QR码） # '''更多個別例子:''' #* <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Refer to the sections on [[#policy-news|news reporting]]; [[#policy-blogssm|personal blogs and social media]]; [[#policy-noncommercial|artistic, literary, and other non-commercial uses]]; and [[#policy-linkstous|links to Wikimedia sites]].</span> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-nominativeuse|Back to Refer to Wikimedia sites (nominative use).]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-logonewsarticle}}3.13 我是否可以在新闻或漫画杂志或者电视新闻上使用标志或截图？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes, as long as the image illustrates the discussion in the article. Do not use our trademark just to attract attention to your work. That will confuse your readers or viewers, and ours! </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-news|回到新闻报道]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-logoblogssm}}3.14 我是否可以在博客文章或者状态更新站点包括标志？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes, as long as the image illustrates the discussion in your post. Do not use trademarked images just to attract attention to your page. Viewers of your blog or your user page should not be confused and think that your page is endorsed by the Wikimedia Foundation or any of its sites. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.15 我能否在用户名、头像或聊天软件表情中使用商标？ ==== 很遗憾，不。我们非常感谢您宣传维基媒体站点。维基媒体社群为之感谢！然而，我们不希望人们认为您的言论就可以代表维基媒体基金会。您能够继续在用户名、头像或聊天软件表情中使用社群标志。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-blogssm|回到个人博客和社交媒体]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-noncommercialexamples}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">3.16 Can you give me some examples of artistic, literary, and other non-commercial uses?</span> ==== * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Using the trademarks to discuss a scientific thesis in an academic paper.</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Illustrating a point in the slides for an educational presentation with a screenshot of a Wikimedia site.</span> * 使用标志在美术作品中。 * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Creating a parody for the purposes of conveying a political message.</span> * 撰写一本关于维基百科条目的书籍。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-noncommercial|回到艺术作品、文学作品和其他非商业性使用。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-linkingtousexamples}}3.12 您能否提供连接至维基媒体站点的例子？ ==== 是的，您可[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:Banners and buttons}}|点此]]查看。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-qrcodes}}3.18 我能在连接至维基媒体站点的QR码中使用标志么？ ==== 不。用于连接的标志不应如此使用。使用QR码连接您应使用非艺术化维基百科文字标志。您可[[#FAQ-nominativeuseexamples|点此]]了解更多。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-linkstous|回到连接至维基媒体站点。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-personalmerch}}3.19 我可以利用它們做什麼？ ==== 您可以用來製作衣服、帽子、背包、杯子、釘子、筆、貼紙、海報、屏幕背景，甚至蛋糕。大前提是你不會利用這些物品來牟利。 [[:c:Special:MyLanguage/Category:Wikipedia promotion|<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Here are some examples.</span>]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.20 我可以销售带有这些标志的周边商品么？ ==== 不，在未获授权的情况下您不能这样做。更多信息[[#policy-commercialmerch|见此]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.21 可以在其他场合使用原样么？ ==== 只要你是免費派發這些物品，可以。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.22 那么我在哪可以了解商业销售的周边产品？ ==== 最好是进入[//shop.wikimedia.org 维基媒体商店 (Wikimedia shop)]了解，这里销售的周边商品都由官方授权。如果您希望销售您自己的商品，请[[#policy-commercialmerch|参见此处]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">3.23 Can I ask commercial vendors to create custom items for me that use Wikimedia marks?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Of course! You may ask vendors like bakers and t-shirt sellers to create items with Wikimedia marks especially for you or your friends. This is okay because it is for your own personal use and no one is creating a business surrounding the sale of items with Wikimedia trademarks. And do not worry, vendors will not be required to strictly follow the Visual Identity Guidelines when it is not possible on items like cakes. For example, [[:c:Category:Wikipedia cakes|all these cakes]] are fine. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">3.24 Is it okay to commission someone else to create lots of items with the Wikimedia marks for meet-ups and similar events?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes! As long as the items are not sold to participants, it is okay to ask a vendor to create multiple items with the Wikimedia marks for community-focused parties and gatherings like edit-a-thons under [[Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy#policy-outreach|Section 3.2]] of the policy. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">3.25 Can I use high-resolution logos on commercial merchandise?</span> ==== 當然可以！雖然我們的舊版政策不允許這種做法，但是在新的政策中我們已經廢除了那條規例。 <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[#policy-owngoods|Back to Make your own branded stuff.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-specialpermission}}4 需要许可的特殊使用 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.1 如果我需要許可，我是不是要為此付費？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Usually, there is no license fee. However, we want to keep track of how our trademarks are used. Also, we want to make sure every use complies with our mission and standards. This is why we require a formal license in certain cases. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-specialpermission|回到需要许可的特殊使用。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-contests}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.2 Do I need permission for every photo contest?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You only need to get a license if you advertise the photo contest outside a Wikimedia site. This includes posters, social media, and blogs. You can freely use the marks for community-focused events. Community-focused events are those that are intended to be predominantly attended by Wikimedia community members. They do not include events open to the general public. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-photocontests|回到照片竞赛。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.3 Can I print out t-shirts with the Wikimedia logo to give out as prizes for the photo contest?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. You can always make t-shirts with the Wikimedia logos and give them away as long as you are not selling them. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-makeyourownbrandedstuff|Back to Make your own branded stuff]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.4 How can I use the marks as a Wikipedian in Residence?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The marks may be used in any way that identifies you as a Wikipedian in Residence. Please avoid confusion about official endorsement. You should clarify that you are not a representative of the Wikimedia Foundation. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-glam|回到GLAM-WIKI活动。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-cybersquatting}}<div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 4.5 Can you give an example of cybersquatting? </div> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> In the past, someone registered the domain wikkipedia.org to attract traffic to their own site. This is called [[{{lwp|cybersquatting}}|cybersquatting]] or [[{{lwp|typosquatting}}|typosquatting]] that infringes our trademark. We strictly enforce our policy against confusing domain names. Please [[:m:Trademark/Report abuse|tell us]] if you see an infringing domain name. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.6 我可以在我的域名中出现维基媒体标志么？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Unfortunately, no. If you do, there is a risk that you will confuse readers that are looking for Wikimedia content or other material related to Wikimedia. Movement organizations may be permitted to use the Wikimedia mark as part of their domain, but only after receiving special permission. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 4.7 Can I use a Wikimedia mark if I use a different top-level domain? </div> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You cannot register a Wikimedia mark as a domain, no matter the [[{{lwp|Top-level domain}}|top-level domain]], including country code top-level domains. For example, you may not register "wikipedia.jobs" even though it uses ".jobs", a different top-level domain, because "wikipedia" is a Wikimedia mark. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.8 但我希望使用我自己的特殊域名！！！ ==== 如果您有合法的理由希望使用我们的域名，请电邮联络[mailto:trademarks@wikimedia.org trademarks@wikimedia.org]。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-domains|回到域名。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-publicevent}}4.10 “公众活动”是什么？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A public event is an event that is not predominantly attended by community members. An event is also public when it is announced to the public with signs or advertisements or in an event schedule. Hence, this rule does not apply to community-focused meetups and conferences. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.10 What event uses require permission?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Using a trademark for an event includes naming the event or using a Wikimedia logo on advertisements, leaflets, signage or a website. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.11 Are there any exceptions to when events require permission?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If the name of the event uses a mark just to describe its content, that might fall under [[#policy-nominativeuse|nominative use]]. An example for this would be announcing a course called 'Editing Wikipedia for Beginners' or 'Using Wikimedia Commons as an Amateur Photographer'. However, always include a [[#policy-noticesymbol|notice]] that explains that your use is with permission from the Wikimedia Foundation and that you are not affiliated with the Foundation. Also, events hosted by a local Wikimedia chapter, thematic organization, or user group can use the marks subject to their respective agreement with the Wikimedia Foundation. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-events|Back to Events and conferences.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-publications}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.12 What is a "publication"?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Publications include books, other print media, and web pages. They also mean audiovisual media like music, and other recordings, film and online video. See [[#policy-outreach|Outreach and recruiting new editors]] for materials that provide education about a Wikimedia site. See [[#policy-moviestv|Section 4.5]] for trademark uses in films. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.13 我可以写一本关于维基百科的书籍么？ ==== [[{{lwp|Bibliography of Wikipedia}}|欢迎您这样做！]]但您不应在未获授权的情况下使用维基媒体标志在书的封面上。这是因为我们不会认可未获授权的书籍能够代言基金会。使用[[#FAQ-nonstylizedwordmark|文字标志]]作为书的标题的一部分时同样需要请求授权。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 4.14 Does this also apply to handbooks, like "A beginner's guide to Wikipedia", aimed at community members? </div> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. But, please send us a request and we will give prompt permission when appropriate. We love Wikipedia guides! </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 4.15 Does it make a difference if the book is being published by an educational publisher? </div> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> No, you will need permission as well, because even educational publishers are commercial entities. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-publications|回到出版物。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-schoolfilm}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.16 Do I need permission to show the Wikipedia marks in a film I am making for my school project?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If you are showing your film to the public, or at your school or workplace, you need permission. But we will make sure to make the permission process as easy and fast as possible. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-moviestv|回到电影和电视节目。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-commercialmerch}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.17 Will I have to donate a portion of the retail price for commercial merchandise?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> No. But you will have to tell your customers if you do not donate your profits. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.18 What do I have to say if I am donating a portion of my proceeds to the Wikimedia Foundation?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Just clearly state what portion of your proceeds will be given to the Wikimedia Foundation. You can, for example, say: "X% of your purchase will be donated to the Wikimedia Foundation." </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.19 Where should I state how much of my proceeds will be donated?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> We recommend placing the notice right next to the purchase price, where it will be clearly visible to all buyers. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.20 Do I need to mention donations to the Wikimedia Foundation if I do not donate anything at all?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. You should state that 0% of your profits will go to the Wikimedia Foundation. Otherwise, users may mistakenly believe that you are doing fundraising for the Foundation. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-commercialmerch|Back to Commercial merchandise.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 5 禁止使用的情况 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-fakearticle}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.1 Can I make a fake Wikipedia article if it is intended as a joke?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> There are exceptions where this is permissible, but they are very limited. You will likely not fall under such an exception if your mimicking site has any commercial background. Please refer to the [[#policy-noncommercial|section on Parodies]]. Most importantly, you must make sure that no one (really no one!) could confuse your site with any part of a Wikimedia site. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-mimicvsparody}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.2 How do I distinguish between a prohibited mimicking site and a parody site?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Here is an example of a mimicking site: Contrary to the [[{{lwp|Wikipedia:COI}}|Wikipedia guidelines]], you create an article on Wikipedia about yourself or your organization. For unknown reasons, "your" article is deleted. This makes you mad. You register the domain "businesspedia.org" and design a website that looks just like the Wikipedia article that just got deleted, including a link to your own website. You are happy to attract more traffic to it by confusing internet users. Booo! </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> An example of parody site: Imagine you have a great friend called [[Rory|Rory]] and his birthday is coming up. You register the domain "rorypedia.org" and design a website that looks just like a humorous Wikipedia biography on your friend Rory. Since you do not want anyone to confuse "Rorypedia" and Wikipedia, you put a bright colored bar on the top of your site saying, "This page is a present for Rory from his awesome friends and not affiliated with Wikipedia. Happy birthday, Rory!" And you take down the site once the birthday party is over. Yaaay! </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.3 How do I avoid mimicking Wikimedia sites when I use the [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/MediaWiki|MediaWiki]] software?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> All wikis using MediaWiki do in fact share certain graphic elements under the default theme, but the Wikimedia sites have certain visual features that distinguish them. Do not imitate these distinguishing features. For example, you should not use logos that are confusingly similar to the Wikimedia marks or name your site something that sounds like a Wikimedia site. But you can use the "Powered by MediaWiki" button as that button simply describes that the wiki is powered by MediaWiki. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Be sure to directly download the [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/MediaWiki|MediaWiki]] software if you want to use it. Please do not try to blindly copy the HTML code of a Wikimedia site! If you do, you will accidentally import features from our sites, like our Terms of Use or our "contact us" details. Being contacted about problems on your unrelated website understandably makes our wonderful [[:m:OTRS/Volunteering|email response team volunteers]] very unhappy. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-mirrors|Back to mimicking sites.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-linkmirror}}5.4 我可以在维基媒体站点的镜像站点使用标志连接么？ ==== 不可以。维基媒体标志只能在真实的维基媒体站点用于连接。我们愿意重申，站点由维基媒体社群维护和管理。 另外，如果您希望架设一个维基媒体站点的镜像站点，请尤其注意[[#policy-mirrors|镜像方针]]。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-linkstoothers|回到连接至非维基媒体站点。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-misrepresentation}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.5 Can you give me some examples of misrepresentation with respect to the marks?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A misrepresentative use can be something that represents yourself. That includes using a Wikimedia logo in your logo, letterhead, or the name of your organization. Online examples are your social media avatar, favicon, and website domain. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-misrepresentation|Back to Misrepresentation.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-reportingabuse}}6 报告商标滥用 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-howfight}}6.1 你們會如何打擊侵犯商標權的行為？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Each year, we receive over 100 reports of trademark violations from community members. We also employ outside contractors and legal counsel to help protect our trademark portfolio globally. Within our resource constraints, our legal team pursues misuses of our marks to ensure that the Wikimedia logos remain distinctively associated with the Wikimedia community. After careful and sensitive evaluation, we send out cease-and-desist letters, which are usually effective. In the few instances that cannot be resolved by other means, we consider litigation to protect the marks. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">6.2 Who is responsible for enforcing Wikimedia's trademarks?</span>==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Trademark enforcement is currently handled by the Wikimedia Foundation legal team to ensure consistency and compliance with trademark law. But we rely on the Wikimedia community to help us identify potential trademark infringements. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">6.3 What happens when you receive a report of a potential trademark infringement?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> When we receive a complaint that our trademarks are being misused, we first send a confirmation to the person submitting the complaint. Potential infringements are then logged into our system. The legal team then combs through each of those complaints to investigate the alleged infringement. We visit the site personally to make sure the complaint has merit. Then we apply US trademark law in assessing whether there is actual "misuse" and it is a valid infringement of the trademark. In general, the standard of "misuse" in US law is whether the use of the trademark is "confusingly similar" to the Wikimedia Foundation's use of the trademark. In other words, will the potential infringers use of the trademark confuse users into thinking their site is sponsored by or hosted by the Wikimedia Foundation? We always contact the potential infringer first to see if they will voluntarily stop using our marks or work with us to make their use less confusing. If we are unable to work things out informally, and they refuse to comply with a cease and desist letter, we decide whether to move forward with litigation to stop the infringement. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">6.4 Can I send a cease and desist letter on behalf of the Wikimedia Foundation when I find misuse?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Please do not. We really appreciate your help with trademark enforcement, but please report any misuses to us so that we can determine what action is appropriate. </div> <div class="mw-translate-fuzzy"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-reporting|回到报告商标滥用。]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-revision}}7 商标政策的修订 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">7.1 Why can you just change the FAQ section?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The FAQs are not part of the trademark policy. We created them to help you understand the policy. We want to add new questions from the community in the future and to clarify any answers users may find confusing. That is why we want to be able to update the FAQs easily. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">7.2 What if I do not agree with the changes to the policy?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> We encourage you to share your comments and concerns with us during the community feedback period following any announced changes. We will take all comments under careful advisement and ensure that any changes to our policy are consistent with our mission. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-revision|Back to Revision of the trademark policy.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 8 其他问题 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQNakedlicensing}}8.1 什么是“无效授权”？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Failure to exercise quality control in trademark licensing is referred to as "naked licensing," and can sometimes result in loss of trademark rights. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 8.2 什么是视觉识别方针？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> They are a [[Special:MyLanguage/Legal:Visual identity guidelines|set of guidelines]] you should follow when using any of the Wikimedia marks. These guidelines ensure that the marks always look their best and are not distorted in any way. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">8.3 How do the Visual Identity Guidelines relate to the trademark policy?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The Visual Identity Guidelines are a separate document from the trademark policy and can be revised without notice. These guidelines help to make sure the Wikimedia marks are always used consistently with the same level of quality. Consistent use is important in order for us to maintain protection over the Wikimedia marks. It helps avoid confusion among users that may view marks similar to the Wikimedia marks. If Wikimedia marks are displayed consistently, users can be sure when they are viewing actual Wikimedia content instead of an imposter site. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 8.4 我有更多问题如何提问？ ==== 如果您还有其他未在此列出的问题，请将其反馈至讨论页。我们将竭尽所能回答并放入本常见问题页。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} </div></div><noinclude> __NOTOC__ __NOEDITSECTION__ [[Category:Trademark policy{{#translation:}}]] [[Category:Frequently asked questions{{#translation:}}]] </noinclude> apfd472m8wdlunjhe66f7jh3m341ge3 594041 594039 2026-09-19T03:41:59Z Pristome 225362 Created page with "3.1 你能给我我能在维基媒体网站上使用商标的例子吗？" 594041 wikitext text/x-wiki <noinclude><languages /> {{Policy FAQ disclaimer|page=维基媒体基金会商标政策|pagelink=Policy:Trademark policy}} </noinclude><templatestyles src="Template:Trademark/styles.css" /><div class="trademark-section trademark-faq-container"> <div class="trademark-faq-content"> {{anchor|trademark-faq}}<span class="nomobile" style="font-size:2.5em">[[File:Trademark License FAQ.svg<!--change image-->|100px|link=]] '''<includeonly>{{int string|faq}}</includeonly><noinclude>维基媒体基金会商标政策常见问题</noinclude>'''</span><br />''这些常见问题不是商标政策的组成部分。它们也不是一份法律文件。但是我们希望它们能给你提供帮助。''<span style="font-family:monospace, monospace;" dir="ltr">''':)'''</span> <noinclude>{{nonumtoc}}__TOC__</noinclude> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 0 商标政策简介 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} <!-- The form to do this is: {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 0.1 Title ==== ... {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} Either using the Sub or Not, depending on level --> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-tmprotection}}0.1 什么是“商标保护”？ ==== 商標法(trademark law)保護著某一標誌(mark)所代表的某一成果（work，像是商品或服務）之間的連結關係。它意在保障用戶不致於混淆一項成果的來源。同時，用戶也把商標當做與某成果之間的連結，因此會對此標誌所提供的成果之知名度、品質、以及服務有相當程度的期待。因此，商標是項強而有力、極富價值的工具，它能夠使維基媒體基金會以及其社群成員的知名度具象化，也可被視為一種讓用戶能夠認識某一成果或商品或服務的「簡略表達(shorthand)」。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-whataresites}}0.2 什么是“维基媒体网站(Wikimedia sites)”？ ==== 维基媒体基金会运营很多自由软件和自由内容站点，列表见此：[[Special:SiteMatrix|我们的计划]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-policyapplies}}1 本政策适用範圍？ == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-wordmark}}1.1 什么是“文字标志(wordmark)”？ ==== 顾名思义，就是只由文字组成的商标，诸如“Wikipedia”或“Wikimedia”等计划网站名。另外，这也包括任何官方译名和转写（诸如“[[:w:tr:Ana Sayfa|维基百科]]”）。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-nonstylizedwordmark}}1.2 什么是“非艺术化文字标志(non-stylized wordmark)”？ ==== 非艺术化文字标志就是“维基媒体”及其计划的通用名称，诸如“维基百科”、“维基词典”等。相比之下，艺术化文字标志就是在这些名字基础上适当修改文字结构诸如字体。诸如“维基百科”文字标志艺术化后就是[[File:Wikipedia wordmark.svg|80px]]。无论文字标志是否艺术化均属于维基媒体基金会的商标。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-tradedress}}1.3 什么是“商用外观(trade dress)”？ ==== 對我們而言，商用外觀意指網站或文章的設計符合網站或線上資料的來源。你可以把它看成某個網站「看起來和感覺起來的樣子」。比方說，維基百科條目的設計與外觀、或像是維基百科的首頁。任何維基媒體網站的商用外觀同時也屬於維基媒體基金會的商標。商標法也保護商用外觀。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-wikimediamarks|返回“维基媒体标志。”]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-communitymember}}1.4 什么是“社区成员”？ ==== 任何在维基媒体站点有贡献的人。她也包括任何基金会职员、分会成员、专题组织成员、用户组成员和基金会本身。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-communitymembers|回到社群成员]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-moveorgsfreely}}1.5 为何運動组织不能任意地使用商標？ ==== 身為商標的法定持有者，我們需要掌控運動組織使用商標的方式以保護整個社群。你可以在[[#purpose-maintainrights|這裡]]閱讀更多相關資料。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 1.6 什么是此商标政策和分会、用户组或专题组织协议之间的关系？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Chapters, user groups, and thematic organizations must comply both with this trademark policy and their respective agreement with the Wikimedia Foundation. If there are inconsistencies between this trademark policy and a chapter, user group, or a thematic organization agreement, the organization should follow their agreement. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-wmorgs|回到分会、用户组和专题组织]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 2 如何使用维基媒体商标 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-smallerlogo}}2.1 如果我的产品和服务不由维基媒体基金会提供，我的商标、名称或公司名称是否能够比维基媒体商标更小？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> No. We need to make sure it is extremely clear that the Wikimedia Foundation is not providing your products or services. This is a simple, consistent way of doing that. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.2 如果我清晰地声明产品或服务由我提供，会怎么样？ ==== 對不起，您的商標、名字或公司名字一定要比維基商標大，而且必須適當地分隔開，因為不是每個人都會閱讀文字，可能有些人只會留意圖片。因此，我們必須確保您的產品或服務並非由維基媒體基金會提供。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-outsidewmsites}}2.3 你们说的“在维基媒体站点以外”是指什么？ ==== 也就是不在[[#FAQ-whataresites|维基媒体基金会控制的站点]]使用商标，例如：维基百科、维基共享资源、维基词典、维基数据、维基语录、维基教科书、维基文库、维基物种、维基新闻、维基学院、维基导游和元维基。回顾商标政策，维基媒雲端虚拟专用服务器的标志也被视为维基媒体站点标志。另外，您可以在站外使用这些标志用于编辑马拉松。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.4 我是否仍然能创建将维基媒体商标和像“在居住地的维基人”的其他词语结合起来的词条？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. This provision is not meant to stop community members from creatively combining the marks with other words to create new terms for the Wikimedia movement as long as they do it on the Wikimedia sites. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-translatetext}}2.5 我可以翻译这些商标的文字么？ ==== 您应该[[#FAQ-whataresites|在维基媒体网站的框架下]]翻译这些商标的文字。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.6 我能添加图形元素（例如，为了庆祝特殊活动）吗？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You can create [[:c:Category:SVG Wikimedia community logos|remixes]] for special on-site purposes, but please do not change the logos outside our sites. These and many, many other questions are answered in the [[Visual identity guidelines|Visual Identity Guidelines]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.7 哪些维基媒体商标的重新组合的类型能够在维基媒体网站之外使用？ ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Certain remixes of Wikimedia logos may be used outside of Wikimedia sites as long as the remix does not look too similar to any of the Wikimedia marks. Please make sure that the remix will not be confused with the original Wikimedia logo.</span> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.8 我可以使用标志的高清版么？ ==== 是的！[[Wikimedia official marks|这里请]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-wheretmnotice}}2.9 我在哪里注释商标提醒？ ==== 尽可能在显眼的位置例如注脚。当有人阅读您的文档、访问您的网站或观看您的电影时应能较容易的找到。有几个很好的例子：文档（同一）页面的底部、藏书票上、网页页脚和/或电影制作者清单后。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.10 如果我认为我没有足够的位置注明提醒我应该怎么办？ ==== 不要担心！如果您是想面向移动设备或其他中小屏幕设备注明，您只需要在维基媒体商标后面加注商标符号（™）即可。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.11 我应该如何在提醒中提及商标？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Wordmarks can be referenced verbatim (i.e. "Wikimedia Commons"). Logos should be described according to the [[Visual identity guidelines#toc-puzzle|Visual Identity Guidelines]]. Examples include the "Wikipedia Puzzle Globe" and the "'W' icon." </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.12 我如何使用多于一个标志？ ==== 请确信所有标志都有一个说明如下： <br /><br /> “维基数据名称及标志是维基媒体基金会的商标。” {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.13 什么时候我不得不加入商标符号？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You only need to use the trademark symbol when you do not have enough space to write the entire notice, like when you are using a trademark on a mobile screen. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.14 能否给一些正确使用商标的例子？ ==== 这里有个例子： <br /> <br /> “维基共享资源™是维基媒体基金会旗下收集自由版权的媒体文件，诸如图像、声音和电影剪辑，并面向全球广泛传播的计划网站！” {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.15 我应该使用何种尺寸的商标？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> When you use a wordmark (like "Wikipedia"), you should use the same font size for the trademark symbol as the wordmark itself. In this context, superscript formatting is encouraged for the symbol. When the mark is an image (like the puzzle globe), you should select a font size for the symbol that matches the size of the image and place the symbol so that it is clearly visible and close enough to the upper right corner of the image without touching it. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.16 但是我想把我的網頁設計得好看一點！我可不可以把商標縮小或放在其他地方？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Unfortunately, no. Remember, you only need to put the symbol next to the first or most prominent use of the mark. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-noticesymbol|回到注释或商标符号]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.17 “未被维基媒体基金会批准或与其相关”意味着什么？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You need to make sure that people do not mistakenly think that you may speak on behalf of the Wikimedia Foundation or one of its sites. For instance, you need to make sure that no one thinks you work for the Wikimedia Foundation. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-withoutpermission}}3 不需询问权限的维基媒体标志使用 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.1 你能给我我能在维基媒体网站上使用商标的例子吗？ ==== 您可以在[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:User page}}|用户页]]、[[{{lwp|Help:Contents}}|帮助页]]和[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:About}}|关于维基媒体或其计划的页面]]使用标志。您也可以在[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Mailing lists|邮件列表]]、[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/IRC|IRC]]或用于维基媒体站点的[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:Tools}}|工具]]使用标志。以上使用需遵守[[Terms of Use|使用条款]]。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-onwmsites|回到维基媒体站点商标使用]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-notcommunityfocused}}3.2 哪些活动不是“重点放在社群的”？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> An event that includes mostly people who are not community members is not a community-focused event. (Please see the [[#FAQ-publicevent|FAQ on events in general]].) This does not mean that you cannot have guests at your meetup! </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.5 您能否提供重点放在社群的活动的例子？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Community-focused events are those events that are primarily open to community members and promote the mission. They tend to be related to improving the overall quality of the Wikimedia sites. Examples include conferences and monthly meetups hosted by community members, as well as other specific events like the "London Wikipedians regular's table," Wiki-Conference in Russia, and Wikipedia Workshop Köln (DE). </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-communityfocused|回到重点放在社群的活动]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.4 如果我的活动是重点放在社群的，我能使用哪些标志？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> First, all Wikimedia community-focused events can bear a trademarked name. You may also use the Wikimedia logos to decorate your venue, but only to the extent they are relevant. For example, you cannot use the Wikisource logo for a Wikimedia Commons-only event. However, keep in mind that the 'Wikimania' name and [[:File:Wikimania.svg|logo]] are reserved for the [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimania|yearly Wikimania conference]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-outreachexamples}}3.5 您能否提供拓展工作使用的例子？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You can put up a stand at a street fair. [[:c:Category:Wikimedia stands|Here are some examples of that]]. You may want to present the Wikimedia sites in your club or [[:c:Category:Silberwissen|reach out to seniors]]. You can also [[:c:Category:Wikipedia Schulprojekt|give a talk in a school]] or [[:c:Category:Wikipedia Education Program|create a university course]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.6 什麼是教育性資源？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Educational materials help people to understand the Wikimedia sites. They can be [[:outreach:Bookshelf Project|leaflets, videos]], [[:m:WMDOC/Cheatsheet|cheat sheets]], and other [[:m:Help:Reference card|guides]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">3.7 What about representing the community in an institution?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You need to sign and email us a Quick License if your institution wants to call you [[:outreach:Wikipedian in Residence|"Wikipedian in Residence"]] as part of a GLAM project, or something similar. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-outreach|Back to Outreach and recruitment of new editors]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-communitylogo}}3.8 这里有维基媒体社群标志？ ==== 是的！它在2008[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Community logo|官方承认]]为元维基标志。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-fairuseexamples}}3.9 合理使用是什么意思？ ==== 在美国商标法中，[[{{lwp|Fair use (U.S. trademark law)}}|合理使用]]章节允许您有条件的任意使用商标而不至于侵犯版权。本方针不会与之冲突。我们已在[[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-fairuse|3.5]]和[[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-fairuse|3.6]]章节使用您易于理解的语言提到。 除了美国商标法外，您还需留意您所在国家的版权法律，多数也规定了合理使用的情形。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.10 您能否提供更多合理使用的例子？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> This category of fair use is tricky in our case because our wordmarks were not real words before our projects were created, unlike "apple" or "facebook." But we would consider it fair use if you were to write a [[:wikt:book#Noun|book]] in the [[{{lwp|Wiki software}}|Wiki software]] and refer to it as a "wiki book," even though Wikibooks is a distinctive trademark. If you are using the wordmarks to describe our projects, that is also a type of fair use (nominative use). You can read more about nominative use [[#FAQ-nominativeuseexamples|here]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-nonfairuseexamples}}3.11 您能否提供更多并非合理使用的例子？ ==== * 使用维基媒体标志宣传您的书籍。 * 销售带有维基媒体基金会标志的T恤。 * 创建您自己的百科全书并且使用了维基百科的球形拼图。 * 使用维基媒体基金会标志为无关计划筹款。 * 在内容并非来自维基媒体站点情形下却宣称内容“来自维基百科，自由的百科全书”。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-fairuse|回到在维基站点以外的讨论（合理使用）。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-nominativeuseexamples}}3.12 您能否提供更多主要使用的例子？ ==== 这里有一些例子： # '''描述维基媒体站点：''' #* <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">In a presentation that describes how Wikipedia works, using the wordmarks in slides in your bullet points would be a nominative use. The same also applies for a blog post that describes Wikidata. If you want to "illustrate" your slides or your blog post with any of the image marks, please refer to [[#policy-noncommercial|artistic, literary, and other non-commercial uses]].</span> #* <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">However, you cannot use a trademark as a generic term. For example, you cannot set up a wiki on motorcycles and refer to it as "a wikipedia for motorcycles."</span> # '''真實準確地說明：''' #* “维基百科是世界最大的在线百科全书，并且它也是数千个网站中唯一一个集结成千上万志愿者编辑的。” #* “我在2009年加入维基百科成为一名编辑者”（在您的个人网站）。 # '''描述衍生作品：''' #* “来源：维基百科” #* “本艺术作品基于来自维基共享资源的图像创建。” #* “以下内容由维基百科内容衍生而来。” #* 或者干脆：“来自维基百科”或“至维基百科条目”（通过QR码） # '''更多個別例子:''' #* <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Refer to the sections on [[#policy-news|news reporting]]; [[#policy-blogssm|personal blogs and social media]]; [[#policy-noncommercial|artistic, literary, and other non-commercial uses]]; and [[#policy-linkstous|links to Wikimedia sites]].</span> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-nominativeuse|Back to Refer to Wikimedia sites (nominative use).]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-logonewsarticle}}3.13 我是否可以在新闻或漫画杂志或者电视新闻上使用标志或截图？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes, as long as the image illustrates the discussion in the article. Do not use our trademark just to attract attention to your work. That will confuse your readers or viewers, and ours! </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-news|回到新闻报道]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-logoblogssm}}3.14 我是否可以在博客文章或者状态更新站点包括标志？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes, as long as the image illustrates the discussion in your post. Do not use trademarked images just to attract attention to your page. Viewers of your blog or your user page should not be confused and think that your page is endorsed by the Wikimedia Foundation or any of its sites. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.15 我能否在用户名、头像或聊天软件表情中使用商标？ ==== 很遗憾，不。我们非常感谢您宣传维基媒体站点。维基媒体社群为之感谢！然而，我们不希望人们认为您的言论就可以代表维基媒体基金会。您能够继续在用户名、头像或聊天软件表情中使用社群标志。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-blogssm|回到个人博客和社交媒体]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-noncommercialexamples}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">3.16 Can you give me some examples of artistic, literary, and other non-commercial uses?</span> ==== * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Using the trademarks to discuss a scientific thesis in an academic paper.</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Illustrating a point in the slides for an educational presentation with a screenshot of a Wikimedia site.</span> * 使用标志在美术作品中。 * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Creating a parody for the purposes of conveying a political message.</span> * 撰写一本关于维基百科条目的书籍。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-noncommercial|回到艺术作品、文学作品和其他非商业性使用。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-linkingtousexamples}}3.12 您能否提供连接至维基媒体站点的例子？ ==== 是的，您可[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:Banners and buttons}}|点此]]查看。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-qrcodes}}3.18 我能在连接至维基媒体站点的QR码中使用标志么？ ==== 不。用于连接的标志不应如此使用。使用QR码连接您应使用非艺术化维基百科文字标志。您可[[#FAQ-nominativeuseexamples|点此]]了解更多。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-linkstous|回到连接至维基媒体站点。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-personalmerch}}3.19 我可以利用它們做什麼？ ==== 您可以用來製作衣服、帽子、背包、杯子、釘子、筆、貼紙、海報、屏幕背景，甚至蛋糕。大前提是你不會利用這些物品來牟利。 [[:c:Special:MyLanguage/Category:Wikipedia promotion|<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Here are some examples.</span>]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.20 我可以销售带有这些标志的周边商品么？ ==== 不，在未获授权的情况下您不能这样做。更多信息[[#policy-commercialmerch|见此]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.21 可以在其他场合使用原样么？ ==== 只要你是免費派發這些物品，可以。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.22 那么我在哪可以了解商业销售的周边产品？ ==== 最好是进入[//shop.wikimedia.org 维基媒体商店 (Wikimedia shop)]了解，这里销售的周边商品都由官方授权。如果您希望销售您自己的商品，请[[#policy-commercialmerch|参见此处]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">3.23 Can I ask commercial vendors to create custom items for me that use Wikimedia marks?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Of course! You may ask vendors like bakers and t-shirt sellers to create items with Wikimedia marks especially for you or your friends. This is okay because it is for your own personal use and no one is creating a business surrounding the sale of items with Wikimedia trademarks. And do not worry, vendors will not be required to strictly follow the Visual Identity Guidelines when it is not possible on items like cakes. For example, [[:c:Category:Wikipedia cakes|all these cakes]] are fine. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">3.24 Is it okay to commission someone else to create lots of items with the Wikimedia marks for meet-ups and similar events?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes! As long as the items are not sold to participants, it is okay to ask a vendor to create multiple items with the Wikimedia marks for community-focused parties and gatherings like edit-a-thons under [[Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy#policy-outreach|Section 3.2]] of the policy. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">3.25 Can I use high-resolution logos on commercial merchandise?</span> ==== 當然可以！雖然我們的舊版政策不允許這種做法，但是在新的政策中我們已經廢除了那條規例。 <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[#policy-owngoods|Back to Make your own branded stuff.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-specialpermission}}4 需要许可的特殊使用 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.1 如果我需要許可，我是不是要為此付費？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Usually, there is no license fee. However, we want to keep track of how our trademarks are used. Also, we want to make sure every use complies with our mission and standards. This is why we require a formal license in certain cases. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-specialpermission|回到需要许可的特殊使用。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-contests}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.2 Do I need permission for every photo contest?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You only need to get a license if you advertise the photo contest outside a Wikimedia site. This includes posters, social media, and blogs. You can freely use the marks for community-focused events. Community-focused events are those that are intended to be predominantly attended by Wikimedia community members. They do not include events open to the general public. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-photocontests|回到照片竞赛。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.3 Can I print out t-shirts with the Wikimedia logo to give out as prizes for the photo contest?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. You can always make t-shirts with the Wikimedia logos and give them away as long as you are not selling them. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-makeyourownbrandedstuff|Back to Make your own branded stuff]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.4 How can I use the marks as a Wikipedian in Residence?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The marks may be used in any way that identifies you as a Wikipedian in Residence. Please avoid confusion about official endorsement. You should clarify that you are not a representative of the Wikimedia Foundation. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-glam|回到GLAM-WIKI活动。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-cybersquatting}}<div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 4.5 Can you give an example of cybersquatting? </div> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> In the past, someone registered the domain wikkipedia.org to attract traffic to their own site. This is called [[{{lwp|cybersquatting}}|cybersquatting]] or [[{{lwp|typosquatting}}|typosquatting]] that infringes our trademark. We strictly enforce our policy against confusing domain names. Please [[:m:Trademark/Report abuse|tell us]] if you see an infringing domain name. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.6 我可以在我的域名中出现维基媒体标志么？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Unfortunately, no. If you do, there is a risk that you will confuse readers that are looking for Wikimedia content or other material related to Wikimedia. Movement organizations may be permitted to use the Wikimedia mark as part of their domain, but only after receiving special permission. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 4.7 Can I use a Wikimedia mark if I use a different top-level domain? </div> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You cannot register a Wikimedia mark as a domain, no matter the [[{{lwp|Top-level domain}}|top-level domain]], including country code top-level domains. For example, you may not register "wikipedia.jobs" even though it uses ".jobs", a different top-level domain, because "wikipedia" is a Wikimedia mark. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.8 但我希望使用我自己的特殊域名！！！ ==== 如果您有合法的理由希望使用我们的域名，请电邮联络[mailto:trademarks@wikimedia.org trademarks@wikimedia.org]。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-domains|回到域名。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-publicevent}}4.10 “公众活动”是什么？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A public event is an event that is not predominantly attended by community members. An event is also public when it is announced to the public with signs or advertisements or in an event schedule. Hence, this rule does not apply to community-focused meetups and conferences. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.10 What event uses require permission?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Using a trademark for an event includes naming the event or using a Wikimedia logo on advertisements, leaflets, signage or a website. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.11 Are there any exceptions to when events require permission?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If the name of the event uses a mark just to describe its content, that might fall under [[#policy-nominativeuse|nominative use]]. An example for this would be announcing a course called 'Editing Wikipedia for Beginners' or 'Using Wikimedia Commons as an Amateur Photographer'. However, always include a [[#policy-noticesymbol|notice]] that explains that your use is with permission from the Wikimedia Foundation and that you are not affiliated with the Foundation. Also, events hosted by a local Wikimedia chapter, thematic organization, or user group can use the marks subject to their respective agreement with the Wikimedia Foundation. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-events|Back to Events and conferences.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-publications}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.12 What is a "publication"?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Publications include books, other print media, and web pages. They also mean audiovisual media like music, and other recordings, film and online video. See [[#policy-outreach|Outreach and recruiting new editors]] for materials that provide education about a Wikimedia site. See [[#policy-moviestv|Section 4.5]] for trademark uses in films. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.13 我可以写一本关于维基百科的书籍么？ ==== [[{{lwp|Bibliography of Wikipedia}}|欢迎您这样做！]]但您不应在未获授权的情况下使用维基媒体标志在书的封面上。这是因为我们不会认可未获授权的书籍能够代言基金会。使用[[#FAQ-nonstylizedwordmark|文字标志]]作为书的标题的一部分时同样需要请求授权。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 4.14 Does this also apply to handbooks, like "A beginner's guide to Wikipedia", aimed at community members? </div> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. But, please send us a request and we will give prompt permission when appropriate. We love Wikipedia guides! </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 4.15 Does it make a difference if the book is being published by an educational publisher? </div> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> No, you will need permission as well, because even educational publishers are commercial entities. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-publications|回到出版物。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-schoolfilm}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.16 Do I need permission to show the Wikipedia marks in a film I am making for my school project?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If you are showing your film to the public, or at your school or workplace, you need permission. But we will make sure to make the permission process as easy and fast as possible. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-moviestv|回到电影和电视节目。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-commercialmerch}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.17 Will I have to donate a portion of the retail price for commercial merchandise?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> No. But you will have to tell your customers if you do not donate your profits. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.18 What do I have to say if I am donating a portion of my proceeds to the Wikimedia Foundation?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Just clearly state what portion of your proceeds will be given to the Wikimedia Foundation. You can, for example, say: "X% of your purchase will be donated to the Wikimedia Foundation." </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.19 Where should I state how much of my proceeds will be donated?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> We recommend placing the notice right next to the purchase price, where it will be clearly visible to all buyers. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.20 Do I need to mention donations to the Wikimedia Foundation if I do not donate anything at all?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. You should state that 0% of your profits will go to the Wikimedia Foundation. Otherwise, users may mistakenly believe that you are doing fundraising for the Foundation. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-commercialmerch|Back to Commercial merchandise.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 5 禁止使用的情况 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-fakearticle}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.1 Can I make a fake Wikipedia article if it is intended as a joke?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> There are exceptions where this is permissible, but they are very limited. You will likely not fall under such an exception if your mimicking site has any commercial background. Please refer to the [[#policy-noncommercial|section on Parodies]]. Most importantly, you must make sure that no one (really no one!) could confuse your site with any part of a Wikimedia site. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-mimicvsparody}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.2 How do I distinguish between a prohibited mimicking site and a parody site?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Here is an example of a mimicking site: Contrary to the [[{{lwp|Wikipedia:COI}}|Wikipedia guidelines]], you create an article on Wikipedia about yourself or your organization. For unknown reasons, "your" article is deleted. This makes you mad. You register the domain "businesspedia.org" and design a website that looks just like the Wikipedia article that just got deleted, including a link to your own website. You are happy to attract more traffic to it by confusing internet users. Booo! </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> An example of parody site: Imagine you have a great friend called [[Rory|Rory]] and his birthday is coming up. You register the domain "rorypedia.org" and design a website that looks just like a humorous Wikipedia biography on your friend Rory. Since you do not want anyone to confuse "Rorypedia" and Wikipedia, you put a bright colored bar on the top of your site saying, "This page is a present for Rory from his awesome friends and not affiliated with Wikipedia. Happy birthday, Rory!" And you take down the site once the birthday party is over. Yaaay! </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.3 How do I avoid mimicking Wikimedia sites when I use the [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/MediaWiki|MediaWiki]] software?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> All wikis using MediaWiki do in fact share certain graphic elements under the default theme, but the Wikimedia sites have certain visual features that distinguish them. Do not imitate these distinguishing features. For example, you should not use logos that are confusingly similar to the Wikimedia marks or name your site something that sounds like a Wikimedia site. But you can use the "Powered by MediaWiki" button as that button simply describes that the wiki is powered by MediaWiki. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Be sure to directly download the [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/MediaWiki|MediaWiki]] software if you want to use it. Please do not try to blindly copy the HTML code of a Wikimedia site! If you do, you will accidentally import features from our sites, like our Terms of Use or our "contact us" details. Being contacted about problems on your unrelated website understandably makes our wonderful [[:m:OTRS/Volunteering|email response team volunteers]] very unhappy. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-mirrors|Back to mimicking sites.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-linkmirror}}5.4 我可以在维基媒体站点的镜像站点使用标志连接么？ ==== 不可以。维基媒体标志只能在真实的维基媒体站点用于连接。我们愿意重申，站点由维基媒体社群维护和管理。 另外，如果您希望架设一个维基媒体站点的镜像站点，请尤其注意[[#policy-mirrors|镜像方针]]。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-linkstoothers|回到连接至非维基媒体站点。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-misrepresentation}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.5 Can you give me some examples of misrepresentation with respect to the marks?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A misrepresentative use can be something that represents yourself. That includes using a Wikimedia logo in your logo, letterhead, or the name of your organization. Online examples are your social media avatar, favicon, and website domain. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-misrepresentation|Back to Misrepresentation.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-reportingabuse}}6 报告商标滥用 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-howfight}}6.1 你們會如何打擊侵犯商標權的行為？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Each year, we receive over 100 reports of trademark violations from community members. We also employ outside contractors and legal counsel to help protect our trademark portfolio globally. Within our resource constraints, our legal team pursues misuses of our marks to ensure that the Wikimedia logos remain distinctively associated with the Wikimedia community. After careful and sensitive evaluation, we send out cease-and-desist letters, which are usually effective. In the few instances that cannot be resolved by other means, we consider litigation to protect the marks. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">6.2 Who is responsible for enforcing Wikimedia's trademarks?</span>==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Trademark enforcement is currently handled by the Wikimedia Foundation legal team to ensure consistency and compliance with trademark law. But we rely on the Wikimedia community to help us identify potential trademark infringements. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">6.3 What happens when you receive a report of a potential trademark infringement?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> When we receive a complaint that our trademarks are being misused, we first send a confirmation to the person submitting the complaint. Potential infringements are then logged into our system. The legal team then combs through each of those complaints to investigate the alleged infringement. We visit the site personally to make sure the complaint has merit. Then we apply US trademark law in assessing whether there is actual "misuse" and it is a valid infringement of the trademark. In general, the standard of "misuse" in US law is whether the use of the trademark is "confusingly similar" to the Wikimedia Foundation's use of the trademark. In other words, will the potential infringers use of the trademark confuse users into thinking their site is sponsored by or hosted by the Wikimedia Foundation? We always contact the potential infringer first to see if they will voluntarily stop using our marks or work with us to make their use less confusing. If we are unable to work things out informally, and they refuse to comply with a cease and desist letter, we decide whether to move forward with litigation to stop the infringement. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">6.4 Can I send a cease and desist letter on behalf of the Wikimedia Foundation when I find misuse?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Please do not. We really appreciate your help with trademark enforcement, but please report any misuses to us so that we can determine what action is appropriate. </div> <div class="mw-translate-fuzzy"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-reporting|回到报告商标滥用。]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-revision}}7 商标政策的修订 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">7.1 Why can you just change the FAQ section?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The FAQs are not part of the trademark policy. We created them to help you understand the policy. We want to add new questions from the community in the future and to clarify any answers users may find confusing. That is why we want to be able to update the FAQs easily. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">7.2 What if I do not agree with the changes to the policy?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> We encourage you to share your comments and concerns with us during the community feedback period following any announced changes. We will take all comments under careful advisement and ensure that any changes to our policy are consistent with our mission. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-revision|Back to Revision of the trademark policy.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 8 其他问题 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQNakedlicensing}}8.1 什么是“无效授权”？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Failure to exercise quality control in trademark licensing is referred to as "naked licensing," and can sometimes result in loss of trademark rights. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 8.2 什么是视觉识别方针？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> They are a [[Special:MyLanguage/Legal:Visual identity guidelines|set of guidelines]] you should follow when using any of the Wikimedia marks. These guidelines ensure that the marks always look their best and are not distorted in any way. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">8.3 How do the Visual Identity Guidelines relate to the trademark policy?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The Visual Identity Guidelines are a separate document from the trademark policy and can be revised without notice. These guidelines help to make sure the Wikimedia marks are always used consistently with the same level of quality. Consistent use is important in order for us to maintain protection over the Wikimedia marks. It helps avoid confusion among users that may view marks similar to the Wikimedia marks. If Wikimedia marks are displayed consistently, users can be sure when they are viewing actual Wikimedia content instead of an imposter site. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 8.4 我有更多问题如何提问？ ==== 如果您还有其他未在此列出的问题，请将其反馈至讨论页。我们将竭尽所能回答并放入本常见问题页。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} </div></div><noinclude> __NOTOC__ __NOEDITSECTION__ [[Category:Trademark policy{{#translation:}}]] [[Category:Frequently asked questions{{#translation:}}]] </noinclude> al83d7ysq2dch1cfw2nrg9dgsizubm6 594043 594041 2026-09-19T03:42:16Z Pristome 225362 594043 wikitext text/x-wiki <noinclude><languages /> {{Policy FAQ disclaimer|page=维基媒体基金会商标政策|pagelink=Policy:Trademark policy}} </noinclude><templatestyles src="Template:Trademark/styles.css" /><div class="trademark-section trademark-faq-container"> <div class="trademark-faq-content"> {{anchor|trademark-faq}}<span class="nomobile" style="font-size:2.5em">[[File:Trademark License FAQ.svg<!--change image-->|100px|link=]] '''<includeonly>{{int string|faq}}</includeonly><noinclude>维基媒体基金会商标政策常见问题</noinclude>'''</span><br />''这些常见问题不是商标政策的组成部分。它们也不是一份法律文件。但是我们希望它们能给你提供帮助。''<span style="font-family:monospace, monospace;" dir="ltr">''':)'''</span> <noinclude>{{nonumtoc}}__TOC__</noinclude> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 0 商标政策简介 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} <!-- The form to do this is: {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 0.1 Title ==== ... {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} Either using the Sub or Not, depending on level --> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-tmprotection}}0.1 什么是“商标保护”？ ==== 商標法(trademark law)保護著某一標誌(mark)所代表的某一成果（work，像是商品或服務）之間的連結關係。它意在保障用戶不致於混淆一項成果的來源。同時，用戶也把商標當做與某成果之間的連結，因此會對此標誌所提供的成果之知名度、品質、以及服務有相當程度的期待。因此，商標是項強而有力、極富價值的工具，它能夠使維基媒體基金會以及其社群成員的知名度具象化，也可被視為一種讓用戶能夠認識某一成果或商品或服務的「簡略表達(shorthand)」。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-whataresites}}0.2 什么是“维基媒体网站(Wikimedia sites)”？ ==== 维基媒体基金会运营很多自由软件和自由内容站点，列表见此：[[Special:SiteMatrix|我们的计划]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-policyapplies}}1 本政策适用範圍？ == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-wordmark}}1.1 什么是“文字标志(wordmark)”？ ==== 顾名思义，就是只由文字组成的商标，诸如“Wikipedia”或“Wikimedia”等计划网站名。另外，这也包括任何官方译名和转写（诸如“[[:w:tr:Ana Sayfa|维基百科]]”）。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-nonstylizedwordmark}}1.2 什么是“非艺术化文字标志(non-stylized wordmark)”？ ==== 非艺术化文字标志就是“维基媒体”及其计划的通用名称，诸如“维基百科”、“维基词典”等。相比之下，艺术化文字标志就是在这些名字基础上适当修改文字结构诸如字体。诸如“维基百科”文字标志艺术化后就是[[File:Wikipedia wordmark.svg|80px]]。无论文字标志是否艺术化均属于维基媒体基金会的商标。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-tradedress}}1.3 什么是“商用外观(trade dress)”？ ==== 對我們而言，商用外觀意指網站或文章的設計符合網站或線上資料的來源。你可以把它看成某個網站「看起來和感覺起來的樣子」。比方說，維基百科條目的設計與外觀、或像是維基百科的首頁。任何維基媒體網站的商用外觀同時也屬於維基媒體基金會的商標。商標法也保護商用外觀。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-wikimediamarks|返回“维基媒体标志。”]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-communitymember}}1.4 什么是“社区成员”？ ==== 任何在维基媒体站点有贡献的人。她也包括任何基金会职员、分会成员、专题组织成员、用户组成员和基金会本身。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-communitymembers|回到社群成员]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-moveorgsfreely}}1.5 为何運動组织不能任意地使用商標？ ==== 身為商標的法定持有者，我們需要掌控運動組織使用商標的方式以保護整個社群。你可以在[[#purpose-maintainrights|這裡]]閱讀更多相關資料。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 1.6 什么是此商标政策和分会、用户组或专题组织协议之间的关系？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Chapters, user groups, and thematic organizations must comply both with this trademark policy and their respective agreement with the Wikimedia Foundation. If there are inconsistencies between this trademark policy and a chapter, user group, or a thematic organization agreement, the organization should follow their agreement. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-wmorgs|回到分会、用户组和专题组织]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 2 如何使用维基媒体商标 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-smallerlogo}}2.1 如果我的产品和服务不由维基媒体基金会提供，我的商标、名称或公司名称是否能够比维基媒体商标更小？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> No. We need to make sure it is extremely clear that the Wikimedia Foundation is not providing your products or services. This is a simple, consistent way of doing that. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.2 如果我清晰地声明产品或服务由我提供，会怎么样？ ==== 對不起，您的商標、名字或公司名字一定要比維基商標大，而且必須適當地分隔開，因為不是每個人都會閱讀文字，可能有些人只會留意圖片。因此，我們必須確保您的產品或服務並非由維基媒體基金會提供。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-outsidewmsites}}2.3 你们说的“在维基媒体站点以外”是指什么？ ==== 也就是不在[[#FAQ-whataresites|维基媒体基金会控制的站点]]使用商标，例如：维基百科、维基共享资源、维基词典、维基数据、维基语录、维基教科书、维基文库、维基物种、维基新闻、维基学院、维基导游和元维基。回顾商标政策，维基媒雲端虚拟专用服务器的标志也被视为维基媒体站点标志。另外，您可以在站外使用这些标志用于编辑马拉松。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.4 我是否仍然能创建将维基媒体商标和像“在居住地的维基人”的其他词语结合起来的词条？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. This provision is not meant to stop community members from creatively combining the marks with other words to create new terms for the Wikimedia movement as long as they do it on the Wikimedia sites. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-translatetext}}2.5 我可以翻译这些商标的文字么？ ==== 您应该[[#FAQ-whataresites|在维基媒体网站的框架下]]翻译这些商标的文字。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.6 我能添加图形元素（例如，为了庆祝特殊活动）吗？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You can create [[:c:Category:SVG Wikimedia community logos|remixes]] for special on-site purposes, but please do not change the logos outside our sites. These and many, many other questions are answered in the [[Visual identity guidelines|Visual Identity Guidelines]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.7 哪些维基媒体商标的重新组合的类型能够在维基媒体网站之外使用？ ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Certain remixes of Wikimedia logos may be used outside of Wikimedia sites as long as the remix does not look too similar to any of the Wikimedia marks. Please make sure that the remix will not be confused with the original Wikimedia logo.</span> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.8 我可以使用标志的高清版么？ ==== 是的！[[Wikimedia official marks|这里请]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-wheretmnotice}}2.9 我在哪里注释商标提醒？ ==== 尽可能在显眼的位置例如注脚。当有人阅读您的文档、访问您的网站或观看您的电影时应能较容易的找到。有几个很好的例子：文档（同一）页面的底部、藏书票上、网页页脚和/或电影制作者清单后。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.10 如果我认为我没有足够的位置注明提醒我应该怎么办？ ==== 不要担心！如果您是想面向移动设备或其他中小屏幕设备注明，您只需要在维基媒体商标后面加注商标符号（™）即可。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.11 我应该如何在提醒中提及商标？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Wordmarks can be referenced verbatim (i.e. "Wikimedia Commons"). Logos should be described according to the [[Visual identity guidelines#toc-puzzle|Visual Identity Guidelines]]. Examples include the "Wikipedia Puzzle Globe" and the "'W' icon." </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.12 我如何使用多于一个标志？ ==== 请确信所有标志都有一个说明如下： <br /><br /> “维基数据名称及标志是维基媒体基金会的商标。” {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.13 什么时候我不得不加入商标符号？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You only need to use the trademark symbol when you do not have enough space to write the entire notice, like when you are using a trademark on a mobile screen. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.14 能否给一些正确使用商标的例子？ ==== 这里有个例子： <br /> <br /> “维基共享资源™是维基媒体基金会旗下收集自由版权的媒体文件，诸如图像、声音和电影剪辑，并面向全球广泛传播的计划网站！” {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.15 我应该使用何种尺寸的商标？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> When you use a wordmark (like "Wikipedia"), you should use the same font size for the trademark symbol as the wordmark itself. In this context, superscript formatting is encouraged for the symbol. When the mark is an image (like the puzzle globe), you should select a font size for the symbol that matches the size of the image and place the symbol so that it is clearly visible and close enough to the upper right corner of the image without touching it. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.16 但是我想把我的網頁設計得好看一點！我可不可以把商標縮小或放在其他地方？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Unfortunately, no. Remember, you only need to put the symbol next to the first or most prominent use of the mark. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-noticesymbol|回到注释或商标符号]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.17 “未被维基媒体基金会批准或与其相关”意味着什么？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You need to make sure that people do not mistakenly think that you may speak on behalf of the Wikimedia Foundation or one of its sites. For instance, you need to make sure that no one thinks you work for the Wikimedia Foundation. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-withoutpermission}}3 不需询问权限的维基媒体标志使用 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.1 你能给我我能在维基媒体网站上使用商标的例子吗？ ==== 您可以在[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:User page}}|用户页]]、[[{{lwp|Help:Contents}}|帮助页]]和[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:About}}|关于维基媒体或其计划的页面]]使用标志。您也可以在[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Mailing lists|邮件列表]]、[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/IRC|IRC]]或用于维基媒体站点的[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:Tools}}|工具]]使用标志。以上使用需遵守[[Terms of Use|使用条款]]。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-onwmsites|回到维基媒体站点商标使用]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-notcommunityfocused}}3.2 哪些活动不是“重点放在社群的”？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> An event that includes mostly people who are not community members is not a community-focused event. (Please see the [[#FAQ-publicevent|FAQ on events in general]].) This does not mean that you cannot have guests at your meetup! </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.3 您能否提供重点放在社群的活动的例子？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Community-focused events are those events that are primarily open to community members and promote the mission. They tend to be related to improving the overall quality of the Wikimedia sites. Examples include conferences and monthly meetups hosted by community members, as well as other specific events like the "London Wikipedians regular's table," Wiki-Conference in Russia, and Wikipedia Workshop Köln (DE). </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-communityfocused|回到重点放在社群的活动]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.4 如果我的活动是重点放在社群的，我能使用哪些标志？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> First, all Wikimedia community-focused events can bear a trademarked name. You may also use the Wikimedia logos to decorate your venue, but only to the extent they are relevant. For example, you cannot use the Wikisource logo for a Wikimedia Commons-only event. However, keep in mind that the 'Wikimania' name and [[:File:Wikimania.svg|logo]] are reserved for the [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimania|yearly Wikimania conference]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-outreachexamples}}3.5 您能否提供拓展工作使用的例子？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You can put up a stand at a street fair. [[:c:Category:Wikimedia stands|Here are some examples of that]]. You may want to present the Wikimedia sites in your club or [[:c:Category:Silberwissen|reach out to seniors]]. You can also [[:c:Category:Wikipedia Schulprojekt|give a talk in a school]] or [[:c:Category:Wikipedia Education Program|create a university course]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.6 什麼是教育性資源？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Educational materials help people to understand the Wikimedia sites. They can be [[:outreach:Bookshelf Project|leaflets, videos]], [[:m:WMDOC/Cheatsheet|cheat sheets]], and other [[:m:Help:Reference card|guides]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">3.7 What about representing the community in an institution?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You need to sign and email us a Quick License if your institution wants to call you [[:outreach:Wikipedian in Residence|"Wikipedian in Residence"]] as part of a GLAM project, or something similar. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-outreach|Back to Outreach and recruitment of new editors]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-communitylogo}}3.8 这里有维基媒体社群标志？ ==== 是的！它在2008[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Community logo|官方承认]]为元维基标志。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-fairuseexamples}}3.9 合理使用是什么意思？ ==== 在美国商标法中，[[{{lwp|Fair use (U.S. trademark law)}}|合理使用]]章节允许您有条件的任意使用商标而不至于侵犯版权。本方针不会与之冲突。我们已在[[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-fairuse|3.5]]和[[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-fairuse|3.6]]章节使用您易于理解的语言提到。 除了美国商标法外，您还需留意您所在国家的版权法律，多数也规定了合理使用的情形。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.10 您能否提供更多合理使用的例子？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> This category of fair use is tricky in our case because our wordmarks were not real words before our projects were created, unlike "apple" or "facebook." But we would consider it fair use if you were to write a [[:wikt:book#Noun|book]] in the [[{{lwp|Wiki software}}|Wiki software]] and refer to it as a "wiki book," even though Wikibooks is a distinctive trademark. If you are using the wordmarks to describe our projects, that is also a type of fair use (nominative use). You can read more about nominative use [[#FAQ-nominativeuseexamples|here]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-nonfairuseexamples}}3.11 您能否提供更多并非合理使用的例子？ ==== * 使用维基媒体标志宣传您的书籍。 * 销售带有维基媒体基金会标志的T恤。 * 创建您自己的百科全书并且使用了维基百科的球形拼图。 * 使用维基媒体基金会标志为无关计划筹款。 * 在内容并非来自维基媒体站点情形下却宣称内容“来自维基百科，自由的百科全书”。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-fairuse|回到在维基站点以外的讨论（合理使用）。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-nominativeuseexamples}}3.12 您能否提供更多主要使用的例子？ ==== 这里有一些例子： # '''描述维基媒体站点：''' #* <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">In a presentation that describes how Wikipedia works, using the wordmarks in slides in your bullet points would be a nominative use. The same also applies for a blog post that describes Wikidata. If you want to "illustrate" your slides or your blog post with any of the image marks, please refer to [[#policy-noncommercial|artistic, literary, and other non-commercial uses]].</span> #* <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">However, you cannot use a trademark as a generic term. For example, you cannot set up a wiki on motorcycles and refer to it as "a wikipedia for motorcycles."</span> # '''真實準確地說明：''' #* “维基百科是世界最大的在线百科全书，并且它也是数千个网站中唯一一个集结成千上万志愿者编辑的。” #* “我在2009年加入维基百科成为一名编辑者”（在您的个人网站）。 # '''描述衍生作品：''' #* “来源：维基百科” #* “本艺术作品基于来自维基共享资源的图像创建。” #* “以下内容由维基百科内容衍生而来。” #* 或者干脆：“来自维基百科”或“至维基百科条目”（通过QR码） # '''更多個別例子:''' #* <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Refer to the sections on [[#policy-news|news reporting]]; [[#policy-blogssm|personal blogs and social media]]; [[#policy-noncommercial|artistic, literary, and other non-commercial uses]]; and [[#policy-linkstous|links to Wikimedia sites]].</span> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-nominativeuse|Back to Refer to Wikimedia sites (nominative use).]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-logonewsarticle}}3.13 我是否可以在新闻或漫画杂志或者电视新闻上使用标志或截图？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes, as long as the image illustrates the discussion in the article. Do not use our trademark just to attract attention to your work. That will confuse your readers or viewers, and ours! </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-news|回到新闻报道]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-logoblogssm}}3.14 我是否可以在博客文章或者状态更新站点包括标志？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes, as long as the image illustrates the discussion in your post. Do not use trademarked images just to attract attention to your page. Viewers of your blog or your user page should not be confused and think that your page is endorsed by the Wikimedia Foundation or any of its sites. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.15 我能否在用户名、头像或聊天软件表情中使用商标？ ==== 很遗憾，不。我们非常感谢您宣传维基媒体站点。维基媒体社群为之感谢！然而，我们不希望人们认为您的言论就可以代表维基媒体基金会。您能够继续在用户名、头像或聊天软件表情中使用社群标志。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-blogssm|回到个人博客和社交媒体]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-noncommercialexamples}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">3.16 Can you give me some examples of artistic, literary, and other non-commercial uses?</span> ==== * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Using the trademarks to discuss a scientific thesis in an academic paper.</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Illustrating a point in the slides for an educational presentation with a screenshot of a Wikimedia site.</span> * 使用标志在美术作品中。 * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Creating a parody for the purposes of conveying a political message.</span> * 撰写一本关于维基百科条目的书籍。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-noncommercial|回到艺术作品、文学作品和其他非商业性使用。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-linkingtousexamples}}3.12 您能否提供连接至维基媒体站点的例子？ ==== 是的，您可[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:Banners and buttons}}|点此]]查看。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-qrcodes}}3.18 我能在连接至维基媒体站点的QR码中使用标志么？ ==== 不。用于连接的标志不应如此使用。使用QR码连接您应使用非艺术化维基百科文字标志。您可[[#FAQ-nominativeuseexamples|点此]]了解更多。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-linkstous|回到连接至维基媒体站点。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-personalmerch}}3.19 我可以利用它們做什麼？ ==== 您可以用來製作衣服、帽子、背包、杯子、釘子、筆、貼紙、海報、屏幕背景，甚至蛋糕。大前提是你不會利用這些物品來牟利。 [[:c:Special:MyLanguage/Category:Wikipedia promotion|<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Here are some examples.</span>]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.20 我可以销售带有这些标志的周边商品么？ ==== 不，在未获授权的情况下您不能这样做。更多信息[[#policy-commercialmerch|见此]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.21 可以在其他场合使用原样么？ ==== 只要你是免費派發這些物品，可以。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.22 那么我在哪可以了解商业销售的周边产品？ ==== 最好是进入[//shop.wikimedia.org 维基媒体商店 (Wikimedia shop)]了解，这里销售的周边商品都由官方授权。如果您希望销售您自己的商品，请[[#policy-commercialmerch|参见此处]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">3.23 Can I ask commercial vendors to create custom items for me that use Wikimedia marks?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Of course! You may ask vendors like bakers and t-shirt sellers to create items with Wikimedia marks especially for you or your friends. This is okay because it is for your own personal use and no one is creating a business surrounding the sale of items with Wikimedia trademarks. And do not worry, vendors will not be required to strictly follow the Visual Identity Guidelines when it is not possible on items like cakes. For example, [[:c:Category:Wikipedia cakes|all these cakes]] are fine. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">3.24 Is it okay to commission someone else to create lots of items with the Wikimedia marks for meet-ups and similar events?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes! As long as the items are not sold to participants, it is okay to ask a vendor to create multiple items with the Wikimedia marks for community-focused parties and gatherings like edit-a-thons under [[Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy#policy-outreach|Section 3.2]] of the policy. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">3.25 Can I use high-resolution logos on commercial merchandise?</span> ==== 當然可以！雖然我們的舊版政策不允許這種做法，但是在新的政策中我們已經廢除了那條規例。 <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[#policy-owngoods|Back to Make your own branded stuff.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-specialpermission}}4 需要许可的特殊使用 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.1 如果我需要許可，我是不是要為此付費？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Usually, there is no license fee. However, we want to keep track of how our trademarks are used. Also, we want to make sure every use complies with our mission and standards. This is why we require a formal license in certain cases. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-specialpermission|回到需要许可的特殊使用。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-contests}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.2 Do I need permission for every photo contest?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You only need to get a license if you advertise the photo contest outside a Wikimedia site. This includes posters, social media, and blogs. You can freely use the marks for community-focused events. Community-focused events are those that are intended to be predominantly attended by Wikimedia community members. They do not include events open to the general public. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-photocontests|回到照片竞赛。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.3 Can I print out t-shirts with the Wikimedia logo to give out as prizes for the photo contest?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. You can always make t-shirts with the Wikimedia logos and give them away as long as you are not selling them. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-makeyourownbrandedstuff|Back to Make your own branded stuff]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.4 How can I use the marks as a Wikipedian in Residence?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The marks may be used in any way that identifies you as a Wikipedian in Residence. Please avoid confusion about official endorsement. You should clarify that you are not a representative of the Wikimedia Foundation. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-glam|回到GLAM-WIKI活动。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-cybersquatting}}<div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 4.5 Can you give an example of cybersquatting? </div> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> In the past, someone registered the domain wikkipedia.org to attract traffic to their own site. This is called [[{{lwp|cybersquatting}}|cybersquatting]] or [[{{lwp|typosquatting}}|typosquatting]] that infringes our trademark. We strictly enforce our policy against confusing domain names. Please [[:m:Trademark/Report abuse|tell us]] if you see an infringing domain name. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.6 我可以在我的域名中出现维基媒体标志么？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Unfortunately, no. If you do, there is a risk that you will confuse readers that are looking for Wikimedia content or other material related to Wikimedia. Movement organizations may be permitted to use the Wikimedia mark as part of their domain, but only after receiving special permission. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 4.7 Can I use a Wikimedia mark if I use a different top-level domain? </div> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You cannot register a Wikimedia mark as a domain, no matter the [[{{lwp|Top-level domain}}|top-level domain]], including country code top-level domains. For example, you may not register "wikipedia.jobs" even though it uses ".jobs", a different top-level domain, because "wikipedia" is a Wikimedia mark. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.8 但我希望使用我自己的特殊域名！！！ ==== 如果您有合法的理由希望使用我们的域名，请电邮联络[mailto:trademarks@wikimedia.org trademarks@wikimedia.org]。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-domains|回到域名。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-publicevent}}4.10 “公众活动”是什么？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A public event is an event that is not predominantly attended by community members. An event is also public when it is announced to the public with signs or advertisements or in an event schedule. Hence, this rule does not apply to community-focused meetups and conferences. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.10 What event uses require permission?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Using a trademark for an event includes naming the event or using a Wikimedia logo on advertisements, leaflets, signage or a website. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.11 Are there any exceptions to when events require permission?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If the name of the event uses a mark just to describe its content, that might fall under [[#policy-nominativeuse|nominative use]]. An example for this would be announcing a course called 'Editing Wikipedia for Beginners' or 'Using Wikimedia Commons as an Amateur Photographer'. However, always include a [[#policy-noticesymbol|notice]] that explains that your use is with permission from the Wikimedia Foundation and that you are not affiliated with the Foundation. Also, events hosted by a local Wikimedia chapter, thematic organization, or user group can use the marks subject to their respective agreement with the Wikimedia Foundation. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-events|Back to Events and conferences.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-publications}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.12 What is a "publication"?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Publications include books, other print media, and web pages. They also mean audiovisual media like music, and other recordings, film and online video. See [[#policy-outreach|Outreach and recruiting new editors]] for materials that provide education about a Wikimedia site. See [[#policy-moviestv|Section 4.5]] for trademark uses in films. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.13 我可以写一本关于维基百科的书籍么？ ==== [[{{lwp|Bibliography of Wikipedia}}|欢迎您这样做！]]但您不应在未获授权的情况下使用维基媒体标志在书的封面上。这是因为我们不会认可未获授权的书籍能够代言基金会。使用[[#FAQ-nonstylizedwordmark|文字标志]]作为书的标题的一部分时同样需要请求授权。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 4.14 Does this also apply to handbooks, like "A beginner's guide to Wikipedia", aimed at community members? </div> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. But, please send us a request and we will give prompt permission when appropriate. We love Wikipedia guides! </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 4.15 Does it make a difference if the book is being published by an educational publisher? </div> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> No, you will need permission as well, because even educational publishers are commercial entities. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-publications|回到出版物。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-schoolfilm}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.16 Do I need permission to show the Wikipedia marks in a film I am making for my school project?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If you are showing your film to the public, or at your school or workplace, you need permission. But we will make sure to make the permission process as easy and fast as possible. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-moviestv|回到电影和电视节目。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-commercialmerch}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.17 Will I have to donate a portion of the retail price for commercial merchandise?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> No. But you will have to tell your customers if you do not donate your profits. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.18 What do I have to say if I am donating a portion of my proceeds to the Wikimedia Foundation?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Just clearly state what portion of your proceeds will be given to the Wikimedia Foundation. You can, for example, say: "X% of your purchase will be donated to the Wikimedia Foundation." </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.19 Where should I state how much of my proceeds will be donated?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> We recommend placing the notice right next to the purchase price, where it will be clearly visible to all buyers. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.20 Do I need to mention donations to the Wikimedia Foundation if I do not donate anything at all?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. You should state that 0% of your profits will go to the Wikimedia Foundation. Otherwise, users may mistakenly believe that you are doing fundraising for the Foundation. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-commercialmerch|Back to Commercial merchandise.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 5 禁止使用的情况 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-fakearticle}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.1 Can I make a fake Wikipedia article if it is intended as a joke?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> There are exceptions where this is permissible, but they are very limited. You will likely not fall under such an exception if your mimicking site has any commercial background. Please refer to the [[#policy-noncommercial|section on Parodies]]. Most importantly, you must make sure that no one (really no one!) could confuse your site with any part of a Wikimedia site. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-mimicvsparody}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.2 How do I distinguish between a prohibited mimicking site and a parody site?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Here is an example of a mimicking site: Contrary to the [[{{lwp|Wikipedia:COI}}|Wikipedia guidelines]], you create an article on Wikipedia about yourself or your organization. For unknown reasons, "your" article is deleted. This makes you mad. You register the domain "businesspedia.org" and design a website that looks just like the Wikipedia article that just got deleted, including a link to your own website. You are happy to attract more traffic to it by confusing internet users. Booo! </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> An example of parody site: Imagine you have a great friend called [[Rory|Rory]] and his birthday is coming up. You register the domain "rorypedia.org" and design a website that looks just like a humorous Wikipedia biography on your friend Rory. Since you do not want anyone to confuse "Rorypedia" and Wikipedia, you put a bright colored bar on the top of your site saying, "This page is a present for Rory from his awesome friends and not affiliated with Wikipedia. Happy birthday, Rory!" And you take down the site once the birthday party is over. Yaaay! </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.3 How do I avoid mimicking Wikimedia sites when I use the [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/MediaWiki|MediaWiki]] software?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> All wikis using MediaWiki do in fact share certain graphic elements under the default theme, but the Wikimedia sites have certain visual features that distinguish them. Do not imitate these distinguishing features. For example, you should not use logos that are confusingly similar to the Wikimedia marks or name your site something that sounds like a Wikimedia site. But you can use the "Powered by MediaWiki" button as that button simply describes that the wiki is powered by MediaWiki. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Be sure to directly download the [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/MediaWiki|MediaWiki]] software if you want to use it. Please do not try to blindly copy the HTML code of a Wikimedia site! If you do, you will accidentally import features from our sites, like our Terms of Use or our "contact us" details. Being contacted about problems on your unrelated website understandably makes our wonderful [[:m:OTRS/Volunteering|email response team volunteers]] very unhappy. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-mirrors|Back to mimicking sites.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-linkmirror}}5.4 我可以在维基媒体站点的镜像站点使用标志连接么？ ==== 不可以。维基媒体标志只能在真实的维基媒体站点用于连接。我们愿意重申，站点由维基媒体社群维护和管理。 另外，如果您希望架设一个维基媒体站点的镜像站点，请尤其注意[[#policy-mirrors|镜像方针]]。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-linkstoothers|回到连接至非维基媒体站点。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-misrepresentation}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.5 Can you give me some examples of misrepresentation with respect to the marks?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A misrepresentative use can be something that represents yourself. That includes using a Wikimedia logo in your logo, letterhead, or the name of your organization. Online examples are your social media avatar, favicon, and website domain. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-misrepresentation|Back to Misrepresentation.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-reportingabuse}}6 报告商标滥用 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-howfight}}6.1 你們會如何打擊侵犯商標權的行為？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Each year, we receive over 100 reports of trademark violations from community members. We also employ outside contractors and legal counsel to help protect our trademark portfolio globally. Within our resource constraints, our legal team pursues misuses of our marks to ensure that the Wikimedia logos remain distinctively associated with the Wikimedia community. After careful and sensitive evaluation, we send out cease-and-desist letters, which are usually effective. In the few instances that cannot be resolved by other means, we consider litigation to protect the marks. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">6.2 Who is responsible for enforcing Wikimedia's trademarks?</span>==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Trademark enforcement is currently handled by the Wikimedia Foundation legal team to ensure consistency and compliance with trademark law. But we rely on the Wikimedia community to help us identify potential trademark infringements. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">6.3 What happens when you receive a report of a potential trademark infringement?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> When we receive a complaint that our trademarks are being misused, we first send a confirmation to the person submitting the complaint. Potential infringements are then logged into our system. The legal team then combs through each of those complaints to investigate the alleged infringement. We visit the site personally to make sure the complaint has merit. Then we apply US trademark law in assessing whether there is actual "misuse" and it is a valid infringement of the trademark. In general, the standard of "misuse" in US law is whether the use of the trademark is "confusingly similar" to the Wikimedia Foundation's use of the trademark. In other words, will the potential infringers use of the trademark confuse users into thinking their site is sponsored by or hosted by the Wikimedia Foundation? We always contact the potential infringer first to see if they will voluntarily stop using our marks or work with us to make their use less confusing. If we are unable to work things out informally, and they refuse to comply with a cease and desist letter, we decide whether to move forward with litigation to stop the infringement. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">6.4 Can I send a cease and desist letter on behalf of the Wikimedia Foundation when I find misuse?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Please do not. We really appreciate your help with trademark enforcement, but please report any misuses to us so that we can determine what action is appropriate. </div> <div class="mw-translate-fuzzy"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-reporting|回到报告商标滥用。]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-revision}}7 商标政策的修订 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">7.1 Why can you just change the FAQ section?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The FAQs are not part of the trademark policy. We created them to help you understand the policy. We want to add new questions from the community in the future and to clarify any answers users may find confusing. That is why we want to be able to update the FAQs easily. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">7.2 What if I do not agree with the changes to the policy?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> We encourage you to share your comments and concerns with us during the community feedback period following any announced changes. We will take all comments under careful advisement and ensure that any changes to our policy are consistent with our mission. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-revision|Back to Revision of the trademark policy.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 8 其他问题 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQNakedlicensing}}8.1 什么是“无效授权”？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Failure to exercise quality control in trademark licensing is referred to as "naked licensing," and can sometimes result in loss of trademark rights. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 8.2 什么是视觉识别方针？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> They are a [[Special:MyLanguage/Legal:Visual identity guidelines|set of guidelines]] you should follow when using any of the Wikimedia marks. These guidelines ensure that the marks always look their best and are not distorted in any way. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">8.3 How do the Visual Identity Guidelines relate to the trademark policy?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The Visual Identity Guidelines are a separate document from the trademark policy and can be revised without notice. These guidelines help to make sure the Wikimedia marks are always used consistently with the same level of quality. Consistent use is important in order for us to maintain protection over the Wikimedia marks. It helps avoid confusion among users that may view marks similar to the Wikimedia marks. If Wikimedia marks are displayed consistently, users can be sure when they are viewing actual Wikimedia content instead of an imposter site. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 8.4 我有更多问题如何提问？ ==== 如果您还有其他未在此列出的问题，请将其反馈至讨论页。我们将竭尽所能回答并放入本常见问题页。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} </div></div><noinclude> __NOTOC__ __NOEDITSECTION__ [[Category:Trademark policy{{#translation:}}]] [[Category:Frequently asked questions{{#translation:}}]] </noinclude> 5nr64gi7ydxdbrp9190wrxmjpnw4cmj 594045 594043 2026-09-19T03:43:31Z Pristome 225362 Created page with "3.7 在机构代表社区怎么样？" 594045 wikitext text/x-wiki <noinclude><languages /> {{Policy FAQ disclaimer|page=维基媒体基金会商标政策|pagelink=Policy:Trademark policy}} </noinclude><templatestyles src="Template:Trademark/styles.css" /><div class="trademark-section trademark-faq-container"> <div class="trademark-faq-content"> {{anchor|trademark-faq}}<span class="nomobile" style="font-size:2.5em">[[File:Trademark License FAQ.svg<!--change image-->|100px|link=]] '''<includeonly>{{int string|faq}}</includeonly><noinclude>维基媒体基金会商标政策常见问题</noinclude>'''</span><br />''这些常见问题不是商标政策的组成部分。它们也不是一份法律文件。但是我们希望它们能给你提供帮助。''<span style="font-family:monospace, monospace;" dir="ltr">''':)'''</span> <noinclude>{{nonumtoc}}__TOC__</noinclude> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 0 商标政策简介 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} <!-- The form to do this is: {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 0.1 Title ==== ... {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} Either using the Sub or Not, depending on level --> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-tmprotection}}0.1 什么是“商标保护”？ ==== 商標法(trademark law)保護著某一標誌(mark)所代表的某一成果（work，像是商品或服務）之間的連結關係。它意在保障用戶不致於混淆一項成果的來源。同時，用戶也把商標當做與某成果之間的連結，因此會對此標誌所提供的成果之知名度、品質、以及服務有相當程度的期待。因此，商標是項強而有力、極富價值的工具，它能夠使維基媒體基金會以及其社群成員的知名度具象化，也可被視為一種讓用戶能夠認識某一成果或商品或服務的「簡略表達(shorthand)」。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-whataresites}}0.2 什么是“维基媒体网站(Wikimedia sites)”？ ==== 维基媒体基金会运营很多自由软件和自由内容站点，列表见此：[[Special:SiteMatrix|我们的计划]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-policyapplies}}1 本政策适用範圍？ == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-wordmark}}1.1 什么是“文字标志(wordmark)”？ ==== 顾名思义，就是只由文字组成的商标，诸如“Wikipedia”或“Wikimedia”等计划网站名。另外，这也包括任何官方译名和转写（诸如“[[:w:tr:Ana Sayfa|维基百科]]”）。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-nonstylizedwordmark}}1.2 什么是“非艺术化文字标志(non-stylized wordmark)”？ ==== 非艺术化文字标志就是“维基媒体”及其计划的通用名称，诸如“维基百科”、“维基词典”等。相比之下，艺术化文字标志就是在这些名字基础上适当修改文字结构诸如字体。诸如“维基百科”文字标志艺术化后就是[[File:Wikipedia wordmark.svg|80px]]。无论文字标志是否艺术化均属于维基媒体基金会的商标。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-tradedress}}1.3 什么是“商用外观(trade dress)”？ ==== 對我們而言，商用外觀意指網站或文章的設計符合網站或線上資料的來源。你可以把它看成某個網站「看起來和感覺起來的樣子」。比方說，維基百科條目的設計與外觀、或像是維基百科的首頁。任何維基媒體網站的商用外觀同時也屬於維基媒體基金會的商標。商標法也保護商用外觀。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-wikimediamarks|返回“维基媒体标志。”]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-communitymember}}1.4 什么是“社区成员”？ ==== 任何在维基媒体站点有贡献的人。她也包括任何基金会职员、分会成员、专题组织成员、用户组成员和基金会本身。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-communitymembers|回到社群成员]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-moveorgsfreely}}1.5 为何運動组织不能任意地使用商標？ ==== 身為商標的法定持有者，我們需要掌控運動組織使用商標的方式以保護整個社群。你可以在[[#purpose-maintainrights|這裡]]閱讀更多相關資料。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 1.6 什么是此商标政策和分会、用户组或专题组织协议之间的关系？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Chapters, user groups, and thematic organizations must comply both with this trademark policy and their respective agreement with the Wikimedia Foundation. If there are inconsistencies between this trademark policy and a chapter, user group, or a thematic organization agreement, the organization should follow their agreement. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-wmorgs|回到分会、用户组和专题组织]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 2 如何使用维基媒体商标 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-smallerlogo}}2.1 如果我的产品和服务不由维基媒体基金会提供，我的商标、名称或公司名称是否能够比维基媒体商标更小？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> No. We need to make sure it is extremely clear that the Wikimedia Foundation is not providing your products or services. This is a simple, consistent way of doing that. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.2 如果我清晰地声明产品或服务由我提供，会怎么样？ ==== 對不起，您的商標、名字或公司名字一定要比維基商標大，而且必須適當地分隔開，因為不是每個人都會閱讀文字，可能有些人只會留意圖片。因此，我們必須確保您的產品或服務並非由維基媒體基金會提供。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-outsidewmsites}}2.3 你们说的“在维基媒体站点以外”是指什么？ ==== 也就是不在[[#FAQ-whataresites|维基媒体基金会控制的站点]]使用商标，例如：维基百科、维基共享资源、维基词典、维基数据、维基语录、维基教科书、维基文库、维基物种、维基新闻、维基学院、维基导游和元维基。回顾商标政策，维基媒雲端虚拟专用服务器的标志也被视为维基媒体站点标志。另外，您可以在站外使用这些标志用于编辑马拉松。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.4 我是否仍然能创建将维基媒体商标和像“在居住地的维基人”的其他词语结合起来的词条？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. This provision is not meant to stop community members from creatively combining the marks with other words to create new terms for the Wikimedia movement as long as they do it on the Wikimedia sites. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-translatetext}}2.5 我可以翻译这些商标的文字么？ ==== 您应该[[#FAQ-whataresites|在维基媒体网站的框架下]]翻译这些商标的文字。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.6 我能添加图形元素（例如，为了庆祝特殊活动）吗？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You can create [[:c:Category:SVG Wikimedia community logos|remixes]] for special on-site purposes, but please do not change the logos outside our sites. These and many, many other questions are answered in the [[Visual identity guidelines|Visual Identity Guidelines]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.7 哪些维基媒体商标的重新组合的类型能够在维基媒体网站之外使用？ ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Certain remixes of Wikimedia logos may be used outside of Wikimedia sites as long as the remix does not look too similar to any of the Wikimedia marks. Please make sure that the remix will not be confused with the original Wikimedia logo.</span> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.8 我可以使用标志的高清版么？ ==== 是的！[[Wikimedia official marks|这里请]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-wheretmnotice}}2.9 我在哪里注释商标提醒？ ==== 尽可能在显眼的位置例如注脚。当有人阅读您的文档、访问您的网站或观看您的电影时应能较容易的找到。有几个很好的例子：文档（同一）页面的底部、藏书票上、网页页脚和/或电影制作者清单后。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.10 如果我认为我没有足够的位置注明提醒我应该怎么办？ ==== 不要担心！如果您是想面向移动设备或其他中小屏幕设备注明，您只需要在维基媒体商标后面加注商标符号（™）即可。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.11 我应该如何在提醒中提及商标？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Wordmarks can be referenced verbatim (i.e. "Wikimedia Commons"). Logos should be described according to the [[Visual identity guidelines#toc-puzzle|Visual Identity Guidelines]]. Examples include the "Wikipedia Puzzle Globe" and the "'W' icon." </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.12 我如何使用多于一个标志？ ==== 请确信所有标志都有一个说明如下： <br /><br /> “维基数据名称及标志是维基媒体基金会的商标。” {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.13 什么时候我不得不加入商标符号？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You only need to use the trademark symbol when you do not have enough space to write the entire notice, like when you are using a trademark on a mobile screen. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.14 能否给一些正确使用商标的例子？ ==== 这里有个例子： <br /> <br /> “维基共享资源™是维基媒体基金会旗下收集自由版权的媒体文件，诸如图像、声音和电影剪辑，并面向全球广泛传播的计划网站！” {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.15 我应该使用何种尺寸的商标？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> When you use a wordmark (like "Wikipedia"), you should use the same font size for the trademark symbol as the wordmark itself. In this context, superscript formatting is encouraged for the symbol. When the mark is an image (like the puzzle globe), you should select a font size for the symbol that matches the size of the image and place the symbol so that it is clearly visible and close enough to the upper right corner of the image without touching it. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.16 但是我想把我的網頁設計得好看一點！我可不可以把商標縮小或放在其他地方？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Unfortunately, no. Remember, you only need to put the symbol next to the first or most prominent use of the mark. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-noticesymbol|回到注释或商标符号]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.17 “未被维基媒体基金会批准或与其相关”意味着什么？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You need to make sure that people do not mistakenly think that you may speak on behalf of the Wikimedia Foundation or one of its sites. For instance, you need to make sure that no one thinks you work for the Wikimedia Foundation. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-withoutpermission}}3 不需询问权限的维基媒体标志使用 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.1 你能给我我能在维基媒体网站上使用商标的例子吗？ ==== 您可以在[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:User page}}|用户页]]、[[{{lwp|Help:Contents}}|帮助页]]和[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:About}}|关于维基媒体或其计划的页面]]使用标志。您也可以在[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Mailing lists|邮件列表]]、[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/IRC|IRC]]或用于维基媒体站点的[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:Tools}}|工具]]使用标志。以上使用需遵守[[Terms of Use|使用条款]]。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-onwmsites|回到维基媒体站点商标使用]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-notcommunityfocused}}3.2 哪些活动不是“重点放在社群的”？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> An event that includes mostly people who are not community members is not a community-focused event. (Please see the [[#FAQ-publicevent|FAQ on events in general]].) This does not mean that you cannot have guests at your meetup! </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.3 您能否提供重点放在社群的活动的例子？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Community-focused events are those events that are primarily open to community members and promote the mission. They tend to be related to improving the overall quality of the Wikimedia sites. Examples include conferences and monthly meetups hosted by community members, as well as other specific events like the "London Wikipedians regular's table," Wiki-Conference in Russia, and Wikipedia Workshop Köln (DE). </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-communityfocused|回到重点放在社群的活动]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.4 如果我的活动是重点放在社群的，我能使用哪些标志？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> First, all Wikimedia community-focused events can bear a trademarked name. You may also use the Wikimedia logos to decorate your venue, but only to the extent they are relevant. For example, you cannot use the Wikisource logo for a Wikimedia Commons-only event. However, keep in mind that the 'Wikimania' name and [[:File:Wikimania.svg|logo]] are reserved for the [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimania|yearly Wikimania conference]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-outreachexamples}}3.5 您能否提供拓展工作使用的例子？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You can put up a stand at a street fair. [[:c:Category:Wikimedia stands|Here are some examples of that]]. You may want to present the Wikimedia sites in your club or [[:c:Category:Silberwissen|reach out to seniors]]. You can also [[:c:Category:Wikipedia Schulprojekt|give a talk in a school]] or [[:c:Category:Wikipedia Education Program|create a university course]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.6 什麼是教育性資源？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Educational materials help people to understand the Wikimedia sites. They can be [[:outreach:Bookshelf Project|leaflets, videos]], [[:m:WMDOC/Cheatsheet|cheat sheets]], and other [[:m:Help:Reference card|guides]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.7 在机构代表社区怎么样？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You need to sign and email us a Quick License if your institution wants to call you [[:outreach:Wikipedian in Residence|"Wikipedian in Residence"]] as part of a GLAM project, or something similar. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-outreach|Back to Outreach and recruitment of new editors]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-communitylogo}}3.8 这里有维基媒体社群标志？ ==== 是的！它在2008[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Community logo|官方承认]]为元维基标志。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-fairuseexamples}}3.9 合理使用是什么意思？ ==== 在美国商标法中，[[{{lwp|Fair use (U.S. trademark law)}}|合理使用]]章节允许您有条件的任意使用商标而不至于侵犯版权。本方针不会与之冲突。我们已在[[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-fairuse|3.5]]和[[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-fairuse|3.6]]章节使用您易于理解的语言提到。 除了美国商标法外，您还需留意您所在国家的版权法律，多数也规定了合理使用的情形。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.10 您能否提供更多合理使用的例子？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> This category of fair use is tricky in our case because our wordmarks were not real words before our projects were created, unlike "apple" or "facebook." But we would consider it fair use if you were to write a [[:wikt:book#Noun|book]] in the [[{{lwp|Wiki software}}|Wiki software]] and refer to it as a "wiki book," even though Wikibooks is a distinctive trademark. If you are using the wordmarks to describe our projects, that is also a type of fair use (nominative use). You can read more about nominative use [[#FAQ-nominativeuseexamples|here]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-nonfairuseexamples}}3.11 您能否提供更多并非合理使用的例子？ ==== * 使用维基媒体标志宣传您的书籍。 * 销售带有维基媒体基金会标志的T恤。 * 创建您自己的百科全书并且使用了维基百科的球形拼图。 * 使用维基媒体基金会标志为无关计划筹款。 * 在内容并非来自维基媒体站点情形下却宣称内容“来自维基百科，自由的百科全书”。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-fairuse|回到在维基站点以外的讨论（合理使用）。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-nominativeuseexamples}}3.12 您能否提供更多主要使用的例子？ ==== 这里有一些例子： # '''描述维基媒体站点：''' #* <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">In a presentation that describes how Wikipedia works, using the wordmarks in slides in your bullet points would be a nominative use. The same also applies for a blog post that describes Wikidata. If you want to "illustrate" your slides or your blog post with any of the image marks, please refer to [[#policy-noncommercial|artistic, literary, and other non-commercial uses]].</span> #* <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">However, you cannot use a trademark as a generic term. For example, you cannot set up a wiki on motorcycles and refer to it as "a wikipedia for motorcycles."</span> # '''真實準確地說明：''' #* “维基百科是世界最大的在线百科全书，并且它也是数千个网站中唯一一个集结成千上万志愿者编辑的。” #* “我在2009年加入维基百科成为一名编辑者”（在您的个人网站）。 # '''描述衍生作品：''' #* “来源：维基百科” #* “本艺术作品基于来自维基共享资源的图像创建。” #* “以下内容由维基百科内容衍生而来。” #* 或者干脆：“来自维基百科”或“至维基百科条目”（通过QR码） # '''更多個別例子:''' #* <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Refer to the sections on [[#policy-news|news reporting]]; [[#policy-blogssm|personal blogs and social media]]; [[#policy-noncommercial|artistic, literary, and other non-commercial uses]]; and [[#policy-linkstous|links to Wikimedia sites]].</span> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-nominativeuse|Back to Refer to Wikimedia sites (nominative use).]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-logonewsarticle}}3.13 我是否可以在新闻或漫画杂志或者电视新闻上使用标志或截图？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes, as long as the image illustrates the discussion in the article. Do not use our trademark just to attract attention to your work. That will confuse your readers or viewers, and ours! </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-news|回到新闻报道]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-logoblogssm}}3.14 我是否可以在博客文章或者状态更新站点包括标志？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes, as long as the image illustrates the discussion in your post. Do not use trademarked images just to attract attention to your page. Viewers of your blog or your user page should not be confused and think that your page is endorsed by the Wikimedia Foundation or any of its sites. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.15 我能否在用户名、头像或聊天软件表情中使用商标？ ==== 很遗憾，不。我们非常感谢您宣传维基媒体站点。维基媒体社群为之感谢！然而，我们不希望人们认为您的言论就可以代表维基媒体基金会。您能够继续在用户名、头像或聊天软件表情中使用社群标志。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-blogssm|回到个人博客和社交媒体]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-noncommercialexamples}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">3.16 Can you give me some examples of artistic, literary, and other non-commercial uses?</span> ==== * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Using the trademarks to discuss a scientific thesis in an academic paper.</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Illustrating a point in the slides for an educational presentation with a screenshot of a Wikimedia site.</span> * 使用标志在美术作品中。 * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Creating a parody for the purposes of conveying a political message.</span> * 撰写一本关于维基百科条目的书籍。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-noncommercial|回到艺术作品、文学作品和其他非商业性使用。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-linkingtousexamples}}3.12 您能否提供连接至维基媒体站点的例子？ ==== 是的，您可[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:Banners and buttons}}|点此]]查看。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-qrcodes}}3.18 我能在连接至维基媒体站点的QR码中使用标志么？ ==== 不。用于连接的标志不应如此使用。使用QR码连接您应使用非艺术化维基百科文字标志。您可[[#FAQ-nominativeuseexamples|点此]]了解更多。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-linkstous|回到连接至维基媒体站点。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-personalmerch}}3.19 我可以利用它們做什麼？ ==== 您可以用來製作衣服、帽子、背包、杯子、釘子、筆、貼紙、海報、屏幕背景，甚至蛋糕。大前提是你不會利用這些物品來牟利。 [[:c:Special:MyLanguage/Category:Wikipedia promotion|<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Here are some examples.</span>]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.20 我可以销售带有这些标志的周边商品么？ ==== 不，在未获授权的情况下您不能这样做。更多信息[[#policy-commercialmerch|见此]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.21 可以在其他场合使用原样么？ ==== 只要你是免費派發這些物品，可以。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.22 那么我在哪可以了解商业销售的周边产品？ ==== 最好是进入[//shop.wikimedia.org 维基媒体商店 (Wikimedia shop)]了解，这里销售的周边商品都由官方授权。如果您希望销售您自己的商品，请[[#policy-commercialmerch|参见此处]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">3.23 Can I ask commercial vendors to create custom items for me that use Wikimedia marks?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Of course! You may ask vendors like bakers and t-shirt sellers to create items with Wikimedia marks especially for you or your friends. This is okay because it is for your own personal use and no one is creating a business surrounding the sale of items with Wikimedia trademarks. And do not worry, vendors will not be required to strictly follow the Visual Identity Guidelines when it is not possible on items like cakes. For example, [[:c:Category:Wikipedia cakes|all these cakes]] are fine. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">3.24 Is it okay to commission someone else to create lots of items with the Wikimedia marks for meet-ups and similar events?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes! As long as the items are not sold to participants, it is okay to ask a vendor to create multiple items with the Wikimedia marks for community-focused parties and gatherings like edit-a-thons under [[Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy#policy-outreach|Section 3.2]] of the policy. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">3.25 Can I use high-resolution logos on commercial merchandise?</span> ==== 當然可以！雖然我們的舊版政策不允許這種做法，但是在新的政策中我們已經廢除了那條規例。 <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[#policy-owngoods|Back to Make your own branded stuff.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-specialpermission}}4 需要许可的特殊使用 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.1 如果我需要許可，我是不是要為此付費？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Usually, there is no license fee. However, we want to keep track of how our trademarks are used. Also, we want to make sure every use complies with our mission and standards. This is why we require a formal license in certain cases. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-specialpermission|回到需要许可的特殊使用。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-contests}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.2 Do I need permission for every photo contest?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You only need to get a license if you advertise the photo contest outside a Wikimedia site. This includes posters, social media, and blogs. You can freely use the marks for community-focused events. Community-focused events are those that are intended to be predominantly attended by Wikimedia community members. They do not include events open to the general public. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-photocontests|回到照片竞赛。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.3 Can I print out t-shirts with the Wikimedia logo to give out as prizes for the photo contest?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. You can always make t-shirts with the Wikimedia logos and give them away as long as you are not selling them. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-makeyourownbrandedstuff|Back to Make your own branded stuff]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.4 How can I use the marks as a Wikipedian in Residence?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The marks may be used in any way that identifies you as a Wikipedian in Residence. Please avoid confusion about official endorsement. You should clarify that you are not a representative of the Wikimedia Foundation. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-glam|回到GLAM-WIKI活动。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-cybersquatting}}<div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 4.5 Can you give an example of cybersquatting? </div> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> In the past, someone registered the domain wikkipedia.org to attract traffic to their own site. This is called [[{{lwp|cybersquatting}}|cybersquatting]] or [[{{lwp|typosquatting}}|typosquatting]] that infringes our trademark. We strictly enforce our policy against confusing domain names. Please [[:m:Trademark/Report abuse|tell us]] if you see an infringing domain name. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.6 我可以在我的域名中出现维基媒体标志么？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Unfortunately, no. If you do, there is a risk that you will confuse readers that are looking for Wikimedia content or other material related to Wikimedia. Movement organizations may be permitted to use the Wikimedia mark as part of their domain, but only after receiving special permission. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 4.7 Can I use a Wikimedia mark if I use a different top-level domain? </div> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You cannot register a Wikimedia mark as a domain, no matter the [[{{lwp|Top-level domain}}|top-level domain]], including country code top-level domains. For example, you may not register "wikipedia.jobs" even though it uses ".jobs", a different top-level domain, because "wikipedia" is a Wikimedia mark. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.8 但我希望使用我自己的特殊域名！！！ ==== 如果您有合法的理由希望使用我们的域名，请电邮联络[mailto:trademarks@wikimedia.org trademarks@wikimedia.org]。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-domains|回到域名。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-publicevent}}4.10 “公众活动”是什么？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A public event is an event that is not predominantly attended by community members. An event is also public when it is announced to the public with signs or advertisements or in an event schedule. Hence, this rule does not apply to community-focused meetups and conferences. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.10 What event uses require permission?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Using a trademark for an event includes naming the event or using a Wikimedia logo on advertisements, leaflets, signage or a website. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.11 Are there any exceptions to when events require permission?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If the name of the event uses a mark just to describe its content, that might fall under [[#policy-nominativeuse|nominative use]]. An example for this would be announcing a course called 'Editing Wikipedia for Beginners' or 'Using Wikimedia Commons as an Amateur Photographer'. However, always include a [[#policy-noticesymbol|notice]] that explains that your use is with permission from the Wikimedia Foundation and that you are not affiliated with the Foundation. Also, events hosted by a local Wikimedia chapter, thematic organization, or user group can use the marks subject to their respective agreement with the Wikimedia Foundation. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-events|Back to Events and conferences.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-publications}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.12 What is a "publication"?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Publications include books, other print media, and web pages. They also mean audiovisual media like music, and other recordings, film and online video. See [[#policy-outreach|Outreach and recruiting new editors]] for materials that provide education about a Wikimedia site. See [[#policy-moviestv|Section 4.5]] for trademark uses in films. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.13 我可以写一本关于维基百科的书籍么？ ==== [[{{lwp|Bibliography of Wikipedia}}|欢迎您这样做！]]但您不应在未获授权的情况下使用维基媒体标志在书的封面上。这是因为我们不会认可未获授权的书籍能够代言基金会。使用[[#FAQ-nonstylizedwordmark|文字标志]]作为书的标题的一部分时同样需要请求授权。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 4.14 Does this also apply to handbooks, like "A beginner's guide to Wikipedia", aimed at community members? </div> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. But, please send us a request and we will give prompt permission when appropriate. We love Wikipedia guides! </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 4.15 Does it make a difference if the book is being published by an educational publisher? </div> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> No, you will need permission as well, because even educational publishers are commercial entities. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-publications|回到出版物。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-schoolfilm}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.16 Do I need permission to show the Wikipedia marks in a film I am making for my school project?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If you are showing your film to the public, or at your school or workplace, you need permission. But we will make sure to make the permission process as easy and fast as possible. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-moviestv|回到电影和电视节目。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-commercialmerch}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.17 Will I have to donate a portion of the retail price for commercial merchandise?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> No. But you will have to tell your customers if you do not donate your profits. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.18 What do I have to say if I am donating a portion of my proceeds to the Wikimedia Foundation?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Just clearly state what portion of your proceeds will be given to the Wikimedia Foundation. You can, for example, say: "X% of your purchase will be donated to the Wikimedia Foundation." </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.19 Where should I state how much of my proceeds will be donated?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> We recommend placing the notice right next to the purchase price, where it will be clearly visible to all buyers. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.20 Do I need to mention donations to the Wikimedia Foundation if I do not donate anything at all?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. You should state that 0% of your profits will go to the Wikimedia Foundation. Otherwise, users may mistakenly believe that you are doing fundraising for the Foundation. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-commercialmerch|Back to Commercial merchandise.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 5 禁止使用的情况 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-fakearticle}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.1 Can I make a fake Wikipedia article if it is intended as a joke?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> There are exceptions where this is permissible, but they are very limited. You will likely not fall under such an exception if your mimicking site has any commercial background. Please refer to the [[#policy-noncommercial|section on Parodies]]. Most importantly, you must make sure that no one (really no one!) could confuse your site with any part of a Wikimedia site. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-mimicvsparody}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.2 How do I distinguish between a prohibited mimicking site and a parody site?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Here is an example of a mimicking site: Contrary to the [[{{lwp|Wikipedia:COI}}|Wikipedia guidelines]], you create an article on Wikipedia about yourself or your organization. For unknown reasons, "your" article is deleted. This makes you mad. You register the domain "businesspedia.org" and design a website that looks just like the Wikipedia article that just got deleted, including a link to your own website. You are happy to attract more traffic to it by confusing internet users. Booo! </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> An example of parody site: Imagine you have a great friend called [[Rory|Rory]] and his birthday is coming up. You register the domain "rorypedia.org" and design a website that looks just like a humorous Wikipedia biography on your friend Rory. Since you do not want anyone to confuse "Rorypedia" and Wikipedia, you put a bright colored bar on the top of your site saying, "This page is a present for Rory from his awesome friends and not affiliated with Wikipedia. Happy birthday, Rory!" And you take down the site once the birthday party is over. Yaaay! </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.3 How do I avoid mimicking Wikimedia sites when I use the [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/MediaWiki|MediaWiki]] software?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> All wikis using MediaWiki do in fact share certain graphic elements under the default theme, but the Wikimedia sites have certain visual features that distinguish them. Do not imitate these distinguishing features. For example, you should not use logos that are confusingly similar to the Wikimedia marks or name your site something that sounds like a Wikimedia site. But you can use the "Powered by MediaWiki" button as that button simply describes that the wiki is powered by MediaWiki. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Be sure to directly download the [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/MediaWiki|MediaWiki]] software if you want to use it. Please do not try to blindly copy the HTML code of a Wikimedia site! If you do, you will accidentally import features from our sites, like our Terms of Use or our "contact us" details. Being contacted about problems on your unrelated website understandably makes our wonderful [[:m:OTRS/Volunteering|email response team volunteers]] very unhappy. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-mirrors|Back to mimicking sites.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-linkmirror}}5.4 我可以在维基媒体站点的镜像站点使用标志连接么？ ==== 不可以。维基媒体标志只能在真实的维基媒体站点用于连接。我们愿意重申，站点由维基媒体社群维护和管理。 另外，如果您希望架设一个维基媒体站点的镜像站点，请尤其注意[[#policy-mirrors|镜像方针]]。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-linkstoothers|回到连接至非维基媒体站点。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-misrepresentation}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.5 Can you give me some examples of misrepresentation with respect to the marks?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A misrepresentative use can be something that represents yourself. That includes using a Wikimedia logo in your logo, letterhead, or the name of your organization. Online examples are your social media avatar, favicon, and website domain. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-misrepresentation|Back to Misrepresentation.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-reportingabuse}}6 报告商标滥用 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-howfight}}6.1 你們會如何打擊侵犯商標權的行為？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Each year, we receive over 100 reports of trademark violations from community members. We also employ outside contractors and legal counsel to help protect our trademark portfolio globally. Within our resource constraints, our legal team pursues misuses of our marks to ensure that the Wikimedia logos remain distinctively associated with the Wikimedia community. After careful and sensitive evaluation, we send out cease-and-desist letters, which are usually effective. In the few instances that cannot be resolved by other means, we consider litigation to protect the marks. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">6.2 Who is responsible for enforcing Wikimedia's trademarks?</span>==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Trademark enforcement is currently handled by the Wikimedia Foundation legal team to ensure consistency and compliance with trademark law. But we rely on the Wikimedia community to help us identify potential trademark infringements. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">6.3 What happens when you receive a report of a potential trademark infringement?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> When we receive a complaint that our trademarks are being misused, we first send a confirmation to the person submitting the complaint. Potential infringements are then logged into our system. The legal team then combs through each of those complaints to investigate the alleged infringement. We visit the site personally to make sure the complaint has merit. Then we apply US trademark law in assessing whether there is actual "misuse" and it is a valid infringement of the trademark. In general, the standard of "misuse" in US law is whether the use of the trademark is "confusingly similar" to the Wikimedia Foundation's use of the trademark. In other words, will the potential infringers use of the trademark confuse users into thinking their site is sponsored by or hosted by the Wikimedia Foundation? We always contact the potential infringer first to see if they will voluntarily stop using our marks or work with us to make their use less confusing. If we are unable to work things out informally, and they refuse to comply with a cease and desist letter, we decide whether to move forward with litigation to stop the infringement. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">6.4 Can I send a cease and desist letter on behalf of the Wikimedia Foundation when I find misuse?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Please do not. We really appreciate your help with trademark enforcement, but please report any misuses to us so that we can determine what action is appropriate. </div> <div class="mw-translate-fuzzy"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-reporting|回到报告商标滥用。]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-revision}}7 商标政策的修订 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">7.1 Why can you just change the FAQ section?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The FAQs are not part of the trademark policy. We created them to help you understand the policy. We want to add new questions from the community in the future and to clarify any answers users may find confusing. That is why we want to be able to update the FAQs easily. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">7.2 What if I do not agree with the changes to the policy?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> We encourage you to share your comments and concerns with us during the community feedback period following any announced changes. We will take all comments under careful advisement and ensure that any changes to our policy are consistent with our mission. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-revision|Back to Revision of the trademark policy.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 8 其他问题 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQNakedlicensing}}8.1 什么是“无效授权”？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Failure to exercise quality control in trademark licensing is referred to as "naked licensing," and can sometimes result in loss of trademark rights. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 8.2 什么是视觉识别方针？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> They are a [[Special:MyLanguage/Legal:Visual identity guidelines|set of guidelines]] you should follow when using any of the Wikimedia marks. These guidelines ensure that the marks always look their best and are not distorted in any way. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">8.3 How do the Visual Identity Guidelines relate to the trademark policy?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The Visual Identity Guidelines are a separate document from the trademark policy and can be revised without notice. These guidelines help to make sure the Wikimedia marks are always used consistently with the same level of quality. Consistent use is important in order for us to maintain protection over the Wikimedia marks. It helps avoid confusion among users that may view marks similar to the Wikimedia marks. If Wikimedia marks are displayed consistently, users can be sure when they are viewing actual Wikimedia content instead of an imposter site. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 8.4 我有更多问题如何提问？ ==== 如果您还有其他未在此列出的问题，请将其反馈至讨论页。我们将竭尽所能回答并放入本常见问题页。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} </div></div><noinclude> __NOTOC__ __NOEDITSECTION__ [[Category:Trademark policy{{#translation:}}]] [[Category:Frequently asked questions{{#translation:}}]] </noinclude> ny93xd2dbnlvi32gdnubr1xdhcx0lo5 594047 594045 2026-09-19T03:43:47Z Pristome 225362 594047 wikitext text/x-wiki <noinclude><languages /> {{Policy FAQ disclaimer|page=维基媒体基金会商标政策|pagelink=Policy:Trademark policy}} </noinclude><templatestyles src="Template:Trademark/styles.css" /><div class="trademark-section trademark-faq-container"> <div class="trademark-faq-content"> {{anchor|trademark-faq}}<span class="nomobile" style="font-size:2.5em">[[File:Trademark License FAQ.svg<!--change image-->|100px|link=]] '''<includeonly>{{int string|faq}}</includeonly><noinclude>维基媒体基金会商标政策常见问题</noinclude>'''</span><br />''这些常见问题不是商标政策的组成部分。它们也不是一份法律文件。但是我们希望它们能给你提供帮助。''<span style="font-family:monospace, monospace;" dir="ltr">''':)'''</span> <noinclude>{{nonumtoc}}__TOC__</noinclude> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 0 商标政策简介 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} <!-- The form to do this is: {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 0.1 Title ==== ... {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} Either using the Sub or Not, depending on level --> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-tmprotection}}0.1 什么是“商标保护”？ ==== 商標法(trademark law)保護著某一標誌(mark)所代表的某一成果（work，像是商品或服務）之間的連結關係。它意在保障用戶不致於混淆一項成果的來源。同時，用戶也把商標當做與某成果之間的連結，因此會對此標誌所提供的成果之知名度、品質、以及服務有相當程度的期待。因此，商標是項強而有力、極富價值的工具，它能夠使維基媒體基金會以及其社群成員的知名度具象化，也可被視為一種讓用戶能夠認識某一成果或商品或服務的「簡略表達(shorthand)」。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-whataresites}}0.2 什么是“维基媒体网站(Wikimedia sites)”？ ==== 维基媒体基金会运营很多自由软件和自由内容站点，列表见此：[[Special:SiteMatrix|我们的计划]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-policyapplies}}1 本政策适用範圍？ == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-wordmark}}1.1 什么是“文字标志(wordmark)”？ ==== 顾名思义，就是只由文字组成的商标，诸如“Wikipedia”或“Wikimedia”等计划网站名。另外，这也包括任何官方译名和转写（诸如“[[:w:tr:Ana Sayfa|维基百科]]”）。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-nonstylizedwordmark}}1.2 什么是“非艺术化文字标志(non-stylized wordmark)”？ ==== 非艺术化文字标志就是“维基媒体”及其计划的通用名称，诸如“维基百科”、“维基词典”等。相比之下，艺术化文字标志就是在这些名字基础上适当修改文字结构诸如字体。诸如“维基百科”文字标志艺术化后就是[[File:Wikipedia wordmark.svg|80px]]。无论文字标志是否艺术化均属于维基媒体基金会的商标。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-tradedress}}1.3 什么是“商用外观(trade dress)”？ ==== 對我們而言，商用外觀意指網站或文章的設計符合網站或線上資料的來源。你可以把它看成某個網站「看起來和感覺起來的樣子」。比方說，維基百科條目的設計與外觀、或像是維基百科的首頁。任何維基媒體網站的商用外觀同時也屬於維基媒體基金會的商標。商標法也保護商用外觀。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-wikimediamarks|返回“维基媒体标志。”]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-communitymember}}1.4 什么是“社区成员”？ ==== 任何在维基媒体站点有贡献的人。她也包括任何基金会职员、分会成员、专题组织成员、用户组成员和基金会本身。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-communitymembers|回到社群成员]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-moveorgsfreely}}1.5 为何運動组织不能任意地使用商標？ ==== 身為商標的法定持有者，我們需要掌控運動組織使用商標的方式以保護整個社群。你可以在[[#purpose-maintainrights|這裡]]閱讀更多相關資料。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 1.6 什么是此商标政策和分会、用户组或专题组织协议之间的关系？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Chapters, user groups, and thematic organizations must comply both with this trademark policy and their respective agreement with the Wikimedia Foundation. If there are inconsistencies between this trademark policy and a chapter, user group, or a thematic organization agreement, the organization should follow their agreement. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-wmorgs|回到分会、用户组和专题组织]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 2 如何使用维基媒体商标 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-smallerlogo}}2.1 如果我的产品和服务不由维基媒体基金会提供，我的商标、名称或公司名称是否能够比维基媒体商标更小？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> No. We need to make sure it is extremely clear that the Wikimedia Foundation is not providing your products or services. This is a simple, consistent way of doing that. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.2 如果我清晰地声明产品或服务由我提供，会怎么样？ ==== 對不起，您的商標、名字或公司名字一定要比維基商標大，而且必須適當地分隔開，因為不是每個人都會閱讀文字，可能有些人只會留意圖片。因此，我們必須確保您的產品或服務並非由維基媒體基金會提供。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-outsidewmsites}}2.3 你们说的“在维基媒体站点以外”是指什么？ ==== 也就是不在[[#FAQ-whataresites|维基媒体基金会控制的站点]]使用商标，例如：维基百科、维基共享资源、维基词典、维基数据、维基语录、维基教科书、维基文库、维基物种、维基新闻、维基学院、维基导游和元维基。回顾商标政策，维基媒雲端虚拟专用服务器的标志也被视为维基媒体站点标志。另外，您可以在站外使用这些标志用于编辑马拉松。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.4 我是否仍然能创建将维基媒体商标和像“在居住地的维基人”的其他词语结合起来的词条？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. This provision is not meant to stop community members from creatively combining the marks with other words to create new terms for the Wikimedia movement as long as they do it on the Wikimedia sites. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-translatetext}}2.5 我可以翻译这些商标的文字么？ ==== 您应该[[#FAQ-whataresites|在维基媒体网站的框架下]]翻译这些商标的文字。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.6 我能添加图形元素（例如，为了庆祝特殊活动）吗？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You can create [[:c:Category:SVG Wikimedia community logos|remixes]] for special on-site purposes, but please do not change the logos outside our sites. These and many, many other questions are answered in the [[Visual identity guidelines|Visual Identity Guidelines]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.7 哪些维基媒体商标的重新组合的类型能够在维基媒体网站之外使用？ ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Certain remixes of Wikimedia logos may be used outside of Wikimedia sites as long as the remix does not look too similar to any of the Wikimedia marks. Please make sure that the remix will not be confused with the original Wikimedia logo.</span> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.8 我可以使用标志的高清版么？ ==== 是的！[[Wikimedia official marks|这里请]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-wheretmnotice}}2.9 我在哪里注释商标提醒？ ==== 尽可能在显眼的位置例如注脚。当有人阅读您的文档、访问您的网站或观看您的电影时应能较容易的找到。有几个很好的例子：文档（同一）页面的底部、藏书票上、网页页脚和/或电影制作者清单后。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.10 如果我认为我没有足够的位置注明提醒我应该怎么办？ ==== 不要担心！如果您是想面向移动设备或其他中小屏幕设备注明，您只需要在维基媒体商标后面加注商标符号（™）即可。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.11 我应该如何在提醒中提及商标？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Wordmarks can be referenced verbatim (i.e. "Wikimedia Commons"). Logos should be described according to the [[Visual identity guidelines#toc-puzzle|Visual Identity Guidelines]]. Examples include the "Wikipedia Puzzle Globe" and the "'W' icon." </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.12 我如何使用多于一个标志？ ==== 请确信所有标志都有一个说明如下： <br /><br /> “维基数据名称及标志是维基媒体基金会的商标。” {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.13 什么时候我不得不加入商标符号？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You only need to use the trademark symbol when you do not have enough space to write the entire notice, like when you are using a trademark on a mobile screen. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.14 能否给一些正确使用商标的例子？ ==== 这里有个例子： <br /> <br /> “维基共享资源™是维基媒体基金会旗下收集自由版权的媒体文件，诸如图像、声音和电影剪辑，并面向全球广泛传播的计划网站！” {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.15 我应该使用何种尺寸的商标？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> When you use a wordmark (like "Wikipedia"), you should use the same font size for the trademark symbol as the wordmark itself. In this context, superscript formatting is encouraged for the symbol. When the mark is an image (like the puzzle globe), you should select a font size for the symbol that matches the size of the image and place the symbol so that it is clearly visible and close enough to the upper right corner of the image without touching it. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.16 但是我想把我的網頁設計得好看一點！我可不可以把商標縮小或放在其他地方？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Unfortunately, no. Remember, you only need to put the symbol next to the first or most prominent use of the mark. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-noticesymbol|回到注释或商标符号]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.17 “未被维基媒体基金会批准或与其相关”意味着什么？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You need to make sure that people do not mistakenly think that you may speak on behalf of the Wikimedia Foundation or one of its sites. For instance, you need to make sure that no one thinks you work for the Wikimedia Foundation. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-withoutpermission}}3 不需询问权限的维基媒体标志使用 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.1 你能给我我能在维基媒体网站上使用商标的例子吗？ ==== 您可以在[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:User page}}|用户页]]、[[{{lwp|Help:Contents}}|帮助页]]和[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:About}}|关于维基媒体或其计划的页面]]使用标志。您也可以在[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Mailing lists|邮件列表]]、[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/IRC|IRC]]或用于维基媒体站点的[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:Tools}}|工具]]使用标志。以上使用需遵守[[Terms of Use|使用条款]]。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-onwmsites|回到维基媒体站点商标使用]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-notcommunityfocused}}3.2 哪些活动不是“重点放在社群的”？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> An event that includes mostly people who are not community members is not a community-focused event. (Please see the [[#FAQ-publicevent|FAQ on events in general]].) This does not mean that you cannot have guests at your meetup! </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.3 您能否提供重点放在社群的活动的例子？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Community-focused events are those events that are primarily open to community members and promote the mission. They tend to be related to improving the overall quality of the Wikimedia sites. Examples include conferences and monthly meetups hosted by community members, as well as other specific events like the "London Wikipedians regular's table," Wiki-Conference in Russia, and Wikipedia Workshop Köln (DE). </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-communityfocused|回到重点放在社群的活动]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.4 如果我的活动是重点放在社群的，我能使用哪些标志？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> First, all Wikimedia community-focused events can bear a trademarked name. You may also use the Wikimedia logos to decorate your venue, but only to the extent they are relevant. For example, you cannot use the Wikisource logo for a Wikimedia Commons-only event. However, keep in mind that the 'Wikimania' name and [[:File:Wikimania.svg|logo]] are reserved for the [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimania|yearly Wikimania conference]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-outreachexamples}}3.5 您能否提供拓展工作使用的例子？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You can put up a stand at a street fair. [[:c:Category:Wikimedia stands|Here are some examples of that]]. You may want to present the Wikimedia sites in your club or [[:c:Category:Silberwissen|reach out to seniors]]. You can also [[:c:Category:Wikipedia Schulprojekt|give a talk in a school]] or [[:c:Category:Wikipedia Education Program|create a university course]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.6 什麼是教育性資源？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Educational materials help people to understand the Wikimedia sites. They can be [[:outreach:Bookshelf Project|leaflets, videos]], [[:m:WMDOC/Cheatsheet|cheat sheets]], and other [[:m:Help:Reference card|guides]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.7 在机构代表社区怎么样？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You need to sign and email us a Quick License if your institution wants to call you [[:outreach:Wikipedian in Residence|"Wikipedian in Residence"]] as part of a GLAM project, or something similar. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-outreach|Back to Outreach and recruitment of new editors]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-communitylogo}}3.8 是否存在维基媒体社区标志？ ==== 是的！它在2008[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Community logo|官方承认]]为元维基标志。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-fairuseexamples}}3.9 合理使用是什么意思？ ==== 在美国商标法中，[[{{lwp|Fair use (U.S. trademark law)}}|合理使用]]章节允许您有条件的任意使用商标而不至于侵犯版权。本方针不会与之冲突。我们已在[[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-fairuse|3.5]]和[[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-fairuse|3.6]]章节使用您易于理解的语言提到。 除了美国商标法外，您还需留意您所在国家的版权法律，多数也规定了合理使用的情形。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.10 您能否提供更多合理使用的例子？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> This category of fair use is tricky in our case because our wordmarks were not real words before our projects were created, unlike "apple" or "facebook." But we would consider it fair use if you were to write a [[:wikt:book#Noun|book]] in the [[{{lwp|Wiki software}}|Wiki software]] and refer to it as a "wiki book," even though Wikibooks is a distinctive trademark. If you are using the wordmarks to describe our projects, that is also a type of fair use (nominative use). You can read more about nominative use [[#FAQ-nominativeuseexamples|here]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-nonfairuseexamples}}3.11 您能否提供更多并非合理使用的例子？ ==== * 使用维基媒体标志宣传您的书籍。 * 销售带有维基媒体基金会标志的T恤。 * 创建您自己的百科全书并且使用了维基百科的球形拼图。 * 使用维基媒体基金会标志为无关计划筹款。 * 在内容并非来自维基媒体站点情形下却宣称内容“来自维基百科，自由的百科全书”。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-fairuse|回到在维基站点以外的讨论（合理使用）。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-nominativeuseexamples}}3.12 您能否提供更多主要使用的例子？ ==== 这里有一些例子： # '''描述维基媒体站点：''' #* <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">In a presentation that describes how Wikipedia works, using the wordmarks in slides in your bullet points would be a nominative use. The same also applies for a blog post that describes Wikidata. If you want to "illustrate" your slides or your blog post with any of the image marks, please refer to [[#policy-noncommercial|artistic, literary, and other non-commercial uses]].</span> #* <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">However, you cannot use a trademark as a generic term. For example, you cannot set up a wiki on motorcycles and refer to it as "a wikipedia for motorcycles."</span> # '''真實準確地說明：''' #* “维基百科是世界最大的在线百科全书，并且它也是数千个网站中唯一一个集结成千上万志愿者编辑的。” #* “我在2009年加入维基百科成为一名编辑者”（在您的个人网站）。 # '''描述衍生作品：''' #* “来源：维基百科” #* “本艺术作品基于来自维基共享资源的图像创建。” #* “以下内容由维基百科内容衍生而来。” #* 或者干脆：“来自维基百科”或“至维基百科条目”（通过QR码） # '''更多個別例子:''' #* <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Refer to the sections on [[#policy-news|news reporting]]; [[#policy-blogssm|personal blogs and social media]]; [[#policy-noncommercial|artistic, literary, and other non-commercial uses]]; and [[#policy-linkstous|links to Wikimedia sites]].</span> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-nominativeuse|Back to Refer to Wikimedia sites (nominative use).]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-logonewsarticle}}3.13 我是否可以在新闻或漫画杂志或者电视新闻上使用标志或截图？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes, as long as the image illustrates the discussion in the article. Do not use our trademark just to attract attention to your work. That will confuse your readers or viewers, and ours! </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-news|回到新闻报道]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-logoblogssm}}3.14 我是否可以在博客文章或者状态更新站点包括标志？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes, as long as the image illustrates the discussion in your post. Do not use trademarked images just to attract attention to your page. Viewers of your blog or your user page should not be confused and think that your page is endorsed by the Wikimedia Foundation or any of its sites. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.15 我能否在用户名、头像或聊天软件表情中使用商标？ ==== 很遗憾，不。我们非常感谢您宣传维基媒体站点。维基媒体社群为之感谢！然而，我们不希望人们认为您的言论就可以代表维基媒体基金会。您能够继续在用户名、头像或聊天软件表情中使用社群标志。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-blogssm|回到个人博客和社交媒体]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-noncommercialexamples}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">3.16 Can you give me some examples of artistic, literary, and other non-commercial uses?</span> ==== * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Using the trademarks to discuss a scientific thesis in an academic paper.</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Illustrating a point in the slides for an educational presentation with a screenshot of a Wikimedia site.</span> * 使用标志在美术作品中。 * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Creating a parody for the purposes of conveying a political message.</span> * 撰写一本关于维基百科条目的书籍。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-noncommercial|回到艺术作品、文学作品和其他非商业性使用。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-linkingtousexamples}}3.12 您能否提供连接至维基媒体站点的例子？ ==== 是的，您可[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:Banners and buttons}}|点此]]查看。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-qrcodes}}3.18 我能在连接至维基媒体站点的QR码中使用标志么？ ==== 不。用于连接的标志不应如此使用。使用QR码连接您应使用非艺术化维基百科文字标志。您可[[#FAQ-nominativeuseexamples|点此]]了解更多。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-linkstous|回到连接至维基媒体站点。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-personalmerch}}3.19 我可以利用它們做什麼？ ==== 您可以用來製作衣服、帽子、背包、杯子、釘子、筆、貼紙、海報、屏幕背景，甚至蛋糕。大前提是你不會利用這些物品來牟利。 [[:c:Special:MyLanguage/Category:Wikipedia promotion|<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Here are some examples.</span>]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.20 我可以销售带有这些标志的周边商品么？ ==== 不，在未获授权的情况下您不能这样做。更多信息[[#policy-commercialmerch|见此]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.21 可以在其他场合使用原样么？ ==== 只要你是免費派發這些物品，可以。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.22 那么我在哪可以了解商业销售的周边产品？ ==== 最好是进入[//shop.wikimedia.org 维基媒体商店 (Wikimedia shop)]了解，这里销售的周边商品都由官方授权。如果您希望销售您自己的商品，请[[#policy-commercialmerch|参见此处]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">3.23 Can I ask commercial vendors to create custom items for me that use Wikimedia marks?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Of course! You may ask vendors like bakers and t-shirt sellers to create items with Wikimedia marks especially for you or your friends. This is okay because it is for your own personal use and no one is creating a business surrounding the sale of items with Wikimedia trademarks. And do not worry, vendors will not be required to strictly follow the Visual Identity Guidelines when it is not possible on items like cakes. For example, [[:c:Category:Wikipedia cakes|all these cakes]] are fine. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">3.24 Is it okay to commission someone else to create lots of items with the Wikimedia marks for meet-ups and similar events?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes! As long as the items are not sold to participants, it is okay to ask a vendor to create multiple items with the Wikimedia marks for community-focused parties and gatherings like edit-a-thons under [[Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy#policy-outreach|Section 3.2]] of the policy. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">3.25 Can I use high-resolution logos on commercial merchandise?</span> ==== 當然可以！雖然我們的舊版政策不允許這種做法，但是在新的政策中我們已經廢除了那條規例。 <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[#policy-owngoods|Back to Make your own branded stuff.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-specialpermission}}4 需要许可的特殊使用 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.1 如果我需要許可，我是不是要為此付費？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Usually, there is no license fee. However, we want to keep track of how our trademarks are used. Also, we want to make sure every use complies with our mission and standards. This is why we require a formal license in certain cases. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-specialpermission|回到需要许可的特殊使用。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-contests}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.2 Do I need permission for every photo contest?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You only need to get a license if you advertise the photo contest outside a Wikimedia site. This includes posters, social media, and blogs. You can freely use the marks for community-focused events. Community-focused events are those that are intended to be predominantly attended by Wikimedia community members. They do not include events open to the general public. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-photocontests|回到照片竞赛。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.3 Can I print out t-shirts with the Wikimedia logo to give out as prizes for the photo contest?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. You can always make t-shirts with the Wikimedia logos and give them away as long as you are not selling them. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-makeyourownbrandedstuff|Back to Make your own branded stuff]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.4 How can I use the marks as a Wikipedian in Residence?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The marks may be used in any way that identifies you as a Wikipedian in Residence. Please avoid confusion about official endorsement. You should clarify that you are not a representative of the Wikimedia Foundation. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-glam|回到GLAM-WIKI活动。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-cybersquatting}}<div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 4.5 Can you give an example of cybersquatting? </div> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> In the past, someone registered the domain wikkipedia.org to attract traffic to their own site. This is called [[{{lwp|cybersquatting}}|cybersquatting]] or [[{{lwp|typosquatting}}|typosquatting]] that infringes our trademark. We strictly enforce our policy against confusing domain names. Please [[:m:Trademark/Report abuse|tell us]] if you see an infringing domain name. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.6 我可以在我的域名中出现维基媒体标志么？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Unfortunately, no. If you do, there is a risk that you will confuse readers that are looking for Wikimedia content or other material related to Wikimedia. Movement organizations may be permitted to use the Wikimedia mark as part of their domain, but only after receiving special permission. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 4.7 Can I use a Wikimedia mark if I use a different top-level domain? </div> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You cannot register a Wikimedia mark as a domain, no matter the [[{{lwp|Top-level domain}}|top-level domain]], including country code top-level domains. For example, you may not register "wikipedia.jobs" even though it uses ".jobs", a different top-level domain, because "wikipedia" is a Wikimedia mark. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.8 但我希望使用我自己的特殊域名！！！ ==== 如果您有合法的理由希望使用我们的域名，请电邮联络[mailto:trademarks@wikimedia.org trademarks@wikimedia.org]。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-domains|回到域名。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-publicevent}}4.10 “公众活动”是什么？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A public event is an event that is not predominantly attended by community members. An event is also public when it is announced to the public with signs or advertisements or in an event schedule. Hence, this rule does not apply to community-focused meetups and conferences. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.10 What event uses require permission?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Using a trademark for an event includes naming the event or using a Wikimedia logo on advertisements, leaflets, signage or a website. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.11 Are there any exceptions to when events require permission?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If the name of the event uses a mark just to describe its content, that might fall under [[#policy-nominativeuse|nominative use]]. An example for this would be announcing a course called 'Editing Wikipedia for Beginners' or 'Using Wikimedia Commons as an Amateur Photographer'. However, always include a [[#policy-noticesymbol|notice]] that explains that your use is with permission from the Wikimedia Foundation and that you are not affiliated with the Foundation. Also, events hosted by a local Wikimedia chapter, thematic organization, or user group can use the marks subject to their respective agreement with the Wikimedia Foundation. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-events|Back to Events and conferences.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-publications}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.12 What is a "publication"?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Publications include books, other print media, and web pages. They also mean audiovisual media like music, and other recordings, film and online video. See [[#policy-outreach|Outreach and recruiting new editors]] for materials that provide education about a Wikimedia site. See [[#policy-moviestv|Section 4.5]] for trademark uses in films. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.13 我可以写一本关于维基百科的书籍么？ ==== [[{{lwp|Bibliography of Wikipedia}}|欢迎您这样做！]]但您不应在未获授权的情况下使用维基媒体标志在书的封面上。这是因为我们不会认可未获授权的书籍能够代言基金会。使用[[#FAQ-nonstylizedwordmark|文字标志]]作为书的标题的一部分时同样需要请求授权。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 4.14 Does this also apply to handbooks, like "A beginner's guide to Wikipedia", aimed at community members? </div> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. But, please send us a request and we will give prompt permission when appropriate. We love Wikipedia guides! </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 4.15 Does it make a difference if the book is being published by an educational publisher? </div> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> No, you will need permission as well, because even educational publishers are commercial entities. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-publications|回到出版物。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-schoolfilm}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.16 Do I need permission to show the Wikipedia marks in a film I am making for my school project?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If you are showing your film to the public, or at your school or workplace, you need permission. But we will make sure to make the permission process as easy and fast as possible. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-moviestv|回到电影和电视节目。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-commercialmerch}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.17 Will I have to donate a portion of the retail price for commercial merchandise?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> No. But you will have to tell your customers if you do not donate your profits. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.18 What do I have to say if I am donating a portion of my proceeds to the Wikimedia Foundation?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Just clearly state what portion of your proceeds will be given to the Wikimedia Foundation. You can, for example, say: "X% of your purchase will be donated to the Wikimedia Foundation." </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.19 Where should I state how much of my proceeds will be donated?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> We recommend placing the notice right next to the purchase price, where it will be clearly visible to all buyers. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.20 Do I need to mention donations to the Wikimedia Foundation if I do not donate anything at all?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. You should state that 0% of your profits will go to the Wikimedia Foundation. Otherwise, users may mistakenly believe that you are doing fundraising for the Foundation. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-commercialmerch|Back to Commercial merchandise.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 5 禁止使用的情况 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-fakearticle}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.1 Can I make a fake Wikipedia article if it is intended as a joke?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> There are exceptions where this is permissible, but they are very limited. You will likely not fall under such an exception if your mimicking site has any commercial background. Please refer to the [[#policy-noncommercial|section on Parodies]]. Most importantly, you must make sure that no one (really no one!) could confuse your site with any part of a Wikimedia site. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-mimicvsparody}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.2 How do I distinguish between a prohibited mimicking site and a parody site?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Here is an example of a mimicking site: Contrary to the [[{{lwp|Wikipedia:COI}}|Wikipedia guidelines]], you create an article on Wikipedia about yourself or your organization. For unknown reasons, "your" article is deleted. This makes you mad. You register the domain "businesspedia.org" and design a website that looks just like the Wikipedia article that just got deleted, including a link to your own website. You are happy to attract more traffic to it by confusing internet users. Booo! </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> An example of parody site: Imagine you have a great friend called [[Rory|Rory]] and his birthday is coming up. You register the domain "rorypedia.org" and design a website that looks just like a humorous Wikipedia biography on your friend Rory. Since you do not want anyone to confuse "Rorypedia" and Wikipedia, you put a bright colored bar on the top of your site saying, "This page is a present for Rory from his awesome friends and not affiliated with Wikipedia. Happy birthday, Rory!" And you take down the site once the birthday party is over. Yaaay! </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.3 How do I avoid mimicking Wikimedia sites when I use the [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/MediaWiki|MediaWiki]] software?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> All wikis using MediaWiki do in fact share certain graphic elements under the default theme, but the Wikimedia sites have certain visual features that distinguish them. Do not imitate these distinguishing features. For example, you should not use logos that are confusingly similar to the Wikimedia marks or name your site something that sounds like a Wikimedia site. But you can use the "Powered by MediaWiki" button as that button simply describes that the wiki is powered by MediaWiki. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Be sure to directly download the [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/MediaWiki|MediaWiki]] software if you want to use it. Please do not try to blindly copy the HTML code of a Wikimedia site! If you do, you will accidentally import features from our sites, like our Terms of Use or our "contact us" details. Being contacted about problems on your unrelated website understandably makes our wonderful [[:m:OTRS/Volunteering|email response team volunteers]] very unhappy. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-mirrors|Back to mimicking sites.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-linkmirror}}5.4 我可以在维基媒体站点的镜像站点使用标志连接么？ ==== 不可以。维基媒体标志只能在真实的维基媒体站点用于连接。我们愿意重申，站点由维基媒体社群维护和管理。 另外，如果您希望架设一个维基媒体站点的镜像站点，请尤其注意[[#policy-mirrors|镜像方针]]。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-linkstoothers|回到连接至非维基媒体站点。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-misrepresentation}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.5 Can you give me some examples of misrepresentation with respect to the marks?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A misrepresentative use can be something that represents yourself. That includes using a Wikimedia logo in your logo, letterhead, or the name of your organization. Online examples are your social media avatar, favicon, and website domain. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-misrepresentation|Back to Misrepresentation.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-reportingabuse}}6 报告商标滥用 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-howfight}}6.1 你們會如何打擊侵犯商標權的行為？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Each year, we receive over 100 reports of trademark violations from community members. We also employ outside contractors and legal counsel to help protect our trademark portfolio globally. Within our resource constraints, our legal team pursues misuses of our marks to ensure that the Wikimedia logos remain distinctively associated with the Wikimedia community. After careful and sensitive evaluation, we send out cease-and-desist letters, which are usually effective. In the few instances that cannot be resolved by other means, we consider litigation to protect the marks. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">6.2 Who is responsible for enforcing Wikimedia's trademarks?</span>==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Trademark enforcement is currently handled by the Wikimedia Foundation legal team to ensure consistency and compliance with trademark law. But we rely on the Wikimedia community to help us identify potential trademark infringements. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">6.3 What happens when you receive a report of a potential trademark infringement?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> When we receive a complaint that our trademarks are being misused, we first send a confirmation to the person submitting the complaint. Potential infringements are then logged into our system. The legal team then combs through each of those complaints to investigate the alleged infringement. We visit the site personally to make sure the complaint has merit. Then we apply US trademark law in assessing whether there is actual "misuse" and it is a valid infringement of the trademark. In general, the standard of "misuse" in US law is whether the use of the trademark is "confusingly similar" to the Wikimedia Foundation's use of the trademark. In other words, will the potential infringers use of the trademark confuse users into thinking their site is sponsored by or hosted by the Wikimedia Foundation? We always contact the potential infringer first to see if they will voluntarily stop using our marks or work with us to make their use less confusing. If we are unable to work things out informally, and they refuse to comply with a cease and desist letter, we decide whether to move forward with litigation to stop the infringement. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">6.4 Can I send a cease and desist letter on behalf of the Wikimedia Foundation when I find misuse?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Please do not. We really appreciate your help with trademark enforcement, but please report any misuses to us so that we can determine what action is appropriate. </div> <div class="mw-translate-fuzzy"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-reporting|回到报告商标滥用。]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-revision}}7 商标政策的修订 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">7.1 Why can you just change the FAQ section?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The FAQs are not part of the trademark policy. We created them to help you understand the policy. We want to add new questions from the community in the future and to clarify any answers users may find confusing. That is why we want to be able to update the FAQs easily. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">7.2 What if I do not agree with the changes to the policy?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> We encourage you to share your comments and concerns with us during the community feedback period following any announced changes. We will take all comments under careful advisement and ensure that any changes to our policy are consistent with our mission. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-revision|Back to Revision of the trademark policy.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 8 其他问题 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQNakedlicensing}}8.1 什么是“无效授权”？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Failure to exercise quality control in trademark licensing is referred to as "naked licensing," and can sometimes result in loss of trademark rights. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 8.2 什么是视觉识别方针？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> They are a [[Special:MyLanguage/Legal:Visual identity guidelines|set of guidelines]] you should follow when using any of the Wikimedia marks. These guidelines ensure that the marks always look their best and are not distorted in any way. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">8.3 How do the Visual Identity Guidelines relate to the trademark policy?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The Visual Identity Guidelines are a separate document from the trademark policy and can be revised without notice. These guidelines help to make sure the Wikimedia marks are always used consistently with the same level of quality. Consistent use is important in order for us to maintain protection over the Wikimedia marks. It helps avoid confusion among users that may view marks similar to the Wikimedia marks. If Wikimedia marks are displayed consistently, users can be sure when they are viewing actual Wikimedia content instead of an imposter site. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 8.4 我有更多问题如何提问？ ==== 如果您还有其他未在此列出的问题，请将其反馈至讨论页。我们将竭尽所能回答并放入本常见问题页。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} </div></div><noinclude> __NOTOC__ __NOEDITSECTION__ [[Category:Trademark policy{{#translation:}}]] [[Category:Frequently asked questions{{#translation:}}]] </noinclude> lyhvf4pbovkjvshmowdke2wl5y4kkh5 594049 594047 2026-09-19T03:44:05Z Pristome 225362 594049 wikitext text/x-wiki <noinclude><languages /> {{Policy FAQ disclaimer|page=维基媒体基金会商标政策|pagelink=Policy:Trademark policy}} </noinclude><templatestyles src="Template:Trademark/styles.css" /><div class="trademark-section trademark-faq-container"> <div class="trademark-faq-content"> {{anchor|trademark-faq}}<span class="nomobile" style="font-size:2.5em">[[File:Trademark License FAQ.svg<!--change image-->|100px|link=]] '''<includeonly>{{int string|faq}}</includeonly><noinclude>维基媒体基金会商标政策常见问题</noinclude>'''</span><br />''这些常见问题不是商标政策的组成部分。它们也不是一份法律文件。但是我们希望它们能给你提供帮助。''<span style="font-family:monospace, monospace;" dir="ltr">''':)'''</span> <noinclude>{{nonumtoc}}__TOC__</noinclude> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 0 商标政策简介 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} <!-- The form to do this is: {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 0.1 Title ==== ... {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} Either using the Sub or Not, depending on level --> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-tmprotection}}0.1 什么是“商标保护”？ ==== 商標法(trademark law)保護著某一標誌(mark)所代表的某一成果（work，像是商品或服務）之間的連結關係。它意在保障用戶不致於混淆一項成果的來源。同時，用戶也把商標當做與某成果之間的連結，因此會對此標誌所提供的成果之知名度、品質、以及服務有相當程度的期待。因此，商標是項強而有力、極富價值的工具，它能夠使維基媒體基金會以及其社群成員的知名度具象化，也可被視為一種讓用戶能夠認識某一成果或商品或服務的「簡略表達(shorthand)」。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-whataresites}}0.2 什么是“维基媒体网站(Wikimedia sites)”？ ==== 维基媒体基金会运营很多自由软件和自由内容站点，列表见此：[[Special:SiteMatrix|我们的计划]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-policyapplies}}1 本政策适用範圍？ == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-wordmark}}1.1 什么是“文字标志(wordmark)”？ ==== 顾名思义，就是只由文字组成的商标，诸如“Wikipedia”或“Wikimedia”等计划网站名。另外，这也包括任何官方译名和转写（诸如“[[:w:tr:Ana Sayfa|维基百科]]”）。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-nonstylizedwordmark}}1.2 什么是“非艺术化文字标志(non-stylized wordmark)”？ ==== 非艺术化文字标志就是“维基媒体”及其计划的通用名称，诸如“维基百科”、“维基词典”等。相比之下，艺术化文字标志就是在这些名字基础上适当修改文字结构诸如字体。诸如“维基百科”文字标志艺术化后就是[[File:Wikipedia wordmark.svg|80px]]。无论文字标志是否艺术化均属于维基媒体基金会的商标。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-tradedress}}1.3 什么是“商用外观(trade dress)”？ ==== 對我們而言，商用外觀意指網站或文章的設計符合網站或線上資料的來源。你可以把它看成某個網站「看起來和感覺起來的樣子」。比方說，維基百科條目的設計與外觀、或像是維基百科的首頁。任何維基媒體網站的商用外觀同時也屬於維基媒體基金會的商標。商標法也保護商用外觀。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-wikimediamarks|返回“维基媒体标志。”]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-communitymember}}1.4 什么是“社区成员”？ ==== 任何在维基媒体站点有贡献的人。她也包括任何基金会职员、分会成员、专题组织成员、用户组成员和基金会本身。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-communitymembers|回到社群成员]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-moveorgsfreely}}1.5 为何運動组织不能任意地使用商標？ ==== 身為商標的法定持有者，我們需要掌控運動組織使用商標的方式以保護整個社群。你可以在[[#purpose-maintainrights|這裡]]閱讀更多相關資料。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 1.6 什么是此商标政策和分会、用户组或专题组织协议之间的关系？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Chapters, user groups, and thematic organizations must comply both with this trademark policy and their respective agreement with the Wikimedia Foundation. If there are inconsistencies between this trademark policy and a chapter, user group, or a thematic organization agreement, the organization should follow their agreement. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-wmorgs|回到分会、用户组和专题组织]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 2 如何使用维基媒体商标 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-smallerlogo}}2.1 如果我的产品和服务不由维基媒体基金会提供，我的商标、名称或公司名称是否能够比维基媒体商标更小？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> No. We need to make sure it is extremely clear that the Wikimedia Foundation is not providing your products or services. This is a simple, consistent way of doing that. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.2 如果我清晰地声明产品或服务由我提供，会怎么样？ ==== 對不起，您的商標、名字或公司名字一定要比維基商標大，而且必須適當地分隔開，因為不是每個人都會閱讀文字，可能有些人只會留意圖片。因此，我們必須確保您的產品或服務並非由維基媒體基金會提供。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-outsidewmsites}}2.3 你们说的“在维基媒体站点以外”是指什么？ ==== 也就是不在[[#FAQ-whataresites|维基媒体基金会控制的站点]]使用商标，例如：维基百科、维基共享资源、维基词典、维基数据、维基语录、维基教科书、维基文库、维基物种、维基新闻、维基学院、维基导游和元维基。回顾商标政策，维基媒雲端虚拟专用服务器的标志也被视为维基媒体站点标志。另外，您可以在站外使用这些标志用于编辑马拉松。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.4 我是否仍然能创建将维基媒体商标和像“在居住地的维基人”的其他词语结合起来的词条？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. This provision is not meant to stop community members from creatively combining the marks with other words to create new terms for the Wikimedia movement as long as they do it on the Wikimedia sites. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-translatetext}}2.5 我可以翻译这些商标的文字么？ ==== 您应该[[#FAQ-whataresites|在维基媒体网站的框架下]]翻译这些商标的文字。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.6 我能添加图形元素（例如，为了庆祝特殊活动）吗？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You can create [[:c:Category:SVG Wikimedia community logos|remixes]] for special on-site purposes, but please do not change the logos outside our sites. These and many, many other questions are answered in the [[Visual identity guidelines|Visual Identity Guidelines]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.7 哪些维基媒体商标的重新组合的类型能够在维基媒体网站之外使用？ ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Certain remixes of Wikimedia logos may be used outside of Wikimedia sites as long as the remix does not look too similar to any of the Wikimedia marks. Please make sure that the remix will not be confused with the original Wikimedia logo.</span> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.8 我可以使用标志的高清版么？ ==== 是的！[[Wikimedia official marks|这里请]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-wheretmnotice}}2.9 我在哪里注释商标提醒？ ==== 尽可能在显眼的位置例如注脚。当有人阅读您的文档、访问您的网站或观看您的电影时应能较容易的找到。有几个很好的例子：文档（同一）页面的底部、藏书票上、网页页脚和/或电影制作者清单后。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.10 如果我认为我没有足够的位置注明提醒我应该怎么办？ ==== 不要担心！如果您是想面向移动设备或其他中小屏幕设备注明，您只需要在维基媒体商标后面加注商标符号（™）即可。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.11 我应该如何在提醒中提及商标？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Wordmarks can be referenced verbatim (i.e. "Wikimedia Commons"). Logos should be described according to the [[Visual identity guidelines#toc-puzzle|Visual Identity Guidelines]]. Examples include the "Wikipedia Puzzle Globe" and the "'W' icon." </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.12 我如何使用多于一个标志？ ==== 请确信所有标志都有一个说明如下： <br /><br /> “维基数据名称及标志是维基媒体基金会的商标。” {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.13 什么时候我不得不加入商标符号？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You only need to use the trademark symbol when you do not have enough space to write the entire notice, like when you are using a trademark on a mobile screen. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.14 能否给一些正确使用商标的例子？ ==== 这里有个例子： <br /> <br /> “维基共享资源™是维基媒体基金会旗下收集自由版权的媒体文件，诸如图像、声音和电影剪辑，并面向全球广泛传播的计划网站！” {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.15 我应该使用何种尺寸的商标？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> When you use a wordmark (like "Wikipedia"), you should use the same font size for the trademark symbol as the wordmark itself. In this context, superscript formatting is encouraged for the symbol. When the mark is an image (like the puzzle globe), you should select a font size for the symbol that matches the size of the image and place the symbol so that it is clearly visible and close enough to the upper right corner of the image without touching it. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.16 但是我想把我的網頁設計得好看一點！我可不可以把商標縮小或放在其他地方？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Unfortunately, no. Remember, you only need to put the symbol next to the first or most prominent use of the mark. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-noticesymbol|回到注释或商标符号]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.17 “未被维基媒体基金会批准或与其相关”意味着什么？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You need to make sure that people do not mistakenly think that you may speak on behalf of the Wikimedia Foundation or one of its sites. For instance, you need to make sure that no one thinks you work for the Wikimedia Foundation. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-withoutpermission}}3 不需询问权限的维基媒体标志使用 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.1 你能给我我能在维基媒体网站上使用商标的例子吗？ ==== 您可以在[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:User page}}|用户页]]、[[{{lwp|Help:Contents}}|帮助页]]和[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:About}}|关于维基媒体或其计划的页面]]使用标志。您也可以在[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Mailing lists|邮件列表]]、[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/IRC|IRC]]或用于维基媒体站点的[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:Tools}}|工具]]使用标志。以上使用需遵守[[Terms of Use|使用条款]]。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-onwmsites|回到维基媒体站点商标使用]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-notcommunityfocused}}3.2 哪些活动不是“重点放在社群的”？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> An event that includes mostly people who are not community members is not a community-focused event. (Please see the [[#FAQ-publicevent|FAQ on events in general]].) This does not mean that you cannot have guests at your meetup! </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.3 您能否提供重点放在社群的活动的例子？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Community-focused events are those events that are primarily open to community members and promote the mission. They tend to be related to improving the overall quality of the Wikimedia sites. Examples include conferences and monthly meetups hosted by community members, as well as other specific events like the "London Wikipedians regular's table," Wiki-Conference in Russia, and Wikipedia Workshop Köln (DE). </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-communityfocused|回到重点放在社群的活动]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.4 如果我的活动是重点放在社群的，我能使用哪些标志？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> First, all Wikimedia community-focused events can bear a trademarked name. You may also use the Wikimedia logos to decorate your venue, but only to the extent they are relevant. For example, you cannot use the Wikisource logo for a Wikimedia Commons-only event. However, keep in mind that the 'Wikimania' name and [[:File:Wikimania.svg|logo]] are reserved for the [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimania|yearly Wikimania conference]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-outreachexamples}}3.5 您能否提供拓展工作使用的例子？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You can put up a stand at a street fair. [[:c:Category:Wikimedia stands|Here are some examples of that]]. You may want to present the Wikimedia sites in your club or [[:c:Category:Silberwissen|reach out to seniors]]. You can also [[:c:Category:Wikipedia Schulprojekt|give a talk in a school]] or [[:c:Category:Wikipedia Education Program|create a university course]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.6 什麼是教育性資源？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Educational materials help people to understand the Wikimedia sites. They can be [[:outreach:Bookshelf Project|leaflets, videos]], [[:m:WMDOC/Cheatsheet|cheat sheets]], and other [[:m:Help:Reference card|guides]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.7 在机构代表社区怎么样？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You need to sign and email us a Quick License if your institution wants to call you [[:outreach:Wikipedian in Residence|"Wikipedian in Residence"]] as part of a GLAM project, or something similar. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-outreach|Back to Outreach and recruitment of new editors]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-communitylogo}}3.8 是否存在维基媒体社区标志？ ==== 是的！它在2008年[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Community logo|官方承认]]为元维基标志。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-fairuseexamples}}3.9 合理使用是什么意思？ ==== 在美国商标法中，[[{{lwp|Fair use (U.S. trademark law)}}|合理使用]]章节允许您有条件的任意使用商标而不至于侵犯版权。本方针不会与之冲突。我们已在[[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-fairuse|3.5]]和[[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-fairuse|3.6]]章节使用您易于理解的语言提到。 除了美国商标法外，您还需留意您所在国家的版权法律，多数也规定了合理使用的情形。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.10 您能否提供更多合理使用的例子？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> This category of fair use is tricky in our case because our wordmarks were not real words before our projects were created, unlike "apple" or "facebook." But we would consider it fair use if you were to write a [[:wikt:book#Noun|book]] in the [[{{lwp|Wiki software}}|Wiki software]] and refer to it as a "wiki book," even though Wikibooks is a distinctive trademark. If you are using the wordmarks to describe our projects, that is also a type of fair use (nominative use). You can read more about nominative use [[#FAQ-nominativeuseexamples|here]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-nonfairuseexamples}}3.11 您能否提供更多并非合理使用的例子？ ==== * 使用维基媒体标志宣传您的书籍。 * 销售带有维基媒体基金会标志的T恤。 * 创建您自己的百科全书并且使用了维基百科的球形拼图。 * 使用维基媒体基金会标志为无关计划筹款。 * 在内容并非来自维基媒体站点情形下却宣称内容“来自维基百科，自由的百科全书”。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-fairuse|回到在维基站点以外的讨论（合理使用）。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-nominativeuseexamples}}3.12 您能否提供更多主要使用的例子？ ==== 这里有一些例子： # '''描述维基媒体站点：''' #* <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">In a presentation that describes how Wikipedia works, using the wordmarks in slides in your bullet points would be a nominative use. The same also applies for a blog post that describes Wikidata. If you want to "illustrate" your slides or your blog post with any of the image marks, please refer to [[#policy-noncommercial|artistic, literary, and other non-commercial uses]].</span> #* <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">However, you cannot use a trademark as a generic term. For example, you cannot set up a wiki on motorcycles and refer to it as "a wikipedia for motorcycles."</span> # '''真實準確地說明：''' #* “维基百科是世界最大的在线百科全书，并且它也是数千个网站中唯一一个集结成千上万志愿者编辑的。” #* “我在2009年加入维基百科成为一名编辑者”（在您的个人网站）。 # '''描述衍生作品：''' #* “来源：维基百科” #* “本艺术作品基于来自维基共享资源的图像创建。” #* “以下内容由维基百科内容衍生而来。” #* 或者干脆：“来自维基百科”或“至维基百科条目”（通过QR码） # '''更多個別例子:''' #* <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Refer to the sections on [[#policy-news|news reporting]]; [[#policy-blogssm|personal blogs and social media]]; [[#policy-noncommercial|artistic, literary, and other non-commercial uses]]; and [[#policy-linkstous|links to Wikimedia sites]].</span> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-nominativeuse|Back to Refer to Wikimedia sites (nominative use).]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-logonewsarticle}}3.13 我是否可以在新闻或漫画杂志或者电视新闻上使用标志或截图？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes, as long as the image illustrates the discussion in the article. Do not use our trademark just to attract attention to your work. That will confuse your readers or viewers, and ours! </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-news|回到新闻报道]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-logoblogssm}}3.14 我是否可以在博客文章或者状态更新站点包括标志？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes, as long as the image illustrates the discussion in your post. Do not use trademarked images just to attract attention to your page. Viewers of your blog or your user page should not be confused and think that your page is endorsed by the Wikimedia Foundation or any of its sites. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.15 我能否在用户名、头像或聊天软件表情中使用商标？ ==== 很遗憾，不。我们非常感谢您宣传维基媒体站点。维基媒体社群为之感谢！然而，我们不希望人们认为您的言论就可以代表维基媒体基金会。您能够继续在用户名、头像或聊天软件表情中使用社群标志。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-blogssm|回到个人博客和社交媒体]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-noncommercialexamples}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">3.16 Can you give me some examples of artistic, literary, and other non-commercial uses?</span> ==== * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Using the trademarks to discuss a scientific thesis in an academic paper.</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Illustrating a point in the slides for an educational presentation with a screenshot of a Wikimedia site.</span> * 使用标志在美术作品中。 * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Creating a parody for the purposes of conveying a political message.</span> * 撰写一本关于维基百科条目的书籍。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-noncommercial|回到艺术作品、文学作品和其他非商业性使用。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-linkingtousexamples}}3.12 您能否提供连接至维基媒体站点的例子？ ==== 是的，您可[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:Banners and buttons}}|点此]]查看。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-qrcodes}}3.18 我能在连接至维基媒体站点的QR码中使用标志么？ ==== 不。用于连接的标志不应如此使用。使用QR码连接您应使用非艺术化维基百科文字标志。您可[[#FAQ-nominativeuseexamples|点此]]了解更多。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-linkstous|回到连接至维基媒体站点。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-personalmerch}}3.19 我可以利用它們做什麼？ ==== 您可以用來製作衣服、帽子、背包、杯子、釘子、筆、貼紙、海報、屏幕背景，甚至蛋糕。大前提是你不會利用這些物品來牟利。 [[:c:Special:MyLanguage/Category:Wikipedia promotion|<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Here are some examples.</span>]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.20 我可以销售带有这些标志的周边商品么？ ==== 不，在未获授权的情况下您不能这样做。更多信息[[#policy-commercialmerch|见此]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.21 可以在其他场合使用原样么？ ==== 只要你是免費派發這些物品，可以。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.22 那么我在哪可以了解商业销售的周边产品？ ==== 最好是进入[//shop.wikimedia.org 维基媒体商店 (Wikimedia shop)]了解，这里销售的周边商品都由官方授权。如果您希望销售您自己的商品，请[[#policy-commercialmerch|参见此处]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">3.23 Can I ask commercial vendors to create custom items for me that use Wikimedia marks?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Of course! You may ask vendors like bakers and t-shirt sellers to create items with Wikimedia marks especially for you or your friends. This is okay because it is for your own personal use and no one is creating a business surrounding the sale of items with Wikimedia trademarks. And do not worry, vendors will not be required to strictly follow the Visual Identity Guidelines when it is not possible on items like cakes. For example, [[:c:Category:Wikipedia cakes|all these cakes]] are fine. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">3.24 Is it okay to commission someone else to create lots of items with the Wikimedia marks for meet-ups and similar events?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes! As long as the items are not sold to participants, it is okay to ask a vendor to create multiple items with the Wikimedia marks for community-focused parties and gatherings like edit-a-thons under [[Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy#policy-outreach|Section 3.2]] of the policy. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">3.25 Can I use high-resolution logos on commercial merchandise?</span> ==== 當然可以！雖然我們的舊版政策不允許這種做法，但是在新的政策中我們已經廢除了那條規例。 <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[#policy-owngoods|Back to Make your own branded stuff.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-specialpermission}}4 需要许可的特殊使用 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.1 如果我需要許可，我是不是要為此付費？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Usually, there is no license fee. However, we want to keep track of how our trademarks are used. Also, we want to make sure every use complies with our mission and standards. This is why we require a formal license in certain cases. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-specialpermission|回到需要许可的特殊使用。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-contests}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.2 Do I need permission for every photo contest?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You only need to get a license if you advertise the photo contest outside a Wikimedia site. This includes posters, social media, and blogs. You can freely use the marks for community-focused events. Community-focused events are those that are intended to be predominantly attended by Wikimedia community members. They do not include events open to the general public. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-photocontests|回到照片竞赛。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.3 Can I print out t-shirts with the Wikimedia logo to give out as prizes for the photo contest?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. You can always make t-shirts with the Wikimedia logos and give them away as long as you are not selling them. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-makeyourownbrandedstuff|Back to Make your own branded stuff]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.4 How can I use the marks as a Wikipedian in Residence?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The marks may be used in any way that identifies you as a Wikipedian in Residence. Please avoid confusion about official endorsement. You should clarify that you are not a representative of the Wikimedia Foundation. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-glam|回到GLAM-WIKI活动。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-cybersquatting}}<div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 4.5 Can you give an example of cybersquatting? </div> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> In the past, someone registered the domain wikkipedia.org to attract traffic to their own site. This is called [[{{lwp|cybersquatting}}|cybersquatting]] or [[{{lwp|typosquatting}}|typosquatting]] that infringes our trademark. We strictly enforce our policy against confusing domain names. Please [[:m:Trademark/Report abuse|tell us]] if you see an infringing domain name. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.6 我可以在我的域名中出现维基媒体标志么？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Unfortunately, no. If you do, there is a risk that you will confuse readers that are looking for Wikimedia content or other material related to Wikimedia. Movement organizations may be permitted to use the Wikimedia mark as part of their domain, but only after receiving special permission. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 4.7 Can I use a Wikimedia mark if I use a different top-level domain? </div> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You cannot register a Wikimedia mark as a domain, no matter the [[{{lwp|Top-level domain}}|top-level domain]], including country code top-level domains. For example, you may not register "wikipedia.jobs" even though it uses ".jobs", a different top-level domain, because "wikipedia" is a Wikimedia mark. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.8 但我希望使用我自己的特殊域名！！！ ==== 如果您有合法的理由希望使用我们的域名，请电邮联络[mailto:trademarks@wikimedia.org trademarks@wikimedia.org]。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-domains|回到域名。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-publicevent}}4.10 “公众活动”是什么？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A public event is an event that is not predominantly attended by community members. An event is also public when it is announced to the public with signs or advertisements or in an event schedule. Hence, this rule does not apply to community-focused meetups and conferences. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.10 What event uses require permission?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Using a trademark for an event includes naming the event or using a Wikimedia logo on advertisements, leaflets, signage or a website. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.11 Are there any exceptions to when events require permission?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If the name of the event uses a mark just to describe its content, that might fall under [[#policy-nominativeuse|nominative use]]. An example for this would be announcing a course called 'Editing Wikipedia for Beginners' or 'Using Wikimedia Commons as an Amateur Photographer'. However, always include a [[#policy-noticesymbol|notice]] that explains that your use is with permission from the Wikimedia Foundation and that you are not affiliated with the Foundation. Also, events hosted by a local Wikimedia chapter, thematic organization, or user group can use the marks subject to their respective agreement with the Wikimedia Foundation. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-events|Back to Events and conferences.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-publications}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.12 What is a "publication"?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Publications include books, other print media, and web pages. They also mean audiovisual media like music, and other recordings, film and online video. See [[#policy-outreach|Outreach and recruiting new editors]] for materials that provide education about a Wikimedia site. See [[#policy-moviestv|Section 4.5]] for trademark uses in films. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.13 我可以写一本关于维基百科的书籍么？ ==== [[{{lwp|Bibliography of Wikipedia}}|欢迎您这样做！]]但您不应在未获授权的情况下使用维基媒体标志在书的封面上。这是因为我们不会认可未获授权的书籍能够代言基金会。使用[[#FAQ-nonstylizedwordmark|文字标志]]作为书的标题的一部分时同样需要请求授权。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 4.14 Does this also apply to handbooks, like "A beginner's guide to Wikipedia", aimed at community members? </div> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. But, please send us a request and we will give prompt permission when appropriate. We love Wikipedia guides! </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 4.15 Does it make a difference if the book is being published by an educational publisher? </div> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> No, you will need permission as well, because even educational publishers are commercial entities. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-publications|回到出版物。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-schoolfilm}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.16 Do I need permission to show the Wikipedia marks in a film I am making for my school project?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If you are showing your film to the public, or at your school or workplace, you need permission. But we will make sure to make the permission process as easy and fast as possible. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-moviestv|回到电影和电视节目。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-commercialmerch}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.17 Will I have to donate a portion of the retail price for commercial merchandise?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> No. But you will have to tell your customers if you do not donate your profits. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.18 What do I have to say if I am donating a portion of my proceeds to the Wikimedia Foundation?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Just clearly state what portion of your proceeds will be given to the Wikimedia Foundation. You can, for example, say: "X% of your purchase will be donated to the Wikimedia Foundation." </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.19 Where should I state how much of my proceeds will be donated?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> We recommend placing the notice right next to the purchase price, where it will be clearly visible to all buyers. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.20 Do I need to mention donations to the Wikimedia Foundation if I do not donate anything at all?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. You should state that 0% of your profits will go to the Wikimedia Foundation. Otherwise, users may mistakenly believe that you are doing fundraising for the Foundation. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-commercialmerch|Back to Commercial merchandise.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 5 禁止使用的情况 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-fakearticle}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.1 Can I make a fake Wikipedia article if it is intended as a joke?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> There are exceptions where this is permissible, but they are very limited. You will likely not fall under such an exception if your mimicking site has any commercial background. Please refer to the [[#policy-noncommercial|section on Parodies]]. Most importantly, you must make sure that no one (really no one!) could confuse your site with any part of a Wikimedia site. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-mimicvsparody}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.2 How do I distinguish between a prohibited mimicking site and a parody site?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Here is an example of a mimicking site: Contrary to the [[{{lwp|Wikipedia:COI}}|Wikipedia guidelines]], you create an article on Wikipedia about yourself or your organization. For unknown reasons, "your" article is deleted. This makes you mad. You register the domain "businesspedia.org" and design a website that looks just like the Wikipedia article that just got deleted, including a link to your own website. You are happy to attract more traffic to it by confusing internet users. Booo! </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> An example of parody site: Imagine you have a great friend called [[Rory|Rory]] and his birthday is coming up. You register the domain "rorypedia.org" and design a website that looks just like a humorous Wikipedia biography on your friend Rory. Since you do not want anyone to confuse "Rorypedia" and Wikipedia, you put a bright colored bar on the top of your site saying, "This page is a present for Rory from his awesome friends and not affiliated with Wikipedia. Happy birthday, Rory!" And you take down the site once the birthday party is over. Yaaay! </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.3 How do I avoid mimicking Wikimedia sites when I use the [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/MediaWiki|MediaWiki]] software?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> All wikis using MediaWiki do in fact share certain graphic elements under the default theme, but the Wikimedia sites have certain visual features that distinguish them. Do not imitate these distinguishing features. For example, you should not use logos that are confusingly similar to the Wikimedia marks or name your site something that sounds like a Wikimedia site. But you can use the "Powered by MediaWiki" button as that button simply describes that the wiki is powered by MediaWiki. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Be sure to directly download the [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/MediaWiki|MediaWiki]] software if you want to use it. Please do not try to blindly copy the HTML code of a Wikimedia site! If you do, you will accidentally import features from our sites, like our Terms of Use or our "contact us" details. Being contacted about problems on your unrelated website understandably makes our wonderful [[:m:OTRS/Volunteering|email response team volunteers]] very unhappy. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-mirrors|Back to mimicking sites.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-linkmirror}}5.4 我可以在维基媒体站点的镜像站点使用标志连接么？ ==== 不可以。维基媒体标志只能在真实的维基媒体站点用于连接。我们愿意重申，站点由维基媒体社群维护和管理。 另外，如果您希望架设一个维基媒体站点的镜像站点，请尤其注意[[#policy-mirrors|镜像方针]]。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-linkstoothers|回到连接至非维基媒体站点。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-misrepresentation}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.5 Can you give me some examples of misrepresentation with respect to the marks?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A misrepresentative use can be something that represents yourself. That includes using a Wikimedia logo in your logo, letterhead, or the name of your organization. Online examples are your social media avatar, favicon, and website domain. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-misrepresentation|Back to Misrepresentation.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-reportingabuse}}6 报告商标滥用 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-howfight}}6.1 你們會如何打擊侵犯商標權的行為？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Each year, we receive over 100 reports of trademark violations from community members. We also employ outside contractors and legal counsel to help protect our trademark portfolio globally. Within our resource constraints, our legal team pursues misuses of our marks to ensure that the Wikimedia logos remain distinctively associated with the Wikimedia community. After careful and sensitive evaluation, we send out cease-and-desist letters, which are usually effective. In the few instances that cannot be resolved by other means, we consider litigation to protect the marks. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">6.2 Who is responsible for enforcing Wikimedia's trademarks?</span>==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Trademark enforcement is currently handled by the Wikimedia Foundation legal team to ensure consistency and compliance with trademark law. But we rely on the Wikimedia community to help us identify potential trademark infringements. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">6.3 What happens when you receive a report of a potential trademark infringement?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> When we receive a complaint that our trademarks are being misused, we first send a confirmation to the person submitting the complaint. Potential infringements are then logged into our system. The legal team then combs through each of those complaints to investigate the alleged infringement. We visit the site personally to make sure the complaint has merit. Then we apply US trademark law in assessing whether there is actual "misuse" and it is a valid infringement of the trademark. In general, the standard of "misuse" in US law is whether the use of the trademark is "confusingly similar" to the Wikimedia Foundation's use of the trademark. In other words, will the potential infringers use of the trademark confuse users into thinking their site is sponsored by or hosted by the Wikimedia Foundation? We always contact the potential infringer first to see if they will voluntarily stop using our marks or work with us to make their use less confusing. If we are unable to work things out informally, and they refuse to comply with a cease and desist letter, we decide whether to move forward with litigation to stop the infringement. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">6.4 Can I send a cease and desist letter on behalf of the Wikimedia Foundation when I find misuse?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Please do not. We really appreciate your help with trademark enforcement, but please report any misuses to us so that we can determine what action is appropriate. </div> <div class="mw-translate-fuzzy"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-reporting|回到报告商标滥用。]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-revision}}7 商标政策的修订 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">7.1 Why can you just change the FAQ section?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The FAQs are not part of the trademark policy. We created them to help you understand the policy. We want to add new questions from the community in the future and to clarify any answers users may find confusing. That is why we want to be able to update the FAQs easily. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">7.2 What if I do not agree with the changes to the policy?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> We encourage you to share your comments and concerns with us during the community feedback period following any announced changes. We will take all comments under careful advisement and ensure that any changes to our policy are consistent with our mission. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-revision|Back to Revision of the trademark policy.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 8 其他问题 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQNakedlicensing}}8.1 什么是“无效授权”？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Failure to exercise quality control in trademark licensing is referred to as "naked licensing," and can sometimes result in loss of trademark rights. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 8.2 什么是视觉识别方针？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> They are a [[Special:MyLanguage/Legal:Visual identity guidelines|set of guidelines]] you should follow when using any of the Wikimedia marks. These guidelines ensure that the marks always look their best and are not distorted in any way. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">8.3 How do the Visual Identity Guidelines relate to the trademark policy?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The Visual Identity Guidelines are a separate document from the trademark policy and can be revised without notice. These guidelines help to make sure the Wikimedia marks are always used consistently with the same level of quality. Consistent use is important in order for us to maintain protection over the Wikimedia marks. It helps avoid confusion among users that may view marks similar to the Wikimedia marks. If Wikimedia marks are displayed consistently, users can be sure when they are viewing actual Wikimedia content instead of an imposter site. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 8.4 我有更多问题如何提问？ ==== 如果您还有其他未在此列出的问题，请将其反馈至讨论页。我们将竭尽所能回答并放入本常见问题页。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} </div></div><noinclude> __NOTOC__ __NOEDITSECTION__ [[Category:Trademark policy{{#translation:}}]] [[Category:Frequently asked questions{{#translation:}}]] </noinclude> 6v2d14vrn8pw1gduc9jg40ivx3hqh55 594051 594049 2026-09-19T03:47:05Z Pristome 225362 Created page with "3.16 你能给我艺术、文学和其他非商业使用的例子吗？" 594051 wikitext text/x-wiki <noinclude><languages /> {{Policy FAQ disclaimer|page=维基媒体基金会商标政策|pagelink=Policy:Trademark policy}} </noinclude><templatestyles src="Template:Trademark/styles.css" /><div class="trademark-section trademark-faq-container"> <div class="trademark-faq-content"> {{anchor|trademark-faq}}<span class="nomobile" style="font-size:2.5em">[[File:Trademark License FAQ.svg<!--change image-->|100px|link=]] '''<includeonly>{{int string|faq}}</includeonly><noinclude>维基媒体基金会商标政策常见问题</noinclude>'''</span><br />''这些常见问题不是商标政策的组成部分。它们也不是一份法律文件。但是我们希望它们能给你提供帮助。''<span style="font-family:monospace, monospace;" dir="ltr">''':)'''</span> <noinclude>{{nonumtoc}}__TOC__</noinclude> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 0 商标政策简介 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} <!-- The form to do this is: {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 0.1 Title ==== ... {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} Either using the Sub or Not, depending on level --> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-tmprotection}}0.1 什么是“商标保护”？ ==== 商標法(trademark law)保護著某一標誌(mark)所代表的某一成果（work，像是商品或服務）之間的連結關係。它意在保障用戶不致於混淆一項成果的來源。同時，用戶也把商標當做與某成果之間的連結，因此會對此標誌所提供的成果之知名度、品質、以及服務有相當程度的期待。因此，商標是項強而有力、極富價值的工具，它能夠使維基媒體基金會以及其社群成員的知名度具象化，也可被視為一種讓用戶能夠認識某一成果或商品或服務的「簡略表達(shorthand)」。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-whataresites}}0.2 什么是“维基媒体网站(Wikimedia sites)”？ ==== 维基媒体基金会运营很多自由软件和自由内容站点，列表见此：[[Special:SiteMatrix|我们的计划]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-policyapplies}}1 本政策适用範圍？ == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-wordmark}}1.1 什么是“文字标志(wordmark)”？ ==== 顾名思义，就是只由文字组成的商标，诸如“Wikipedia”或“Wikimedia”等计划网站名。另外，这也包括任何官方译名和转写（诸如“[[:w:tr:Ana Sayfa|维基百科]]”）。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-nonstylizedwordmark}}1.2 什么是“非艺术化文字标志(non-stylized wordmark)”？ ==== 非艺术化文字标志就是“维基媒体”及其计划的通用名称，诸如“维基百科”、“维基词典”等。相比之下，艺术化文字标志就是在这些名字基础上适当修改文字结构诸如字体。诸如“维基百科”文字标志艺术化后就是[[File:Wikipedia wordmark.svg|80px]]。无论文字标志是否艺术化均属于维基媒体基金会的商标。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-tradedress}}1.3 什么是“商用外观(trade dress)”？ ==== 對我們而言，商用外觀意指網站或文章的設計符合網站或線上資料的來源。你可以把它看成某個網站「看起來和感覺起來的樣子」。比方說，維基百科條目的設計與外觀、或像是維基百科的首頁。任何維基媒體網站的商用外觀同時也屬於維基媒體基金會的商標。商標法也保護商用外觀。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-wikimediamarks|返回“维基媒体标志。”]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-communitymember}}1.4 什么是“社区成员”？ ==== 任何在维基媒体站点有贡献的人。她也包括任何基金会职员、分会成员、专题组织成员、用户组成员和基金会本身。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-communitymembers|回到社群成员]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-moveorgsfreely}}1.5 为何運動组织不能任意地使用商標？ ==== 身為商標的法定持有者，我們需要掌控運動組織使用商標的方式以保護整個社群。你可以在[[#purpose-maintainrights|這裡]]閱讀更多相關資料。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 1.6 什么是此商标政策和分会、用户组或专题组织协议之间的关系？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Chapters, user groups, and thematic organizations must comply both with this trademark policy and their respective agreement with the Wikimedia Foundation. If there are inconsistencies between this trademark policy and a chapter, user group, or a thematic organization agreement, the organization should follow their agreement. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-wmorgs|回到分会、用户组和专题组织]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 2 如何使用维基媒体商标 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-smallerlogo}}2.1 如果我的产品和服务不由维基媒体基金会提供，我的商标、名称或公司名称是否能够比维基媒体商标更小？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> No. We need to make sure it is extremely clear that the Wikimedia Foundation is not providing your products or services. This is a simple, consistent way of doing that. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.2 如果我清晰地声明产品或服务由我提供，会怎么样？ ==== 對不起，您的商標、名字或公司名字一定要比維基商標大，而且必須適當地分隔開，因為不是每個人都會閱讀文字，可能有些人只會留意圖片。因此，我們必須確保您的產品或服務並非由維基媒體基金會提供。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-outsidewmsites}}2.3 你们说的“在维基媒体站点以外”是指什么？ ==== 也就是不在[[#FAQ-whataresites|维基媒体基金会控制的站点]]使用商标，例如：维基百科、维基共享资源、维基词典、维基数据、维基语录、维基教科书、维基文库、维基物种、维基新闻、维基学院、维基导游和元维基。回顾商标政策，维基媒雲端虚拟专用服务器的标志也被视为维基媒体站点标志。另外，您可以在站外使用这些标志用于编辑马拉松。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.4 我是否仍然能创建将维基媒体商标和像“在居住地的维基人”的其他词语结合起来的词条？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. This provision is not meant to stop community members from creatively combining the marks with other words to create new terms for the Wikimedia movement as long as they do it on the Wikimedia sites. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-translatetext}}2.5 我可以翻译这些商标的文字么？ ==== 您应该[[#FAQ-whataresites|在维基媒体网站的框架下]]翻译这些商标的文字。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.6 我能添加图形元素（例如，为了庆祝特殊活动）吗？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You can create [[:c:Category:SVG Wikimedia community logos|remixes]] for special on-site purposes, but please do not change the logos outside our sites. These and many, many other questions are answered in the [[Visual identity guidelines|Visual Identity Guidelines]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.7 哪些维基媒体商标的重新组合的类型能够在维基媒体网站之外使用？ ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Certain remixes of Wikimedia logos may be used outside of Wikimedia sites as long as the remix does not look too similar to any of the Wikimedia marks. Please make sure that the remix will not be confused with the original Wikimedia logo.</span> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.8 我可以使用标志的高清版么？ ==== 是的！[[Wikimedia official marks|这里请]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-wheretmnotice}}2.9 我在哪里注释商标提醒？ ==== 尽可能在显眼的位置例如注脚。当有人阅读您的文档、访问您的网站或观看您的电影时应能较容易的找到。有几个很好的例子：文档（同一）页面的底部、藏书票上、网页页脚和/或电影制作者清单后。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.10 如果我认为我没有足够的位置注明提醒我应该怎么办？ ==== 不要担心！如果您是想面向移动设备或其他中小屏幕设备注明，您只需要在维基媒体商标后面加注商标符号（™）即可。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.11 我应该如何在提醒中提及商标？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Wordmarks can be referenced verbatim (i.e. "Wikimedia Commons"). Logos should be described according to the [[Visual identity guidelines#toc-puzzle|Visual Identity Guidelines]]. Examples include the "Wikipedia Puzzle Globe" and the "'W' icon." </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.12 我如何使用多于一个标志？ ==== 请确信所有标志都有一个说明如下： <br /><br /> “维基数据名称及标志是维基媒体基金会的商标。” {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.13 什么时候我不得不加入商标符号？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You only need to use the trademark symbol when you do not have enough space to write the entire notice, like when you are using a trademark on a mobile screen. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.14 能否给一些正确使用商标的例子？ ==== 这里有个例子： <br /> <br /> “维基共享资源™是维基媒体基金会旗下收集自由版权的媒体文件，诸如图像、声音和电影剪辑，并面向全球广泛传播的计划网站！” {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.15 我应该使用何种尺寸的商标？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> When you use a wordmark (like "Wikipedia"), you should use the same font size for the trademark symbol as the wordmark itself. In this context, superscript formatting is encouraged for the symbol. When the mark is an image (like the puzzle globe), you should select a font size for the symbol that matches the size of the image and place the symbol so that it is clearly visible and close enough to the upper right corner of the image without touching it. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.16 但是我想把我的網頁設計得好看一點！我可不可以把商標縮小或放在其他地方？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Unfortunately, no. Remember, you only need to put the symbol next to the first or most prominent use of the mark. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-noticesymbol|回到注释或商标符号]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.17 “未被维基媒体基金会批准或与其相关”意味着什么？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You need to make sure that people do not mistakenly think that you may speak on behalf of the Wikimedia Foundation or one of its sites. For instance, you need to make sure that no one thinks you work for the Wikimedia Foundation. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-withoutpermission}}3 不需询问权限的维基媒体标志使用 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.1 你能给我我能在维基媒体网站上使用商标的例子吗？ ==== 您可以在[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:User page}}|用户页]]、[[{{lwp|Help:Contents}}|帮助页]]和[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:About}}|关于维基媒体或其计划的页面]]使用标志。您也可以在[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Mailing lists|邮件列表]]、[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/IRC|IRC]]或用于维基媒体站点的[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:Tools}}|工具]]使用标志。以上使用需遵守[[Terms of Use|使用条款]]。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-onwmsites|回到维基媒体站点商标使用]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-notcommunityfocused}}3.2 哪些活动不是“重点放在社群的”？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> An event that includes mostly people who are not community members is not a community-focused event. (Please see the [[#FAQ-publicevent|FAQ on events in general]].) This does not mean that you cannot have guests at your meetup! </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.3 您能否提供重点放在社群的活动的例子？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Community-focused events are those events that are primarily open to community members and promote the mission. They tend to be related to improving the overall quality of the Wikimedia sites. Examples include conferences and monthly meetups hosted by community members, as well as other specific events like the "London Wikipedians regular's table," Wiki-Conference in Russia, and Wikipedia Workshop Köln (DE). </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-communityfocused|回到重点放在社群的活动]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.4 如果我的活动是重点放在社群的，我能使用哪些标志？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> First, all Wikimedia community-focused events can bear a trademarked name. You may also use the Wikimedia logos to decorate your venue, but only to the extent they are relevant. For example, you cannot use the Wikisource logo for a Wikimedia Commons-only event. However, keep in mind that the 'Wikimania' name and [[:File:Wikimania.svg|logo]] are reserved for the [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimania|yearly Wikimania conference]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-outreachexamples}}3.5 您能否提供拓展工作使用的例子？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You can put up a stand at a street fair. [[:c:Category:Wikimedia stands|Here are some examples of that]]. You may want to present the Wikimedia sites in your club or [[:c:Category:Silberwissen|reach out to seniors]]. You can also [[:c:Category:Wikipedia Schulprojekt|give a talk in a school]] or [[:c:Category:Wikipedia Education Program|create a university course]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.6 什麼是教育性資源？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Educational materials help people to understand the Wikimedia sites. They can be [[:outreach:Bookshelf Project|leaflets, videos]], [[:m:WMDOC/Cheatsheet|cheat sheets]], and other [[:m:Help:Reference card|guides]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.7 在机构代表社区怎么样？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You need to sign and email us a Quick License if your institution wants to call you [[:outreach:Wikipedian in Residence|"Wikipedian in Residence"]] as part of a GLAM project, or something similar. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-outreach|Back to Outreach and recruitment of new editors]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-communitylogo}}3.8 是否存在维基媒体社区标志？ ==== 是的！它在2008年[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Community logo|官方承认]]为元维基标志。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-fairuseexamples}}3.9 合理使用是什么意思？ ==== 在美国商标法中，[[{{lwp|Fair use (U.S. trademark law)}}|合理使用]]章节允许您有条件的任意使用商标而不至于侵犯版权。本方针不会与之冲突。我们已在[[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-fairuse|3.5]]和[[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-fairuse|3.6]]章节使用您易于理解的语言提到。 除了美国商标法外，您还需留意您所在国家的版权法律，多数也规定了合理使用的情形。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.10 您能否提供更多合理使用的例子？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> This category of fair use is tricky in our case because our wordmarks were not real words before our projects were created, unlike "apple" or "facebook." But we would consider it fair use if you were to write a [[:wikt:book#Noun|book]] in the [[{{lwp|Wiki software}}|Wiki software]] and refer to it as a "wiki book," even though Wikibooks is a distinctive trademark. If you are using the wordmarks to describe our projects, that is also a type of fair use (nominative use). You can read more about nominative use [[#FAQ-nominativeuseexamples|here]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-nonfairuseexamples}}3.11 您能否提供更多并非合理使用的例子？ ==== * 使用维基媒体标志宣传您的书籍。 * 销售带有维基媒体基金会标志的T恤。 * 创建您自己的百科全书并且使用了维基百科的球形拼图。 * 使用维基媒体基金会标志为无关计划筹款。 * 在内容并非来自维基媒体站点情形下却宣称内容“来自维基百科，自由的百科全书”。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-fairuse|回到在维基站点以外的讨论（合理使用）。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-nominativeuseexamples}}3.12 您能否提供更多主要使用的例子？ ==== 这里有一些例子： # '''描述维基媒体站点：''' #* <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">In a presentation that describes how Wikipedia works, using the wordmarks in slides in your bullet points would be a nominative use. The same also applies for a blog post that describes Wikidata. If you want to "illustrate" your slides or your blog post with any of the image marks, please refer to [[#policy-noncommercial|artistic, literary, and other non-commercial uses]].</span> #* <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">However, you cannot use a trademark as a generic term. For example, you cannot set up a wiki on motorcycles and refer to it as "a wikipedia for motorcycles."</span> # '''真實準確地說明：''' #* “维基百科是世界最大的在线百科全书，并且它也是数千个网站中唯一一个集结成千上万志愿者编辑的。” #* “我在2009年加入维基百科成为一名编辑者”（在您的个人网站）。 # '''描述衍生作品：''' #* “来源：维基百科” #* “本艺术作品基于来自维基共享资源的图像创建。” #* “以下内容由维基百科内容衍生而来。” #* 或者干脆：“来自维基百科”或“至维基百科条目”（通过QR码） # '''更多個別例子:''' #* <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Refer to the sections on [[#policy-news|news reporting]]; [[#policy-blogssm|personal blogs and social media]]; [[#policy-noncommercial|artistic, literary, and other non-commercial uses]]; and [[#policy-linkstous|links to Wikimedia sites]].</span> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-nominativeuse|Back to Refer to Wikimedia sites (nominative use).]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-logonewsarticle}}3.13 我是否可以在新闻或漫画杂志或者电视新闻上使用标志或截图？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes, as long as the image illustrates the discussion in the article. Do not use our trademark just to attract attention to your work. That will confuse your readers or viewers, and ours! </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-news|回到新闻报道]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-logoblogssm}}3.14 我是否可以在博客文章或者状态更新站点包括标志？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes, as long as the image illustrates the discussion in your post. Do not use trademarked images just to attract attention to your page. Viewers of your blog or your user page should not be confused and think that your page is endorsed by the Wikimedia Foundation or any of its sites. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.15 我能否在用户名、头像或聊天软件表情中使用商标？ ==== 很遗憾，不。我们非常感谢您宣传维基媒体站点。维基媒体社群为之感谢！然而，我们不希望人们认为您的言论就可以代表维基媒体基金会。您能够继续在用户名、头像或聊天软件表情中使用社群标志。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-blogssm|回到个人博客和社交媒体]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-noncommercialexamples}}3.16 你能给我艺术、文学和其他非商业使用的例子吗？ ==== * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Using the trademarks to discuss a scientific thesis in an academic paper.</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Illustrating a point in the slides for an educational presentation with a screenshot of a Wikimedia site.</span> * 使用标志在美术作品中。 * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Creating a parody for the purposes of conveying a political message.</span> * 撰写一本关于维基百科条目的书籍。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-noncommercial|回到艺术作品、文学作品和其他非商业性使用。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-linkingtousexamples}}3.12 您能否提供连接至维基媒体站点的例子？ ==== 是的，您可[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:Banners and buttons}}|点此]]查看。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-qrcodes}}3.18 我能在连接至维基媒体站点的QR码中使用标志么？ ==== 不。用于连接的标志不应如此使用。使用QR码连接您应使用非艺术化维基百科文字标志。您可[[#FAQ-nominativeuseexamples|点此]]了解更多。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-linkstous|回到连接至维基媒体站点。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-personalmerch}}3.19 我可以利用它們做什麼？ ==== 您可以用來製作衣服、帽子、背包、杯子、釘子、筆、貼紙、海報、屏幕背景，甚至蛋糕。大前提是你不會利用這些物品來牟利。 [[:c:Special:MyLanguage/Category:Wikipedia promotion|<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Here are some examples.</span>]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.20 我可以销售带有这些标志的周边商品么？ ==== 不，在未获授权的情况下您不能这样做。更多信息[[#policy-commercialmerch|见此]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.21 可以在其他场合使用原样么？ ==== 只要你是免費派發這些物品，可以。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.22 那么我在哪可以了解商业销售的周边产品？ ==== 最好是进入[//shop.wikimedia.org 维基媒体商店 (Wikimedia shop)]了解，这里销售的周边商品都由官方授权。如果您希望销售您自己的商品，请[[#policy-commercialmerch|参见此处]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">3.23 Can I ask commercial vendors to create custom items for me that use Wikimedia marks?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Of course! You may ask vendors like bakers and t-shirt sellers to create items with Wikimedia marks especially for you or your friends. This is okay because it is for your own personal use and no one is creating a business surrounding the sale of items with Wikimedia trademarks. And do not worry, vendors will not be required to strictly follow the Visual Identity Guidelines when it is not possible on items like cakes. For example, [[:c:Category:Wikipedia cakes|all these cakes]] are fine. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">3.24 Is it okay to commission someone else to create lots of items with the Wikimedia marks for meet-ups and similar events?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes! As long as the items are not sold to participants, it is okay to ask a vendor to create multiple items with the Wikimedia marks for community-focused parties and gatherings like edit-a-thons under [[Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy#policy-outreach|Section 3.2]] of the policy. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">3.25 Can I use high-resolution logos on commercial merchandise?</span> ==== 當然可以！雖然我們的舊版政策不允許這種做法，但是在新的政策中我們已經廢除了那條規例。 <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[#policy-owngoods|Back to Make your own branded stuff.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-specialpermission}}4 需要许可的特殊使用 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.1 如果我需要許可，我是不是要為此付費？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Usually, there is no license fee. However, we want to keep track of how our trademarks are used. Also, we want to make sure every use complies with our mission and standards. This is why we require a formal license in certain cases. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-specialpermission|回到需要许可的特殊使用。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-contests}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.2 Do I need permission for every photo contest?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You only need to get a license if you advertise the photo contest outside a Wikimedia site. This includes posters, social media, and blogs. You can freely use the marks for community-focused events. Community-focused events are those that are intended to be predominantly attended by Wikimedia community members. They do not include events open to the general public. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-photocontests|回到照片竞赛。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.3 Can I print out t-shirts with the Wikimedia logo to give out as prizes for the photo contest?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. You can always make t-shirts with the Wikimedia logos and give them away as long as you are not selling them. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-makeyourownbrandedstuff|Back to Make your own branded stuff]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.4 How can I use the marks as a Wikipedian in Residence?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The marks may be used in any way that identifies you as a Wikipedian in Residence. Please avoid confusion about official endorsement. You should clarify that you are not a representative of the Wikimedia Foundation. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-glam|回到GLAM-WIKI活动。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-cybersquatting}}<div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 4.5 Can you give an example of cybersquatting? </div> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> In the past, someone registered the domain wikkipedia.org to attract traffic to their own site. This is called [[{{lwp|cybersquatting}}|cybersquatting]] or [[{{lwp|typosquatting}}|typosquatting]] that infringes our trademark. We strictly enforce our policy against confusing domain names. Please [[:m:Trademark/Report abuse|tell us]] if you see an infringing domain name. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.6 我可以在我的域名中出现维基媒体标志么？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Unfortunately, no. If you do, there is a risk that you will confuse readers that are looking for Wikimedia content or other material related to Wikimedia. Movement organizations may be permitted to use the Wikimedia mark as part of their domain, but only after receiving special permission. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 4.7 Can I use a Wikimedia mark if I use a different top-level domain? </div> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You cannot register a Wikimedia mark as a domain, no matter the [[{{lwp|Top-level domain}}|top-level domain]], including country code top-level domains. For example, you may not register "wikipedia.jobs" even though it uses ".jobs", a different top-level domain, because "wikipedia" is a Wikimedia mark. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.8 但我希望使用我自己的特殊域名！！！ ==== 如果您有合法的理由希望使用我们的域名，请电邮联络[mailto:trademarks@wikimedia.org trademarks@wikimedia.org]。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-domains|回到域名。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-publicevent}}4.10 “公众活动”是什么？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A public event is an event that is not predominantly attended by community members. An event is also public when it is announced to the public with signs or advertisements or in an event schedule. Hence, this rule does not apply to community-focused meetups and conferences. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.10 What event uses require permission?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Using a trademark for an event includes naming the event or using a Wikimedia logo on advertisements, leaflets, signage or a website. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.11 Are there any exceptions to when events require permission?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If the name of the event uses a mark just to describe its content, that might fall under [[#policy-nominativeuse|nominative use]]. An example for this would be announcing a course called 'Editing Wikipedia for Beginners' or 'Using Wikimedia Commons as an Amateur Photographer'. However, always include a [[#policy-noticesymbol|notice]] that explains that your use is with permission from the Wikimedia Foundation and that you are not affiliated with the Foundation. Also, events hosted by a local Wikimedia chapter, thematic organization, or user group can use the marks subject to their respective agreement with the Wikimedia Foundation. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-events|Back to Events and conferences.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-publications}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.12 What is a "publication"?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Publications include books, other print media, and web pages. They also mean audiovisual media like music, and other recordings, film and online video. See [[#policy-outreach|Outreach and recruiting new editors]] for materials that provide education about a Wikimedia site. See [[#policy-moviestv|Section 4.5]] for trademark uses in films. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.13 我可以写一本关于维基百科的书籍么？ ==== [[{{lwp|Bibliography of Wikipedia}}|欢迎您这样做！]]但您不应在未获授权的情况下使用维基媒体标志在书的封面上。这是因为我们不会认可未获授权的书籍能够代言基金会。使用[[#FAQ-nonstylizedwordmark|文字标志]]作为书的标题的一部分时同样需要请求授权。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 4.14 Does this also apply to handbooks, like "A beginner's guide to Wikipedia", aimed at community members? </div> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. But, please send us a request and we will give prompt permission when appropriate. We love Wikipedia guides! </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 4.15 Does it make a difference if the book is being published by an educational publisher? </div> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> No, you will need permission as well, because even educational publishers are commercial entities. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-publications|回到出版物。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-schoolfilm}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.16 Do I need permission to show the Wikipedia marks in a film I am making for my school project?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If you are showing your film to the public, or at your school or workplace, you need permission. But we will make sure to make the permission process as easy and fast as possible. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-moviestv|回到电影和电视节目。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-commercialmerch}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.17 Will I have to donate a portion of the retail price for commercial merchandise?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> No. But you will have to tell your customers if you do not donate your profits. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.18 What do I have to say if I am donating a portion of my proceeds to the Wikimedia Foundation?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Just clearly state what portion of your proceeds will be given to the Wikimedia Foundation. You can, for example, say: "X% of your purchase will be donated to the Wikimedia Foundation." </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.19 Where should I state how much of my proceeds will be donated?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> We recommend placing the notice right next to the purchase price, where it will be clearly visible to all buyers. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.20 Do I need to mention donations to the Wikimedia Foundation if I do not donate anything at all?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. You should state that 0% of your profits will go to the Wikimedia Foundation. Otherwise, users may mistakenly believe that you are doing fundraising for the Foundation. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-commercialmerch|Back to Commercial merchandise.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 5 禁止使用的情况 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-fakearticle}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.1 Can I make a fake Wikipedia article if it is intended as a joke?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> There are exceptions where this is permissible, but they are very limited. You will likely not fall under such an exception if your mimicking site has any commercial background. Please refer to the [[#policy-noncommercial|section on Parodies]]. Most importantly, you must make sure that no one (really no one!) could confuse your site with any part of a Wikimedia site. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-mimicvsparody}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.2 How do I distinguish between a prohibited mimicking site and a parody site?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Here is an example of a mimicking site: Contrary to the [[{{lwp|Wikipedia:COI}}|Wikipedia guidelines]], you create an article on Wikipedia about yourself or your organization. For unknown reasons, "your" article is deleted. This makes you mad. You register the domain "businesspedia.org" and design a website that looks just like the Wikipedia article that just got deleted, including a link to your own website. You are happy to attract more traffic to it by confusing internet users. Booo! </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> An example of parody site: Imagine you have a great friend called [[Rory|Rory]] and his birthday is coming up. You register the domain "rorypedia.org" and design a website that looks just like a humorous Wikipedia biography on your friend Rory. Since you do not want anyone to confuse "Rorypedia" and Wikipedia, you put a bright colored bar on the top of your site saying, "This page is a present for Rory from his awesome friends and not affiliated with Wikipedia. Happy birthday, Rory!" And you take down the site once the birthday party is over. Yaaay! </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.3 How do I avoid mimicking Wikimedia sites when I use the [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/MediaWiki|MediaWiki]] software?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> All wikis using MediaWiki do in fact share certain graphic elements under the default theme, but the Wikimedia sites have certain visual features that distinguish them. Do not imitate these distinguishing features. For example, you should not use logos that are confusingly similar to the Wikimedia marks or name your site something that sounds like a Wikimedia site. But you can use the "Powered by MediaWiki" button as that button simply describes that the wiki is powered by MediaWiki. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Be sure to directly download the [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/MediaWiki|MediaWiki]] software if you want to use it. Please do not try to blindly copy the HTML code of a Wikimedia site! If you do, you will accidentally import features from our sites, like our Terms of Use or our "contact us" details. Being contacted about problems on your unrelated website understandably makes our wonderful [[:m:OTRS/Volunteering|email response team volunteers]] very unhappy. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-mirrors|Back to mimicking sites.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-linkmirror}}5.4 我可以在维基媒体站点的镜像站点使用标志连接么？ ==== 不可以。维基媒体标志只能在真实的维基媒体站点用于连接。我们愿意重申，站点由维基媒体社群维护和管理。 另外，如果您希望架设一个维基媒体站点的镜像站点，请尤其注意[[#policy-mirrors|镜像方针]]。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-linkstoothers|回到连接至非维基媒体站点。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-misrepresentation}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.5 Can you give me some examples of misrepresentation with respect to the marks?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A misrepresentative use can be something that represents yourself. That includes using a Wikimedia logo in your logo, letterhead, or the name of your organization. Online examples are your social media avatar, favicon, and website domain. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-misrepresentation|Back to Misrepresentation.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-reportingabuse}}6 报告商标滥用 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-howfight}}6.1 你們會如何打擊侵犯商標權的行為？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Each year, we receive over 100 reports of trademark violations from community members. We also employ outside contractors and legal counsel to help protect our trademark portfolio globally. Within our resource constraints, our legal team pursues misuses of our marks to ensure that the Wikimedia logos remain distinctively associated with the Wikimedia community. After careful and sensitive evaluation, we send out cease-and-desist letters, which are usually effective. In the few instances that cannot be resolved by other means, we consider litigation to protect the marks. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">6.2 Who is responsible for enforcing Wikimedia's trademarks?</span>==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Trademark enforcement is currently handled by the Wikimedia Foundation legal team to ensure consistency and compliance with trademark law. But we rely on the Wikimedia community to help us identify potential trademark infringements. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">6.3 What happens when you receive a report of a potential trademark infringement?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> When we receive a complaint that our trademarks are being misused, we first send a confirmation to the person submitting the complaint. Potential infringements are then logged into our system. The legal team then combs through each of those complaints to investigate the alleged infringement. We visit the site personally to make sure the complaint has merit. Then we apply US trademark law in assessing whether there is actual "misuse" and it is a valid infringement of the trademark. In general, the standard of "misuse" in US law is whether the use of the trademark is "confusingly similar" to the Wikimedia Foundation's use of the trademark. In other words, will the potential infringers use of the trademark confuse users into thinking their site is sponsored by or hosted by the Wikimedia Foundation? We always contact the potential infringer first to see if they will voluntarily stop using our marks or work with us to make their use less confusing. If we are unable to work things out informally, and they refuse to comply with a cease and desist letter, we decide whether to move forward with litigation to stop the infringement. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">6.4 Can I send a cease and desist letter on behalf of the Wikimedia Foundation when I find misuse?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Please do not. We really appreciate your help with trademark enforcement, but please report any misuses to us so that we can determine what action is appropriate. </div> <div class="mw-translate-fuzzy"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-reporting|回到报告商标滥用。]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-revision}}7 商标政策的修订 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">7.1 Why can you just change the FAQ section?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The FAQs are not part of the trademark policy. We created them to help you understand the policy. We want to add new questions from the community in the future and to clarify any answers users may find confusing. That is why we want to be able to update the FAQs easily. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">7.2 What if I do not agree with the changes to the policy?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> We encourage you to share your comments and concerns with us during the community feedback period following any announced changes. We will take all comments under careful advisement and ensure that any changes to our policy are consistent with our mission. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-revision|Back to Revision of the trademark policy.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 8 其他问题 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQNakedlicensing}}8.1 什么是“无效授权”？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Failure to exercise quality control in trademark licensing is referred to as "naked licensing," and can sometimes result in loss of trademark rights. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 8.2 什么是视觉识别方针？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> They are a [[Special:MyLanguage/Legal:Visual identity guidelines|set of guidelines]] you should follow when using any of the Wikimedia marks. These guidelines ensure that the marks always look their best and are not distorted in any way. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">8.3 How do the Visual Identity Guidelines relate to the trademark policy?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The Visual Identity Guidelines are a separate document from the trademark policy and can be revised without notice. These guidelines help to make sure the Wikimedia marks are always used consistently with the same level of quality. Consistent use is important in order for us to maintain protection over the Wikimedia marks. It helps avoid confusion among users that may view marks similar to the Wikimedia marks. If Wikimedia marks are displayed consistently, users can be sure when they are viewing actual Wikimedia content instead of an imposter site. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 8.4 我有更多问题如何提问？ ==== 如果您还有其他未在此列出的问题，请将其反馈至讨论页。我们将竭尽所能回答并放入本常见问题页。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} </div></div><noinclude> __NOTOC__ __NOEDITSECTION__ [[Category:Trademark policy{{#translation:}}]] [[Category:Frequently asked questions{{#translation:}}]] </noinclude> eiw4mn9i5rx85lx85b76cx4u0uo6bzr 594053 594051 2026-09-19T03:47:28Z Pristome 225362 594053 wikitext text/x-wiki <noinclude><languages /> {{Policy FAQ disclaimer|page=维基媒体基金会商标政策|pagelink=Policy:Trademark policy}} </noinclude><templatestyles src="Template:Trademark/styles.css" /><div class="trademark-section trademark-faq-container"> <div class="trademark-faq-content"> {{anchor|trademark-faq}}<span class="nomobile" style="font-size:2.5em">[[File:Trademark License FAQ.svg<!--change image-->|100px|link=]] '''<includeonly>{{int string|faq}}</includeonly><noinclude>维基媒体基金会商标政策常见问题</noinclude>'''</span><br />''这些常见问题不是商标政策的组成部分。它们也不是一份法律文件。但是我们希望它们能给你提供帮助。''<span style="font-family:monospace, monospace;" dir="ltr">''':)'''</span> <noinclude>{{nonumtoc}}__TOC__</noinclude> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 0 商标政策简介 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} <!-- The form to do this is: {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 0.1 Title ==== ... {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} Either using the Sub or Not, depending on level --> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-tmprotection}}0.1 什么是“商标保护”？ ==== 商標法(trademark law)保護著某一標誌(mark)所代表的某一成果（work，像是商品或服務）之間的連結關係。它意在保障用戶不致於混淆一項成果的來源。同時，用戶也把商標當做與某成果之間的連結，因此會對此標誌所提供的成果之知名度、品質、以及服務有相當程度的期待。因此，商標是項強而有力、極富價值的工具，它能夠使維基媒體基金會以及其社群成員的知名度具象化，也可被視為一種讓用戶能夠認識某一成果或商品或服務的「簡略表達(shorthand)」。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-whataresites}}0.2 什么是“维基媒体网站(Wikimedia sites)”？ ==== 维基媒体基金会运营很多自由软件和自由内容站点，列表见此：[[Special:SiteMatrix|我们的计划]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-policyapplies}}1 本政策适用範圍？ == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-wordmark}}1.1 什么是“文字标志(wordmark)”？ ==== 顾名思义，就是只由文字组成的商标，诸如“Wikipedia”或“Wikimedia”等计划网站名。另外，这也包括任何官方译名和转写（诸如“[[:w:tr:Ana Sayfa|维基百科]]”）。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-nonstylizedwordmark}}1.2 什么是“非艺术化文字标志(non-stylized wordmark)”？ ==== 非艺术化文字标志就是“维基媒体”及其计划的通用名称，诸如“维基百科”、“维基词典”等。相比之下，艺术化文字标志就是在这些名字基础上适当修改文字结构诸如字体。诸如“维基百科”文字标志艺术化后就是[[File:Wikipedia wordmark.svg|80px]]。无论文字标志是否艺术化均属于维基媒体基金会的商标。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-tradedress}}1.3 什么是“商用外观(trade dress)”？ ==== 對我們而言，商用外觀意指網站或文章的設計符合網站或線上資料的來源。你可以把它看成某個網站「看起來和感覺起來的樣子」。比方說，維基百科條目的設計與外觀、或像是維基百科的首頁。任何維基媒體網站的商用外觀同時也屬於維基媒體基金會的商標。商標法也保護商用外觀。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-wikimediamarks|返回“维基媒体标志。”]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-communitymember}}1.4 什么是“社区成员”？ ==== 任何在维基媒体站点有贡献的人。她也包括任何基金会职员、分会成员、专题组织成员、用户组成员和基金会本身。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-communitymembers|回到社群成员]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-moveorgsfreely}}1.5 为何運動组织不能任意地使用商標？ ==== 身為商標的法定持有者，我們需要掌控運動組織使用商標的方式以保護整個社群。你可以在[[#purpose-maintainrights|這裡]]閱讀更多相關資料。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 1.6 什么是此商标政策和分会、用户组或专题组织协议之间的关系？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Chapters, user groups, and thematic organizations must comply both with this trademark policy and their respective agreement with the Wikimedia Foundation. If there are inconsistencies between this trademark policy and a chapter, user group, or a thematic organization agreement, the organization should follow their agreement. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-wmorgs|回到分会、用户组和专题组织]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 2 如何使用维基媒体商标 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-smallerlogo}}2.1 如果我的产品和服务不由维基媒体基金会提供，我的商标、名称或公司名称是否能够比维基媒体商标更小？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> No. We need to make sure it is extremely clear that the Wikimedia Foundation is not providing your products or services. This is a simple, consistent way of doing that. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.2 如果我清晰地声明产品或服务由我提供，会怎么样？ ==== 對不起，您的商標、名字或公司名字一定要比維基商標大，而且必須適當地分隔開，因為不是每個人都會閱讀文字，可能有些人只會留意圖片。因此，我們必須確保您的產品或服務並非由維基媒體基金會提供。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-outsidewmsites}}2.3 你们说的“在维基媒体站点以外”是指什么？ ==== 也就是不在[[#FAQ-whataresites|维基媒体基金会控制的站点]]使用商标，例如：维基百科、维基共享资源、维基词典、维基数据、维基语录、维基教科书、维基文库、维基物种、维基新闻、维基学院、维基导游和元维基。回顾商标政策，维基媒雲端虚拟专用服务器的标志也被视为维基媒体站点标志。另外，您可以在站外使用这些标志用于编辑马拉松。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.4 我是否仍然能创建将维基媒体商标和像“在居住地的维基人”的其他词语结合起来的词条？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. This provision is not meant to stop community members from creatively combining the marks with other words to create new terms for the Wikimedia movement as long as they do it on the Wikimedia sites. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-translatetext}}2.5 我可以翻译这些商标的文字么？ ==== 您应该[[#FAQ-whataresites|在维基媒体网站的框架下]]翻译这些商标的文字。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.6 我能添加图形元素（例如，为了庆祝特殊活动）吗？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You can create [[:c:Category:SVG Wikimedia community logos|remixes]] for special on-site purposes, but please do not change the logos outside our sites. These and many, many other questions are answered in the [[Visual identity guidelines|Visual Identity Guidelines]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.7 哪些维基媒体商标的重新组合的类型能够在维基媒体网站之外使用？ ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Certain remixes of Wikimedia logos may be used outside of Wikimedia sites as long as the remix does not look too similar to any of the Wikimedia marks. Please make sure that the remix will not be confused with the original Wikimedia logo.</span> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.8 我可以使用标志的高清版么？ ==== 是的！[[Wikimedia official marks|这里请]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-wheretmnotice}}2.9 我在哪里注释商标提醒？ ==== 尽可能在显眼的位置例如注脚。当有人阅读您的文档、访问您的网站或观看您的电影时应能较容易的找到。有几个很好的例子：文档（同一）页面的底部、藏书票上、网页页脚和/或电影制作者清单后。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.10 如果我认为我没有足够的位置注明提醒我应该怎么办？ ==== 不要担心！如果您是想面向移动设备或其他中小屏幕设备注明，您只需要在维基媒体商标后面加注商标符号（™）即可。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.11 我应该如何在提醒中提及商标？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Wordmarks can be referenced verbatim (i.e. "Wikimedia Commons"). Logos should be described according to the [[Visual identity guidelines#toc-puzzle|Visual Identity Guidelines]]. Examples include the "Wikipedia Puzzle Globe" and the "'W' icon." </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.12 我如何使用多于一个标志？ ==== 请确信所有标志都有一个说明如下： <br /><br /> “维基数据名称及标志是维基媒体基金会的商标。” {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.13 什么时候我不得不加入商标符号？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You only need to use the trademark symbol when you do not have enough space to write the entire notice, like when you are using a trademark on a mobile screen. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.14 能否给一些正确使用商标的例子？ ==== 这里有个例子： <br /> <br /> “维基共享资源™是维基媒体基金会旗下收集自由版权的媒体文件，诸如图像、声音和电影剪辑，并面向全球广泛传播的计划网站！” {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.15 我应该使用何种尺寸的商标？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> When you use a wordmark (like "Wikipedia"), you should use the same font size for the trademark symbol as the wordmark itself. In this context, superscript formatting is encouraged for the symbol. When the mark is an image (like the puzzle globe), you should select a font size for the symbol that matches the size of the image and place the symbol so that it is clearly visible and close enough to the upper right corner of the image without touching it. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.16 但是我想把我的網頁設計得好看一點！我可不可以把商標縮小或放在其他地方？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Unfortunately, no. Remember, you only need to put the symbol next to the first or most prominent use of the mark. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-noticesymbol|回到注释或商标符号]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.17 “未被维基媒体基金会批准或与其相关”意味着什么？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You need to make sure that people do not mistakenly think that you may speak on behalf of the Wikimedia Foundation or one of its sites. For instance, you need to make sure that no one thinks you work for the Wikimedia Foundation. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-withoutpermission}}3 不需询问权限的维基媒体标志使用 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.1 你能给我我能在维基媒体网站上使用商标的例子吗？ ==== 您可以在[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:User page}}|用户页]]、[[{{lwp|Help:Contents}}|帮助页]]和[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:About}}|关于维基媒体或其计划的页面]]使用标志。您也可以在[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Mailing lists|邮件列表]]、[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/IRC|IRC]]或用于维基媒体站点的[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:Tools}}|工具]]使用标志。以上使用需遵守[[Terms of Use|使用条款]]。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-onwmsites|回到维基媒体站点商标使用]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-notcommunityfocused}}3.2 哪些活动不是“重点放在社群的”？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> An event that includes mostly people who are not community members is not a community-focused event. (Please see the [[#FAQ-publicevent|FAQ on events in general]].) This does not mean that you cannot have guests at your meetup! </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.3 您能否提供重点放在社群的活动的例子？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Community-focused events are those events that are primarily open to community members and promote the mission. They tend to be related to improving the overall quality of the Wikimedia sites. Examples include conferences and monthly meetups hosted by community members, as well as other specific events like the "London Wikipedians regular's table," Wiki-Conference in Russia, and Wikipedia Workshop Köln (DE). </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-communityfocused|回到重点放在社群的活动]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.4 如果我的活动是重点放在社群的，我能使用哪些标志？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> First, all Wikimedia community-focused events can bear a trademarked name. You may also use the Wikimedia logos to decorate your venue, but only to the extent they are relevant. For example, you cannot use the Wikisource logo for a Wikimedia Commons-only event. However, keep in mind that the 'Wikimania' name and [[:File:Wikimania.svg|logo]] are reserved for the [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimania|yearly Wikimania conference]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-outreachexamples}}3.5 您能否提供拓展工作使用的例子？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You can put up a stand at a street fair. [[:c:Category:Wikimedia stands|Here are some examples of that]]. You may want to present the Wikimedia sites in your club or [[:c:Category:Silberwissen|reach out to seniors]]. You can also [[:c:Category:Wikipedia Schulprojekt|give a talk in a school]] or [[:c:Category:Wikipedia Education Program|create a university course]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.6 什麼是教育性資源？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Educational materials help people to understand the Wikimedia sites. They can be [[:outreach:Bookshelf Project|leaflets, videos]], [[:m:WMDOC/Cheatsheet|cheat sheets]], and other [[:m:Help:Reference card|guides]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.7 在机构代表社区怎么样？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You need to sign and email us a Quick License if your institution wants to call you [[:outreach:Wikipedian in Residence|"Wikipedian in Residence"]] as part of a GLAM project, or something similar. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-outreach|Back to Outreach and recruitment of new editors]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-communitylogo}}3.8 是否存在维基媒体社区标志？ ==== 是的！它在2008年[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Community logo|官方承认]]为元维基标志。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-fairuseexamples}}3.9 合理使用是什么意思？ ==== 在美国商标法中，[[{{lwp|Fair use (U.S. trademark law)}}|合理使用]]章节允许您有条件的任意使用商标而不至于侵犯版权。本方针不会与之冲突。我们已在[[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-fairuse|3.5]]和[[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-fairuse|3.6]]章节使用您易于理解的语言提到。 除了美国商标法外，您还需留意您所在国家的版权法律，多数也规定了合理使用的情形。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.10 您能否提供更多合理使用的例子？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> This category of fair use is tricky in our case because our wordmarks were not real words before our projects were created, unlike "apple" or "facebook." But we would consider it fair use if you were to write a [[:wikt:book#Noun|book]] in the [[{{lwp|Wiki software}}|Wiki software]] and refer to it as a "wiki book," even though Wikibooks is a distinctive trademark. If you are using the wordmarks to describe our projects, that is also a type of fair use (nominative use). You can read more about nominative use [[#FAQ-nominativeuseexamples|here]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-nonfairuseexamples}}3.11 您能否提供更多并非合理使用的例子？ ==== * 使用维基媒体标志宣传您的书籍。 * 销售带有维基媒体基金会标志的T恤。 * 创建您自己的百科全书并且使用了维基百科的球形拼图。 * 使用维基媒体基金会标志为无关计划筹款。 * 在内容并非来自维基媒体站点情形下却宣称内容“来自维基百科，自由的百科全书”。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-fairuse|回到在维基站点以外的讨论（合理使用）。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-nominativeuseexamples}}3.12 您能否提供更多主要使用的例子？ ==== 这里有一些例子： # '''描述维基媒体站点：''' #* <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">In a presentation that describes how Wikipedia works, using the wordmarks in slides in your bullet points would be a nominative use. The same also applies for a blog post that describes Wikidata. If you want to "illustrate" your slides or your blog post with any of the image marks, please refer to [[#policy-noncommercial|artistic, literary, and other non-commercial uses]].</span> #* <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">However, you cannot use a trademark as a generic term. For example, you cannot set up a wiki on motorcycles and refer to it as "a wikipedia for motorcycles."</span> # '''真實準確地說明：''' #* “维基百科是世界最大的在线百科全书，并且它也是数千个网站中唯一一个集结成千上万志愿者编辑的。” #* “我在2009年加入维基百科成为一名编辑者”（在您的个人网站）。 # '''描述衍生作品：''' #* “来源：维基百科” #* “本艺术作品基于来自维基共享资源的图像创建。” #* “以下内容由维基百科内容衍生而来。” #* 或者干脆：“来自维基百科”或“至维基百科条目”（通过QR码） # '''更多個別例子:''' #* <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Refer to the sections on [[#policy-news|news reporting]]; [[#policy-blogssm|personal blogs and social media]]; [[#policy-noncommercial|artistic, literary, and other non-commercial uses]]; and [[#policy-linkstous|links to Wikimedia sites]].</span> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-nominativeuse|Back to Refer to Wikimedia sites (nominative use).]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-logonewsarticle}}3.13 我是否可以在新闻或漫画杂志或者电视新闻上使用标志或截图？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes, as long as the image illustrates the discussion in the article. Do not use our trademark just to attract attention to your work. That will confuse your readers or viewers, and ours! </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-news|回到新闻报道]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-logoblogssm}}3.14 我是否可以在博客文章或者状态更新站点包括标志？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes, as long as the image illustrates the discussion in your post. Do not use trademarked images just to attract attention to your page. Viewers of your blog or your user page should not be confused and think that your page is endorsed by the Wikimedia Foundation or any of its sites. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.15 我能否在用户名、头像或聊天软件表情中使用商标？ ==== 很遗憾，不。我们非常感谢您宣传维基媒体站点。维基媒体社群为之感谢！然而，我们不希望人们认为您的言论就可以代表维基媒体基金会。您能够继续在用户名、头像或聊天软件表情中使用社群标志。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-blogssm|回到个人博客和社交媒体]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-noncommercialexamples}}3.16 你能给我艺术、文学和其他非商业使用的例子吗？ ==== * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Using the trademarks to discuss a scientific thesis in an academic paper.</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Illustrating a point in the slides for an educational presentation with a screenshot of a Wikimedia site.</span> * 使用标志在美术作品中。 * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Creating a parody for the purposes of conveying a political message.</span> * 撰写一本关于维基百科条目的书籍。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-noncommercial|回到艺术作品、文学作品和其他非商业性使用。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-linkingtousexamples}}3.17 您能否提供链接至维基媒体网站的例子？ ==== 是的，您可[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:Banners and buttons}}|点此]]查看。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-qrcodes}}3.18 我能在连接至维基媒体站点的QR码中使用标志么？ ==== 不。用于连接的标志不应如此使用。使用QR码连接您应使用非艺术化维基百科文字标志。您可[[#FAQ-nominativeuseexamples|点此]]了解更多。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-linkstous|回到连接至维基媒体站点。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-personalmerch}}3.19 我可以利用它們做什麼？ ==== 您可以用來製作衣服、帽子、背包、杯子、釘子、筆、貼紙、海報、屏幕背景，甚至蛋糕。大前提是你不會利用這些物品來牟利。 [[:c:Special:MyLanguage/Category:Wikipedia promotion|<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Here are some examples.</span>]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.20 我可以销售带有这些标志的周边商品么？ ==== 不，在未获授权的情况下您不能这样做。更多信息[[#policy-commercialmerch|见此]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.21 可以在其他场合使用原样么？ ==== 只要你是免費派發這些物品，可以。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.22 那么我在哪可以了解商业销售的周边产品？ ==== 最好是进入[//shop.wikimedia.org 维基媒体商店 (Wikimedia shop)]了解，这里销售的周边商品都由官方授权。如果您希望销售您自己的商品，请[[#policy-commercialmerch|参见此处]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">3.23 Can I ask commercial vendors to create custom items for me that use Wikimedia marks?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Of course! You may ask vendors like bakers and t-shirt sellers to create items with Wikimedia marks especially for you or your friends. This is okay because it is for your own personal use and no one is creating a business surrounding the sale of items with Wikimedia trademarks. And do not worry, vendors will not be required to strictly follow the Visual Identity Guidelines when it is not possible on items like cakes. For example, [[:c:Category:Wikipedia cakes|all these cakes]] are fine. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">3.24 Is it okay to commission someone else to create lots of items with the Wikimedia marks for meet-ups and similar events?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes! As long as the items are not sold to participants, it is okay to ask a vendor to create multiple items with the Wikimedia marks for community-focused parties and gatherings like edit-a-thons under [[Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy#policy-outreach|Section 3.2]] of the policy. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">3.25 Can I use high-resolution logos on commercial merchandise?</span> ==== 當然可以！雖然我們的舊版政策不允許這種做法，但是在新的政策中我們已經廢除了那條規例。 <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[#policy-owngoods|Back to Make your own branded stuff.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-specialpermission}}4 需要许可的特殊使用 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.1 如果我需要許可，我是不是要為此付費？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Usually, there is no license fee. However, we want to keep track of how our trademarks are used. Also, we want to make sure every use complies with our mission and standards. This is why we require a formal license in certain cases. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-specialpermission|回到需要许可的特殊使用。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-contests}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.2 Do I need permission for every photo contest?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You only need to get a license if you advertise the photo contest outside a Wikimedia site. This includes posters, social media, and blogs. You can freely use the marks for community-focused events. Community-focused events are those that are intended to be predominantly attended by Wikimedia community members. They do not include events open to the general public. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-photocontests|回到照片竞赛。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.3 Can I print out t-shirts with the Wikimedia logo to give out as prizes for the photo contest?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. You can always make t-shirts with the Wikimedia logos and give them away as long as you are not selling them. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-makeyourownbrandedstuff|Back to Make your own branded stuff]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.4 How can I use the marks as a Wikipedian in Residence?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The marks may be used in any way that identifies you as a Wikipedian in Residence. Please avoid confusion about official endorsement. You should clarify that you are not a representative of the Wikimedia Foundation. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-glam|回到GLAM-WIKI活动。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-cybersquatting}}<div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 4.5 Can you give an example of cybersquatting? </div> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> In the past, someone registered the domain wikkipedia.org to attract traffic to their own site. This is called [[{{lwp|cybersquatting}}|cybersquatting]] or [[{{lwp|typosquatting}}|typosquatting]] that infringes our trademark. We strictly enforce our policy against confusing domain names. Please [[:m:Trademark/Report abuse|tell us]] if you see an infringing domain name. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.6 我可以在我的域名中出现维基媒体标志么？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Unfortunately, no. If you do, there is a risk that you will confuse readers that are looking for Wikimedia content or other material related to Wikimedia. Movement organizations may be permitted to use the Wikimedia mark as part of their domain, but only after receiving special permission. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 4.7 Can I use a Wikimedia mark if I use a different top-level domain? </div> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You cannot register a Wikimedia mark as a domain, no matter the [[{{lwp|Top-level domain}}|top-level domain]], including country code top-level domains. For example, you may not register "wikipedia.jobs" even though it uses ".jobs", a different top-level domain, because "wikipedia" is a Wikimedia mark. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.8 但我希望使用我自己的特殊域名！！！ ==== 如果您有合法的理由希望使用我们的域名，请电邮联络[mailto:trademarks@wikimedia.org trademarks@wikimedia.org]。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-domains|回到域名。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-publicevent}}4.10 “公众活动”是什么？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A public event is an event that is not predominantly attended by community members. An event is also public when it is announced to the public with signs or advertisements or in an event schedule. Hence, this rule does not apply to community-focused meetups and conferences. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.10 What event uses require permission?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Using a trademark for an event includes naming the event or using a Wikimedia logo on advertisements, leaflets, signage or a website. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.11 Are there any exceptions to when events require permission?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If the name of the event uses a mark just to describe its content, that might fall under [[#policy-nominativeuse|nominative use]]. An example for this would be announcing a course called 'Editing Wikipedia for Beginners' or 'Using Wikimedia Commons as an Amateur Photographer'. However, always include a [[#policy-noticesymbol|notice]] that explains that your use is with permission from the Wikimedia Foundation and that you are not affiliated with the Foundation. Also, events hosted by a local Wikimedia chapter, thematic organization, or user group can use the marks subject to their respective agreement with the Wikimedia Foundation. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-events|Back to Events and conferences.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-publications}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.12 What is a "publication"?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Publications include books, other print media, and web pages. They also mean audiovisual media like music, and other recordings, film and online video. See [[#policy-outreach|Outreach and recruiting new editors]] for materials that provide education about a Wikimedia site. See [[#policy-moviestv|Section 4.5]] for trademark uses in films. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.13 我可以写一本关于维基百科的书籍么？ ==== [[{{lwp|Bibliography of Wikipedia}}|欢迎您这样做！]]但您不应在未获授权的情况下使用维基媒体标志在书的封面上。这是因为我们不会认可未获授权的书籍能够代言基金会。使用[[#FAQ-nonstylizedwordmark|文字标志]]作为书的标题的一部分时同样需要请求授权。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 4.14 Does this also apply to handbooks, like "A beginner's guide to Wikipedia", aimed at community members? </div> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. But, please send us a request and we will give prompt permission when appropriate. We love Wikipedia guides! </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 4.15 Does it make a difference if the book is being published by an educational publisher? </div> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> No, you will need permission as well, because even educational publishers are commercial entities. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-publications|回到出版物。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-schoolfilm}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.16 Do I need permission to show the Wikipedia marks in a film I am making for my school project?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If you are showing your film to the public, or at your school or workplace, you need permission. But we will make sure to make the permission process as easy and fast as possible. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-moviestv|回到电影和电视节目。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-commercialmerch}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.17 Will I have to donate a portion of the retail price for commercial merchandise?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> No. But you will have to tell your customers if you do not donate your profits. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.18 What do I have to say if I am donating a portion of my proceeds to the Wikimedia Foundation?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Just clearly state what portion of your proceeds will be given to the Wikimedia Foundation. You can, for example, say: "X% of your purchase will be donated to the Wikimedia Foundation." </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.19 Where should I state how much of my proceeds will be donated?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> We recommend placing the notice right next to the purchase price, where it will be clearly visible to all buyers. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.20 Do I need to mention donations to the Wikimedia Foundation if I do not donate anything at all?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. You should state that 0% of your profits will go to the Wikimedia Foundation. Otherwise, users may mistakenly believe that you are doing fundraising for the Foundation. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-commercialmerch|Back to Commercial merchandise.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 5 禁止使用的情况 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-fakearticle}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.1 Can I make a fake Wikipedia article if it is intended as a joke?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> There are exceptions where this is permissible, but they are very limited. You will likely not fall under such an exception if your mimicking site has any commercial background. Please refer to the [[#policy-noncommercial|section on Parodies]]. Most importantly, you must make sure that no one (really no one!) could confuse your site with any part of a Wikimedia site. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-mimicvsparody}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.2 How do I distinguish between a prohibited mimicking site and a parody site?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Here is an example of a mimicking site: Contrary to the [[{{lwp|Wikipedia:COI}}|Wikipedia guidelines]], you create an article on Wikipedia about yourself or your organization. For unknown reasons, "your" article is deleted. This makes you mad. You register the domain "businesspedia.org" and design a website that looks just like the Wikipedia article that just got deleted, including a link to your own website. You are happy to attract more traffic to it by confusing internet users. Booo! </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> An example of parody site: Imagine you have a great friend called [[Rory|Rory]] and his birthday is coming up. You register the domain "rorypedia.org" and design a website that looks just like a humorous Wikipedia biography on your friend Rory. Since you do not want anyone to confuse "Rorypedia" and Wikipedia, you put a bright colored bar on the top of your site saying, "This page is a present for Rory from his awesome friends and not affiliated with Wikipedia. Happy birthday, Rory!" And you take down the site once the birthday party is over. Yaaay! </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.3 How do I avoid mimicking Wikimedia sites when I use the [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/MediaWiki|MediaWiki]] software?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> All wikis using MediaWiki do in fact share certain graphic elements under the default theme, but the Wikimedia sites have certain visual features that distinguish them. Do not imitate these distinguishing features. For example, you should not use logos that are confusingly similar to the Wikimedia marks or name your site something that sounds like a Wikimedia site. But you can use the "Powered by MediaWiki" button as that button simply describes that the wiki is powered by MediaWiki. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Be sure to directly download the [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/MediaWiki|MediaWiki]] software if you want to use it. Please do not try to blindly copy the HTML code of a Wikimedia site! If you do, you will accidentally import features from our sites, like our Terms of Use or our "contact us" details. Being contacted about problems on your unrelated website understandably makes our wonderful [[:m:OTRS/Volunteering|email response team volunteers]] very unhappy. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-mirrors|Back to mimicking sites.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-linkmirror}}5.4 我可以在维基媒体站点的镜像站点使用标志连接么？ ==== 不可以。维基媒体标志只能在真实的维基媒体站点用于连接。我们愿意重申，站点由维基媒体社群维护和管理。 另外，如果您希望架设一个维基媒体站点的镜像站点，请尤其注意[[#policy-mirrors|镜像方针]]。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-linkstoothers|回到连接至非维基媒体站点。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-misrepresentation}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.5 Can you give me some examples of misrepresentation with respect to the marks?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A misrepresentative use can be something that represents yourself. That includes using a Wikimedia logo in your logo, letterhead, or the name of your organization. Online examples are your social media avatar, favicon, and website domain. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-misrepresentation|Back to Misrepresentation.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-reportingabuse}}6 报告商标滥用 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-howfight}}6.1 你們會如何打擊侵犯商標權的行為？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Each year, we receive over 100 reports of trademark violations from community members. We also employ outside contractors and legal counsel to help protect our trademark portfolio globally. Within our resource constraints, our legal team pursues misuses of our marks to ensure that the Wikimedia logos remain distinctively associated with the Wikimedia community. After careful and sensitive evaluation, we send out cease-and-desist letters, which are usually effective. In the few instances that cannot be resolved by other means, we consider litigation to protect the marks. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">6.2 Who is responsible for enforcing Wikimedia's trademarks?</span>==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Trademark enforcement is currently handled by the Wikimedia Foundation legal team to ensure consistency and compliance with trademark law. But we rely on the Wikimedia community to help us identify potential trademark infringements. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">6.3 What happens when you receive a report of a potential trademark infringement?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> When we receive a complaint that our trademarks are being misused, we first send a confirmation to the person submitting the complaint. Potential infringements are then logged into our system. The legal team then combs through each of those complaints to investigate the alleged infringement. We visit the site personally to make sure the complaint has merit. Then we apply US trademark law in assessing whether there is actual "misuse" and it is a valid infringement of the trademark. In general, the standard of "misuse" in US law is whether the use of the trademark is "confusingly similar" to the Wikimedia Foundation's use of the trademark. In other words, will the potential infringers use of the trademark confuse users into thinking their site is sponsored by or hosted by the Wikimedia Foundation? We always contact the potential infringer first to see if they will voluntarily stop using our marks or work with us to make their use less confusing. If we are unable to work things out informally, and they refuse to comply with a cease and desist letter, we decide whether to move forward with litigation to stop the infringement. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">6.4 Can I send a cease and desist letter on behalf of the Wikimedia Foundation when I find misuse?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Please do not. We really appreciate your help with trademark enforcement, but please report any misuses to us so that we can determine what action is appropriate. </div> <div class="mw-translate-fuzzy"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-reporting|回到报告商标滥用。]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-revision}}7 商标政策的修订 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">7.1 Why can you just change the FAQ section?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The FAQs are not part of the trademark policy. We created them to help you understand the policy. We want to add new questions from the community in the future and to clarify any answers users may find confusing. That is why we want to be able to update the FAQs easily. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">7.2 What if I do not agree with the changes to the policy?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> We encourage you to share your comments and concerns with us during the community feedback period following any announced changes. We will take all comments under careful advisement and ensure that any changes to our policy are consistent with our mission. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-revision|Back to Revision of the trademark policy.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 8 其他问题 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQNakedlicensing}}8.1 什么是“无效授权”？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Failure to exercise quality control in trademark licensing is referred to as "naked licensing," and can sometimes result in loss of trademark rights. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 8.2 什么是视觉识别方针？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> They are a [[Special:MyLanguage/Legal:Visual identity guidelines|set of guidelines]] you should follow when using any of the Wikimedia marks. These guidelines ensure that the marks always look their best and are not distorted in any way. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">8.3 How do the Visual Identity Guidelines relate to the trademark policy?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The Visual Identity Guidelines are a separate document from the trademark policy and can be revised without notice. These guidelines help to make sure the Wikimedia marks are always used consistently with the same level of quality. Consistent use is important in order for us to maintain protection over the Wikimedia marks. It helps avoid confusion among users that may view marks similar to the Wikimedia marks. If Wikimedia marks are displayed consistently, users can be sure when they are viewing actual Wikimedia content instead of an imposter site. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 8.4 我有更多问题如何提问？ ==== 如果您还有其他未在此列出的问题，请将其反馈至讨论页。我们将竭尽所能回答并放入本常见问题页。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} </div></div><noinclude> __NOTOC__ __NOEDITSECTION__ [[Category:Trademark policy{{#translation:}}]] [[Category:Frequently asked questions{{#translation:}}]] </noinclude> j42fqp9e7zegcrcshpq3gtwygp8p07z 594055 594053 2026-09-19T03:57:37Z Pristome 225362 Created page with "3.23 我能要求商业卖主为我创建使用维基媒体商标的自定义物品吗？" 594055 wikitext text/x-wiki <noinclude><languages /> {{Policy FAQ disclaimer|page=维基媒体基金会商标政策|pagelink=Policy:Trademark policy}} </noinclude><templatestyles src="Template:Trademark/styles.css" /><div class="trademark-section trademark-faq-container"> <div class="trademark-faq-content"> {{anchor|trademark-faq}}<span class="nomobile" style="font-size:2.5em">[[File:Trademark License FAQ.svg<!--change image-->|100px|link=]] '''<includeonly>{{int string|faq}}</includeonly><noinclude>维基媒体基金会商标政策常见问题</noinclude>'''</span><br />''这些常见问题不是商标政策的组成部分。它们也不是一份法律文件。但是我们希望它们能给你提供帮助。''<span style="font-family:monospace, monospace;" dir="ltr">''':)'''</span> <noinclude>{{nonumtoc}}__TOC__</noinclude> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 0 商标政策简介 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} <!-- The form to do this is: {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 0.1 Title ==== ... {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} Either using the Sub or Not, depending on level --> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-tmprotection}}0.1 什么是“商标保护”？ ==== 商標法(trademark law)保護著某一標誌(mark)所代表的某一成果（work，像是商品或服務）之間的連結關係。它意在保障用戶不致於混淆一項成果的來源。同時，用戶也把商標當做與某成果之間的連結，因此會對此標誌所提供的成果之知名度、品質、以及服務有相當程度的期待。因此，商標是項強而有力、極富價值的工具，它能夠使維基媒體基金會以及其社群成員的知名度具象化，也可被視為一種讓用戶能夠認識某一成果或商品或服務的「簡略表達(shorthand)」。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-whataresites}}0.2 什么是“维基媒体网站(Wikimedia sites)”？ ==== 维基媒体基金会运营很多自由软件和自由内容站点，列表见此：[[Special:SiteMatrix|我们的计划]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-policyapplies}}1 本政策适用範圍？ == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-wordmark}}1.1 什么是“文字标志(wordmark)”？ ==== 顾名思义，就是只由文字组成的商标，诸如“Wikipedia”或“Wikimedia”等计划网站名。另外，这也包括任何官方译名和转写（诸如“[[:w:tr:Ana Sayfa|维基百科]]”）。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-nonstylizedwordmark}}1.2 什么是“非艺术化文字标志(non-stylized wordmark)”？ ==== 非艺术化文字标志就是“维基媒体”及其计划的通用名称，诸如“维基百科”、“维基词典”等。相比之下，艺术化文字标志就是在这些名字基础上适当修改文字结构诸如字体。诸如“维基百科”文字标志艺术化后就是[[File:Wikipedia wordmark.svg|80px]]。无论文字标志是否艺术化均属于维基媒体基金会的商标。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-tradedress}}1.3 什么是“商用外观(trade dress)”？ ==== 對我們而言，商用外觀意指網站或文章的設計符合網站或線上資料的來源。你可以把它看成某個網站「看起來和感覺起來的樣子」。比方說，維基百科條目的設計與外觀、或像是維基百科的首頁。任何維基媒體網站的商用外觀同時也屬於維基媒體基金會的商標。商標法也保護商用外觀。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-wikimediamarks|返回“维基媒体标志。”]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-communitymember}}1.4 什么是“社区成员”？ ==== 任何在维基媒体站点有贡献的人。她也包括任何基金会职员、分会成员、专题组织成员、用户组成员和基金会本身。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-communitymembers|回到社群成员]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-moveorgsfreely}}1.5 为何運動组织不能任意地使用商標？ ==== 身為商標的法定持有者，我們需要掌控運動組織使用商標的方式以保護整個社群。你可以在[[#purpose-maintainrights|這裡]]閱讀更多相關資料。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 1.6 什么是此商标政策和分会、用户组或专题组织协议之间的关系？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Chapters, user groups, and thematic organizations must comply both with this trademark policy and their respective agreement with the Wikimedia Foundation. If there are inconsistencies between this trademark policy and a chapter, user group, or a thematic organization agreement, the organization should follow their agreement. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-wmorgs|回到分会、用户组和专题组织]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 2 如何使用维基媒体商标 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-smallerlogo}}2.1 如果我的产品和服务不由维基媒体基金会提供，我的商标、名称或公司名称是否能够比维基媒体商标更小？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> No. We need to make sure it is extremely clear that the Wikimedia Foundation is not providing your products or services. This is a simple, consistent way of doing that. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.2 如果我清晰地声明产品或服务由我提供，会怎么样？ ==== 對不起，您的商標、名字或公司名字一定要比維基商標大，而且必須適當地分隔開，因為不是每個人都會閱讀文字，可能有些人只會留意圖片。因此，我們必須確保您的產品或服務並非由維基媒體基金會提供。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-outsidewmsites}}2.3 你们说的“在维基媒体站点以外”是指什么？ ==== 也就是不在[[#FAQ-whataresites|维基媒体基金会控制的站点]]使用商标，例如：维基百科、维基共享资源、维基词典、维基数据、维基语录、维基教科书、维基文库、维基物种、维基新闻、维基学院、维基导游和元维基。回顾商标政策，维基媒雲端虚拟专用服务器的标志也被视为维基媒体站点标志。另外，您可以在站外使用这些标志用于编辑马拉松。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.4 我是否仍然能创建将维基媒体商标和像“在居住地的维基人”的其他词语结合起来的词条？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. This provision is not meant to stop community members from creatively combining the marks with other words to create new terms for the Wikimedia movement as long as they do it on the Wikimedia sites. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-translatetext}}2.5 我可以翻译这些商标的文字么？ ==== 您应该[[#FAQ-whataresites|在维基媒体网站的框架下]]翻译这些商标的文字。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.6 我能添加图形元素（例如，为了庆祝特殊活动）吗？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You can create [[:c:Category:SVG Wikimedia community logos|remixes]] for special on-site purposes, but please do not change the logos outside our sites. These and many, many other questions are answered in the [[Visual identity guidelines|Visual Identity Guidelines]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.7 哪些维基媒体商标的重新组合的类型能够在维基媒体网站之外使用？ ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Certain remixes of Wikimedia logos may be used outside of Wikimedia sites as long as the remix does not look too similar to any of the Wikimedia marks. Please make sure that the remix will not be confused with the original Wikimedia logo.</span> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.8 我可以使用标志的高清版么？ ==== 是的！[[Wikimedia official marks|这里请]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-wheretmnotice}}2.9 我在哪里注释商标提醒？ ==== 尽可能在显眼的位置例如注脚。当有人阅读您的文档、访问您的网站或观看您的电影时应能较容易的找到。有几个很好的例子：文档（同一）页面的底部、藏书票上、网页页脚和/或电影制作者清单后。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.10 如果我认为我没有足够的位置注明提醒我应该怎么办？ ==== 不要担心！如果您是想面向移动设备或其他中小屏幕设备注明，您只需要在维基媒体商标后面加注商标符号（™）即可。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.11 我应该如何在提醒中提及商标？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Wordmarks can be referenced verbatim (i.e. "Wikimedia Commons"). Logos should be described according to the [[Visual identity guidelines#toc-puzzle|Visual Identity Guidelines]]. Examples include the "Wikipedia Puzzle Globe" and the "'W' icon." </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.12 我如何使用多于一个标志？ ==== 请确信所有标志都有一个说明如下： <br /><br /> “维基数据名称及标志是维基媒体基金会的商标。” {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.13 什么时候我不得不加入商标符号？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You only need to use the trademark symbol when you do not have enough space to write the entire notice, like when you are using a trademark on a mobile screen. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.14 能否给一些正确使用商标的例子？ ==== 这里有个例子： <br /> <br /> “维基共享资源™是维基媒体基金会旗下收集自由版权的媒体文件，诸如图像、声音和电影剪辑，并面向全球广泛传播的计划网站！” {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.15 我应该使用何种尺寸的商标？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> When you use a wordmark (like "Wikipedia"), you should use the same font size for the trademark symbol as the wordmark itself. In this context, superscript formatting is encouraged for the symbol. When the mark is an image (like the puzzle globe), you should select a font size for the symbol that matches the size of the image and place the symbol so that it is clearly visible and close enough to the upper right corner of the image without touching it. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.16 但是我想把我的網頁設計得好看一點！我可不可以把商標縮小或放在其他地方？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Unfortunately, no. Remember, you only need to put the symbol next to the first or most prominent use of the mark. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-noticesymbol|回到注释或商标符号]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.17 “未被维基媒体基金会批准或与其相关”意味着什么？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You need to make sure that people do not mistakenly think that you may speak on behalf of the Wikimedia Foundation or one of its sites. For instance, you need to make sure that no one thinks you work for the Wikimedia Foundation. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-withoutpermission}}3 不需询问权限的维基媒体标志使用 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.1 你能给我我能在维基媒体网站上使用商标的例子吗？ ==== 您可以在[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:User page}}|用户页]]、[[{{lwp|Help:Contents}}|帮助页]]和[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:About}}|关于维基媒体或其计划的页面]]使用标志。您也可以在[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Mailing lists|邮件列表]]、[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/IRC|IRC]]或用于维基媒体站点的[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:Tools}}|工具]]使用标志。以上使用需遵守[[Terms of Use|使用条款]]。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-onwmsites|回到维基媒体站点商标使用]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-notcommunityfocused}}3.2 哪些活动不是“重点放在社群的”？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> An event that includes mostly people who are not community members is not a community-focused event. (Please see the [[#FAQ-publicevent|FAQ on events in general]].) This does not mean that you cannot have guests at your meetup! </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.3 您能否提供重点放在社群的活动的例子？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Community-focused events are those events that are primarily open to community members and promote the mission. They tend to be related to improving the overall quality of the Wikimedia sites. Examples include conferences and monthly meetups hosted by community members, as well as other specific events like the "London Wikipedians regular's table," Wiki-Conference in Russia, and Wikipedia Workshop Köln (DE). </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-communityfocused|回到重点放在社群的活动]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.4 如果我的活动是重点放在社群的，我能使用哪些标志？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> First, all Wikimedia community-focused events can bear a trademarked name. You may also use the Wikimedia logos to decorate your venue, but only to the extent they are relevant. For example, you cannot use the Wikisource logo for a Wikimedia Commons-only event. However, keep in mind that the 'Wikimania' name and [[:File:Wikimania.svg|logo]] are reserved for the [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimania|yearly Wikimania conference]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-outreachexamples}}3.5 您能否提供拓展工作使用的例子？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You can put up a stand at a street fair. [[:c:Category:Wikimedia stands|Here are some examples of that]]. You may want to present the Wikimedia sites in your club or [[:c:Category:Silberwissen|reach out to seniors]]. You can also [[:c:Category:Wikipedia Schulprojekt|give a talk in a school]] or [[:c:Category:Wikipedia Education Program|create a university course]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.6 什麼是教育性資源？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Educational materials help people to understand the Wikimedia sites. They can be [[:outreach:Bookshelf Project|leaflets, videos]], [[:m:WMDOC/Cheatsheet|cheat sheets]], and other [[:m:Help:Reference card|guides]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.7 在机构代表社区怎么样？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You need to sign and email us a Quick License if your institution wants to call you [[:outreach:Wikipedian in Residence|"Wikipedian in Residence"]] as part of a GLAM project, or something similar. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-outreach|Back to Outreach and recruitment of new editors]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-communitylogo}}3.8 是否存在维基媒体社区标志？ ==== 是的！它在2008年[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Community logo|官方承认]]为元维基标志。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-fairuseexamples}}3.9 合理使用是什么意思？ ==== 在美国商标法中，[[{{lwp|Fair use (U.S. trademark law)}}|合理使用]]章节允许您有条件的任意使用商标而不至于侵犯版权。本方针不会与之冲突。我们已在[[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-fairuse|3.5]]和[[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-fairuse|3.6]]章节使用您易于理解的语言提到。 除了美国商标法外，您还需留意您所在国家的版权法律，多数也规定了合理使用的情形。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.10 您能否提供更多合理使用的例子？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> This category of fair use is tricky in our case because our wordmarks were not real words before our projects were created, unlike "apple" or "facebook." But we would consider it fair use if you were to write a [[:wikt:book#Noun|book]] in the [[{{lwp|Wiki software}}|Wiki software]] and refer to it as a "wiki book," even though Wikibooks is a distinctive trademark. If you are using the wordmarks to describe our projects, that is also a type of fair use (nominative use). You can read more about nominative use [[#FAQ-nominativeuseexamples|here]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-nonfairuseexamples}}3.11 您能否提供更多并非合理使用的例子？ ==== * 使用维基媒体标志宣传您的书籍。 * 销售带有维基媒体基金会标志的T恤。 * 创建您自己的百科全书并且使用了维基百科的球形拼图。 * 使用维基媒体基金会标志为无关计划筹款。 * 在内容并非来自维基媒体站点情形下却宣称内容“来自维基百科，自由的百科全书”。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-fairuse|回到在维基站点以外的讨论（合理使用）。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-nominativeuseexamples}}3.12 您能否提供更多主要使用的例子？ ==== 这里有一些例子： # '''描述维基媒体站点：''' #* <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">In a presentation that describes how Wikipedia works, using the wordmarks in slides in your bullet points would be a nominative use. The same also applies for a blog post that describes Wikidata. If you want to "illustrate" your slides or your blog post with any of the image marks, please refer to [[#policy-noncommercial|artistic, literary, and other non-commercial uses]].</span> #* <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">However, you cannot use a trademark as a generic term. For example, you cannot set up a wiki on motorcycles and refer to it as "a wikipedia for motorcycles."</span> # '''真實準確地說明：''' #* “维基百科是世界最大的在线百科全书，并且它也是数千个网站中唯一一个集结成千上万志愿者编辑的。” #* “我在2009年加入维基百科成为一名编辑者”（在您的个人网站）。 # '''描述衍生作品：''' #* “来源：维基百科” #* “本艺术作品基于来自维基共享资源的图像创建。” #* “以下内容由维基百科内容衍生而来。” #* 或者干脆：“来自维基百科”或“至维基百科条目”（通过QR码） # '''更多個別例子:''' #* <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Refer to the sections on [[#policy-news|news reporting]]; [[#policy-blogssm|personal blogs and social media]]; [[#policy-noncommercial|artistic, literary, and other non-commercial uses]]; and [[#policy-linkstous|links to Wikimedia sites]].</span> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-nominativeuse|Back to Refer to Wikimedia sites (nominative use).]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-logonewsarticle}}3.13 我是否可以在新闻或漫画杂志或者电视新闻上使用标志或截图？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes, as long as the image illustrates the discussion in the article. Do not use our trademark just to attract attention to your work. That will confuse your readers or viewers, and ours! </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-news|回到新闻报道]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-logoblogssm}}3.14 我是否可以在博客文章或者状态更新站点包括标志？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes, as long as the image illustrates the discussion in your post. Do not use trademarked images just to attract attention to your page. Viewers of your blog or your user page should not be confused and think that your page is endorsed by the Wikimedia Foundation or any of its sites. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.15 我能否在用户名、头像或聊天软件表情中使用商标？ ==== 很遗憾，不。我们非常感谢您宣传维基媒体站点。维基媒体社群为之感谢！然而，我们不希望人们认为您的言论就可以代表维基媒体基金会。您能够继续在用户名、头像或聊天软件表情中使用社群标志。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-blogssm|回到个人博客和社交媒体]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-noncommercialexamples}}3.16 你能给我艺术、文学和其他非商业使用的例子吗？ ==== * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Using the trademarks to discuss a scientific thesis in an academic paper.</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Illustrating a point in the slides for an educational presentation with a screenshot of a Wikimedia site.</span> * 使用标志在美术作品中。 * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Creating a parody for the purposes of conveying a political message.</span> * 撰写一本关于维基百科条目的书籍。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-noncommercial|回到艺术作品、文学作品和其他非商业性使用。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-linkingtousexamples}}3.17 您能否提供链接至维基媒体网站的例子？ ==== 是的，您可[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:Banners and buttons}}|点此]]查看。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-qrcodes}}3.18 我能在连接至维基媒体站点的QR码中使用标志么？ ==== 不。用于连接的标志不应如此使用。使用QR码连接您应使用非艺术化维基百科文字标志。您可[[#FAQ-nominativeuseexamples|点此]]了解更多。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-linkstous|回到连接至维基媒体站点。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-personalmerch}}3.19 我可以利用它們做什麼？ ==== 您可以用來製作衣服、帽子、背包、杯子、釘子、筆、貼紙、海報、屏幕背景，甚至蛋糕。大前提是你不會利用這些物品來牟利。 [[:c:Special:MyLanguage/Category:Wikipedia promotion|<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Here are some examples.</span>]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.20 我可以销售带有这些标志的周边商品么？ ==== 不，在未获授权的情况下您不能这样做。更多信息[[#policy-commercialmerch|见此]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.21 可以在其他场合使用原样么？ ==== 只要你是免費派發這些物品，可以。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.22 那么我在哪可以了解商业销售的周边产品？ ==== 最好是进入[//shop.wikimedia.org 维基媒体商店 (Wikimedia shop)]了解，这里销售的周边商品都由官方授权。如果您希望销售您自己的商品，请[[#policy-commercialmerch|参见此处]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.23 我能要求商业卖主为我创建使用维基媒体商标的自定义物品吗？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Of course! You may ask vendors like bakers and t-shirt sellers to create items with Wikimedia marks especially for you or your friends. This is okay because it is for your own personal use and no one is creating a business surrounding the sale of items with Wikimedia trademarks. And do not worry, vendors will not be required to strictly follow the Visual Identity Guidelines when it is not possible on items like cakes. For example, [[:c:Category:Wikipedia cakes|all these cakes]] are fine. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">3.24 Is it okay to commission someone else to create lots of items with the Wikimedia marks for meet-ups and similar events?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes! As long as the items are not sold to participants, it is okay to ask a vendor to create multiple items with the Wikimedia marks for community-focused parties and gatherings like edit-a-thons under [[Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy#policy-outreach|Section 3.2]] of the policy. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">3.25 Can I use high-resolution logos on commercial merchandise?</span> ==== 當然可以！雖然我們的舊版政策不允許這種做法，但是在新的政策中我們已經廢除了那條規例。 <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[#policy-owngoods|Back to Make your own branded stuff.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-specialpermission}}4 需要许可的特殊使用 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.1 如果我需要許可，我是不是要為此付費？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Usually, there is no license fee. However, we want to keep track of how our trademarks are used. Also, we want to make sure every use complies with our mission and standards. This is why we require a formal license in certain cases. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-specialpermission|回到需要许可的特殊使用。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-contests}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.2 Do I need permission for every photo contest?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You only need to get a license if you advertise the photo contest outside a Wikimedia site. This includes posters, social media, and blogs. You can freely use the marks for community-focused events. Community-focused events are those that are intended to be predominantly attended by Wikimedia community members. They do not include events open to the general public. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-photocontests|回到照片竞赛。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.3 Can I print out t-shirts with the Wikimedia logo to give out as prizes for the photo contest?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. You can always make t-shirts with the Wikimedia logos and give them away as long as you are not selling them. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-makeyourownbrandedstuff|Back to Make your own branded stuff]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.4 How can I use the marks as a Wikipedian in Residence?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The marks may be used in any way that identifies you as a Wikipedian in Residence. Please avoid confusion about official endorsement. You should clarify that you are not a representative of the Wikimedia Foundation. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-glam|回到GLAM-WIKI活动。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-cybersquatting}}<div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 4.5 Can you give an example of cybersquatting? </div> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> In the past, someone registered the domain wikkipedia.org to attract traffic to their own site. This is called [[{{lwp|cybersquatting}}|cybersquatting]] or [[{{lwp|typosquatting}}|typosquatting]] that infringes our trademark. We strictly enforce our policy against confusing domain names. Please [[:m:Trademark/Report abuse|tell us]] if you see an infringing domain name. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.6 我可以在我的域名中出现维基媒体标志么？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Unfortunately, no. If you do, there is a risk that you will confuse readers that are looking for Wikimedia content or other material related to Wikimedia. Movement organizations may be permitted to use the Wikimedia mark as part of their domain, but only after receiving special permission. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 4.7 Can I use a Wikimedia mark if I use a different top-level domain? </div> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You cannot register a Wikimedia mark as a domain, no matter the [[{{lwp|Top-level domain}}|top-level domain]], including country code top-level domains. For example, you may not register "wikipedia.jobs" even though it uses ".jobs", a different top-level domain, because "wikipedia" is a Wikimedia mark. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.8 但我希望使用我自己的特殊域名！！！ ==== 如果您有合法的理由希望使用我们的域名，请电邮联络[mailto:trademarks@wikimedia.org trademarks@wikimedia.org]。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-domains|回到域名。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-publicevent}}4.10 “公众活动”是什么？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A public event is an event that is not predominantly attended by community members. An event is also public when it is announced to the public with signs or advertisements or in an event schedule. Hence, this rule does not apply to community-focused meetups and conferences. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.10 What event uses require permission?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Using a trademark for an event includes naming the event or using a Wikimedia logo on advertisements, leaflets, signage or a website. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.11 Are there any exceptions to when events require permission?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If the name of the event uses a mark just to describe its content, that might fall under [[#policy-nominativeuse|nominative use]]. An example for this would be announcing a course called 'Editing Wikipedia for Beginners' or 'Using Wikimedia Commons as an Amateur Photographer'. However, always include a [[#policy-noticesymbol|notice]] that explains that your use is with permission from the Wikimedia Foundation and that you are not affiliated with the Foundation. Also, events hosted by a local Wikimedia chapter, thematic organization, or user group can use the marks subject to their respective agreement with the Wikimedia Foundation. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-events|Back to Events and conferences.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-publications}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.12 What is a "publication"?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Publications include books, other print media, and web pages. They also mean audiovisual media like music, and other recordings, film and online video. See [[#policy-outreach|Outreach and recruiting new editors]] for materials that provide education about a Wikimedia site. See [[#policy-moviestv|Section 4.5]] for trademark uses in films. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.13 我可以写一本关于维基百科的书籍么？ ==== [[{{lwp|Bibliography of Wikipedia}}|欢迎您这样做！]]但您不应在未获授权的情况下使用维基媒体标志在书的封面上。这是因为我们不会认可未获授权的书籍能够代言基金会。使用[[#FAQ-nonstylizedwordmark|文字标志]]作为书的标题的一部分时同样需要请求授权。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 4.14 Does this also apply to handbooks, like "A beginner's guide to Wikipedia", aimed at community members? </div> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. But, please send us a request and we will give prompt permission when appropriate. We love Wikipedia guides! </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 4.15 Does it make a difference if the book is being published by an educational publisher? </div> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> No, you will need permission as well, because even educational publishers are commercial entities. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-publications|回到出版物。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-schoolfilm}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.16 Do I need permission to show the Wikipedia marks in a film I am making for my school project?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If you are showing your film to the public, or at your school or workplace, you need permission. But we will make sure to make the permission process as easy and fast as possible. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-moviestv|回到电影和电视节目。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-commercialmerch}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.17 Will I have to donate a portion of the retail price for commercial merchandise?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> No. But you will have to tell your customers if you do not donate your profits. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.18 What do I have to say if I am donating a portion of my proceeds to the Wikimedia Foundation?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Just clearly state what portion of your proceeds will be given to the Wikimedia Foundation. You can, for example, say: "X% of your purchase will be donated to the Wikimedia Foundation." </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.19 Where should I state how much of my proceeds will be donated?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> We recommend placing the notice right next to the purchase price, where it will be clearly visible to all buyers. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.20 Do I need to mention donations to the Wikimedia Foundation if I do not donate anything at all?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. You should state that 0% of your profits will go to the Wikimedia Foundation. Otherwise, users may mistakenly believe that you are doing fundraising for the Foundation. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-commercialmerch|Back to Commercial merchandise.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 5 禁止使用的情况 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-fakearticle}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.1 Can I make a fake Wikipedia article if it is intended as a joke?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> There are exceptions where this is permissible, but they are very limited. You will likely not fall under such an exception if your mimicking site has any commercial background. Please refer to the [[#policy-noncommercial|section on Parodies]]. Most importantly, you must make sure that no one (really no one!) could confuse your site with any part of a Wikimedia site. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-mimicvsparody}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.2 How do I distinguish between a prohibited mimicking site and a parody site?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Here is an example of a mimicking site: Contrary to the [[{{lwp|Wikipedia:COI}}|Wikipedia guidelines]], you create an article on Wikipedia about yourself or your organization. For unknown reasons, "your" article is deleted. This makes you mad. You register the domain "businesspedia.org" and design a website that looks just like the Wikipedia article that just got deleted, including a link to your own website. You are happy to attract more traffic to it by confusing internet users. Booo! </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> An example of parody site: Imagine you have a great friend called [[Rory|Rory]] and his birthday is coming up. You register the domain "rorypedia.org" and design a website that looks just like a humorous Wikipedia biography on your friend Rory. Since you do not want anyone to confuse "Rorypedia" and Wikipedia, you put a bright colored bar on the top of your site saying, "This page is a present for Rory from his awesome friends and not affiliated with Wikipedia. Happy birthday, Rory!" And you take down the site once the birthday party is over. Yaaay! </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.3 How do I avoid mimicking Wikimedia sites when I use the [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/MediaWiki|MediaWiki]] software?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> All wikis using MediaWiki do in fact share certain graphic elements under the default theme, but the Wikimedia sites have certain visual features that distinguish them. Do not imitate these distinguishing features. For example, you should not use logos that are confusingly similar to the Wikimedia marks or name your site something that sounds like a Wikimedia site. But you can use the "Powered by MediaWiki" button as that button simply describes that the wiki is powered by MediaWiki. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Be sure to directly download the [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/MediaWiki|MediaWiki]] software if you want to use it. Please do not try to blindly copy the HTML code of a Wikimedia site! If you do, you will accidentally import features from our sites, like our Terms of Use or our "contact us" details. Being contacted about problems on your unrelated website understandably makes our wonderful [[:m:OTRS/Volunteering|email response team volunteers]] very unhappy. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-mirrors|Back to mimicking sites.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-linkmirror}}5.4 我可以在维基媒体站点的镜像站点使用标志连接么？ ==== 不可以。维基媒体标志只能在真实的维基媒体站点用于连接。我们愿意重申，站点由维基媒体社群维护和管理。 另外，如果您希望架设一个维基媒体站点的镜像站点，请尤其注意[[#policy-mirrors|镜像方针]]。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-linkstoothers|回到连接至非维基媒体站点。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-misrepresentation}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.5 Can you give me some examples of misrepresentation with respect to the marks?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A misrepresentative use can be something that represents yourself. That includes using a Wikimedia logo in your logo, letterhead, or the name of your organization. Online examples are your social media avatar, favicon, and website domain. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-misrepresentation|Back to Misrepresentation.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-reportingabuse}}6 报告商标滥用 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-howfight}}6.1 你們會如何打擊侵犯商標權的行為？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Each year, we receive over 100 reports of trademark violations from community members. We also employ outside contractors and legal counsel to help protect our trademark portfolio globally. Within our resource constraints, our legal team pursues misuses of our marks to ensure that the Wikimedia logos remain distinctively associated with the Wikimedia community. After careful and sensitive evaluation, we send out cease-and-desist letters, which are usually effective. In the few instances that cannot be resolved by other means, we consider litigation to protect the marks. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">6.2 Who is responsible for enforcing Wikimedia's trademarks?</span>==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Trademark enforcement is currently handled by the Wikimedia Foundation legal team to ensure consistency and compliance with trademark law. But we rely on the Wikimedia community to help us identify potential trademark infringements. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">6.3 What happens when you receive a report of a potential trademark infringement?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> When we receive a complaint that our trademarks are being misused, we first send a confirmation to the person submitting the complaint. Potential infringements are then logged into our system. The legal team then combs through each of those complaints to investigate the alleged infringement. We visit the site personally to make sure the complaint has merit. Then we apply US trademark law in assessing whether there is actual "misuse" and it is a valid infringement of the trademark. In general, the standard of "misuse" in US law is whether the use of the trademark is "confusingly similar" to the Wikimedia Foundation's use of the trademark. In other words, will the potential infringers use of the trademark confuse users into thinking their site is sponsored by or hosted by the Wikimedia Foundation? We always contact the potential infringer first to see if they will voluntarily stop using our marks or work with us to make their use less confusing. If we are unable to work things out informally, and they refuse to comply with a cease and desist letter, we decide whether to move forward with litigation to stop the infringement. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">6.4 Can I send a cease and desist letter on behalf of the Wikimedia Foundation when I find misuse?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Please do not. We really appreciate your help with trademark enforcement, but please report any misuses to us so that we can determine what action is appropriate. </div> <div class="mw-translate-fuzzy"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-reporting|回到报告商标滥用。]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-revision}}7 商标政策的修订 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">7.1 Why can you just change the FAQ section?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The FAQs are not part of the trademark policy. We created them to help you understand the policy. We want to add new questions from the community in the future and to clarify any answers users may find confusing. That is why we want to be able to update the FAQs easily. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">7.2 What if I do not agree with the changes to the policy?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> We encourage you to share your comments and concerns with us during the community feedback period following any announced changes. We will take all comments under careful advisement and ensure that any changes to our policy are consistent with our mission. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-revision|Back to Revision of the trademark policy.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 8 其他问题 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQNakedlicensing}}8.1 什么是“无效授权”？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Failure to exercise quality control in trademark licensing is referred to as "naked licensing," and can sometimes result in loss of trademark rights. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 8.2 什么是视觉识别方针？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> They are a [[Special:MyLanguage/Legal:Visual identity guidelines|set of guidelines]] you should follow when using any of the Wikimedia marks. These guidelines ensure that the marks always look their best and are not distorted in any way. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">8.3 How do the Visual Identity Guidelines relate to the trademark policy?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The Visual Identity Guidelines are a separate document from the trademark policy and can be revised without notice. These guidelines help to make sure the Wikimedia marks are always used consistently with the same level of quality. Consistent use is important in order for us to maintain protection over the Wikimedia marks. It helps avoid confusion among users that may view marks similar to the Wikimedia marks. If Wikimedia marks are displayed consistently, users can be sure when they are viewing actual Wikimedia content instead of an imposter site. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 8.4 我有更多问题如何提问？ ==== 如果您还有其他未在此列出的问题，请将其反馈至讨论页。我们将竭尽所能回答并放入本常见问题页。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} </div></div><noinclude> __NOTOC__ __NOEDITSECTION__ [[Category:Trademark policy{{#translation:}}]] [[Category:Frequently asked questions{{#translation:}}]] </noinclude> 1pdztdk00dtwykoloktzfb2uqz0yzvp 594057 594055 2026-09-19T04:04:17Z Pristome 225362 Created page with "3.24 是否可以委托其他人为会议和类似活动创建带有维基媒体商标的大量物品？" 594057 wikitext text/x-wiki <noinclude><languages /> {{Policy FAQ disclaimer|page=维基媒体基金会商标政策|pagelink=Policy:Trademark policy}} </noinclude><templatestyles src="Template:Trademark/styles.css" /><div class="trademark-section trademark-faq-container"> <div class="trademark-faq-content"> {{anchor|trademark-faq}}<span class="nomobile" style="font-size:2.5em">[[File:Trademark License FAQ.svg<!--change image-->|100px|link=]] '''<includeonly>{{int string|faq}}</includeonly><noinclude>维基媒体基金会商标政策常见问题</noinclude>'''</span><br />''这些常见问题不是商标政策的组成部分。它们也不是一份法律文件。但是我们希望它们能给你提供帮助。''<span style="font-family:monospace, monospace;" dir="ltr">''':)'''</span> <noinclude>{{nonumtoc}}__TOC__</noinclude> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 0 商标政策简介 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} <!-- The form to do this is: {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 0.1 Title ==== ... {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} Either using the Sub or Not, depending on level --> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-tmprotection}}0.1 什么是“商标保护”？ ==== 商標法(trademark law)保護著某一標誌(mark)所代表的某一成果（work，像是商品或服務）之間的連結關係。它意在保障用戶不致於混淆一項成果的來源。同時，用戶也把商標當做與某成果之間的連結，因此會對此標誌所提供的成果之知名度、品質、以及服務有相當程度的期待。因此，商標是項強而有力、極富價值的工具，它能夠使維基媒體基金會以及其社群成員的知名度具象化，也可被視為一種讓用戶能夠認識某一成果或商品或服務的「簡略表達(shorthand)」。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-whataresites}}0.2 什么是“维基媒体网站(Wikimedia sites)”？ ==== 维基媒体基金会运营很多自由软件和自由内容站点，列表见此：[[Special:SiteMatrix|我们的计划]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-policyapplies}}1 本政策适用範圍？ == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-wordmark}}1.1 什么是“文字标志(wordmark)”？ ==== 顾名思义，就是只由文字组成的商标，诸如“Wikipedia”或“Wikimedia”等计划网站名。另外，这也包括任何官方译名和转写（诸如“[[:w:tr:Ana Sayfa|维基百科]]”）。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-nonstylizedwordmark}}1.2 什么是“非艺术化文字标志(non-stylized wordmark)”？ ==== 非艺术化文字标志就是“维基媒体”及其计划的通用名称，诸如“维基百科”、“维基词典”等。相比之下，艺术化文字标志就是在这些名字基础上适当修改文字结构诸如字体。诸如“维基百科”文字标志艺术化后就是[[File:Wikipedia wordmark.svg|80px]]。无论文字标志是否艺术化均属于维基媒体基金会的商标。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-tradedress}}1.3 什么是“商用外观(trade dress)”？ ==== 對我們而言，商用外觀意指網站或文章的設計符合網站或線上資料的來源。你可以把它看成某個網站「看起來和感覺起來的樣子」。比方說，維基百科條目的設計與外觀、或像是維基百科的首頁。任何維基媒體網站的商用外觀同時也屬於維基媒體基金會的商標。商標法也保護商用外觀。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-wikimediamarks|返回“维基媒体标志。”]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-communitymember}}1.4 什么是“社区成员”？ ==== 任何在维基媒体站点有贡献的人。她也包括任何基金会职员、分会成员、专题组织成员、用户组成员和基金会本身。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-communitymembers|回到社群成员]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-moveorgsfreely}}1.5 为何運動组织不能任意地使用商標？ ==== 身為商標的法定持有者，我們需要掌控運動組織使用商標的方式以保護整個社群。你可以在[[#purpose-maintainrights|這裡]]閱讀更多相關資料。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 1.6 什么是此商标政策和分会、用户组或专题组织协议之间的关系？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Chapters, user groups, and thematic organizations must comply both with this trademark policy and their respective agreement with the Wikimedia Foundation. If there are inconsistencies between this trademark policy and a chapter, user group, or a thematic organization agreement, the organization should follow their agreement. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-wmorgs|回到分会、用户组和专题组织]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 2 如何使用维基媒体商标 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-smallerlogo}}2.1 如果我的产品和服务不由维基媒体基金会提供，我的商标、名称或公司名称是否能够比维基媒体商标更小？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> No. We need to make sure it is extremely clear that the Wikimedia Foundation is not providing your products or services. This is a simple, consistent way of doing that. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.2 如果我清晰地声明产品或服务由我提供，会怎么样？ ==== 對不起，您的商標、名字或公司名字一定要比維基商標大，而且必須適當地分隔開，因為不是每個人都會閱讀文字，可能有些人只會留意圖片。因此，我們必須確保您的產品或服務並非由維基媒體基金會提供。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-outsidewmsites}}2.3 你们说的“在维基媒体站点以外”是指什么？ ==== 也就是不在[[#FAQ-whataresites|维基媒体基金会控制的站点]]使用商标，例如：维基百科、维基共享资源、维基词典、维基数据、维基语录、维基教科书、维基文库、维基物种、维基新闻、维基学院、维基导游和元维基。回顾商标政策，维基媒雲端虚拟专用服务器的标志也被视为维基媒体站点标志。另外，您可以在站外使用这些标志用于编辑马拉松。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.4 我是否仍然能创建将维基媒体商标和像“在居住地的维基人”的其他词语结合起来的词条？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. This provision is not meant to stop community members from creatively combining the marks with other words to create new terms for the Wikimedia movement as long as they do it on the Wikimedia sites. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-translatetext}}2.5 我可以翻译这些商标的文字么？ ==== 您应该[[#FAQ-whataresites|在维基媒体网站的框架下]]翻译这些商标的文字。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.6 我能添加图形元素（例如，为了庆祝特殊活动）吗？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You can create [[:c:Category:SVG Wikimedia community logos|remixes]] for special on-site purposes, but please do not change the logos outside our sites. These and many, many other questions are answered in the [[Visual identity guidelines|Visual Identity Guidelines]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.7 哪些维基媒体商标的重新组合的类型能够在维基媒体网站之外使用？ ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Certain remixes of Wikimedia logos may be used outside of Wikimedia sites as long as the remix does not look too similar to any of the Wikimedia marks. Please make sure that the remix will not be confused with the original Wikimedia logo.</span> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.8 我可以使用标志的高清版么？ ==== 是的！[[Wikimedia official marks|这里请]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-wheretmnotice}}2.9 我在哪里注释商标提醒？ ==== 尽可能在显眼的位置例如注脚。当有人阅读您的文档、访问您的网站或观看您的电影时应能较容易的找到。有几个很好的例子：文档（同一）页面的底部、藏书票上、网页页脚和/或电影制作者清单后。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.10 如果我认为我没有足够的位置注明提醒我应该怎么办？ ==== 不要担心！如果您是想面向移动设备或其他中小屏幕设备注明，您只需要在维基媒体商标后面加注商标符号（™）即可。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.11 我应该如何在提醒中提及商标？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Wordmarks can be referenced verbatim (i.e. "Wikimedia Commons"). Logos should be described according to the [[Visual identity guidelines#toc-puzzle|Visual Identity Guidelines]]. Examples include the "Wikipedia Puzzle Globe" and the "'W' icon." </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.12 我如何使用多于一个标志？ ==== 请确信所有标志都有一个说明如下： <br /><br /> “维基数据名称及标志是维基媒体基金会的商标。” {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.13 什么时候我不得不加入商标符号？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You only need to use the trademark symbol when you do not have enough space to write the entire notice, like when you are using a trademark on a mobile screen. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.14 能否给一些正确使用商标的例子？ ==== 这里有个例子： <br /> <br /> “维基共享资源™是维基媒体基金会旗下收集自由版权的媒体文件，诸如图像、声音和电影剪辑，并面向全球广泛传播的计划网站！” {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.15 我应该使用何种尺寸的商标？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> When you use a wordmark (like "Wikipedia"), you should use the same font size for the trademark symbol as the wordmark itself. In this context, superscript formatting is encouraged for the symbol. When the mark is an image (like the puzzle globe), you should select a font size for the symbol that matches the size of the image and place the symbol so that it is clearly visible and close enough to the upper right corner of the image without touching it. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.16 但是我想把我的網頁設計得好看一點！我可不可以把商標縮小或放在其他地方？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Unfortunately, no. Remember, you only need to put the symbol next to the first or most prominent use of the mark. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-noticesymbol|回到注释或商标符号]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.17 “未被维基媒体基金会批准或与其相关”意味着什么？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You need to make sure that people do not mistakenly think that you may speak on behalf of the Wikimedia Foundation or one of its sites. For instance, you need to make sure that no one thinks you work for the Wikimedia Foundation. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-withoutpermission}}3 不需询问权限的维基媒体标志使用 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.1 你能给我我能在维基媒体网站上使用商标的例子吗？ ==== 您可以在[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:User page}}|用户页]]、[[{{lwp|Help:Contents}}|帮助页]]和[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:About}}|关于维基媒体或其计划的页面]]使用标志。您也可以在[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Mailing lists|邮件列表]]、[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/IRC|IRC]]或用于维基媒体站点的[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:Tools}}|工具]]使用标志。以上使用需遵守[[Terms of Use|使用条款]]。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-onwmsites|回到维基媒体站点商标使用]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-notcommunityfocused}}3.2 哪些活动不是“重点放在社群的”？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> An event that includes mostly people who are not community members is not a community-focused event. (Please see the [[#FAQ-publicevent|FAQ on events in general]].) This does not mean that you cannot have guests at your meetup! </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.3 您能否提供重点放在社群的活动的例子？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Community-focused events are those events that are primarily open to community members and promote the mission. They tend to be related to improving the overall quality of the Wikimedia sites. Examples include conferences and monthly meetups hosted by community members, as well as other specific events like the "London Wikipedians regular's table," Wiki-Conference in Russia, and Wikipedia Workshop Köln (DE). </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-communityfocused|回到重点放在社群的活动]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.4 如果我的活动是重点放在社群的，我能使用哪些标志？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> First, all Wikimedia community-focused events can bear a trademarked name. You may also use the Wikimedia logos to decorate your venue, but only to the extent they are relevant. For example, you cannot use the Wikisource logo for a Wikimedia Commons-only event. However, keep in mind that the 'Wikimania' name and [[:File:Wikimania.svg|logo]] are reserved for the [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimania|yearly Wikimania conference]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-outreachexamples}}3.5 您能否提供拓展工作使用的例子？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You can put up a stand at a street fair. [[:c:Category:Wikimedia stands|Here are some examples of that]]. You may want to present the Wikimedia sites in your club or [[:c:Category:Silberwissen|reach out to seniors]]. You can also [[:c:Category:Wikipedia Schulprojekt|give a talk in a school]] or [[:c:Category:Wikipedia Education Program|create a university course]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.6 什麼是教育性資源？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Educational materials help people to understand the Wikimedia sites. They can be [[:outreach:Bookshelf Project|leaflets, videos]], [[:m:WMDOC/Cheatsheet|cheat sheets]], and other [[:m:Help:Reference card|guides]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.7 在机构代表社区怎么样？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You need to sign and email us a Quick License if your institution wants to call you [[:outreach:Wikipedian in Residence|"Wikipedian in Residence"]] as part of a GLAM project, or something similar. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-outreach|Back to Outreach and recruitment of new editors]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-communitylogo}}3.8 是否存在维基媒体社区标志？ ==== 是的！它在2008年[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Community logo|官方承认]]为元维基标志。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-fairuseexamples}}3.9 合理使用是什么意思？ ==== 在美国商标法中，[[{{lwp|Fair use (U.S. trademark law)}}|合理使用]]章节允许您有条件的任意使用商标而不至于侵犯版权。本方针不会与之冲突。我们已在[[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-fairuse|3.5]]和[[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-fairuse|3.6]]章节使用您易于理解的语言提到。 除了美国商标法外，您还需留意您所在国家的版权法律，多数也规定了合理使用的情形。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.10 您能否提供更多合理使用的例子？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> This category of fair use is tricky in our case because our wordmarks were not real words before our projects were created, unlike "apple" or "facebook." But we would consider it fair use if you were to write a [[:wikt:book#Noun|book]] in the [[{{lwp|Wiki software}}|Wiki software]] and refer to it as a "wiki book," even though Wikibooks is a distinctive trademark. If you are using the wordmarks to describe our projects, that is also a type of fair use (nominative use). You can read more about nominative use [[#FAQ-nominativeuseexamples|here]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-nonfairuseexamples}}3.11 您能否提供更多并非合理使用的例子？ ==== * 使用维基媒体标志宣传您的书籍。 * 销售带有维基媒体基金会标志的T恤。 * 创建您自己的百科全书并且使用了维基百科的球形拼图。 * 使用维基媒体基金会标志为无关计划筹款。 * 在内容并非来自维基媒体站点情形下却宣称内容“来自维基百科，自由的百科全书”。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-fairuse|回到在维基站点以外的讨论（合理使用）。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-nominativeuseexamples}}3.12 您能否提供更多主要使用的例子？ ==== 这里有一些例子： # '''描述维基媒体站点：''' #* <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">In a presentation that describes how Wikipedia works, using the wordmarks in slides in your bullet points would be a nominative use. The same also applies for a blog post that describes Wikidata. If you want to "illustrate" your slides or your blog post with any of the image marks, please refer to [[#policy-noncommercial|artistic, literary, and other non-commercial uses]].</span> #* <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">However, you cannot use a trademark as a generic term. For example, you cannot set up a wiki on motorcycles and refer to it as "a wikipedia for motorcycles."</span> # '''真實準確地說明：''' #* “维基百科是世界最大的在线百科全书，并且它也是数千个网站中唯一一个集结成千上万志愿者编辑的。” #* “我在2009年加入维基百科成为一名编辑者”（在您的个人网站）。 # '''描述衍生作品：''' #* “来源：维基百科” #* “本艺术作品基于来自维基共享资源的图像创建。” #* “以下内容由维基百科内容衍生而来。” #* 或者干脆：“来自维基百科”或“至维基百科条目”（通过QR码） # '''更多個別例子:''' #* <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Refer to the sections on [[#policy-news|news reporting]]; [[#policy-blogssm|personal blogs and social media]]; [[#policy-noncommercial|artistic, literary, and other non-commercial uses]]; and [[#policy-linkstous|links to Wikimedia sites]].</span> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-nominativeuse|Back to Refer to Wikimedia sites (nominative use).]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-logonewsarticle}}3.13 我是否可以在新闻或漫画杂志或者电视新闻上使用标志或截图？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes, as long as the image illustrates the discussion in the article. Do not use our trademark just to attract attention to your work. That will confuse your readers or viewers, and ours! </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-news|回到新闻报道]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-logoblogssm}}3.14 我是否可以在博客文章或者状态更新站点包括标志？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes, as long as the image illustrates the discussion in your post. Do not use trademarked images just to attract attention to your page. Viewers of your blog or your user page should not be confused and think that your page is endorsed by the Wikimedia Foundation or any of its sites. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.15 我能否在用户名、头像或聊天软件表情中使用商标？ ==== 很遗憾，不。我们非常感谢您宣传维基媒体站点。维基媒体社群为之感谢！然而，我们不希望人们认为您的言论就可以代表维基媒体基金会。您能够继续在用户名、头像或聊天软件表情中使用社群标志。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-blogssm|回到个人博客和社交媒体]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-noncommercialexamples}}3.16 你能给我艺术、文学和其他非商业使用的例子吗？ ==== * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Using the trademarks to discuss a scientific thesis in an academic paper.</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Illustrating a point in the slides for an educational presentation with a screenshot of a Wikimedia site.</span> * 使用标志在美术作品中。 * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Creating a parody for the purposes of conveying a political message.</span> * 撰写一本关于维基百科条目的书籍。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-noncommercial|回到艺术作品、文学作品和其他非商业性使用。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-linkingtousexamples}}3.17 您能否提供链接至维基媒体网站的例子？ ==== 是的，您可[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:Banners and buttons}}|点此]]查看。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-qrcodes}}3.18 我能在连接至维基媒体站点的QR码中使用标志么？ ==== 不。用于连接的标志不应如此使用。使用QR码连接您应使用非艺术化维基百科文字标志。您可[[#FAQ-nominativeuseexamples|点此]]了解更多。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-linkstous|回到连接至维基媒体站点。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-personalmerch}}3.19 我可以利用它們做什麼？ ==== 您可以用來製作衣服、帽子、背包、杯子、釘子、筆、貼紙、海報、屏幕背景，甚至蛋糕。大前提是你不會利用這些物品來牟利。 [[:c:Special:MyLanguage/Category:Wikipedia promotion|<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Here are some examples.</span>]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.20 我可以销售带有这些标志的周边商品么？ ==== 不，在未获授权的情况下您不能这样做。更多信息[[#policy-commercialmerch|见此]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.21 可以在其他场合使用原样么？ ==== 只要你是免費派發這些物品，可以。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.22 那么我在哪可以了解商业销售的周边产品？ ==== 最好是进入[//shop.wikimedia.org 维基媒体商店 (Wikimedia shop)]了解，这里销售的周边商品都由官方授权。如果您希望销售您自己的商品，请[[#policy-commercialmerch|参见此处]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.23 我能要求商业卖主为我创建使用维基媒体商标的自定义物品吗？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Of course! You may ask vendors like bakers and t-shirt sellers to create items with Wikimedia marks especially for you or your friends. This is okay because it is for your own personal use and no one is creating a business surrounding the sale of items with Wikimedia trademarks. And do not worry, vendors will not be required to strictly follow the Visual Identity Guidelines when it is not possible on items like cakes. For example, [[:c:Category:Wikipedia cakes|all these cakes]] are fine. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.24 是否可以委托其他人为会议和类似活动创建带有维基媒体商标的大量物品？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes! As long as the items are not sold to participants, it is okay to ask a vendor to create multiple items with the Wikimedia marks for community-focused parties and gatherings like edit-a-thons under [[Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy#policy-outreach|Section 3.2]] of the policy. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">3.25 Can I use high-resolution logos on commercial merchandise?</span> ==== 當然可以！雖然我們的舊版政策不允許這種做法，但是在新的政策中我們已經廢除了那條規例。 <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[#policy-owngoods|Back to Make your own branded stuff.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-specialpermission}}4 需要许可的特殊使用 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.1 如果我需要許可，我是不是要為此付費？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Usually, there is no license fee. However, we want to keep track of how our trademarks are used. Also, we want to make sure every use complies with our mission and standards. This is why we require a formal license in certain cases. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-specialpermission|回到需要许可的特殊使用。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-contests}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.2 Do I need permission for every photo contest?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You only need to get a license if you advertise the photo contest outside a Wikimedia site. This includes posters, social media, and blogs. You can freely use the marks for community-focused events. Community-focused events are those that are intended to be predominantly attended by Wikimedia community members. They do not include events open to the general public. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-photocontests|回到照片竞赛。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.3 Can I print out t-shirts with the Wikimedia logo to give out as prizes for the photo contest?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. You can always make t-shirts with the Wikimedia logos and give them away as long as you are not selling them. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-makeyourownbrandedstuff|Back to Make your own branded stuff]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.4 How can I use the marks as a Wikipedian in Residence?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The marks may be used in any way that identifies you as a Wikipedian in Residence. Please avoid confusion about official endorsement. You should clarify that you are not a representative of the Wikimedia Foundation. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-glam|回到GLAM-WIKI活动。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-cybersquatting}}<div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 4.5 Can you give an example of cybersquatting? </div> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> In the past, someone registered the domain wikkipedia.org to attract traffic to their own site. This is called [[{{lwp|cybersquatting}}|cybersquatting]] or [[{{lwp|typosquatting}}|typosquatting]] that infringes our trademark. We strictly enforce our policy against confusing domain names. Please [[:m:Trademark/Report abuse|tell us]] if you see an infringing domain name. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.6 我可以在我的域名中出现维基媒体标志么？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Unfortunately, no. If you do, there is a risk that you will confuse readers that are looking for Wikimedia content or other material related to Wikimedia. Movement organizations may be permitted to use the Wikimedia mark as part of their domain, but only after receiving special permission. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 4.7 Can I use a Wikimedia mark if I use a different top-level domain? </div> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You cannot register a Wikimedia mark as a domain, no matter the [[{{lwp|Top-level domain}}|top-level domain]], including country code top-level domains. For example, you may not register "wikipedia.jobs" even though it uses ".jobs", a different top-level domain, because "wikipedia" is a Wikimedia mark. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.8 但我希望使用我自己的特殊域名！！！ ==== 如果您有合法的理由希望使用我们的域名，请电邮联络[mailto:trademarks@wikimedia.org trademarks@wikimedia.org]。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-domains|回到域名。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-publicevent}}4.10 “公众活动”是什么？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A public event is an event that is not predominantly attended by community members. An event is also public when it is announced to the public with signs or advertisements or in an event schedule. Hence, this rule does not apply to community-focused meetups and conferences. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.10 What event uses require permission?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Using a trademark for an event includes naming the event or using a Wikimedia logo on advertisements, leaflets, signage or a website. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.11 Are there any exceptions to when events require permission?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If the name of the event uses a mark just to describe its content, that might fall under [[#policy-nominativeuse|nominative use]]. An example for this would be announcing a course called 'Editing Wikipedia for Beginners' or 'Using Wikimedia Commons as an Amateur Photographer'. However, always include a [[#policy-noticesymbol|notice]] that explains that your use is with permission from the Wikimedia Foundation and that you are not affiliated with the Foundation. Also, events hosted by a local Wikimedia chapter, thematic organization, or user group can use the marks subject to their respective agreement with the Wikimedia Foundation. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-events|Back to Events and conferences.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-publications}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.12 What is a "publication"?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Publications include books, other print media, and web pages. They also mean audiovisual media like music, and other recordings, film and online video. See [[#policy-outreach|Outreach and recruiting new editors]] for materials that provide education about a Wikimedia site. See [[#policy-moviestv|Section 4.5]] for trademark uses in films. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.13 我可以写一本关于维基百科的书籍么？ ==== [[{{lwp|Bibliography of Wikipedia}}|欢迎您这样做！]]但您不应在未获授权的情况下使用维基媒体标志在书的封面上。这是因为我们不会认可未获授权的书籍能够代言基金会。使用[[#FAQ-nonstylizedwordmark|文字标志]]作为书的标题的一部分时同样需要请求授权。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 4.14 Does this also apply to handbooks, like "A beginner's guide to Wikipedia", aimed at community members? </div> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. But, please send us a request and we will give prompt permission when appropriate. We love Wikipedia guides! </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 4.15 Does it make a difference if the book is being published by an educational publisher? </div> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> No, you will need permission as well, because even educational publishers are commercial entities. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-publications|回到出版物。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-schoolfilm}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.16 Do I need permission to show the Wikipedia marks in a film I am making for my school project?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If you are showing your film to the public, or at your school or workplace, you need permission. But we will make sure to make the permission process as easy and fast as possible. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-moviestv|回到电影和电视节目。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-commercialmerch}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.17 Will I have to donate a portion of the retail price for commercial merchandise?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> No. But you will have to tell your customers if you do not donate your profits. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.18 What do I have to say if I am donating a portion of my proceeds to the Wikimedia Foundation?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Just clearly state what portion of your proceeds will be given to the Wikimedia Foundation. You can, for example, say: "X% of your purchase will be donated to the Wikimedia Foundation." </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.19 Where should I state how much of my proceeds will be donated?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> We recommend placing the notice right next to the purchase price, where it will be clearly visible to all buyers. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.20 Do I need to mention donations to the Wikimedia Foundation if I do not donate anything at all?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. You should state that 0% of your profits will go to the Wikimedia Foundation. Otherwise, users may mistakenly believe that you are doing fundraising for the Foundation. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-commercialmerch|Back to Commercial merchandise.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 5 禁止使用的情况 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-fakearticle}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.1 Can I make a fake Wikipedia article if it is intended as a joke?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> There are exceptions where this is permissible, but they are very limited. You will likely not fall under such an exception if your mimicking site has any commercial background. Please refer to the [[#policy-noncommercial|section on Parodies]]. Most importantly, you must make sure that no one (really no one!) could confuse your site with any part of a Wikimedia site. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-mimicvsparody}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.2 How do I distinguish between a prohibited mimicking site and a parody site?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Here is an example of a mimicking site: Contrary to the [[{{lwp|Wikipedia:COI}}|Wikipedia guidelines]], you create an article on Wikipedia about yourself or your organization. For unknown reasons, "your" article is deleted. This makes you mad. You register the domain "businesspedia.org" and design a website that looks just like the Wikipedia article that just got deleted, including a link to your own website. You are happy to attract more traffic to it by confusing internet users. Booo! </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> An example of parody site: Imagine you have a great friend called [[Rory|Rory]] and his birthday is coming up. You register the domain "rorypedia.org" and design a website that looks just like a humorous Wikipedia biography on your friend Rory. Since you do not want anyone to confuse "Rorypedia" and Wikipedia, you put a bright colored bar on the top of your site saying, "This page is a present for Rory from his awesome friends and not affiliated with Wikipedia. Happy birthday, Rory!" And you take down the site once the birthday party is over. Yaaay! </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.3 How do I avoid mimicking Wikimedia sites when I use the [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/MediaWiki|MediaWiki]] software?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> All wikis using MediaWiki do in fact share certain graphic elements under the default theme, but the Wikimedia sites have certain visual features that distinguish them. Do not imitate these distinguishing features. For example, you should not use logos that are confusingly similar to the Wikimedia marks or name your site something that sounds like a Wikimedia site. But you can use the "Powered by MediaWiki" button as that button simply describes that the wiki is powered by MediaWiki. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Be sure to directly download the [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/MediaWiki|MediaWiki]] software if you want to use it. Please do not try to blindly copy the HTML code of a Wikimedia site! If you do, you will accidentally import features from our sites, like our Terms of Use or our "contact us" details. Being contacted about problems on your unrelated website understandably makes our wonderful [[:m:OTRS/Volunteering|email response team volunteers]] very unhappy. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-mirrors|Back to mimicking sites.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-linkmirror}}5.4 我可以在维基媒体站点的镜像站点使用标志连接么？ ==== 不可以。维基媒体标志只能在真实的维基媒体站点用于连接。我们愿意重申，站点由维基媒体社群维护和管理。 另外，如果您希望架设一个维基媒体站点的镜像站点，请尤其注意[[#policy-mirrors|镜像方针]]。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-linkstoothers|回到连接至非维基媒体站点。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-misrepresentation}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.5 Can you give me some examples of misrepresentation with respect to the marks?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A misrepresentative use can be something that represents yourself. That includes using a Wikimedia logo in your logo, letterhead, or the name of your organization. Online examples are your social media avatar, favicon, and website domain. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-misrepresentation|Back to Misrepresentation.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-reportingabuse}}6 报告商标滥用 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-howfight}}6.1 你們會如何打擊侵犯商標權的行為？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Each year, we receive over 100 reports of trademark violations from community members. We also employ outside contractors and legal counsel to help protect our trademark portfolio globally. Within our resource constraints, our legal team pursues misuses of our marks to ensure that the Wikimedia logos remain distinctively associated with the Wikimedia community. After careful and sensitive evaluation, we send out cease-and-desist letters, which are usually effective. In the few instances that cannot be resolved by other means, we consider litigation to protect the marks. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">6.2 Who is responsible for enforcing Wikimedia's trademarks?</span>==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Trademark enforcement is currently handled by the Wikimedia Foundation legal team to ensure consistency and compliance with trademark law. But we rely on the Wikimedia community to help us identify potential trademark infringements. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">6.3 What happens when you receive a report of a potential trademark infringement?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> When we receive a complaint that our trademarks are being misused, we first send a confirmation to the person submitting the complaint. Potential infringements are then logged into our system. The legal team then combs through each of those complaints to investigate the alleged infringement. We visit the site personally to make sure the complaint has merit. Then we apply US trademark law in assessing whether there is actual "misuse" and it is a valid infringement of the trademark. In general, the standard of "misuse" in US law is whether the use of the trademark is "confusingly similar" to the Wikimedia Foundation's use of the trademark. In other words, will the potential infringers use of the trademark confuse users into thinking their site is sponsored by or hosted by the Wikimedia Foundation? We always contact the potential infringer first to see if they will voluntarily stop using our marks or work with us to make their use less confusing. If we are unable to work things out informally, and they refuse to comply with a cease and desist letter, we decide whether to move forward with litigation to stop the infringement. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">6.4 Can I send a cease and desist letter on behalf of the Wikimedia Foundation when I find misuse?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Please do not. We really appreciate your help with trademark enforcement, but please report any misuses to us so that we can determine what action is appropriate. </div> <div class="mw-translate-fuzzy"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-reporting|回到报告商标滥用。]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-revision}}7 商标政策的修订 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">7.1 Why can you just change the FAQ section?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The FAQs are not part of the trademark policy. We created them to help you understand the policy. We want to add new questions from the community in the future and to clarify any answers users may find confusing. That is why we want to be able to update the FAQs easily. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">7.2 What if I do not agree with the changes to the policy?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> We encourage you to share your comments and concerns with us during the community feedback period following any announced changes. We will take all comments under careful advisement and ensure that any changes to our policy are consistent with our mission. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-revision|Back to Revision of the trademark policy.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 8 其他问题 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQNakedlicensing}}8.1 什么是“无效授权”？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Failure to exercise quality control in trademark licensing is referred to as "naked licensing," and can sometimes result in loss of trademark rights. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 8.2 什么是视觉识别方针？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> They are a [[Special:MyLanguage/Legal:Visual identity guidelines|set of guidelines]] you should follow when using any of the Wikimedia marks. These guidelines ensure that the marks always look their best and are not distorted in any way. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">8.3 How do the Visual Identity Guidelines relate to the trademark policy?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The Visual Identity Guidelines are a separate document from the trademark policy and can be revised without notice. These guidelines help to make sure the Wikimedia marks are always used consistently with the same level of quality. Consistent use is important in order for us to maintain protection over the Wikimedia marks. It helps avoid confusion among users that may view marks similar to the Wikimedia marks. If Wikimedia marks are displayed consistently, users can be sure when they are viewing actual Wikimedia content instead of an imposter site. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 8.4 我有更多问题如何提问？ ==== 如果您还有其他未在此列出的问题，请将其反馈至讨论页。我们将竭尽所能回答并放入本常见问题页。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} </div></div><noinclude> __NOTOC__ __NOEDITSECTION__ [[Category:Trademark policy{{#translation:}}]] [[Category:Frequently asked questions{{#translation:}}]] </noinclude> eanmh8xt2xkbotzc81tm2okqxlqt83w 594059 594057 2026-09-19T04:05:24Z Pristome 225362 Created page with "3.25 我能在商业货物上使用高分辨率的商标吗？" 594059 wikitext text/x-wiki <noinclude><languages /> {{Policy FAQ disclaimer|page=维基媒体基金会商标政策|pagelink=Policy:Trademark policy}} </noinclude><templatestyles src="Template:Trademark/styles.css" /><div class="trademark-section trademark-faq-container"> <div class="trademark-faq-content"> {{anchor|trademark-faq}}<span class="nomobile" style="font-size:2.5em">[[File:Trademark License FAQ.svg<!--change image-->|100px|link=]] '''<includeonly>{{int string|faq}}</includeonly><noinclude>维基媒体基金会商标政策常见问题</noinclude>'''</span><br />''这些常见问题不是商标政策的组成部分。它们也不是一份法律文件。但是我们希望它们能给你提供帮助。''<span style="font-family:monospace, monospace;" dir="ltr">''':)'''</span> <noinclude>{{nonumtoc}}__TOC__</noinclude> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 0 商标政策简介 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} <!-- The form to do this is: {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 0.1 Title ==== ... {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} Either using the Sub or Not, depending on level --> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-tmprotection}}0.1 什么是“商标保护”？ ==== 商標法(trademark law)保護著某一標誌(mark)所代表的某一成果（work，像是商品或服務）之間的連結關係。它意在保障用戶不致於混淆一項成果的來源。同時，用戶也把商標當做與某成果之間的連結，因此會對此標誌所提供的成果之知名度、品質、以及服務有相當程度的期待。因此，商標是項強而有力、極富價值的工具，它能夠使維基媒體基金會以及其社群成員的知名度具象化，也可被視為一種讓用戶能夠認識某一成果或商品或服務的「簡略表達(shorthand)」。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-whataresites}}0.2 什么是“维基媒体网站(Wikimedia sites)”？ ==== 维基媒体基金会运营很多自由软件和自由内容站点，列表见此：[[Special:SiteMatrix|我们的计划]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-policyapplies}}1 本政策适用範圍？ == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-wordmark}}1.1 什么是“文字标志(wordmark)”？ ==== 顾名思义，就是只由文字组成的商标，诸如“Wikipedia”或“Wikimedia”等计划网站名。另外，这也包括任何官方译名和转写（诸如“[[:w:tr:Ana Sayfa|维基百科]]”）。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-nonstylizedwordmark}}1.2 什么是“非艺术化文字标志(non-stylized wordmark)”？ ==== 非艺术化文字标志就是“维基媒体”及其计划的通用名称，诸如“维基百科”、“维基词典”等。相比之下，艺术化文字标志就是在这些名字基础上适当修改文字结构诸如字体。诸如“维基百科”文字标志艺术化后就是[[File:Wikipedia wordmark.svg|80px]]。无论文字标志是否艺术化均属于维基媒体基金会的商标。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-tradedress}}1.3 什么是“商用外观(trade dress)”？ ==== 對我們而言，商用外觀意指網站或文章的設計符合網站或線上資料的來源。你可以把它看成某個網站「看起來和感覺起來的樣子」。比方說，維基百科條目的設計與外觀、或像是維基百科的首頁。任何維基媒體網站的商用外觀同時也屬於維基媒體基金會的商標。商標法也保護商用外觀。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-wikimediamarks|返回“维基媒体标志。”]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-communitymember}}1.4 什么是“社区成员”？ ==== 任何在维基媒体站点有贡献的人。她也包括任何基金会职员、分会成员、专题组织成员、用户组成员和基金会本身。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-communitymembers|回到社群成员]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-moveorgsfreely}}1.5 为何運動组织不能任意地使用商標？ ==== 身為商標的法定持有者，我們需要掌控運動組織使用商標的方式以保護整個社群。你可以在[[#purpose-maintainrights|這裡]]閱讀更多相關資料。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 1.6 什么是此商标政策和分会、用户组或专题组织协议之间的关系？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Chapters, user groups, and thematic organizations must comply both with this trademark policy and their respective agreement with the Wikimedia Foundation. If there are inconsistencies between this trademark policy and a chapter, user group, or a thematic organization agreement, the organization should follow their agreement. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-wmorgs|回到分会、用户组和专题组织]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 2 如何使用维基媒体商标 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-smallerlogo}}2.1 如果我的产品和服务不由维基媒体基金会提供，我的商标、名称或公司名称是否能够比维基媒体商标更小？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> No. We need to make sure it is extremely clear that the Wikimedia Foundation is not providing your products or services. This is a simple, consistent way of doing that. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.2 如果我清晰地声明产品或服务由我提供，会怎么样？ ==== 對不起，您的商標、名字或公司名字一定要比維基商標大，而且必須適當地分隔開，因為不是每個人都會閱讀文字，可能有些人只會留意圖片。因此，我們必須確保您的產品或服務並非由維基媒體基金會提供。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-outsidewmsites}}2.3 你们说的“在维基媒体站点以外”是指什么？ ==== 也就是不在[[#FAQ-whataresites|维基媒体基金会控制的站点]]使用商标，例如：维基百科、维基共享资源、维基词典、维基数据、维基语录、维基教科书、维基文库、维基物种、维基新闻、维基学院、维基导游和元维基。回顾商标政策，维基媒雲端虚拟专用服务器的标志也被视为维基媒体站点标志。另外，您可以在站外使用这些标志用于编辑马拉松。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.4 我是否仍然能创建将维基媒体商标和像“在居住地的维基人”的其他词语结合起来的词条？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. This provision is not meant to stop community members from creatively combining the marks with other words to create new terms for the Wikimedia movement as long as they do it on the Wikimedia sites. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-translatetext}}2.5 我可以翻译这些商标的文字么？ ==== 您应该[[#FAQ-whataresites|在维基媒体网站的框架下]]翻译这些商标的文字。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.6 我能添加图形元素（例如，为了庆祝特殊活动）吗？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You can create [[:c:Category:SVG Wikimedia community logos|remixes]] for special on-site purposes, but please do not change the logos outside our sites. These and many, many other questions are answered in the [[Visual identity guidelines|Visual Identity Guidelines]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.7 哪些维基媒体商标的重新组合的类型能够在维基媒体网站之外使用？ ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Certain remixes of Wikimedia logos may be used outside of Wikimedia sites as long as the remix does not look too similar to any of the Wikimedia marks. Please make sure that the remix will not be confused with the original Wikimedia logo.</span> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.8 我可以使用标志的高清版么？ ==== 是的！[[Wikimedia official marks|这里请]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-wheretmnotice}}2.9 我在哪里注释商标提醒？ ==== 尽可能在显眼的位置例如注脚。当有人阅读您的文档、访问您的网站或观看您的电影时应能较容易的找到。有几个很好的例子：文档（同一）页面的底部、藏书票上、网页页脚和/或电影制作者清单后。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.10 如果我认为我没有足够的位置注明提醒我应该怎么办？ ==== 不要担心！如果您是想面向移动设备或其他中小屏幕设备注明，您只需要在维基媒体商标后面加注商标符号（™）即可。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.11 我应该如何在提醒中提及商标？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Wordmarks can be referenced verbatim (i.e. "Wikimedia Commons"). Logos should be described according to the [[Visual identity guidelines#toc-puzzle|Visual Identity Guidelines]]. Examples include the "Wikipedia Puzzle Globe" and the "'W' icon." </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.12 我如何使用多于一个标志？ ==== 请确信所有标志都有一个说明如下： <br /><br /> “维基数据名称及标志是维基媒体基金会的商标。” {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.13 什么时候我不得不加入商标符号？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You only need to use the trademark symbol when you do not have enough space to write the entire notice, like when you are using a trademark on a mobile screen. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.14 能否给一些正确使用商标的例子？ ==== 这里有个例子： <br /> <br /> “维基共享资源™是维基媒体基金会旗下收集自由版权的媒体文件，诸如图像、声音和电影剪辑，并面向全球广泛传播的计划网站！” {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.15 我应该使用何种尺寸的商标？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> When you use a wordmark (like "Wikipedia"), you should use the same font size for the trademark symbol as the wordmark itself. In this context, superscript formatting is encouraged for the symbol. When the mark is an image (like the puzzle globe), you should select a font size for the symbol that matches the size of the image and place the symbol so that it is clearly visible and close enough to the upper right corner of the image without touching it. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.16 但是我想把我的網頁設計得好看一點！我可不可以把商標縮小或放在其他地方？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Unfortunately, no. Remember, you only need to put the symbol next to the first or most prominent use of the mark. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-noticesymbol|回到注释或商标符号]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.17 “未被维基媒体基金会批准或与其相关”意味着什么？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You need to make sure that people do not mistakenly think that you may speak on behalf of the Wikimedia Foundation or one of its sites. For instance, you need to make sure that no one thinks you work for the Wikimedia Foundation. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-withoutpermission}}3 不需询问权限的维基媒体标志使用 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.1 你能给我我能在维基媒体网站上使用商标的例子吗？ ==== 您可以在[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:User page}}|用户页]]、[[{{lwp|Help:Contents}}|帮助页]]和[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:About}}|关于维基媒体或其计划的页面]]使用标志。您也可以在[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Mailing lists|邮件列表]]、[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/IRC|IRC]]或用于维基媒体站点的[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:Tools}}|工具]]使用标志。以上使用需遵守[[Terms of Use|使用条款]]。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-onwmsites|回到维基媒体站点商标使用]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-notcommunityfocused}}3.2 哪些活动不是“重点放在社群的”？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> An event that includes mostly people who are not community members is not a community-focused event. (Please see the [[#FAQ-publicevent|FAQ on events in general]].) This does not mean that you cannot have guests at your meetup! </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.3 您能否提供重点放在社群的活动的例子？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Community-focused events are those events that are primarily open to community members and promote the mission. They tend to be related to improving the overall quality of the Wikimedia sites. Examples include conferences and monthly meetups hosted by community members, as well as other specific events like the "London Wikipedians regular's table," Wiki-Conference in Russia, and Wikipedia Workshop Köln (DE). </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-communityfocused|回到重点放在社群的活动]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.4 如果我的活动是重点放在社群的，我能使用哪些标志？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> First, all Wikimedia community-focused events can bear a trademarked name. You may also use the Wikimedia logos to decorate your venue, but only to the extent they are relevant. For example, you cannot use the Wikisource logo for a Wikimedia Commons-only event. However, keep in mind that the 'Wikimania' name and [[:File:Wikimania.svg|logo]] are reserved for the [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimania|yearly Wikimania conference]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-outreachexamples}}3.5 您能否提供拓展工作使用的例子？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You can put up a stand at a street fair. [[:c:Category:Wikimedia stands|Here are some examples of that]]. You may want to present the Wikimedia sites in your club or [[:c:Category:Silberwissen|reach out to seniors]]. You can also [[:c:Category:Wikipedia Schulprojekt|give a talk in a school]] or [[:c:Category:Wikipedia Education Program|create a university course]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.6 什麼是教育性資源？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Educational materials help people to understand the Wikimedia sites. They can be [[:outreach:Bookshelf Project|leaflets, videos]], [[:m:WMDOC/Cheatsheet|cheat sheets]], and other [[:m:Help:Reference card|guides]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.7 在机构代表社区怎么样？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You need to sign and email us a Quick License if your institution wants to call you [[:outreach:Wikipedian in Residence|"Wikipedian in Residence"]] as part of a GLAM project, or something similar. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-outreach|Back to Outreach and recruitment of new editors]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-communitylogo}}3.8 是否存在维基媒体社区标志？ ==== 是的！它在2008年[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Community logo|官方承认]]为元维基标志。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-fairuseexamples}}3.9 合理使用是什么意思？ ==== 在美国商标法中，[[{{lwp|Fair use (U.S. trademark law)}}|合理使用]]章节允许您有条件的任意使用商标而不至于侵犯版权。本方针不会与之冲突。我们已在[[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-fairuse|3.5]]和[[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-fairuse|3.6]]章节使用您易于理解的语言提到。 除了美国商标法外，您还需留意您所在国家的版权法律，多数也规定了合理使用的情形。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.10 您能否提供更多合理使用的例子？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> This category of fair use is tricky in our case because our wordmarks were not real words before our projects were created, unlike "apple" or "facebook." But we would consider it fair use if you were to write a [[:wikt:book#Noun|book]] in the [[{{lwp|Wiki software}}|Wiki software]] and refer to it as a "wiki book," even though Wikibooks is a distinctive trademark. If you are using the wordmarks to describe our projects, that is also a type of fair use (nominative use). You can read more about nominative use [[#FAQ-nominativeuseexamples|here]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-nonfairuseexamples}}3.11 您能否提供更多并非合理使用的例子？ ==== * 使用维基媒体标志宣传您的书籍。 * 销售带有维基媒体基金会标志的T恤。 * 创建您自己的百科全书并且使用了维基百科的球形拼图。 * 使用维基媒体基金会标志为无关计划筹款。 * 在内容并非来自维基媒体站点情形下却宣称内容“来自维基百科，自由的百科全书”。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-fairuse|回到在维基站点以外的讨论（合理使用）。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-nominativeuseexamples}}3.12 您能否提供更多主要使用的例子？ ==== 这里有一些例子： # '''描述维基媒体站点：''' #* <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">In a presentation that describes how Wikipedia works, using the wordmarks in slides in your bullet points would be a nominative use. The same also applies for a blog post that describes Wikidata. If you want to "illustrate" your slides or your blog post with any of the image marks, please refer to [[#policy-noncommercial|artistic, literary, and other non-commercial uses]].</span> #* <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">However, you cannot use a trademark as a generic term. For example, you cannot set up a wiki on motorcycles and refer to it as "a wikipedia for motorcycles."</span> # '''真實準確地說明：''' #* “维基百科是世界最大的在线百科全书，并且它也是数千个网站中唯一一个集结成千上万志愿者编辑的。” #* “我在2009年加入维基百科成为一名编辑者”（在您的个人网站）。 # '''描述衍生作品：''' #* “来源：维基百科” #* “本艺术作品基于来自维基共享资源的图像创建。” #* “以下内容由维基百科内容衍生而来。” #* 或者干脆：“来自维基百科”或“至维基百科条目”（通过QR码） # '''更多個別例子:''' #* <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Refer to the sections on [[#policy-news|news reporting]]; [[#policy-blogssm|personal blogs and social media]]; [[#policy-noncommercial|artistic, literary, and other non-commercial uses]]; and [[#policy-linkstous|links to Wikimedia sites]].</span> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-nominativeuse|Back to Refer to Wikimedia sites (nominative use).]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-logonewsarticle}}3.13 我是否可以在新闻或漫画杂志或者电视新闻上使用标志或截图？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes, as long as the image illustrates the discussion in the article. Do not use our trademark just to attract attention to your work. That will confuse your readers or viewers, and ours! </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-news|回到新闻报道]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-logoblogssm}}3.14 我是否可以在博客文章或者状态更新站点包括标志？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes, as long as the image illustrates the discussion in your post. Do not use trademarked images just to attract attention to your page. Viewers of your blog or your user page should not be confused and think that your page is endorsed by the Wikimedia Foundation or any of its sites. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.15 我能否在用户名、头像或聊天软件表情中使用商标？ ==== 很遗憾，不。我们非常感谢您宣传维基媒体站点。维基媒体社群为之感谢！然而，我们不希望人们认为您的言论就可以代表维基媒体基金会。您能够继续在用户名、头像或聊天软件表情中使用社群标志。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-blogssm|回到个人博客和社交媒体]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-noncommercialexamples}}3.16 你能给我艺术、文学和其他非商业使用的例子吗？ ==== * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Using the trademarks to discuss a scientific thesis in an academic paper.</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Illustrating a point in the slides for an educational presentation with a screenshot of a Wikimedia site.</span> * 使用标志在美术作品中。 * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Creating a parody for the purposes of conveying a political message.</span> * 撰写一本关于维基百科条目的书籍。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-noncommercial|回到艺术作品、文学作品和其他非商业性使用。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-linkingtousexamples}}3.17 您能否提供链接至维基媒体网站的例子？ ==== 是的，您可[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:Banners and buttons}}|点此]]查看。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-qrcodes}}3.18 我能在连接至维基媒体站点的QR码中使用标志么？ ==== 不。用于连接的标志不应如此使用。使用QR码连接您应使用非艺术化维基百科文字标志。您可[[#FAQ-nominativeuseexamples|点此]]了解更多。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-linkstous|回到连接至维基媒体站点。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-personalmerch}}3.19 我可以利用它們做什麼？ ==== 您可以用來製作衣服、帽子、背包、杯子、釘子、筆、貼紙、海報、屏幕背景，甚至蛋糕。大前提是你不會利用這些物品來牟利。 [[:c:Special:MyLanguage/Category:Wikipedia promotion|<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Here are some examples.</span>]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.20 我可以销售带有这些标志的周边商品么？ ==== 不，在未获授权的情况下您不能这样做。更多信息[[#policy-commercialmerch|见此]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.21 可以在其他场合使用原样么？ ==== 只要你是免費派發這些物品，可以。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.22 那么我在哪可以了解商业销售的周边产品？ ==== 最好是进入[//shop.wikimedia.org 维基媒体商店 (Wikimedia shop)]了解，这里销售的周边商品都由官方授权。如果您希望销售您自己的商品，请[[#policy-commercialmerch|参见此处]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.23 我能要求商业卖主为我创建使用维基媒体商标的自定义物品吗？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Of course! You may ask vendors like bakers and t-shirt sellers to create items with Wikimedia marks especially for you or your friends. This is okay because it is for your own personal use and no one is creating a business surrounding the sale of items with Wikimedia trademarks. And do not worry, vendors will not be required to strictly follow the Visual Identity Guidelines when it is not possible on items like cakes. For example, [[:c:Category:Wikipedia cakes|all these cakes]] are fine. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.24 是否可以委托其他人为会议和类似活动创建带有维基媒体商标的大量物品？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes! As long as the items are not sold to participants, it is okay to ask a vendor to create multiple items with the Wikimedia marks for community-focused parties and gatherings like edit-a-thons under [[Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy#policy-outreach|Section 3.2]] of the policy. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.25 我能在商业货物上使用高分辨率的商标吗？ ==== 當然可以！雖然我們的舊版政策不允許這種做法，但是在新的政策中我們已經廢除了那條規例。 <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[#policy-owngoods|Back to Make your own branded stuff.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-specialpermission}}4 需要许可的特殊使用 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.1 如果我需要許可，我是不是要為此付費？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Usually, there is no license fee. However, we want to keep track of how our trademarks are used. Also, we want to make sure every use complies with our mission and standards. This is why we require a formal license in certain cases. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-specialpermission|回到需要许可的特殊使用。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-contests}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.2 Do I need permission for every photo contest?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You only need to get a license if you advertise the photo contest outside a Wikimedia site. This includes posters, social media, and blogs. You can freely use the marks for community-focused events. Community-focused events are those that are intended to be predominantly attended by Wikimedia community members. They do not include events open to the general public. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-photocontests|回到照片竞赛。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.3 Can I print out t-shirts with the Wikimedia logo to give out as prizes for the photo contest?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. You can always make t-shirts with the Wikimedia logos and give them away as long as you are not selling them. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-makeyourownbrandedstuff|Back to Make your own branded stuff]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.4 How can I use the marks as a Wikipedian in Residence?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The marks may be used in any way that identifies you as a Wikipedian in Residence. Please avoid confusion about official endorsement. You should clarify that you are not a representative of the Wikimedia Foundation. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-glam|回到GLAM-WIKI活动。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-cybersquatting}}<div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 4.5 Can you give an example of cybersquatting? </div> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> In the past, someone registered the domain wikkipedia.org to attract traffic to their own site. This is called [[{{lwp|cybersquatting}}|cybersquatting]] or [[{{lwp|typosquatting}}|typosquatting]] that infringes our trademark. We strictly enforce our policy against confusing domain names. Please [[:m:Trademark/Report abuse|tell us]] if you see an infringing domain name. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.6 我可以在我的域名中出现维基媒体标志么？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Unfortunately, no. If you do, there is a risk that you will confuse readers that are looking for Wikimedia content or other material related to Wikimedia. Movement organizations may be permitted to use the Wikimedia mark as part of their domain, but only after receiving special permission. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 4.7 Can I use a Wikimedia mark if I use a different top-level domain? </div> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You cannot register a Wikimedia mark as a domain, no matter the [[{{lwp|Top-level domain}}|top-level domain]], including country code top-level domains. For example, you may not register "wikipedia.jobs" even though it uses ".jobs", a different top-level domain, because "wikipedia" is a Wikimedia mark. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.8 但我希望使用我自己的特殊域名！！！ ==== 如果您有合法的理由希望使用我们的域名，请电邮联络[mailto:trademarks@wikimedia.org trademarks@wikimedia.org]。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-domains|回到域名。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-publicevent}}4.10 “公众活动”是什么？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A public event is an event that is not predominantly attended by community members. An event is also public when it is announced to the public with signs or advertisements or in an event schedule. Hence, this rule does not apply to community-focused meetups and conferences. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.10 What event uses require permission?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Using a trademark for an event includes naming the event or using a Wikimedia logo on advertisements, leaflets, signage or a website. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.11 Are there any exceptions to when events require permission?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If the name of the event uses a mark just to describe its content, that might fall under [[#policy-nominativeuse|nominative use]]. An example for this would be announcing a course called 'Editing Wikipedia for Beginners' or 'Using Wikimedia Commons as an Amateur Photographer'. However, always include a [[#policy-noticesymbol|notice]] that explains that your use is with permission from the Wikimedia Foundation and that you are not affiliated with the Foundation. Also, events hosted by a local Wikimedia chapter, thematic organization, or user group can use the marks subject to their respective agreement with the Wikimedia Foundation. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-events|Back to Events and conferences.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-publications}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.12 What is a "publication"?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Publications include books, other print media, and web pages. They also mean audiovisual media like music, and other recordings, film and online video. See [[#policy-outreach|Outreach and recruiting new editors]] for materials that provide education about a Wikimedia site. See [[#policy-moviestv|Section 4.5]] for trademark uses in films. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.13 我可以写一本关于维基百科的书籍么？ ==== [[{{lwp|Bibliography of Wikipedia}}|欢迎您这样做！]]但您不应在未获授权的情况下使用维基媒体标志在书的封面上。这是因为我们不会认可未获授权的书籍能够代言基金会。使用[[#FAQ-nonstylizedwordmark|文字标志]]作为书的标题的一部分时同样需要请求授权。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 4.14 Does this also apply to handbooks, like "A beginner's guide to Wikipedia", aimed at community members? </div> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. But, please send us a request and we will give prompt permission when appropriate. We love Wikipedia guides! </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 4.15 Does it make a difference if the book is being published by an educational publisher? </div> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> No, you will need permission as well, because even educational publishers are commercial entities. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-publications|回到出版物。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-schoolfilm}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.16 Do I need permission to show the Wikipedia marks in a film I am making for my school project?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If you are showing your film to the public, or at your school or workplace, you need permission. But we will make sure to make the permission process as easy and fast as possible. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-moviestv|回到电影和电视节目。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-commercialmerch}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.17 Will I have to donate a portion of the retail price for commercial merchandise?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> No. But you will have to tell your customers if you do not donate your profits. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.18 What do I have to say if I am donating a portion of my proceeds to the Wikimedia Foundation?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Just clearly state what portion of your proceeds will be given to the Wikimedia Foundation. You can, for example, say: "X% of your purchase will be donated to the Wikimedia Foundation." </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.19 Where should I state how much of my proceeds will be donated?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> We recommend placing the notice right next to the purchase price, where it will be clearly visible to all buyers. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.20 Do I need to mention donations to the Wikimedia Foundation if I do not donate anything at all?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. You should state that 0% of your profits will go to the Wikimedia Foundation. Otherwise, users may mistakenly believe that you are doing fundraising for the Foundation. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-commercialmerch|Back to Commercial merchandise.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 5 禁止使用的情况 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-fakearticle}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.1 Can I make a fake Wikipedia article if it is intended as a joke?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> There are exceptions where this is permissible, but they are very limited. You will likely not fall under such an exception if your mimicking site has any commercial background. Please refer to the [[#policy-noncommercial|section on Parodies]]. Most importantly, you must make sure that no one (really no one!) could confuse your site with any part of a Wikimedia site. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-mimicvsparody}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.2 How do I distinguish between a prohibited mimicking site and a parody site?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Here is an example of a mimicking site: Contrary to the [[{{lwp|Wikipedia:COI}}|Wikipedia guidelines]], you create an article on Wikipedia about yourself or your organization. For unknown reasons, "your" article is deleted. This makes you mad. You register the domain "businesspedia.org" and design a website that looks just like the Wikipedia article that just got deleted, including a link to your own website. You are happy to attract more traffic to it by confusing internet users. Booo! </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> An example of parody site: Imagine you have a great friend called [[Rory|Rory]] and his birthday is coming up. You register the domain "rorypedia.org" and design a website that looks just like a humorous Wikipedia biography on your friend Rory. Since you do not want anyone to confuse "Rorypedia" and Wikipedia, you put a bright colored bar on the top of your site saying, "This page is a present for Rory from his awesome friends and not affiliated with Wikipedia. Happy birthday, Rory!" And you take down the site once the birthday party is over. Yaaay! </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.3 How do I avoid mimicking Wikimedia sites when I use the [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/MediaWiki|MediaWiki]] software?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> All wikis using MediaWiki do in fact share certain graphic elements under the default theme, but the Wikimedia sites have certain visual features that distinguish them. Do not imitate these distinguishing features. For example, you should not use logos that are confusingly similar to the Wikimedia marks or name your site something that sounds like a Wikimedia site. But you can use the "Powered by MediaWiki" button as that button simply describes that the wiki is powered by MediaWiki. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Be sure to directly download the [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/MediaWiki|MediaWiki]] software if you want to use it. Please do not try to blindly copy the HTML code of a Wikimedia site! If you do, you will accidentally import features from our sites, like our Terms of Use or our "contact us" details. Being contacted about problems on your unrelated website understandably makes our wonderful [[:m:OTRS/Volunteering|email response team volunteers]] very unhappy. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-mirrors|Back to mimicking sites.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-linkmirror}}5.4 我可以在维基媒体站点的镜像站点使用标志连接么？ ==== 不可以。维基媒体标志只能在真实的维基媒体站点用于连接。我们愿意重申，站点由维基媒体社群维护和管理。 另外，如果您希望架设一个维基媒体站点的镜像站点，请尤其注意[[#policy-mirrors|镜像方针]]。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-linkstoothers|回到连接至非维基媒体站点。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-misrepresentation}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.5 Can you give me some examples of misrepresentation with respect to the marks?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A misrepresentative use can be something that represents yourself. That includes using a Wikimedia logo in your logo, letterhead, or the name of your organization. Online examples are your social media avatar, favicon, and website domain. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-misrepresentation|Back to Misrepresentation.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-reportingabuse}}6 报告商标滥用 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-howfight}}6.1 你們會如何打擊侵犯商標權的行為？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Each year, we receive over 100 reports of trademark violations from community members. We also employ outside contractors and legal counsel to help protect our trademark portfolio globally. Within our resource constraints, our legal team pursues misuses of our marks to ensure that the Wikimedia logos remain distinctively associated with the Wikimedia community. After careful and sensitive evaluation, we send out cease-and-desist letters, which are usually effective. In the few instances that cannot be resolved by other means, we consider litigation to protect the marks. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">6.2 Who is responsible for enforcing Wikimedia's trademarks?</span>==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Trademark enforcement is currently handled by the Wikimedia Foundation legal team to ensure consistency and compliance with trademark law. But we rely on the Wikimedia community to help us identify potential trademark infringements. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">6.3 What happens when you receive a report of a potential trademark infringement?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> When we receive a complaint that our trademarks are being misused, we first send a confirmation to the person submitting the complaint. Potential infringements are then logged into our system. The legal team then combs through each of those complaints to investigate the alleged infringement. We visit the site personally to make sure the complaint has merit. Then we apply US trademark law in assessing whether there is actual "misuse" and it is a valid infringement of the trademark. In general, the standard of "misuse" in US law is whether the use of the trademark is "confusingly similar" to the Wikimedia Foundation's use of the trademark. In other words, will the potential infringers use of the trademark confuse users into thinking their site is sponsored by or hosted by the Wikimedia Foundation? We always contact the potential infringer first to see if they will voluntarily stop using our marks or work with us to make their use less confusing. If we are unable to work things out informally, and they refuse to comply with a cease and desist letter, we decide whether to move forward with litigation to stop the infringement. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">6.4 Can I send a cease and desist letter on behalf of the Wikimedia Foundation when I find misuse?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Please do not. We really appreciate your help with trademark enforcement, but please report any misuses to us so that we can determine what action is appropriate. </div> <div class="mw-translate-fuzzy"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-reporting|回到报告商标滥用。]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-revision}}7 商标政策的修订 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">7.1 Why can you just change the FAQ section?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The FAQs are not part of the trademark policy. We created them to help you understand the policy. We want to add new questions from the community in the future and to clarify any answers users may find confusing. That is why we want to be able to update the FAQs easily. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">7.2 What if I do not agree with the changes to the policy?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> We encourage you to share your comments and concerns with us during the community feedback period following any announced changes. We will take all comments under careful advisement and ensure that any changes to our policy are consistent with our mission. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-revision|Back to Revision of the trademark policy.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 8 其他问题 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQNakedlicensing}}8.1 什么是“无效授权”？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Failure to exercise quality control in trademark licensing is referred to as "naked licensing," and can sometimes result in loss of trademark rights. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 8.2 什么是视觉识别方针？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> They are a [[Special:MyLanguage/Legal:Visual identity guidelines|set of guidelines]] you should follow when using any of the Wikimedia marks. These guidelines ensure that the marks always look their best and are not distorted in any way. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">8.3 How do the Visual Identity Guidelines relate to the trademark policy?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The Visual Identity Guidelines are a separate document from the trademark policy and can be revised without notice. These guidelines help to make sure the Wikimedia marks are always used consistently with the same level of quality. Consistent use is important in order for us to maintain protection over the Wikimedia marks. It helps avoid confusion among users that may view marks similar to the Wikimedia marks. If Wikimedia marks are displayed consistently, users can be sure when they are viewing actual Wikimedia content instead of an imposter site. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 8.4 我有更多问题如何提问？ ==== 如果您还有其他未在此列出的问题，请将其反馈至讨论页。我们将竭尽所能回答并放入本常见问题页。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} </div></div><noinclude> __NOTOC__ __NOEDITSECTION__ [[Category:Trademark policy{{#translation:}}]] [[Category:Frequently asked questions{{#translation:}}]] </noinclude> nw05gk6j7vvt9lhh1akt1hn1xjk109o 594061 594059 2026-09-19T04:14:24Z Pristome 225362 Created page with "4.2 我是否需要为每一次相片比赛获得许可？" 594061 wikitext text/x-wiki <noinclude><languages /> {{Policy FAQ disclaimer|page=维基媒体基金会商标政策|pagelink=Policy:Trademark policy}} </noinclude><templatestyles src="Template:Trademark/styles.css" /><div class="trademark-section trademark-faq-container"> <div class="trademark-faq-content"> {{anchor|trademark-faq}}<span class="nomobile" style="font-size:2.5em">[[File:Trademark License FAQ.svg<!--change image-->|100px|link=]] '''<includeonly>{{int string|faq}}</includeonly><noinclude>维基媒体基金会商标政策常见问题</noinclude>'''</span><br />''这些常见问题不是商标政策的组成部分。它们也不是一份法律文件。但是我们希望它们能给你提供帮助。''<span style="font-family:monospace, monospace;" dir="ltr">''':)'''</span> <noinclude>{{nonumtoc}}__TOC__</noinclude> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 0 商标政策简介 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} <!-- The form to do this is: {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 0.1 Title ==== ... {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} Either using the Sub or Not, depending on level --> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-tmprotection}}0.1 什么是“商标保护”？ ==== 商標法(trademark law)保護著某一標誌(mark)所代表的某一成果（work，像是商品或服務）之間的連結關係。它意在保障用戶不致於混淆一項成果的來源。同時，用戶也把商標當做與某成果之間的連結，因此會對此標誌所提供的成果之知名度、品質、以及服務有相當程度的期待。因此，商標是項強而有力、極富價值的工具，它能夠使維基媒體基金會以及其社群成員的知名度具象化，也可被視為一種讓用戶能夠認識某一成果或商品或服務的「簡略表達(shorthand)」。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-whataresites}}0.2 什么是“维基媒体网站(Wikimedia sites)”？ ==== 维基媒体基金会运营很多自由软件和自由内容站点，列表见此：[[Special:SiteMatrix|我们的计划]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-policyapplies}}1 本政策适用範圍？ == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-wordmark}}1.1 什么是“文字标志(wordmark)”？ ==== 顾名思义，就是只由文字组成的商标，诸如“Wikipedia”或“Wikimedia”等计划网站名。另外，这也包括任何官方译名和转写（诸如“[[:w:tr:Ana Sayfa|维基百科]]”）。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-nonstylizedwordmark}}1.2 什么是“非艺术化文字标志(non-stylized wordmark)”？ ==== 非艺术化文字标志就是“维基媒体”及其计划的通用名称，诸如“维基百科”、“维基词典”等。相比之下，艺术化文字标志就是在这些名字基础上适当修改文字结构诸如字体。诸如“维基百科”文字标志艺术化后就是[[File:Wikipedia wordmark.svg|80px]]。无论文字标志是否艺术化均属于维基媒体基金会的商标。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-tradedress}}1.3 什么是“商用外观(trade dress)”？ ==== 對我們而言，商用外觀意指網站或文章的設計符合網站或線上資料的來源。你可以把它看成某個網站「看起來和感覺起來的樣子」。比方說，維基百科條目的設計與外觀、或像是維基百科的首頁。任何維基媒體網站的商用外觀同時也屬於維基媒體基金會的商標。商標法也保護商用外觀。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-wikimediamarks|返回“维基媒体标志。”]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-communitymember}}1.4 什么是“社区成员”？ ==== 任何在维基媒体站点有贡献的人。她也包括任何基金会职员、分会成员、专题组织成员、用户组成员和基金会本身。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-communitymembers|回到社群成员]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-moveorgsfreely}}1.5 为何運動组织不能任意地使用商標？ ==== 身為商標的法定持有者，我們需要掌控運動組織使用商標的方式以保護整個社群。你可以在[[#purpose-maintainrights|這裡]]閱讀更多相關資料。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 1.6 什么是此商标政策和分会、用户组或专题组织协议之间的关系？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Chapters, user groups, and thematic organizations must comply both with this trademark policy and their respective agreement with the Wikimedia Foundation. If there are inconsistencies between this trademark policy and a chapter, user group, or a thematic organization agreement, the organization should follow their agreement. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-wmorgs|回到分会、用户组和专题组织]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 2 如何使用维基媒体商标 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-smallerlogo}}2.1 如果我的产品和服务不由维基媒体基金会提供，我的商标、名称或公司名称是否能够比维基媒体商标更小？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> No. We need to make sure it is extremely clear that the Wikimedia Foundation is not providing your products or services. This is a simple, consistent way of doing that. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.2 如果我清晰地声明产品或服务由我提供，会怎么样？ ==== 對不起，您的商標、名字或公司名字一定要比維基商標大，而且必須適當地分隔開，因為不是每個人都會閱讀文字，可能有些人只會留意圖片。因此，我們必須確保您的產品或服務並非由維基媒體基金會提供。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-outsidewmsites}}2.3 你们说的“在维基媒体站点以外”是指什么？ ==== 也就是不在[[#FAQ-whataresites|维基媒体基金会控制的站点]]使用商标，例如：维基百科、维基共享资源、维基词典、维基数据、维基语录、维基教科书、维基文库、维基物种、维基新闻、维基学院、维基导游和元维基。回顾商标政策，维基媒雲端虚拟专用服务器的标志也被视为维基媒体站点标志。另外，您可以在站外使用这些标志用于编辑马拉松。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.4 我是否仍然能创建将维基媒体商标和像“在居住地的维基人”的其他词语结合起来的词条？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. This provision is not meant to stop community members from creatively combining the marks with other words to create new terms for the Wikimedia movement as long as they do it on the Wikimedia sites. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-translatetext}}2.5 我可以翻译这些商标的文字么？ ==== 您应该[[#FAQ-whataresites|在维基媒体网站的框架下]]翻译这些商标的文字。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.6 我能添加图形元素（例如，为了庆祝特殊活动）吗？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You can create [[:c:Category:SVG Wikimedia community logos|remixes]] for special on-site purposes, but please do not change the logos outside our sites. These and many, many other questions are answered in the [[Visual identity guidelines|Visual Identity Guidelines]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.7 哪些维基媒体商标的重新组合的类型能够在维基媒体网站之外使用？ ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Certain remixes of Wikimedia logos may be used outside of Wikimedia sites as long as the remix does not look too similar to any of the Wikimedia marks. Please make sure that the remix will not be confused with the original Wikimedia logo.</span> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.8 我可以使用标志的高清版么？ ==== 是的！[[Wikimedia official marks|这里请]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-wheretmnotice}}2.9 我在哪里注释商标提醒？ ==== 尽可能在显眼的位置例如注脚。当有人阅读您的文档、访问您的网站或观看您的电影时应能较容易的找到。有几个很好的例子：文档（同一）页面的底部、藏书票上、网页页脚和/或电影制作者清单后。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.10 如果我认为我没有足够的位置注明提醒我应该怎么办？ ==== 不要担心！如果您是想面向移动设备或其他中小屏幕设备注明，您只需要在维基媒体商标后面加注商标符号（™）即可。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.11 我应该如何在提醒中提及商标？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Wordmarks can be referenced verbatim (i.e. "Wikimedia Commons"). Logos should be described according to the [[Visual identity guidelines#toc-puzzle|Visual Identity Guidelines]]. Examples include the "Wikipedia Puzzle Globe" and the "'W' icon." </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.12 我如何使用多于一个标志？ ==== 请确信所有标志都有一个说明如下： <br /><br /> “维基数据名称及标志是维基媒体基金会的商标。” {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.13 什么时候我不得不加入商标符号？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You only need to use the trademark symbol when you do not have enough space to write the entire notice, like when you are using a trademark on a mobile screen. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.14 能否给一些正确使用商标的例子？ ==== 这里有个例子： <br /> <br /> “维基共享资源™是维基媒体基金会旗下收集自由版权的媒体文件，诸如图像、声音和电影剪辑，并面向全球广泛传播的计划网站！” {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.15 我应该使用何种尺寸的商标？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> When you use a wordmark (like "Wikipedia"), you should use the same font size for the trademark symbol as the wordmark itself. In this context, superscript formatting is encouraged for the symbol. When the mark is an image (like the puzzle globe), you should select a font size for the symbol that matches the size of the image and place the symbol so that it is clearly visible and close enough to the upper right corner of the image without touching it. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.16 但是我想把我的網頁設計得好看一點！我可不可以把商標縮小或放在其他地方？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Unfortunately, no. Remember, you only need to put the symbol next to the first or most prominent use of the mark. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-noticesymbol|回到注释或商标符号]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.17 “未被维基媒体基金会批准或与其相关”意味着什么？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You need to make sure that people do not mistakenly think that you may speak on behalf of the Wikimedia Foundation or one of its sites. For instance, you need to make sure that no one thinks you work for the Wikimedia Foundation. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-withoutpermission}}3 不需询问权限的维基媒体标志使用 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.1 你能给我我能在维基媒体网站上使用商标的例子吗？ ==== 您可以在[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:User page}}|用户页]]、[[{{lwp|Help:Contents}}|帮助页]]和[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:About}}|关于维基媒体或其计划的页面]]使用标志。您也可以在[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Mailing lists|邮件列表]]、[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/IRC|IRC]]或用于维基媒体站点的[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:Tools}}|工具]]使用标志。以上使用需遵守[[Terms of Use|使用条款]]。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-onwmsites|回到维基媒体站点商标使用]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-notcommunityfocused}}3.2 哪些活动不是“重点放在社群的”？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> An event that includes mostly people who are not community members is not a community-focused event. (Please see the [[#FAQ-publicevent|FAQ on events in general]].) This does not mean that you cannot have guests at your meetup! </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.3 您能否提供重点放在社群的活动的例子？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Community-focused events are those events that are primarily open to community members and promote the mission. They tend to be related to improving the overall quality of the Wikimedia sites. Examples include conferences and monthly meetups hosted by community members, as well as other specific events like the "London Wikipedians regular's table," Wiki-Conference in Russia, and Wikipedia Workshop Köln (DE). </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-communityfocused|回到重点放在社群的活动]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.4 如果我的活动是重点放在社群的，我能使用哪些标志？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> First, all Wikimedia community-focused events can bear a trademarked name. You may also use the Wikimedia logos to decorate your venue, but only to the extent they are relevant. For example, you cannot use the Wikisource logo for a Wikimedia Commons-only event. However, keep in mind that the 'Wikimania' name and [[:File:Wikimania.svg|logo]] are reserved for the [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimania|yearly Wikimania conference]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-outreachexamples}}3.5 您能否提供拓展工作使用的例子？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You can put up a stand at a street fair. [[:c:Category:Wikimedia stands|Here are some examples of that]]. You may want to present the Wikimedia sites in your club or [[:c:Category:Silberwissen|reach out to seniors]]. You can also [[:c:Category:Wikipedia Schulprojekt|give a talk in a school]] or [[:c:Category:Wikipedia Education Program|create a university course]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.6 什麼是教育性資源？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Educational materials help people to understand the Wikimedia sites. They can be [[:outreach:Bookshelf Project|leaflets, videos]], [[:m:WMDOC/Cheatsheet|cheat sheets]], and other [[:m:Help:Reference card|guides]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.7 在机构代表社区怎么样？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You need to sign and email us a Quick License if your institution wants to call you [[:outreach:Wikipedian in Residence|"Wikipedian in Residence"]] as part of a GLAM project, or something similar. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-outreach|Back to Outreach and recruitment of new editors]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-communitylogo}}3.8 是否存在维基媒体社区标志？ ==== 是的！它在2008年[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Community logo|官方承认]]为元维基标志。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-fairuseexamples}}3.9 合理使用是什么意思？ ==== 在美国商标法中，[[{{lwp|Fair use (U.S. trademark law)}}|合理使用]]章节允许您有条件的任意使用商标而不至于侵犯版权。本方针不会与之冲突。我们已在[[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-fairuse|3.5]]和[[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-fairuse|3.6]]章节使用您易于理解的语言提到。 除了美国商标法外，您还需留意您所在国家的版权法律，多数也规定了合理使用的情形。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.10 您能否提供更多合理使用的例子？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> This category of fair use is tricky in our case because our wordmarks were not real words before our projects were created, unlike "apple" or "facebook." But we would consider it fair use if you were to write a [[:wikt:book#Noun|book]] in the [[{{lwp|Wiki software}}|Wiki software]] and refer to it as a "wiki book," even though Wikibooks is a distinctive trademark. If you are using the wordmarks to describe our projects, that is also a type of fair use (nominative use). You can read more about nominative use [[#FAQ-nominativeuseexamples|here]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-nonfairuseexamples}}3.11 您能否提供更多并非合理使用的例子？ ==== * 使用维基媒体标志宣传您的书籍。 * 销售带有维基媒体基金会标志的T恤。 * 创建您自己的百科全书并且使用了维基百科的球形拼图。 * 使用维基媒体基金会标志为无关计划筹款。 * 在内容并非来自维基媒体站点情形下却宣称内容“来自维基百科，自由的百科全书”。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-fairuse|回到在维基站点以外的讨论（合理使用）。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-nominativeuseexamples}}3.12 您能否提供更多主要使用的例子？ ==== 这里有一些例子： # '''描述维基媒体站点：''' #* <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">In a presentation that describes how Wikipedia works, using the wordmarks in slides in your bullet points would be a nominative use. The same also applies for a blog post that describes Wikidata. If you want to "illustrate" your slides or your blog post with any of the image marks, please refer to [[#policy-noncommercial|artistic, literary, and other non-commercial uses]].</span> #* <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">However, you cannot use a trademark as a generic term. For example, you cannot set up a wiki on motorcycles and refer to it as "a wikipedia for motorcycles."</span> # '''真實準確地說明：''' #* “维基百科是世界最大的在线百科全书，并且它也是数千个网站中唯一一个集结成千上万志愿者编辑的。” #* “我在2009年加入维基百科成为一名编辑者”（在您的个人网站）。 # '''描述衍生作品：''' #* “来源：维基百科” #* “本艺术作品基于来自维基共享资源的图像创建。” #* “以下内容由维基百科内容衍生而来。” #* 或者干脆：“来自维基百科”或“至维基百科条目”（通过QR码） # '''更多個別例子:''' #* <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Refer to the sections on [[#policy-news|news reporting]]; [[#policy-blogssm|personal blogs and social media]]; [[#policy-noncommercial|artistic, literary, and other non-commercial uses]]; and [[#policy-linkstous|links to Wikimedia sites]].</span> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-nominativeuse|Back to Refer to Wikimedia sites (nominative use).]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-logonewsarticle}}3.13 我是否可以在新闻或漫画杂志或者电视新闻上使用标志或截图？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes, as long as the image illustrates the discussion in the article. Do not use our trademark just to attract attention to your work. That will confuse your readers or viewers, and ours! </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-news|回到新闻报道]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-logoblogssm}}3.14 我是否可以在博客文章或者状态更新站点包括标志？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes, as long as the image illustrates the discussion in your post. Do not use trademarked images just to attract attention to your page. Viewers of your blog or your user page should not be confused and think that your page is endorsed by the Wikimedia Foundation or any of its sites. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.15 我能否在用户名、头像或聊天软件表情中使用商标？ ==== 很遗憾，不。我们非常感谢您宣传维基媒体站点。维基媒体社群为之感谢！然而，我们不希望人们认为您的言论就可以代表维基媒体基金会。您能够继续在用户名、头像或聊天软件表情中使用社群标志。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-blogssm|回到个人博客和社交媒体]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-noncommercialexamples}}3.16 你能给我艺术、文学和其他非商业使用的例子吗？ ==== * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Using the trademarks to discuss a scientific thesis in an academic paper.</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Illustrating a point in the slides for an educational presentation with a screenshot of a Wikimedia site.</span> * 使用标志在美术作品中。 * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Creating a parody for the purposes of conveying a political message.</span> * 撰写一本关于维基百科条目的书籍。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-noncommercial|回到艺术作品、文学作品和其他非商业性使用。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-linkingtousexamples}}3.17 您能否提供链接至维基媒体网站的例子？ ==== 是的，您可[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:Banners and buttons}}|点此]]查看。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-qrcodes}}3.18 我能在连接至维基媒体站点的QR码中使用标志么？ ==== 不。用于连接的标志不应如此使用。使用QR码连接您应使用非艺术化维基百科文字标志。您可[[#FAQ-nominativeuseexamples|点此]]了解更多。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-linkstous|回到连接至维基媒体站点。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-personalmerch}}3.19 我可以利用它們做什麼？ ==== 您可以用來製作衣服、帽子、背包、杯子、釘子、筆、貼紙、海報、屏幕背景，甚至蛋糕。大前提是你不會利用這些物品來牟利。 [[:c:Special:MyLanguage/Category:Wikipedia promotion|<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Here are some examples.</span>]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.20 我可以销售带有这些标志的周边商品么？ ==== 不，在未获授权的情况下您不能这样做。更多信息[[#policy-commercialmerch|见此]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.21 可以在其他场合使用原样么？ ==== 只要你是免費派發這些物品，可以。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.22 那么我在哪可以了解商业销售的周边产品？ ==== 最好是进入[//shop.wikimedia.org 维基媒体商店 (Wikimedia shop)]了解，这里销售的周边商品都由官方授权。如果您希望销售您自己的商品，请[[#policy-commercialmerch|参见此处]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.23 我能要求商业卖主为我创建使用维基媒体商标的自定义物品吗？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Of course! You may ask vendors like bakers and t-shirt sellers to create items with Wikimedia marks especially for you or your friends. This is okay because it is for your own personal use and no one is creating a business surrounding the sale of items with Wikimedia trademarks. And do not worry, vendors will not be required to strictly follow the Visual Identity Guidelines when it is not possible on items like cakes. For example, [[:c:Category:Wikipedia cakes|all these cakes]] are fine. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.24 是否可以委托其他人为会议和类似活动创建带有维基媒体商标的大量物品？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes! As long as the items are not sold to participants, it is okay to ask a vendor to create multiple items with the Wikimedia marks for community-focused parties and gatherings like edit-a-thons under [[Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy#policy-outreach|Section 3.2]] of the policy. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.25 我能在商业货物上使用高分辨率的商标吗？ ==== 當然可以！雖然我們的舊版政策不允許這種做法，但是在新的政策中我們已經廢除了那條規例。 <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[#policy-owngoods|Back to Make your own branded stuff.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-specialpermission}}4 需要许可的特殊使用 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.1 如果我需要許可，我是不是要為此付費？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Usually, there is no license fee. However, we want to keep track of how our trademarks are used. Also, we want to make sure every use complies with our mission and standards. This is why we require a formal license in certain cases. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-specialpermission|回到需要许可的特殊使用。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-contests}}4.2 我是否需要为每一次相片比赛获得许可？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You only need to get a license if you advertise the photo contest outside a Wikimedia site. This includes posters, social media, and blogs. You can freely use the marks for community-focused events. Community-focused events are those that are intended to be predominantly attended by Wikimedia community members. They do not include events open to the general public. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-photocontests|回到照片竞赛。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.3 Can I print out t-shirts with the Wikimedia logo to give out as prizes for the photo contest?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. You can always make t-shirts with the Wikimedia logos and give them away as long as you are not selling them. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-makeyourownbrandedstuff|Back to Make your own branded stuff]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.4 How can I use the marks as a Wikipedian in Residence?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The marks may be used in any way that identifies you as a Wikipedian in Residence. Please avoid confusion about official endorsement. You should clarify that you are not a representative of the Wikimedia Foundation. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-glam|回到GLAM-WIKI活动。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-cybersquatting}}<div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 4.5 Can you give an example of cybersquatting? </div> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> In the past, someone registered the domain wikkipedia.org to attract traffic to their own site. This is called [[{{lwp|cybersquatting}}|cybersquatting]] or [[{{lwp|typosquatting}}|typosquatting]] that infringes our trademark. We strictly enforce our policy against confusing domain names. Please [[:m:Trademark/Report abuse|tell us]] if you see an infringing domain name. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.6 我可以在我的域名中出现维基媒体标志么？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Unfortunately, no. If you do, there is a risk that you will confuse readers that are looking for Wikimedia content or other material related to Wikimedia. Movement organizations may be permitted to use the Wikimedia mark as part of their domain, but only after receiving special permission. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 4.7 Can I use a Wikimedia mark if I use a different top-level domain? </div> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You cannot register a Wikimedia mark as a domain, no matter the [[{{lwp|Top-level domain}}|top-level domain]], including country code top-level domains. For example, you may not register "wikipedia.jobs" even though it uses ".jobs", a different top-level domain, because "wikipedia" is a Wikimedia mark. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.8 但我希望使用我自己的特殊域名！！！ ==== 如果您有合法的理由希望使用我们的域名，请电邮联络[mailto:trademarks@wikimedia.org trademarks@wikimedia.org]。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-domains|回到域名。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-publicevent}}4.10 “公众活动”是什么？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A public event is an event that is not predominantly attended by community members. An event is also public when it is announced to the public with signs or advertisements or in an event schedule. Hence, this rule does not apply to community-focused meetups and conferences. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.10 What event uses require permission?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Using a trademark for an event includes naming the event or using a Wikimedia logo on advertisements, leaflets, signage or a website. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.11 Are there any exceptions to when events require permission?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If the name of the event uses a mark just to describe its content, that might fall under [[#policy-nominativeuse|nominative use]]. An example for this would be announcing a course called 'Editing Wikipedia for Beginners' or 'Using Wikimedia Commons as an Amateur Photographer'. However, always include a [[#policy-noticesymbol|notice]] that explains that your use is with permission from the Wikimedia Foundation and that you are not affiliated with the Foundation. Also, events hosted by a local Wikimedia chapter, thematic organization, or user group can use the marks subject to their respective agreement with the Wikimedia Foundation. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-events|Back to Events and conferences.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-publications}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.12 What is a "publication"?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Publications include books, other print media, and web pages. They also mean audiovisual media like music, and other recordings, film and online video. See [[#policy-outreach|Outreach and recruiting new editors]] for materials that provide education about a Wikimedia site. See [[#policy-moviestv|Section 4.5]] for trademark uses in films. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.13 我可以写一本关于维基百科的书籍么？ ==== [[{{lwp|Bibliography of Wikipedia}}|欢迎您这样做！]]但您不应在未获授权的情况下使用维基媒体标志在书的封面上。这是因为我们不会认可未获授权的书籍能够代言基金会。使用[[#FAQ-nonstylizedwordmark|文字标志]]作为书的标题的一部分时同样需要请求授权。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 4.14 Does this also apply to handbooks, like "A beginner's guide to Wikipedia", aimed at community members? </div> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. But, please send us a request and we will give prompt permission when appropriate. We love Wikipedia guides! </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 4.15 Does it make a difference if the book is being published by an educational publisher? </div> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> No, you will need permission as well, because even educational publishers are commercial entities. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-publications|回到出版物。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-schoolfilm}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.16 Do I need permission to show the Wikipedia marks in a film I am making for my school project?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If you are showing your film to the public, or at your school or workplace, you need permission. But we will make sure to make the permission process as easy and fast as possible. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-moviestv|回到电影和电视节目。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-commercialmerch}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.17 Will I have to donate a portion of the retail price for commercial merchandise?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> No. But you will have to tell your customers if you do not donate your profits. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.18 What do I have to say if I am donating a portion of my proceeds to the Wikimedia Foundation?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Just clearly state what portion of your proceeds will be given to the Wikimedia Foundation. You can, for example, say: "X% of your purchase will be donated to the Wikimedia Foundation." </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.19 Where should I state how much of my proceeds will be donated?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> We recommend placing the notice right next to the purchase price, where it will be clearly visible to all buyers. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.20 Do I need to mention donations to the Wikimedia Foundation if I do not donate anything at all?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. You should state that 0% of your profits will go to the Wikimedia Foundation. Otherwise, users may mistakenly believe that you are doing fundraising for the Foundation. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-commercialmerch|Back to Commercial merchandise.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 5 禁止使用的情况 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-fakearticle}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.1 Can I make a fake Wikipedia article if it is intended as a joke?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> There are exceptions where this is permissible, but they are very limited. You will likely not fall under such an exception if your mimicking site has any commercial background. Please refer to the [[#policy-noncommercial|section on Parodies]]. Most importantly, you must make sure that no one (really no one!) could confuse your site with any part of a Wikimedia site. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-mimicvsparody}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.2 How do I distinguish between a prohibited mimicking site and a parody site?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Here is an example of a mimicking site: Contrary to the [[{{lwp|Wikipedia:COI}}|Wikipedia guidelines]], you create an article on Wikipedia about yourself or your organization. For unknown reasons, "your" article is deleted. This makes you mad. You register the domain "businesspedia.org" and design a website that looks just like the Wikipedia article that just got deleted, including a link to your own website. You are happy to attract more traffic to it by confusing internet users. Booo! </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> An example of parody site: Imagine you have a great friend called [[Rory|Rory]] and his birthday is coming up. You register the domain "rorypedia.org" and design a website that looks just like a humorous Wikipedia biography on your friend Rory. Since you do not want anyone to confuse "Rorypedia" and Wikipedia, you put a bright colored bar on the top of your site saying, "This page is a present for Rory from his awesome friends and not affiliated with Wikipedia. Happy birthday, Rory!" And you take down the site once the birthday party is over. Yaaay! </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.3 How do I avoid mimicking Wikimedia sites when I use the [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/MediaWiki|MediaWiki]] software?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> All wikis using MediaWiki do in fact share certain graphic elements under the default theme, but the Wikimedia sites have certain visual features that distinguish them. Do not imitate these distinguishing features. For example, you should not use logos that are confusingly similar to the Wikimedia marks or name your site something that sounds like a Wikimedia site. But you can use the "Powered by MediaWiki" button as that button simply describes that the wiki is powered by MediaWiki. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Be sure to directly download the [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/MediaWiki|MediaWiki]] software if you want to use it. Please do not try to blindly copy the HTML code of a Wikimedia site! If you do, you will accidentally import features from our sites, like our Terms of Use or our "contact us" details. Being contacted about problems on your unrelated website understandably makes our wonderful [[:m:OTRS/Volunteering|email response team volunteers]] very unhappy. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-mirrors|Back to mimicking sites.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-linkmirror}}5.4 我可以在维基媒体站点的镜像站点使用标志连接么？ ==== 不可以。维基媒体标志只能在真实的维基媒体站点用于连接。我们愿意重申，站点由维基媒体社群维护和管理。 另外，如果您希望架设一个维基媒体站点的镜像站点，请尤其注意[[#policy-mirrors|镜像方针]]。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-linkstoothers|回到连接至非维基媒体站点。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-misrepresentation}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.5 Can you give me some examples of misrepresentation with respect to the marks?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A misrepresentative use can be something that represents yourself. That includes using a Wikimedia logo in your logo, letterhead, or the name of your organization. Online examples are your social media avatar, favicon, and website domain. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-misrepresentation|Back to Misrepresentation.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-reportingabuse}}6 报告商标滥用 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-howfight}}6.1 你們會如何打擊侵犯商標權的行為？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Each year, we receive over 100 reports of trademark violations from community members. We also employ outside contractors and legal counsel to help protect our trademark portfolio globally. Within our resource constraints, our legal team pursues misuses of our marks to ensure that the Wikimedia logos remain distinctively associated with the Wikimedia community. After careful and sensitive evaluation, we send out cease-and-desist letters, which are usually effective. In the few instances that cannot be resolved by other means, we consider litigation to protect the marks. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">6.2 Who is responsible for enforcing Wikimedia's trademarks?</span>==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Trademark enforcement is currently handled by the Wikimedia Foundation legal team to ensure consistency and compliance with trademark law. But we rely on the Wikimedia community to help us identify potential trademark infringements. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">6.3 What happens when you receive a report of a potential trademark infringement?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> When we receive a complaint that our trademarks are being misused, we first send a confirmation to the person submitting the complaint. Potential infringements are then logged into our system. The legal team then combs through each of those complaints to investigate the alleged infringement. We visit the site personally to make sure the complaint has merit. Then we apply US trademark law in assessing whether there is actual "misuse" and it is a valid infringement of the trademark. In general, the standard of "misuse" in US law is whether the use of the trademark is "confusingly similar" to the Wikimedia Foundation's use of the trademark. In other words, will the potential infringers use of the trademark confuse users into thinking their site is sponsored by or hosted by the Wikimedia Foundation? We always contact the potential infringer first to see if they will voluntarily stop using our marks or work with us to make their use less confusing. If we are unable to work things out informally, and they refuse to comply with a cease and desist letter, we decide whether to move forward with litigation to stop the infringement. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">6.4 Can I send a cease and desist letter on behalf of the Wikimedia Foundation when I find misuse?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Please do not. We really appreciate your help with trademark enforcement, but please report any misuses to us so that we can determine what action is appropriate. </div> <div class="mw-translate-fuzzy"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-reporting|回到报告商标滥用。]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-revision}}7 商标政策的修订 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">7.1 Why can you just change the FAQ section?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The FAQs are not part of the trademark policy. We created them to help you understand the policy. We want to add new questions from the community in the future and to clarify any answers users may find confusing. That is why we want to be able to update the FAQs easily. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">7.2 What if I do not agree with the changes to the policy?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> We encourage you to share your comments and concerns with us during the community feedback period following any announced changes. We will take all comments under careful advisement and ensure that any changes to our policy are consistent with our mission. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-revision|Back to Revision of the trademark policy.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 8 其他问题 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQNakedlicensing}}8.1 什么是“无效授权”？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Failure to exercise quality control in trademark licensing is referred to as "naked licensing," and can sometimes result in loss of trademark rights. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 8.2 什么是视觉识别方针？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> They are a [[Special:MyLanguage/Legal:Visual identity guidelines|set of guidelines]] you should follow when using any of the Wikimedia marks. These guidelines ensure that the marks always look their best and are not distorted in any way. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">8.3 How do the Visual Identity Guidelines relate to the trademark policy?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The Visual Identity Guidelines are a separate document from the trademark policy and can be revised without notice. These guidelines help to make sure the Wikimedia marks are always used consistently with the same level of quality. Consistent use is important in order for us to maintain protection over the Wikimedia marks. It helps avoid confusion among users that may view marks similar to the Wikimedia marks. If Wikimedia marks are displayed consistently, users can be sure when they are viewing actual Wikimedia content instead of an imposter site. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 8.4 我有更多问题如何提问？ ==== 如果您还有其他未在此列出的问题，请将其反馈至讨论页。我们将竭尽所能回答并放入本常见问题页。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} </div></div><noinclude> __NOTOC__ __NOEDITSECTION__ [[Category:Trademark policy{{#translation:}}]] [[Category:Frequently asked questions{{#translation:}}]] </noinclude> cggvdreg4cq8nxgooxckihn8jn3diwh 594063 594061 2026-09-19T04:16:07Z Pristome 225362 Created page with "4.3 我是否能够打印带有维基媒体商标的衬衫以为相片比赛给出奖金？" 594063 wikitext text/x-wiki <noinclude><languages /> {{Policy FAQ disclaimer|page=维基媒体基金会商标政策|pagelink=Policy:Trademark policy}} </noinclude><templatestyles src="Template:Trademark/styles.css" /><div class="trademark-section trademark-faq-container"> <div class="trademark-faq-content"> {{anchor|trademark-faq}}<span class="nomobile" style="font-size:2.5em">[[File:Trademark License FAQ.svg<!--change image-->|100px|link=]] '''<includeonly>{{int string|faq}}</includeonly><noinclude>维基媒体基金会商标政策常见问题</noinclude>'''</span><br />''这些常见问题不是商标政策的组成部分。它们也不是一份法律文件。但是我们希望它们能给你提供帮助。''<span style="font-family:monospace, monospace;" dir="ltr">''':)'''</span> <noinclude>{{nonumtoc}}__TOC__</noinclude> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 0 商标政策简介 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} <!-- The form to do this is: {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 0.1 Title ==== ... {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} Either using the Sub or Not, depending on level --> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-tmprotection}}0.1 什么是“商标保护”？ ==== 商標法(trademark law)保護著某一標誌(mark)所代表的某一成果（work，像是商品或服務）之間的連結關係。它意在保障用戶不致於混淆一項成果的來源。同時，用戶也把商標當做與某成果之間的連結，因此會對此標誌所提供的成果之知名度、品質、以及服務有相當程度的期待。因此，商標是項強而有力、極富價值的工具，它能夠使維基媒體基金會以及其社群成員的知名度具象化，也可被視為一種讓用戶能夠認識某一成果或商品或服務的「簡略表達(shorthand)」。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-whataresites}}0.2 什么是“维基媒体网站(Wikimedia sites)”？ ==== 维基媒体基金会运营很多自由软件和自由内容站点，列表见此：[[Special:SiteMatrix|我们的计划]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-policyapplies}}1 本政策适用範圍？ == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-wordmark}}1.1 什么是“文字标志(wordmark)”？ ==== 顾名思义，就是只由文字组成的商标，诸如“Wikipedia”或“Wikimedia”等计划网站名。另外，这也包括任何官方译名和转写（诸如“[[:w:tr:Ana Sayfa|维基百科]]”）。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-nonstylizedwordmark}}1.2 什么是“非艺术化文字标志(non-stylized wordmark)”？ ==== 非艺术化文字标志就是“维基媒体”及其计划的通用名称，诸如“维基百科”、“维基词典”等。相比之下，艺术化文字标志就是在这些名字基础上适当修改文字结构诸如字体。诸如“维基百科”文字标志艺术化后就是[[File:Wikipedia wordmark.svg|80px]]。无论文字标志是否艺术化均属于维基媒体基金会的商标。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-tradedress}}1.3 什么是“商用外观(trade dress)”？ ==== 對我們而言，商用外觀意指網站或文章的設計符合網站或線上資料的來源。你可以把它看成某個網站「看起來和感覺起來的樣子」。比方說，維基百科條目的設計與外觀、或像是維基百科的首頁。任何維基媒體網站的商用外觀同時也屬於維基媒體基金會的商標。商標法也保護商用外觀。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-wikimediamarks|返回“维基媒体标志。”]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-communitymember}}1.4 什么是“社区成员”？ ==== 任何在维基媒体站点有贡献的人。她也包括任何基金会职员、分会成员、专题组织成员、用户组成员和基金会本身。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-communitymembers|回到社群成员]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-moveorgsfreely}}1.5 为何運動组织不能任意地使用商標？ ==== 身為商標的法定持有者，我們需要掌控運動組織使用商標的方式以保護整個社群。你可以在[[#purpose-maintainrights|這裡]]閱讀更多相關資料。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 1.6 什么是此商标政策和分会、用户组或专题组织协议之间的关系？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Chapters, user groups, and thematic organizations must comply both with this trademark policy and their respective agreement with the Wikimedia Foundation. If there are inconsistencies between this trademark policy and a chapter, user group, or a thematic organization agreement, the organization should follow their agreement. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-wmorgs|回到分会、用户组和专题组织]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 2 如何使用维基媒体商标 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-smallerlogo}}2.1 如果我的产品和服务不由维基媒体基金会提供，我的商标、名称或公司名称是否能够比维基媒体商标更小？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> No. We need to make sure it is extremely clear that the Wikimedia Foundation is not providing your products or services. This is a simple, consistent way of doing that. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.2 如果我清晰地声明产品或服务由我提供，会怎么样？ ==== 對不起，您的商標、名字或公司名字一定要比維基商標大，而且必須適當地分隔開，因為不是每個人都會閱讀文字，可能有些人只會留意圖片。因此，我們必須確保您的產品或服務並非由維基媒體基金會提供。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-outsidewmsites}}2.3 你们说的“在维基媒体站点以外”是指什么？ ==== 也就是不在[[#FAQ-whataresites|维基媒体基金会控制的站点]]使用商标，例如：维基百科、维基共享资源、维基词典、维基数据、维基语录、维基教科书、维基文库、维基物种、维基新闻、维基学院、维基导游和元维基。回顾商标政策，维基媒雲端虚拟专用服务器的标志也被视为维基媒体站点标志。另外，您可以在站外使用这些标志用于编辑马拉松。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.4 我是否仍然能创建将维基媒体商标和像“在居住地的维基人”的其他词语结合起来的词条？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. This provision is not meant to stop community members from creatively combining the marks with other words to create new terms for the Wikimedia movement as long as they do it on the Wikimedia sites. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-translatetext}}2.5 我可以翻译这些商标的文字么？ ==== 您应该[[#FAQ-whataresites|在维基媒体网站的框架下]]翻译这些商标的文字。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.6 我能添加图形元素（例如，为了庆祝特殊活动）吗？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You can create [[:c:Category:SVG Wikimedia community logos|remixes]] for special on-site purposes, but please do not change the logos outside our sites. These and many, many other questions are answered in the [[Visual identity guidelines|Visual Identity Guidelines]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.7 哪些维基媒体商标的重新组合的类型能够在维基媒体网站之外使用？ ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Certain remixes of Wikimedia logos may be used outside of Wikimedia sites as long as the remix does not look too similar to any of the Wikimedia marks. Please make sure that the remix will not be confused with the original Wikimedia logo.</span> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.8 我可以使用标志的高清版么？ ==== 是的！[[Wikimedia official marks|这里请]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-wheretmnotice}}2.9 我在哪里注释商标提醒？ ==== 尽可能在显眼的位置例如注脚。当有人阅读您的文档、访问您的网站或观看您的电影时应能较容易的找到。有几个很好的例子：文档（同一）页面的底部、藏书票上、网页页脚和/或电影制作者清单后。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.10 如果我认为我没有足够的位置注明提醒我应该怎么办？ ==== 不要担心！如果您是想面向移动设备或其他中小屏幕设备注明，您只需要在维基媒体商标后面加注商标符号（™）即可。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.11 我应该如何在提醒中提及商标？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Wordmarks can be referenced verbatim (i.e. "Wikimedia Commons"). Logos should be described according to the [[Visual identity guidelines#toc-puzzle|Visual Identity Guidelines]]. Examples include the "Wikipedia Puzzle Globe" and the "'W' icon." </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.12 我如何使用多于一个标志？ ==== 请确信所有标志都有一个说明如下： <br /><br /> “维基数据名称及标志是维基媒体基金会的商标。” {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.13 什么时候我不得不加入商标符号？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You only need to use the trademark symbol when you do not have enough space to write the entire notice, like when you are using a trademark on a mobile screen. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.14 能否给一些正确使用商标的例子？ ==== 这里有个例子： <br /> <br /> “维基共享资源™是维基媒体基金会旗下收集自由版权的媒体文件，诸如图像、声音和电影剪辑，并面向全球广泛传播的计划网站！” {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.15 我应该使用何种尺寸的商标？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> When you use a wordmark (like "Wikipedia"), you should use the same font size for the trademark symbol as the wordmark itself. In this context, superscript formatting is encouraged for the symbol. When the mark is an image (like the puzzle globe), you should select a font size for the symbol that matches the size of the image and place the symbol so that it is clearly visible and close enough to the upper right corner of the image without touching it. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.16 但是我想把我的網頁設計得好看一點！我可不可以把商標縮小或放在其他地方？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Unfortunately, no. Remember, you only need to put the symbol next to the first or most prominent use of the mark. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-noticesymbol|回到注释或商标符号]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.17 “未被维基媒体基金会批准或与其相关”意味着什么？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You need to make sure that people do not mistakenly think that you may speak on behalf of the Wikimedia Foundation or one of its sites. For instance, you need to make sure that no one thinks you work for the Wikimedia Foundation. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-withoutpermission}}3 不需询问权限的维基媒体标志使用 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.1 你能给我我能在维基媒体网站上使用商标的例子吗？ ==== 您可以在[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:User page}}|用户页]]、[[{{lwp|Help:Contents}}|帮助页]]和[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:About}}|关于维基媒体或其计划的页面]]使用标志。您也可以在[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Mailing lists|邮件列表]]、[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/IRC|IRC]]或用于维基媒体站点的[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:Tools}}|工具]]使用标志。以上使用需遵守[[Terms of Use|使用条款]]。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-onwmsites|回到维基媒体站点商标使用]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-notcommunityfocused}}3.2 哪些活动不是“重点放在社群的”？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> An event that includes mostly people who are not community members is not a community-focused event. (Please see the [[#FAQ-publicevent|FAQ on events in general]].) This does not mean that you cannot have guests at your meetup! </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.3 您能否提供重点放在社群的活动的例子？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Community-focused events are those events that are primarily open to community members and promote the mission. They tend to be related to improving the overall quality of the Wikimedia sites. Examples include conferences and monthly meetups hosted by community members, as well as other specific events like the "London Wikipedians regular's table," Wiki-Conference in Russia, and Wikipedia Workshop Köln (DE). </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-communityfocused|回到重点放在社群的活动]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.4 如果我的活动是重点放在社群的，我能使用哪些标志？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> First, all Wikimedia community-focused events can bear a trademarked name. You may also use the Wikimedia logos to decorate your venue, but only to the extent they are relevant. For example, you cannot use the Wikisource logo for a Wikimedia Commons-only event. However, keep in mind that the 'Wikimania' name and [[:File:Wikimania.svg|logo]] are reserved for the [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimania|yearly Wikimania conference]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-outreachexamples}}3.5 您能否提供拓展工作使用的例子？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You can put up a stand at a street fair. [[:c:Category:Wikimedia stands|Here are some examples of that]]. You may want to present the Wikimedia sites in your club or [[:c:Category:Silberwissen|reach out to seniors]]. You can also [[:c:Category:Wikipedia Schulprojekt|give a talk in a school]] or [[:c:Category:Wikipedia Education Program|create a university course]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.6 什麼是教育性資源？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Educational materials help people to understand the Wikimedia sites. They can be [[:outreach:Bookshelf Project|leaflets, videos]], [[:m:WMDOC/Cheatsheet|cheat sheets]], and other [[:m:Help:Reference card|guides]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.7 在机构代表社区怎么样？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You need to sign and email us a Quick License if your institution wants to call you [[:outreach:Wikipedian in Residence|"Wikipedian in Residence"]] as part of a GLAM project, or something similar. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-outreach|Back to Outreach and recruitment of new editors]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-communitylogo}}3.8 是否存在维基媒体社区标志？ ==== 是的！它在2008年[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Community logo|官方承认]]为元维基标志。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-fairuseexamples}}3.9 合理使用是什么意思？ ==== 在美国商标法中，[[{{lwp|Fair use (U.S. trademark law)}}|合理使用]]章节允许您有条件的任意使用商标而不至于侵犯版权。本方针不会与之冲突。我们已在[[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-fairuse|3.5]]和[[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-fairuse|3.6]]章节使用您易于理解的语言提到。 除了美国商标法外，您还需留意您所在国家的版权法律，多数也规定了合理使用的情形。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.10 您能否提供更多合理使用的例子？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> This category of fair use is tricky in our case because our wordmarks were not real words before our projects were created, unlike "apple" or "facebook." But we would consider it fair use if you were to write a [[:wikt:book#Noun|book]] in the [[{{lwp|Wiki software}}|Wiki software]] and refer to it as a "wiki book," even though Wikibooks is a distinctive trademark. If you are using the wordmarks to describe our projects, that is also a type of fair use (nominative use). You can read more about nominative use [[#FAQ-nominativeuseexamples|here]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-nonfairuseexamples}}3.11 您能否提供更多并非合理使用的例子？ ==== * 使用维基媒体标志宣传您的书籍。 * 销售带有维基媒体基金会标志的T恤。 * 创建您自己的百科全书并且使用了维基百科的球形拼图。 * 使用维基媒体基金会标志为无关计划筹款。 * 在内容并非来自维基媒体站点情形下却宣称内容“来自维基百科，自由的百科全书”。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-fairuse|回到在维基站点以外的讨论（合理使用）。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-nominativeuseexamples}}3.12 您能否提供更多主要使用的例子？ ==== 这里有一些例子： # '''描述维基媒体站点：''' #* <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">In a presentation that describes how Wikipedia works, using the wordmarks in slides in your bullet points would be a nominative use. The same also applies for a blog post that describes Wikidata. If you want to "illustrate" your slides or your blog post with any of the image marks, please refer to [[#policy-noncommercial|artistic, literary, and other non-commercial uses]].</span> #* <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">However, you cannot use a trademark as a generic term. For example, you cannot set up a wiki on motorcycles and refer to it as "a wikipedia for motorcycles."</span> # '''真實準確地說明：''' #* “维基百科是世界最大的在线百科全书，并且它也是数千个网站中唯一一个集结成千上万志愿者编辑的。” #* “我在2009年加入维基百科成为一名编辑者”（在您的个人网站）。 # '''描述衍生作品：''' #* “来源：维基百科” #* “本艺术作品基于来自维基共享资源的图像创建。” #* “以下内容由维基百科内容衍生而来。” #* 或者干脆：“来自维基百科”或“至维基百科条目”（通过QR码） # '''更多個別例子:''' #* <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Refer to the sections on [[#policy-news|news reporting]]; [[#policy-blogssm|personal blogs and social media]]; [[#policy-noncommercial|artistic, literary, and other non-commercial uses]]; and [[#policy-linkstous|links to Wikimedia sites]].</span> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-nominativeuse|Back to Refer to Wikimedia sites (nominative use).]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-logonewsarticle}}3.13 我是否可以在新闻或漫画杂志或者电视新闻上使用标志或截图？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes, as long as the image illustrates the discussion in the article. Do not use our trademark just to attract attention to your work. That will confuse your readers or viewers, and ours! </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-news|回到新闻报道]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-logoblogssm}}3.14 我是否可以在博客文章或者状态更新站点包括标志？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes, as long as the image illustrates the discussion in your post. Do not use trademarked images just to attract attention to your page. Viewers of your blog or your user page should not be confused and think that your page is endorsed by the Wikimedia Foundation or any of its sites. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.15 我能否在用户名、头像或聊天软件表情中使用商标？ ==== 很遗憾，不。我们非常感谢您宣传维基媒体站点。维基媒体社群为之感谢！然而，我们不希望人们认为您的言论就可以代表维基媒体基金会。您能够继续在用户名、头像或聊天软件表情中使用社群标志。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-blogssm|回到个人博客和社交媒体]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-noncommercialexamples}}3.16 你能给我艺术、文学和其他非商业使用的例子吗？ ==== * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Using the trademarks to discuss a scientific thesis in an academic paper.</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Illustrating a point in the slides for an educational presentation with a screenshot of a Wikimedia site.</span> * 使用标志在美术作品中。 * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Creating a parody for the purposes of conveying a political message.</span> * 撰写一本关于维基百科条目的书籍。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-noncommercial|回到艺术作品、文学作品和其他非商业性使用。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-linkingtousexamples}}3.17 您能否提供链接至维基媒体网站的例子？ ==== 是的，您可[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:Banners and buttons}}|点此]]查看。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-qrcodes}}3.18 我能在连接至维基媒体站点的QR码中使用标志么？ ==== 不。用于连接的标志不应如此使用。使用QR码连接您应使用非艺术化维基百科文字标志。您可[[#FAQ-nominativeuseexamples|点此]]了解更多。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-linkstous|回到连接至维基媒体站点。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-personalmerch}}3.19 我可以利用它們做什麼？ ==== 您可以用來製作衣服、帽子、背包、杯子、釘子、筆、貼紙、海報、屏幕背景，甚至蛋糕。大前提是你不會利用這些物品來牟利。 [[:c:Special:MyLanguage/Category:Wikipedia promotion|<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Here are some examples.</span>]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.20 我可以销售带有这些标志的周边商品么？ ==== 不，在未获授权的情况下您不能这样做。更多信息[[#policy-commercialmerch|见此]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.21 可以在其他场合使用原样么？ ==== 只要你是免費派發這些物品，可以。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.22 那么我在哪可以了解商业销售的周边产品？ ==== 最好是进入[//shop.wikimedia.org 维基媒体商店 (Wikimedia shop)]了解，这里销售的周边商品都由官方授权。如果您希望销售您自己的商品，请[[#policy-commercialmerch|参见此处]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.23 我能要求商业卖主为我创建使用维基媒体商标的自定义物品吗？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Of course! You may ask vendors like bakers and t-shirt sellers to create items with Wikimedia marks especially for you or your friends. This is okay because it is for your own personal use and no one is creating a business surrounding the sale of items with Wikimedia trademarks. And do not worry, vendors will not be required to strictly follow the Visual Identity Guidelines when it is not possible on items like cakes. For example, [[:c:Category:Wikipedia cakes|all these cakes]] are fine. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.24 是否可以委托其他人为会议和类似活动创建带有维基媒体商标的大量物品？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes! As long as the items are not sold to participants, it is okay to ask a vendor to create multiple items with the Wikimedia marks for community-focused parties and gatherings like edit-a-thons under [[Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy#policy-outreach|Section 3.2]] of the policy. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.25 我能在商业货物上使用高分辨率的商标吗？ ==== 當然可以！雖然我們的舊版政策不允許這種做法，但是在新的政策中我們已經廢除了那條規例。 <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[#policy-owngoods|Back to Make your own branded stuff.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-specialpermission}}4 需要许可的特殊使用 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.1 如果我需要許可，我是不是要為此付費？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Usually, there is no license fee. However, we want to keep track of how our trademarks are used. Also, we want to make sure every use complies with our mission and standards. This is why we require a formal license in certain cases. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-specialpermission|回到需要许可的特殊使用。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-contests}}4.2 我是否需要为每一次相片比赛获得许可？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You only need to get a license if you advertise the photo contest outside a Wikimedia site. This includes posters, social media, and blogs. You can freely use the marks for community-focused events. Community-focused events are those that are intended to be predominantly attended by Wikimedia community members. They do not include events open to the general public. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-photocontests|回到照片竞赛。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.3 我是否能够打印带有维基媒体商标的衬衫以为相片比赛给出奖金？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. You can always make t-shirts with the Wikimedia logos and give them away as long as you are not selling them. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-makeyourownbrandedstuff|Back to Make your own branded stuff]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.4 How can I use the marks as a Wikipedian in Residence?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The marks may be used in any way that identifies you as a Wikipedian in Residence. Please avoid confusion about official endorsement. You should clarify that you are not a representative of the Wikimedia Foundation. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-glam|回到GLAM-WIKI活动。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-cybersquatting}}<div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 4.5 Can you give an example of cybersquatting? </div> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> In the past, someone registered the domain wikkipedia.org to attract traffic to their own site. This is called [[{{lwp|cybersquatting}}|cybersquatting]] or [[{{lwp|typosquatting}}|typosquatting]] that infringes our trademark. We strictly enforce our policy against confusing domain names. Please [[:m:Trademark/Report abuse|tell us]] if you see an infringing domain name. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.6 我可以在我的域名中出现维基媒体标志么？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Unfortunately, no. If you do, there is a risk that you will confuse readers that are looking for Wikimedia content or other material related to Wikimedia. Movement organizations may be permitted to use the Wikimedia mark as part of their domain, but only after receiving special permission. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 4.7 Can I use a Wikimedia mark if I use a different top-level domain? </div> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You cannot register a Wikimedia mark as a domain, no matter the [[{{lwp|Top-level domain}}|top-level domain]], including country code top-level domains. For example, you may not register "wikipedia.jobs" even though it uses ".jobs", a different top-level domain, because "wikipedia" is a Wikimedia mark. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.8 但我希望使用我自己的特殊域名！！！ ==== 如果您有合法的理由希望使用我们的域名，请电邮联络[mailto:trademarks@wikimedia.org trademarks@wikimedia.org]。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-domains|回到域名。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-publicevent}}4.10 “公众活动”是什么？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A public event is an event that is not predominantly attended by community members. An event is also public when it is announced to the public with signs or advertisements or in an event schedule. Hence, this rule does not apply to community-focused meetups and conferences. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.10 What event uses require permission?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Using a trademark for an event includes naming the event or using a Wikimedia logo on advertisements, leaflets, signage or a website. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.11 Are there any exceptions to when events require permission?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If the name of the event uses a mark just to describe its content, that might fall under [[#policy-nominativeuse|nominative use]]. An example for this would be announcing a course called 'Editing Wikipedia for Beginners' or 'Using Wikimedia Commons as an Amateur Photographer'. However, always include a [[#policy-noticesymbol|notice]] that explains that your use is with permission from the Wikimedia Foundation and that you are not affiliated with the Foundation. Also, events hosted by a local Wikimedia chapter, thematic organization, or user group can use the marks subject to their respective agreement with the Wikimedia Foundation. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-events|Back to Events and conferences.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-publications}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.12 What is a "publication"?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Publications include books, other print media, and web pages. They also mean audiovisual media like music, and other recordings, film and online video. See [[#policy-outreach|Outreach and recruiting new editors]] for materials that provide education about a Wikimedia site. See [[#policy-moviestv|Section 4.5]] for trademark uses in films. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.13 我可以写一本关于维基百科的书籍么？ ==== [[{{lwp|Bibliography of Wikipedia}}|欢迎您这样做！]]但您不应在未获授权的情况下使用维基媒体标志在书的封面上。这是因为我们不会认可未获授权的书籍能够代言基金会。使用[[#FAQ-nonstylizedwordmark|文字标志]]作为书的标题的一部分时同样需要请求授权。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 4.14 Does this also apply to handbooks, like "A beginner's guide to Wikipedia", aimed at community members? </div> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. But, please send us a request and we will give prompt permission when appropriate. We love Wikipedia guides! </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 4.15 Does it make a difference if the book is being published by an educational publisher? </div> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> No, you will need permission as well, because even educational publishers are commercial entities. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-publications|回到出版物。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-schoolfilm}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.16 Do I need permission to show the Wikipedia marks in a film I am making for my school project?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If you are showing your film to the public, or at your school or workplace, you need permission. But we will make sure to make the permission process as easy and fast as possible. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-moviestv|回到电影和电视节目。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-commercialmerch}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.17 Will I have to donate a portion of the retail price for commercial merchandise?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> No. But you will have to tell your customers if you do not donate your profits. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.18 What do I have to say if I am donating a portion of my proceeds to the Wikimedia Foundation?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Just clearly state what portion of your proceeds will be given to the Wikimedia Foundation. You can, for example, say: "X% of your purchase will be donated to the Wikimedia Foundation." </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.19 Where should I state how much of my proceeds will be donated?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> We recommend placing the notice right next to the purchase price, where it will be clearly visible to all buyers. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.20 Do I need to mention donations to the Wikimedia Foundation if I do not donate anything at all?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. You should state that 0% of your profits will go to the Wikimedia Foundation. Otherwise, users may mistakenly believe that you are doing fundraising for the Foundation. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-commercialmerch|Back to Commercial merchandise.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 5 禁止使用的情况 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-fakearticle}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.1 Can I make a fake Wikipedia article if it is intended as a joke?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> There are exceptions where this is permissible, but they are very limited. You will likely not fall under such an exception if your mimicking site has any commercial background. Please refer to the [[#policy-noncommercial|section on Parodies]]. Most importantly, you must make sure that no one (really no one!) could confuse your site with any part of a Wikimedia site. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-mimicvsparody}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.2 How do I distinguish between a prohibited mimicking site and a parody site?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Here is an example of a mimicking site: Contrary to the [[{{lwp|Wikipedia:COI}}|Wikipedia guidelines]], you create an article on Wikipedia about yourself or your organization. For unknown reasons, "your" article is deleted. This makes you mad. You register the domain "businesspedia.org" and design a website that looks just like the Wikipedia article that just got deleted, including a link to your own website. You are happy to attract more traffic to it by confusing internet users. Booo! </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> An example of parody site: Imagine you have a great friend called [[Rory|Rory]] and his birthday is coming up. You register the domain "rorypedia.org" and design a website that looks just like a humorous Wikipedia biography on your friend Rory. Since you do not want anyone to confuse "Rorypedia" and Wikipedia, you put a bright colored bar on the top of your site saying, "This page is a present for Rory from his awesome friends and not affiliated with Wikipedia. Happy birthday, Rory!" And you take down the site once the birthday party is over. Yaaay! </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.3 How do I avoid mimicking Wikimedia sites when I use the [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/MediaWiki|MediaWiki]] software?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> All wikis using MediaWiki do in fact share certain graphic elements under the default theme, but the Wikimedia sites have certain visual features that distinguish them. Do not imitate these distinguishing features. For example, you should not use logos that are confusingly similar to the Wikimedia marks or name your site something that sounds like a Wikimedia site. But you can use the "Powered by MediaWiki" button as that button simply describes that the wiki is powered by MediaWiki. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Be sure to directly download the [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/MediaWiki|MediaWiki]] software if you want to use it. Please do not try to blindly copy the HTML code of a Wikimedia site! If you do, you will accidentally import features from our sites, like our Terms of Use or our "contact us" details. Being contacted about problems on your unrelated website understandably makes our wonderful [[:m:OTRS/Volunteering|email response team volunteers]] very unhappy. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-mirrors|Back to mimicking sites.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-linkmirror}}5.4 我可以在维基媒体站点的镜像站点使用标志连接么？ ==== 不可以。维基媒体标志只能在真实的维基媒体站点用于连接。我们愿意重申，站点由维基媒体社群维护和管理。 另外，如果您希望架设一个维基媒体站点的镜像站点，请尤其注意[[#policy-mirrors|镜像方针]]。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-linkstoothers|回到连接至非维基媒体站点。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-misrepresentation}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.5 Can you give me some examples of misrepresentation with respect to the marks?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A misrepresentative use can be something that represents yourself. That includes using a Wikimedia logo in your logo, letterhead, or the name of your organization. Online examples are your social media avatar, favicon, and website domain. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-misrepresentation|Back to Misrepresentation.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-reportingabuse}}6 报告商标滥用 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-howfight}}6.1 你們會如何打擊侵犯商標權的行為？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Each year, we receive over 100 reports of trademark violations from community members. We also employ outside contractors and legal counsel to help protect our trademark portfolio globally. Within our resource constraints, our legal team pursues misuses of our marks to ensure that the Wikimedia logos remain distinctively associated with the Wikimedia community. After careful and sensitive evaluation, we send out cease-and-desist letters, which are usually effective. In the few instances that cannot be resolved by other means, we consider litigation to protect the marks. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">6.2 Who is responsible for enforcing Wikimedia's trademarks?</span>==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Trademark enforcement is currently handled by the Wikimedia Foundation legal team to ensure consistency and compliance with trademark law. But we rely on the Wikimedia community to help us identify potential trademark infringements. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">6.3 What happens when you receive a report of a potential trademark infringement?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> When we receive a complaint that our trademarks are being misused, we first send a confirmation to the person submitting the complaint. Potential infringements are then logged into our system. The legal team then combs through each of those complaints to investigate the alleged infringement. We visit the site personally to make sure the complaint has merit. Then we apply US trademark law in assessing whether there is actual "misuse" and it is a valid infringement of the trademark. In general, the standard of "misuse" in US law is whether the use of the trademark is "confusingly similar" to the Wikimedia Foundation's use of the trademark. In other words, will the potential infringers use of the trademark confuse users into thinking their site is sponsored by or hosted by the Wikimedia Foundation? We always contact the potential infringer first to see if they will voluntarily stop using our marks or work with us to make their use less confusing. If we are unable to work things out informally, and they refuse to comply with a cease and desist letter, we decide whether to move forward with litigation to stop the infringement. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">6.4 Can I send a cease and desist letter on behalf of the Wikimedia Foundation when I find misuse?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Please do not. We really appreciate your help with trademark enforcement, but please report any misuses to us so that we can determine what action is appropriate. </div> <div class="mw-translate-fuzzy"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-reporting|回到报告商标滥用。]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-revision}}7 商标政策的修订 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">7.1 Why can you just change the FAQ section?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The FAQs are not part of the trademark policy. We created them to help you understand the policy. We want to add new questions from the community in the future and to clarify any answers users may find confusing. That is why we want to be able to update the FAQs easily. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">7.2 What if I do not agree with the changes to the policy?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> We encourage you to share your comments and concerns with us during the community feedback period following any announced changes. We will take all comments under careful advisement and ensure that any changes to our policy are consistent with our mission. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-revision|Back to Revision of the trademark policy.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 8 其他问题 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQNakedlicensing}}8.1 什么是“无效授权”？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Failure to exercise quality control in trademark licensing is referred to as "naked licensing," and can sometimes result in loss of trademark rights. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 8.2 什么是视觉识别方针？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> They are a [[Special:MyLanguage/Legal:Visual identity guidelines|set of guidelines]] you should follow when using any of the Wikimedia marks. These guidelines ensure that the marks always look their best and are not distorted in any way. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">8.3 How do the Visual Identity Guidelines relate to the trademark policy?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The Visual Identity Guidelines are a separate document from the trademark policy and can be revised without notice. These guidelines help to make sure the Wikimedia marks are always used consistently with the same level of quality. Consistent use is important in order for us to maintain protection over the Wikimedia marks. It helps avoid confusion among users that may view marks similar to the Wikimedia marks. If Wikimedia marks are displayed consistently, users can be sure when they are viewing actual Wikimedia content instead of an imposter site. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 8.4 我有更多问题如何提问？ ==== 如果您还有其他未在此列出的问题，请将其反馈至讨论页。我们将竭尽所能回答并放入本常见问题页。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} </div></div><noinclude> __NOTOC__ __NOEDITSECTION__ [[Category:Trademark policy{{#translation:}}]] [[Category:Frequently asked questions{{#translation:}}]] </noinclude> byy2bd29mu5ggf8s5twnadpzjp1bs0f 594065 594063 2026-09-19T04:17:45Z Pristome 225362 Created page with "4.4 我能够怎样作为在居住地的维基人使用商标？" 594065 wikitext text/x-wiki <noinclude><languages /> {{Policy FAQ disclaimer|page=维基媒体基金会商标政策|pagelink=Policy:Trademark policy}} </noinclude><templatestyles src="Template:Trademark/styles.css" /><div class="trademark-section trademark-faq-container"> <div class="trademark-faq-content"> {{anchor|trademark-faq}}<span class="nomobile" style="font-size:2.5em">[[File:Trademark License FAQ.svg<!--change image-->|100px|link=]] '''<includeonly>{{int string|faq}}</includeonly><noinclude>维基媒体基金会商标政策常见问题</noinclude>'''</span><br />''这些常见问题不是商标政策的组成部分。它们也不是一份法律文件。但是我们希望它们能给你提供帮助。''<span style="font-family:monospace, monospace;" dir="ltr">''':)'''</span> <noinclude>{{nonumtoc}}__TOC__</noinclude> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 0 商标政策简介 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} <!-- The form to do this is: {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 0.1 Title ==== ... {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} Either using the Sub or Not, depending on level --> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-tmprotection}}0.1 什么是“商标保护”？ ==== 商標法(trademark law)保護著某一標誌(mark)所代表的某一成果（work，像是商品或服務）之間的連結關係。它意在保障用戶不致於混淆一項成果的來源。同時，用戶也把商標當做與某成果之間的連結，因此會對此標誌所提供的成果之知名度、品質、以及服務有相當程度的期待。因此，商標是項強而有力、極富價值的工具，它能夠使維基媒體基金會以及其社群成員的知名度具象化，也可被視為一種讓用戶能夠認識某一成果或商品或服務的「簡略表達(shorthand)」。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-whataresites}}0.2 什么是“维基媒体网站(Wikimedia sites)”？ ==== 维基媒体基金会运营很多自由软件和自由内容站点，列表见此：[[Special:SiteMatrix|我们的计划]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-policyapplies}}1 本政策适用範圍？ == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-wordmark}}1.1 什么是“文字标志(wordmark)”？ ==== 顾名思义，就是只由文字组成的商标，诸如“Wikipedia”或“Wikimedia”等计划网站名。另外，这也包括任何官方译名和转写（诸如“[[:w:tr:Ana Sayfa|维基百科]]”）。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-nonstylizedwordmark}}1.2 什么是“非艺术化文字标志(non-stylized wordmark)”？ ==== 非艺术化文字标志就是“维基媒体”及其计划的通用名称，诸如“维基百科”、“维基词典”等。相比之下，艺术化文字标志就是在这些名字基础上适当修改文字结构诸如字体。诸如“维基百科”文字标志艺术化后就是[[File:Wikipedia wordmark.svg|80px]]。无论文字标志是否艺术化均属于维基媒体基金会的商标。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-tradedress}}1.3 什么是“商用外观(trade dress)”？ ==== 對我們而言，商用外觀意指網站或文章的設計符合網站或線上資料的來源。你可以把它看成某個網站「看起來和感覺起來的樣子」。比方說，維基百科條目的設計與外觀、或像是維基百科的首頁。任何維基媒體網站的商用外觀同時也屬於維基媒體基金會的商標。商標法也保護商用外觀。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-wikimediamarks|返回“维基媒体标志。”]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-communitymember}}1.4 什么是“社区成员”？ ==== 任何在维基媒体站点有贡献的人。她也包括任何基金会职员、分会成员、专题组织成员、用户组成员和基金会本身。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-communitymembers|回到社群成员]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-moveorgsfreely}}1.5 为何運動组织不能任意地使用商標？ ==== 身為商標的法定持有者，我們需要掌控運動組織使用商標的方式以保護整個社群。你可以在[[#purpose-maintainrights|這裡]]閱讀更多相關資料。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 1.6 什么是此商标政策和分会、用户组或专题组织协议之间的关系？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Chapters, user groups, and thematic organizations must comply both with this trademark policy and their respective agreement with the Wikimedia Foundation. If there are inconsistencies between this trademark policy and a chapter, user group, or a thematic organization agreement, the organization should follow their agreement. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-wmorgs|回到分会、用户组和专题组织]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 2 如何使用维基媒体商标 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-smallerlogo}}2.1 如果我的产品和服务不由维基媒体基金会提供，我的商标、名称或公司名称是否能够比维基媒体商标更小？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> No. We need to make sure it is extremely clear that the Wikimedia Foundation is not providing your products or services. This is a simple, consistent way of doing that. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.2 如果我清晰地声明产品或服务由我提供，会怎么样？ ==== 對不起，您的商標、名字或公司名字一定要比維基商標大，而且必須適當地分隔開，因為不是每個人都會閱讀文字，可能有些人只會留意圖片。因此，我們必須確保您的產品或服務並非由維基媒體基金會提供。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-outsidewmsites}}2.3 你们说的“在维基媒体站点以外”是指什么？ ==== 也就是不在[[#FAQ-whataresites|维基媒体基金会控制的站点]]使用商标，例如：维基百科、维基共享资源、维基词典、维基数据、维基语录、维基教科书、维基文库、维基物种、维基新闻、维基学院、维基导游和元维基。回顾商标政策，维基媒雲端虚拟专用服务器的标志也被视为维基媒体站点标志。另外，您可以在站外使用这些标志用于编辑马拉松。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.4 我是否仍然能创建将维基媒体商标和像“在居住地的维基人”的其他词语结合起来的词条？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. This provision is not meant to stop community members from creatively combining the marks with other words to create new terms for the Wikimedia movement as long as they do it on the Wikimedia sites. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-translatetext}}2.5 我可以翻译这些商标的文字么？ ==== 您应该[[#FAQ-whataresites|在维基媒体网站的框架下]]翻译这些商标的文字。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.6 我能添加图形元素（例如，为了庆祝特殊活动）吗？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You can create [[:c:Category:SVG Wikimedia community logos|remixes]] for special on-site purposes, but please do not change the logos outside our sites. These and many, many other questions are answered in the [[Visual identity guidelines|Visual Identity Guidelines]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.7 哪些维基媒体商标的重新组合的类型能够在维基媒体网站之外使用？ ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Certain remixes of Wikimedia logos may be used outside of Wikimedia sites as long as the remix does not look too similar to any of the Wikimedia marks. Please make sure that the remix will not be confused with the original Wikimedia logo.</span> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.8 我可以使用标志的高清版么？ ==== 是的！[[Wikimedia official marks|这里请]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-wheretmnotice}}2.9 我在哪里注释商标提醒？ ==== 尽可能在显眼的位置例如注脚。当有人阅读您的文档、访问您的网站或观看您的电影时应能较容易的找到。有几个很好的例子：文档（同一）页面的底部、藏书票上、网页页脚和/或电影制作者清单后。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.10 如果我认为我没有足够的位置注明提醒我应该怎么办？ ==== 不要担心！如果您是想面向移动设备或其他中小屏幕设备注明，您只需要在维基媒体商标后面加注商标符号（™）即可。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.11 我应该如何在提醒中提及商标？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Wordmarks can be referenced verbatim (i.e. "Wikimedia Commons"). Logos should be described according to the [[Visual identity guidelines#toc-puzzle|Visual Identity Guidelines]]. Examples include the "Wikipedia Puzzle Globe" and the "'W' icon." </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.12 我如何使用多于一个标志？ ==== 请确信所有标志都有一个说明如下： <br /><br /> “维基数据名称及标志是维基媒体基金会的商标。” {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.13 什么时候我不得不加入商标符号？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You only need to use the trademark symbol when you do not have enough space to write the entire notice, like when you are using a trademark on a mobile screen. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.14 能否给一些正确使用商标的例子？ ==== 这里有个例子： <br /> <br /> “维基共享资源™是维基媒体基金会旗下收集自由版权的媒体文件，诸如图像、声音和电影剪辑，并面向全球广泛传播的计划网站！” {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.15 我应该使用何种尺寸的商标？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> When you use a wordmark (like "Wikipedia"), you should use the same font size for the trademark symbol as the wordmark itself. In this context, superscript formatting is encouraged for the symbol. When the mark is an image (like the puzzle globe), you should select a font size for the symbol that matches the size of the image and place the symbol so that it is clearly visible and close enough to the upper right corner of the image without touching it. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.16 但是我想把我的網頁設計得好看一點！我可不可以把商標縮小或放在其他地方？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Unfortunately, no. Remember, you only need to put the symbol next to the first or most prominent use of the mark. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-noticesymbol|回到注释或商标符号]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.17 “未被维基媒体基金会批准或与其相关”意味着什么？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You need to make sure that people do not mistakenly think that you may speak on behalf of the Wikimedia Foundation or one of its sites. For instance, you need to make sure that no one thinks you work for the Wikimedia Foundation. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-withoutpermission}}3 不需询问权限的维基媒体标志使用 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.1 你能给我我能在维基媒体网站上使用商标的例子吗？ ==== 您可以在[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:User page}}|用户页]]、[[{{lwp|Help:Contents}}|帮助页]]和[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:About}}|关于维基媒体或其计划的页面]]使用标志。您也可以在[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Mailing lists|邮件列表]]、[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/IRC|IRC]]或用于维基媒体站点的[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:Tools}}|工具]]使用标志。以上使用需遵守[[Terms of Use|使用条款]]。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-onwmsites|回到维基媒体站点商标使用]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-notcommunityfocused}}3.2 哪些活动不是“重点放在社群的”？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> An event that includes mostly people who are not community members is not a community-focused event. (Please see the [[#FAQ-publicevent|FAQ on events in general]].) This does not mean that you cannot have guests at your meetup! </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.3 您能否提供重点放在社群的活动的例子？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Community-focused events are those events that are primarily open to community members and promote the mission. They tend to be related to improving the overall quality of the Wikimedia sites. Examples include conferences and monthly meetups hosted by community members, as well as other specific events like the "London Wikipedians regular's table," Wiki-Conference in Russia, and Wikipedia Workshop Köln (DE). </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-communityfocused|回到重点放在社群的活动]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.4 如果我的活动是重点放在社群的，我能使用哪些标志？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> First, all Wikimedia community-focused events can bear a trademarked name. You may also use the Wikimedia logos to decorate your venue, but only to the extent they are relevant. For example, you cannot use the Wikisource logo for a Wikimedia Commons-only event. However, keep in mind that the 'Wikimania' name and [[:File:Wikimania.svg|logo]] are reserved for the [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimania|yearly Wikimania conference]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-outreachexamples}}3.5 您能否提供拓展工作使用的例子？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You can put up a stand at a street fair. [[:c:Category:Wikimedia stands|Here are some examples of that]]. You may want to present the Wikimedia sites in your club or [[:c:Category:Silberwissen|reach out to seniors]]. You can also [[:c:Category:Wikipedia Schulprojekt|give a talk in a school]] or [[:c:Category:Wikipedia Education Program|create a university course]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.6 什麼是教育性資源？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Educational materials help people to understand the Wikimedia sites. They can be [[:outreach:Bookshelf Project|leaflets, videos]], [[:m:WMDOC/Cheatsheet|cheat sheets]], and other [[:m:Help:Reference card|guides]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.7 在机构代表社区怎么样？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You need to sign and email us a Quick License if your institution wants to call you [[:outreach:Wikipedian in Residence|"Wikipedian in Residence"]] as part of a GLAM project, or something similar. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-outreach|Back to Outreach and recruitment of new editors]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-communitylogo}}3.8 是否存在维基媒体社区标志？ ==== 是的！它在2008年[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Community logo|官方承认]]为元维基标志。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-fairuseexamples}}3.9 合理使用是什么意思？ ==== 在美国商标法中，[[{{lwp|Fair use (U.S. trademark law)}}|合理使用]]章节允许您有条件的任意使用商标而不至于侵犯版权。本方针不会与之冲突。我们已在[[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-fairuse|3.5]]和[[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-fairuse|3.6]]章节使用您易于理解的语言提到。 除了美国商标法外，您还需留意您所在国家的版权法律，多数也规定了合理使用的情形。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.10 您能否提供更多合理使用的例子？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> This category of fair use is tricky in our case because our wordmarks were not real words before our projects were created, unlike "apple" or "facebook." But we would consider it fair use if you were to write a [[:wikt:book#Noun|book]] in the [[{{lwp|Wiki software}}|Wiki software]] and refer to it as a "wiki book," even though Wikibooks is a distinctive trademark. If you are using the wordmarks to describe our projects, that is also a type of fair use (nominative use). You can read more about nominative use [[#FAQ-nominativeuseexamples|here]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-nonfairuseexamples}}3.11 您能否提供更多并非合理使用的例子？ ==== * 使用维基媒体标志宣传您的书籍。 * 销售带有维基媒体基金会标志的T恤。 * 创建您自己的百科全书并且使用了维基百科的球形拼图。 * 使用维基媒体基金会标志为无关计划筹款。 * 在内容并非来自维基媒体站点情形下却宣称内容“来自维基百科，自由的百科全书”。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-fairuse|回到在维基站点以外的讨论（合理使用）。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-nominativeuseexamples}}3.12 您能否提供更多主要使用的例子？ ==== 这里有一些例子： # '''描述维基媒体站点：''' #* <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">In a presentation that describes how Wikipedia works, using the wordmarks in slides in your bullet points would be a nominative use. The same also applies for a blog post that describes Wikidata. If you want to "illustrate" your slides or your blog post with any of the image marks, please refer to [[#policy-noncommercial|artistic, literary, and other non-commercial uses]].</span> #* <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">However, you cannot use a trademark as a generic term. For example, you cannot set up a wiki on motorcycles and refer to it as "a wikipedia for motorcycles."</span> # '''真實準確地說明：''' #* “维基百科是世界最大的在线百科全书，并且它也是数千个网站中唯一一个集结成千上万志愿者编辑的。” #* “我在2009年加入维基百科成为一名编辑者”（在您的个人网站）。 # '''描述衍生作品：''' #* “来源：维基百科” #* “本艺术作品基于来自维基共享资源的图像创建。” #* “以下内容由维基百科内容衍生而来。” #* 或者干脆：“来自维基百科”或“至维基百科条目”（通过QR码） # '''更多個別例子:''' #* <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Refer to the sections on [[#policy-news|news reporting]]; [[#policy-blogssm|personal blogs and social media]]; [[#policy-noncommercial|artistic, literary, and other non-commercial uses]]; and [[#policy-linkstous|links to Wikimedia sites]].</span> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-nominativeuse|Back to Refer to Wikimedia sites (nominative use).]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-logonewsarticle}}3.13 我是否可以在新闻或漫画杂志或者电视新闻上使用标志或截图？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes, as long as the image illustrates the discussion in the article. Do not use our trademark just to attract attention to your work. That will confuse your readers or viewers, and ours! </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-news|回到新闻报道]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-logoblogssm}}3.14 我是否可以在博客文章或者状态更新站点包括标志？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes, as long as the image illustrates the discussion in your post. Do not use trademarked images just to attract attention to your page. Viewers of your blog or your user page should not be confused and think that your page is endorsed by the Wikimedia Foundation or any of its sites. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.15 我能否在用户名、头像或聊天软件表情中使用商标？ ==== 很遗憾，不。我们非常感谢您宣传维基媒体站点。维基媒体社群为之感谢！然而，我们不希望人们认为您的言论就可以代表维基媒体基金会。您能够继续在用户名、头像或聊天软件表情中使用社群标志。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-blogssm|回到个人博客和社交媒体]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-noncommercialexamples}}3.16 你能给我艺术、文学和其他非商业使用的例子吗？ ==== * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Using the trademarks to discuss a scientific thesis in an academic paper.</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Illustrating a point in the slides for an educational presentation with a screenshot of a Wikimedia site.</span> * 使用标志在美术作品中。 * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Creating a parody for the purposes of conveying a political message.</span> * 撰写一本关于维基百科条目的书籍。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-noncommercial|回到艺术作品、文学作品和其他非商业性使用。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-linkingtousexamples}}3.17 您能否提供链接至维基媒体网站的例子？ ==== 是的，您可[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:Banners and buttons}}|点此]]查看。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-qrcodes}}3.18 我能在连接至维基媒体站点的QR码中使用标志么？ ==== 不。用于连接的标志不应如此使用。使用QR码连接您应使用非艺术化维基百科文字标志。您可[[#FAQ-nominativeuseexamples|点此]]了解更多。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-linkstous|回到连接至维基媒体站点。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-personalmerch}}3.19 我可以利用它們做什麼？ ==== 您可以用來製作衣服、帽子、背包、杯子、釘子、筆、貼紙、海報、屏幕背景，甚至蛋糕。大前提是你不會利用這些物品來牟利。 [[:c:Special:MyLanguage/Category:Wikipedia promotion|<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Here are some examples.</span>]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.20 我可以销售带有这些标志的周边商品么？ ==== 不，在未获授权的情况下您不能这样做。更多信息[[#policy-commercialmerch|见此]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.21 可以在其他场合使用原样么？ ==== 只要你是免費派發這些物品，可以。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.22 那么我在哪可以了解商业销售的周边产品？ ==== 最好是进入[//shop.wikimedia.org 维基媒体商店 (Wikimedia shop)]了解，这里销售的周边商品都由官方授权。如果您希望销售您自己的商品，请[[#policy-commercialmerch|参见此处]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.23 我能要求商业卖主为我创建使用维基媒体商标的自定义物品吗？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Of course! You may ask vendors like bakers and t-shirt sellers to create items with Wikimedia marks especially for you or your friends. This is okay because it is for your own personal use and no one is creating a business surrounding the sale of items with Wikimedia trademarks. And do not worry, vendors will not be required to strictly follow the Visual Identity Guidelines when it is not possible on items like cakes. For example, [[:c:Category:Wikipedia cakes|all these cakes]] are fine. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.24 是否可以委托其他人为会议和类似活动创建带有维基媒体商标的大量物品？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes! As long as the items are not sold to participants, it is okay to ask a vendor to create multiple items with the Wikimedia marks for community-focused parties and gatherings like edit-a-thons under [[Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy#policy-outreach|Section 3.2]] of the policy. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.25 我能在商业货物上使用高分辨率的商标吗？ ==== 當然可以！雖然我們的舊版政策不允許這種做法，但是在新的政策中我們已經廢除了那條規例。 <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[#policy-owngoods|Back to Make your own branded stuff.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-specialpermission}}4 需要许可的特殊使用 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.1 如果我需要許可，我是不是要為此付費？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Usually, there is no license fee. However, we want to keep track of how our trademarks are used. Also, we want to make sure every use complies with our mission and standards. This is why we require a formal license in certain cases. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-specialpermission|回到需要许可的特殊使用。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-contests}}4.2 我是否需要为每一次相片比赛获得许可？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You only need to get a license if you advertise the photo contest outside a Wikimedia site. This includes posters, social media, and blogs. You can freely use the marks for community-focused events. Community-focused events are those that are intended to be predominantly attended by Wikimedia community members. They do not include events open to the general public. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-photocontests|回到照片竞赛。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.3 我是否能够打印带有维基媒体商标的衬衫以为相片比赛给出奖金？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. You can always make t-shirts with the Wikimedia logos and give them away as long as you are not selling them. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-makeyourownbrandedstuff|Back to Make your own branded stuff]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.4 我能够怎样作为在居住地的维基人使用商标？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The marks may be used in any way that identifies you as a Wikipedian in Residence. Please avoid confusion about official endorsement. You should clarify that you are not a representative of the Wikimedia Foundation. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-glam|回到GLAM-WIKI活动。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-cybersquatting}}<div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 4.5 Can you give an example of cybersquatting? </div> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> In the past, someone registered the domain wikkipedia.org to attract traffic to their own site. This is called [[{{lwp|cybersquatting}}|cybersquatting]] or [[{{lwp|typosquatting}}|typosquatting]] that infringes our trademark. We strictly enforce our policy against confusing domain names. Please [[:m:Trademark/Report abuse|tell us]] if you see an infringing domain name. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.6 我可以在我的域名中出现维基媒体标志么？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Unfortunately, no. If you do, there is a risk that you will confuse readers that are looking for Wikimedia content or other material related to Wikimedia. Movement organizations may be permitted to use the Wikimedia mark as part of their domain, but only after receiving special permission. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 4.7 Can I use a Wikimedia mark if I use a different top-level domain? </div> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You cannot register a Wikimedia mark as a domain, no matter the [[{{lwp|Top-level domain}}|top-level domain]], including country code top-level domains. For example, you may not register "wikipedia.jobs" even though it uses ".jobs", a different top-level domain, because "wikipedia" is a Wikimedia mark. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.8 但我希望使用我自己的特殊域名！！！ ==== 如果您有合法的理由希望使用我们的域名，请电邮联络[mailto:trademarks@wikimedia.org trademarks@wikimedia.org]。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-domains|回到域名。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-publicevent}}4.10 “公众活动”是什么？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A public event is an event that is not predominantly attended by community members. An event is also public when it is announced to the public with signs or advertisements or in an event schedule. Hence, this rule does not apply to community-focused meetups and conferences. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.10 What event uses require permission?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Using a trademark for an event includes naming the event or using a Wikimedia logo on advertisements, leaflets, signage or a website. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.11 Are there any exceptions to when events require permission?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If the name of the event uses a mark just to describe its content, that might fall under [[#policy-nominativeuse|nominative use]]. An example for this would be announcing a course called 'Editing Wikipedia for Beginners' or 'Using Wikimedia Commons as an Amateur Photographer'. However, always include a [[#policy-noticesymbol|notice]] that explains that your use is with permission from the Wikimedia Foundation and that you are not affiliated with the Foundation. Also, events hosted by a local Wikimedia chapter, thematic organization, or user group can use the marks subject to their respective agreement with the Wikimedia Foundation. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-events|Back to Events and conferences.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-publications}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.12 What is a "publication"?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Publications include books, other print media, and web pages. They also mean audiovisual media like music, and other recordings, film and online video. See [[#policy-outreach|Outreach and recruiting new editors]] for materials that provide education about a Wikimedia site. See [[#policy-moviestv|Section 4.5]] for trademark uses in films. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.13 我可以写一本关于维基百科的书籍么？ ==== [[{{lwp|Bibliography of Wikipedia}}|欢迎您这样做！]]但您不应在未获授权的情况下使用维基媒体标志在书的封面上。这是因为我们不会认可未获授权的书籍能够代言基金会。使用[[#FAQ-nonstylizedwordmark|文字标志]]作为书的标题的一部分时同样需要请求授权。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 4.14 Does this also apply to handbooks, like "A beginner's guide to Wikipedia", aimed at community members? </div> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. But, please send us a request and we will give prompt permission when appropriate. We love Wikipedia guides! </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 4.15 Does it make a difference if the book is being published by an educational publisher? </div> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> No, you will need permission as well, because even educational publishers are commercial entities. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-publications|回到出版物。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-schoolfilm}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.16 Do I need permission to show the Wikipedia marks in a film I am making for my school project?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If you are showing your film to the public, or at your school or workplace, you need permission. But we will make sure to make the permission process as easy and fast as possible. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-moviestv|回到电影和电视节目。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-commercialmerch}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.17 Will I have to donate a portion of the retail price for commercial merchandise?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> No. But you will have to tell your customers if you do not donate your profits. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.18 What do I have to say if I am donating a portion of my proceeds to the Wikimedia Foundation?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Just clearly state what portion of your proceeds will be given to the Wikimedia Foundation. You can, for example, say: "X% of your purchase will be donated to the Wikimedia Foundation." </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.19 Where should I state how much of my proceeds will be donated?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> We recommend placing the notice right next to the purchase price, where it will be clearly visible to all buyers. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.20 Do I need to mention donations to the Wikimedia Foundation if I do not donate anything at all?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. You should state that 0% of your profits will go to the Wikimedia Foundation. Otherwise, users may mistakenly believe that you are doing fundraising for the Foundation. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-commercialmerch|Back to Commercial merchandise.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 5 禁止使用的情况 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-fakearticle}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.1 Can I make a fake Wikipedia article if it is intended as a joke?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> There are exceptions where this is permissible, but they are very limited. You will likely not fall under such an exception if your mimicking site has any commercial background. Please refer to the [[#policy-noncommercial|section on Parodies]]. Most importantly, you must make sure that no one (really no one!) could confuse your site with any part of a Wikimedia site. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-mimicvsparody}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.2 How do I distinguish between a prohibited mimicking site and a parody site?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Here is an example of a mimicking site: Contrary to the [[{{lwp|Wikipedia:COI}}|Wikipedia guidelines]], you create an article on Wikipedia about yourself or your organization. For unknown reasons, "your" article is deleted. This makes you mad. You register the domain "businesspedia.org" and design a website that looks just like the Wikipedia article that just got deleted, including a link to your own website. You are happy to attract more traffic to it by confusing internet users. Booo! </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> An example of parody site: Imagine you have a great friend called [[Rory|Rory]] and his birthday is coming up. You register the domain "rorypedia.org" and design a website that looks just like a humorous Wikipedia biography on your friend Rory. Since you do not want anyone to confuse "Rorypedia" and Wikipedia, you put a bright colored bar on the top of your site saying, "This page is a present for Rory from his awesome friends and not affiliated with Wikipedia. Happy birthday, Rory!" And you take down the site once the birthday party is over. Yaaay! </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.3 How do I avoid mimicking Wikimedia sites when I use the [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/MediaWiki|MediaWiki]] software?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> All wikis using MediaWiki do in fact share certain graphic elements under the default theme, but the Wikimedia sites have certain visual features that distinguish them. Do not imitate these distinguishing features. For example, you should not use logos that are confusingly similar to the Wikimedia marks or name your site something that sounds like a Wikimedia site. But you can use the "Powered by MediaWiki" button as that button simply describes that the wiki is powered by MediaWiki. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Be sure to directly download the [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/MediaWiki|MediaWiki]] software if you want to use it. Please do not try to blindly copy the HTML code of a Wikimedia site! If you do, you will accidentally import features from our sites, like our Terms of Use or our "contact us" details. Being contacted about problems on your unrelated website understandably makes our wonderful [[:m:OTRS/Volunteering|email response team volunteers]] very unhappy. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-mirrors|Back to mimicking sites.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-linkmirror}}5.4 我可以在维基媒体站点的镜像站点使用标志连接么？ ==== 不可以。维基媒体标志只能在真实的维基媒体站点用于连接。我们愿意重申，站点由维基媒体社群维护和管理。 另外，如果您希望架设一个维基媒体站点的镜像站点，请尤其注意[[#policy-mirrors|镜像方针]]。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-linkstoothers|回到连接至非维基媒体站点。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-misrepresentation}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.5 Can you give me some examples of misrepresentation with respect to the marks?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A misrepresentative use can be something that represents yourself. That includes using a Wikimedia logo in your logo, letterhead, or the name of your organization. Online examples are your social media avatar, favicon, and website domain. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-misrepresentation|Back to Misrepresentation.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-reportingabuse}}6 报告商标滥用 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-howfight}}6.1 你們會如何打擊侵犯商標權的行為？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Each year, we receive over 100 reports of trademark violations from community members. We also employ outside contractors and legal counsel to help protect our trademark portfolio globally. Within our resource constraints, our legal team pursues misuses of our marks to ensure that the Wikimedia logos remain distinctively associated with the Wikimedia community. After careful and sensitive evaluation, we send out cease-and-desist letters, which are usually effective. In the few instances that cannot be resolved by other means, we consider litigation to protect the marks. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">6.2 Who is responsible for enforcing Wikimedia's trademarks?</span>==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Trademark enforcement is currently handled by the Wikimedia Foundation legal team to ensure consistency and compliance with trademark law. But we rely on the Wikimedia community to help us identify potential trademark infringements. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">6.3 What happens when you receive a report of a potential trademark infringement?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> When we receive a complaint that our trademarks are being misused, we first send a confirmation to the person submitting the complaint. Potential infringements are then logged into our system. The legal team then combs through each of those complaints to investigate the alleged infringement. We visit the site personally to make sure the complaint has merit. Then we apply US trademark law in assessing whether there is actual "misuse" and it is a valid infringement of the trademark. In general, the standard of "misuse" in US law is whether the use of the trademark is "confusingly similar" to the Wikimedia Foundation's use of the trademark. In other words, will the potential infringers use of the trademark confuse users into thinking their site is sponsored by or hosted by the Wikimedia Foundation? We always contact the potential infringer first to see if they will voluntarily stop using our marks or work with us to make their use less confusing. If we are unable to work things out informally, and they refuse to comply with a cease and desist letter, we decide whether to move forward with litigation to stop the infringement. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">6.4 Can I send a cease and desist letter on behalf of the Wikimedia Foundation when I find misuse?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Please do not. We really appreciate your help with trademark enforcement, but please report any misuses to us so that we can determine what action is appropriate. </div> <div class="mw-translate-fuzzy"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-reporting|回到报告商标滥用。]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-revision}}7 商标政策的修订 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">7.1 Why can you just change the FAQ section?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The FAQs are not part of the trademark policy. We created them to help you understand the policy. We want to add new questions from the community in the future and to clarify any answers users may find confusing. That is why we want to be able to update the FAQs easily. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">7.2 What if I do not agree with the changes to the policy?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> We encourage you to share your comments and concerns with us during the community feedback period following any announced changes. We will take all comments under careful advisement and ensure that any changes to our policy are consistent with our mission. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-revision|Back to Revision of the trademark policy.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 8 其他问题 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQNakedlicensing}}8.1 什么是“无效授权”？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Failure to exercise quality control in trademark licensing is referred to as "naked licensing," and can sometimes result in loss of trademark rights. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 8.2 什么是视觉识别方针？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> They are a [[Special:MyLanguage/Legal:Visual identity guidelines|set of guidelines]] you should follow when using any of the Wikimedia marks. These guidelines ensure that the marks always look their best and are not distorted in any way. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">8.3 How do the Visual Identity Guidelines relate to the trademark policy?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The Visual Identity Guidelines are a separate document from the trademark policy and can be revised without notice. These guidelines help to make sure the Wikimedia marks are always used consistently with the same level of quality. Consistent use is important in order for us to maintain protection over the Wikimedia marks. It helps avoid confusion among users that may view marks similar to the Wikimedia marks. If Wikimedia marks are displayed consistently, users can be sure when they are viewing actual Wikimedia content instead of an imposter site. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 8.4 我有更多问题如何提问？ ==== 如果您还有其他未在此列出的问题，请将其反馈至讨论页。我们将竭尽所能回答并放入本常见问题页。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} </div></div><noinclude> __NOTOC__ __NOEDITSECTION__ [[Category:Trademark policy{{#translation:}}]] [[Category:Frequently asked questions{{#translation:}}]] </noinclude> bc6ar298s25fmvahowjyoc9bd8hbam6 594067 594065 2026-09-19T04:21:40Z Pristome 225362 Created page with "4.5 你能给我域名抢注的例子吗？" 594067 wikitext text/x-wiki <noinclude><languages /> {{Policy FAQ disclaimer|page=维基媒体基金会商标政策|pagelink=Policy:Trademark policy}} </noinclude><templatestyles src="Template:Trademark/styles.css" /><div class="trademark-section trademark-faq-container"> <div class="trademark-faq-content"> {{anchor|trademark-faq}}<span class="nomobile" style="font-size:2.5em">[[File:Trademark License FAQ.svg<!--change image-->|100px|link=]] '''<includeonly>{{int string|faq}}</includeonly><noinclude>维基媒体基金会商标政策常见问题</noinclude>'''</span><br />''这些常见问题不是商标政策的组成部分。它们也不是一份法律文件。但是我们希望它们能给你提供帮助。''<span style="font-family:monospace, monospace;" dir="ltr">''':)'''</span> <noinclude>{{nonumtoc}}__TOC__</noinclude> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 0 商标政策简介 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} <!-- The form to do this is: {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 0.1 Title ==== ... {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} Either using the Sub or Not, depending on level --> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-tmprotection}}0.1 什么是“商标保护”？ ==== 商標法(trademark law)保護著某一標誌(mark)所代表的某一成果（work，像是商品或服務）之間的連結關係。它意在保障用戶不致於混淆一項成果的來源。同時，用戶也把商標當做與某成果之間的連結，因此會對此標誌所提供的成果之知名度、品質、以及服務有相當程度的期待。因此，商標是項強而有力、極富價值的工具，它能夠使維基媒體基金會以及其社群成員的知名度具象化，也可被視為一種讓用戶能夠認識某一成果或商品或服務的「簡略表達(shorthand)」。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-whataresites}}0.2 什么是“维基媒体网站(Wikimedia sites)”？ ==== 维基媒体基金会运营很多自由软件和自由内容站点，列表见此：[[Special:SiteMatrix|我们的计划]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-policyapplies}}1 本政策适用範圍？ == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-wordmark}}1.1 什么是“文字标志(wordmark)”？ ==== 顾名思义，就是只由文字组成的商标，诸如“Wikipedia”或“Wikimedia”等计划网站名。另外，这也包括任何官方译名和转写（诸如“[[:w:tr:Ana Sayfa|维基百科]]”）。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-nonstylizedwordmark}}1.2 什么是“非艺术化文字标志(non-stylized wordmark)”？ ==== 非艺术化文字标志就是“维基媒体”及其计划的通用名称，诸如“维基百科”、“维基词典”等。相比之下，艺术化文字标志就是在这些名字基础上适当修改文字结构诸如字体。诸如“维基百科”文字标志艺术化后就是[[File:Wikipedia wordmark.svg|80px]]。无论文字标志是否艺术化均属于维基媒体基金会的商标。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-tradedress}}1.3 什么是“商用外观(trade dress)”？ ==== 對我們而言，商用外觀意指網站或文章的設計符合網站或線上資料的來源。你可以把它看成某個網站「看起來和感覺起來的樣子」。比方說，維基百科條目的設計與外觀、或像是維基百科的首頁。任何維基媒體網站的商用外觀同時也屬於維基媒體基金會的商標。商標法也保護商用外觀。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-wikimediamarks|返回“维基媒体标志。”]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-communitymember}}1.4 什么是“社区成员”？ ==== 任何在维基媒体站点有贡献的人。她也包括任何基金会职员、分会成员、专题组织成员、用户组成员和基金会本身。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-communitymembers|回到社群成员]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-moveorgsfreely}}1.5 为何運動组织不能任意地使用商標？ ==== 身為商標的法定持有者，我們需要掌控運動組織使用商標的方式以保護整個社群。你可以在[[#purpose-maintainrights|這裡]]閱讀更多相關資料。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 1.6 什么是此商标政策和分会、用户组或专题组织协议之间的关系？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Chapters, user groups, and thematic organizations must comply both with this trademark policy and their respective agreement with the Wikimedia Foundation. If there are inconsistencies between this trademark policy and a chapter, user group, or a thematic organization agreement, the organization should follow their agreement. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-wmorgs|回到分会、用户组和专题组织]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 2 如何使用维基媒体商标 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-smallerlogo}}2.1 如果我的产品和服务不由维基媒体基金会提供，我的商标、名称或公司名称是否能够比维基媒体商标更小？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> No. We need to make sure it is extremely clear that the Wikimedia Foundation is not providing your products or services. This is a simple, consistent way of doing that. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.2 如果我清晰地声明产品或服务由我提供，会怎么样？ ==== 對不起，您的商標、名字或公司名字一定要比維基商標大，而且必須適當地分隔開，因為不是每個人都會閱讀文字，可能有些人只會留意圖片。因此，我們必須確保您的產品或服務並非由維基媒體基金會提供。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-outsidewmsites}}2.3 你们说的“在维基媒体站点以外”是指什么？ ==== 也就是不在[[#FAQ-whataresites|维基媒体基金会控制的站点]]使用商标，例如：维基百科、维基共享资源、维基词典、维基数据、维基语录、维基教科书、维基文库、维基物种、维基新闻、维基学院、维基导游和元维基。回顾商标政策，维基媒雲端虚拟专用服务器的标志也被视为维基媒体站点标志。另外，您可以在站外使用这些标志用于编辑马拉松。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.4 我是否仍然能创建将维基媒体商标和像“在居住地的维基人”的其他词语结合起来的词条？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. This provision is not meant to stop community members from creatively combining the marks with other words to create new terms for the Wikimedia movement as long as they do it on the Wikimedia sites. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-translatetext}}2.5 我可以翻译这些商标的文字么？ ==== 您应该[[#FAQ-whataresites|在维基媒体网站的框架下]]翻译这些商标的文字。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.6 我能添加图形元素（例如，为了庆祝特殊活动）吗？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You can create [[:c:Category:SVG Wikimedia community logos|remixes]] for special on-site purposes, but please do not change the logos outside our sites. These and many, many other questions are answered in the [[Visual identity guidelines|Visual Identity Guidelines]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.7 哪些维基媒体商标的重新组合的类型能够在维基媒体网站之外使用？ ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Certain remixes of Wikimedia logos may be used outside of Wikimedia sites as long as the remix does not look too similar to any of the Wikimedia marks. Please make sure that the remix will not be confused with the original Wikimedia logo.</span> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.8 我可以使用标志的高清版么？ ==== 是的！[[Wikimedia official marks|这里请]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-wheretmnotice}}2.9 我在哪里注释商标提醒？ ==== 尽可能在显眼的位置例如注脚。当有人阅读您的文档、访问您的网站或观看您的电影时应能较容易的找到。有几个很好的例子：文档（同一）页面的底部、藏书票上、网页页脚和/或电影制作者清单后。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.10 如果我认为我没有足够的位置注明提醒我应该怎么办？ ==== 不要担心！如果您是想面向移动设备或其他中小屏幕设备注明，您只需要在维基媒体商标后面加注商标符号（™）即可。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.11 我应该如何在提醒中提及商标？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Wordmarks can be referenced verbatim (i.e. "Wikimedia Commons"). Logos should be described according to the [[Visual identity guidelines#toc-puzzle|Visual Identity Guidelines]]. Examples include the "Wikipedia Puzzle Globe" and the "'W' icon." </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.12 我如何使用多于一个标志？ ==== 请确信所有标志都有一个说明如下： <br /><br /> “维基数据名称及标志是维基媒体基金会的商标。” {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.13 什么时候我不得不加入商标符号？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You only need to use the trademark symbol when you do not have enough space to write the entire notice, like when you are using a trademark on a mobile screen. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.14 能否给一些正确使用商标的例子？ ==== 这里有个例子： <br /> <br /> “维基共享资源™是维基媒体基金会旗下收集自由版权的媒体文件，诸如图像、声音和电影剪辑，并面向全球广泛传播的计划网站！” {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.15 我应该使用何种尺寸的商标？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> When you use a wordmark (like "Wikipedia"), you should use the same font size for the trademark symbol as the wordmark itself. In this context, superscript formatting is encouraged for the symbol. When the mark is an image (like the puzzle globe), you should select a font size for the symbol that matches the size of the image and place the symbol so that it is clearly visible and close enough to the upper right corner of the image without touching it. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.16 但是我想把我的網頁設計得好看一點！我可不可以把商標縮小或放在其他地方？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Unfortunately, no. Remember, you only need to put the symbol next to the first or most prominent use of the mark. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-noticesymbol|回到注释或商标符号]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.17 “未被维基媒体基金会批准或与其相关”意味着什么？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You need to make sure that people do not mistakenly think that you may speak on behalf of the Wikimedia Foundation or one of its sites. For instance, you need to make sure that no one thinks you work for the Wikimedia Foundation. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-withoutpermission}}3 不需询问权限的维基媒体标志使用 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.1 你能给我我能在维基媒体网站上使用商标的例子吗？ ==== 您可以在[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:User page}}|用户页]]、[[{{lwp|Help:Contents}}|帮助页]]和[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:About}}|关于维基媒体或其计划的页面]]使用标志。您也可以在[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Mailing lists|邮件列表]]、[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/IRC|IRC]]或用于维基媒体站点的[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:Tools}}|工具]]使用标志。以上使用需遵守[[Terms of Use|使用条款]]。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-onwmsites|回到维基媒体站点商标使用]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-notcommunityfocused}}3.2 哪些活动不是“重点放在社群的”？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> An event that includes mostly people who are not community members is not a community-focused event. (Please see the [[#FAQ-publicevent|FAQ on events in general]].) This does not mean that you cannot have guests at your meetup! </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.3 您能否提供重点放在社群的活动的例子？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Community-focused events are those events that are primarily open to community members and promote the mission. They tend to be related to improving the overall quality of the Wikimedia sites. Examples include conferences and monthly meetups hosted by community members, as well as other specific events like the "London Wikipedians regular's table," Wiki-Conference in Russia, and Wikipedia Workshop Köln (DE). </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-communityfocused|回到重点放在社群的活动]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.4 如果我的活动是重点放在社群的，我能使用哪些标志？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> First, all Wikimedia community-focused events can bear a trademarked name. You may also use the Wikimedia logos to decorate your venue, but only to the extent they are relevant. For example, you cannot use the Wikisource logo for a Wikimedia Commons-only event. However, keep in mind that the 'Wikimania' name and [[:File:Wikimania.svg|logo]] are reserved for the [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimania|yearly Wikimania conference]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-outreachexamples}}3.5 您能否提供拓展工作使用的例子？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You can put up a stand at a street fair. [[:c:Category:Wikimedia stands|Here are some examples of that]]. You may want to present the Wikimedia sites in your club or [[:c:Category:Silberwissen|reach out to seniors]]. You can also [[:c:Category:Wikipedia Schulprojekt|give a talk in a school]] or [[:c:Category:Wikipedia Education Program|create a university course]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.6 什麼是教育性資源？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Educational materials help people to understand the Wikimedia sites. They can be [[:outreach:Bookshelf Project|leaflets, videos]], [[:m:WMDOC/Cheatsheet|cheat sheets]], and other [[:m:Help:Reference card|guides]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.7 在机构代表社区怎么样？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You need to sign and email us a Quick License if your institution wants to call you [[:outreach:Wikipedian in Residence|"Wikipedian in Residence"]] as part of a GLAM project, or something similar. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-outreach|Back to Outreach and recruitment of new editors]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-communitylogo}}3.8 是否存在维基媒体社区标志？ ==== 是的！它在2008年[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Community logo|官方承认]]为元维基标志。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-fairuseexamples}}3.9 合理使用是什么意思？ ==== 在美国商标法中，[[{{lwp|Fair use (U.S. trademark law)}}|合理使用]]章节允许您有条件的任意使用商标而不至于侵犯版权。本方针不会与之冲突。我们已在[[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-fairuse|3.5]]和[[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-fairuse|3.6]]章节使用您易于理解的语言提到。 除了美国商标法外，您还需留意您所在国家的版权法律，多数也规定了合理使用的情形。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.10 您能否提供更多合理使用的例子？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> This category of fair use is tricky in our case because our wordmarks were not real words before our projects were created, unlike "apple" or "facebook." But we would consider it fair use if you were to write a [[:wikt:book#Noun|book]] in the [[{{lwp|Wiki software}}|Wiki software]] and refer to it as a "wiki book," even though Wikibooks is a distinctive trademark. If you are using the wordmarks to describe our projects, that is also a type of fair use (nominative use). You can read more about nominative use [[#FAQ-nominativeuseexamples|here]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-nonfairuseexamples}}3.11 您能否提供更多并非合理使用的例子？ ==== * 使用维基媒体标志宣传您的书籍。 * 销售带有维基媒体基金会标志的T恤。 * 创建您自己的百科全书并且使用了维基百科的球形拼图。 * 使用维基媒体基金会标志为无关计划筹款。 * 在内容并非来自维基媒体站点情形下却宣称内容“来自维基百科，自由的百科全书”。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-fairuse|回到在维基站点以外的讨论（合理使用）。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-nominativeuseexamples}}3.12 您能否提供更多主要使用的例子？ ==== 这里有一些例子： # '''描述维基媒体站点：''' #* <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">In a presentation that describes how Wikipedia works, using the wordmarks in slides in your bullet points would be a nominative use. The same also applies for a blog post that describes Wikidata. If you want to "illustrate" your slides or your blog post with any of the image marks, please refer to [[#policy-noncommercial|artistic, literary, and other non-commercial uses]].</span> #* <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">However, you cannot use a trademark as a generic term. For example, you cannot set up a wiki on motorcycles and refer to it as "a wikipedia for motorcycles."</span> # '''真實準確地說明：''' #* “维基百科是世界最大的在线百科全书，并且它也是数千个网站中唯一一个集结成千上万志愿者编辑的。” #* “我在2009年加入维基百科成为一名编辑者”（在您的个人网站）。 # '''描述衍生作品：''' #* “来源：维基百科” #* “本艺术作品基于来自维基共享资源的图像创建。” #* “以下内容由维基百科内容衍生而来。” #* 或者干脆：“来自维基百科”或“至维基百科条目”（通过QR码） # '''更多個別例子:''' #* <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Refer to the sections on [[#policy-news|news reporting]]; [[#policy-blogssm|personal blogs and social media]]; [[#policy-noncommercial|artistic, literary, and other non-commercial uses]]; and [[#policy-linkstous|links to Wikimedia sites]].</span> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-nominativeuse|Back to Refer to Wikimedia sites (nominative use).]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-logonewsarticle}}3.13 我是否可以在新闻或漫画杂志或者电视新闻上使用标志或截图？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes, as long as the image illustrates the discussion in the article. Do not use our trademark just to attract attention to your work. That will confuse your readers or viewers, and ours! </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-news|回到新闻报道]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-logoblogssm}}3.14 我是否可以在博客文章或者状态更新站点包括标志？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes, as long as the image illustrates the discussion in your post. Do not use trademarked images just to attract attention to your page. Viewers of your blog or your user page should not be confused and think that your page is endorsed by the Wikimedia Foundation or any of its sites. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.15 我能否在用户名、头像或聊天软件表情中使用商标？ ==== 很遗憾，不。我们非常感谢您宣传维基媒体站点。维基媒体社群为之感谢！然而，我们不希望人们认为您的言论就可以代表维基媒体基金会。您能够继续在用户名、头像或聊天软件表情中使用社群标志。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-blogssm|回到个人博客和社交媒体]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-noncommercialexamples}}3.16 你能给我艺术、文学和其他非商业使用的例子吗？ ==== * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Using the trademarks to discuss a scientific thesis in an academic paper.</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Illustrating a point in the slides for an educational presentation with a screenshot of a Wikimedia site.</span> * 使用标志在美术作品中。 * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Creating a parody for the purposes of conveying a political message.</span> * 撰写一本关于维基百科条目的书籍。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-noncommercial|回到艺术作品、文学作品和其他非商业性使用。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-linkingtousexamples}}3.17 您能否提供链接至维基媒体网站的例子？ ==== 是的，您可[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:Banners and buttons}}|点此]]查看。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-qrcodes}}3.18 我能在连接至维基媒体站点的QR码中使用标志么？ ==== 不。用于连接的标志不应如此使用。使用QR码连接您应使用非艺术化维基百科文字标志。您可[[#FAQ-nominativeuseexamples|点此]]了解更多。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-linkstous|回到连接至维基媒体站点。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-personalmerch}}3.19 我可以利用它們做什麼？ ==== 您可以用來製作衣服、帽子、背包、杯子、釘子、筆、貼紙、海報、屏幕背景，甚至蛋糕。大前提是你不會利用這些物品來牟利。 [[:c:Special:MyLanguage/Category:Wikipedia promotion|<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Here are some examples.</span>]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.20 我可以销售带有这些标志的周边商品么？ ==== 不，在未获授权的情况下您不能这样做。更多信息[[#policy-commercialmerch|见此]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.21 可以在其他场合使用原样么？ ==== 只要你是免費派發這些物品，可以。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.22 那么我在哪可以了解商业销售的周边产品？ ==== 最好是进入[//shop.wikimedia.org 维基媒体商店 (Wikimedia shop)]了解，这里销售的周边商品都由官方授权。如果您希望销售您自己的商品，请[[#policy-commercialmerch|参见此处]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.23 我能要求商业卖主为我创建使用维基媒体商标的自定义物品吗？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Of course! You may ask vendors like bakers and t-shirt sellers to create items with Wikimedia marks especially for you or your friends. This is okay because it is for your own personal use and no one is creating a business surrounding the sale of items with Wikimedia trademarks. And do not worry, vendors will not be required to strictly follow the Visual Identity Guidelines when it is not possible on items like cakes. For example, [[:c:Category:Wikipedia cakes|all these cakes]] are fine. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.24 是否可以委托其他人为会议和类似活动创建带有维基媒体商标的大量物品？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes! As long as the items are not sold to participants, it is okay to ask a vendor to create multiple items with the Wikimedia marks for community-focused parties and gatherings like edit-a-thons under [[Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy#policy-outreach|Section 3.2]] of the policy. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.25 我能在商业货物上使用高分辨率的商标吗？ ==== 當然可以！雖然我們的舊版政策不允許這種做法，但是在新的政策中我們已經廢除了那條規例。 <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[#policy-owngoods|Back to Make your own branded stuff.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-specialpermission}}4 需要许可的特殊使用 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.1 如果我需要許可，我是不是要為此付費？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Usually, there is no license fee. However, we want to keep track of how our trademarks are used. Also, we want to make sure every use complies with our mission and standards. This is why we require a formal license in certain cases. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-specialpermission|回到需要许可的特殊使用。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-contests}}4.2 我是否需要为每一次相片比赛获得许可？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You only need to get a license if you advertise the photo contest outside a Wikimedia site. This includes posters, social media, and blogs. You can freely use the marks for community-focused events. Community-focused events are those that are intended to be predominantly attended by Wikimedia community members. They do not include events open to the general public. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-photocontests|回到照片竞赛。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.3 我是否能够打印带有维基媒体商标的衬衫以为相片比赛给出奖金？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. You can always make t-shirts with the Wikimedia logos and give them away as long as you are not selling them. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-makeyourownbrandedstuff|Back to Make your own branded stuff]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.4 我能够怎样作为在居住地的维基人使用商标？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The marks may be used in any way that identifies you as a Wikipedian in Residence. Please avoid confusion about official endorsement. You should clarify that you are not a representative of the Wikimedia Foundation. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-glam|回到GLAM-WIKI活动。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-cybersquatting}}4.5 你能给我域名抢注的例子吗？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> In the past, someone registered the domain wikkipedia.org to attract traffic to their own site. This is called [[{{lwp|cybersquatting}}|cybersquatting]] or [[{{lwp|typosquatting}}|typosquatting]] that infringes our trademark. We strictly enforce our policy against confusing domain names. Please [[:m:Trademark/Report abuse|tell us]] if you see an infringing domain name. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.6 我可以在我的域名中出现维基媒体标志么？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Unfortunately, no. If you do, there is a risk that you will confuse readers that are looking for Wikimedia content or other material related to Wikimedia. Movement organizations may be permitted to use the Wikimedia mark as part of their domain, but only after receiving special permission. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 4.7 Can I use a Wikimedia mark if I use a different top-level domain? </div> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You cannot register a Wikimedia mark as a domain, no matter the [[{{lwp|Top-level domain}}|top-level domain]], including country code top-level domains. For example, you may not register "wikipedia.jobs" even though it uses ".jobs", a different top-level domain, because "wikipedia" is a Wikimedia mark. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.8 但我希望使用我自己的特殊域名！！！ ==== 如果您有合法的理由希望使用我们的域名，请电邮联络[mailto:trademarks@wikimedia.org trademarks@wikimedia.org]。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-domains|回到域名。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-publicevent}}4.10 “公众活动”是什么？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A public event is an event that is not predominantly attended by community members. An event is also public when it is announced to the public with signs or advertisements or in an event schedule. Hence, this rule does not apply to community-focused meetups and conferences. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.10 What event uses require permission?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Using a trademark for an event includes naming the event or using a Wikimedia logo on advertisements, leaflets, signage or a website. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.11 Are there any exceptions to when events require permission?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If the name of the event uses a mark just to describe its content, that might fall under [[#policy-nominativeuse|nominative use]]. An example for this would be announcing a course called 'Editing Wikipedia for Beginners' or 'Using Wikimedia Commons as an Amateur Photographer'. However, always include a [[#policy-noticesymbol|notice]] that explains that your use is with permission from the Wikimedia Foundation and that you are not affiliated with the Foundation. Also, events hosted by a local Wikimedia chapter, thematic organization, or user group can use the marks subject to their respective agreement with the Wikimedia Foundation. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-events|Back to Events and conferences.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-publications}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.12 What is a "publication"?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Publications include books, other print media, and web pages. They also mean audiovisual media like music, and other recordings, film and online video. See [[#policy-outreach|Outreach and recruiting new editors]] for materials that provide education about a Wikimedia site. See [[#policy-moviestv|Section 4.5]] for trademark uses in films. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.13 我可以写一本关于维基百科的书籍么？ ==== [[{{lwp|Bibliography of Wikipedia}}|欢迎您这样做！]]但您不应在未获授权的情况下使用维基媒体标志在书的封面上。这是因为我们不会认可未获授权的书籍能够代言基金会。使用[[#FAQ-nonstylizedwordmark|文字标志]]作为书的标题的一部分时同样需要请求授权。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 4.14 Does this also apply to handbooks, like "A beginner's guide to Wikipedia", aimed at community members? </div> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. But, please send us a request and we will give prompt permission when appropriate. We love Wikipedia guides! </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 4.15 Does it make a difference if the book is being published by an educational publisher? </div> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> No, you will need permission as well, because even educational publishers are commercial entities. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-publications|回到出版物。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-schoolfilm}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.16 Do I need permission to show the Wikipedia marks in a film I am making for my school project?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If you are showing your film to the public, or at your school or workplace, you need permission. But we will make sure to make the permission process as easy and fast as possible. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-moviestv|回到电影和电视节目。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-commercialmerch}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.17 Will I have to donate a portion of the retail price for commercial merchandise?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> No. But you will have to tell your customers if you do not donate your profits. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.18 What do I have to say if I am donating a portion of my proceeds to the Wikimedia Foundation?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Just clearly state what portion of your proceeds will be given to the Wikimedia Foundation. You can, for example, say: "X% of your purchase will be donated to the Wikimedia Foundation." </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.19 Where should I state how much of my proceeds will be donated?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> We recommend placing the notice right next to the purchase price, where it will be clearly visible to all buyers. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.20 Do I need to mention donations to the Wikimedia Foundation if I do not donate anything at all?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. You should state that 0% of your profits will go to the Wikimedia Foundation. Otherwise, users may mistakenly believe that you are doing fundraising for the Foundation. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-commercialmerch|Back to Commercial merchandise.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 5 禁止使用的情况 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-fakearticle}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.1 Can I make a fake Wikipedia article if it is intended as a joke?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> There are exceptions where this is permissible, but they are very limited. You will likely not fall under such an exception if your mimicking site has any commercial background. Please refer to the [[#policy-noncommercial|section on Parodies]]. Most importantly, you must make sure that no one (really no one!) could confuse your site with any part of a Wikimedia site. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-mimicvsparody}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.2 How do I distinguish between a prohibited mimicking site and a parody site?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Here is an example of a mimicking site: Contrary to the [[{{lwp|Wikipedia:COI}}|Wikipedia guidelines]], you create an article on Wikipedia about yourself or your organization. For unknown reasons, "your" article is deleted. This makes you mad. You register the domain "businesspedia.org" and design a website that looks just like the Wikipedia article that just got deleted, including a link to your own website. You are happy to attract more traffic to it by confusing internet users. Booo! </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> An example of parody site: Imagine you have a great friend called [[Rory|Rory]] and his birthday is coming up. You register the domain "rorypedia.org" and design a website that looks just like a humorous Wikipedia biography on your friend Rory. Since you do not want anyone to confuse "Rorypedia" and Wikipedia, you put a bright colored bar on the top of your site saying, "This page is a present for Rory from his awesome friends and not affiliated with Wikipedia. Happy birthday, Rory!" And you take down the site once the birthday party is over. Yaaay! </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.3 How do I avoid mimicking Wikimedia sites when I use the [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/MediaWiki|MediaWiki]] software?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> All wikis using MediaWiki do in fact share certain graphic elements under the default theme, but the Wikimedia sites have certain visual features that distinguish them. Do not imitate these distinguishing features. For example, you should not use logos that are confusingly similar to the Wikimedia marks or name your site something that sounds like a Wikimedia site. But you can use the "Powered by MediaWiki" button as that button simply describes that the wiki is powered by MediaWiki. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Be sure to directly download the [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/MediaWiki|MediaWiki]] software if you want to use it. Please do not try to blindly copy the HTML code of a Wikimedia site! If you do, you will accidentally import features from our sites, like our Terms of Use or our "contact us" details. Being contacted about problems on your unrelated website understandably makes our wonderful [[:m:OTRS/Volunteering|email response team volunteers]] very unhappy. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-mirrors|Back to mimicking sites.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-linkmirror}}5.4 我可以在维基媒体站点的镜像站点使用标志连接么？ ==== 不可以。维基媒体标志只能在真实的维基媒体站点用于连接。我们愿意重申，站点由维基媒体社群维护和管理。 另外，如果您希望架设一个维基媒体站点的镜像站点，请尤其注意[[#policy-mirrors|镜像方针]]。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-linkstoothers|回到连接至非维基媒体站点。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-misrepresentation}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.5 Can you give me some examples of misrepresentation with respect to the marks?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A misrepresentative use can be something that represents yourself. That includes using a Wikimedia logo in your logo, letterhead, or the name of your organization. Online examples are your social media avatar, favicon, and website domain. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-misrepresentation|Back to Misrepresentation.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-reportingabuse}}6 报告商标滥用 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-howfight}}6.1 你們會如何打擊侵犯商標權的行為？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Each year, we receive over 100 reports of trademark violations from community members. We also employ outside contractors and legal counsel to help protect our trademark portfolio globally. Within our resource constraints, our legal team pursues misuses of our marks to ensure that the Wikimedia logos remain distinctively associated with the Wikimedia community. After careful and sensitive evaluation, we send out cease-and-desist letters, which are usually effective. In the few instances that cannot be resolved by other means, we consider litigation to protect the marks. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">6.2 Who is responsible for enforcing Wikimedia's trademarks?</span>==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Trademark enforcement is currently handled by the Wikimedia Foundation legal team to ensure consistency and compliance with trademark law. But we rely on the Wikimedia community to help us identify potential trademark infringements. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">6.3 What happens when you receive a report of a potential trademark infringement?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> When we receive a complaint that our trademarks are being misused, we first send a confirmation to the person submitting the complaint. Potential infringements are then logged into our system. The legal team then combs through each of those complaints to investigate the alleged infringement. We visit the site personally to make sure the complaint has merit. Then we apply US trademark law in assessing whether there is actual "misuse" and it is a valid infringement of the trademark. In general, the standard of "misuse" in US law is whether the use of the trademark is "confusingly similar" to the Wikimedia Foundation's use of the trademark. In other words, will the potential infringers use of the trademark confuse users into thinking their site is sponsored by or hosted by the Wikimedia Foundation? We always contact the potential infringer first to see if they will voluntarily stop using our marks or work with us to make their use less confusing. If we are unable to work things out informally, and they refuse to comply with a cease and desist letter, we decide whether to move forward with litigation to stop the infringement. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">6.4 Can I send a cease and desist letter on behalf of the Wikimedia Foundation when I find misuse?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Please do not. We really appreciate your help with trademark enforcement, but please report any misuses to us so that we can determine what action is appropriate. </div> <div class="mw-translate-fuzzy"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-reporting|回到报告商标滥用。]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-revision}}7 商标政策的修订 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">7.1 Why can you just change the FAQ section?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The FAQs are not part of the trademark policy. We created them to help you understand the policy. We want to add new questions from the community in the future and to clarify any answers users may find confusing. That is why we want to be able to update the FAQs easily. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">7.2 What if I do not agree with the changes to the policy?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> We encourage you to share your comments and concerns with us during the community feedback period following any announced changes. We will take all comments under careful advisement and ensure that any changes to our policy are consistent with our mission. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-revision|Back to Revision of the trademark policy.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 8 其他问题 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQNakedlicensing}}8.1 什么是“无效授权”？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Failure to exercise quality control in trademark licensing is referred to as "naked licensing," and can sometimes result in loss of trademark rights. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 8.2 什么是视觉识别方针？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> They are a [[Special:MyLanguage/Legal:Visual identity guidelines|set of guidelines]] you should follow when using any of the Wikimedia marks. These guidelines ensure that the marks always look their best and are not distorted in any way. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">8.3 How do the Visual Identity Guidelines relate to the trademark policy?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The Visual Identity Guidelines are a separate document from the trademark policy and can be revised without notice. These guidelines help to make sure the Wikimedia marks are always used consistently with the same level of quality. Consistent use is important in order for us to maintain protection over the Wikimedia marks. It helps avoid confusion among users that may view marks similar to the Wikimedia marks. If Wikimedia marks are displayed consistently, users can be sure when they are viewing actual Wikimedia content instead of an imposter site. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 8.4 我有更多问题如何提问？ ==== 如果您还有其他未在此列出的问题，请将其反馈至讨论页。我们将竭尽所能回答并放入本常见问题页。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} </div></div><noinclude> __NOTOC__ __NOEDITSECTION__ [[Category:Trademark policy{{#translation:}}]] [[Category:Frequently asked questions{{#translation:}}]] </noinclude> jupq2z8qnmd6brbajyi0swhjuc6kac5 594069 594067 2026-09-19T04:26:28Z Pristome 225362 Created page with "4.7 如果我使用不同的顶级域名，我能使用维基媒体商标吗？" 594069 wikitext text/x-wiki <noinclude><languages /> {{Policy FAQ disclaimer|page=维基媒体基金会商标政策|pagelink=Policy:Trademark policy}} </noinclude><templatestyles src="Template:Trademark/styles.css" /><div class="trademark-section trademark-faq-container"> <div class="trademark-faq-content"> {{anchor|trademark-faq}}<span class="nomobile" style="font-size:2.5em">[[File:Trademark License FAQ.svg<!--change image-->|100px|link=]] '''<includeonly>{{int string|faq}}</includeonly><noinclude>维基媒体基金会商标政策常见问题</noinclude>'''</span><br />''这些常见问题不是商标政策的组成部分。它们也不是一份法律文件。但是我们希望它们能给你提供帮助。''<span style="font-family:monospace, monospace;" dir="ltr">''':)'''</span> <noinclude>{{nonumtoc}}__TOC__</noinclude> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 0 商标政策简介 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} <!-- The form to do this is: {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 0.1 Title ==== ... {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} Either using the Sub or Not, depending on level --> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-tmprotection}}0.1 什么是“商标保护”？ ==== 商標法(trademark law)保護著某一標誌(mark)所代表的某一成果（work，像是商品或服務）之間的連結關係。它意在保障用戶不致於混淆一項成果的來源。同時，用戶也把商標當做與某成果之間的連結，因此會對此標誌所提供的成果之知名度、品質、以及服務有相當程度的期待。因此，商標是項強而有力、極富價值的工具，它能夠使維基媒體基金會以及其社群成員的知名度具象化，也可被視為一種讓用戶能夠認識某一成果或商品或服務的「簡略表達(shorthand)」。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-whataresites}}0.2 什么是“维基媒体网站(Wikimedia sites)”？ ==== 维基媒体基金会运营很多自由软件和自由内容站点，列表见此：[[Special:SiteMatrix|我们的计划]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-policyapplies}}1 本政策适用範圍？ == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-wordmark}}1.1 什么是“文字标志(wordmark)”？ ==== 顾名思义，就是只由文字组成的商标，诸如“Wikipedia”或“Wikimedia”等计划网站名。另外，这也包括任何官方译名和转写（诸如“[[:w:tr:Ana Sayfa|维基百科]]”）。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-nonstylizedwordmark}}1.2 什么是“非艺术化文字标志(non-stylized wordmark)”？ ==== 非艺术化文字标志就是“维基媒体”及其计划的通用名称，诸如“维基百科”、“维基词典”等。相比之下，艺术化文字标志就是在这些名字基础上适当修改文字结构诸如字体。诸如“维基百科”文字标志艺术化后就是[[File:Wikipedia wordmark.svg|80px]]。无论文字标志是否艺术化均属于维基媒体基金会的商标。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-tradedress}}1.3 什么是“商用外观(trade dress)”？ ==== 對我們而言，商用外觀意指網站或文章的設計符合網站或線上資料的來源。你可以把它看成某個網站「看起來和感覺起來的樣子」。比方說，維基百科條目的設計與外觀、或像是維基百科的首頁。任何維基媒體網站的商用外觀同時也屬於維基媒體基金會的商標。商標法也保護商用外觀。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-wikimediamarks|返回“维基媒体标志。”]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-communitymember}}1.4 什么是“社区成员”？ ==== 任何在维基媒体站点有贡献的人。她也包括任何基金会职员、分会成员、专题组织成员、用户组成员和基金会本身。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-communitymembers|回到社群成员]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-moveorgsfreely}}1.5 为何運動组织不能任意地使用商標？ ==== 身為商標的法定持有者，我們需要掌控運動組織使用商標的方式以保護整個社群。你可以在[[#purpose-maintainrights|這裡]]閱讀更多相關資料。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 1.6 什么是此商标政策和分会、用户组或专题组织协议之间的关系？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Chapters, user groups, and thematic organizations must comply both with this trademark policy and their respective agreement with the Wikimedia Foundation. If there are inconsistencies between this trademark policy and a chapter, user group, or a thematic organization agreement, the organization should follow their agreement. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-wmorgs|回到分会、用户组和专题组织]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 2 如何使用维基媒体商标 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-smallerlogo}}2.1 如果我的产品和服务不由维基媒体基金会提供，我的商标、名称或公司名称是否能够比维基媒体商标更小？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> No. We need to make sure it is extremely clear that the Wikimedia Foundation is not providing your products or services. This is a simple, consistent way of doing that. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.2 如果我清晰地声明产品或服务由我提供，会怎么样？ ==== 對不起，您的商標、名字或公司名字一定要比維基商標大，而且必須適當地分隔開，因為不是每個人都會閱讀文字，可能有些人只會留意圖片。因此，我們必須確保您的產品或服務並非由維基媒體基金會提供。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-outsidewmsites}}2.3 你们说的“在维基媒体站点以外”是指什么？ ==== 也就是不在[[#FAQ-whataresites|维基媒体基金会控制的站点]]使用商标，例如：维基百科、维基共享资源、维基词典、维基数据、维基语录、维基教科书、维基文库、维基物种、维基新闻、维基学院、维基导游和元维基。回顾商标政策，维基媒雲端虚拟专用服务器的标志也被视为维基媒体站点标志。另外，您可以在站外使用这些标志用于编辑马拉松。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.4 我是否仍然能创建将维基媒体商标和像“在居住地的维基人”的其他词语结合起来的词条？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. This provision is not meant to stop community members from creatively combining the marks with other words to create new terms for the Wikimedia movement as long as they do it on the Wikimedia sites. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-translatetext}}2.5 我可以翻译这些商标的文字么？ ==== 您应该[[#FAQ-whataresites|在维基媒体网站的框架下]]翻译这些商标的文字。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.6 我能添加图形元素（例如，为了庆祝特殊活动）吗？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You can create [[:c:Category:SVG Wikimedia community logos|remixes]] for special on-site purposes, but please do not change the logos outside our sites. These and many, many other questions are answered in the [[Visual identity guidelines|Visual Identity Guidelines]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.7 哪些维基媒体商标的重新组合的类型能够在维基媒体网站之外使用？ ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Certain remixes of Wikimedia logos may be used outside of Wikimedia sites as long as the remix does not look too similar to any of the Wikimedia marks. Please make sure that the remix will not be confused with the original Wikimedia logo.</span> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.8 我可以使用标志的高清版么？ ==== 是的！[[Wikimedia official marks|这里请]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-wheretmnotice}}2.9 我在哪里注释商标提醒？ ==== 尽可能在显眼的位置例如注脚。当有人阅读您的文档、访问您的网站或观看您的电影时应能较容易的找到。有几个很好的例子：文档（同一）页面的底部、藏书票上、网页页脚和/或电影制作者清单后。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.10 如果我认为我没有足够的位置注明提醒我应该怎么办？ ==== 不要担心！如果您是想面向移动设备或其他中小屏幕设备注明，您只需要在维基媒体商标后面加注商标符号（™）即可。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.11 我应该如何在提醒中提及商标？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Wordmarks can be referenced verbatim (i.e. "Wikimedia Commons"). Logos should be described according to the [[Visual identity guidelines#toc-puzzle|Visual Identity Guidelines]]. Examples include the "Wikipedia Puzzle Globe" and the "'W' icon." </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.12 我如何使用多于一个标志？ ==== 请确信所有标志都有一个说明如下： <br /><br /> “维基数据名称及标志是维基媒体基金会的商标。” {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.13 什么时候我不得不加入商标符号？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You only need to use the trademark symbol when you do not have enough space to write the entire notice, like when you are using a trademark on a mobile screen. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.14 能否给一些正确使用商标的例子？ ==== 这里有个例子： <br /> <br /> “维基共享资源™是维基媒体基金会旗下收集自由版权的媒体文件，诸如图像、声音和电影剪辑，并面向全球广泛传播的计划网站！” {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.15 我应该使用何种尺寸的商标？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> When you use a wordmark (like "Wikipedia"), you should use the same font size for the trademark symbol as the wordmark itself. In this context, superscript formatting is encouraged for the symbol. When the mark is an image (like the puzzle globe), you should select a font size for the symbol that matches the size of the image and place the symbol so that it is clearly visible and close enough to the upper right corner of the image without touching it. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.16 但是我想把我的網頁設計得好看一點！我可不可以把商標縮小或放在其他地方？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Unfortunately, no. Remember, you only need to put the symbol next to the first or most prominent use of the mark. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-noticesymbol|回到注释或商标符号]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.17 “未被维基媒体基金会批准或与其相关”意味着什么？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You need to make sure that people do not mistakenly think that you may speak on behalf of the Wikimedia Foundation or one of its sites. For instance, you need to make sure that no one thinks you work for the Wikimedia Foundation. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-withoutpermission}}3 不需询问权限的维基媒体标志使用 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.1 你能给我我能在维基媒体网站上使用商标的例子吗？ ==== 您可以在[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:User page}}|用户页]]、[[{{lwp|Help:Contents}}|帮助页]]和[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:About}}|关于维基媒体或其计划的页面]]使用标志。您也可以在[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Mailing lists|邮件列表]]、[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/IRC|IRC]]或用于维基媒体站点的[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:Tools}}|工具]]使用标志。以上使用需遵守[[Terms of Use|使用条款]]。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-onwmsites|回到维基媒体站点商标使用]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-notcommunityfocused}}3.2 哪些活动不是“重点放在社群的”？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> An event that includes mostly people who are not community members is not a community-focused event. (Please see the [[#FAQ-publicevent|FAQ on events in general]].) This does not mean that you cannot have guests at your meetup! </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.3 您能否提供重点放在社群的活动的例子？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Community-focused events are those events that are primarily open to community members and promote the mission. They tend to be related to improving the overall quality of the Wikimedia sites. Examples include conferences and monthly meetups hosted by community members, as well as other specific events like the "London Wikipedians regular's table," Wiki-Conference in Russia, and Wikipedia Workshop Köln (DE). </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-communityfocused|回到重点放在社群的活动]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.4 如果我的活动是重点放在社群的，我能使用哪些标志？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> First, all Wikimedia community-focused events can bear a trademarked name. You may also use the Wikimedia logos to decorate your venue, but only to the extent they are relevant. For example, you cannot use the Wikisource logo for a Wikimedia Commons-only event. However, keep in mind that the 'Wikimania' name and [[:File:Wikimania.svg|logo]] are reserved for the [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimania|yearly Wikimania conference]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-outreachexamples}}3.5 您能否提供拓展工作使用的例子？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You can put up a stand at a street fair. [[:c:Category:Wikimedia stands|Here are some examples of that]]. You may want to present the Wikimedia sites in your club or [[:c:Category:Silberwissen|reach out to seniors]]. You can also [[:c:Category:Wikipedia Schulprojekt|give a talk in a school]] or [[:c:Category:Wikipedia Education Program|create a university course]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.6 什麼是教育性資源？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Educational materials help people to understand the Wikimedia sites. They can be [[:outreach:Bookshelf Project|leaflets, videos]], [[:m:WMDOC/Cheatsheet|cheat sheets]], and other [[:m:Help:Reference card|guides]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.7 在机构代表社区怎么样？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You need to sign and email us a Quick License if your institution wants to call you [[:outreach:Wikipedian in Residence|"Wikipedian in Residence"]] as part of a GLAM project, or something similar. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-outreach|Back to Outreach and recruitment of new editors]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-communitylogo}}3.8 是否存在维基媒体社区标志？ ==== 是的！它在2008年[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Community logo|官方承认]]为元维基标志。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-fairuseexamples}}3.9 合理使用是什么意思？ ==== 在美国商标法中，[[{{lwp|Fair use (U.S. trademark law)}}|合理使用]]章节允许您有条件的任意使用商标而不至于侵犯版权。本方针不会与之冲突。我们已在[[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-fairuse|3.5]]和[[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-fairuse|3.6]]章节使用您易于理解的语言提到。 除了美国商标法外，您还需留意您所在国家的版权法律，多数也规定了合理使用的情形。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.10 您能否提供更多合理使用的例子？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> This category of fair use is tricky in our case because our wordmarks were not real words before our projects were created, unlike "apple" or "facebook." But we would consider it fair use if you were to write a [[:wikt:book#Noun|book]] in the [[{{lwp|Wiki software}}|Wiki software]] and refer to it as a "wiki book," even though Wikibooks is a distinctive trademark. If you are using the wordmarks to describe our projects, that is also a type of fair use (nominative use). You can read more about nominative use [[#FAQ-nominativeuseexamples|here]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-nonfairuseexamples}}3.11 您能否提供更多并非合理使用的例子？ ==== * 使用维基媒体标志宣传您的书籍。 * 销售带有维基媒体基金会标志的T恤。 * 创建您自己的百科全书并且使用了维基百科的球形拼图。 * 使用维基媒体基金会标志为无关计划筹款。 * 在内容并非来自维基媒体站点情形下却宣称内容“来自维基百科，自由的百科全书”。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-fairuse|回到在维基站点以外的讨论（合理使用）。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-nominativeuseexamples}}3.12 您能否提供更多主要使用的例子？ ==== 这里有一些例子： # '''描述维基媒体站点：''' #* <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">In a presentation that describes how Wikipedia works, using the wordmarks in slides in your bullet points would be a nominative use. The same also applies for a blog post that describes Wikidata. If you want to "illustrate" your slides or your blog post with any of the image marks, please refer to [[#policy-noncommercial|artistic, literary, and other non-commercial uses]].</span> #* <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">However, you cannot use a trademark as a generic term. For example, you cannot set up a wiki on motorcycles and refer to it as "a wikipedia for motorcycles."</span> # '''真實準確地說明：''' #* “维基百科是世界最大的在线百科全书，并且它也是数千个网站中唯一一个集结成千上万志愿者编辑的。” #* “我在2009年加入维基百科成为一名编辑者”（在您的个人网站）。 # '''描述衍生作品：''' #* “来源：维基百科” #* “本艺术作品基于来自维基共享资源的图像创建。” #* “以下内容由维基百科内容衍生而来。” #* 或者干脆：“来自维基百科”或“至维基百科条目”（通过QR码） # '''更多個別例子:''' #* <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Refer to the sections on [[#policy-news|news reporting]]; [[#policy-blogssm|personal blogs and social media]]; [[#policy-noncommercial|artistic, literary, and other non-commercial uses]]; and [[#policy-linkstous|links to Wikimedia sites]].</span> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-nominativeuse|Back to Refer to Wikimedia sites (nominative use).]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-logonewsarticle}}3.13 我是否可以在新闻或漫画杂志或者电视新闻上使用标志或截图？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes, as long as the image illustrates the discussion in the article. Do not use our trademark just to attract attention to your work. That will confuse your readers or viewers, and ours! </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-news|回到新闻报道]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-logoblogssm}}3.14 我是否可以在博客文章或者状态更新站点包括标志？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes, as long as the image illustrates the discussion in your post. Do not use trademarked images just to attract attention to your page. Viewers of your blog or your user page should not be confused and think that your page is endorsed by the Wikimedia Foundation or any of its sites. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.15 我能否在用户名、头像或聊天软件表情中使用商标？ ==== 很遗憾，不。我们非常感谢您宣传维基媒体站点。维基媒体社群为之感谢！然而，我们不希望人们认为您的言论就可以代表维基媒体基金会。您能够继续在用户名、头像或聊天软件表情中使用社群标志。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-blogssm|回到个人博客和社交媒体]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-noncommercialexamples}}3.16 你能给我艺术、文学和其他非商业使用的例子吗？ ==== * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Using the trademarks to discuss a scientific thesis in an academic paper.</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Illustrating a point in the slides for an educational presentation with a screenshot of a Wikimedia site.</span> * 使用标志在美术作品中。 * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Creating a parody for the purposes of conveying a political message.</span> * 撰写一本关于维基百科条目的书籍。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-noncommercial|回到艺术作品、文学作品和其他非商业性使用。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-linkingtousexamples}}3.17 您能否提供链接至维基媒体网站的例子？ ==== 是的，您可[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:Banners and buttons}}|点此]]查看。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-qrcodes}}3.18 我能在连接至维基媒体站点的QR码中使用标志么？ ==== 不。用于连接的标志不应如此使用。使用QR码连接您应使用非艺术化维基百科文字标志。您可[[#FAQ-nominativeuseexamples|点此]]了解更多。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-linkstous|回到连接至维基媒体站点。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-personalmerch}}3.19 我可以利用它們做什麼？ ==== 您可以用來製作衣服、帽子、背包、杯子、釘子、筆、貼紙、海報、屏幕背景，甚至蛋糕。大前提是你不會利用這些物品來牟利。 [[:c:Special:MyLanguage/Category:Wikipedia promotion|<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Here are some examples.</span>]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.20 我可以销售带有这些标志的周边商品么？ ==== 不，在未获授权的情况下您不能这样做。更多信息[[#policy-commercialmerch|见此]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.21 可以在其他场合使用原样么？ ==== 只要你是免費派發這些物品，可以。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.22 那么我在哪可以了解商业销售的周边产品？ ==== 最好是进入[//shop.wikimedia.org 维基媒体商店 (Wikimedia shop)]了解，这里销售的周边商品都由官方授权。如果您希望销售您自己的商品，请[[#policy-commercialmerch|参见此处]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.23 我能要求商业卖主为我创建使用维基媒体商标的自定义物品吗？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Of course! You may ask vendors like bakers and t-shirt sellers to create items with Wikimedia marks especially for you or your friends. This is okay because it is for your own personal use and no one is creating a business surrounding the sale of items with Wikimedia trademarks. And do not worry, vendors will not be required to strictly follow the Visual Identity Guidelines when it is not possible on items like cakes. For example, [[:c:Category:Wikipedia cakes|all these cakes]] are fine. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.24 是否可以委托其他人为会议和类似活动创建带有维基媒体商标的大量物品？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes! As long as the items are not sold to participants, it is okay to ask a vendor to create multiple items with the Wikimedia marks for community-focused parties and gatherings like edit-a-thons under [[Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy#policy-outreach|Section 3.2]] of the policy. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.25 我能在商业货物上使用高分辨率的商标吗？ ==== 當然可以！雖然我們的舊版政策不允許這種做法，但是在新的政策中我們已經廢除了那條規例。 <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[#policy-owngoods|Back to Make your own branded stuff.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-specialpermission}}4 需要许可的特殊使用 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.1 如果我需要許可，我是不是要為此付費？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Usually, there is no license fee. However, we want to keep track of how our trademarks are used. Also, we want to make sure every use complies with our mission and standards. This is why we require a formal license in certain cases. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-specialpermission|回到需要许可的特殊使用。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-contests}}4.2 我是否需要为每一次相片比赛获得许可？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You only need to get a license if you advertise the photo contest outside a Wikimedia site. This includes posters, social media, and blogs. You can freely use the marks for community-focused events. Community-focused events are those that are intended to be predominantly attended by Wikimedia community members. They do not include events open to the general public. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-photocontests|回到照片竞赛。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.3 我是否能够打印带有维基媒体商标的衬衫以为相片比赛给出奖金？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. You can always make t-shirts with the Wikimedia logos and give them away as long as you are not selling them. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-makeyourownbrandedstuff|Back to Make your own branded stuff]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.4 我能够怎样作为在居住地的维基人使用商标？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The marks may be used in any way that identifies you as a Wikipedian in Residence. Please avoid confusion about official endorsement. You should clarify that you are not a representative of the Wikimedia Foundation. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-glam|回到GLAM-WIKI活动。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-cybersquatting}}4.5 你能给我域名抢注的例子吗？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> In the past, someone registered the domain wikkipedia.org to attract traffic to their own site. This is called [[{{lwp|cybersquatting}}|cybersquatting]] or [[{{lwp|typosquatting}}|typosquatting]] that infringes our trademark. We strictly enforce our policy against confusing domain names. Please [[:m:Trademark/Report abuse|tell us]] if you see an infringing domain name. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.6 我可以在我的域名中出现维基媒体标志么？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Unfortunately, no. If you do, there is a risk that you will confuse readers that are looking for Wikimedia content or other material related to Wikimedia. Movement organizations may be permitted to use the Wikimedia mark as part of their domain, but only after receiving special permission. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.7 如果我使用不同的顶级域名，我能使用维基媒体商标吗？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You cannot register a Wikimedia mark as a domain, no matter the [[{{lwp|Top-level domain}}|top-level domain]], including country code top-level domains. For example, you may not register "wikipedia.jobs" even though it uses ".jobs", a different top-level domain, because "wikipedia" is a Wikimedia mark. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.8 但我希望使用我自己的特殊域名！！！ ==== 如果您有合法的理由希望使用我们的域名，请电邮联络[mailto:trademarks@wikimedia.org trademarks@wikimedia.org]。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-domains|回到域名。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-publicevent}}4.10 “公众活动”是什么？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A public event is an event that is not predominantly attended by community members. An event is also public when it is announced to the public with signs or advertisements or in an event schedule. Hence, this rule does not apply to community-focused meetups and conferences. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.10 What event uses require permission?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Using a trademark for an event includes naming the event or using a Wikimedia logo on advertisements, leaflets, signage or a website. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.11 Are there any exceptions to when events require permission?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If the name of the event uses a mark just to describe its content, that might fall under [[#policy-nominativeuse|nominative use]]. An example for this would be announcing a course called 'Editing Wikipedia for Beginners' or 'Using Wikimedia Commons as an Amateur Photographer'. However, always include a [[#policy-noticesymbol|notice]] that explains that your use is with permission from the Wikimedia Foundation and that you are not affiliated with the Foundation. Also, events hosted by a local Wikimedia chapter, thematic organization, or user group can use the marks subject to their respective agreement with the Wikimedia Foundation. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-events|Back to Events and conferences.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-publications}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.12 What is a "publication"?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Publications include books, other print media, and web pages. They also mean audiovisual media like music, and other recordings, film and online video. See [[#policy-outreach|Outreach and recruiting new editors]] for materials that provide education about a Wikimedia site. See [[#policy-moviestv|Section 4.5]] for trademark uses in films. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.13 我可以写一本关于维基百科的书籍么？ ==== [[{{lwp|Bibliography of Wikipedia}}|欢迎您这样做！]]但您不应在未获授权的情况下使用维基媒体标志在书的封面上。这是因为我们不会认可未获授权的书籍能够代言基金会。使用[[#FAQ-nonstylizedwordmark|文字标志]]作为书的标题的一部分时同样需要请求授权。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 4.14 Does this also apply to handbooks, like "A beginner's guide to Wikipedia", aimed at community members? </div> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. But, please send us a request and we will give prompt permission when appropriate. We love Wikipedia guides! </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 4.15 Does it make a difference if the book is being published by an educational publisher? </div> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> No, you will need permission as well, because even educational publishers are commercial entities. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-publications|回到出版物。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-schoolfilm}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.16 Do I need permission to show the Wikipedia marks in a film I am making for my school project?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If you are showing your film to the public, or at your school or workplace, you need permission. But we will make sure to make the permission process as easy and fast as possible. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-moviestv|回到电影和电视节目。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-commercialmerch}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.17 Will I have to donate a portion of the retail price for commercial merchandise?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> No. But you will have to tell your customers if you do not donate your profits. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.18 What do I have to say if I am donating a portion of my proceeds to the Wikimedia Foundation?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Just clearly state what portion of your proceeds will be given to the Wikimedia Foundation. You can, for example, say: "X% of your purchase will be donated to the Wikimedia Foundation." </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.19 Where should I state how much of my proceeds will be donated?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> We recommend placing the notice right next to the purchase price, where it will be clearly visible to all buyers. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.20 Do I need to mention donations to the Wikimedia Foundation if I do not donate anything at all?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. You should state that 0% of your profits will go to the Wikimedia Foundation. Otherwise, users may mistakenly believe that you are doing fundraising for the Foundation. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-commercialmerch|Back to Commercial merchandise.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 5 禁止使用的情况 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-fakearticle}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.1 Can I make a fake Wikipedia article if it is intended as a joke?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> There are exceptions where this is permissible, but they are very limited. You will likely not fall under such an exception if your mimicking site has any commercial background. Please refer to the [[#policy-noncommercial|section on Parodies]]. Most importantly, you must make sure that no one (really no one!) could confuse your site with any part of a Wikimedia site. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-mimicvsparody}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.2 How do I distinguish between a prohibited mimicking site and a parody site?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Here is an example of a mimicking site: Contrary to the [[{{lwp|Wikipedia:COI}}|Wikipedia guidelines]], you create an article on Wikipedia about yourself or your organization. For unknown reasons, "your" article is deleted. This makes you mad. You register the domain "businesspedia.org" and design a website that looks just like the Wikipedia article that just got deleted, including a link to your own website. You are happy to attract more traffic to it by confusing internet users. Booo! </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> An example of parody site: Imagine you have a great friend called [[Rory|Rory]] and his birthday is coming up. You register the domain "rorypedia.org" and design a website that looks just like a humorous Wikipedia biography on your friend Rory. Since you do not want anyone to confuse "Rorypedia" and Wikipedia, you put a bright colored bar on the top of your site saying, "This page is a present for Rory from his awesome friends and not affiliated with Wikipedia. Happy birthday, Rory!" And you take down the site once the birthday party is over. Yaaay! </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.3 How do I avoid mimicking Wikimedia sites when I use the [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/MediaWiki|MediaWiki]] software?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> All wikis using MediaWiki do in fact share certain graphic elements under the default theme, but the Wikimedia sites have certain visual features that distinguish them. Do not imitate these distinguishing features. For example, you should not use logos that are confusingly similar to the Wikimedia marks or name your site something that sounds like a Wikimedia site. But you can use the "Powered by MediaWiki" button as that button simply describes that the wiki is powered by MediaWiki. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Be sure to directly download the [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/MediaWiki|MediaWiki]] software if you want to use it. Please do not try to blindly copy the HTML code of a Wikimedia site! If you do, you will accidentally import features from our sites, like our Terms of Use or our "contact us" details. Being contacted about problems on your unrelated website understandably makes our wonderful [[:m:OTRS/Volunteering|email response team volunteers]] very unhappy. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-mirrors|Back to mimicking sites.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-linkmirror}}5.4 我可以在维基媒体站点的镜像站点使用标志连接么？ ==== 不可以。维基媒体标志只能在真实的维基媒体站点用于连接。我们愿意重申，站点由维基媒体社群维护和管理。 另外，如果您希望架设一个维基媒体站点的镜像站点，请尤其注意[[#policy-mirrors|镜像方针]]。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-linkstoothers|回到连接至非维基媒体站点。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-misrepresentation}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.5 Can you give me some examples of misrepresentation with respect to the marks?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A misrepresentative use can be something that represents yourself. That includes using a Wikimedia logo in your logo, letterhead, or the name of your organization. Online examples are your social media avatar, favicon, and website domain. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-misrepresentation|Back to Misrepresentation.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-reportingabuse}}6 报告商标滥用 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-howfight}}6.1 你們會如何打擊侵犯商標權的行為？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Each year, we receive over 100 reports of trademark violations from community members. We also employ outside contractors and legal counsel to help protect our trademark portfolio globally. Within our resource constraints, our legal team pursues misuses of our marks to ensure that the Wikimedia logos remain distinctively associated with the Wikimedia community. After careful and sensitive evaluation, we send out cease-and-desist letters, which are usually effective. In the few instances that cannot be resolved by other means, we consider litigation to protect the marks. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">6.2 Who is responsible for enforcing Wikimedia's trademarks?</span>==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Trademark enforcement is currently handled by the Wikimedia Foundation legal team to ensure consistency and compliance with trademark law. But we rely on the Wikimedia community to help us identify potential trademark infringements. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">6.3 What happens when you receive a report of a potential trademark infringement?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> When we receive a complaint that our trademarks are being misused, we first send a confirmation to the person submitting the complaint. Potential infringements are then logged into our system. The legal team then combs through each of those complaints to investigate the alleged infringement. We visit the site personally to make sure the complaint has merit. Then we apply US trademark law in assessing whether there is actual "misuse" and it is a valid infringement of the trademark. In general, the standard of "misuse" in US law is whether the use of the trademark is "confusingly similar" to the Wikimedia Foundation's use of the trademark. In other words, will the potential infringers use of the trademark confuse users into thinking their site is sponsored by or hosted by the Wikimedia Foundation? We always contact the potential infringer first to see if they will voluntarily stop using our marks or work with us to make their use less confusing. If we are unable to work things out informally, and they refuse to comply with a cease and desist letter, we decide whether to move forward with litigation to stop the infringement. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">6.4 Can I send a cease and desist letter on behalf of the Wikimedia Foundation when I find misuse?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Please do not. We really appreciate your help with trademark enforcement, but please report any misuses to us so that we can determine what action is appropriate. </div> <div class="mw-translate-fuzzy"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-reporting|回到报告商标滥用。]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-revision}}7 商标政策的修订 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">7.1 Why can you just change the FAQ section?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The FAQs are not part of the trademark policy. We created them to help you understand the policy. We want to add new questions from the community in the future and to clarify any answers users may find confusing. That is why we want to be able to update the FAQs easily. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">7.2 What if I do not agree with the changes to the policy?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> We encourage you to share your comments and concerns with us during the community feedback period following any announced changes. We will take all comments under careful advisement and ensure that any changes to our policy are consistent with our mission. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-revision|Back to Revision of the trademark policy.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 8 其他问题 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQNakedlicensing}}8.1 什么是“无效授权”？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Failure to exercise quality control in trademark licensing is referred to as "naked licensing," and can sometimes result in loss of trademark rights. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 8.2 什么是视觉识别方针？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> They are a [[Special:MyLanguage/Legal:Visual identity guidelines|set of guidelines]] you should follow when using any of the Wikimedia marks. These guidelines ensure that the marks always look their best and are not distorted in any way. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">8.3 How do the Visual Identity Guidelines relate to the trademark policy?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The Visual Identity Guidelines are a separate document from the trademark policy and can be revised without notice. These guidelines help to make sure the Wikimedia marks are always used consistently with the same level of quality. Consistent use is important in order for us to maintain protection over the Wikimedia marks. It helps avoid confusion among users that may view marks similar to the Wikimedia marks. If Wikimedia marks are displayed consistently, users can be sure when they are viewing actual Wikimedia content instead of an imposter site. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 8.4 我有更多问题如何提问？ ==== 如果您还有其他未在此列出的问题，请将其反馈至讨论页。我们将竭尽所能回答并放入本常见问题页。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} </div></div><noinclude> __NOTOC__ __NOEDITSECTION__ [[Category:Trademark policy{{#translation:}}]] [[Category:Frequently asked questions{{#translation:}}]] </noinclude> tjvgqt26rouhnjr8v300es3dl412s97 594071 594069 2026-09-19T04:26:43Z Pristome 225362 594071 wikitext text/x-wiki <noinclude><languages /> {{Policy FAQ disclaimer|page=维基媒体基金会商标政策|pagelink=Policy:Trademark policy}} </noinclude><templatestyles src="Template:Trademark/styles.css" /><div class="trademark-section trademark-faq-container"> <div class="trademark-faq-content"> {{anchor|trademark-faq}}<span class="nomobile" style="font-size:2.5em">[[File:Trademark License FAQ.svg<!--change image-->|100px|link=]] '''<includeonly>{{int string|faq}}</includeonly><noinclude>维基媒体基金会商标政策常见问题</noinclude>'''</span><br />''这些常见问题不是商标政策的组成部分。它们也不是一份法律文件。但是我们希望它们能给你提供帮助。''<span style="font-family:monospace, monospace;" dir="ltr">''':)'''</span> <noinclude>{{nonumtoc}}__TOC__</noinclude> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 0 商标政策简介 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} <!-- The form to do this is: {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 0.1 Title ==== ... {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} Either using the Sub or Not, depending on level --> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-tmprotection}}0.1 什么是“商标保护”？ ==== 商標法(trademark law)保護著某一標誌(mark)所代表的某一成果（work，像是商品或服務）之間的連結關係。它意在保障用戶不致於混淆一項成果的來源。同時，用戶也把商標當做與某成果之間的連結，因此會對此標誌所提供的成果之知名度、品質、以及服務有相當程度的期待。因此，商標是項強而有力、極富價值的工具，它能夠使維基媒體基金會以及其社群成員的知名度具象化，也可被視為一種讓用戶能夠認識某一成果或商品或服務的「簡略表達(shorthand)」。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-whataresites}}0.2 什么是“维基媒体网站(Wikimedia sites)”？ ==== 维基媒体基金会运营很多自由软件和自由内容站点，列表见此：[[Special:SiteMatrix|我们的计划]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-policyapplies}}1 本政策适用範圍？ == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-wordmark}}1.1 什么是“文字标志(wordmark)”？ ==== 顾名思义，就是只由文字组成的商标，诸如“Wikipedia”或“Wikimedia”等计划网站名。另外，这也包括任何官方译名和转写（诸如“[[:w:tr:Ana Sayfa|维基百科]]”）。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-nonstylizedwordmark}}1.2 什么是“非艺术化文字标志(non-stylized wordmark)”？ ==== 非艺术化文字标志就是“维基媒体”及其计划的通用名称，诸如“维基百科”、“维基词典”等。相比之下，艺术化文字标志就是在这些名字基础上适当修改文字结构诸如字体。诸如“维基百科”文字标志艺术化后就是[[File:Wikipedia wordmark.svg|80px]]。无论文字标志是否艺术化均属于维基媒体基金会的商标。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-tradedress}}1.3 什么是“商用外观(trade dress)”？ ==== 對我們而言，商用外觀意指網站或文章的設計符合網站或線上資料的來源。你可以把它看成某個網站「看起來和感覺起來的樣子」。比方說，維基百科條目的設計與外觀、或像是維基百科的首頁。任何維基媒體網站的商用外觀同時也屬於維基媒體基金會的商標。商標法也保護商用外觀。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-wikimediamarks|返回“维基媒体标志。”]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-communitymember}}1.4 什么是“社区成员”？ ==== 任何在维基媒体站点有贡献的人。她也包括任何基金会职员、分会成员、专题组织成员、用户组成员和基金会本身。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-communitymembers|回到社群成员]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-moveorgsfreely}}1.5 为何運動组织不能任意地使用商標？ ==== 身為商標的法定持有者，我們需要掌控運動組織使用商標的方式以保護整個社群。你可以在[[#purpose-maintainrights|這裡]]閱讀更多相關資料。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 1.6 什么是此商标政策和分会、用户组或专题组织协议之间的关系？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Chapters, user groups, and thematic organizations must comply both with this trademark policy and their respective agreement with the Wikimedia Foundation. If there are inconsistencies between this trademark policy and a chapter, user group, or a thematic organization agreement, the organization should follow their agreement. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-wmorgs|回到分会、用户组和专题组织]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 2 如何使用维基媒体商标 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-smallerlogo}}2.1 如果我的产品和服务不由维基媒体基金会提供，我的商标、名称或公司名称是否能够比维基媒体商标更小？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> No. We need to make sure it is extremely clear that the Wikimedia Foundation is not providing your products or services. This is a simple, consistent way of doing that. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.2 如果我清晰地声明产品或服务由我提供，会怎么样？ ==== 對不起，您的商標、名字或公司名字一定要比維基商標大，而且必須適當地分隔開，因為不是每個人都會閱讀文字，可能有些人只會留意圖片。因此，我們必須確保您的產品或服務並非由維基媒體基金會提供。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-outsidewmsites}}2.3 你们说的“在维基媒体站点以外”是指什么？ ==== 也就是不在[[#FAQ-whataresites|维基媒体基金会控制的站点]]使用商标，例如：维基百科、维基共享资源、维基词典、维基数据、维基语录、维基教科书、维基文库、维基物种、维基新闻、维基学院、维基导游和元维基。回顾商标政策，维基媒雲端虚拟专用服务器的标志也被视为维基媒体站点标志。另外，您可以在站外使用这些标志用于编辑马拉松。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.4 我是否仍然能创建将维基媒体商标和像“在居住地的维基人”的其他词语结合起来的词条？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. This provision is not meant to stop community members from creatively combining the marks with other words to create new terms for the Wikimedia movement as long as they do it on the Wikimedia sites. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-translatetext}}2.5 我可以翻译这些商标的文字么？ ==== 您应该[[#FAQ-whataresites|在维基媒体网站的框架下]]翻译这些商标的文字。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.6 我能添加图形元素（例如，为了庆祝特殊活动）吗？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You can create [[:c:Category:SVG Wikimedia community logos|remixes]] for special on-site purposes, but please do not change the logos outside our sites. These and many, many other questions are answered in the [[Visual identity guidelines|Visual Identity Guidelines]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.7 哪些维基媒体商标的重新组合的类型能够在维基媒体网站之外使用？ ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Certain remixes of Wikimedia logos may be used outside of Wikimedia sites as long as the remix does not look too similar to any of the Wikimedia marks. Please make sure that the remix will not be confused with the original Wikimedia logo.</span> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.8 我可以使用标志的高清版么？ ==== 是的！[[Wikimedia official marks|这里请]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-wheretmnotice}}2.9 我在哪里注释商标提醒？ ==== 尽可能在显眼的位置例如注脚。当有人阅读您的文档、访问您的网站或观看您的电影时应能较容易的找到。有几个很好的例子：文档（同一）页面的底部、藏书票上、网页页脚和/或电影制作者清单后。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.10 如果我认为我没有足够的位置注明提醒我应该怎么办？ ==== 不要担心！如果您是想面向移动设备或其他中小屏幕设备注明，您只需要在维基媒体商标后面加注商标符号（™）即可。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.11 我应该如何在提醒中提及商标？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Wordmarks can be referenced verbatim (i.e. "Wikimedia Commons"). Logos should be described according to the [[Visual identity guidelines#toc-puzzle|Visual Identity Guidelines]]. Examples include the "Wikipedia Puzzle Globe" and the "'W' icon." </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.12 我如何使用多于一个标志？ ==== 请确信所有标志都有一个说明如下： <br /><br /> “维基数据名称及标志是维基媒体基金会的商标。” {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.13 什么时候我不得不加入商标符号？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You only need to use the trademark symbol when you do not have enough space to write the entire notice, like when you are using a trademark on a mobile screen. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.14 能否给一些正确使用商标的例子？ ==== 这里有个例子： <br /> <br /> “维基共享资源™是维基媒体基金会旗下收集自由版权的媒体文件，诸如图像、声音和电影剪辑，并面向全球广泛传播的计划网站！” {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.15 我应该使用何种尺寸的商标？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> When you use a wordmark (like "Wikipedia"), you should use the same font size for the trademark symbol as the wordmark itself. In this context, superscript formatting is encouraged for the symbol. When the mark is an image (like the puzzle globe), you should select a font size for the symbol that matches the size of the image and place the symbol so that it is clearly visible and close enough to the upper right corner of the image without touching it. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.16 但是我想把我的網頁設計得好看一點！我可不可以把商標縮小或放在其他地方？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Unfortunately, no. Remember, you only need to put the symbol next to the first or most prominent use of the mark. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-noticesymbol|回到注释或商标符号]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.17 “未被维基媒体基金会批准或与其相关”意味着什么？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You need to make sure that people do not mistakenly think that you may speak on behalf of the Wikimedia Foundation or one of its sites. For instance, you need to make sure that no one thinks you work for the Wikimedia Foundation. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-withoutpermission}}3 不需询问权限的维基媒体标志使用 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.1 你能给我我能在维基媒体网站上使用商标的例子吗？ ==== 您可以在[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:User page}}|用户页]]、[[{{lwp|Help:Contents}}|帮助页]]和[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:About}}|关于维基媒体或其计划的页面]]使用标志。您也可以在[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Mailing lists|邮件列表]]、[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/IRC|IRC]]或用于维基媒体站点的[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:Tools}}|工具]]使用标志。以上使用需遵守[[Terms of Use|使用条款]]。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-onwmsites|回到维基媒体站点商标使用]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-notcommunityfocused}}3.2 哪些活动不是“重点放在社群的”？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> An event that includes mostly people who are not community members is not a community-focused event. (Please see the [[#FAQ-publicevent|FAQ on events in general]].) This does not mean that you cannot have guests at your meetup! </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.3 您能否提供重点放在社群的活动的例子？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Community-focused events are those events that are primarily open to community members and promote the mission. They tend to be related to improving the overall quality of the Wikimedia sites. Examples include conferences and monthly meetups hosted by community members, as well as other specific events like the "London Wikipedians regular's table," Wiki-Conference in Russia, and Wikipedia Workshop Köln (DE). </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-communityfocused|回到重点放在社群的活动]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.4 如果我的活动是重点放在社群的，我能使用哪些标志？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> First, all Wikimedia community-focused events can bear a trademarked name. You may also use the Wikimedia logos to decorate your venue, but only to the extent they are relevant. For example, you cannot use the Wikisource logo for a Wikimedia Commons-only event. However, keep in mind that the 'Wikimania' name and [[:File:Wikimania.svg|logo]] are reserved for the [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimania|yearly Wikimania conference]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-outreachexamples}}3.5 您能否提供拓展工作使用的例子？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You can put up a stand at a street fair. [[:c:Category:Wikimedia stands|Here are some examples of that]]. You may want to present the Wikimedia sites in your club or [[:c:Category:Silberwissen|reach out to seniors]]. You can also [[:c:Category:Wikipedia Schulprojekt|give a talk in a school]] or [[:c:Category:Wikipedia Education Program|create a university course]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.6 什麼是教育性資源？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Educational materials help people to understand the Wikimedia sites. They can be [[:outreach:Bookshelf Project|leaflets, videos]], [[:m:WMDOC/Cheatsheet|cheat sheets]], and other [[:m:Help:Reference card|guides]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.7 在机构代表社区怎么样？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You need to sign and email us a Quick License if your institution wants to call you [[:outreach:Wikipedian in Residence|"Wikipedian in Residence"]] as part of a GLAM project, or something similar. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-outreach|Back to Outreach and recruitment of new editors]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-communitylogo}}3.8 是否存在维基媒体社区标志？ ==== 是的！它在2008年[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Community logo|官方承认]]为元维基标志。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-fairuseexamples}}3.9 合理使用是什么意思？ ==== 在美国商标法中，[[{{lwp|Fair use (U.S. trademark law)}}|合理使用]]章节允许您有条件的任意使用商标而不至于侵犯版权。本方针不会与之冲突。我们已在[[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-fairuse|3.5]]和[[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-fairuse|3.6]]章节使用您易于理解的语言提到。 除了美国商标法外，您还需留意您所在国家的版权法律，多数也规定了合理使用的情形。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.10 您能否提供更多合理使用的例子？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> This category of fair use is tricky in our case because our wordmarks were not real words before our projects were created, unlike "apple" or "facebook." But we would consider it fair use if you were to write a [[:wikt:book#Noun|book]] in the [[{{lwp|Wiki software}}|Wiki software]] and refer to it as a "wiki book," even though Wikibooks is a distinctive trademark. If you are using the wordmarks to describe our projects, that is also a type of fair use (nominative use). You can read more about nominative use [[#FAQ-nominativeuseexamples|here]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-nonfairuseexamples}}3.11 您能否提供更多并非合理使用的例子？ ==== * 使用维基媒体标志宣传您的书籍。 * 销售带有维基媒体基金会标志的T恤。 * 创建您自己的百科全书并且使用了维基百科的球形拼图。 * 使用维基媒体基金会标志为无关计划筹款。 * 在内容并非来自维基媒体站点情形下却宣称内容“来自维基百科，自由的百科全书”。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-fairuse|回到在维基站点以外的讨论（合理使用）。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-nominativeuseexamples}}3.12 您能否提供更多主要使用的例子？ ==== 这里有一些例子： # '''描述维基媒体站点：''' #* <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">In a presentation that describes how Wikipedia works, using the wordmarks in slides in your bullet points would be a nominative use. The same also applies for a blog post that describes Wikidata. If you want to "illustrate" your slides or your blog post with any of the image marks, please refer to [[#policy-noncommercial|artistic, literary, and other non-commercial uses]].</span> #* <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">However, you cannot use a trademark as a generic term. For example, you cannot set up a wiki on motorcycles and refer to it as "a wikipedia for motorcycles."</span> # '''真實準確地說明：''' #* “维基百科是世界最大的在线百科全书，并且它也是数千个网站中唯一一个集结成千上万志愿者编辑的。” #* “我在2009年加入维基百科成为一名编辑者”（在您的个人网站）。 # '''描述衍生作品：''' #* “来源：维基百科” #* “本艺术作品基于来自维基共享资源的图像创建。” #* “以下内容由维基百科内容衍生而来。” #* 或者干脆：“来自维基百科”或“至维基百科条目”（通过QR码） # '''更多個別例子:''' #* <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Refer to the sections on [[#policy-news|news reporting]]; [[#policy-blogssm|personal blogs and social media]]; [[#policy-noncommercial|artistic, literary, and other non-commercial uses]]; and [[#policy-linkstous|links to Wikimedia sites]].</span> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-nominativeuse|Back to Refer to Wikimedia sites (nominative use).]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-logonewsarticle}}3.13 我是否可以在新闻或漫画杂志或者电视新闻上使用标志或截图？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes, as long as the image illustrates the discussion in the article. Do not use our trademark just to attract attention to your work. That will confuse your readers or viewers, and ours! </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-news|回到新闻报道]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-logoblogssm}}3.14 我是否可以在博客文章或者状态更新站点包括标志？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes, as long as the image illustrates the discussion in your post. Do not use trademarked images just to attract attention to your page. Viewers of your blog or your user page should not be confused and think that your page is endorsed by the Wikimedia Foundation or any of its sites. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.15 我能否在用户名、头像或聊天软件表情中使用商标？ ==== 很遗憾，不。我们非常感谢您宣传维基媒体站点。维基媒体社群为之感谢！然而，我们不希望人们认为您的言论就可以代表维基媒体基金会。您能够继续在用户名、头像或聊天软件表情中使用社群标志。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-blogssm|回到个人博客和社交媒体]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-noncommercialexamples}}3.16 你能给我艺术、文学和其他非商业使用的例子吗？ ==== * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Using the trademarks to discuss a scientific thesis in an academic paper.</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Illustrating a point in the slides for an educational presentation with a screenshot of a Wikimedia site.</span> * 使用标志在美术作品中。 * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Creating a parody for the purposes of conveying a political message.</span> * 撰写一本关于维基百科条目的书籍。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-noncommercial|回到艺术作品、文学作品和其他非商业性使用。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-linkingtousexamples}}3.17 您能否提供链接至维基媒体网站的例子？ ==== 是的，您可[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:Banners and buttons}}|点此]]查看。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-qrcodes}}3.18 我能在连接至维基媒体站点的QR码中使用标志么？ ==== 不。用于连接的标志不应如此使用。使用QR码连接您应使用非艺术化维基百科文字标志。您可[[#FAQ-nominativeuseexamples|点此]]了解更多。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-linkstous|回到连接至维基媒体站点。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-personalmerch}}3.19 我可以利用它們做什麼？ ==== 您可以用來製作衣服、帽子、背包、杯子、釘子、筆、貼紙、海報、屏幕背景，甚至蛋糕。大前提是你不會利用這些物品來牟利。 [[:c:Special:MyLanguage/Category:Wikipedia promotion|<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Here are some examples.</span>]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.20 我可以销售带有这些标志的周边商品么？ ==== 不，在未获授权的情况下您不能这样做。更多信息[[#policy-commercialmerch|见此]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.21 可以在其他场合使用原样么？ ==== 只要你是免費派發這些物品，可以。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.22 那么我在哪可以了解商业销售的周边产品？ ==== 最好是进入[//shop.wikimedia.org 维基媒体商店 (Wikimedia shop)]了解，这里销售的周边商品都由官方授权。如果您希望销售您自己的商品，请[[#policy-commercialmerch|参见此处]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.23 我能要求商业卖主为我创建使用维基媒体商标的自定义物品吗？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Of course! You may ask vendors like bakers and t-shirt sellers to create items with Wikimedia marks especially for you or your friends. This is okay because it is for your own personal use and no one is creating a business surrounding the sale of items with Wikimedia trademarks. And do not worry, vendors will not be required to strictly follow the Visual Identity Guidelines when it is not possible on items like cakes. For example, [[:c:Category:Wikipedia cakes|all these cakes]] are fine. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.24 是否可以委托其他人为会议和类似活动创建带有维基媒体商标的大量物品？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes! As long as the items are not sold to participants, it is okay to ask a vendor to create multiple items with the Wikimedia marks for community-focused parties and gatherings like edit-a-thons under [[Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy#policy-outreach|Section 3.2]] of the policy. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.25 我能在商业货物上使用高分辨率的商标吗？ ==== 當然可以！雖然我們的舊版政策不允許這種做法，但是在新的政策中我們已經廢除了那條規例。 <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[#policy-owngoods|Back to Make your own branded stuff.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-specialpermission}}4 需要许可的特殊使用 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.1 如果我需要許可，我是不是要為此付費？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Usually, there is no license fee. However, we want to keep track of how our trademarks are used. Also, we want to make sure every use complies with our mission and standards. This is why we require a formal license in certain cases. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-specialpermission|回到需要许可的特殊使用。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-contests}}4.2 我是否需要为每一次相片比赛获得许可？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You only need to get a license if you advertise the photo contest outside a Wikimedia site. This includes posters, social media, and blogs. You can freely use the marks for community-focused events. Community-focused events are those that are intended to be predominantly attended by Wikimedia community members. They do not include events open to the general public. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-photocontests|回到照片竞赛。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.3 我是否能够打印带有维基媒体商标的衬衫以为相片比赛给出奖金？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. You can always make t-shirts with the Wikimedia logos and give them away as long as you are not selling them. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-makeyourownbrandedstuff|Back to Make your own branded stuff]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.4 我能够怎样作为在居住地的维基人使用商标？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The marks may be used in any way that identifies you as a Wikipedian in Residence. Please avoid confusion about official endorsement. You should clarify that you are not a representative of the Wikimedia Foundation. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-glam|回到GLAM-WIKI活动。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-cybersquatting}}4.5 你能给我域名抢注的例子吗？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> In the past, someone registered the domain wikkipedia.org to attract traffic to their own site. This is called [[{{lwp|cybersquatting}}|cybersquatting]] or [[{{lwp|typosquatting}}|typosquatting]] that infringes our trademark. We strictly enforce our policy against confusing domain names. Please [[:m:Trademark/Report abuse|tell us]] if you see an infringing domain name. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.6 我可以在我的域名中出现维基媒体标志么？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Unfortunately, no. If you do, there is a risk that you will confuse readers that are looking for Wikimedia content or other material related to Wikimedia. Movement organizations may be permitted to use the Wikimedia mark as part of their domain, but only after receiving special permission. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.7 如果我使用不同的顶级域名，我能使用维基媒体商标吗？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You cannot register a Wikimedia mark as a domain, no matter the [[{{lwp|Top-level domain}}|top-level domain]], including country code top-level domains. For example, you may not register "wikipedia.jobs" even though it uses ".jobs", a different top-level domain, because "wikipedia" is a Wikimedia mark. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.8 但我希望使用我自己的特殊域名！！！ ==== 如果您有合法的理由希望使用我们的域名，请电邮联络[mailto:trademarks@wikimedia.org trademarks@wikimedia.org]。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-domains|回到域名。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-publicevent}}4.9 “公众活动”意味着什么？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A public event is an event that is not predominantly attended by community members. An event is also public when it is announced to the public with signs or advertisements or in an event schedule. Hence, this rule does not apply to community-focused meetups and conferences. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.10 What event uses require permission?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Using a trademark for an event includes naming the event or using a Wikimedia logo on advertisements, leaflets, signage or a website. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.11 Are there any exceptions to when events require permission?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If the name of the event uses a mark just to describe its content, that might fall under [[#policy-nominativeuse|nominative use]]. An example for this would be announcing a course called 'Editing Wikipedia for Beginners' or 'Using Wikimedia Commons as an Amateur Photographer'. However, always include a [[#policy-noticesymbol|notice]] that explains that your use is with permission from the Wikimedia Foundation and that you are not affiliated with the Foundation. Also, events hosted by a local Wikimedia chapter, thematic organization, or user group can use the marks subject to their respective agreement with the Wikimedia Foundation. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-events|Back to Events and conferences.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-publications}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.12 What is a "publication"?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Publications include books, other print media, and web pages. They also mean audiovisual media like music, and other recordings, film and online video. See [[#policy-outreach|Outreach and recruiting new editors]] for materials that provide education about a Wikimedia site. See [[#policy-moviestv|Section 4.5]] for trademark uses in films. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.13 我可以写一本关于维基百科的书籍么？ ==== [[{{lwp|Bibliography of Wikipedia}}|欢迎您这样做！]]但您不应在未获授权的情况下使用维基媒体标志在书的封面上。这是因为我们不会认可未获授权的书籍能够代言基金会。使用[[#FAQ-nonstylizedwordmark|文字标志]]作为书的标题的一部分时同样需要请求授权。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 4.14 Does this also apply to handbooks, like "A beginner's guide to Wikipedia", aimed at community members? </div> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. But, please send us a request and we will give prompt permission when appropriate. We love Wikipedia guides! </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 4.15 Does it make a difference if the book is being published by an educational publisher? </div> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> No, you will need permission as well, because even educational publishers are commercial entities. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-publications|回到出版物。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-schoolfilm}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.16 Do I need permission to show the Wikipedia marks in a film I am making for my school project?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If you are showing your film to the public, or at your school or workplace, you need permission. But we will make sure to make the permission process as easy and fast as possible. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-moviestv|回到电影和电视节目。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-commercialmerch}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.17 Will I have to donate a portion of the retail price for commercial merchandise?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> No. But you will have to tell your customers if you do not donate your profits. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.18 What do I have to say if I am donating a portion of my proceeds to the Wikimedia Foundation?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Just clearly state what portion of your proceeds will be given to the Wikimedia Foundation. You can, for example, say: "X% of your purchase will be donated to the Wikimedia Foundation." </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.19 Where should I state how much of my proceeds will be donated?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> We recommend placing the notice right next to the purchase price, where it will be clearly visible to all buyers. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.20 Do I need to mention donations to the Wikimedia Foundation if I do not donate anything at all?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. You should state that 0% of your profits will go to the Wikimedia Foundation. Otherwise, users may mistakenly believe that you are doing fundraising for the Foundation. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-commercialmerch|Back to Commercial merchandise.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 5 禁止使用的情况 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-fakearticle}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.1 Can I make a fake Wikipedia article if it is intended as a joke?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> There are exceptions where this is permissible, but they are very limited. You will likely not fall under such an exception if your mimicking site has any commercial background. Please refer to the [[#policy-noncommercial|section on Parodies]]. Most importantly, you must make sure that no one (really no one!) could confuse your site with any part of a Wikimedia site. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-mimicvsparody}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.2 How do I distinguish between a prohibited mimicking site and a parody site?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Here is an example of a mimicking site: Contrary to the [[{{lwp|Wikipedia:COI}}|Wikipedia guidelines]], you create an article on Wikipedia about yourself or your organization. For unknown reasons, "your" article is deleted. This makes you mad. You register the domain "businesspedia.org" and design a website that looks just like the Wikipedia article that just got deleted, including a link to your own website. You are happy to attract more traffic to it by confusing internet users. Booo! </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> An example of parody site: Imagine you have a great friend called [[Rory|Rory]] and his birthday is coming up. You register the domain "rorypedia.org" and design a website that looks just like a humorous Wikipedia biography on your friend Rory. Since you do not want anyone to confuse "Rorypedia" and Wikipedia, you put a bright colored bar on the top of your site saying, "This page is a present for Rory from his awesome friends and not affiliated with Wikipedia. Happy birthday, Rory!" And you take down the site once the birthday party is over. Yaaay! </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.3 How do I avoid mimicking Wikimedia sites when I use the [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/MediaWiki|MediaWiki]] software?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> All wikis using MediaWiki do in fact share certain graphic elements under the default theme, but the Wikimedia sites have certain visual features that distinguish them. Do not imitate these distinguishing features. For example, you should not use logos that are confusingly similar to the Wikimedia marks or name your site something that sounds like a Wikimedia site. But you can use the "Powered by MediaWiki" button as that button simply describes that the wiki is powered by MediaWiki. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Be sure to directly download the [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/MediaWiki|MediaWiki]] software if you want to use it. Please do not try to blindly copy the HTML code of a Wikimedia site! If you do, you will accidentally import features from our sites, like our Terms of Use or our "contact us" details. Being contacted about problems on your unrelated website understandably makes our wonderful [[:m:OTRS/Volunteering|email response team volunteers]] very unhappy. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-mirrors|Back to mimicking sites.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-linkmirror}}5.4 我可以在维基媒体站点的镜像站点使用标志连接么？ ==== 不可以。维基媒体标志只能在真实的维基媒体站点用于连接。我们愿意重申，站点由维基媒体社群维护和管理。 另外，如果您希望架设一个维基媒体站点的镜像站点，请尤其注意[[#policy-mirrors|镜像方针]]。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-linkstoothers|回到连接至非维基媒体站点。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-misrepresentation}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.5 Can you give me some examples of misrepresentation with respect to the marks?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A misrepresentative use can be something that represents yourself. That includes using a Wikimedia logo in your logo, letterhead, or the name of your organization. Online examples are your social media avatar, favicon, and website domain. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-misrepresentation|Back to Misrepresentation.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-reportingabuse}}6 报告商标滥用 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-howfight}}6.1 你們會如何打擊侵犯商標權的行為？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Each year, we receive over 100 reports of trademark violations from community members. We also employ outside contractors and legal counsel to help protect our trademark portfolio globally. Within our resource constraints, our legal team pursues misuses of our marks to ensure that the Wikimedia logos remain distinctively associated with the Wikimedia community. After careful and sensitive evaluation, we send out cease-and-desist letters, which are usually effective. In the few instances that cannot be resolved by other means, we consider litigation to protect the marks. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">6.2 Who is responsible for enforcing Wikimedia's trademarks?</span>==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Trademark enforcement is currently handled by the Wikimedia Foundation legal team to ensure consistency and compliance with trademark law. But we rely on the Wikimedia community to help us identify potential trademark infringements. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">6.3 What happens when you receive a report of a potential trademark infringement?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> When we receive a complaint that our trademarks are being misused, we first send a confirmation to the person submitting the complaint. Potential infringements are then logged into our system. The legal team then combs through each of those complaints to investigate the alleged infringement. We visit the site personally to make sure the complaint has merit. Then we apply US trademark law in assessing whether there is actual "misuse" and it is a valid infringement of the trademark. In general, the standard of "misuse" in US law is whether the use of the trademark is "confusingly similar" to the Wikimedia Foundation's use of the trademark. In other words, will the potential infringers use of the trademark confuse users into thinking their site is sponsored by or hosted by the Wikimedia Foundation? We always contact the potential infringer first to see if they will voluntarily stop using our marks or work with us to make their use less confusing. If we are unable to work things out informally, and they refuse to comply with a cease and desist letter, we decide whether to move forward with litigation to stop the infringement. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">6.4 Can I send a cease and desist letter on behalf of the Wikimedia Foundation when I find misuse?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Please do not. We really appreciate your help with trademark enforcement, but please report any misuses to us so that we can determine what action is appropriate. </div> <div class="mw-translate-fuzzy"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-reporting|回到报告商标滥用。]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-revision}}7 商标政策的修订 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">7.1 Why can you just change the FAQ section?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The FAQs are not part of the trademark policy. We created them to help you understand the policy. We want to add new questions from the community in the future and to clarify any answers users may find confusing. That is why we want to be able to update the FAQs easily. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">7.2 What if I do not agree with the changes to the policy?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> We encourage you to share your comments and concerns with us during the community feedback period following any announced changes. We will take all comments under careful advisement and ensure that any changes to our policy are consistent with our mission. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-revision|Back to Revision of the trademark policy.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 8 其他问题 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQNakedlicensing}}8.1 什么是“无效授权”？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Failure to exercise quality control in trademark licensing is referred to as "naked licensing," and can sometimes result in loss of trademark rights. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 8.2 什么是视觉识别方针？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> They are a [[Special:MyLanguage/Legal:Visual identity guidelines|set of guidelines]] you should follow when using any of the Wikimedia marks. These guidelines ensure that the marks always look their best and are not distorted in any way. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">8.3 How do the Visual Identity Guidelines relate to the trademark policy?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The Visual Identity Guidelines are a separate document from the trademark policy and can be revised without notice. These guidelines help to make sure the Wikimedia marks are always used consistently with the same level of quality. Consistent use is important in order for us to maintain protection over the Wikimedia marks. It helps avoid confusion among users that may view marks similar to the Wikimedia marks. If Wikimedia marks are displayed consistently, users can be sure when they are viewing actual Wikimedia content instead of an imposter site. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 8.4 我有更多问题如何提问？ ==== 如果您还有其他未在此列出的问题，请将其反馈至讨论页。我们将竭尽所能回答并放入本常见问题页。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} </div></div><noinclude> __NOTOC__ __NOEDITSECTION__ [[Category:Trademark policy{{#translation:}}]] [[Category:Frequently asked questions{{#translation:}}]] </noinclude> 6j3ijw4n6ua2g5f9clw1gu0r9hqn2vs 594073 594071 2026-09-19T04:27:41Z Pristome 225362 Created page with "4.10 什么活动用途需要许可？" 594073 wikitext text/x-wiki <noinclude><languages /> {{Policy FAQ disclaimer|page=维基媒体基金会商标政策|pagelink=Policy:Trademark policy}} </noinclude><templatestyles src="Template:Trademark/styles.css" /><div class="trademark-section trademark-faq-container"> <div class="trademark-faq-content"> {{anchor|trademark-faq}}<span class="nomobile" style="font-size:2.5em">[[File:Trademark License FAQ.svg<!--change image-->|100px|link=]] '''<includeonly>{{int string|faq}}</includeonly><noinclude>维基媒体基金会商标政策常见问题</noinclude>'''</span><br />''这些常见问题不是商标政策的组成部分。它们也不是一份法律文件。但是我们希望它们能给你提供帮助。''<span style="font-family:monospace, monospace;" dir="ltr">''':)'''</span> <noinclude>{{nonumtoc}}__TOC__</noinclude> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 0 商标政策简介 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} <!-- The form to do this is: {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 0.1 Title ==== ... {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} Either using the Sub or Not, depending on level --> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-tmprotection}}0.1 什么是“商标保护”？ ==== 商標法(trademark law)保護著某一標誌(mark)所代表的某一成果（work，像是商品或服務）之間的連結關係。它意在保障用戶不致於混淆一項成果的來源。同時，用戶也把商標當做與某成果之間的連結，因此會對此標誌所提供的成果之知名度、品質、以及服務有相當程度的期待。因此，商標是項強而有力、極富價值的工具，它能夠使維基媒體基金會以及其社群成員的知名度具象化，也可被視為一種讓用戶能夠認識某一成果或商品或服務的「簡略表達(shorthand)」。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-whataresites}}0.2 什么是“维基媒体网站(Wikimedia sites)”？ ==== 维基媒体基金会运营很多自由软件和自由内容站点，列表见此：[[Special:SiteMatrix|我们的计划]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-policyapplies}}1 本政策适用範圍？ == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-wordmark}}1.1 什么是“文字标志(wordmark)”？ ==== 顾名思义，就是只由文字组成的商标，诸如“Wikipedia”或“Wikimedia”等计划网站名。另外，这也包括任何官方译名和转写（诸如“[[:w:tr:Ana Sayfa|维基百科]]”）。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-nonstylizedwordmark}}1.2 什么是“非艺术化文字标志(non-stylized wordmark)”？ ==== 非艺术化文字标志就是“维基媒体”及其计划的通用名称，诸如“维基百科”、“维基词典”等。相比之下，艺术化文字标志就是在这些名字基础上适当修改文字结构诸如字体。诸如“维基百科”文字标志艺术化后就是[[File:Wikipedia wordmark.svg|80px]]。无论文字标志是否艺术化均属于维基媒体基金会的商标。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-tradedress}}1.3 什么是“商用外观(trade dress)”？ ==== 對我們而言，商用外觀意指網站或文章的設計符合網站或線上資料的來源。你可以把它看成某個網站「看起來和感覺起來的樣子」。比方說，維基百科條目的設計與外觀、或像是維基百科的首頁。任何維基媒體網站的商用外觀同時也屬於維基媒體基金會的商標。商標法也保護商用外觀。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-wikimediamarks|返回“维基媒体标志。”]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-communitymember}}1.4 什么是“社区成员”？ ==== 任何在维基媒体站点有贡献的人。她也包括任何基金会职员、分会成员、专题组织成员、用户组成员和基金会本身。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-communitymembers|回到社群成员]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-moveorgsfreely}}1.5 为何運動组织不能任意地使用商標？ ==== 身為商標的法定持有者，我們需要掌控運動組織使用商標的方式以保護整個社群。你可以在[[#purpose-maintainrights|這裡]]閱讀更多相關資料。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 1.6 什么是此商标政策和分会、用户组或专题组织协议之间的关系？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Chapters, user groups, and thematic organizations must comply both with this trademark policy and their respective agreement with the Wikimedia Foundation. If there are inconsistencies between this trademark policy and a chapter, user group, or a thematic organization agreement, the organization should follow their agreement. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-wmorgs|回到分会、用户组和专题组织]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 2 如何使用维基媒体商标 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-smallerlogo}}2.1 如果我的产品和服务不由维基媒体基金会提供，我的商标、名称或公司名称是否能够比维基媒体商标更小？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> No. We need to make sure it is extremely clear that the Wikimedia Foundation is not providing your products or services. This is a simple, consistent way of doing that. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.2 如果我清晰地声明产品或服务由我提供，会怎么样？ ==== 對不起，您的商標、名字或公司名字一定要比維基商標大，而且必須適當地分隔開，因為不是每個人都會閱讀文字，可能有些人只會留意圖片。因此，我們必須確保您的產品或服務並非由維基媒體基金會提供。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-outsidewmsites}}2.3 你们说的“在维基媒体站点以外”是指什么？ ==== 也就是不在[[#FAQ-whataresites|维基媒体基金会控制的站点]]使用商标，例如：维基百科、维基共享资源、维基词典、维基数据、维基语录、维基教科书、维基文库、维基物种、维基新闻、维基学院、维基导游和元维基。回顾商标政策，维基媒雲端虚拟专用服务器的标志也被视为维基媒体站点标志。另外，您可以在站外使用这些标志用于编辑马拉松。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.4 我是否仍然能创建将维基媒体商标和像“在居住地的维基人”的其他词语结合起来的词条？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. This provision is not meant to stop community members from creatively combining the marks with other words to create new terms for the Wikimedia movement as long as they do it on the Wikimedia sites. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-translatetext}}2.5 我可以翻译这些商标的文字么？ ==== 您应该[[#FAQ-whataresites|在维基媒体网站的框架下]]翻译这些商标的文字。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.6 我能添加图形元素（例如，为了庆祝特殊活动）吗？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You can create [[:c:Category:SVG Wikimedia community logos|remixes]] for special on-site purposes, but please do not change the logos outside our sites. These and many, many other questions are answered in the [[Visual identity guidelines|Visual Identity Guidelines]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.7 哪些维基媒体商标的重新组合的类型能够在维基媒体网站之外使用？ ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Certain remixes of Wikimedia logos may be used outside of Wikimedia sites as long as the remix does not look too similar to any of the Wikimedia marks. Please make sure that the remix will not be confused with the original Wikimedia logo.</span> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.8 我可以使用标志的高清版么？ ==== 是的！[[Wikimedia official marks|这里请]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-wheretmnotice}}2.9 我在哪里注释商标提醒？ ==== 尽可能在显眼的位置例如注脚。当有人阅读您的文档、访问您的网站或观看您的电影时应能较容易的找到。有几个很好的例子：文档（同一）页面的底部、藏书票上、网页页脚和/或电影制作者清单后。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.10 如果我认为我没有足够的位置注明提醒我应该怎么办？ ==== 不要担心！如果您是想面向移动设备或其他中小屏幕设备注明，您只需要在维基媒体商标后面加注商标符号（™）即可。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.11 我应该如何在提醒中提及商标？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Wordmarks can be referenced verbatim (i.e. "Wikimedia Commons"). Logos should be described according to the [[Visual identity guidelines#toc-puzzle|Visual Identity Guidelines]]. Examples include the "Wikipedia Puzzle Globe" and the "'W' icon." </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.12 我如何使用多于一个标志？ ==== 请确信所有标志都有一个说明如下： <br /><br /> “维基数据名称及标志是维基媒体基金会的商标。” {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.13 什么时候我不得不加入商标符号？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You only need to use the trademark symbol when you do not have enough space to write the entire notice, like when you are using a trademark on a mobile screen. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.14 能否给一些正确使用商标的例子？ ==== 这里有个例子： <br /> <br /> “维基共享资源™是维基媒体基金会旗下收集自由版权的媒体文件，诸如图像、声音和电影剪辑，并面向全球广泛传播的计划网站！” {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.15 我应该使用何种尺寸的商标？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> When you use a wordmark (like "Wikipedia"), you should use the same font size for the trademark symbol as the wordmark itself. In this context, superscript formatting is encouraged for the symbol. When the mark is an image (like the puzzle globe), you should select a font size for the symbol that matches the size of the image and place the symbol so that it is clearly visible and close enough to the upper right corner of the image without touching it. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.16 但是我想把我的網頁設計得好看一點！我可不可以把商標縮小或放在其他地方？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Unfortunately, no. Remember, you only need to put the symbol next to the first or most prominent use of the mark. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-noticesymbol|回到注释或商标符号]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.17 “未被维基媒体基金会批准或与其相关”意味着什么？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You need to make sure that people do not mistakenly think that you may speak on behalf of the Wikimedia Foundation or one of its sites. For instance, you need to make sure that no one thinks you work for the Wikimedia Foundation. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-withoutpermission}}3 不需询问权限的维基媒体标志使用 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.1 你能给我我能在维基媒体网站上使用商标的例子吗？ ==== 您可以在[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:User page}}|用户页]]、[[{{lwp|Help:Contents}}|帮助页]]和[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:About}}|关于维基媒体或其计划的页面]]使用标志。您也可以在[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Mailing lists|邮件列表]]、[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/IRC|IRC]]或用于维基媒体站点的[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:Tools}}|工具]]使用标志。以上使用需遵守[[Terms of Use|使用条款]]。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-onwmsites|回到维基媒体站点商标使用]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-notcommunityfocused}}3.2 哪些活动不是“重点放在社群的”？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> An event that includes mostly people who are not community members is not a community-focused event. (Please see the [[#FAQ-publicevent|FAQ on events in general]].) This does not mean that you cannot have guests at your meetup! </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.3 您能否提供重点放在社群的活动的例子？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Community-focused events are those events that are primarily open to community members and promote the mission. They tend to be related to improving the overall quality of the Wikimedia sites. Examples include conferences and monthly meetups hosted by community members, as well as other specific events like the "London Wikipedians regular's table," Wiki-Conference in Russia, and Wikipedia Workshop Köln (DE). </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-communityfocused|回到重点放在社群的活动]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.4 如果我的活动是重点放在社群的，我能使用哪些标志？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> First, all Wikimedia community-focused events can bear a trademarked name. You may also use the Wikimedia logos to decorate your venue, but only to the extent they are relevant. For example, you cannot use the Wikisource logo for a Wikimedia Commons-only event. However, keep in mind that the 'Wikimania' name and [[:File:Wikimania.svg|logo]] are reserved for the [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimania|yearly Wikimania conference]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-outreachexamples}}3.5 您能否提供拓展工作使用的例子？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You can put up a stand at a street fair. [[:c:Category:Wikimedia stands|Here are some examples of that]]. You may want to present the Wikimedia sites in your club or [[:c:Category:Silberwissen|reach out to seniors]]. You can also [[:c:Category:Wikipedia Schulprojekt|give a talk in a school]] or [[:c:Category:Wikipedia Education Program|create a university course]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.6 什麼是教育性資源？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Educational materials help people to understand the Wikimedia sites. They can be [[:outreach:Bookshelf Project|leaflets, videos]], [[:m:WMDOC/Cheatsheet|cheat sheets]], and other [[:m:Help:Reference card|guides]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.7 在机构代表社区怎么样？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You need to sign and email us a Quick License if your institution wants to call you [[:outreach:Wikipedian in Residence|"Wikipedian in Residence"]] as part of a GLAM project, or something similar. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-outreach|Back to Outreach and recruitment of new editors]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-communitylogo}}3.8 是否存在维基媒体社区标志？ ==== 是的！它在2008年[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Community logo|官方承认]]为元维基标志。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-fairuseexamples}}3.9 合理使用是什么意思？ ==== 在美国商标法中，[[{{lwp|Fair use (U.S. trademark law)}}|合理使用]]章节允许您有条件的任意使用商标而不至于侵犯版权。本方针不会与之冲突。我们已在[[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-fairuse|3.5]]和[[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-fairuse|3.6]]章节使用您易于理解的语言提到。 除了美国商标法外，您还需留意您所在国家的版权法律，多数也规定了合理使用的情形。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.10 您能否提供更多合理使用的例子？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> This category of fair use is tricky in our case because our wordmarks were not real words before our projects were created, unlike "apple" or "facebook." But we would consider it fair use if you were to write a [[:wikt:book#Noun|book]] in the [[{{lwp|Wiki software}}|Wiki software]] and refer to it as a "wiki book," even though Wikibooks is a distinctive trademark. If you are using the wordmarks to describe our projects, that is also a type of fair use (nominative use). You can read more about nominative use [[#FAQ-nominativeuseexamples|here]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-nonfairuseexamples}}3.11 您能否提供更多并非合理使用的例子？ ==== * 使用维基媒体标志宣传您的书籍。 * 销售带有维基媒体基金会标志的T恤。 * 创建您自己的百科全书并且使用了维基百科的球形拼图。 * 使用维基媒体基金会标志为无关计划筹款。 * 在内容并非来自维基媒体站点情形下却宣称内容“来自维基百科，自由的百科全书”。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-fairuse|回到在维基站点以外的讨论（合理使用）。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-nominativeuseexamples}}3.12 您能否提供更多主要使用的例子？ ==== 这里有一些例子： # '''描述维基媒体站点：''' #* <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">In a presentation that describes how Wikipedia works, using the wordmarks in slides in your bullet points would be a nominative use. The same also applies for a blog post that describes Wikidata. If you want to "illustrate" your slides or your blog post with any of the image marks, please refer to [[#policy-noncommercial|artistic, literary, and other non-commercial uses]].</span> #* <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">However, you cannot use a trademark as a generic term. For example, you cannot set up a wiki on motorcycles and refer to it as "a wikipedia for motorcycles."</span> # '''真實準確地說明：''' #* “维基百科是世界最大的在线百科全书，并且它也是数千个网站中唯一一个集结成千上万志愿者编辑的。” #* “我在2009年加入维基百科成为一名编辑者”（在您的个人网站）。 # '''描述衍生作品：''' #* “来源：维基百科” #* “本艺术作品基于来自维基共享资源的图像创建。” #* “以下内容由维基百科内容衍生而来。” #* 或者干脆：“来自维基百科”或“至维基百科条目”（通过QR码） # '''更多個別例子:''' #* <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Refer to the sections on [[#policy-news|news reporting]]; [[#policy-blogssm|personal blogs and social media]]; [[#policy-noncommercial|artistic, literary, and other non-commercial uses]]; and [[#policy-linkstous|links to Wikimedia sites]].</span> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-nominativeuse|Back to Refer to Wikimedia sites (nominative use).]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-logonewsarticle}}3.13 我是否可以在新闻或漫画杂志或者电视新闻上使用标志或截图？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes, as long as the image illustrates the discussion in the article. Do not use our trademark just to attract attention to your work. That will confuse your readers or viewers, and ours! </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-news|回到新闻报道]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-logoblogssm}}3.14 我是否可以在博客文章或者状态更新站点包括标志？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes, as long as the image illustrates the discussion in your post. Do not use trademarked images just to attract attention to your page. Viewers of your blog or your user page should not be confused and think that your page is endorsed by the Wikimedia Foundation or any of its sites. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.15 我能否在用户名、头像或聊天软件表情中使用商标？ ==== 很遗憾，不。我们非常感谢您宣传维基媒体站点。维基媒体社群为之感谢！然而，我们不希望人们认为您的言论就可以代表维基媒体基金会。您能够继续在用户名、头像或聊天软件表情中使用社群标志。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-blogssm|回到个人博客和社交媒体]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-noncommercialexamples}}3.16 你能给我艺术、文学和其他非商业使用的例子吗？ ==== * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Using the trademarks to discuss a scientific thesis in an academic paper.</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Illustrating a point in the slides for an educational presentation with a screenshot of a Wikimedia site.</span> * 使用标志在美术作品中。 * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Creating a parody for the purposes of conveying a political message.</span> * 撰写一本关于维基百科条目的书籍。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-noncommercial|回到艺术作品、文学作品和其他非商业性使用。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-linkingtousexamples}}3.17 您能否提供链接至维基媒体网站的例子？ ==== 是的，您可[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:Banners and buttons}}|点此]]查看。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-qrcodes}}3.18 我能在连接至维基媒体站点的QR码中使用标志么？ ==== 不。用于连接的标志不应如此使用。使用QR码连接您应使用非艺术化维基百科文字标志。您可[[#FAQ-nominativeuseexamples|点此]]了解更多。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-linkstous|回到连接至维基媒体站点。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-personalmerch}}3.19 我可以利用它們做什麼？ ==== 您可以用來製作衣服、帽子、背包、杯子、釘子、筆、貼紙、海報、屏幕背景，甚至蛋糕。大前提是你不會利用這些物品來牟利。 [[:c:Special:MyLanguage/Category:Wikipedia promotion|<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Here are some examples.</span>]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.20 我可以销售带有这些标志的周边商品么？ ==== 不，在未获授权的情况下您不能这样做。更多信息[[#policy-commercialmerch|见此]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.21 可以在其他场合使用原样么？ ==== 只要你是免費派發這些物品，可以。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.22 那么我在哪可以了解商业销售的周边产品？ ==== 最好是进入[//shop.wikimedia.org 维基媒体商店 (Wikimedia shop)]了解，这里销售的周边商品都由官方授权。如果您希望销售您自己的商品，请[[#policy-commercialmerch|参见此处]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.23 我能要求商业卖主为我创建使用维基媒体商标的自定义物品吗？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Of course! You may ask vendors like bakers and t-shirt sellers to create items with Wikimedia marks especially for you or your friends. This is okay because it is for your own personal use and no one is creating a business surrounding the sale of items with Wikimedia trademarks. And do not worry, vendors will not be required to strictly follow the Visual Identity Guidelines when it is not possible on items like cakes. For example, [[:c:Category:Wikipedia cakes|all these cakes]] are fine. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.24 是否可以委托其他人为会议和类似活动创建带有维基媒体商标的大量物品？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes! As long as the items are not sold to participants, it is okay to ask a vendor to create multiple items with the Wikimedia marks for community-focused parties and gatherings like edit-a-thons under [[Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy#policy-outreach|Section 3.2]] of the policy. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.25 我能在商业货物上使用高分辨率的商标吗？ ==== 當然可以！雖然我們的舊版政策不允許這種做法，但是在新的政策中我們已經廢除了那條規例。 <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[#policy-owngoods|Back to Make your own branded stuff.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-specialpermission}}4 需要许可的特殊使用 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.1 如果我需要許可，我是不是要為此付費？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Usually, there is no license fee. However, we want to keep track of how our trademarks are used. Also, we want to make sure every use complies with our mission and standards. This is why we require a formal license in certain cases. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-specialpermission|回到需要许可的特殊使用。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-contests}}4.2 我是否需要为每一次相片比赛获得许可？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You only need to get a license if you advertise the photo contest outside a Wikimedia site. This includes posters, social media, and blogs. You can freely use the marks for community-focused events. Community-focused events are those that are intended to be predominantly attended by Wikimedia community members. They do not include events open to the general public. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-photocontests|回到照片竞赛。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.3 我是否能够打印带有维基媒体商标的衬衫以为相片比赛给出奖金？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. You can always make t-shirts with the Wikimedia logos and give them away as long as you are not selling them. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-makeyourownbrandedstuff|Back to Make your own branded stuff]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.4 我能够怎样作为在居住地的维基人使用商标？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The marks may be used in any way that identifies you as a Wikipedian in Residence. Please avoid confusion about official endorsement. You should clarify that you are not a representative of the Wikimedia Foundation. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-glam|回到GLAM-WIKI活动。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-cybersquatting}}4.5 你能给我域名抢注的例子吗？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> In the past, someone registered the domain wikkipedia.org to attract traffic to their own site. This is called [[{{lwp|cybersquatting}}|cybersquatting]] or [[{{lwp|typosquatting}}|typosquatting]] that infringes our trademark. We strictly enforce our policy against confusing domain names. Please [[:m:Trademark/Report abuse|tell us]] if you see an infringing domain name. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.6 我可以在我的域名中出现维基媒体标志么？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Unfortunately, no. If you do, there is a risk that you will confuse readers that are looking for Wikimedia content or other material related to Wikimedia. Movement organizations may be permitted to use the Wikimedia mark as part of their domain, but only after receiving special permission. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.7 如果我使用不同的顶级域名，我能使用维基媒体商标吗？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You cannot register a Wikimedia mark as a domain, no matter the [[{{lwp|Top-level domain}}|top-level domain]], including country code top-level domains. For example, you may not register "wikipedia.jobs" even though it uses ".jobs", a different top-level domain, because "wikipedia" is a Wikimedia mark. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.8 但我希望使用我自己的特殊域名！！！ ==== 如果您有合法的理由希望使用我们的域名，请电邮联络[mailto:trademarks@wikimedia.org trademarks@wikimedia.org]。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-domains|回到域名。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-publicevent}}4.9 “公众活动”意味着什么？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A public event is an event that is not predominantly attended by community members. An event is also public when it is announced to the public with signs or advertisements or in an event schedule. Hence, this rule does not apply to community-focused meetups and conferences. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.10 什么活动用途需要许可？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Using a trademark for an event includes naming the event or using a Wikimedia logo on advertisements, leaflets, signage or a website. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.11 Are there any exceptions to when events require permission?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If the name of the event uses a mark just to describe its content, that might fall under [[#policy-nominativeuse|nominative use]]. An example for this would be announcing a course called 'Editing Wikipedia for Beginners' or 'Using Wikimedia Commons as an Amateur Photographer'. However, always include a [[#policy-noticesymbol|notice]] that explains that your use is with permission from the Wikimedia Foundation and that you are not affiliated with the Foundation. Also, events hosted by a local Wikimedia chapter, thematic organization, or user group can use the marks subject to their respective agreement with the Wikimedia Foundation. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-events|Back to Events and conferences.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-publications}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.12 What is a "publication"?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Publications include books, other print media, and web pages. They also mean audiovisual media like music, and other recordings, film and online video. See [[#policy-outreach|Outreach and recruiting new editors]] for materials that provide education about a Wikimedia site. See [[#policy-moviestv|Section 4.5]] for trademark uses in films. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.13 我可以写一本关于维基百科的书籍么？ ==== [[{{lwp|Bibliography of Wikipedia}}|欢迎您这样做！]]但您不应在未获授权的情况下使用维基媒体标志在书的封面上。这是因为我们不会认可未获授权的书籍能够代言基金会。使用[[#FAQ-nonstylizedwordmark|文字标志]]作为书的标题的一部分时同样需要请求授权。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 4.14 Does this also apply to handbooks, like "A beginner's guide to Wikipedia", aimed at community members? </div> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. But, please send us a request and we will give prompt permission when appropriate. We love Wikipedia guides! </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 4.15 Does it make a difference if the book is being published by an educational publisher? </div> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> No, you will need permission as well, because even educational publishers are commercial entities. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-publications|回到出版物。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-schoolfilm}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.16 Do I need permission to show the Wikipedia marks in a film I am making for my school project?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If you are showing your film to the public, or at your school or workplace, you need permission. But we will make sure to make the permission process as easy and fast as possible. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-moviestv|回到电影和电视节目。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-commercialmerch}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.17 Will I have to donate a portion of the retail price for commercial merchandise?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> No. But you will have to tell your customers if you do not donate your profits. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.18 What do I have to say if I am donating a portion of my proceeds to the Wikimedia Foundation?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Just clearly state what portion of your proceeds will be given to the Wikimedia Foundation. You can, for example, say: "X% of your purchase will be donated to the Wikimedia Foundation." </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.19 Where should I state how much of my proceeds will be donated?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> We recommend placing the notice right next to the purchase price, where it will be clearly visible to all buyers. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.20 Do I need to mention donations to the Wikimedia Foundation if I do not donate anything at all?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. You should state that 0% of your profits will go to the Wikimedia Foundation. Otherwise, users may mistakenly believe that you are doing fundraising for the Foundation. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-commercialmerch|Back to Commercial merchandise.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 5 禁止使用的情况 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-fakearticle}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.1 Can I make a fake Wikipedia article if it is intended as a joke?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> There are exceptions where this is permissible, but they are very limited. You will likely not fall under such an exception if your mimicking site has any commercial background. Please refer to the [[#policy-noncommercial|section on Parodies]]. Most importantly, you must make sure that no one (really no one!) could confuse your site with any part of a Wikimedia site. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-mimicvsparody}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.2 How do I distinguish between a prohibited mimicking site and a parody site?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Here is an example of a mimicking site: Contrary to the [[{{lwp|Wikipedia:COI}}|Wikipedia guidelines]], you create an article on Wikipedia about yourself or your organization. For unknown reasons, "your" article is deleted. This makes you mad. You register the domain "businesspedia.org" and design a website that looks just like the Wikipedia article that just got deleted, including a link to your own website. You are happy to attract more traffic to it by confusing internet users. Booo! </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> An example of parody site: Imagine you have a great friend called [[Rory|Rory]] and his birthday is coming up. You register the domain "rorypedia.org" and design a website that looks just like a humorous Wikipedia biography on your friend Rory. Since you do not want anyone to confuse "Rorypedia" and Wikipedia, you put a bright colored bar on the top of your site saying, "This page is a present for Rory from his awesome friends and not affiliated with Wikipedia. Happy birthday, Rory!" And you take down the site once the birthday party is over. Yaaay! </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.3 How do I avoid mimicking Wikimedia sites when I use the [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/MediaWiki|MediaWiki]] software?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> All wikis using MediaWiki do in fact share certain graphic elements under the default theme, but the Wikimedia sites have certain visual features that distinguish them. Do not imitate these distinguishing features. For example, you should not use logos that are confusingly similar to the Wikimedia marks or name your site something that sounds like a Wikimedia site. But you can use the "Powered by MediaWiki" button as that button simply describes that the wiki is powered by MediaWiki. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Be sure to directly download the [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/MediaWiki|MediaWiki]] software if you want to use it. Please do not try to blindly copy the HTML code of a Wikimedia site! If you do, you will accidentally import features from our sites, like our Terms of Use or our "contact us" details. Being contacted about problems on your unrelated website understandably makes our wonderful [[:m:OTRS/Volunteering|email response team volunteers]] very unhappy. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-mirrors|Back to mimicking sites.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-linkmirror}}5.4 我可以在维基媒体站点的镜像站点使用标志连接么？ ==== 不可以。维基媒体标志只能在真实的维基媒体站点用于连接。我们愿意重申，站点由维基媒体社群维护和管理。 另外，如果您希望架设一个维基媒体站点的镜像站点，请尤其注意[[#policy-mirrors|镜像方针]]。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-linkstoothers|回到连接至非维基媒体站点。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-misrepresentation}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.5 Can you give me some examples of misrepresentation with respect to the marks?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A misrepresentative use can be something that represents yourself. That includes using a Wikimedia logo in your logo, letterhead, or the name of your organization. Online examples are your social media avatar, favicon, and website domain. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-misrepresentation|Back to Misrepresentation.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-reportingabuse}}6 报告商标滥用 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-howfight}}6.1 你們會如何打擊侵犯商標權的行為？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Each year, we receive over 100 reports of trademark violations from community members. We also employ outside contractors and legal counsel to help protect our trademark portfolio globally. Within our resource constraints, our legal team pursues misuses of our marks to ensure that the Wikimedia logos remain distinctively associated with the Wikimedia community. After careful and sensitive evaluation, we send out cease-and-desist letters, which are usually effective. In the few instances that cannot be resolved by other means, we consider litigation to protect the marks. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">6.2 Who is responsible for enforcing Wikimedia's trademarks?</span>==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Trademark enforcement is currently handled by the Wikimedia Foundation legal team to ensure consistency and compliance with trademark law. But we rely on the Wikimedia community to help us identify potential trademark infringements. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">6.3 What happens when you receive a report of a potential trademark infringement?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> When we receive a complaint that our trademarks are being misused, we first send a confirmation to the person submitting the complaint. Potential infringements are then logged into our system. The legal team then combs through each of those complaints to investigate the alleged infringement. We visit the site personally to make sure the complaint has merit. Then we apply US trademark law in assessing whether there is actual "misuse" and it is a valid infringement of the trademark. In general, the standard of "misuse" in US law is whether the use of the trademark is "confusingly similar" to the Wikimedia Foundation's use of the trademark. In other words, will the potential infringers use of the trademark confuse users into thinking their site is sponsored by or hosted by the Wikimedia Foundation? We always contact the potential infringer first to see if they will voluntarily stop using our marks or work with us to make their use less confusing. If we are unable to work things out informally, and they refuse to comply with a cease and desist letter, we decide whether to move forward with litigation to stop the infringement. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">6.4 Can I send a cease and desist letter on behalf of the Wikimedia Foundation when I find misuse?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Please do not. We really appreciate your help with trademark enforcement, but please report any misuses to us so that we can determine what action is appropriate. </div> <div class="mw-translate-fuzzy"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-reporting|回到报告商标滥用。]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-revision}}7 商标政策的修订 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">7.1 Why can you just change the FAQ section?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The FAQs are not part of the trademark policy. We created them to help you understand the policy. We want to add new questions from the community in the future and to clarify any answers users may find confusing. That is why we want to be able to update the FAQs easily. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">7.2 What if I do not agree with the changes to the policy?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> We encourage you to share your comments and concerns with us during the community feedback period following any announced changes. We will take all comments under careful advisement and ensure that any changes to our policy are consistent with our mission. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-revision|Back to Revision of the trademark policy.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 8 其他问题 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQNakedlicensing}}8.1 什么是“无效授权”？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Failure to exercise quality control in trademark licensing is referred to as "naked licensing," and can sometimes result in loss of trademark rights. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 8.2 什么是视觉识别方针？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> They are a [[Special:MyLanguage/Legal:Visual identity guidelines|set of guidelines]] you should follow when using any of the Wikimedia marks. These guidelines ensure that the marks always look their best and are not distorted in any way. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">8.3 How do the Visual Identity Guidelines relate to the trademark policy?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The Visual Identity Guidelines are a separate document from the trademark policy and can be revised without notice. These guidelines help to make sure the Wikimedia marks are always used consistently with the same level of quality. Consistent use is important in order for us to maintain protection over the Wikimedia marks. It helps avoid confusion among users that may view marks similar to the Wikimedia marks. If Wikimedia marks are displayed consistently, users can be sure when they are viewing actual Wikimedia content instead of an imposter site. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 8.4 我有更多问题如何提问？ ==== 如果您还有其他未在此列出的问题，请将其反馈至讨论页。我们将竭尽所能回答并放入本常见问题页。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} </div></div><noinclude> __NOTOC__ __NOEDITSECTION__ [[Category:Trademark policy{{#translation:}}]] [[Category:Frequently asked questions{{#translation:}}]] </noinclude> g8rxrgbxlod5stqw3mnshe4c10lhbln 594075 594073 2026-09-19T04:28:24Z Pristome 225362 Created page with "4.11 是否存在活动需要许可时的例外情况？" 594075 wikitext text/x-wiki <noinclude><languages /> {{Policy FAQ disclaimer|page=维基媒体基金会商标政策|pagelink=Policy:Trademark policy}} </noinclude><templatestyles src="Template:Trademark/styles.css" /><div class="trademark-section trademark-faq-container"> <div class="trademark-faq-content"> {{anchor|trademark-faq}}<span class="nomobile" style="font-size:2.5em">[[File:Trademark License FAQ.svg<!--change image-->|100px|link=]] '''<includeonly>{{int string|faq}}</includeonly><noinclude>维基媒体基金会商标政策常见问题</noinclude>'''</span><br />''这些常见问题不是商标政策的组成部分。它们也不是一份法律文件。但是我们希望它们能给你提供帮助。''<span style="font-family:monospace, monospace;" dir="ltr">''':)'''</span> <noinclude>{{nonumtoc}}__TOC__</noinclude> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 0 商标政策简介 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} <!-- The form to do this is: {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 0.1 Title ==== ... {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} Either using the Sub or Not, depending on level --> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-tmprotection}}0.1 什么是“商标保护”？ ==== 商標法(trademark law)保護著某一標誌(mark)所代表的某一成果（work，像是商品或服務）之間的連結關係。它意在保障用戶不致於混淆一項成果的來源。同時，用戶也把商標當做與某成果之間的連結，因此會對此標誌所提供的成果之知名度、品質、以及服務有相當程度的期待。因此，商標是項強而有力、極富價值的工具，它能夠使維基媒體基金會以及其社群成員的知名度具象化，也可被視為一種讓用戶能夠認識某一成果或商品或服務的「簡略表達(shorthand)」。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-whataresites}}0.2 什么是“维基媒体网站(Wikimedia sites)”？ ==== 维基媒体基金会运营很多自由软件和自由内容站点，列表见此：[[Special:SiteMatrix|我们的计划]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-policyapplies}}1 本政策适用範圍？ == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-wordmark}}1.1 什么是“文字标志(wordmark)”？ ==== 顾名思义，就是只由文字组成的商标，诸如“Wikipedia”或“Wikimedia”等计划网站名。另外，这也包括任何官方译名和转写（诸如“[[:w:tr:Ana Sayfa|维基百科]]”）。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-nonstylizedwordmark}}1.2 什么是“非艺术化文字标志(non-stylized wordmark)”？ ==== 非艺术化文字标志就是“维基媒体”及其计划的通用名称，诸如“维基百科”、“维基词典”等。相比之下，艺术化文字标志就是在这些名字基础上适当修改文字结构诸如字体。诸如“维基百科”文字标志艺术化后就是[[File:Wikipedia wordmark.svg|80px]]。无论文字标志是否艺术化均属于维基媒体基金会的商标。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-tradedress}}1.3 什么是“商用外观(trade dress)”？ ==== 對我們而言，商用外觀意指網站或文章的設計符合網站或線上資料的來源。你可以把它看成某個網站「看起來和感覺起來的樣子」。比方說，維基百科條目的設計與外觀、或像是維基百科的首頁。任何維基媒體網站的商用外觀同時也屬於維基媒體基金會的商標。商標法也保護商用外觀。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-wikimediamarks|返回“维基媒体标志。”]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-communitymember}}1.4 什么是“社区成员”？ ==== 任何在维基媒体站点有贡献的人。她也包括任何基金会职员、分会成员、专题组织成员、用户组成员和基金会本身。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-communitymembers|回到社群成员]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-moveorgsfreely}}1.5 为何運動组织不能任意地使用商標？ ==== 身為商標的法定持有者，我們需要掌控運動組織使用商標的方式以保護整個社群。你可以在[[#purpose-maintainrights|這裡]]閱讀更多相關資料。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 1.6 什么是此商标政策和分会、用户组或专题组织协议之间的关系？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Chapters, user groups, and thematic organizations must comply both with this trademark policy and their respective agreement with the Wikimedia Foundation. If there are inconsistencies between this trademark policy and a chapter, user group, or a thematic organization agreement, the organization should follow their agreement. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-wmorgs|回到分会、用户组和专题组织]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 2 如何使用维基媒体商标 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-smallerlogo}}2.1 如果我的产品和服务不由维基媒体基金会提供，我的商标、名称或公司名称是否能够比维基媒体商标更小？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> No. We need to make sure it is extremely clear that the Wikimedia Foundation is not providing your products or services. This is a simple, consistent way of doing that. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.2 如果我清晰地声明产品或服务由我提供，会怎么样？ ==== 對不起，您的商標、名字或公司名字一定要比維基商標大，而且必須適當地分隔開，因為不是每個人都會閱讀文字，可能有些人只會留意圖片。因此，我們必須確保您的產品或服務並非由維基媒體基金會提供。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-outsidewmsites}}2.3 你们说的“在维基媒体站点以外”是指什么？ ==== 也就是不在[[#FAQ-whataresites|维基媒体基金会控制的站点]]使用商标，例如：维基百科、维基共享资源、维基词典、维基数据、维基语录、维基教科书、维基文库、维基物种、维基新闻、维基学院、维基导游和元维基。回顾商标政策，维基媒雲端虚拟专用服务器的标志也被视为维基媒体站点标志。另外，您可以在站外使用这些标志用于编辑马拉松。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.4 我是否仍然能创建将维基媒体商标和像“在居住地的维基人”的其他词语结合起来的词条？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. This provision is not meant to stop community members from creatively combining the marks with other words to create new terms for the Wikimedia movement as long as they do it on the Wikimedia sites. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-translatetext}}2.5 我可以翻译这些商标的文字么？ ==== 您应该[[#FAQ-whataresites|在维基媒体网站的框架下]]翻译这些商标的文字。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.6 我能添加图形元素（例如，为了庆祝特殊活动）吗？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You can create [[:c:Category:SVG Wikimedia community logos|remixes]] for special on-site purposes, but please do not change the logos outside our sites. These and many, many other questions are answered in the [[Visual identity guidelines|Visual Identity Guidelines]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.7 哪些维基媒体商标的重新组合的类型能够在维基媒体网站之外使用？ ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Certain remixes of Wikimedia logos may be used outside of Wikimedia sites as long as the remix does not look too similar to any of the Wikimedia marks. Please make sure that the remix will not be confused with the original Wikimedia logo.</span> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.8 我可以使用标志的高清版么？ ==== 是的！[[Wikimedia official marks|这里请]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-wheretmnotice}}2.9 我在哪里注释商标提醒？ ==== 尽可能在显眼的位置例如注脚。当有人阅读您的文档、访问您的网站或观看您的电影时应能较容易的找到。有几个很好的例子：文档（同一）页面的底部、藏书票上、网页页脚和/或电影制作者清单后。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.10 如果我认为我没有足够的位置注明提醒我应该怎么办？ ==== 不要担心！如果您是想面向移动设备或其他中小屏幕设备注明，您只需要在维基媒体商标后面加注商标符号（™）即可。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.11 我应该如何在提醒中提及商标？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Wordmarks can be referenced verbatim (i.e. "Wikimedia Commons"). Logos should be described according to the [[Visual identity guidelines#toc-puzzle|Visual Identity Guidelines]]. Examples include the "Wikipedia Puzzle Globe" and the "'W' icon." </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.12 我如何使用多于一个标志？ ==== 请确信所有标志都有一个说明如下： <br /><br /> “维基数据名称及标志是维基媒体基金会的商标。” {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.13 什么时候我不得不加入商标符号？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You only need to use the trademark symbol when you do not have enough space to write the entire notice, like when you are using a trademark on a mobile screen. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.14 能否给一些正确使用商标的例子？ ==== 这里有个例子： <br /> <br /> “维基共享资源™是维基媒体基金会旗下收集自由版权的媒体文件，诸如图像、声音和电影剪辑，并面向全球广泛传播的计划网站！” {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.15 我应该使用何种尺寸的商标？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> When you use a wordmark (like "Wikipedia"), you should use the same font size for the trademark symbol as the wordmark itself. In this context, superscript formatting is encouraged for the symbol. When the mark is an image (like the puzzle globe), you should select a font size for the symbol that matches the size of the image and place the symbol so that it is clearly visible and close enough to the upper right corner of the image without touching it. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.16 但是我想把我的網頁設計得好看一點！我可不可以把商標縮小或放在其他地方？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Unfortunately, no. Remember, you only need to put the symbol next to the first or most prominent use of the mark. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-noticesymbol|回到注释或商标符号]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.17 “未被维基媒体基金会批准或与其相关”意味着什么？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You need to make sure that people do not mistakenly think that you may speak on behalf of the Wikimedia Foundation or one of its sites. For instance, you need to make sure that no one thinks you work for the Wikimedia Foundation. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-withoutpermission}}3 不需询问权限的维基媒体标志使用 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.1 你能给我我能在维基媒体网站上使用商标的例子吗？ ==== 您可以在[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:User page}}|用户页]]、[[{{lwp|Help:Contents}}|帮助页]]和[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:About}}|关于维基媒体或其计划的页面]]使用标志。您也可以在[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Mailing lists|邮件列表]]、[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/IRC|IRC]]或用于维基媒体站点的[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:Tools}}|工具]]使用标志。以上使用需遵守[[Terms of Use|使用条款]]。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-onwmsites|回到维基媒体站点商标使用]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-notcommunityfocused}}3.2 哪些活动不是“重点放在社群的”？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> An event that includes mostly people who are not community members is not a community-focused event. (Please see the [[#FAQ-publicevent|FAQ on events in general]].) This does not mean that you cannot have guests at your meetup! </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.3 您能否提供重点放在社群的活动的例子？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Community-focused events are those events that are primarily open to community members and promote the mission. They tend to be related to improving the overall quality of the Wikimedia sites. Examples include conferences and monthly meetups hosted by community members, as well as other specific events like the "London Wikipedians regular's table," Wiki-Conference in Russia, and Wikipedia Workshop Köln (DE). </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-communityfocused|回到重点放在社群的活动]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.4 如果我的活动是重点放在社群的，我能使用哪些标志？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> First, all Wikimedia community-focused events can bear a trademarked name. You may also use the Wikimedia logos to decorate your venue, but only to the extent they are relevant. For example, you cannot use the Wikisource logo for a Wikimedia Commons-only event. However, keep in mind that the 'Wikimania' name and [[:File:Wikimania.svg|logo]] are reserved for the [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimania|yearly Wikimania conference]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-outreachexamples}}3.5 您能否提供拓展工作使用的例子？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You can put up a stand at a street fair. [[:c:Category:Wikimedia stands|Here are some examples of that]]. You may want to present the Wikimedia sites in your club or [[:c:Category:Silberwissen|reach out to seniors]]. You can also [[:c:Category:Wikipedia Schulprojekt|give a talk in a school]] or [[:c:Category:Wikipedia Education Program|create a university course]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.6 什麼是教育性資源？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Educational materials help people to understand the Wikimedia sites. They can be [[:outreach:Bookshelf Project|leaflets, videos]], [[:m:WMDOC/Cheatsheet|cheat sheets]], and other [[:m:Help:Reference card|guides]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.7 在机构代表社区怎么样？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You need to sign and email us a Quick License if your institution wants to call you [[:outreach:Wikipedian in Residence|"Wikipedian in Residence"]] as part of a GLAM project, or something similar. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-outreach|Back to Outreach and recruitment of new editors]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-communitylogo}}3.8 是否存在维基媒体社区标志？ ==== 是的！它在2008年[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Community logo|官方承认]]为元维基标志。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-fairuseexamples}}3.9 合理使用是什么意思？ ==== 在美国商标法中，[[{{lwp|Fair use (U.S. trademark law)}}|合理使用]]章节允许您有条件的任意使用商标而不至于侵犯版权。本方针不会与之冲突。我们已在[[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-fairuse|3.5]]和[[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-fairuse|3.6]]章节使用您易于理解的语言提到。 除了美国商标法外，您还需留意您所在国家的版权法律，多数也规定了合理使用的情形。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.10 您能否提供更多合理使用的例子？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> This category of fair use is tricky in our case because our wordmarks were not real words before our projects were created, unlike "apple" or "facebook." But we would consider it fair use if you were to write a [[:wikt:book#Noun|book]] in the [[{{lwp|Wiki software}}|Wiki software]] and refer to it as a "wiki book," even though Wikibooks is a distinctive trademark. If you are using the wordmarks to describe our projects, that is also a type of fair use (nominative use). You can read more about nominative use [[#FAQ-nominativeuseexamples|here]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-nonfairuseexamples}}3.11 您能否提供更多并非合理使用的例子？ ==== * 使用维基媒体标志宣传您的书籍。 * 销售带有维基媒体基金会标志的T恤。 * 创建您自己的百科全书并且使用了维基百科的球形拼图。 * 使用维基媒体基金会标志为无关计划筹款。 * 在内容并非来自维基媒体站点情形下却宣称内容“来自维基百科，自由的百科全书”。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-fairuse|回到在维基站点以外的讨论（合理使用）。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-nominativeuseexamples}}3.12 您能否提供更多主要使用的例子？ ==== 这里有一些例子： # '''描述维基媒体站点：''' #* <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">In a presentation that describes how Wikipedia works, using the wordmarks in slides in your bullet points would be a nominative use. The same also applies for a blog post that describes Wikidata. If you want to "illustrate" your slides or your blog post with any of the image marks, please refer to [[#policy-noncommercial|artistic, literary, and other non-commercial uses]].</span> #* <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">However, you cannot use a trademark as a generic term. For example, you cannot set up a wiki on motorcycles and refer to it as "a wikipedia for motorcycles."</span> # '''真實準確地說明：''' #* “维基百科是世界最大的在线百科全书，并且它也是数千个网站中唯一一个集结成千上万志愿者编辑的。” #* “我在2009年加入维基百科成为一名编辑者”（在您的个人网站）。 # '''描述衍生作品：''' #* “来源：维基百科” #* “本艺术作品基于来自维基共享资源的图像创建。” #* “以下内容由维基百科内容衍生而来。” #* 或者干脆：“来自维基百科”或“至维基百科条目”（通过QR码） # '''更多個別例子:''' #* <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Refer to the sections on [[#policy-news|news reporting]]; [[#policy-blogssm|personal blogs and social media]]; [[#policy-noncommercial|artistic, literary, and other non-commercial uses]]; and [[#policy-linkstous|links to Wikimedia sites]].</span> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-nominativeuse|Back to Refer to Wikimedia sites (nominative use).]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-logonewsarticle}}3.13 我是否可以在新闻或漫画杂志或者电视新闻上使用标志或截图？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes, as long as the image illustrates the discussion in the article. Do not use our trademark just to attract attention to your work. That will confuse your readers or viewers, and ours! </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-news|回到新闻报道]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-logoblogssm}}3.14 我是否可以在博客文章或者状态更新站点包括标志？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes, as long as the image illustrates the discussion in your post. Do not use trademarked images just to attract attention to your page. Viewers of your blog or your user page should not be confused and think that your page is endorsed by the Wikimedia Foundation or any of its sites. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.15 我能否在用户名、头像或聊天软件表情中使用商标？ ==== 很遗憾，不。我们非常感谢您宣传维基媒体站点。维基媒体社群为之感谢！然而，我们不希望人们认为您的言论就可以代表维基媒体基金会。您能够继续在用户名、头像或聊天软件表情中使用社群标志。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-blogssm|回到个人博客和社交媒体]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-noncommercialexamples}}3.16 你能给我艺术、文学和其他非商业使用的例子吗？ ==== * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Using the trademarks to discuss a scientific thesis in an academic paper.</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Illustrating a point in the slides for an educational presentation with a screenshot of a Wikimedia site.</span> * 使用标志在美术作品中。 * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Creating a parody for the purposes of conveying a political message.</span> * 撰写一本关于维基百科条目的书籍。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-noncommercial|回到艺术作品、文学作品和其他非商业性使用。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-linkingtousexamples}}3.17 您能否提供链接至维基媒体网站的例子？ ==== 是的，您可[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:Banners and buttons}}|点此]]查看。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-qrcodes}}3.18 我能在连接至维基媒体站点的QR码中使用标志么？ ==== 不。用于连接的标志不应如此使用。使用QR码连接您应使用非艺术化维基百科文字标志。您可[[#FAQ-nominativeuseexamples|点此]]了解更多。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-linkstous|回到连接至维基媒体站点。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-personalmerch}}3.19 我可以利用它們做什麼？ ==== 您可以用來製作衣服、帽子、背包、杯子、釘子、筆、貼紙、海報、屏幕背景，甚至蛋糕。大前提是你不會利用這些物品來牟利。 [[:c:Special:MyLanguage/Category:Wikipedia promotion|<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Here are some examples.</span>]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.20 我可以销售带有这些标志的周边商品么？ ==== 不，在未获授权的情况下您不能这样做。更多信息[[#policy-commercialmerch|见此]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.21 可以在其他场合使用原样么？ ==== 只要你是免費派發這些物品，可以。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.22 那么我在哪可以了解商业销售的周边产品？ ==== 最好是进入[//shop.wikimedia.org 维基媒体商店 (Wikimedia shop)]了解，这里销售的周边商品都由官方授权。如果您希望销售您自己的商品，请[[#policy-commercialmerch|参见此处]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.23 我能要求商业卖主为我创建使用维基媒体商标的自定义物品吗？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Of course! You may ask vendors like bakers and t-shirt sellers to create items with Wikimedia marks especially for you or your friends. This is okay because it is for your own personal use and no one is creating a business surrounding the sale of items with Wikimedia trademarks. And do not worry, vendors will not be required to strictly follow the Visual Identity Guidelines when it is not possible on items like cakes. For example, [[:c:Category:Wikipedia cakes|all these cakes]] are fine. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.24 是否可以委托其他人为会议和类似活动创建带有维基媒体商标的大量物品？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes! As long as the items are not sold to participants, it is okay to ask a vendor to create multiple items with the Wikimedia marks for community-focused parties and gatherings like edit-a-thons under [[Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy#policy-outreach|Section 3.2]] of the policy. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.25 我能在商业货物上使用高分辨率的商标吗？ ==== 當然可以！雖然我們的舊版政策不允許這種做法，但是在新的政策中我們已經廢除了那條規例。 <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[#policy-owngoods|Back to Make your own branded stuff.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-specialpermission}}4 需要许可的特殊使用 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.1 如果我需要許可，我是不是要為此付費？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Usually, there is no license fee. However, we want to keep track of how our trademarks are used. Also, we want to make sure every use complies with our mission and standards. This is why we require a formal license in certain cases. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-specialpermission|回到需要许可的特殊使用。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-contests}}4.2 我是否需要为每一次相片比赛获得许可？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You only need to get a license if you advertise the photo contest outside a Wikimedia site. This includes posters, social media, and blogs. You can freely use the marks for community-focused events. Community-focused events are those that are intended to be predominantly attended by Wikimedia community members. They do not include events open to the general public. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-photocontests|回到照片竞赛。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.3 我是否能够打印带有维基媒体商标的衬衫以为相片比赛给出奖金？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. You can always make t-shirts with the Wikimedia logos and give them away as long as you are not selling them. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-makeyourownbrandedstuff|Back to Make your own branded stuff]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.4 我能够怎样作为在居住地的维基人使用商标？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The marks may be used in any way that identifies you as a Wikipedian in Residence. Please avoid confusion about official endorsement. You should clarify that you are not a representative of the Wikimedia Foundation. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-glam|回到GLAM-WIKI活动。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-cybersquatting}}4.5 你能给我域名抢注的例子吗？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> In the past, someone registered the domain wikkipedia.org to attract traffic to their own site. This is called [[{{lwp|cybersquatting}}|cybersquatting]] or [[{{lwp|typosquatting}}|typosquatting]] that infringes our trademark. We strictly enforce our policy against confusing domain names. Please [[:m:Trademark/Report abuse|tell us]] if you see an infringing domain name. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.6 我可以在我的域名中出现维基媒体标志么？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Unfortunately, no. If you do, there is a risk that you will confuse readers that are looking for Wikimedia content or other material related to Wikimedia. Movement organizations may be permitted to use the Wikimedia mark as part of their domain, but only after receiving special permission. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.7 如果我使用不同的顶级域名，我能使用维基媒体商标吗？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You cannot register a Wikimedia mark as a domain, no matter the [[{{lwp|Top-level domain}}|top-level domain]], including country code top-level domains. For example, you may not register "wikipedia.jobs" even though it uses ".jobs", a different top-level domain, because "wikipedia" is a Wikimedia mark. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.8 但我希望使用我自己的特殊域名！！！ ==== 如果您有合法的理由希望使用我们的域名，请电邮联络[mailto:trademarks@wikimedia.org trademarks@wikimedia.org]。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-domains|回到域名。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-publicevent}}4.9 “公众活动”意味着什么？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A public event is an event that is not predominantly attended by community members. An event is also public when it is announced to the public with signs or advertisements or in an event schedule. Hence, this rule does not apply to community-focused meetups and conferences. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.10 什么活动用途需要许可？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Using a trademark for an event includes naming the event or using a Wikimedia logo on advertisements, leaflets, signage or a website. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.11 是否存在活动需要许可时的例外情况？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If the name of the event uses a mark just to describe its content, that might fall under [[#policy-nominativeuse|nominative use]]. An example for this would be announcing a course called 'Editing Wikipedia for Beginners' or 'Using Wikimedia Commons as an Amateur Photographer'. However, always include a [[#policy-noticesymbol|notice]] that explains that your use is with permission from the Wikimedia Foundation and that you are not affiliated with the Foundation. Also, events hosted by a local Wikimedia chapter, thematic organization, or user group can use the marks subject to their respective agreement with the Wikimedia Foundation. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-events|Back to Events and conferences.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-publications}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.12 What is a "publication"?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Publications include books, other print media, and web pages. They also mean audiovisual media like music, and other recordings, film and online video. See [[#policy-outreach|Outreach and recruiting new editors]] for materials that provide education about a Wikimedia site. See [[#policy-moviestv|Section 4.5]] for trademark uses in films. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.13 我可以写一本关于维基百科的书籍么？ ==== [[{{lwp|Bibliography of Wikipedia}}|欢迎您这样做！]]但您不应在未获授权的情况下使用维基媒体标志在书的封面上。这是因为我们不会认可未获授权的书籍能够代言基金会。使用[[#FAQ-nonstylizedwordmark|文字标志]]作为书的标题的一部分时同样需要请求授权。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 4.14 Does this also apply to handbooks, like "A beginner's guide to Wikipedia", aimed at community members? </div> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. But, please send us a request and we will give prompt permission when appropriate. We love Wikipedia guides! </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 4.15 Does it make a difference if the book is being published by an educational publisher? </div> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> No, you will need permission as well, because even educational publishers are commercial entities. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-publications|回到出版物。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-schoolfilm}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.16 Do I need permission to show the Wikipedia marks in a film I am making for my school project?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If you are showing your film to the public, or at your school or workplace, you need permission. But we will make sure to make the permission process as easy and fast as possible. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-moviestv|回到电影和电视节目。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-commercialmerch}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.17 Will I have to donate a portion of the retail price for commercial merchandise?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> No. But you will have to tell your customers if you do not donate your profits. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.18 What do I have to say if I am donating a portion of my proceeds to the Wikimedia Foundation?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Just clearly state what portion of your proceeds will be given to the Wikimedia Foundation. You can, for example, say: "X% of your purchase will be donated to the Wikimedia Foundation." </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.19 Where should I state how much of my proceeds will be donated?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> We recommend placing the notice right next to the purchase price, where it will be clearly visible to all buyers. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.20 Do I need to mention donations to the Wikimedia Foundation if I do not donate anything at all?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. You should state that 0% of your profits will go to the Wikimedia Foundation. Otherwise, users may mistakenly believe that you are doing fundraising for the Foundation. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-commercialmerch|Back to Commercial merchandise.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 5 禁止使用的情况 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-fakearticle}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.1 Can I make a fake Wikipedia article if it is intended as a joke?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> There are exceptions where this is permissible, but they are very limited. You will likely not fall under such an exception if your mimicking site has any commercial background. Please refer to the [[#policy-noncommercial|section on Parodies]]. Most importantly, you must make sure that no one (really no one!) could confuse your site with any part of a Wikimedia site. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-mimicvsparody}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.2 How do I distinguish between a prohibited mimicking site and a parody site?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Here is an example of a mimicking site: Contrary to the [[{{lwp|Wikipedia:COI}}|Wikipedia guidelines]], you create an article on Wikipedia about yourself or your organization. For unknown reasons, "your" article is deleted. This makes you mad. You register the domain "businesspedia.org" and design a website that looks just like the Wikipedia article that just got deleted, including a link to your own website. You are happy to attract more traffic to it by confusing internet users. Booo! </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> An example of parody site: Imagine you have a great friend called [[Rory|Rory]] and his birthday is coming up. You register the domain "rorypedia.org" and design a website that looks just like a humorous Wikipedia biography on your friend Rory. Since you do not want anyone to confuse "Rorypedia" and Wikipedia, you put a bright colored bar on the top of your site saying, "This page is a present for Rory from his awesome friends and not affiliated with Wikipedia. Happy birthday, Rory!" And you take down the site once the birthday party is over. Yaaay! </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.3 How do I avoid mimicking Wikimedia sites when I use the [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/MediaWiki|MediaWiki]] software?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> All wikis using MediaWiki do in fact share certain graphic elements under the default theme, but the Wikimedia sites have certain visual features that distinguish them. Do not imitate these distinguishing features. For example, you should not use logos that are confusingly similar to the Wikimedia marks or name your site something that sounds like a Wikimedia site. But you can use the "Powered by MediaWiki" button as that button simply describes that the wiki is powered by MediaWiki. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Be sure to directly download the [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/MediaWiki|MediaWiki]] software if you want to use it. Please do not try to blindly copy the HTML code of a Wikimedia site! If you do, you will accidentally import features from our sites, like our Terms of Use or our "contact us" details. Being contacted about problems on your unrelated website understandably makes our wonderful [[:m:OTRS/Volunteering|email response team volunteers]] very unhappy. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-mirrors|Back to mimicking sites.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-linkmirror}}5.4 我可以在维基媒体站点的镜像站点使用标志连接么？ ==== 不可以。维基媒体标志只能在真实的维基媒体站点用于连接。我们愿意重申，站点由维基媒体社群维护和管理。 另外，如果您希望架设一个维基媒体站点的镜像站点，请尤其注意[[#policy-mirrors|镜像方针]]。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-linkstoothers|回到连接至非维基媒体站点。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-misrepresentation}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.5 Can you give me some examples of misrepresentation with respect to the marks?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A misrepresentative use can be something that represents yourself. That includes using a Wikimedia logo in your logo, letterhead, or the name of your organization. Online examples are your social media avatar, favicon, and website domain. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-misrepresentation|Back to Misrepresentation.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-reportingabuse}}6 报告商标滥用 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-howfight}}6.1 你們會如何打擊侵犯商標權的行為？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Each year, we receive over 100 reports of trademark violations from community members. We also employ outside contractors and legal counsel to help protect our trademark portfolio globally. Within our resource constraints, our legal team pursues misuses of our marks to ensure that the Wikimedia logos remain distinctively associated with the Wikimedia community. After careful and sensitive evaluation, we send out cease-and-desist letters, which are usually effective. In the few instances that cannot be resolved by other means, we consider litigation to protect the marks. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">6.2 Who is responsible for enforcing Wikimedia's trademarks?</span>==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Trademark enforcement is currently handled by the Wikimedia Foundation legal team to ensure consistency and compliance with trademark law. But we rely on the Wikimedia community to help us identify potential trademark infringements. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">6.3 What happens when you receive a report of a potential trademark infringement?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> When we receive a complaint that our trademarks are being misused, we first send a confirmation to the person submitting the complaint. Potential infringements are then logged into our system. The legal team then combs through each of those complaints to investigate the alleged infringement. We visit the site personally to make sure the complaint has merit. Then we apply US trademark law in assessing whether there is actual "misuse" and it is a valid infringement of the trademark. In general, the standard of "misuse" in US law is whether the use of the trademark is "confusingly similar" to the Wikimedia Foundation's use of the trademark. In other words, will the potential infringers use of the trademark confuse users into thinking their site is sponsored by or hosted by the Wikimedia Foundation? We always contact the potential infringer first to see if they will voluntarily stop using our marks or work with us to make their use less confusing. If we are unable to work things out informally, and they refuse to comply with a cease and desist letter, we decide whether to move forward with litigation to stop the infringement. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">6.4 Can I send a cease and desist letter on behalf of the Wikimedia Foundation when I find misuse?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Please do not. We really appreciate your help with trademark enforcement, but please report any misuses to us so that we can determine what action is appropriate. </div> <div class="mw-translate-fuzzy"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-reporting|回到报告商标滥用。]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-revision}}7 商标政策的修订 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">7.1 Why can you just change the FAQ section?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The FAQs are not part of the trademark policy. We created them to help you understand the policy. We want to add new questions from the community in the future and to clarify any answers users may find confusing. That is why we want to be able to update the FAQs easily. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">7.2 What if I do not agree with the changes to the policy?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> We encourage you to share your comments and concerns with us during the community feedback period following any announced changes. We will take all comments under careful advisement and ensure that any changes to our policy are consistent with our mission. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-revision|Back to Revision of the trademark policy.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 8 其他问题 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQNakedlicensing}}8.1 什么是“无效授权”？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Failure to exercise quality control in trademark licensing is referred to as "naked licensing," and can sometimes result in loss of trademark rights. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 8.2 什么是视觉识别方针？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> They are a [[Special:MyLanguage/Legal:Visual identity guidelines|set of guidelines]] you should follow when using any of the Wikimedia marks. These guidelines ensure that the marks always look their best and are not distorted in any way. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">8.3 How do the Visual Identity Guidelines relate to the trademark policy?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The Visual Identity Guidelines are a separate document from the trademark policy and can be revised without notice. These guidelines help to make sure the Wikimedia marks are always used consistently with the same level of quality. Consistent use is important in order for us to maintain protection over the Wikimedia marks. It helps avoid confusion among users that may view marks similar to the Wikimedia marks. If Wikimedia marks are displayed consistently, users can be sure when they are viewing actual Wikimedia content instead of an imposter site. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 8.4 我有更多问题如何提问？ ==== 如果您还有其他未在此列出的问题，请将其反馈至讨论页。我们将竭尽所能回答并放入本常见问题页。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} </div></div><noinclude> __NOTOC__ __NOEDITSECTION__ [[Category:Trademark policy{{#translation:}}]] [[Category:Frequently asked questions{{#translation:}}]] </noinclude> lrukxpkyn2xbvv8spjyaavqox0d7m6a 594077 594075 2026-09-19T04:28:38Z Pristome 225362 Created page with "4.12 什么是“出版物”？" 594077 wikitext text/x-wiki <noinclude><languages /> {{Policy FAQ disclaimer|page=维基媒体基金会商标政策|pagelink=Policy:Trademark policy}} </noinclude><templatestyles src="Template:Trademark/styles.css" /><div class="trademark-section trademark-faq-container"> <div class="trademark-faq-content"> {{anchor|trademark-faq}}<span class="nomobile" style="font-size:2.5em">[[File:Trademark License FAQ.svg<!--change image-->|100px|link=]] '''<includeonly>{{int string|faq}}</includeonly><noinclude>维基媒体基金会商标政策常见问题</noinclude>'''</span><br />''这些常见问题不是商标政策的组成部分。它们也不是一份法律文件。但是我们希望它们能给你提供帮助。''<span style="font-family:monospace, monospace;" dir="ltr">''':)'''</span> <noinclude>{{nonumtoc}}__TOC__</noinclude> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 0 商标政策简介 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} <!-- The form to do this is: {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 0.1 Title ==== ... {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} Either using the Sub or Not, depending on level --> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-tmprotection}}0.1 什么是“商标保护”？ ==== 商標法(trademark law)保護著某一標誌(mark)所代表的某一成果（work，像是商品或服務）之間的連結關係。它意在保障用戶不致於混淆一項成果的來源。同時，用戶也把商標當做與某成果之間的連結，因此會對此標誌所提供的成果之知名度、品質、以及服務有相當程度的期待。因此，商標是項強而有力、極富價值的工具，它能夠使維基媒體基金會以及其社群成員的知名度具象化，也可被視為一種讓用戶能夠認識某一成果或商品或服務的「簡略表達(shorthand)」。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-whataresites}}0.2 什么是“维基媒体网站(Wikimedia sites)”？ ==== 维基媒体基金会运营很多自由软件和自由内容站点，列表见此：[[Special:SiteMatrix|我们的计划]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-policyapplies}}1 本政策适用範圍？ == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-wordmark}}1.1 什么是“文字标志(wordmark)”？ ==== 顾名思义，就是只由文字组成的商标，诸如“Wikipedia”或“Wikimedia”等计划网站名。另外，这也包括任何官方译名和转写（诸如“[[:w:tr:Ana Sayfa|维基百科]]”）。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-nonstylizedwordmark}}1.2 什么是“非艺术化文字标志(non-stylized wordmark)”？ ==== 非艺术化文字标志就是“维基媒体”及其计划的通用名称，诸如“维基百科”、“维基词典”等。相比之下，艺术化文字标志就是在这些名字基础上适当修改文字结构诸如字体。诸如“维基百科”文字标志艺术化后就是[[File:Wikipedia wordmark.svg|80px]]。无论文字标志是否艺术化均属于维基媒体基金会的商标。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-tradedress}}1.3 什么是“商用外观(trade dress)”？ ==== 對我們而言，商用外觀意指網站或文章的設計符合網站或線上資料的來源。你可以把它看成某個網站「看起來和感覺起來的樣子」。比方說，維基百科條目的設計與外觀、或像是維基百科的首頁。任何維基媒體網站的商用外觀同時也屬於維基媒體基金會的商標。商標法也保護商用外觀。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-wikimediamarks|返回“维基媒体标志。”]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-communitymember}}1.4 什么是“社区成员”？ ==== 任何在维基媒体站点有贡献的人。她也包括任何基金会职员、分会成员、专题组织成员、用户组成员和基金会本身。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-communitymembers|回到社群成员]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-moveorgsfreely}}1.5 为何運動组织不能任意地使用商標？ ==== 身為商標的法定持有者，我們需要掌控運動組織使用商標的方式以保護整個社群。你可以在[[#purpose-maintainrights|這裡]]閱讀更多相關資料。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 1.6 什么是此商标政策和分会、用户组或专题组织协议之间的关系？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Chapters, user groups, and thematic organizations must comply both with this trademark policy and their respective agreement with the Wikimedia Foundation. If there are inconsistencies between this trademark policy and a chapter, user group, or a thematic organization agreement, the organization should follow their agreement. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-wmorgs|回到分会、用户组和专题组织]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 2 如何使用维基媒体商标 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-smallerlogo}}2.1 如果我的产品和服务不由维基媒体基金会提供，我的商标、名称或公司名称是否能够比维基媒体商标更小？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> No. We need to make sure it is extremely clear that the Wikimedia Foundation is not providing your products or services. This is a simple, consistent way of doing that. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.2 如果我清晰地声明产品或服务由我提供，会怎么样？ ==== 對不起，您的商標、名字或公司名字一定要比維基商標大，而且必須適當地分隔開，因為不是每個人都會閱讀文字，可能有些人只會留意圖片。因此，我們必須確保您的產品或服務並非由維基媒體基金會提供。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-outsidewmsites}}2.3 你们说的“在维基媒体站点以外”是指什么？ ==== 也就是不在[[#FAQ-whataresites|维基媒体基金会控制的站点]]使用商标，例如：维基百科、维基共享资源、维基词典、维基数据、维基语录、维基教科书、维基文库、维基物种、维基新闻、维基学院、维基导游和元维基。回顾商标政策，维基媒雲端虚拟专用服务器的标志也被视为维基媒体站点标志。另外，您可以在站外使用这些标志用于编辑马拉松。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.4 我是否仍然能创建将维基媒体商标和像“在居住地的维基人”的其他词语结合起来的词条？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. This provision is not meant to stop community members from creatively combining the marks with other words to create new terms for the Wikimedia movement as long as they do it on the Wikimedia sites. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-translatetext}}2.5 我可以翻译这些商标的文字么？ ==== 您应该[[#FAQ-whataresites|在维基媒体网站的框架下]]翻译这些商标的文字。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.6 我能添加图形元素（例如，为了庆祝特殊活动）吗？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You can create [[:c:Category:SVG Wikimedia community logos|remixes]] for special on-site purposes, but please do not change the logos outside our sites. These and many, many other questions are answered in the [[Visual identity guidelines|Visual Identity Guidelines]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.7 哪些维基媒体商标的重新组合的类型能够在维基媒体网站之外使用？ ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Certain remixes of Wikimedia logos may be used outside of Wikimedia sites as long as the remix does not look too similar to any of the Wikimedia marks. Please make sure that the remix will not be confused with the original Wikimedia logo.</span> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.8 我可以使用标志的高清版么？ ==== 是的！[[Wikimedia official marks|这里请]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-wheretmnotice}}2.9 我在哪里注释商标提醒？ ==== 尽可能在显眼的位置例如注脚。当有人阅读您的文档、访问您的网站或观看您的电影时应能较容易的找到。有几个很好的例子：文档（同一）页面的底部、藏书票上、网页页脚和/或电影制作者清单后。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.10 如果我认为我没有足够的位置注明提醒我应该怎么办？ ==== 不要担心！如果您是想面向移动设备或其他中小屏幕设备注明，您只需要在维基媒体商标后面加注商标符号（™）即可。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.11 我应该如何在提醒中提及商标？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Wordmarks can be referenced verbatim (i.e. "Wikimedia Commons"). Logos should be described according to the [[Visual identity guidelines#toc-puzzle|Visual Identity Guidelines]]. Examples include the "Wikipedia Puzzle Globe" and the "'W' icon." </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.12 我如何使用多于一个标志？ ==== 请确信所有标志都有一个说明如下： <br /><br /> “维基数据名称及标志是维基媒体基金会的商标。” {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.13 什么时候我不得不加入商标符号？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You only need to use the trademark symbol when you do not have enough space to write the entire notice, like when you are using a trademark on a mobile screen. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.14 能否给一些正确使用商标的例子？ ==== 这里有个例子： <br /> <br /> “维基共享资源™是维基媒体基金会旗下收集自由版权的媒体文件，诸如图像、声音和电影剪辑，并面向全球广泛传播的计划网站！” {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.15 我应该使用何种尺寸的商标？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> When you use a wordmark (like "Wikipedia"), you should use the same font size for the trademark symbol as the wordmark itself. In this context, superscript formatting is encouraged for the symbol. When the mark is an image (like the puzzle globe), you should select a font size for the symbol that matches the size of the image and place the symbol so that it is clearly visible and close enough to the upper right corner of the image without touching it. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.16 但是我想把我的網頁設計得好看一點！我可不可以把商標縮小或放在其他地方？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Unfortunately, no. Remember, you only need to put the symbol next to the first or most prominent use of the mark. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-noticesymbol|回到注释或商标符号]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.17 “未被维基媒体基金会批准或与其相关”意味着什么？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You need to make sure that people do not mistakenly think that you may speak on behalf of the Wikimedia Foundation or one of its sites. For instance, you need to make sure that no one thinks you work for the Wikimedia Foundation. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-withoutpermission}}3 不需询问权限的维基媒体标志使用 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.1 你能给我我能在维基媒体网站上使用商标的例子吗？ ==== 您可以在[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:User page}}|用户页]]、[[{{lwp|Help:Contents}}|帮助页]]和[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:About}}|关于维基媒体或其计划的页面]]使用标志。您也可以在[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Mailing lists|邮件列表]]、[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/IRC|IRC]]或用于维基媒体站点的[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:Tools}}|工具]]使用标志。以上使用需遵守[[Terms of Use|使用条款]]。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-onwmsites|回到维基媒体站点商标使用]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-notcommunityfocused}}3.2 哪些活动不是“重点放在社群的”？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> An event that includes mostly people who are not community members is not a community-focused event. (Please see the [[#FAQ-publicevent|FAQ on events in general]].) This does not mean that you cannot have guests at your meetup! </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.3 您能否提供重点放在社群的活动的例子？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Community-focused events are those events that are primarily open to community members and promote the mission. They tend to be related to improving the overall quality of the Wikimedia sites. Examples include conferences and monthly meetups hosted by community members, as well as other specific events like the "London Wikipedians regular's table," Wiki-Conference in Russia, and Wikipedia Workshop Köln (DE). </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-communityfocused|回到重点放在社群的活动]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.4 如果我的活动是重点放在社群的，我能使用哪些标志？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> First, all Wikimedia community-focused events can bear a trademarked name. You may also use the Wikimedia logos to decorate your venue, but only to the extent they are relevant. For example, you cannot use the Wikisource logo for a Wikimedia Commons-only event. However, keep in mind that the 'Wikimania' name and [[:File:Wikimania.svg|logo]] are reserved for the [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimania|yearly Wikimania conference]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-outreachexamples}}3.5 您能否提供拓展工作使用的例子？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You can put up a stand at a street fair. [[:c:Category:Wikimedia stands|Here are some examples of that]]. You may want to present the Wikimedia sites in your club or [[:c:Category:Silberwissen|reach out to seniors]]. You can also [[:c:Category:Wikipedia Schulprojekt|give a talk in a school]] or [[:c:Category:Wikipedia Education Program|create a university course]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.6 什麼是教育性資源？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Educational materials help people to understand the Wikimedia sites. They can be [[:outreach:Bookshelf Project|leaflets, videos]], [[:m:WMDOC/Cheatsheet|cheat sheets]], and other [[:m:Help:Reference card|guides]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.7 在机构代表社区怎么样？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You need to sign and email us a Quick License if your institution wants to call you [[:outreach:Wikipedian in Residence|"Wikipedian in Residence"]] as part of a GLAM project, or something similar. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-outreach|Back to Outreach and recruitment of new editors]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-communitylogo}}3.8 是否存在维基媒体社区标志？ ==== 是的！它在2008年[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Community logo|官方承认]]为元维基标志。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-fairuseexamples}}3.9 合理使用是什么意思？ ==== 在美国商标法中，[[{{lwp|Fair use (U.S. trademark law)}}|合理使用]]章节允许您有条件的任意使用商标而不至于侵犯版权。本方针不会与之冲突。我们已在[[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-fairuse|3.5]]和[[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-fairuse|3.6]]章节使用您易于理解的语言提到。 除了美国商标法外，您还需留意您所在国家的版权法律，多数也规定了合理使用的情形。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.10 您能否提供更多合理使用的例子？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> This category of fair use is tricky in our case because our wordmarks were not real words before our projects were created, unlike "apple" or "facebook." But we would consider it fair use if you were to write a [[:wikt:book#Noun|book]] in the [[{{lwp|Wiki software}}|Wiki software]] and refer to it as a "wiki book," even though Wikibooks is a distinctive trademark. If you are using the wordmarks to describe our projects, that is also a type of fair use (nominative use). You can read more about nominative use [[#FAQ-nominativeuseexamples|here]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-nonfairuseexamples}}3.11 您能否提供更多并非合理使用的例子？ ==== * 使用维基媒体标志宣传您的书籍。 * 销售带有维基媒体基金会标志的T恤。 * 创建您自己的百科全书并且使用了维基百科的球形拼图。 * 使用维基媒体基金会标志为无关计划筹款。 * 在内容并非来自维基媒体站点情形下却宣称内容“来自维基百科，自由的百科全书”。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-fairuse|回到在维基站点以外的讨论（合理使用）。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-nominativeuseexamples}}3.12 您能否提供更多主要使用的例子？ ==== 这里有一些例子： # '''描述维基媒体站点：''' #* <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">In a presentation that describes how Wikipedia works, using the wordmarks in slides in your bullet points would be a nominative use. The same also applies for a blog post that describes Wikidata. If you want to "illustrate" your slides or your blog post with any of the image marks, please refer to [[#policy-noncommercial|artistic, literary, and other non-commercial uses]].</span> #* <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">However, you cannot use a trademark as a generic term. For example, you cannot set up a wiki on motorcycles and refer to it as "a wikipedia for motorcycles."</span> # '''真實準確地說明：''' #* “维基百科是世界最大的在线百科全书，并且它也是数千个网站中唯一一个集结成千上万志愿者编辑的。” #* “我在2009年加入维基百科成为一名编辑者”（在您的个人网站）。 # '''描述衍生作品：''' #* “来源：维基百科” #* “本艺术作品基于来自维基共享资源的图像创建。” #* “以下内容由维基百科内容衍生而来。” #* 或者干脆：“来自维基百科”或“至维基百科条目”（通过QR码） # '''更多個別例子:''' #* <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Refer to the sections on [[#policy-news|news reporting]]; [[#policy-blogssm|personal blogs and social media]]; [[#policy-noncommercial|artistic, literary, and other non-commercial uses]]; and [[#policy-linkstous|links to Wikimedia sites]].</span> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-nominativeuse|Back to Refer to Wikimedia sites (nominative use).]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-logonewsarticle}}3.13 我是否可以在新闻或漫画杂志或者电视新闻上使用标志或截图？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes, as long as the image illustrates the discussion in the article. Do not use our trademark just to attract attention to your work. That will confuse your readers or viewers, and ours! </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-news|回到新闻报道]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-logoblogssm}}3.14 我是否可以在博客文章或者状态更新站点包括标志？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes, as long as the image illustrates the discussion in your post. Do not use trademarked images just to attract attention to your page. Viewers of your blog or your user page should not be confused and think that your page is endorsed by the Wikimedia Foundation or any of its sites. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.15 我能否在用户名、头像或聊天软件表情中使用商标？ ==== 很遗憾，不。我们非常感谢您宣传维基媒体站点。维基媒体社群为之感谢！然而，我们不希望人们认为您的言论就可以代表维基媒体基金会。您能够继续在用户名、头像或聊天软件表情中使用社群标志。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-blogssm|回到个人博客和社交媒体]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-noncommercialexamples}}3.16 你能给我艺术、文学和其他非商业使用的例子吗？ ==== * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Using the trademarks to discuss a scientific thesis in an academic paper.</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Illustrating a point in the slides for an educational presentation with a screenshot of a Wikimedia site.</span> * 使用标志在美术作品中。 * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Creating a parody for the purposes of conveying a political message.</span> * 撰写一本关于维基百科条目的书籍。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-noncommercial|回到艺术作品、文学作品和其他非商业性使用。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-linkingtousexamples}}3.17 您能否提供链接至维基媒体网站的例子？ ==== 是的，您可[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:Banners and buttons}}|点此]]查看。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-qrcodes}}3.18 我能在连接至维基媒体站点的QR码中使用标志么？ ==== 不。用于连接的标志不应如此使用。使用QR码连接您应使用非艺术化维基百科文字标志。您可[[#FAQ-nominativeuseexamples|点此]]了解更多。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-linkstous|回到连接至维基媒体站点。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-personalmerch}}3.19 我可以利用它們做什麼？ ==== 您可以用來製作衣服、帽子、背包、杯子、釘子、筆、貼紙、海報、屏幕背景，甚至蛋糕。大前提是你不會利用這些物品來牟利。 [[:c:Special:MyLanguage/Category:Wikipedia promotion|<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Here are some examples.</span>]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.20 我可以销售带有这些标志的周边商品么？ ==== 不，在未获授权的情况下您不能这样做。更多信息[[#policy-commercialmerch|见此]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.21 可以在其他场合使用原样么？ ==== 只要你是免費派發這些物品，可以。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.22 那么我在哪可以了解商业销售的周边产品？ ==== 最好是进入[//shop.wikimedia.org 维基媒体商店 (Wikimedia shop)]了解，这里销售的周边商品都由官方授权。如果您希望销售您自己的商品，请[[#policy-commercialmerch|参见此处]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.23 我能要求商业卖主为我创建使用维基媒体商标的自定义物品吗？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Of course! You may ask vendors like bakers and t-shirt sellers to create items with Wikimedia marks especially for you or your friends. This is okay because it is for your own personal use and no one is creating a business surrounding the sale of items with Wikimedia trademarks. And do not worry, vendors will not be required to strictly follow the Visual Identity Guidelines when it is not possible on items like cakes. For example, [[:c:Category:Wikipedia cakes|all these cakes]] are fine. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.24 是否可以委托其他人为会议和类似活动创建带有维基媒体商标的大量物品？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes! As long as the items are not sold to participants, it is okay to ask a vendor to create multiple items with the Wikimedia marks for community-focused parties and gatherings like edit-a-thons under [[Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy#policy-outreach|Section 3.2]] of the policy. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.25 我能在商业货物上使用高分辨率的商标吗？ ==== 當然可以！雖然我們的舊版政策不允許這種做法，但是在新的政策中我們已經廢除了那條規例。 <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[#policy-owngoods|Back to Make your own branded stuff.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-specialpermission}}4 需要许可的特殊使用 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.1 如果我需要許可，我是不是要為此付費？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Usually, there is no license fee. However, we want to keep track of how our trademarks are used. Also, we want to make sure every use complies with our mission and standards. This is why we require a formal license in certain cases. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-specialpermission|回到需要许可的特殊使用。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-contests}}4.2 我是否需要为每一次相片比赛获得许可？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You only need to get a license if you advertise the photo contest outside a Wikimedia site. This includes posters, social media, and blogs. You can freely use the marks for community-focused events. Community-focused events are those that are intended to be predominantly attended by Wikimedia community members. They do not include events open to the general public. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-photocontests|回到照片竞赛。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.3 我是否能够打印带有维基媒体商标的衬衫以为相片比赛给出奖金？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. You can always make t-shirts with the Wikimedia logos and give them away as long as you are not selling them. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-makeyourownbrandedstuff|Back to Make your own branded stuff]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.4 我能够怎样作为在居住地的维基人使用商标？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The marks may be used in any way that identifies you as a Wikipedian in Residence. Please avoid confusion about official endorsement. You should clarify that you are not a representative of the Wikimedia Foundation. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-glam|回到GLAM-WIKI活动。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-cybersquatting}}4.5 你能给我域名抢注的例子吗？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> In the past, someone registered the domain wikkipedia.org to attract traffic to their own site. This is called [[{{lwp|cybersquatting}}|cybersquatting]] or [[{{lwp|typosquatting}}|typosquatting]] that infringes our trademark. We strictly enforce our policy against confusing domain names. Please [[:m:Trademark/Report abuse|tell us]] if you see an infringing domain name. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.6 我可以在我的域名中出现维基媒体标志么？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Unfortunately, no. If you do, there is a risk that you will confuse readers that are looking for Wikimedia content or other material related to Wikimedia. Movement organizations may be permitted to use the Wikimedia mark as part of their domain, but only after receiving special permission. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.7 如果我使用不同的顶级域名，我能使用维基媒体商标吗？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You cannot register a Wikimedia mark as a domain, no matter the [[{{lwp|Top-level domain}}|top-level domain]], including country code top-level domains. For example, you may not register "wikipedia.jobs" even though it uses ".jobs", a different top-level domain, because "wikipedia" is a Wikimedia mark. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.8 但我希望使用我自己的特殊域名！！！ ==== 如果您有合法的理由希望使用我们的域名，请电邮联络[mailto:trademarks@wikimedia.org trademarks@wikimedia.org]。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-domains|回到域名。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-publicevent}}4.9 “公众活动”意味着什么？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A public event is an event that is not predominantly attended by community members. An event is also public when it is announced to the public with signs or advertisements or in an event schedule. Hence, this rule does not apply to community-focused meetups and conferences. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.10 什么活动用途需要许可？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Using a trademark for an event includes naming the event or using a Wikimedia logo on advertisements, leaflets, signage or a website. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.11 是否存在活动需要许可时的例外情况？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If the name of the event uses a mark just to describe its content, that might fall under [[#policy-nominativeuse|nominative use]]. An example for this would be announcing a course called 'Editing Wikipedia for Beginners' or 'Using Wikimedia Commons as an Amateur Photographer'. However, always include a [[#policy-noticesymbol|notice]] that explains that your use is with permission from the Wikimedia Foundation and that you are not affiliated with the Foundation. Also, events hosted by a local Wikimedia chapter, thematic organization, or user group can use the marks subject to their respective agreement with the Wikimedia Foundation. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-events|Back to Events and conferences.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-publications}}4.12 什么是“出版物”？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Publications include books, other print media, and web pages. They also mean audiovisual media like music, and other recordings, film and online video. See [[#policy-outreach|Outreach and recruiting new editors]] for materials that provide education about a Wikimedia site. See [[#policy-moviestv|Section 4.5]] for trademark uses in films. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.13 我可以写一本关于维基百科的书籍么？ ==== [[{{lwp|Bibliography of Wikipedia}}|欢迎您这样做！]]但您不应在未获授权的情况下使用维基媒体标志在书的封面上。这是因为我们不会认可未获授权的书籍能够代言基金会。使用[[#FAQ-nonstylizedwordmark|文字标志]]作为书的标题的一部分时同样需要请求授权。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 4.14 Does this also apply to handbooks, like "A beginner's guide to Wikipedia", aimed at community members? </div> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. But, please send us a request and we will give prompt permission when appropriate. We love Wikipedia guides! </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 4.15 Does it make a difference if the book is being published by an educational publisher? </div> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> No, you will need permission as well, because even educational publishers are commercial entities. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-publications|回到出版物。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-schoolfilm}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.16 Do I need permission to show the Wikipedia marks in a film I am making for my school project?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If you are showing your film to the public, or at your school or workplace, you need permission. But we will make sure to make the permission process as easy and fast as possible. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-moviestv|回到电影和电视节目。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-commercialmerch}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.17 Will I have to donate a portion of the retail price for commercial merchandise?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> No. But you will have to tell your customers if you do not donate your profits. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.18 What do I have to say if I am donating a portion of my proceeds to the Wikimedia Foundation?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Just clearly state what portion of your proceeds will be given to the Wikimedia Foundation. You can, for example, say: "X% of your purchase will be donated to the Wikimedia Foundation." </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.19 Where should I state how much of my proceeds will be donated?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> We recommend placing the notice right next to the purchase price, where it will be clearly visible to all buyers. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.20 Do I need to mention donations to the Wikimedia Foundation if I do not donate anything at all?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. You should state that 0% of your profits will go to the Wikimedia Foundation. Otherwise, users may mistakenly believe that you are doing fundraising for the Foundation. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-commercialmerch|Back to Commercial merchandise.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 5 禁止使用的情况 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-fakearticle}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.1 Can I make a fake Wikipedia article if it is intended as a joke?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> There are exceptions where this is permissible, but they are very limited. You will likely not fall under such an exception if your mimicking site has any commercial background. Please refer to the [[#policy-noncommercial|section on Parodies]]. Most importantly, you must make sure that no one (really no one!) could confuse your site with any part of a Wikimedia site. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-mimicvsparody}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.2 How do I distinguish between a prohibited mimicking site and a parody site?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Here is an example of a mimicking site: Contrary to the [[{{lwp|Wikipedia:COI}}|Wikipedia guidelines]], you create an article on Wikipedia about yourself or your organization. For unknown reasons, "your" article is deleted. This makes you mad. You register the domain "businesspedia.org" and design a website that looks just like the Wikipedia article that just got deleted, including a link to your own website. You are happy to attract more traffic to it by confusing internet users. Booo! </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> An example of parody site: Imagine you have a great friend called [[Rory|Rory]] and his birthday is coming up. You register the domain "rorypedia.org" and design a website that looks just like a humorous Wikipedia biography on your friend Rory. Since you do not want anyone to confuse "Rorypedia" and Wikipedia, you put a bright colored bar on the top of your site saying, "This page is a present for Rory from his awesome friends and not affiliated with Wikipedia. Happy birthday, Rory!" And you take down the site once the birthday party is over. Yaaay! </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.3 How do I avoid mimicking Wikimedia sites when I use the [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/MediaWiki|MediaWiki]] software?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> All wikis using MediaWiki do in fact share certain graphic elements under the default theme, but the Wikimedia sites have certain visual features that distinguish them. Do not imitate these distinguishing features. For example, you should not use logos that are confusingly similar to the Wikimedia marks or name your site something that sounds like a Wikimedia site. But you can use the "Powered by MediaWiki" button as that button simply describes that the wiki is powered by MediaWiki. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Be sure to directly download the [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/MediaWiki|MediaWiki]] software if you want to use it. Please do not try to blindly copy the HTML code of a Wikimedia site! If you do, you will accidentally import features from our sites, like our Terms of Use or our "contact us" details. Being contacted about problems on your unrelated website understandably makes our wonderful [[:m:OTRS/Volunteering|email response team volunteers]] very unhappy. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-mirrors|Back to mimicking sites.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-linkmirror}}5.4 我可以在维基媒体站点的镜像站点使用标志连接么？ ==== 不可以。维基媒体标志只能在真实的维基媒体站点用于连接。我们愿意重申，站点由维基媒体社群维护和管理。 另外，如果您希望架设一个维基媒体站点的镜像站点，请尤其注意[[#policy-mirrors|镜像方针]]。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-linkstoothers|回到连接至非维基媒体站点。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-misrepresentation}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.5 Can you give me some examples of misrepresentation with respect to the marks?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A misrepresentative use can be something that represents yourself. That includes using a Wikimedia logo in your logo, letterhead, or the name of your organization. Online examples are your social media avatar, favicon, and website domain. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-misrepresentation|Back to Misrepresentation.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-reportingabuse}}6 报告商标滥用 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-howfight}}6.1 你們會如何打擊侵犯商標權的行為？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Each year, we receive over 100 reports of trademark violations from community members. We also employ outside contractors and legal counsel to help protect our trademark portfolio globally. Within our resource constraints, our legal team pursues misuses of our marks to ensure that the Wikimedia logos remain distinctively associated with the Wikimedia community. After careful and sensitive evaluation, we send out cease-and-desist letters, which are usually effective. In the few instances that cannot be resolved by other means, we consider litigation to protect the marks. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">6.2 Who is responsible for enforcing Wikimedia's trademarks?</span>==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Trademark enforcement is currently handled by the Wikimedia Foundation legal team to ensure consistency and compliance with trademark law. But we rely on the Wikimedia community to help us identify potential trademark infringements. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">6.3 What happens when you receive a report of a potential trademark infringement?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> When we receive a complaint that our trademarks are being misused, we first send a confirmation to the person submitting the complaint. Potential infringements are then logged into our system. The legal team then combs through each of those complaints to investigate the alleged infringement. We visit the site personally to make sure the complaint has merit. Then we apply US trademark law in assessing whether there is actual "misuse" and it is a valid infringement of the trademark. In general, the standard of "misuse" in US law is whether the use of the trademark is "confusingly similar" to the Wikimedia Foundation's use of the trademark. In other words, will the potential infringers use of the trademark confuse users into thinking their site is sponsored by or hosted by the Wikimedia Foundation? We always contact the potential infringer first to see if they will voluntarily stop using our marks or work with us to make their use less confusing. If we are unable to work things out informally, and they refuse to comply with a cease and desist letter, we decide whether to move forward with litigation to stop the infringement. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">6.4 Can I send a cease and desist letter on behalf of the Wikimedia Foundation when I find misuse?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Please do not. We really appreciate your help with trademark enforcement, but please report any misuses to us so that we can determine what action is appropriate. </div> <div class="mw-translate-fuzzy"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-reporting|回到报告商标滥用。]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-revision}}7 商标政策的修订 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">7.1 Why can you just change the FAQ section?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The FAQs are not part of the trademark policy. We created them to help you understand the policy. We want to add new questions from the community in the future and to clarify any answers users may find confusing. That is why we want to be able to update the FAQs easily. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">7.2 What if I do not agree with the changes to the policy?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> We encourage you to share your comments and concerns with us during the community feedback period following any announced changes. We will take all comments under careful advisement and ensure that any changes to our policy are consistent with our mission. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-revision|Back to Revision of the trademark policy.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 8 其他问题 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQNakedlicensing}}8.1 什么是“无效授权”？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Failure to exercise quality control in trademark licensing is referred to as "naked licensing," and can sometimes result in loss of trademark rights. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 8.2 什么是视觉识别方针？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> They are a [[Special:MyLanguage/Legal:Visual identity guidelines|set of guidelines]] you should follow when using any of the Wikimedia marks. These guidelines ensure that the marks always look their best and are not distorted in any way. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">8.3 How do the Visual Identity Guidelines relate to the trademark policy?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The Visual Identity Guidelines are a separate document from the trademark policy and can be revised without notice. These guidelines help to make sure the Wikimedia marks are always used consistently with the same level of quality. Consistent use is important in order for us to maintain protection over the Wikimedia marks. It helps avoid confusion among users that may view marks similar to the Wikimedia marks. If Wikimedia marks are displayed consistently, users can be sure when they are viewing actual Wikimedia content instead of an imposter site. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 8.4 我有更多问题如何提问？ ==== 如果您还有其他未在此列出的问题，请将其反馈至讨论页。我们将竭尽所能回答并放入本常见问题页。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} </div></div><noinclude> __NOTOC__ __NOEDITSECTION__ [[Category:Trademark policy{{#translation:}}]] [[Category:Frequently asked questions{{#translation:}}]] </noinclude> mf73qszm4i8v5pts7fw9hdsumouomex 594079 594077 2026-09-19T04:50:14Z Pristome 225362 Created page with "4.14 这是否也适用于面向社区成员的像“维基百科的新手指南”的手册？" 594079 wikitext text/x-wiki <noinclude><languages /> {{Policy FAQ disclaimer|page=维基媒体基金会商标政策|pagelink=Policy:Trademark policy}} </noinclude><templatestyles src="Template:Trademark/styles.css" /><div class="trademark-section trademark-faq-container"> <div class="trademark-faq-content"> {{anchor|trademark-faq}}<span class="nomobile" style="font-size:2.5em">[[File:Trademark License FAQ.svg<!--change image-->|100px|link=]] '''<includeonly>{{int string|faq}}</includeonly><noinclude>维基媒体基金会商标政策常见问题</noinclude>'''</span><br />''这些常见问题不是商标政策的组成部分。它们也不是一份法律文件。但是我们希望它们能给你提供帮助。''<span style="font-family:monospace, monospace;" dir="ltr">''':)'''</span> <noinclude>{{nonumtoc}}__TOC__</noinclude> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 0 商标政策简介 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} <!-- The form to do this is: {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 0.1 Title ==== ... {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} Either using the Sub or Not, depending on level --> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-tmprotection}}0.1 什么是“商标保护”？ ==== 商標法(trademark law)保護著某一標誌(mark)所代表的某一成果（work，像是商品或服務）之間的連結關係。它意在保障用戶不致於混淆一項成果的來源。同時，用戶也把商標當做與某成果之間的連結，因此會對此標誌所提供的成果之知名度、品質、以及服務有相當程度的期待。因此，商標是項強而有力、極富價值的工具，它能夠使維基媒體基金會以及其社群成員的知名度具象化，也可被視為一種讓用戶能夠認識某一成果或商品或服務的「簡略表達(shorthand)」。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-whataresites}}0.2 什么是“维基媒体网站(Wikimedia sites)”？ ==== 维基媒体基金会运营很多自由软件和自由内容站点，列表见此：[[Special:SiteMatrix|我们的计划]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-policyapplies}}1 本政策适用範圍？ == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-wordmark}}1.1 什么是“文字标志(wordmark)”？ ==== 顾名思义，就是只由文字组成的商标，诸如“Wikipedia”或“Wikimedia”等计划网站名。另外，这也包括任何官方译名和转写（诸如“[[:w:tr:Ana Sayfa|维基百科]]”）。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-nonstylizedwordmark}}1.2 什么是“非艺术化文字标志(non-stylized wordmark)”？ ==== 非艺术化文字标志就是“维基媒体”及其计划的通用名称，诸如“维基百科”、“维基词典”等。相比之下，艺术化文字标志就是在这些名字基础上适当修改文字结构诸如字体。诸如“维基百科”文字标志艺术化后就是[[File:Wikipedia wordmark.svg|80px]]。无论文字标志是否艺术化均属于维基媒体基金会的商标。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-tradedress}}1.3 什么是“商用外观(trade dress)”？ ==== 對我們而言，商用外觀意指網站或文章的設計符合網站或線上資料的來源。你可以把它看成某個網站「看起來和感覺起來的樣子」。比方說，維基百科條目的設計與外觀、或像是維基百科的首頁。任何維基媒體網站的商用外觀同時也屬於維基媒體基金會的商標。商標法也保護商用外觀。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-wikimediamarks|返回“维基媒体标志。”]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-communitymember}}1.4 什么是“社区成员”？ ==== 任何在维基媒体站点有贡献的人。她也包括任何基金会职员、分会成员、专题组织成员、用户组成员和基金会本身。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-communitymembers|回到社群成员]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-moveorgsfreely}}1.5 为何運動组织不能任意地使用商標？ ==== 身為商標的法定持有者，我們需要掌控運動組織使用商標的方式以保護整個社群。你可以在[[#purpose-maintainrights|這裡]]閱讀更多相關資料。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 1.6 什么是此商标政策和分会、用户组或专题组织协议之间的关系？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Chapters, user groups, and thematic organizations must comply both with this trademark policy and their respective agreement with the Wikimedia Foundation. If there are inconsistencies between this trademark policy and a chapter, user group, or a thematic organization agreement, the organization should follow their agreement. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-wmorgs|回到分会、用户组和专题组织]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 2 如何使用维基媒体商标 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-smallerlogo}}2.1 如果我的产品和服务不由维基媒体基金会提供，我的商标、名称或公司名称是否能够比维基媒体商标更小？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> No. We need to make sure it is extremely clear that the Wikimedia Foundation is not providing your products or services. This is a simple, consistent way of doing that. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.2 如果我清晰地声明产品或服务由我提供，会怎么样？ ==== 對不起，您的商標、名字或公司名字一定要比維基商標大，而且必須適當地分隔開，因為不是每個人都會閱讀文字，可能有些人只會留意圖片。因此，我們必須確保您的產品或服務並非由維基媒體基金會提供。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-outsidewmsites}}2.3 你们说的“在维基媒体站点以外”是指什么？ ==== 也就是不在[[#FAQ-whataresites|维基媒体基金会控制的站点]]使用商标，例如：维基百科、维基共享资源、维基词典、维基数据、维基语录、维基教科书、维基文库、维基物种、维基新闻、维基学院、维基导游和元维基。回顾商标政策，维基媒雲端虚拟专用服务器的标志也被视为维基媒体站点标志。另外，您可以在站外使用这些标志用于编辑马拉松。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.4 我是否仍然能创建将维基媒体商标和像“在居住地的维基人”的其他词语结合起来的词条？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. This provision is not meant to stop community members from creatively combining the marks with other words to create new terms for the Wikimedia movement as long as they do it on the Wikimedia sites. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-translatetext}}2.5 我可以翻译这些商标的文字么？ ==== 您应该[[#FAQ-whataresites|在维基媒体网站的框架下]]翻译这些商标的文字。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.6 我能添加图形元素（例如，为了庆祝特殊活动）吗？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You can create [[:c:Category:SVG Wikimedia community logos|remixes]] for special on-site purposes, but please do not change the logos outside our sites. These and many, many other questions are answered in the [[Visual identity guidelines|Visual Identity Guidelines]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.7 哪些维基媒体商标的重新组合的类型能够在维基媒体网站之外使用？ ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Certain remixes of Wikimedia logos may be used outside of Wikimedia sites as long as the remix does not look too similar to any of the Wikimedia marks. Please make sure that the remix will not be confused with the original Wikimedia logo.</span> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.8 我可以使用标志的高清版么？ ==== 是的！[[Wikimedia official marks|这里请]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-wheretmnotice}}2.9 我在哪里注释商标提醒？ ==== 尽可能在显眼的位置例如注脚。当有人阅读您的文档、访问您的网站或观看您的电影时应能较容易的找到。有几个很好的例子：文档（同一）页面的底部、藏书票上、网页页脚和/或电影制作者清单后。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.10 如果我认为我没有足够的位置注明提醒我应该怎么办？ ==== 不要担心！如果您是想面向移动设备或其他中小屏幕设备注明，您只需要在维基媒体商标后面加注商标符号（™）即可。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.11 我应该如何在提醒中提及商标？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Wordmarks can be referenced verbatim (i.e. "Wikimedia Commons"). Logos should be described according to the [[Visual identity guidelines#toc-puzzle|Visual Identity Guidelines]]. Examples include the "Wikipedia Puzzle Globe" and the "'W' icon." </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.12 我如何使用多于一个标志？ ==== 请确信所有标志都有一个说明如下： <br /><br /> “维基数据名称及标志是维基媒体基金会的商标。” {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.13 什么时候我不得不加入商标符号？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You only need to use the trademark symbol when you do not have enough space to write the entire notice, like when you are using a trademark on a mobile screen. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.14 能否给一些正确使用商标的例子？ ==== 这里有个例子： <br /> <br /> “维基共享资源™是维基媒体基金会旗下收集自由版权的媒体文件，诸如图像、声音和电影剪辑，并面向全球广泛传播的计划网站！” {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.15 我应该使用何种尺寸的商标？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> When you use a wordmark (like "Wikipedia"), you should use the same font size for the trademark symbol as the wordmark itself. In this context, superscript formatting is encouraged for the symbol. When the mark is an image (like the puzzle globe), you should select a font size for the symbol that matches the size of the image and place the symbol so that it is clearly visible and close enough to the upper right corner of the image without touching it. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.16 但是我想把我的網頁設計得好看一點！我可不可以把商標縮小或放在其他地方？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Unfortunately, no. Remember, you only need to put the symbol next to the first or most prominent use of the mark. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-noticesymbol|回到注释或商标符号]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.17 “未被维基媒体基金会批准或与其相关”意味着什么？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You need to make sure that people do not mistakenly think that you may speak on behalf of the Wikimedia Foundation or one of its sites. For instance, you need to make sure that no one thinks you work for the Wikimedia Foundation. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-withoutpermission}}3 不需询问权限的维基媒体标志使用 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.1 你能给我我能在维基媒体网站上使用商标的例子吗？ ==== 您可以在[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:User page}}|用户页]]、[[{{lwp|Help:Contents}}|帮助页]]和[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:About}}|关于维基媒体或其计划的页面]]使用标志。您也可以在[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Mailing lists|邮件列表]]、[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/IRC|IRC]]或用于维基媒体站点的[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:Tools}}|工具]]使用标志。以上使用需遵守[[Terms of Use|使用条款]]。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-onwmsites|回到维基媒体站点商标使用]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-notcommunityfocused}}3.2 哪些活动不是“重点放在社群的”？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> An event that includes mostly people who are not community members is not a community-focused event. (Please see the [[#FAQ-publicevent|FAQ on events in general]].) This does not mean that you cannot have guests at your meetup! </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.3 您能否提供重点放在社群的活动的例子？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Community-focused events are those events that are primarily open to community members and promote the mission. They tend to be related to improving the overall quality of the Wikimedia sites. Examples include conferences and monthly meetups hosted by community members, as well as other specific events like the "London Wikipedians regular's table," Wiki-Conference in Russia, and Wikipedia Workshop Köln (DE). </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-communityfocused|回到重点放在社群的活动]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.4 如果我的活动是重点放在社群的，我能使用哪些标志？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> First, all Wikimedia community-focused events can bear a trademarked name. You may also use the Wikimedia logos to decorate your venue, but only to the extent they are relevant. For example, you cannot use the Wikisource logo for a Wikimedia Commons-only event. However, keep in mind that the 'Wikimania' name and [[:File:Wikimania.svg|logo]] are reserved for the [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimania|yearly Wikimania conference]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-outreachexamples}}3.5 您能否提供拓展工作使用的例子？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You can put up a stand at a street fair. [[:c:Category:Wikimedia stands|Here are some examples of that]]. You may want to present the Wikimedia sites in your club or [[:c:Category:Silberwissen|reach out to seniors]]. You can also [[:c:Category:Wikipedia Schulprojekt|give a talk in a school]] or [[:c:Category:Wikipedia Education Program|create a university course]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.6 什麼是教育性資源？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Educational materials help people to understand the Wikimedia sites. They can be [[:outreach:Bookshelf Project|leaflets, videos]], [[:m:WMDOC/Cheatsheet|cheat sheets]], and other [[:m:Help:Reference card|guides]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.7 在机构代表社区怎么样？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You need to sign and email us a Quick License if your institution wants to call you [[:outreach:Wikipedian in Residence|"Wikipedian in Residence"]] as part of a GLAM project, or something similar. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-outreach|Back to Outreach and recruitment of new editors]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-communitylogo}}3.8 是否存在维基媒体社区标志？ ==== 是的！它在2008年[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Community logo|官方承认]]为元维基标志。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-fairuseexamples}}3.9 合理使用是什么意思？ ==== 在美国商标法中，[[{{lwp|Fair use (U.S. trademark law)}}|合理使用]]章节允许您有条件的任意使用商标而不至于侵犯版权。本方针不会与之冲突。我们已在[[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-fairuse|3.5]]和[[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-fairuse|3.6]]章节使用您易于理解的语言提到。 除了美国商标法外，您还需留意您所在国家的版权法律，多数也规定了合理使用的情形。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.10 您能否提供更多合理使用的例子？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> This category of fair use is tricky in our case because our wordmarks were not real words before our projects were created, unlike "apple" or "facebook." But we would consider it fair use if you were to write a [[:wikt:book#Noun|book]] in the [[{{lwp|Wiki software}}|Wiki software]] and refer to it as a "wiki book," even though Wikibooks is a distinctive trademark. If you are using the wordmarks to describe our projects, that is also a type of fair use (nominative use). You can read more about nominative use [[#FAQ-nominativeuseexamples|here]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-nonfairuseexamples}}3.11 您能否提供更多并非合理使用的例子？ ==== * 使用维基媒体标志宣传您的书籍。 * 销售带有维基媒体基金会标志的T恤。 * 创建您自己的百科全书并且使用了维基百科的球形拼图。 * 使用维基媒体基金会标志为无关计划筹款。 * 在内容并非来自维基媒体站点情形下却宣称内容“来自维基百科，自由的百科全书”。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-fairuse|回到在维基站点以外的讨论（合理使用）。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-nominativeuseexamples}}3.12 您能否提供更多主要使用的例子？ ==== 这里有一些例子： # '''描述维基媒体站点：''' #* <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">In a presentation that describes how Wikipedia works, using the wordmarks in slides in your bullet points would be a nominative use. The same also applies for a blog post that describes Wikidata. If you want to "illustrate" your slides or your blog post with any of the image marks, please refer to [[#policy-noncommercial|artistic, literary, and other non-commercial uses]].</span> #* <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">However, you cannot use a trademark as a generic term. For example, you cannot set up a wiki on motorcycles and refer to it as "a wikipedia for motorcycles."</span> # '''真實準確地說明：''' #* “维基百科是世界最大的在线百科全书，并且它也是数千个网站中唯一一个集结成千上万志愿者编辑的。” #* “我在2009年加入维基百科成为一名编辑者”（在您的个人网站）。 # '''描述衍生作品：''' #* “来源：维基百科” #* “本艺术作品基于来自维基共享资源的图像创建。” #* “以下内容由维基百科内容衍生而来。” #* 或者干脆：“来自维基百科”或“至维基百科条目”（通过QR码） # '''更多個別例子:''' #* <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Refer to the sections on [[#policy-news|news reporting]]; [[#policy-blogssm|personal blogs and social media]]; [[#policy-noncommercial|artistic, literary, and other non-commercial uses]]; and [[#policy-linkstous|links to Wikimedia sites]].</span> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-nominativeuse|Back to Refer to Wikimedia sites (nominative use).]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-logonewsarticle}}3.13 我是否可以在新闻或漫画杂志或者电视新闻上使用标志或截图？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes, as long as the image illustrates the discussion in the article. Do not use our trademark just to attract attention to your work. That will confuse your readers or viewers, and ours! </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-news|回到新闻报道]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-logoblogssm}}3.14 我是否可以在博客文章或者状态更新站点包括标志？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes, as long as the image illustrates the discussion in your post. Do not use trademarked images just to attract attention to your page. Viewers of your blog or your user page should not be confused and think that your page is endorsed by the Wikimedia Foundation or any of its sites. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.15 我能否在用户名、头像或聊天软件表情中使用商标？ ==== 很遗憾，不。我们非常感谢您宣传维基媒体站点。维基媒体社群为之感谢！然而，我们不希望人们认为您的言论就可以代表维基媒体基金会。您能够继续在用户名、头像或聊天软件表情中使用社群标志。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-blogssm|回到个人博客和社交媒体]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-noncommercialexamples}}3.16 你能给我艺术、文学和其他非商业使用的例子吗？ ==== * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Using the trademarks to discuss a scientific thesis in an academic paper.</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Illustrating a point in the slides for an educational presentation with a screenshot of a Wikimedia site.</span> * 使用标志在美术作品中。 * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Creating a parody for the purposes of conveying a political message.</span> * 撰写一本关于维基百科条目的书籍。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-noncommercial|回到艺术作品、文学作品和其他非商业性使用。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-linkingtousexamples}}3.17 您能否提供链接至维基媒体网站的例子？ ==== 是的，您可[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:Banners and buttons}}|点此]]查看。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-qrcodes}}3.18 我能在连接至维基媒体站点的QR码中使用标志么？ ==== 不。用于连接的标志不应如此使用。使用QR码连接您应使用非艺术化维基百科文字标志。您可[[#FAQ-nominativeuseexamples|点此]]了解更多。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-linkstous|回到连接至维基媒体站点。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-personalmerch}}3.19 我可以利用它們做什麼？ ==== 您可以用來製作衣服、帽子、背包、杯子、釘子、筆、貼紙、海報、屏幕背景，甚至蛋糕。大前提是你不會利用這些物品來牟利。 [[:c:Special:MyLanguage/Category:Wikipedia promotion|<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Here are some examples.</span>]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.20 我可以销售带有这些标志的周边商品么？ ==== 不，在未获授权的情况下您不能这样做。更多信息[[#policy-commercialmerch|见此]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.21 可以在其他场合使用原样么？ ==== 只要你是免費派發這些物品，可以。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.22 那么我在哪可以了解商业销售的周边产品？ ==== 最好是进入[//shop.wikimedia.org 维基媒体商店 (Wikimedia shop)]了解，这里销售的周边商品都由官方授权。如果您希望销售您自己的商品，请[[#policy-commercialmerch|参见此处]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.23 我能要求商业卖主为我创建使用维基媒体商标的自定义物品吗？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Of course! You may ask vendors like bakers and t-shirt sellers to create items with Wikimedia marks especially for you or your friends. This is okay because it is for your own personal use and no one is creating a business surrounding the sale of items with Wikimedia trademarks. And do not worry, vendors will not be required to strictly follow the Visual Identity Guidelines when it is not possible on items like cakes. For example, [[:c:Category:Wikipedia cakes|all these cakes]] are fine. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.24 是否可以委托其他人为会议和类似活动创建带有维基媒体商标的大量物品？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes! As long as the items are not sold to participants, it is okay to ask a vendor to create multiple items with the Wikimedia marks for community-focused parties and gatherings like edit-a-thons under [[Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy#policy-outreach|Section 3.2]] of the policy. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.25 我能在商业货物上使用高分辨率的商标吗？ ==== 當然可以！雖然我們的舊版政策不允許這種做法，但是在新的政策中我們已經廢除了那條規例。 <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[#policy-owngoods|Back to Make your own branded stuff.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-specialpermission}}4 需要许可的特殊使用 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.1 如果我需要許可，我是不是要為此付費？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Usually, there is no license fee. However, we want to keep track of how our trademarks are used. Also, we want to make sure every use complies with our mission and standards. This is why we require a formal license in certain cases. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-specialpermission|回到需要许可的特殊使用。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-contests}}4.2 我是否需要为每一次相片比赛获得许可？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You only need to get a license if you advertise the photo contest outside a Wikimedia site. This includes posters, social media, and blogs. You can freely use the marks for community-focused events. Community-focused events are those that are intended to be predominantly attended by Wikimedia community members. They do not include events open to the general public. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-photocontests|回到照片竞赛。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.3 我是否能够打印带有维基媒体商标的衬衫以为相片比赛给出奖金？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. You can always make t-shirts with the Wikimedia logos and give them away as long as you are not selling them. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-makeyourownbrandedstuff|Back to Make your own branded stuff]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.4 我能够怎样作为在居住地的维基人使用商标？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The marks may be used in any way that identifies you as a Wikipedian in Residence. Please avoid confusion about official endorsement. You should clarify that you are not a representative of the Wikimedia Foundation. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-glam|回到GLAM-WIKI活动。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-cybersquatting}}4.5 你能给我域名抢注的例子吗？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> In the past, someone registered the domain wikkipedia.org to attract traffic to their own site. This is called [[{{lwp|cybersquatting}}|cybersquatting]] or [[{{lwp|typosquatting}}|typosquatting]] that infringes our trademark. We strictly enforce our policy against confusing domain names. Please [[:m:Trademark/Report abuse|tell us]] if you see an infringing domain name. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.6 我可以在我的域名中出现维基媒体标志么？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Unfortunately, no. If you do, there is a risk that you will confuse readers that are looking for Wikimedia content or other material related to Wikimedia. Movement organizations may be permitted to use the Wikimedia mark as part of their domain, but only after receiving special permission. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.7 如果我使用不同的顶级域名，我能使用维基媒体商标吗？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You cannot register a Wikimedia mark as a domain, no matter the [[{{lwp|Top-level domain}}|top-level domain]], including country code top-level domains. For example, you may not register "wikipedia.jobs" even though it uses ".jobs", a different top-level domain, because "wikipedia" is a Wikimedia mark. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.8 但我希望使用我自己的特殊域名！！！ ==== 如果您有合法的理由希望使用我们的域名，请电邮联络[mailto:trademarks@wikimedia.org trademarks@wikimedia.org]。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-domains|回到域名。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-publicevent}}4.9 “公众活动”意味着什么？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A public event is an event that is not predominantly attended by community members. An event is also public when it is announced to the public with signs or advertisements or in an event schedule. Hence, this rule does not apply to community-focused meetups and conferences. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.10 什么活动用途需要许可？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Using a trademark for an event includes naming the event or using a Wikimedia logo on advertisements, leaflets, signage or a website. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.11 是否存在活动需要许可时的例外情况？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If the name of the event uses a mark just to describe its content, that might fall under [[#policy-nominativeuse|nominative use]]. An example for this would be announcing a course called 'Editing Wikipedia for Beginners' or 'Using Wikimedia Commons as an Amateur Photographer'. However, always include a [[#policy-noticesymbol|notice]] that explains that your use is with permission from the Wikimedia Foundation and that you are not affiliated with the Foundation. Also, events hosted by a local Wikimedia chapter, thematic organization, or user group can use the marks subject to their respective agreement with the Wikimedia Foundation. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-events|Back to Events and conferences.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-publications}}4.12 什么是“出版物”？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Publications include books, other print media, and web pages. They also mean audiovisual media like music, and other recordings, film and online video. See [[#policy-outreach|Outreach and recruiting new editors]] for materials that provide education about a Wikimedia site. See [[#policy-moviestv|Section 4.5]] for trademark uses in films. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.13 我可以写一本关于维基百科的书籍么？ ==== [[{{lwp|Bibliography of Wikipedia}}|欢迎您这样做！]]但您不应在未获授权的情况下使用维基媒体标志在书的封面上。这是因为我们不会认可未获授权的书籍能够代言基金会。使用[[#FAQ-nonstylizedwordmark|文字标志]]作为书的标题的一部分时同样需要请求授权。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.14 这是否也适用于面向社区成员的像“维基百科的新手指南”的手册？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. But, please send us a request and we will give prompt permission when appropriate. We love Wikipedia guides! </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 4.15 Does it make a difference if the book is being published by an educational publisher? </div> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> No, you will need permission as well, because even educational publishers are commercial entities. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-publications|回到出版物。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-schoolfilm}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.16 Do I need permission to show the Wikipedia marks in a film I am making for my school project?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If you are showing your film to the public, or at your school or workplace, you need permission. But we will make sure to make the permission process as easy and fast as possible. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-moviestv|回到电影和电视节目。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-commercialmerch}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.17 Will I have to donate a portion of the retail price for commercial merchandise?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> No. But you will have to tell your customers if you do not donate your profits. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.18 What do I have to say if I am donating a portion of my proceeds to the Wikimedia Foundation?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Just clearly state what portion of your proceeds will be given to the Wikimedia Foundation. You can, for example, say: "X% of your purchase will be donated to the Wikimedia Foundation." </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.19 Where should I state how much of my proceeds will be donated?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> We recommend placing the notice right next to the purchase price, where it will be clearly visible to all buyers. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.20 Do I need to mention donations to the Wikimedia Foundation if I do not donate anything at all?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. You should state that 0% of your profits will go to the Wikimedia Foundation. Otherwise, users may mistakenly believe that you are doing fundraising for the Foundation. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-commercialmerch|Back to Commercial merchandise.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 5 禁止使用的情况 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-fakearticle}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.1 Can I make a fake Wikipedia article if it is intended as a joke?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> There are exceptions where this is permissible, but they are very limited. You will likely not fall under such an exception if your mimicking site has any commercial background. Please refer to the [[#policy-noncommercial|section on Parodies]]. Most importantly, you must make sure that no one (really no one!) could confuse your site with any part of a Wikimedia site. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-mimicvsparody}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.2 How do I distinguish between a prohibited mimicking site and a parody site?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Here is an example of a mimicking site: Contrary to the [[{{lwp|Wikipedia:COI}}|Wikipedia guidelines]], you create an article on Wikipedia about yourself or your organization. For unknown reasons, "your" article is deleted. This makes you mad. You register the domain "businesspedia.org" and design a website that looks just like the Wikipedia article that just got deleted, including a link to your own website. You are happy to attract more traffic to it by confusing internet users. Booo! </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> An example of parody site: Imagine you have a great friend called [[Rory|Rory]] and his birthday is coming up. You register the domain "rorypedia.org" and design a website that looks just like a humorous Wikipedia biography on your friend Rory. Since you do not want anyone to confuse "Rorypedia" and Wikipedia, you put a bright colored bar on the top of your site saying, "This page is a present for Rory from his awesome friends and not affiliated with Wikipedia. Happy birthday, Rory!" And you take down the site once the birthday party is over. Yaaay! </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.3 How do I avoid mimicking Wikimedia sites when I use the [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/MediaWiki|MediaWiki]] software?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> All wikis using MediaWiki do in fact share certain graphic elements under the default theme, but the Wikimedia sites have certain visual features that distinguish them. Do not imitate these distinguishing features. For example, you should not use logos that are confusingly similar to the Wikimedia marks or name your site something that sounds like a Wikimedia site. But you can use the "Powered by MediaWiki" button as that button simply describes that the wiki is powered by MediaWiki. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Be sure to directly download the [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/MediaWiki|MediaWiki]] software if you want to use it. Please do not try to blindly copy the HTML code of a Wikimedia site! If you do, you will accidentally import features from our sites, like our Terms of Use or our "contact us" details. Being contacted about problems on your unrelated website understandably makes our wonderful [[:m:OTRS/Volunteering|email response team volunteers]] very unhappy. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-mirrors|Back to mimicking sites.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-linkmirror}}5.4 我可以在维基媒体站点的镜像站点使用标志连接么？ ==== 不可以。维基媒体标志只能在真实的维基媒体站点用于连接。我们愿意重申，站点由维基媒体社群维护和管理。 另外，如果您希望架设一个维基媒体站点的镜像站点，请尤其注意[[#policy-mirrors|镜像方针]]。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-linkstoothers|回到连接至非维基媒体站点。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-misrepresentation}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.5 Can you give me some examples of misrepresentation with respect to the marks?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A misrepresentative use can be something that represents yourself. That includes using a Wikimedia logo in your logo, letterhead, or the name of your organization. Online examples are your social media avatar, favicon, and website domain. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-misrepresentation|Back to Misrepresentation.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-reportingabuse}}6 报告商标滥用 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-howfight}}6.1 你們會如何打擊侵犯商標權的行為？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Each year, we receive over 100 reports of trademark violations from community members. We also employ outside contractors and legal counsel to help protect our trademark portfolio globally. Within our resource constraints, our legal team pursues misuses of our marks to ensure that the Wikimedia logos remain distinctively associated with the Wikimedia community. After careful and sensitive evaluation, we send out cease-and-desist letters, which are usually effective. In the few instances that cannot be resolved by other means, we consider litigation to protect the marks. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">6.2 Who is responsible for enforcing Wikimedia's trademarks?</span>==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Trademark enforcement is currently handled by the Wikimedia Foundation legal team to ensure consistency and compliance with trademark law. But we rely on the Wikimedia community to help us identify potential trademark infringements. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">6.3 What happens when you receive a report of a potential trademark infringement?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> When we receive a complaint that our trademarks are being misused, we first send a confirmation to the person submitting the complaint. Potential infringements are then logged into our system. The legal team then combs through each of those complaints to investigate the alleged infringement. We visit the site personally to make sure the complaint has merit. Then we apply US trademark law in assessing whether there is actual "misuse" and it is a valid infringement of the trademark. In general, the standard of "misuse" in US law is whether the use of the trademark is "confusingly similar" to the Wikimedia Foundation's use of the trademark. In other words, will the potential infringers use of the trademark confuse users into thinking their site is sponsored by or hosted by the Wikimedia Foundation? We always contact the potential infringer first to see if they will voluntarily stop using our marks or work with us to make their use less confusing. If we are unable to work things out informally, and they refuse to comply with a cease and desist letter, we decide whether to move forward with litigation to stop the infringement. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">6.4 Can I send a cease and desist letter on behalf of the Wikimedia Foundation when I find misuse?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Please do not. We really appreciate your help with trademark enforcement, but please report any misuses to us so that we can determine what action is appropriate. </div> <div class="mw-translate-fuzzy"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-reporting|回到报告商标滥用。]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-revision}}7 商标政策的修订 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">7.1 Why can you just change the FAQ section?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The FAQs are not part of the trademark policy. We created them to help you understand the policy. We want to add new questions from the community in the future and to clarify any answers users may find confusing. That is why we want to be able to update the FAQs easily. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">7.2 What if I do not agree with the changes to the policy?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> We encourage you to share your comments and concerns with us during the community feedback period following any announced changes. We will take all comments under careful advisement and ensure that any changes to our policy are consistent with our mission. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-revision|Back to Revision of the trademark policy.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 8 其他问题 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQNakedlicensing}}8.1 什么是“无效授权”？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Failure to exercise quality control in trademark licensing is referred to as "naked licensing," and can sometimes result in loss of trademark rights. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 8.2 什么是视觉识别方针？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> They are a [[Special:MyLanguage/Legal:Visual identity guidelines|set of guidelines]] you should follow when using any of the Wikimedia marks. These guidelines ensure that the marks always look their best and are not distorted in any way. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">8.3 How do the Visual Identity Guidelines relate to the trademark policy?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The Visual Identity Guidelines are a separate document from the trademark policy and can be revised without notice. These guidelines help to make sure the Wikimedia marks are always used consistently with the same level of quality. Consistent use is important in order for us to maintain protection over the Wikimedia marks. It helps avoid confusion among users that may view marks similar to the Wikimedia marks. If Wikimedia marks are displayed consistently, users can be sure when they are viewing actual Wikimedia content instead of an imposter site. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 8.4 我有更多问题如何提问？ ==== 如果您还有其他未在此列出的问题，请将其反馈至讨论页。我们将竭尽所能回答并放入本常见问题页。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} </div></div><noinclude> __NOTOC__ __NOEDITSECTION__ [[Category:Trademark policy{{#translation:}}]] [[Category:Frequently asked questions{{#translation:}}]] </noinclude> jcqebnirx7kj58xet9ji8nn9wlrokgm 594081 594079 2026-09-19T04:51:25Z Pristome 225362 Created page with "4.15 书被教育发布者发布会导致不同的情况吗？" 594081 wikitext text/x-wiki <noinclude><languages /> {{Policy FAQ disclaimer|page=维基媒体基金会商标政策|pagelink=Policy:Trademark policy}} </noinclude><templatestyles src="Template:Trademark/styles.css" /><div class="trademark-section trademark-faq-container"> <div class="trademark-faq-content"> {{anchor|trademark-faq}}<span class="nomobile" style="font-size:2.5em">[[File:Trademark License FAQ.svg<!--change image-->|100px|link=]] '''<includeonly>{{int string|faq}}</includeonly><noinclude>维基媒体基金会商标政策常见问题</noinclude>'''</span><br />''这些常见问题不是商标政策的组成部分。它们也不是一份法律文件。但是我们希望它们能给你提供帮助。''<span style="font-family:monospace, monospace;" dir="ltr">''':)'''</span> <noinclude>{{nonumtoc}}__TOC__</noinclude> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 0 商标政策简介 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} <!-- The form to do this is: {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 0.1 Title ==== ... {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} Either using the Sub or Not, depending on level --> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-tmprotection}}0.1 什么是“商标保护”？ ==== 商標法(trademark law)保護著某一標誌(mark)所代表的某一成果（work，像是商品或服務）之間的連結關係。它意在保障用戶不致於混淆一項成果的來源。同時，用戶也把商標當做與某成果之間的連結，因此會對此標誌所提供的成果之知名度、品質、以及服務有相當程度的期待。因此，商標是項強而有力、極富價值的工具，它能夠使維基媒體基金會以及其社群成員的知名度具象化，也可被視為一種讓用戶能夠認識某一成果或商品或服務的「簡略表達(shorthand)」。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-whataresites}}0.2 什么是“维基媒体网站(Wikimedia sites)”？ ==== 维基媒体基金会运营很多自由软件和自由内容站点，列表见此：[[Special:SiteMatrix|我们的计划]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-policyapplies}}1 本政策适用範圍？ == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-wordmark}}1.1 什么是“文字标志(wordmark)”？ ==== 顾名思义，就是只由文字组成的商标，诸如“Wikipedia”或“Wikimedia”等计划网站名。另外，这也包括任何官方译名和转写（诸如“[[:w:tr:Ana Sayfa|维基百科]]”）。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-nonstylizedwordmark}}1.2 什么是“非艺术化文字标志(non-stylized wordmark)”？ ==== 非艺术化文字标志就是“维基媒体”及其计划的通用名称，诸如“维基百科”、“维基词典”等。相比之下，艺术化文字标志就是在这些名字基础上适当修改文字结构诸如字体。诸如“维基百科”文字标志艺术化后就是[[File:Wikipedia wordmark.svg|80px]]。无论文字标志是否艺术化均属于维基媒体基金会的商标。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-tradedress}}1.3 什么是“商用外观(trade dress)”？ ==== 對我們而言，商用外觀意指網站或文章的設計符合網站或線上資料的來源。你可以把它看成某個網站「看起來和感覺起來的樣子」。比方說，維基百科條目的設計與外觀、或像是維基百科的首頁。任何維基媒體網站的商用外觀同時也屬於維基媒體基金會的商標。商標法也保護商用外觀。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-wikimediamarks|返回“维基媒体标志。”]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-communitymember}}1.4 什么是“社区成员”？ ==== 任何在维基媒体站点有贡献的人。她也包括任何基金会职员、分会成员、专题组织成员、用户组成员和基金会本身。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-communitymembers|回到社群成员]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-moveorgsfreely}}1.5 为何運動组织不能任意地使用商標？ ==== 身為商標的法定持有者，我們需要掌控運動組織使用商標的方式以保護整個社群。你可以在[[#purpose-maintainrights|這裡]]閱讀更多相關資料。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 1.6 什么是此商标政策和分会、用户组或专题组织协议之间的关系？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Chapters, user groups, and thematic organizations must comply both with this trademark policy and their respective agreement with the Wikimedia Foundation. If there are inconsistencies between this trademark policy and a chapter, user group, or a thematic organization agreement, the organization should follow their agreement. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-wmorgs|回到分会、用户组和专题组织]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 2 如何使用维基媒体商标 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-smallerlogo}}2.1 如果我的产品和服务不由维基媒体基金会提供，我的商标、名称或公司名称是否能够比维基媒体商标更小？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> No. We need to make sure it is extremely clear that the Wikimedia Foundation is not providing your products or services. This is a simple, consistent way of doing that. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.2 如果我清晰地声明产品或服务由我提供，会怎么样？ ==== 對不起，您的商標、名字或公司名字一定要比維基商標大，而且必須適當地分隔開，因為不是每個人都會閱讀文字，可能有些人只會留意圖片。因此，我們必須確保您的產品或服務並非由維基媒體基金會提供。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-outsidewmsites}}2.3 你们说的“在维基媒体站点以外”是指什么？ ==== 也就是不在[[#FAQ-whataresites|维基媒体基金会控制的站点]]使用商标，例如：维基百科、维基共享资源、维基词典、维基数据、维基语录、维基教科书、维基文库、维基物种、维基新闻、维基学院、维基导游和元维基。回顾商标政策，维基媒雲端虚拟专用服务器的标志也被视为维基媒体站点标志。另外，您可以在站外使用这些标志用于编辑马拉松。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.4 我是否仍然能创建将维基媒体商标和像“在居住地的维基人”的其他词语结合起来的词条？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. This provision is not meant to stop community members from creatively combining the marks with other words to create new terms for the Wikimedia movement as long as they do it on the Wikimedia sites. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-translatetext}}2.5 我可以翻译这些商标的文字么？ ==== 您应该[[#FAQ-whataresites|在维基媒体网站的框架下]]翻译这些商标的文字。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.6 我能添加图形元素（例如，为了庆祝特殊活动）吗？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You can create [[:c:Category:SVG Wikimedia community logos|remixes]] for special on-site purposes, but please do not change the logos outside our sites. These and many, many other questions are answered in the [[Visual identity guidelines|Visual Identity Guidelines]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.7 哪些维基媒体商标的重新组合的类型能够在维基媒体网站之外使用？ ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Certain remixes of Wikimedia logos may be used outside of Wikimedia sites as long as the remix does not look too similar to any of the Wikimedia marks. Please make sure that the remix will not be confused with the original Wikimedia logo.</span> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.8 我可以使用标志的高清版么？ ==== 是的！[[Wikimedia official marks|这里请]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-wheretmnotice}}2.9 我在哪里注释商标提醒？ ==== 尽可能在显眼的位置例如注脚。当有人阅读您的文档、访问您的网站或观看您的电影时应能较容易的找到。有几个很好的例子：文档（同一）页面的底部、藏书票上、网页页脚和/或电影制作者清单后。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.10 如果我认为我没有足够的位置注明提醒我应该怎么办？ ==== 不要担心！如果您是想面向移动设备或其他中小屏幕设备注明，您只需要在维基媒体商标后面加注商标符号（™）即可。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.11 我应该如何在提醒中提及商标？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Wordmarks can be referenced verbatim (i.e. "Wikimedia Commons"). Logos should be described according to the [[Visual identity guidelines#toc-puzzle|Visual Identity Guidelines]]. Examples include the "Wikipedia Puzzle Globe" and the "'W' icon." </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.12 我如何使用多于一个标志？ ==== 请确信所有标志都有一个说明如下： <br /><br /> “维基数据名称及标志是维基媒体基金会的商标。” {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.13 什么时候我不得不加入商标符号？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You only need to use the trademark symbol when you do not have enough space to write the entire notice, like when you are using a trademark on a mobile screen. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.14 能否给一些正确使用商标的例子？ ==== 这里有个例子： <br /> <br /> “维基共享资源™是维基媒体基金会旗下收集自由版权的媒体文件，诸如图像、声音和电影剪辑，并面向全球广泛传播的计划网站！” {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.15 我应该使用何种尺寸的商标？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> When you use a wordmark (like "Wikipedia"), you should use the same font size for the trademark symbol as the wordmark itself. In this context, superscript formatting is encouraged for the symbol. When the mark is an image (like the puzzle globe), you should select a font size for the symbol that matches the size of the image and place the symbol so that it is clearly visible and close enough to the upper right corner of the image without touching it. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.16 但是我想把我的網頁設計得好看一點！我可不可以把商標縮小或放在其他地方？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Unfortunately, no. Remember, you only need to put the symbol next to the first or most prominent use of the mark. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-noticesymbol|回到注释或商标符号]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.17 “未被维基媒体基金会批准或与其相关”意味着什么？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You need to make sure that people do not mistakenly think that you may speak on behalf of the Wikimedia Foundation or one of its sites. For instance, you need to make sure that no one thinks you work for the Wikimedia Foundation. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-withoutpermission}}3 不需询问权限的维基媒体标志使用 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.1 你能给我我能在维基媒体网站上使用商标的例子吗？ ==== 您可以在[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:User page}}|用户页]]、[[{{lwp|Help:Contents}}|帮助页]]和[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:About}}|关于维基媒体或其计划的页面]]使用标志。您也可以在[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Mailing lists|邮件列表]]、[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/IRC|IRC]]或用于维基媒体站点的[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:Tools}}|工具]]使用标志。以上使用需遵守[[Terms of Use|使用条款]]。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-onwmsites|回到维基媒体站点商标使用]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-notcommunityfocused}}3.2 哪些活动不是“重点放在社群的”？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> An event that includes mostly people who are not community members is not a community-focused event. (Please see the [[#FAQ-publicevent|FAQ on events in general]].) This does not mean that you cannot have guests at your meetup! </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.3 您能否提供重点放在社群的活动的例子？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Community-focused events are those events that are primarily open to community members and promote the mission. They tend to be related to improving the overall quality of the Wikimedia sites. Examples include conferences and monthly meetups hosted by community members, as well as other specific events like the "London Wikipedians regular's table," Wiki-Conference in Russia, and Wikipedia Workshop Köln (DE). </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-communityfocused|回到重点放在社群的活动]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.4 如果我的活动是重点放在社群的，我能使用哪些标志？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> First, all Wikimedia community-focused events can bear a trademarked name. You may also use the Wikimedia logos to decorate your venue, but only to the extent they are relevant. For example, you cannot use the Wikisource logo for a Wikimedia Commons-only event. However, keep in mind that the 'Wikimania' name and [[:File:Wikimania.svg|logo]] are reserved for the [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimania|yearly Wikimania conference]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-outreachexamples}}3.5 您能否提供拓展工作使用的例子？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You can put up a stand at a street fair. [[:c:Category:Wikimedia stands|Here are some examples of that]]. You may want to present the Wikimedia sites in your club or [[:c:Category:Silberwissen|reach out to seniors]]. You can also [[:c:Category:Wikipedia Schulprojekt|give a talk in a school]] or [[:c:Category:Wikipedia Education Program|create a university course]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.6 什麼是教育性資源？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Educational materials help people to understand the Wikimedia sites. They can be [[:outreach:Bookshelf Project|leaflets, videos]], [[:m:WMDOC/Cheatsheet|cheat sheets]], and other [[:m:Help:Reference card|guides]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.7 在机构代表社区怎么样？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You need to sign and email us a Quick License if your institution wants to call you [[:outreach:Wikipedian in Residence|"Wikipedian in Residence"]] as part of a GLAM project, or something similar. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-outreach|Back to Outreach and recruitment of new editors]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-communitylogo}}3.8 是否存在维基媒体社区标志？ ==== 是的！它在2008年[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Community logo|官方承认]]为元维基标志。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-fairuseexamples}}3.9 合理使用是什么意思？ ==== 在美国商标法中，[[{{lwp|Fair use (U.S. trademark law)}}|合理使用]]章节允许您有条件的任意使用商标而不至于侵犯版权。本方针不会与之冲突。我们已在[[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-fairuse|3.5]]和[[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-fairuse|3.6]]章节使用您易于理解的语言提到。 除了美国商标法外，您还需留意您所在国家的版权法律，多数也规定了合理使用的情形。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.10 您能否提供更多合理使用的例子？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> This category of fair use is tricky in our case because our wordmarks were not real words before our projects were created, unlike "apple" or "facebook." But we would consider it fair use if you were to write a [[:wikt:book#Noun|book]] in the [[{{lwp|Wiki software}}|Wiki software]] and refer to it as a "wiki book," even though Wikibooks is a distinctive trademark. If you are using the wordmarks to describe our projects, that is also a type of fair use (nominative use). You can read more about nominative use [[#FAQ-nominativeuseexamples|here]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-nonfairuseexamples}}3.11 您能否提供更多并非合理使用的例子？ ==== * 使用维基媒体标志宣传您的书籍。 * 销售带有维基媒体基金会标志的T恤。 * 创建您自己的百科全书并且使用了维基百科的球形拼图。 * 使用维基媒体基金会标志为无关计划筹款。 * 在内容并非来自维基媒体站点情形下却宣称内容“来自维基百科，自由的百科全书”。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-fairuse|回到在维基站点以外的讨论（合理使用）。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-nominativeuseexamples}}3.12 您能否提供更多主要使用的例子？ ==== 这里有一些例子： # '''描述维基媒体站点：''' #* <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">In a presentation that describes how Wikipedia works, using the wordmarks in slides in your bullet points would be a nominative use. The same also applies for a blog post that describes Wikidata. If you want to "illustrate" your slides or your blog post with any of the image marks, please refer to [[#policy-noncommercial|artistic, literary, and other non-commercial uses]].</span> #* <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">However, you cannot use a trademark as a generic term. For example, you cannot set up a wiki on motorcycles and refer to it as "a wikipedia for motorcycles."</span> # '''真實準確地說明：''' #* “维基百科是世界最大的在线百科全书，并且它也是数千个网站中唯一一个集结成千上万志愿者编辑的。” #* “我在2009年加入维基百科成为一名编辑者”（在您的个人网站）。 # '''描述衍生作品：''' #* “来源：维基百科” #* “本艺术作品基于来自维基共享资源的图像创建。” #* “以下内容由维基百科内容衍生而来。” #* 或者干脆：“来自维基百科”或“至维基百科条目”（通过QR码） # '''更多個別例子:''' #* <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Refer to the sections on [[#policy-news|news reporting]]; [[#policy-blogssm|personal blogs and social media]]; [[#policy-noncommercial|artistic, literary, and other non-commercial uses]]; and [[#policy-linkstous|links to Wikimedia sites]].</span> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-nominativeuse|Back to Refer to Wikimedia sites (nominative use).]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-logonewsarticle}}3.13 我是否可以在新闻或漫画杂志或者电视新闻上使用标志或截图？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes, as long as the image illustrates the discussion in the article. Do not use our trademark just to attract attention to your work. That will confuse your readers or viewers, and ours! </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-news|回到新闻报道]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-logoblogssm}}3.14 我是否可以在博客文章或者状态更新站点包括标志？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes, as long as the image illustrates the discussion in your post. Do not use trademarked images just to attract attention to your page. Viewers of your blog or your user page should not be confused and think that your page is endorsed by the Wikimedia Foundation or any of its sites. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.15 我能否在用户名、头像或聊天软件表情中使用商标？ ==== 很遗憾，不。我们非常感谢您宣传维基媒体站点。维基媒体社群为之感谢！然而，我们不希望人们认为您的言论就可以代表维基媒体基金会。您能够继续在用户名、头像或聊天软件表情中使用社群标志。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-blogssm|回到个人博客和社交媒体]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-noncommercialexamples}}3.16 你能给我艺术、文学和其他非商业使用的例子吗？ ==== * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Using the trademarks to discuss a scientific thesis in an academic paper.</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Illustrating a point in the slides for an educational presentation with a screenshot of a Wikimedia site.</span> * 使用标志在美术作品中。 * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Creating a parody for the purposes of conveying a political message.</span> * 撰写一本关于维基百科条目的书籍。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-noncommercial|回到艺术作品、文学作品和其他非商业性使用。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-linkingtousexamples}}3.17 您能否提供链接至维基媒体网站的例子？ ==== 是的，您可[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:Banners and buttons}}|点此]]查看。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-qrcodes}}3.18 我能在连接至维基媒体站点的QR码中使用标志么？ ==== 不。用于连接的标志不应如此使用。使用QR码连接您应使用非艺术化维基百科文字标志。您可[[#FAQ-nominativeuseexamples|点此]]了解更多。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-linkstous|回到连接至维基媒体站点。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-personalmerch}}3.19 我可以利用它們做什麼？ ==== 您可以用來製作衣服、帽子、背包、杯子、釘子、筆、貼紙、海報、屏幕背景，甚至蛋糕。大前提是你不會利用這些物品來牟利。 [[:c:Special:MyLanguage/Category:Wikipedia promotion|<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Here are some examples.</span>]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.20 我可以销售带有这些标志的周边商品么？ ==== 不，在未获授权的情况下您不能这样做。更多信息[[#policy-commercialmerch|见此]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.21 可以在其他场合使用原样么？ ==== 只要你是免費派發這些物品，可以。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.22 那么我在哪可以了解商业销售的周边产品？ ==== 最好是进入[//shop.wikimedia.org 维基媒体商店 (Wikimedia shop)]了解，这里销售的周边商品都由官方授权。如果您希望销售您自己的商品，请[[#policy-commercialmerch|参见此处]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.23 我能要求商业卖主为我创建使用维基媒体商标的自定义物品吗？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Of course! You may ask vendors like bakers and t-shirt sellers to create items with Wikimedia marks especially for you or your friends. This is okay because it is for your own personal use and no one is creating a business surrounding the sale of items with Wikimedia trademarks. And do not worry, vendors will not be required to strictly follow the Visual Identity Guidelines when it is not possible on items like cakes. For example, [[:c:Category:Wikipedia cakes|all these cakes]] are fine. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.24 是否可以委托其他人为会议和类似活动创建带有维基媒体商标的大量物品？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes! As long as the items are not sold to participants, it is okay to ask a vendor to create multiple items with the Wikimedia marks for community-focused parties and gatherings like edit-a-thons under [[Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy#policy-outreach|Section 3.2]] of the policy. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.25 我能在商业货物上使用高分辨率的商标吗？ ==== 當然可以！雖然我們的舊版政策不允許這種做法，但是在新的政策中我們已經廢除了那條規例。 <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[#policy-owngoods|Back to Make your own branded stuff.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-specialpermission}}4 需要许可的特殊使用 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.1 如果我需要許可，我是不是要為此付費？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Usually, there is no license fee. However, we want to keep track of how our trademarks are used. Also, we want to make sure every use complies with our mission and standards. This is why we require a formal license in certain cases. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-specialpermission|回到需要许可的特殊使用。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-contests}}4.2 我是否需要为每一次相片比赛获得许可？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You only need to get a license if you advertise the photo contest outside a Wikimedia site. This includes posters, social media, and blogs. You can freely use the marks for community-focused events. Community-focused events are those that are intended to be predominantly attended by Wikimedia community members. They do not include events open to the general public. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-photocontests|回到照片竞赛。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.3 我是否能够打印带有维基媒体商标的衬衫以为相片比赛给出奖金？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. You can always make t-shirts with the Wikimedia logos and give them away as long as you are not selling them. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-makeyourownbrandedstuff|Back to Make your own branded stuff]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.4 我能够怎样作为在居住地的维基人使用商标？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The marks may be used in any way that identifies you as a Wikipedian in Residence. Please avoid confusion about official endorsement. You should clarify that you are not a representative of the Wikimedia Foundation. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-glam|回到GLAM-WIKI活动。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-cybersquatting}}4.5 你能给我域名抢注的例子吗？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> In the past, someone registered the domain wikkipedia.org to attract traffic to their own site. This is called [[{{lwp|cybersquatting}}|cybersquatting]] or [[{{lwp|typosquatting}}|typosquatting]] that infringes our trademark. We strictly enforce our policy against confusing domain names. Please [[:m:Trademark/Report abuse|tell us]] if you see an infringing domain name. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.6 我可以在我的域名中出现维基媒体标志么？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Unfortunately, no. If you do, there is a risk that you will confuse readers that are looking for Wikimedia content or other material related to Wikimedia. Movement organizations may be permitted to use the Wikimedia mark as part of their domain, but only after receiving special permission. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.7 如果我使用不同的顶级域名，我能使用维基媒体商标吗？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You cannot register a Wikimedia mark as a domain, no matter the [[{{lwp|Top-level domain}}|top-level domain]], including country code top-level domains. For example, you may not register "wikipedia.jobs" even though it uses ".jobs", a different top-level domain, because "wikipedia" is a Wikimedia mark. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.8 但我希望使用我自己的特殊域名！！！ ==== 如果您有合法的理由希望使用我们的域名，请电邮联络[mailto:trademarks@wikimedia.org trademarks@wikimedia.org]。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-domains|回到域名。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-publicevent}}4.9 “公众活动”意味着什么？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A public event is an event that is not predominantly attended by community members. An event is also public when it is announced to the public with signs or advertisements or in an event schedule. Hence, this rule does not apply to community-focused meetups and conferences. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.10 什么活动用途需要许可？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Using a trademark for an event includes naming the event or using a Wikimedia logo on advertisements, leaflets, signage or a website. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.11 是否存在活动需要许可时的例外情况？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If the name of the event uses a mark just to describe its content, that might fall under [[#policy-nominativeuse|nominative use]]. An example for this would be announcing a course called 'Editing Wikipedia for Beginners' or 'Using Wikimedia Commons as an Amateur Photographer'. However, always include a [[#policy-noticesymbol|notice]] that explains that your use is with permission from the Wikimedia Foundation and that you are not affiliated with the Foundation. Also, events hosted by a local Wikimedia chapter, thematic organization, or user group can use the marks subject to their respective agreement with the Wikimedia Foundation. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-events|Back to Events and conferences.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-publications}}4.12 什么是“出版物”？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Publications include books, other print media, and web pages. They also mean audiovisual media like music, and other recordings, film and online video. See [[#policy-outreach|Outreach and recruiting new editors]] for materials that provide education about a Wikimedia site. See [[#policy-moviestv|Section 4.5]] for trademark uses in films. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.13 我可以写一本关于维基百科的书籍么？ ==== [[{{lwp|Bibliography of Wikipedia}}|欢迎您这样做！]]但您不应在未获授权的情况下使用维基媒体标志在书的封面上。这是因为我们不会认可未获授权的书籍能够代言基金会。使用[[#FAQ-nonstylizedwordmark|文字标志]]作为书的标题的一部分时同样需要请求授权。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.14 这是否也适用于面向社区成员的像“维基百科的新手指南”的手册？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. But, please send us a request and we will give prompt permission when appropriate. We love Wikipedia guides! </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.15 书被教育发布者发布会导致不同的情况吗？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> No, you will need permission as well, because even educational publishers are commercial entities. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-publications|回到出版物。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-schoolfilm}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.16 Do I need permission to show the Wikipedia marks in a film I am making for my school project?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If you are showing your film to the public, or at your school or workplace, you need permission. But we will make sure to make the permission process as easy and fast as possible. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-moviestv|回到电影和电视节目。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-commercialmerch}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.17 Will I have to donate a portion of the retail price for commercial merchandise?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> No. But you will have to tell your customers if you do not donate your profits. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.18 What do I have to say if I am donating a portion of my proceeds to the Wikimedia Foundation?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Just clearly state what portion of your proceeds will be given to the Wikimedia Foundation. You can, for example, say: "X% of your purchase will be donated to the Wikimedia Foundation." </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.19 Where should I state how much of my proceeds will be donated?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> We recommend placing the notice right next to the purchase price, where it will be clearly visible to all buyers. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.20 Do I need to mention donations to the Wikimedia Foundation if I do not donate anything at all?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. You should state that 0% of your profits will go to the Wikimedia Foundation. Otherwise, users may mistakenly believe that you are doing fundraising for the Foundation. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-commercialmerch|Back to Commercial merchandise.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 5 禁止使用的情况 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-fakearticle}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.1 Can I make a fake Wikipedia article if it is intended as a joke?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> There are exceptions where this is permissible, but they are very limited. You will likely not fall under such an exception if your mimicking site has any commercial background. Please refer to the [[#policy-noncommercial|section on Parodies]]. Most importantly, you must make sure that no one (really no one!) could confuse your site with any part of a Wikimedia site. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-mimicvsparody}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.2 How do I distinguish between a prohibited mimicking site and a parody site?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Here is an example of a mimicking site: Contrary to the [[{{lwp|Wikipedia:COI}}|Wikipedia guidelines]], you create an article on Wikipedia about yourself or your organization. For unknown reasons, "your" article is deleted. This makes you mad. You register the domain "businesspedia.org" and design a website that looks just like the Wikipedia article that just got deleted, including a link to your own website. You are happy to attract more traffic to it by confusing internet users. Booo! </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> An example of parody site: Imagine you have a great friend called [[Rory|Rory]] and his birthday is coming up. You register the domain "rorypedia.org" and design a website that looks just like a humorous Wikipedia biography on your friend Rory. Since you do not want anyone to confuse "Rorypedia" and Wikipedia, you put a bright colored bar on the top of your site saying, "This page is a present for Rory from his awesome friends and not affiliated with Wikipedia. Happy birthday, Rory!" And you take down the site once the birthday party is over. Yaaay! </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.3 How do I avoid mimicking Wikimedia sites when I use the [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/MediaWiki|MediaWiki]] software?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> All wikis using MediaWiki do in fact share certain graphic elements under the default theme, but the Wikimedia sites have certain visual features that distinguish them. Do not imitate these distinguishing features. For example, you should not use logos that are confusingly similar to the Wikimedia marks or name your site something that sounds like a Wikimedia site. But you can use the "Powered by MediaWiki" button as that button simply describes that the wiki is powered by MediaWiki. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Be sure to directly download the [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/MediaWiki|MediaWiki]] software if you want to use it. Please do not try to blindly copy the HTML code of a Wikimedia site! If you do, you will accidentally import features from our sites, like our Terms of Use or our "contact us" details. Being contacted about problems on your unrelated website understandably makes our wonderful [[:m:OTRS/Volunteering|email response team volunteers]] very unhappy. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-mirrors|Back to mimicking sites.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-linkmirror}}5.4 我可以在维基媒体站点的镜像站点使用标志连接么？ ==== 不可以。维基媒体标志只能在真实的维基媒体站点用于连接。我们愿意重申，站点由维基媒体社群维护和管理。 另外，如果您希望架设一个维基媒体站点的镜像站点，请尤其注意[[#policy-mirrors|镜像方针]]。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-linkstoothers|回到连接至非维基媒体站点。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-misrepresentation}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.5 Can you give me some examples of misrepresentation with respect to the marks?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A misrepresentative use can be something that represents yourself. That includes using a Wikimedia logo in your logo, letterhead, or the name of your organization. Online examples are your social media avatar, favicon, and website domain. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-misrepresentation|Back to Misrepresentation.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-reportingabuse}}6 报告商标滥用 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-howfight}}6.1 你們會如何打擊侵犯商標權的行為？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Each year, we receive over 100 reports of trademark violations from community members. We also employ outside contractors and legal counsel to help protect our trademark portfolio globally. Within our resource constraints, our legal team pursues misuses of our marks to ensure that the Wikimedia logos remain distinctively associated with the Wikimedia community. After careful and sensitive evaluation, we send out cease-and-desist letters, which are usually effective. In the few instances that cannot be resolved by other means, we consider litigation to protect the marks. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">6.2 Who is responsible for enforcing Wikimedia's trademarks?</span>==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Trademark enforcement is currently handled by the Wikimedia Foundation legal team to ensure consistency and compliance with trademark law. But we rely on the Wikimedia community to help us identify potential trademark infringements. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">6.3 What happens when you receive a report of a potential trademark infringement?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> When we receive a complaint that our trademarks are being misused, we first send a confirmation to the person submitting the complaint. Potential infringements are then logged into our system. The legal team then combs through each of those complaints to investigate the alleged infringement. We visit the site personally to make sure the complaint has merit. Then we apply US trademark law in assessing whether there is actual "misuse" and it is a valid infringement of the trademark. In general, the standard of "misuse" in US law is whether the use of the trademark is "confusingly similar" to the Wikimedia Foundation's use of the trademark. In other words, will the potential infringers use of the trademark confuse users into thinking their site is sponsored by or hosted by the Wikimedia Foundation? We always contact the potential infringer first to see if they will voluntarily stop using our marks or work with us to make their use less confusing. If we are unable to work things out informally, and they refuse to comply with a cease and desist letter, we decide whether to move forward with litigation to stop the infringement. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">6.4 Can I send a cease and desist letter on behalf of the Wikimedia Foundation when I find misuse?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Please do not. We really appreciate your help with trademark enforcement, but please report any misuses to us so that we can determine what action is appropriate. </div> <div class="mw-translate-fuzzy"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-reporting|回到报告商标滥用。]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-revision}}7 商标政策的修订 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">7.1 Why can you just change the FAQ section?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The FAQs are not part of the trademark policy. We created them to help you understand the policy. We want to add new questions from the community in the future and to clarify any answers users may find confusing. That is why we want to be able to update the FAQs easily. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">7.2 What if I do not agree with the changes to the policy?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> We encourage you to share your comments and concerns with us during the community feedback period following any announced changes. We will take all comments under careful advisement and ensure that any changes to our policy are consistent with our mission. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-revision|Back to Revision of the trademark policy.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 8 其他问题 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQNakedlicensing}}8.1 什么是“无效授权”？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Failure to exercise quality control in trademark licensing is referred to as "naked licensing," and can sometimes result in loss of trademark rights. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 8.2 什么是视觉识别方针？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> They are a [[Special:MyLanguage/Legal:Visual identity guidelines|set of guidelines]] you should follow when using any of the Wikimedia marks. These guidelines ensure that the marks always look their best and are not distorted in any way. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">8.3 How do the Visual Identity Guidelines relate to the trademark policy?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The Visual Identity Guidelines are a separate document from the trademark policy and can be revised without notice. These guidelines help to make sure the Wikimedia marks are always used consistently with the same level of quality. Consistent use is important in order for us to maintain protection over the Wikimedia marks. It helps avoid confusion among users that may view marks similar to the Wikimedia marks. If Wikimedia marks are displayed consistently, users can be sure when they are viewing actual Wikimedia content instead of an imposter site. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 8.4 我有更多问题如何提问？ ==== 如果您还有其他未在此列出的问题，请将其反馈至讨论页。我们将竭尽所能回答并放入本常见问题页。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} </div></div><noinclude> __NOTOC__ __NOEDITSECTION__ [[Category:Trademark policy{{#translation:}}]] [[Category:Frequently asked questions{{#translation:}}]] </noinclude> t1qx1i7fg94a2zbduz7ybwvijd9rj93 594083 594081 2026-09-19T04:55:53Z Pristome 225362 Created page with "4.16 为了在我为我的学校计划制作的电影中展示维基百科商标，我是否需要获得许可？" 594083 wikitext text/x-wiki <noinclude><languages /> {{Policy FAQ disclaimer|page=维基媒体基金会商标政策|pagelink=Policy:Trademark policy}} </noinclude><templatestyles src="Template:Trademark/styles.css" /><div class="trademark-section trademark-faq-container"> <div class="trademark-faq-content"> {{anchor|trademark-faq}}<span class="nomobile" style="font-size:2.5em">[[File:Trademark License FAQ.svg<!--change image-->|100px|link=]] '''<includeonly>{{int string|faq}}</includeonly><noinclude>维基媒体基金会商标政策常见问题</noinclude>'''</span><br />''这些常见问题不是商标政策的组成部分。它们也不是一份法律文件。但是我们希望它们能给你提供帮助。''<span style="font-family:monospace, monospace;" dir="ltr">''':)'''</span> <noinclude>{{nonumtoc}}__TOC__</noinclude> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 0 商标政策简介 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} <!-- The form to do this is: {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 0.1 Title ==== ... {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} Either using the Sub or Not, depending on level --> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-tmprotection}}0.1 什么是“商标保护”？ ==== 商標法(trademark law)保護著某一標誌(mark)所代表的某一成果（work，像是商品或服務）之間的連結關係。它意在保障用戶不致於混淆一項成果的來源。同時，用戶也把商標當做與某成果之間的連結，因此會對此標誌所提供的成果之知名度、品質、以及服務有相當程度的期待。因此，商標是項強而有力、極富價值的工具，它能夠使維基媒體基金會以及其社群成員的知名度具象化，也可被視為一種讓用戶能夠認識某一成果或商品或服務的「簡略表達(shorthand)」。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-whataresites}}0.2 什么是“维基媒体网站(Wikimedia sites)”？ ==== 维基媒体基金会运营很多自由软件和自由内容站点，列表见此：[[Special:SiteMatrix|我们的计划]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-policyapplies}}1 本政策适用範圍？ == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-wordmark}}1.1 什么是“文字标志(wordmark)”？ ==== 顾名思义，就是只由文字组成的商标，诸如“Wikipedia”或“Wikimedia”等计划网站名。另外，这也包括任何官方译名和转写（诸如“[[:w:tr:Ana Sayfa|维基百科]]”）。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-nonstylizedwordmark}}1.2 什么是“非艺术化文字标志(non-stylized wordmark)”？ ==== 非艺术化文字标志就是“维基媒体”及其计划的通用名称，诸如“维基百科”、“维基词典”等。相比之下，艺术化文字标志就是在这些名字基础上适当修改文字结构诸如字体。诸如“维基百科”文字标志艺术化后就是[[File:Wikipedia wordmark.svg|80px]]。无论文字标志是否艺术化均属于维基媒体基金会的商标。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-tradedress}}1.3 什么是“商用外观(trade dress)”？ ==== 對我們而言，商用外觀意指網站或文章的設計符合網站或線上資料的來源。你可以把它看成某個網站「看起來和感覺起來的樣子」。比方說，維基百科條目的設計與外觀、或像是維基百科的首頁。任何維基媒體網站的商用外觀同時也屬於維基媒體基金會的商標。商標法也保護商用外觀。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-wikimediamarks|返回“维基媒体标志。”]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-communitymember}}1.4 什么是“社区成员”？ ==== 任何在维基媒体站点有贡献的人。她也包括任何基金会职员、分会成员、专题组织成员、用户组成员和基金会本身。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-communitymembers|回到社群成员]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-moveorgsfreely}}1.5 为何運動组织不能任意地使用商標？ ==== 身為商標的法定持有者，我們需要掌控運動組織使用商標的方式以保護整個社群。你可以在[[#purpose-maintainrights|這裡]]閱讀更多相關資料。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 1.6 什么是此商标政策和分会、用户组或专题组织协议之间的关系？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Chapters, user groups, and thematic organizations must comply both with this trademark policy and their respective agreement with the Wikimedia Foundation. If there are inconsistencies between this trademark policy and a chapter, user group, or a thematic organization agreement, the organization should follow their agreement. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-wmorgs|回到分会、用户组和专题组织]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 2 如何使用维基媒体商标 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-smallerlogo}}2.1 如果我的产品和服务不由维基媒体基金会提供，我的商标、名称或公司名称是否能够比维基媒体商标更小？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> No. We need to make sure it is extremely clear that the Wikimedia Foundation is not providing your products or services. This is a simple, consistent way of doing that. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.2 如果我清晰地声明产品或服务由我提供，会怎么样？ ==== 對不起，您的商標、名字或公司名字一定要比維基商標大，而且必須適當地分隔開，因為不是每個人都會閱讀文字，可能有些人只會留意圖片。因此，我們必須確保您的產品或服務並非由維基媒體基金會提供。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-outsidewmsites}}2.3 你们说的“在维基媒体站点以外”是指什么？ ==== 也就是不在[[#FAQ-whataresites|维基媒体基金会控制的站点]]使用商标，例如：维基百科、维基共享资源、维基词典、维基数据、维基语录、维基教科书、维基文库、维基物种、维基新闻、维基学院、维基导游和元维基。回顾商标政策，维基媒雲端虚拟专用服务器的标志也被视为维基媒体站点标志。另外，您可以在站外使用这些标志用于编辑马拉松。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.4 我是否仍然能创建将维基媒体商标和像“在居住地的维基人”的其他词语结合起来的词条？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. This provision is not meant to stop community members from creatively combining the marks with other words to create new terms for the Wikimedia movement as long as they do it on the Wikimedia sites. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-translatetext}}2.5 我可以翻译这些商标的文字么？ ==== 您应该[[#FAQ-whataresites|在维基媒体网站的框架下]]翻译这些商标的文字。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.6 我能添加图形元素（例如，为了庆祝特殊活动）吗？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You can create [[:c:Category:SVG Wikimedia community logos|remixes]] for special on-site purposes, but please do not change the logos outside our sites. These and many, many other questions are answered in the [[Visual identity guidelines|Visual Identity Guidelines]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.7 哪些维基媒体商标的重新组合的类型能够在维基媒体网站之外使用？ ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Certain remixes of Wikimedia logos may be used outside of Wikimedia sites as long as the remix does not look too similar to any of the Wikimedia marks. Please make sure that the remix will not be confused with the original Wikimedia logo.</span> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.8 我可以使用标志的高清版么？ ==== 是的！[[Wikimedia official marks|这里请]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-wheretmnotice}}2.9 我在哪里注释商标提醒？ ==== 尽可能在显眼的位置例如注脚。当有人阅读您的文档、访问您的网站或观看您的电影时应能较容易的找到。有几个很好的例子：文档（同一）页面的底部、藏书票上、网页页脚和/或电影制作者清单后。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.10 如果我认为我没有足够的位置注明提醒我应该怎么办？ ==== 不要担心！如果您是想面向移动设备或其他中小屏幕设备注明，您只需要在维基媒体商标后面加注商标符号（™）即可。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.11 我应该如何在提醒中提及商标？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Wordmarks can be referenced verbatim (i.e. "Wikimedia Commons"). Logos should be described according to the [[Visual identity guidelines#toc-puzzle|Visual Identity Guidelines]]. Examples include the "Wikipedia Puzzle Globe" and the "'W' icon." </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.12 我如何使用多于一个标志？ ==== 请确信所有标志都有一个说明如下： <br /><br /> “维基数据名称及标志是维基媒体基金会的商标。” {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.13 什么时候我不得不加入商标符号？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You only need to use the trademark symbol when you do not have enough space to write the entire notice, like when you are using a trademark on a mobile screen. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.14 能否给一些正确使用商标的例子？ ==== 这里有个例子： <br /> <br /> “维基共享资源™是维基媒体基金会旗下收集自由版权的媒体文件，诸如图像、声音和电影剪辑，并面向全球广泛传播的计划网站！” {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.15 我应该使用何种尺寸的商标？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> When you use a wordmark (like "Wikipedia"), you should use the same font size for the trademark symbol as the wordmark itself. In this context, superscript formatting is encouraged for the symbol. When the mark is an image (like the puzzle globe), you should select a font size for the symbol that matches the size of the image and place the symbol so that it is clearly visible and close enough to the upper right corner of the image without touching it. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.16 但是我想把我的網頁設計得好看一點！我可不可以把商標縮小或放在其他地方？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Unfortunately, no. Remember, you only need to put the symbol next to the first or most prominent use of the mark. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-noticesymbol|回到注释或商标符号]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.17 “未被维基媒体基金会批准或与其相关”意味着什么？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You need to make sure that people do not mistakenly think that you may speak on behalf of the Wikimedia Foundation or one of its sites. For instance, you need to make sure that no one thinks you work for the Wikimedia Foundation. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-withoutpermission}}3 不需询问权限的维基媒体标志使用 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.1 你能给我我能在维基媒体网站上使用商标的例子吗？ ==== 您可以在[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:User page}}|用户页]]、[[{{lwp|Help:Contents}}|帮助页]]和[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:About}}|关于维基媒体或其计划的页面]]使用标志。您也可以在[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Mailing lists|邮件列表]]、[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/IRC|IRC]]或用于维基媒体站点的[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:Tools}}|工具]]使用标志。以上使用需遵守[[Terms of Use|使用条款]]。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-onwmsites|回到维基媒体站点商标使用]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-notcommunityfocused}}3.2 哪些活动不是“重点放在社群的”？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> An event that includes mostly people who are not community members is not a community-focused event. (Please see the [[#FAQ-publicevent|FAQ on events in general]].) This does not mean that you cannot have guests at your meetup! </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.3 您能否提供重点放在社群的活动的例子？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Community-focused events are those events that are primarily open to community members and promote the mission. They tend to be related to improving the overall quality of the Wikimedia sites. Examples include conferences and monthly meetups hosted by community members, as well as other specific events like the "London Wikipedians regular's table," Wiki-Conference in Russia, and Wikipedia Workshop Köln (DE). </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-communityfocused|回到重点放在社群的活动]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.4 如果我的活动是重点放在社群的，我能使用哪些标志？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> First, all Wikimedia community-focused events can bear a trademarked name. You may also use the Wikimedia logos to decorate your venue, but only to the extent they are relevant. For example, you cannot use the Wikisource logo for a Wikimedia Commons-only event. However, keep in mind that the 'Wikimania' name and [[:File:Wikimania.svg|logo]] are reserved for the [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimania|yearly Wikimania conference]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-outreachexamples}}3.5 您能否提供拓展工作使用的例子？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You can put up a stand at a street fair. [[:c:Category:Wikimedia stands|Here are some examples of that]]. You may want to present the Wikimedia sites in your club or [[:c:Category:Silberwissen|reach out to seniors]]. You can also [[:c:Category:Wikipedia Schulprojekt|give a talk in a school]] or [[:c:Category:Wikipedia Education Program|create a university course]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.6 什麼是教育性資源？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Educational materials help people to understand the Wikimedia sites. They can be [[:outreach:Bookshelf Project|leaflets, videos]], [[:m:WMDOC/Cheatsheet|cheat sheets]], and other [[:m:Help:Reference card|guides]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.7 在机构代表社区怎么样？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You need to sign and email us a Quick License if your institution wants to call you [[:outreach:Wikipedian in Residence|"Wikipedian in Residence"]] as part of a GLAM project, or something similar. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-outreach|Back to Outreach and recruitment of new editors]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-communitylogo}}3.8 是否存在维基媒体社区标志？ ==== 是的！它在2008年[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Community logo|官方承认]]为元维基标志。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-fairuseexamples}}3.9 合理使用是什么意思？ ==== 在美国商标法中，[[{{lwp|Fair use (U.S. trademark law)}}|合理使用]]章节允许您有条件的任意使用商标而不至于侵犯版权。本方针不会与之冲突。我们已在[[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-fairuse|3.5]]和[[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-fairuse|3.6]]章节使用您易于理解的语言提到。 除了美国商标法外，您还需留意您所在国家的版权法律，多数也规定了合理使用的情形。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.10 您能否提供更多合理使用的例子？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> This category of fair use is tricky in our case because our wordmarks were not real words before our projects were created, unlike "apple" or "facebook." But we would consider it fair use if you were to write a [[:wikt:book#Noun|book]] in the [[{{lwp|Wiki software}}|Wiki software]] and refer to it as a "wiki book," even though Wikibooks is a distinctive trademark. If you are using the wordmarks to describe our projects, that is also a type of fair use (nominative use). You can read more about nominative use [[#FAQ-nominativeuseexamples|here]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-nonfairuseexamples}}3.11 您能否提供更多并非合理使用的例子？ ==== * 使用维基媒体标志宣传您的书籍。 * 销售带有维基媒体基金会标志的T恤。 * 创建您自己的百科全书并且使用了维基百科的球形拼图。 * 使用维基媒体基金会标志为无关计划筹款。 * 在内容并非来自维基媒体站点情形下却宣称内容“来自维基百科，自由的百科全书”。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-fairuse|回到在维基站点以外的讨论（合理使用）。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-nominativeuseexamples}}3.12 您能否提供更多主要使用的例子？ ==== 这里有一些例子： # '''描述维基媒体站点：''' #* <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">In a presentation that describes how Wikipedia works, using the wordmarks in slides in your bullet points would be a nominative use. The same also applies for a blog post that describes Wikidata. If you want to "illustrate" your slides or your blog post with any of the image marks, please refer to [[#policy-noncommercial|artistic, literary, and other non-commercial uses]].</span> #* <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">However, you cannot use a trademark as a generic term. For example, you cannot set up a wiki on motorcycles and refer to it as "a wikipedia for motorcycles."</span> # '''真實準確地說明：''' #* “维基百科是世界最大的在线百科全书，并且它也是数千个网站中唯一一个集结成千上万志愿者编辑的。” #* “我在2009年加入维基百科成为一名编辑者”（在您的个人网站）。 # '''描述衍生作品：''' #* “来源：维基百科” #* “本艺术作品基于来自维基共享资源的图像创建。” #* “以下内容由维基百科内容衍生而来。” #* 或者干脆：“来自维基百科”或“至维基百科条目”（通过QR码） # '''更多個別例子:''' #* <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Refer to the sections on [[#policy-news|news reporting]]; [[#policy-blogssm|personal blogs and social media]]; [[#policy-noncommercial|artistic, literary, and other non-commercial uses]]; and [[#policy-linkstous|links to Wikimedia sites]].</span> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-nominativeuse|Back to Refer to Wikimedia sites (nominative use).]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-logonewsarticle}}3.13 我是否可以在新闻或漫画杂志或者电视新闻上使用标志或截图？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes, as long as the image illustrates the discussion in the article. Do not use our trademark just to attract attention to your work. That will confuse your readers or viewers, and ours! </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-news|回到新闻报道]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-logoblogssm}}3.14 我是否可以在博客文章或者状态更新站点包括标志？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes, as long as the image illustrates the discussion in your post. Do not use trademarked images just to attract attention to your page. Viewers of your blog or your user page should not be confused and think that your page is endorsed by the Wikimedia Foundation or any of its sites. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.15 我能否在用户名、头像或聊天软件表情中使用商标？ ==== 很遗憾，不。我们非常感谢您宣传维基媒体站点。维基媒体社群为之感谢！然而，我们不希望人们认为您的言论就可以代表维基媒体基金会。您能够继续在用户名、头像或聊天软件表情中使用社群标志。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-blogssm|回到个人博客和社交媒体]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-noncommercialexamples}}3.16 你能给我艺术、文学和其他非商业使用的例子吗？ ==== * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Using the trademarks to discuss a scientific thesis in an academic paper.</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Illustrating a point in the slides for an educational presentation with a screenshot of a Wikimedia site.</span> * 使用标志在美术作品中。 * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Creating a parody for the purposes of conveying a political message.</span> * 撰写一本关于维基百科条目的书籍。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-noncommercial|回到艺术作品、文学作品和其他非商业性使用。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-linkingtousexamples}}3.17 您能否提供链接至维基媒体网站的例子？ ==== 是的，您可[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:Banners and buttons}}|点此]]查看。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-qrcodes}}3.18 我能在连接至维基媒体站点的QR码中使用标志么？ ==== 不。用于连接的标志不应如此使用。使用QR码连接您应使用非艺术化维基百科文字标志。您可[[#FAQ-nominativeuseexamples|点此]]了解更多。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-linkstous|回到连接至维基媒体站点。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-personalmerch}}3.19 我可以利用它們做什麼？ ==== 您可以用來製作衣服、帽子、背包、杯子、釘子、筆、貼紙、海報、屏幕背景，甚至蛋糕。大前提是你不會利用這些物品來牟利。 [[:c:Special:MyLanguage/Category:Wikipedia promotion|<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Here are some examples.</span>]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.20 我可以销售带有这些标志的周边商品么？ ==== 不，在未获授权的情况下您不能这样做。更多信息[[#policy-commercialmerch|见此]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.21 可以在其他场合使用原样么？ ==== 只要你是免費派發這些物品，可以。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.22 那么我在哪可以了解商业销售的周边产品？ ==== 最好是进入[//shop.wikimedia.org 维基媒体商店 (Wikimedia shop)]了解，这里销售的周边商品都由官方授权。如果您希望销售您自己的商品，请[[#policy-commercialmerch|参见此处]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.23 我能要求商业卖主为我创建使用维基媒体商标的自定义物品吗？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Of course! You may ask vendors like bakers and t-shirt sellers to create items with Wikimedia marks especially for you or your friends. This is okay because it is for your own personal use and no one is creating a business surrounding the sale of items with Wikimedia trademarks. And do not worry, vendors will not be required to strictly follow the Visual Identity Guidelines when it is not possible on items like cakes. For example, [[:c:Category:Wikipedia cakes|all these cakes]] are fine. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.24 是否可以委托其他人为会议和类似活动创建带有维基媒体商标的大量物品？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes! As long as the items are not sold to participants, it is okay to ask a vendor to create multiple items with the Wikimedia marks for community-focused parties and gatherings like edit-a-thons under [[Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy#policy-outreach|Section 3.2]] of the policy. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.25 我能在商业货物上使用高分辨率的商标吗？ ==== 當然可以！雖然我們的舊版政策不允許這種做法，但是在新的政策中我們已經廢除了那條規例。 <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[#policy-owngoods|Back to Make your own branded stuff.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-specialpermission}}4 需要许可的特殊使用 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.1 如果我需要許可，我是不是要為此付費？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Usually, there is no license fee. However, we want to keep track of how our trademarks are used. Also, we want to make sure every use complies with our mission and standards. This is why we require a formal license in certain cases. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-specialpermission|回到需要许可的特殊使用。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-contests}}4.2 我是否需要为每一次相片比赛获得许可？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You only need to get a license if you advertise the photo contest outside a Wikimedia site. This includes posters, social media, and blogs. You can freely use the marks for community-focused events. Community-focused events are those that are intended to be predominantly attended by Wikimedia community members. They do not include events open to the general public. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-photocontests|回到照片竞赛。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.3 我是否能够打印带有维基媒体商标的衬衫以为相片比赛给出奖金？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. You can always make t-shirts with the Wikimedia logos and give them away as long as you are not selling them. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-makeyourownbrandedstuff|Back to Make your own branded stuff]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.4 我能够怎样作为在居住地的维基人使用商标？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The marks may be used in any way that identifies you as a Wikipedian in Residence. Please avoid confusion about official endorsement. You should clarify that you are not a representative of the Wikimedia Foundation. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-glam|回到GLAM-WIKI活动。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-cybersquatting}}4.5 你能给我域名抢注的例子吗？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> In the past, someone registered the domain wikkipedia.org to attract traffic to their own site. This is called [[{{lwp|cybersquatting}}|cybersquatting]] or [[{{lwp|typosquatting}}|typosquatting]] that infringes our trademark. We strictly enforce our policy against confusing domain names. Please [[:m:Trademark/Report abuse|tell us]] if you see an infringing domain name. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.6 我可以在我的域名中出现维基媒体标志么？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Unfortunately, no. If you do, there is a risk that you will confuse readers that are looking for Wikimedia content or other material related to Wikimedia. Movement organizations may be permitted to use the Wikimedia mark as part of their domain, but only after receiving special permission. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.7 如果我使用不同的顶级域名，我能使用维基媒体商标吗？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You cannot register a Wikimedia mark as a domain, no matter the [[{{lwp|Top-level domain}}|top-level domain]], including country code top-level domains. For example, you may not register "wikipedia.jobs" even though it uses ".jobs", a different top-level domain, because "wikipedia" is a Wikimedia mark. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.8 但我希望使用我自己的特殊域名！！！ ==== 如果您有合法的理由希望使用我们的域名，请电邮联络[mailto:trademarks@wikimedia.org trademarks@wikimedia.org]。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-domains|回到域名。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-publicevent}}4.9 “公众活动”意味着什么？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A public event is an event that is not predominantly attended by community members. An event is also public when it is announced to the public with signs or advertisements or in an event schedule. Hence, this rule does not apply to community-focused meetups and conferences. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.10 什么活动用途需要许可？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Using a trademark for an event includes naming the event or using a Wikimedia logo on advertisements, leaflets, signage or a website. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.11 是否存在活动需要许可时的例外情况？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If the name of the event uses a mark just to describe its content, that might fall under [[#policy-nominativeuse|nominative use]]. An example for this would be announcing a course called 'Editing Wikipedia for Beginners' or 'Using Wikimedia Commons as an Amateur Photographer'. However, always include a [[#policy-noticesymbol|notice]] that explains that your use is with permission from the Wikimedia Foundation and that you are not affiliated with the Foundation. Also, events hosted by a local Wikimedia chapter, thematic organization, or user group can use the marks subject to their respective agreement with the Wikimedia Foundation. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-events|Back to Events and conferences.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-publications}}4.12 什么是“出版物”？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Publications include books, other print media, and web pages. They also mean audiovisual media like music, and other recordings, film and online video. See [[#policy-outreach|Outreach and recruiting new editors]] for materials that provide education about a Wikimedia site. See [[#policy-moviestv|Section 4.5]] for trademark uses in films. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.13 我可以写一本关于维基百科的书籍么？ ==== [[{{lwp|Bibliography of Wikipedia}}|欢迎您这样做！]]但您不应在未获授权的情况下使用维基媒体标志在书的封面上。这是因为我们不会认可未获授权的书籍能够代言基金会。使用[[#FAQ-nonstylizedwordmark|文字标志]]作为书的标题的一部分时同样需要请求授权。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.14 这是否也适用于面向社区成员的像“维基百科的新手指南”的手册？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. But, please send us a request and we will give prompt permission when appropriate. We love Wikipedia guides! </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.15 书被教育发布者发布会导致不同的情况吗？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> No, you will need permission as well, because even educational publishers are commercial entities. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-publications|回到出版物。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-schoolfilm}}4.16 为了在我为我的学校计划制作的电影中展示维基百科商标，我是否需要获得许可？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If you are showing your film to the public, or at your school or workplace, you need permission. But we will make sure to make the permission process as easy and fast as possible. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-moviestv|回到电影和电视节目。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-commercialmerch}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.17 Will I have to donate a portion of the retail price for commercial merchandise?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> No. But you will have to tell your customers if you do not donate your profits. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.18 What do I have to say if I am donating a portion of my proceeds to the Wikimedia Foundation?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Just clearly state what portion of your proceeds will be given to the Wikimedia Foundation. You can, for example, say: "X% of your purchase will be donated to the Wikimedia Foundation." </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.19 Where should I state how much of my proceeds will be donated?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> We recommend placing the notice right next to the purchase price, where it will be clearly visible to all buyers. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.20 Do I need to mention donations to the Wikimedia Foundation if I do not donate anything at all?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. You should state that 0% of your profits will go to the Wikimedia Foundation. Otherwise, users may mistakenly believe that you are doing fundraising for the Foundation. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-commercialmerch|Back to Commercial merchandise.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 5 禁止使用的情况 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-fakearticle}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.1 Can I make a fake Wikipedia article if it is intended as a joke?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> There are exceptions where this is permissible, but they are very limited. You will likely not fall under such an exception if your mimicking site has any commercial background. Please refer to the [[#policy-noncommercial|section on Parodies]]. Most importantly, you must make sure that no one (really no one!) could confuse your site with any part of a Wikimedia site. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-mimicvsparody}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.2 How do I distinguish between a prohibited mimicking site and a parody site?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Here is an example of a mimicking site: Contrary to the [[{{lwp|Wikipedia:COI}}|Wikipedia guidelines]], you create an article on Wikipedia about yourself or your organization. For unknown reasons, "your" article is deleted. This makes you mad. You register the domain "businesspedia.org" and design a website that looks just like the Wikipedia article that just got deleted, including a link to your own website. You are happy to attract more traffic to it by confusing internet users. Booo! </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> An example of parody site: Imagine you have a great friend called [[Rory|Rory]] and his birthday is coming up. You register the domain "rorypedia.org" and design a website that looks just like a humorous Wikipedia biography on your friend Rory. Since you do not want anyone to confuse "Rorypedia" and Wikipedia, you put a bright colored bar on the top of your site saying, "This page is a present for Rory from his awesome friends and not affiliated with Wikipedia. Happy birthday, Rory!" And you take down the site once the birthday party is over. Yaaay! </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.3 How do I avoid mimicking Wikimedia sites when I use the [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/MediaWiki|MediaWiki]] software?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> All wikis using MediaWiki do in fact share certain graphic elements under the default theme, but the Wikimedia sites have certain visual features that distinguish them. Do not imitate these distinguishing features. For example, you should not use logos that are confusingly similar to the Wikimedia marks or name your site something that sounds like a Wikimedia site. But you can use the "Powered by MediaWiki" button as that button simply describes that the wiki is powered by MediaWiki. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Be sure to directly download the [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/MediaWiki|MediaWiki]] software if you want to use it. Please do not try to blindly copy the HTML code of a Wikimedia site! If you do, you will accidentally import features from our sites, like our Terms of Use or our "contact us" details. Being contacted about problems on your unrelated website understandably makes our wonderful [[:m:OTRS/Volunteering|email response team volunteers]] very unhappy. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-mirrors|Back to mimicking sites.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-linkmirror}}5.4 我可以在维基媒体站点的镜像站点使用标志连接么？ ==== 不可以。维基媒体标志只能在真实的维基媒体站点用于连接。我们愿意重申，站点由维基媒体社群维护和管理。 另外，如果您希望架设一个维基媒体站点的镜像站点，请尤其注意[[#policy-mirrors|镜像方针]]。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-linkstoothers|回到连接至非维基媒体站点。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-misrepresentation}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.5 Can you give me some examples of misrepresentation with respect to the marks?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A misrepresentative use can be something that represents yourself. That includes using a Wikimedia logo in your logo, letterhead, or the name of your organization. Online examples are your social media avatar, favicon, and website domain. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-misrepresentation|Back to Misrepresentation.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-reportingabuse}}6 报告商标滥用 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-howfight}}6.1 你們會如何打擊侵犯商標權的行為？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Each year, we receive over 100 reports of trademark violations from community members. We also employ outside contractors and legal counsel to help protect our trademark portfolio globally. Within our resource constraints, our legal team pursues misuses of our marks to ensure that the Wikimedia logos remain distinctively associated with the Wikimedia community. After careful and sensitive evaluation, we send out cease-and-desist letters, which are usually effective. In the few instances that cannot be resolved by other means, we consider litigation to protect the marks. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">6.2 Who is responsible for enforcing Wikimedia's trademarks?</span>==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Trademark enforcement is currently handled by the Wikimedia Foundation legal team to ensure consistency and compliance with trademark law. But we rely on the Wikimedia community to help us identify potential trademark infringements. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">6.3 What happens when you receive a report of a potential trademark infringement?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> When we receive a complaint that our trademarks are being misused, we first send a confirmation to the person submitting the complaint. Potential infringements are then logged into our system. The legal team then combs through each of those complaints to investigate the alleged infringement. We visit the site personally to make sure the complaint has merit. Then we apply US trademark law in assessing whether there is actual "misuse" and it is a valid infringement of the trademark. In general, the standard of "misuse" in US law is whether the use of the trademark is "confusingly similar" to the Wikimedia Foundation's use of the trademark. In other words, will the potential infringers use of the trademark confuse users into thinking their site is sponsored by or hosted by the Wikimedia Foundation? We always contact the potential infringer first to see if they will voluntarily stop using our marks or work with us to make their use less confusing. If we are unable to work things out informally, and they refuse to comply with a cease and desist letter, we decide whether to move forward with litigation to stop the infringement. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">6.4 Can I send a cease and desist letter on behalf of the Wikimedia Foundation when I find misuse?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Please do not. We really appreciate your help with trademark enforcement, but please report any misuses to us so that we can determine what action is appropriate. </div> <div class="mw-translate-fuzzy"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-reporting|回到报告商标滥用。]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-revision}}7 商标政策的修订 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">7.1 Why can you just change the FAQ section?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The FAQs are not part of the trademark policy. We created them to help you understand the policy. We want to add new questions from the community in the future and to clarify any answers users may find confusing. That is why we want to be able to update the FAQs easily. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">7.2 What if I do not agree with the changes to the policy?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> We encourage you to share your comments and concerns with us during the community feedback period following any announced changes. We will take all comments under careful advisement and ensure that any changes to our policy are consistent with our mission. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-revision|Back to Revision of the trademark policy.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 8 其他问题 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQNakedlicensing}}8.1 什么是“无效授权”？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Failure to exercise quality control in trademark licensing is referred to as "naked licensing," and can sometimes result in loss of trademark rights. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 8.2 什么是视觉识别方针？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> They are a [[Special:MyLanguage/Legal:Visual identity guidelines|set of guidelines]] you should follow when using any of the Wikimedia marks. These guidelines ensure that the marks always look their best and are not distorted in any way. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">8.3 How do the Visual Identity Guidelines relate to the trademark policy?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The Visual Identity Guidelines are a separate document from the trademark policy and can be revised without notice. These guidelines help to make sure the Wikimedia marks are always used consistently with the same level of quality. Consistent use is important in order for us to maintain protection over the Wikimedia marks. It helps avoid confusion among users that may view marks similar to the Wikimedia marks. If Wikimedia marks are displayed consistently, users can be sure when they are viewing actual Wikimedia content instead of an imposter site. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 8.4 我有更多问题如何提问？ ==== 如果您还有其他未在此列出的问题，请将其反馈至讨论页。我们将竭尽所能回答并放入本常见问题页。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} </div></div><noinclude> __NOTOC__ __NOEDITSECTION__ [[Category:Trademark policy{{#translation:}}]] [[Category:Frequently asked questions{{#translation:}}]] </noinclude> iq8v2dh6yk70ttpld5orpv3lkox9jtg 594085 594083 2026-09-19T05:06:00Z Pristome 225362 Created page with "4.17 我是否必须为商业货物捐赠零售价格的一部分？" 594085 wikitext text/x-wiki <noinclude><languages /> {{Policy FAQ disclaimer|page=维基媒体基金会商标政策|pagelink=Policy:Trademark policy}} </noinclude><templatestyles src="Template:Trademark/styles.css" /><div class="trademark-section trademark-faq-container"> <div class="trademark-faq-content"> {{anchor|trademark-faq}}<span class="nomobile" style="font-size:2.5em">[[File:Trademark License FAQ.svg<!--change image-->|100px|link=]] '''<includeonly>{{int string|faq}}</includeonly><noinclude>维基媒体基金会商标政策常见问题</noinclude>'''</span><br />''这些常见问题不是商标政策的组成部分。它们也不是一份法律文件。但是我们希望它们能给你提供帮助。''<span style="font-family:monospace, monospace;" dir="ltr">''':)'''</span> <noinclude>{{nonumtoc}}__TOC__</noinclude> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 0 商标政策简介 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} <!-- The form to do this is: {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 0.1 Title ==== ... {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} Either using the Sub or Not, depending on level --> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-tmprotection}}0.1 什么是“商标保护”？ ==== 商標法(trademark law)保護著某一標誌(mark)所代表的某一成果（work，像是商品或服務）之間的連結關係。它意在保障用戶不致於混淆一項成果的來源。同時，用戶也把商標當做與某成果之間的連結，因此會對此標誌所提供的成果之知名度、品質、以及服務有相當程度的期待。因此，商標是項強而有力、極富價值的工具，它能夠使維基媒體基金會以及其社群成員的知名度具象化，也可被視為一種讓用戶能夠認識某一成果或商品或服務的「簡略表達(shorthand)」。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-whataresites}}0.2 什么是“维基媒体网站(Wikimedia sites)”？ ==== 维基媒体基金会运营很多自由软件和自由内容站点，列表见此：[[Special:SiteMatrix|我们的计划]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-policyapplies}}1 本政策适用範圍？ == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-wordmark}}1.1 什么是“文字标志(wordmark)”？ ==== 顾名思义，就是只由文字组成的商标，诸如“Wikipedia”或“Wikimedia”等计划网站名。另外，这也包括任何官方译名和转写（诸如“[[:w:tr:Ana Sayfa|维基百科]]”）。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-nonstylizedwordmark}}1.2 什么是“非艺术化文字标志(non-stylized wordmark)”？ ==== 非艺术化文字标志就是“维基媒体”及其计划的通用名称，诸如“维基百科”、“维基词典”等。相比之下，艺术化文字标志就是在这些名字基础上适当修改文字结构诸如字体。诸如“维基百科”文字标志艺术化后就是[[File:Wikipedia wordmark.svg|80px]]。无论文字标志是否艺术化均属于维基媒体基金会的商标。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-tradedress}}1.3 什么是“商用外观(trade dress)”？ ==== 對我們而言，商用外觀意指網站或文章的設計符合網站或線上資料的來源。你可以把它看成某個網站「看起來和感覺起來的樣子」。比方說，維基百科條目的設計與外觀、或像是維基百科的首頁。任何維基媒體網站的商用外觀同時也屬於維基媒體基金會的商標。商標法也保護商用外觀。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-wikimediamarks|返回“维基媒体标志。”]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-communitymember}}1.4 什么是“社区成员”？ ==== 任何在维基媒体站点有贡献的人。她也包括任何基金会职员、分会成员、专题组织成员、用户组成员和基金会本身。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-communitymembers|回到社群成员]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-moveorgsfreely}}1.5 为何運動组织不能任意地使用商標？ ==== 身為商標的法定持有者，我們需要掌控運動組織使用商標的方式以保護整個社群。你可以在[[#purpose-maintainrights|這裡]]閱讀更多相關資料。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 1.6 什么是此商标政策和分会、用户组或专题组织协议之间的关系？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Chapters, user groups, and thematic organizations must comply both with this trademark policy and their respective agreement with the Wikimedia Foundation. If there are inconsistencies between this trademark policy and a chapter, user group, or a thematic organization agreement, the organization should follow their agreement. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-wmorgs|回到分会、用户组和专题组织]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 2 如何使用维基媒体商标 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-smallerlogo}}2.1 如果我的产品和服务不由维基媒体基金会提供，我的商标、名称或公司名称是否能够比维基媒体商标更小？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> No. We need to make sure it is extremely clear that the Wikimedia Foundation is not providing your products or services. This is a simple, consistent way of doing that. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.2 如果我清晰地声明产品或服务由我提供，会怎么样？ ==== 對不起，您的商標、名字或公司名字一定要比維基商標大，而且必須適當地分隔開，因為不是每個人都會閱讀文字，可能有些人只會留意圖片。因此，我們必須確保您的產品或服務並非由維基媒體基金會提供。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-outsidewmsites}}2.3 你们说的“在维基媒体站点以外”是指什么？ ==== 也就是不在[[#FAQ-whataresites|维基媒体基金会控制的站点]]使用商标，例如：维基百科、维基共享资源、维基词典、维基数据、维基语录、维基教科书、维基文库、维基物种、维基新闻、维基学院、维基导游和元维基。回顾商标政策，维基媒雲端虚拟专用服务器的标志也被视为维基媒体站点标志。另外，您可以在站外使用这些标志用于编辑马拉松。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.4 我是否仍然能创建将维基媒体商标和像“在居住地的维基人”的其他词语结合起来的词条？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. This provision is not meant to stop community members from creatively combining the marks with other words to create new terms for the Wikimedia movement as long as they do it on the Wikimedia sites. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-translatetext}}2.5 我可以翻译这些商标的文字么？ ==== 您应该[[#FAQ-whataresites|在维基媒体网站的框架下]]翻译这些商标的文字。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.6 我能添加图形元素（例如，为了庆祝特殊活动）吗？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You can create [[:c:Category:SVG Wikimedia community logos|remixes]] for special on-site purposes, but please do not change the logos outside our sites. These and many, many other questions are answered in the [[Visual identity guidelines|Visual Identity Guidelines]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.7 哪些维基媒体商标的重新组合的类型能够在维基媒体网站之外使用？ ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Certain remixes of Wikimedia logos may be used outside of Wikimedia sites as long as the remix does not look too similar to any of the Wikimedia marks. Please make sure that the remix will not be confused with the original Wikimedia logo.</span> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.8 我可以使用标志的高清版么？ ==== 是的！[[Wikimedia official marks|这里请]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-wheretmnotice}}2.9 我在哪里注释商标提醒？ ==== 尽可能在显眼的位置例如注脚。当有人阅读您的文档、访问您的网站或观看您的电影时应能较容易的找到。有几个很好的例子：文档（同一）页面的底部、藏书票上、网页页脚和/或电影制作者清单后。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.10 如果我认为我没有足够的位置注明提醒我应该怎么办？ ==== 不要担心！如果您是想面向移动设备或其他中小屏幕设备注明，您只需要在维基媒体商标后面加注商标符号（™）即可。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.11 我应该如何在提醒中提及商标？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Wordmarks can be referenced verbatim (i.e. "Wikimedia Commons"). Logos should be described according to the [[Visual identity guidelines#toc-puzzle|Visual Identity Guidelines]]. Examples include the "Wikipedia Puzzle Globe" and the "'W' icon." </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.12 我如何使用多于一个标志？ ==== 请确信所有标志都有一个说明如下： <br /><br /> “维基数据名称及标志是维基媒体基金会的商标。” {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.13 什么时候我不得不加入商标符号？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You only need to use the trademark symbol when you do not have enough space to write the entire notice, like when you are using a trademark on a mobile screen. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.14 能否给一些正确使用商标的例子？ ==== 这里有个例子： <br /> <br /> “维基共享资源™是维基媒体基金会旗下收集自由版权的媒体文件，诸如图像、声音和电影剪辑，并面向全球广泛传播的计划网站！” {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.15 我应该使用何种尺寸的商标？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> When you use a wordmark (like "Wikipedia"), you should use the same font size for the trademark symbol as the wordmark itself. In this context, superscript formatting is encouraged for the symbol. When the mark is an image (like the puzzle globe), you should select a font size for the symbol that matches the size of the image and place the symbol so that it is clearly visible and close enough to the upper right corner of the image without touching it. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.16 但是我想把我的網頁設計得好看一點！我可不可以把商標縮小或放在其他地方？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Unfortunately, no. Remember, you only need to put the symbol next to the first or most prominent use of the mark. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-noticesymbol|回到注释或商标符号]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.17 “未被维基媒体基金会批准或与其相关”意味着什么？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You need to make sure that people do not mistakenly think that you may speak on behalf of the Wikimedia Foundation or one of its sites. For instance, you need to make sure that no one thinks you work for the Wikimedia Foundation. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-withoutpermission}}3 不需询问权限的维基媒体标志使用 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.1 你能给我我能在维基媒体网站上使用商标的例子吗？ ==== 您可以在[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:User page}}|用户页]]、[[{{lwp|Help:Contents}}|帮助页]]和[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:About}}|关于维基媒体或其计划的页面]]使用标志。您也可以在[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Mailing lists|邮件列表]]、[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/IRC|IRC]]或用于维基媒体站点的[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:Tools}}|工具]]使用标志。以上使用需遵守[[Terms of Use|使用条款]]。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-onwmsites|回到维基媒体站点商标使用]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-notcommunityfocused}}3.2 哪些活动不是“重点放在社群的”？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> An event that includes mostly people who are not community members is not a community-focused event. (Please see the [[#FAQ-publicevent|FAQ on events in general]].) This does not mean that you cannot have guests at your meetup! </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.3 您能否提供重点放在社群的活动的例子？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Community-focused events are those events that are primarily open to community members and promote the mission. They tend to be related to improving the overall quality of the Wikimedia sites. Examples include conferences and monthly meetups hosted by community members, as well as other specific events like the "London Wikipedians regular's table," Wiki-Conference in Russia, and Wikipedia Workshop Köln (DE). </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-communityfocused|回到重点放在社群的活动]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.4 如果我的活动是重点放在社群的，我能使用哪些标志？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> First, all Wikimedia community-focused events can bear a trademarked name. You may also use the Wikimedia logos to decorate your venue, but only to the extent they are relevant. For example, you cannot use the Wikisource logo for a Wikimedia Commons-only event. However, keep in mind that the 'Wikimania' name and [[:File:Wikimania.svg|logo]] are reserved for the [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimania|yearly Wikimania conference]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-outreachexamples}}3.5 您能否提供拓展工作使用的例子？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You can put up a stand at a street fair. [[:c:Category:Wikimedia stands|Here are some examples of that]]. You may want to present the Wikimedia sites in your club or [[:c:Category:Silberwissen|reach out to seniors]]. You can also [[:c:Category:Wikipedia Schulprojekt|give a talk in a school]] or [[:c:Category:Wikipedia Education Program|create a university course]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.6 什麼是教育性資源？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Educational materials help people to understand the Wikimedia sites. They can be [[:outreach:Bookshelf Project|leaflets, videos]], [[:m:WMDOC/Cheatsheet|cheat sheets]], and other [[:m:Help:Reference card|guides]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.7 在机构代表社区怎么样？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You need to sign and email us a Quick License if your institution wants to call you [[:outreach:Wikipedian in Residence|"Wikipedian in Residence"]] as part of a GLAM project, or something similar. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-outreach|Back to Outreach and recruitment of new editors]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-communitylogo}}3.8 是否存在维基媒体社区标志？ ==== 是的！它在2008年[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Community logo|官方承认]]为元维基标志。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-fairuseexamples}}3.9 合理使用是什么意思？ ==== 在美国商标法中，[[{{lwp|Fair use (U.S. trademark law)}}|合理使用]]章节允许您有条件的任意使用商标而不至于侵犯版权。本方针不会与之冲突。我们已在[[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-fairuse|3.5]]和[[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-fairuse|3.6]]章节使用您易于理解的语言提到。 除了美国商标法外，您还需留意您所在国家的版权法律，多数也规定了合理使用的情形。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.10 您能否提供更多合理使用的例子？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> This category of fair use is tricky in our case because our wordmarks were not real words before our projects were created, unlike "apple" or "facebook." But we would consider it fair use if you were to write a [[:wikt:book#Noun|book]] in the [[{{lwp|Wiki software}}|Wiki software]] and refer to it as a "wiki book," even though Wikibooks is a distinctive trademark. If you are using the wordmarks to describe our projects, that is also a type of fair use (nominative use). You can read more about nominative use [[#FAQ-nominativeuseexamples|here]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-nonfairuseexamples}}3.11 您能否提供更多并非合理使用的例子？ ==== * 使用维基媒体标志宣传您的书籍。 * 销售带有维基媒体基金会标志的T恤。 * 创建您自己的百科全书并且使用了维基百科的球形拼图。 * 使用维基媒体基金会标志为无关计划筹款。 * 在内容并非来自维基媒体站点情形下却宣称内容“来自维基百科，自由的百科全书”。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-fairuse|回到在维基站点以外的讨论（合理使用）。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-nominativeuseexamples}}3.12 您能否提供更多主要使用的例子？ ==== 这里有一些例子： # '''描述维基媒体站点：''' #* <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">In a presentation that describes how Wikipedia works, using the wordmarks in slides in your bullet points would be a nominative use. The same also applies for a blog post that describes Wikidata. If you want to "illustrate" your slides or your blog post with any of the image marks, please refer to [[#policy-noncommercial|artistic, literary, and other non-commercial uses]].</span> #* <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">However, you cannot use a trademark as a generic term. For example, you cannot set up a wiki on motorcycles and refer to it as "a wikipedia for motorcycles."</span> # '''真實準確地說明：''' #* “维基百科是世界最大的在线百科全书，并且它也是数千个网站中唯一一个集结成千上万志愿者编辑的。” #* “我在2009年加入维基百科成为一名编辑者”（在您的个人网站）。 # '''描述衍生作品：''' #* “来源：维基百科” #* “本艺术作品基于来自维基共享资源的图像创建。” #* “以下内容由维基百科内容衍生而来。” #* 或者干脆：“来自维基百科”或“至维基百科条目”（通过QR码） # '''更多個別例子:''' #* <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Refer to the sections on [[#policy-news|news reporting]]; [[#policy-blogssm|personal blogs and social media]]; [[#policy-noncommercial|artistic, literary, and other non-commercial uses]]; and [[#policy-linkstous|links to Wikimedia sites]].</span> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-nominativeuse|Back to Refer to Wikimedia sites (nominative use).]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-logonewsarticle}}3.13 我是否可以在新闻或漫画杂志或者电视新闻上使用标志或截图？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes, as long as the image illustrates the discussion in the article. Do not use our trademark just to attract attention to your work. That will confuse your readers or viewers, and ours! </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-news|回到新闻报道]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-logoblogssm}}3.14 我是否可以在博客文章或者状态更新站点包括标志？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes, as long as the image illustrates the discussion in your post. Do not use trademarked images just to attract attention to your page. Viewers of your blog or your user page should not be confused and think that your page is endorsed by the Wikimedia Foundation or any of its sites. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.15 我能否在用户名、头像或聊天软件表情中使用商标？ ==== 很遗憾，不。我们非常感谢您宣传维基媒体站点。维基媒体社群为之感谢！然而，我们不希望人们认为您的言论就可以代表维基媒体基金会。您能够继续在用户名、头像或聊天软件表情中使用社群标志。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-blogssm|回到个人博客和社交媒体]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-noncommercialexamples}}3.16 你能给我艺术、文学和其他非商业使用的例子吗？ ==== * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Using the trademarks to discuss a scientific thesis in an academic paper.</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Illustrating a point in the slides for an educational presentation with a screenshot of a Wikimedia site.</span> * 使用标志在美术作品中。 * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Creating a parody for the purposes of conveying a political message.</span> * 撰写一本关于维基百科条目的书籍。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-noncommercial|回到艺术作品、文学作品和其他非商业性使用。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-linkingtousexamples}}3.17 您能否提供链接至维基媒体网站的例子？ ==== 是的，您可[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:Banners and buttons}}|点此]]查看。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-qrcodes}}3.18 我能在连接至维基媒体站点的QR码中使用标志么？ ==== 不。用于连接的标志不应如此使用。使用QR码连接您应使用非艺术化维基百科文字标志。您可[[#FAQ-nominativeuseexamples|点此]]了解更多。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-linkstous|回到连接至维基媒体站点。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-personalmerch}}3.19 我可以利用它們做什麼？ ==== 您可以用來製作衣服、帽子、背包、杯子、釘子、筆、貼紙、海報、屏幕背景，甚至蛋糕。大前提是你不會利用這些物品來牟利。 [[:c:Special:MyLanguage/Category:Wikipedia promotion|<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Here are some examples.</span>]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.20 我可以销售带有这些标志的周边商品么？ ==== 不，在未获授权的情况下您不能这样做。更多信息[[#policy-commercialmerch|见此]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.21 可以在其他场合使用原样么？ ==== 只要你是免費派發這些物品，可以。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.22 那么我在哪可以了解商业销售的周边产品？ ==== 最好是进入[//shop.wikimedia.org 维基媒体商店 (Wikimedia shop)]了解，这里销售的周边商品都由官方授权。如果您希望销售您自己的商品，请[[#policy-commercialmerch|参见此处]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.23 我能要求商业卖主为我创建使用维基媒体商标的自定义物品吗？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Of course! You may ask vendors like bakers and t-shirt sellers to create items with Wikimedia marks especially for you or your friends. This is okay because it is for your own personal use and no one is creating a business surrounding the sale of items with Wikimedia trademarks. And do not worry, vendors will not be required to strictly follow the Visual Identity Guidelines when it is not possible on items like cakes. For example, [[:c:Category:Wikipedia cakes|all these cakes]] are fine. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.24 是否可以委托其他人为会议和类似活动创建带有维基媒体商标的大量物品？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes! As long as the items are not sold to participants, it is okay to ask a vendor to create multiple items with the Wikimedia marks for community-focused parties and gatherings like edit-a-thons under [[Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy#policy-outreach|Section 3.2]] of the policy. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.25 我能在商业货物上使用高分辨率的商标吗？ ==== 當然可以！雖然我們的舊版政策不允許這種做法，但是在新的政策中我們已經廢除了那條規例。 <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[#policy-owngoods|Back to Make your own branded stuff.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-specialpermission}}4 需要许可的特殊使用 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.1 如果我需要許可，我是不是要為此付費？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Usually, there is no license fee. However, we want to keep track of how our trademarks are used. Also, we want to make sure every use complies with our mission and standards. This is why we require a formal license in certain cases. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-specialpermission|回到需要许可的特殊使用。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-contests}}4.2 我是否需要为每一次相片比赛获得许可？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You only need to get a license if you advertise the photo contest outside a Wikimedia site. This includes posters, social media, and blogs. You can freely use the marks for community-focused events. Community-focused events are those that are intended to be predominantly attended by Wikimedia community members. They do not include events open to the general public. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-photocontests|回到照片竞赛。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.3 我是否能够打印带有维基媒体商标的衬衫以为相片比赛给出奖金？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. You can always make t-shirts with the Wikimedia logos and give them away as long as you are not selling them. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-makeyourownbrandedstuff|Back to Make your own branded stuff]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.4 我能够怎样作为在居住地的维基人使用商标？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The marks may be used in any way that identifies you as a Wikipedian in Residence. Please avoid confusion about official endorsement. You should clarify that you are not a representative of the Wikimedia Foundation. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-glam|回到GLAM-WIKI活动。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-cybersquatting}}4.5 你能给我域名抢注的例子吗？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> In the past, someone registered the domain wikkipedia.org to attract traffic to their own site. This is called [[{{lwp|cybersquatting}}|cybersquatting]] or [[{{lwp|typosquatting}}|typosquatting]] that infringes our trademark. We strictly enforce our policy against confusing domain names. Please [[:m:Trademark/Report abuse|tell us]] if you see an infringing domain name. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.6 我可以在我的域名中出现维基媒体标志么？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Unfortunately, no. If you do, there is a risk that you will confuse readers that are looking for Wikimedia content or other material related to Wikimedia. Movement organizations may be permitted to use the Wikimedia mark as part of their domain, but only after receiving special permission. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.7 如果我使用不同的顶级域名，我能使用维基媒体商标吗？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You cannot register a Wikimedia mark as a domain, no matter the [[{{lwp|Top-level domain}}|top-level domain]], including country code top-level domains. For example, you may not register "wikipedia.jobs" even though it uses ".jobs", a different top-level domain, because "wikipedia" is a Wikimedia mark. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.8 但我希望使用我自己的特殊域名！！！ ==== 如果您有合法的理由希望使用我们的域名，请电邮联络[mailto:trademarks@wikimedia.org trademarks@wikimedia.org]。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-domains|回到域名。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-publicevent}}4.9 “公众活动”意味着什么？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A public event is an event that is not predominantly attended by community members. An event is also public when it is announced to the public with signs or advertisements or in an event schedule. Hence, this rule does not apply to community-focused meetups and conferences. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.10 什么活动用途需要许可？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Using a trademark for an event includes naming the event or using a Wikimedia logo on advertisements, leaflets, signage or a website. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.11 是否存在活动需要许可时的例外情况？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If the name of the event uses a mark just to describe its content, that might fall under [[#policy-nominativeuse|nominative use]]. An example for this would be announcing a course called 'Editing Wikipedia for Beginners' or 'Using Wikimedia Commons as an Amateur Photographer'. However, always include a [[#policy-noticesymbol|notice]] that explains that your use is with permission from the Wikimedia Foundation and that you are not affiliated with the Foundation. Also, events hosted by a local Wikimedia chapter, thematic organization, or user group can use the marks subject to their respective agreement with the Wikimedia Foundation. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-events|Back to Events and conferences.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-publications}}4.12 什么是“出版物”？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Publications include books, other print media, and web pages. They also mean audiovisual media like music, and other recordings, film and online video. See [[#policy-outreach|Outreach and recruiting new editors]] for materials that provide education about a Wikimedia site. See [[#policy-moviestv|Section 4.5]] for trademark uses in films. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.13 我可以写一本关于维基百科的书籍么？ ==== [[{{lwp|Bibliography of Wikipedia}}|欢迎您这样做！]]但您不应在未获授权的情况下使用维基媒体标志在书的封面上。这是因为我们不会认可未获授权的书籍能够代言基金会。使用[[#FAQ-nonstylizedwordmark|文字标志]]作为书的标题的一部分时同样需要请求授权。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.14 这是否也适用于面向社区成员的像“维基百科的新手指南”的手册？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. But, please send us a request and we will give prompt permission when appropriate. We love Wikipedia guides! </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.15 书被教育发布者发布会导致不同的情况吗？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> No, you will need permission as well, because even educational publishers are commercial entities. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-publications|回到出版物。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-schoolfilm}}4.16 为了在我为我的学校计划制作的电影中展示维基百科商标，我是否需要获得许可？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If you are showing your film to the public, or at your school or workplace, you need permission. But we will make sure to make the permission process as easy and fast as possible. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-moviestv|回到电影和电视节目。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-commercialmerch}}4.17 我是否必须为商业货物捐赠零售价格的一部分？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> No. But you will have to tell your customers if you do not donate your profits. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.18 What do I have to say if I am donating a portion of my proceeds to the Wikimedia Foundation?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Just clearly state what portion of your proceeds will be given to the Wikimedia Foundation. You can, for example, say: "X% of your purchase will be donated to the Wikimedia Foundation." </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.19 Where should I state how much of my proceeds will be donated?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> We recommend placing the notice right next to the purchase price, where it will be clearly visible to all buyers. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.20 Do I need to mention donations to the Wikimedia Foundation if I do not donate anything at all?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. You should state that 0% of your profits will go to the Wikimedia Foundation. Otherwise, users may mistakenly believe that you are doing fundraising for the Foundation. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-commercialmerch|Back to Commercial merchandise.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 5 禁止使用的情况 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-fakearticle}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.1 Can I make a fake Wikipedia article if it is intended as a joke?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> There are exceptions where this is permissible, but they are very limited. You will likely not fall under such an exception if your mimicking site has any commercial background. Please refer to the [[#policy-noncommercial|section on Parodies]]. Most importantly, you must make sure that no one (really no one!) could confuse your site with any part of a Wikimedia site. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-mimicvsparody}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.2 How do I distinguish between a prohibited mimicking site and a parody site?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Here is an example of a mimicking site: Contrary to the [[{{lwp|Wikipedia:COI}}|Wikipedia guidelines]], you create an article on Wikipedia about yourself or your organization. For unknown reasons, "your" article is deleted. This makes you mad. You register the domain "businesspedia.org" and design a website that looks just like the Wikipedia article that just got deleted, including a link to your own website. You are happy to attract more traffic to it by confusing internet users. Booo! </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> An example of parody site: Imagine you have a great friend called [[Rory|Rory]] and his birthday is coming up. You register the domain "rorypedia.org" and design a website that looks just like a humorous Wikipedia biography on your friend Rory. Since you do not want anyone to confuse "Rorypedia" and Wikipedia, you put a bright colored bar on the top of your site saying, "This page is a present for Rory from his awesome friends and not affiliated with Wikipedia. Happy birthday, Rory!" And you take down the site once the birthday party is over. Yaaay! </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.3 How do I avoid mimicking Wikimedia sites when I use the [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/MediaWiki|MediaWiki]] software?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> All wikis using MediaWiki do in fact share certain graphic elements under the default theme, but the Wikimedia sites have certain visual features that distinguish them. Do not imitate these distinguishing features. For example, you should not use logos that are confusingly similar to the Wikimedia marks or name your site something that sounds like a Wikimedia site. But you can use the "Powered by MediaWiki" button as that button simply describes that the wiki is powered by MediaWiki. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Be sure to directly download the [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/MediaWiki|MediaWiki]] software if you want to use it. Please do not try to blindly copy the HTML code of a Wikimedia site! If you do, you will accidentally import features from our sites, like our Terms of Use or our "contact us" details. Being contacted about problems on your unrelated website understandably makes our wonderful [[:m:OTRS/Volunteering|email response team volunteers]] very unhappy. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-mirrors|Back to mimicking sites.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-linkmirror}}5.4 我可以在维基媒体站点的镜像站点使用标志连接么？ ==== 不可以。维基媒体标志只能在真实的维基媒体站点用于连接。我们愿意重申，站点由维基媒体社群维护和管理。 另外，如果您希望架设一个维基媒体站点的镜像站点，请尤其注意[[#policy-mirrors|镜像方针]]。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-linkstoothers|回到连接至非维基媒体站点。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-misrepresentation}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.5 Can you give me some examples of misrepresentation with respect to the marks?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A misrepresentative use can be something that represents yourself. That includes using a Wikimedia logo in your logo, letterhead, or the name of your organization. Online examples are your social media avatar, favicon, and website domain. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-misrepresentation|Back to Misrepresentation.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-reportingabuse}}6 报告商标滥用 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-howfight}}6.1 你們會如何打擊侵犯商標權的行為？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Each year, we receive over 100 reports of trademark violations from community members. We also employ outside contractors and legal counsel to help protect our trademark portfolio globally. Within our resource constraints, our legal team pursues misuses of our marks to ensure that the Wikimedia logos remain distinctively associated with the Wikimedia community. After careful and sensitive evaluation, we send out cease-and-desist letters, which are usually effective. In the few instances that cannot be resolved by other means, we consider litigation to protect the marks. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">6.2 Who is responsible for enforcing Wikimedia's trademarks?</span>==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Trademark enforcement is currently handled by the Wikimedia Foundation legal team to ensure consistency and compliance with trademark law. But we rely on the Wikimedia community to help us identify potential trademark infringements. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">6.3 What happens when you receive a report of a potential trademark infringement?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> When we receive a complaint that our trademarks are being misused, we first send a confirmation to the person submitting the complaint. Potential infringements are then logged into our system. The legal team then combs through each of those complaints to investigate the alleged infringement. We visit the site personally to make sure the complaint has merit. Then we apply US trademark law in assessing whether there is actual "misuse" and it is a valid infringement of the trademark. In general, the standard of "misuse" in US law is whether the use of the trademark is "confusingly similar" to the Wikimedia Foundation's use of the trademark. In other words, will the potential infringers use of the trademark confuse users into thinking their site is sponsored by or hosted by the Wikimedia Foundation? We always contact the potential infringer first to see if they will voluntarily stop using our marks or work with us to make their use less confusing. If we are unable to work things out informally, and they refuse to comply with a cease and desist letter, we decide whether to move forward with litigation to stop the infringement. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">6.4 Can I send a cease and desist letter on behalf of the Wikimedia Foundation when I find misuse?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Please do not. We really appreciate your help with trademark enforcement, but please report any misuses to us so that we can determine what action is appropriate. </div> <div class="mw-translate-fuzzy"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-reporting|回到报告商标滥用。]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-revision}}7 商标政策的修订 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">7.1 Why can you just change the FAQ section?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The FAQs are not part of the trademark policy. We created them to help you understand the policy. We want to add new questions from the community in the future and to clarify any answers users may find confusing. That is why we want to be able to update the FAQs easily. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">7.2 What if I do not agree with the changes to the policy?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> We encourage you to share your comments and concerns with us during the community feedback period following any announced changes. We will take all comments under careful advisement and ensure that any changes to our policy are consistent with our mission. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-revision|Back to Revision of the trademark policy.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 8 其他问题 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQNakedlicensing}}8.1 什么是“无效授权”？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Failure to exercise quality control in trademark licensing is referred to as "naked licensing," and can sometimes result in loss of trademark rights. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 8.2 什么是视觉识别方针？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> They are a [[Special:MyLanguage/Legal:Visual identity guidelines|set of guidelines]] you should follow when using any of the Wikimedia marks. These guidelines ensure that the marks always look their best and are not distorted in any way. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">8.3 How do the Visual Identity Guidelines relate to the trademark policy?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The Visual Identity Guidelines are a separate document from the trademark policy and can be revised without notice. These guidelines help to make sure the Wikimedia marks are always used consistently with the same level of quality. Consistent use is important in order for us to maintain protection over the Wikimedia marks. It helps avoid confusion among users that may view marks similar to the Wikimedia marks. If Wikimedia marks are displayed consistently, users can be sure when they are viewing actual Wikimedia content instead of an imposter site. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 8.4 我有更多问题如何提问？ ==== 如果您还有其他未在此列出的问题，请将其反馈至讨论页。我们将竭尽所能回答并放入本常见问题页。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} </div></div><noinclude> __NOTOC__ __NOEDITSECTION__ [[Category:Trademark policy{{#translation:}}]] [[Category:Frequently asked questions{{#translation:}}]] </noinclude> ta7unm40d9i53g1xli85v4qiuxea22q 594087 594085 2026-09-19T05:08:20Z Pristome 225362 Created page with "4.18 如果我正在向维基媒体基金会捐赠我的收益的一部分，我必须说的有什么？" 594087 wikitext text/x-wiki <noinclude><languages /> {{Policy FAQ disclaimer|page=维基媒体基金会商标政策|pagelink=Policy:Trademark policy}} </noinclude><templatestyles src="Template:Trademark/styles.css" /><div class="trademark-section trademark-faq-container"> <div class="trademark-faq-content"> {{anchor|trademark-faq}}<span class="nomobile" style="font-size:2.5em">[[File:Trademark License FAQ.svg<!--change image-->|100px|link=]] '''<includeonly>{{int string|faq}}</includeonly><noinclude>维基媒体基金会商标政策常见问题</noinclude>'''</span><br />''这些常见问题不是商标政策的组成部分。它们也不是一份法律文件。但是我们希望它们能给你提供帮助。''<span style="font-family:monospace, monospace;" dir="ltr">''':)'''</span> <noinclude>{{nonumtoc}}__TOC__</noinclude> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 0 商标政策简介 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} <!-- The form to do this is: {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 0.1 Title ==== ... {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} Either using the Sub or Not, depending on level --> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-tmprotection}}0.1 什么是“商标保护”？ ==== 商標法(trademark law)保護著某一標誌(mark)所代表的某一成果（work，像是商品或服務）之間的連結關係。它意在保障用戶不致於混淆一項成果的來源。同時，用戶也把商標當做與某成果之間的連結，因此會對此標誌所提供的成果之知名度、品質、以及服務有相當程度的期待。因此，商標是項強而有力、極富價值的工具，它能夠使維基媒體基金會以及其社群成員的知名度具象化，也可被視為一種讓用戶能夠認識某一成果或商品或服務的「簡略表達(shorthand)」。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-whataresites}}0.2 什么是“维基媒体网站(Wikimedia sites)”？ ==== 维基媒体基金会运营很多自由软件和自由内容站点，列表见此：[[Special:SiteMatrix|我们的计划]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-policyapplies}}1 本政策适用範圍？ == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-wordmark}}1.1 什么是“文字标志(wordmark)”？ ==== 顾名思义，就是只由文字组成的商标，诸如“Wikipedia”或“Wikimedia”等计划网站名。另外，这也包括任何官方译名和转写（诸如“[[:w:tr:Ana Sayfa|维基百科]]”）。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-nonstylizedwordmark}}1.2 什么是“非艺术化文字标志(non-stylized wordmark)”？ ==== 非艺术化文字标志就是“维基媒体”及其计划的通用名称，诸如“维基百科”、“维基词典”等。相比之下，艺术化文字标志就是在这些名字基础上适当修改文字结构诸如字体。诸如“维基百科”文字标志艺术化后就是[[File:Wikipedia wordmark.svg|80px]]。无论文字标志是否艺术化均属于维基媒体基金会的商标。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-tradedress}}1.3 什么是“商用外观(trade dress)”？ ==== 對我們而言，商用外觀意指網站或文章的設計符合網站或線上資料的來源。你可以把它看成某個網站「看起來和感覺起來的樣子」。比方說，維基百科條目的設計與外觀、或像是維基百科的首頁。任何維基媒體網站的商用外觀同時也屬於維基媒體基金會的商標。商標法也保護商用外觀。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-wikimediamarks|返回“维基媒体标志。”]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-communitymember}}1.4 什么是“社区成员”？ ==== 任何在维基媒体站点有贡献的人。她也包括任何基金会职员、分会成员、专题组织成员、用户组成员和基金会本身。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-communitymembers|回到社群成员]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-moveorgsfreely}}1.5 为何運動组织不能任意地使用商標？ ==== 身為商標的法定持有者，我們需要掌控運動組織使用商標的方式以保護整個社群。你可以在[[#purpose-maintainrights|這裡]]閱讀更多相關資料。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 1.6 什么是此商标政策和分会、用户组或专题组织协议之间的关系？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Chapters, user groups, and thematic organizations must comply both with this trademark policy and their respective agreement with the Wikimedia Foundation. If there are inconsistencies between this trademark policy and a chapter, user group, or a thematic organization agreement, the organization should follow their agreement. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-wmorgs|回到分会、用户组和专题组织]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 2 如何使用维基媒体商标 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-smallerlogo}}2.1 如果我的产品和服务不由维基媒体基金会提供，我的商标、名称或公司名称是否能够比维基媒体商标更小？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> No. We need to make sure it is extremely clear that the Wikimedia Foundation is not providing your products or services. This is a simple, consistent way of doing that. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.2 如果我清晰地声明产品或服务由我提供，会怎么样？ ==== 對不起，您的商標、名字或公司名字一定要比維基商標大，而且必須適當地分隔開，因為不是每個人都會閱讀文字，可能有些人只會留意圖片。因此，我們必須確保您的產品或服務並非由維基媒體基金會提供。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-outsidewmsites}}2.3 你们说的“在维基媒体站点以外”是指什么？ ==== 也就是不在[[#FAQ-whataresites|维基媒体基金会控制的站点]]使用商标，例如：维基百科、维基共享资源、维基词典、维基数据、维基语录、维基教科书、维基文库、维基物种、维基新闻、维基学院、维基导游和元维基。回顾商标政策，维基媒雲端虚拟专用服务器的标志也被视为维基媒体站点标志。另外，您可以在站外使用这些标志用于编辑马拉松。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.4 我是否仍然能创建将维基媒体商标和像“在居住地的维基人”的其他词语结合起来的词条？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. This provision is not meant to stop community members from creatively combining the marks with other words to create new terms for the Wikimedia movement as long as they do it on the Wikimedia sites. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-translatetext}}2.5 我可以翻译这些商标的文字么？ ==== 您应该[[#FAQ-whataresites|在维基媒体网站的框架下]]翻译这些商标的文字。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.6 我能添加图形元素（例如，为了庆祝特殊活动）吗？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You can create [[:c:Category:SVG Wikimedia community logos|remixes]] for special on-site purposes, but please do not change the logos outside our sites. These and many, many other questions are answered in the [[Visual identity guidelines|Visual Identity Guidelines]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.7 哪些维基媒体商标的重新组合的类型能够在维基媒体网站之外使用？ ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Certain remixes of Wikimedia logos may be used outside of Wikimedia sites as long as the remix does not look too similar to any of the Wikimedia marks. Please make sure that the remix will not be confused with the original Wikimedia logo.</span> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.8 我可以使用标志的高清版么？ ==== 是的！[[Wikimedia official marks|这里请]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-wheretmnotice}}2.9 我在哪里注释商标提醒？ ==== 尽可能在显眼的位置例如注脚。当有人阅读您的文档、访问您的网站或观看您的电影时应能较容易的找到。有几个很好的例子：文档（同一）页面的底部、藏书票上、网页页脚和/或电影制作者清单后。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.10 如果我认为我没有足够的位置注明提醒我应该怎么办？ ==== 不要担心！如果您是想面向移动设备或其他中小屏幕设备注明，您只需要在维基媒体商标后面加注商标符号（™）即可。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.11 我应该如何在提醒中提及商标？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Wordmarks can be referenced verbatim (i.e. "Wikimedia Commons"). Logos should be described according to the [[Visual identity guidelines#toc-puzzle|Visual Identity Guidelines]]. Examples include the "Wikipedia Puzzle Globe" and the "'W' icon." </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.12 我如何使用多于一个标志？ ==== 请确信所有标志都有一个说明如下： <br /><br /> “维基数据名称及标志是维基媒体基金会的商标。” {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.13 什么时候我不得不加入商标符号？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You only need to use the trademark symbol when you do not have enough space to write the entire notice, like when you are using a trademark on a mobile screen. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.14 能否给一些正确使用商标的例子？ ==== 这里有个例子： <br /> <br /> “维基共享资源™是维基媒体基金会旗下收集自由版权的媒体文件，诸如图像、声音和电影剪辑，并面向全球广泛传播的计划网站！” {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.15 我应该使用何种尺寸的商标？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> When you use a wordmark (like "Wikipedia"), you should use the same font size for the trademark symbol as the wordmark itself. In this context, superscript formatting is encouraged for the symbol. When the mark is an image (like the puzzle globe), you should select a font size for the symbol that matches the size of the image and place the symbol so that it is clearly visible and close enough to the upper right corner of the image without touching it. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.16 但是我想把我的網頁設計得好看一點！我可不可以把商標縮小或放在其他地方？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Unfortunately, no. Remember, you only need to put the symbol next to the first or most prominent use of the mark. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-noticesymbol|回到注释或商标符号]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.17 “未被维基媒体基金会批准或与其相关”意味着什么？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You need to make sure that people do not mistakenly think that you may speak on behalf of the Wikimedia Foundation or one of its sites. For instance, you need to make sure that no one thinks you work for the Wikimedia Foundation. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-withoutpermission}}3 不需询问权限的维基媒体标志使用 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.1 你能给我我能在维基媒体网站上使用商标的例子吗？ ==== 您可以在[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:User page}}|用户页]]、[[{{lwp|Help:Contents}}|帮助页]]和[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:About}}|关于维基媒体或其计划的页面]]使用标志。您也可以在[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Mailing lists|邮件列表]]、[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/IRC|IRC]]或用于维基媒体站点的[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:Tools}}|工具]]使用标志。以上使用需遵守[[Terms of Use|使用条款]]。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-onwmsites|回到维基媒体站点商标使用]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-notcommunityfocused}}3.2 哪些活动不是“重点放在社群的”？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> An event that includes mostly people who are not community members is not a community-focused event. (Please see the [[#FAQ-publicevent|FAQ on events in general]].) This does not mean that you cannot have guests at your meetup! </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.3 您能否提供重点放在社群的活动的例子？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Community-focused events are those events that are primarily open to community members and promote the mission. They tend to be related to improving the overall quality of the Wikimedia sites. Examples include conferences and monthly meetups hosted by community members, as well as other specific events like the "London Wikipedians regular's table," Wiki-Conference in Russia, and Wikipedia Workshop Köln (DE). </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-communityfocused|回到重点放在社群的活动]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.4 如果我的活动是重点放在社群的，我能使用哪些标志？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> First, all Wikimedia community-focused events can bear a trademarked name. You may also use the Wikimedia logos to decorate your venue, but only to the extent they are relevant. For example, you cannot use the Wikisource logo for a Wikimedia Commons-only event. However, keep in mind that the 'Wikimania' name and [[:File:Wikimania.svg|logo]] are reserved for the [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimania|yearly Wikimania conference]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-outreachexamples}}3.5 您能否提供拓展工作使用的例子？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You can put up a stand at a street fair. [[:c:Category:Wikimedia stands|Here are some examples of that]]. You may want to present the Wikimedia sites in your club or [[:c:Category:Silberwissen|reach out to seniors]]. You can also [[:c:Category:Wikipedia Schulprojekt|give a talk in a school]] or [[:c:Category:Wikipedia Education Program|create a university course]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.6 什麼是教育性資源？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Educational materials help people to understand the Wikimedia sites. They can be [[:outreach:Bookshelf Project|leaflets, videos]], [[:m:WMDOC/Cheatsheet|cheat sheets]], and other [[:m:Help:Reference card|guides]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.7 在机构代表社区怎么样？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You need to sign and email us a Quick License if your institution wants to call you [[:outreach:Wikipedian in Residence|"Wikipedian in Residence"]] as part of a GLAM project, or something similar. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-outreach|Back to Outreach and recruitment of new editors]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-communitylogo}}3.8 是否存在维基媒体社区标志？ ==== 是的！它在2008年[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Community logo|官方承认]]为元维基标志。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-fairuseexamples}}3.9 合理使用是什么意思？ ==== 在美国商标法中，[[{{lwp|Fair use (U.S. trademark law)}}|合理使用]]章节允许您有条件的任意使用商标而不至于侵犯版权。本方针不会与之冲突。我们已在[[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-fairuse|3.5]]和[[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-fairuse|3.6]]章节使用您易于理解的语言提到。 除了美国商标法外，您还需留意您所在国家的版权法律，多数也规定了合理使用的情形。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.10 您能否提供更多合理使用的例子？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> This category of fair use is tricky in our case because our wordmarks were not real words before our projects were created, unlike "apple" or "facebook." But we would consider it fair use if you were to write a [[:wikt:book#Noun|book]] in the [[{{lwp|Wiki software}}|Wiki software]] and refer to it as a "wiki book," even though Wikibooks is a distinctive trademark. If you are using the wordmarks to describe our projects, that is also a type of fair use (nominative use). You can read more about nominative use [[#FAQ-nominativeuseexamples|here]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-nonfairuseexamples}}3.11 您能否提供更多并非合理使用的例子？ ==== * 使用维基媒体标志宣传您的书籍。 * 销售带有维基媒体基金会标志的T恤。 * 创建您自己的百科全书并且使用了维基百科的球形拼图。 * 使用维基媒体基金会标志为无关计划筹款。 * 在内容并非来自维基媒体站点情形下却宣称内容“来自维基百科，自由的百科全书”。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-fairuse|回到在维基站点以外的讨论（合理使用）。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-nominativeuseexamples}}3.12 您能否提供更多主要使用的例子？ ==== 这里有一些例子： # '''描述维基媒体站点：''' #* <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">In a presentation that describes how Wikipedia works, using the wordmarks in slides in your bullet points would be a nominative use. The same also applies for a blog post that describes Wikidata. If you want to "illustrate" your slides or your blog post with any of the image marks, please refer to [[#policy-noncommercial|artistic, literary, and other non-commercial uses]].</span> #* <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">However, you cannot use a trademark as a generic term. For example, you cannot set up a wiki on motorcycles and refer to it as "a wikipedia for motorcycles."</span> # '''真實準確地說明：''' #* “维基百科是世界最大的在线百科全书，并且它也是数千个网站中唯一一个集结成千上万志愿者编辑的。” #* “我在2009年加入维基百科成为一名编辑者”（在您的个人网站）。 # '''描述衍生作品：''' #* “来源：维基百科” #* “本艺术作品基于来自维基共享资源的图像创建。” #* “以下内容由维基百科内容衍生而来。” #* 或者干脆：“来自维基百科”或“至维基百科条目”（通过QR码） # '''更多個別例子:''' #* <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Refer to the sections on [[#policy-news|news reporting]]; [[#policy-blogssm|personal blogs and social media]]; [[#policy-noncommercial|artistic, literary, and other non-commercial uses]]; and [[#policy-linkstous|links to Wikimedia sites]].</span> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-nominativeuse|Back to Refer to Wikimedia sites (nominative use).]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-logonewsarticle}}3.13 我是否可以在新闻或漫画杂志或者电视新闻上使用标志或截图？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes, as long as the image illustrates the discussion in the article. Do not use our trademark just to attract attention to your work. That will confuse your readers or viewers, and ours! </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-news|回到新闻报道]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-logoblogssm}}3.14 我是否可以在博客文章或者状态更新站点包括标志？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes, as long as the image illustrates the discussion in your post. Do not use trademarked images just to attract attention to your page. Viewers of your blog or your user page should not be confused and think that your page is endorsed by the Wikimedia Foundation or any of its sites. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.15 我能否在用户名、头像或聊天软件表情中使用商标？ ==== 很遗憾，不。我们非常感谢您宣传维基媒体站点。维基媒体社群为之感谢！然而，我们不希望人们认为您的言论就可以代表维基媒体基金会。您能够继续在用户名、头像或聊天软件表情中使用社群标志。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-blogssm|回到个人博客和社交媒体]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-noncommercialexamples}}3.16 你能给我艺术、文学和其他非商业使用的例子吗？ ==== * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Using the trademarks to discuss a scientific thesis in an academic paper.</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Illustrating a point in the slides for an educational presentation with a screenshot of a Wikimedia site.</span> * 使用标志在美术作品中。 * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Creating a parody for the purposes of conveying a political message.</span> * 撰写一本关于维基百科条目的书籍。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-noncommercial|回到艺术作品、文学作品和其他非商业性使用。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-linkingtousexamples}}3.17 您能否提供链接至维基媒体网站的例子？ ==== 是的，您可[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:Banners and buttons}}|点此]]查看。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-qrcodes}}3.18 我能在连接至维基媒体站点的QR码中使用标志么？ ==== 不。用于连接的标志不应如此使用。使用QR码连接您应使用非艺术化维基百科文字标志。您可[[#FAQ-nominativeuseexamples|点此]]了解更多。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-linkstous|回到连接至维基媒体站点。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-personalmerch}}3.19 我可以利用它們做什麼？ ==== 您可以用來製作衣服、帽子、背包、杯子、釘子、筆、貼紙、海報、屏幕背景，甚至蛋糕。大前提是你不會利用這些物品來牟利。 [[:c:Special:MyLanguage/Category:Wikipedia promotion|<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Here are some examples.</span>]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.20 我可以销售带有这些标志的周边商品么？ ==== 不，在未获授权的情况下您不能这样做。更多信息[[#policy-commercialmerch|见此]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.21 可以在其他场合使用原样么？ ==== 只要你是免費派發這些物品，可以。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.22 那么我在哪可以了解商业销售的周边产品？ ==== 最好是进入[//shop.wikimedia.org 维基媒体商店 (Wikimedia shop)]了解，这里销售的周边商品都由官方授权。如果您希望销售您自己的商品，请[[#policy-commercialmerch|参见此处]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.23 我能要求商业卖主为我创建使用维基媒体商标的自定义物品吗？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Of course! You may ask vendors like bakers and t-shirt sellers to create items with Wikimedia marks especially for you or your friends. This is okay because it is for your own personal use and no one is creating a business surrounding the sale of items with Wikimedia trademarks. And do not worry, vendors will not be required to strictly follow the Visual Identity Guidelines when it is not possible on items like cakes. For example, [[:c:Category:Wikipedia cakes|all these cakes]] are fine. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.24 是否可以委托其他人为会议和类似活动创建带有维基媒体商标的大量物品？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes! As long as the items are not sold to participants, it is okay to ask a vendor to create multiple items with the Wikimedia marks for community-focused parties and gatherings like edit-a-thons under [[Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy#policy-outreach|Section 3.2]] of the policy. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.25 我能在商业货物上使用高分辨率的商标吗？ ==== 當然可以！雖然我們的舊版政策不允許這種做法，但是在新的政策中我們已經廢除了那條規例。 <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[#policy-owngoods|Back to Make your own branded stuff.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-specialpermission}}4 需要许可的特殊使用 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.1 如果我需要許可，我是不是要為此付費？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Usually, there is no license fee. However, we want to keep track of how our trademarks are used. Also, we want to make sure every use complies with our mission and standards. This is why we require a formal license in certain cases. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-specialpermission|回到需要许可的特殊使用。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-contests}}4.2 我是否需要为每一次相片比赛获得许可？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You only need to get a license if you advertise the photo contest outside a Wikimedia site. This includes posters, social media, and blogs. You can freely use the marks for community-focused events. Community-focused events are those that are intended to be predominantly attended by Wikimedia community members. They do not include events open to the general public. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-photocontests|回到照片竞赛。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.3 我是否能够打印带有维基媒体商标的衬衫以为相片比赛给出奖金？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. You can always make t-shirts with the Wikimedia logos and give them away as long as you are not selling them. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-makeyourownbrandedstuff|Back to Make your own branded stuff]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.4 我能够怎样作为在居住地的维基人使用商标？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The marks may be used in any way that identifies you as a Wikipedian in Residence. Please avoid confusion about official endorsement. You should clarify that you are not a representative of the Wikimedia Foundation. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-glam|回到GLAM-WIKI活动。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-cybersquatting}}4.5 你能给我域名抢注的例子吗？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> In the past, someone registered the domain wikkipedia.org to attract traffic to their own site. This is called [[{{lwp|cybersquatting}}|cybersquatting]] or [[{{lwp|typosquatting}}|typosquatting]] that infringes our trademark. We strictly enforce our policy against confusing domain names. Please [[:m:Trademark/Report abuse|tell us]] if you see an infringing domain name. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.6 我可以在我的域名中出现维基媒体标志么？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Unfortunately, no. If you do, there is a risk that you will confuse readers that are looking for Wikimedia content or other material related to Wikimedia. Movement organizations may be permitted to use the Wikimedia mark as part of their domain, but only after receiving special permission. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.7 如果我使用不同的顶级域名，我能使用维基媒体商标吗？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You cannot register a Wikimedia mark as a domain, no matter the [[{{lwp|Top-level domain}}|top-level domain]], including country code top-level domains. For example, you may not register "wikipedia.jobs" even though it uses ".jobs", a different top-level domain, because "wikipedia" is a Wikimedia mark. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.8 但我希望使用我自己的特殊域名！！！ ==== 如果您有合法的理由希望使用我们的域名，请电邮联络[mailto:trademarks@wikimedia.org trademarks@wikimedia.org]。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-domains|回到域名。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-publicevent}}4.9 “公众活动”意味着什么？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A public event is an event that is not predominantly attended by community members. An event is also public when it is announced to the public with signs or advertisements or in an event schedule. Hence, this rule does not apply to community-focused meetups and conferences. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.10 什么活动用途需要许可？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Using a trademark for an event includes naming the event or using a Wikimedia logo on advertisements, leaflets, signage or a website. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.11 是否存在活动需要许可时的例外情况？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If the name of the event uses a mark just to describe its content, that might fall under [[#policy-nominativeuse|nominative use]]. An example for this would be announcing a course called 'Editing Wikipedia for Beginners' or 'Using Wikimedia Commons as an Amateur Photographer'. However, always include a [[#policy-noticesymbol|notice]] that explains that your use is with permission from the Wikimedia Foundation and that you are not affiliated with the Foundation. Also, events hosted by a local Wikimedia chapter, thematic organization, or user group can use the marks subject to their respective agreement with the Wikimedia Foundation. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-events|Back to Events and conferences.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-publications}}4.12 什么是“出版物”？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Publications include books, other print media, and web pages. They also mean audiovisual media like music, and other recordings, film and online video. See [[#policy-outreach|Outreach and recruiting new editors]] for materials that provide education about a Wikimedia site. See [[#policy-moviestv|Section 4.5]] for trademark uses in films. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.13 我可以写一本关于维基百科的书籍么？ ==== [[{{lwp|Bibliography of Wikipedia}}|欢迎您这样做！]]但您不应在未获授权的情况下使用维基媒体标志在书的封面上。这是因为我们不会认可未获授权的书籍能够代言基金会。使用[[#FAQ-nonstylizedwordmark|文字标志]]作为书的标题的一部分时同样需要请求授权。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.14 这是否也适用于面向社区成员的像“维基百科的新手指南”的手册？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. But, please send us a request and we will give prompt permission when appropriate. We love Wikipedia guides! </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.15 书被教育发布者发布会导致不同的情况吗？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> No, you will need permission as well, because even educational publishers are commercial entities. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-publications|回到出版物。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-schoolfilm}}4.16 为了在我为我的学校计划制作的电影中展示维基百科商标，我是否需要获得许可？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If you are showing your film to the public, or at your school or workplace, you need permission. But we will make sure to make the permission process as easy and fast as possible. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-moviestv|回到电影和电视节目。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-commercialmerch}}4.17 我是否必须为商业货物捐赠零售价格的一部分？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> No. But you will have to tell your customers if you do not donate your profits. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.18 如果我正在向维基媒体基金会捐赠我的收益的一部分，我必须说的有什么？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Just clearly state what portion of your proceeds will be given to the Wikimedia Foundation. You can, for example, say: "X% of your purchase will be donated to the Wikimedia Foundation." </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.19 Where should I state how much of my proceeds will be donated?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> We recommend placing the notice right next to the purchase price, where it will be clearly visible to all buyers. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.20 Do I need to mention donations to the Wikimedia Foundation if I do not donate anything at all?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. You should state that 0% of your profits will go to the Wikimedia Foundation. Otherwise, users may mistakenly believe that you are doing fundraising for the Foundation. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-commercialmerch|Back to Commercial merchandise.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 5 禁止使用的情况 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-fakearticle}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.1 Can I make a fake Wikipedia article if it is intended as a joke?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> There are exceptions where this is permissible, but they are very limited. You will likely not fall under such an exception if your mimicking site has any commercial background. Please refer to the [[#policy-noncommercial|section on Parodies]]. Most importantly, you must make sure that no one (really no one!) could confuse your site with any part of a Wikimedia site. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-mimicvsparody}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.2 How do I distinguish between a prohibited mimicking site and a parody site?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Here is an example of a mimicking site: Contrary to the [[{{lwp|Wikipedia:COI}}|Wikipedia guidelines]], you create an article on Wikipedia about yourself or your organization. For unknown reasons, "your" article is deleted. This makes you mad. You register the domain "businesspedia.org" and design a website that looks just like the Wikipedia article that just got deleted, including a link to your own website. You are happy to attract more traffic to it by confusing internet users. Booo! </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> An example of parody site: Imagine you have a great friend called [[Rory|Rory]] and his birthday is coming up. You register the domain "rorypedia.org" and design a website that looks just like a humorous Wikipedia biography on your friend Rory. Since you do not want anyone to confuse "Rorypedia" and Wikipedia, you put a bright colored bar on the top of your site saying, "This page is a present for Rory from his awesome friends and not affiliated with Wikipedia. Happy birthday, Rory!" And you take down the site once the birthday party is over. Yaaay! </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.3 How do I avoid mimicking Wikimedia sites when I use the [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/MediaWiki|MediaWiki]] software?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> All wikis using MediaWiki do in fact share certain graphic elements under the default theme, but the Wikimedia sites have certain visual features that distinguish them. Do not imitate these distinguishing features. For example, you should not use logos that are confusingly similar to the Wikimedia marks or name your site something that sounds like a Wikimedia site. But you can use the "Powered by MediaWiki" button as that button simply describes that the wiki is powered by MediaWiki. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Be sure to directly download the [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/MediaWiki|MediaWiki]] software if you want to use it. Please do not try to blindly copy the HTML code of a Wikimedia site! If you do, you will accidentally import features from our sites, like our Terms of Use or our "contact us" details. Being contacted about problems on your unrelated website understandably makes our wonderful [[:m:OTRS/Volunteering|email response team volunteers]] very unhappy. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-mirrors|Back to mimicking sites.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-linkmirror}}5.4 我可以在维基媒体站点的镜像站点使用标志连接么？ ==== 不可以。维基媒体标志只能在真实的维基媒体站点用于连接。我们愿意重申，站点由维基媒体社群维护和管理。 另外，如果您希望架设一个维基媒体站点的镜像站点，请尤其注意[[#policy-mirrors|镜像方针]]。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-linkstoothers|回到连接至非维基媒体站点。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-misrepresentation}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.5 Can you give me some examples of misrepresentation with respect to the marks?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A misrepresentative use can be something that represents yourself. That includes using a Wikimedia logo in your logo, letterhead, or the name of your organization. Online examples are your social media avatar, favicon, and website domain. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-misrepresentation|Back to Misrepresentation.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-reportingabuse}}6 报告商标滥用 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-howfight}}6.1 你們會如何打擊侵犯商標權的行為？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Each year, we receive over 100 reports of trademark violations from community members. We also employ outside contractors and legal counsel to help protect our trademark portfolio globally. Within our resource constraints, our legal team pursues misuses of our marks to ensure that the Wikimedia logos remain distinctively associated with the Wikimedia community. After careful and sensitive evaluation, we send out cease-and-desist letters, which are usually effective. In the few instances that cannot be resolved by other means, we consider litigation to protect the marks. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">6.2 Who is responsible for enforcing Wikimedia's trademarks?</span>==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Trademark enforcement is currently handled by the Wikimedia Foundation legal team to ensure consistency and compliance with trademark law. But we rely on the Wikimedia community to help us identify potential trademark infringements. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">6.3 What happens when you receive a report of a potential trademark infringement?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> When we receive a complaint that our trademarks are being misused, we first send a confirmation to the person submitting the complaint. Potential infringements are then logged into our system. The legal team then combs through each of those complaints to investigate the alleged infringement. We visit the site personally to make sure the complaint has merit. Then we apply US trademark law in assessing whether there is actual "misuse" and it is a valid infringement of the trademark. In general, the standard of "misuse" in US law is whether the use of the trademark is "confusingly similar" to the Wikimedia Foundation's use of the trademark. In other words, will the potential infringers use of the trademark confuse users into thinking their site is sponsored by or hosted by the Wikimedia Foundation? We always contact the potential infringer first to see if they will voluntarily stop using our marks or work with us to make their use less confusing. If we are unable to work things out informally, and they refuse to comply with a cease and desist letter, we decide whether to move forward with litigation to stop the infringement. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">6.4 Can I send a cease and desist letter on behalf of the Wikimedia Foundation when I find misuse?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Please do not. We really appreciate your help with trademark enforcement, but please report any misuses to us so that we can determine what action is appropriate. </div> <div class="mw-translate-fuzzy"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-reporting|回到报告商标滥用。]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-revision}}7 商标政策的修订 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">7.1 Why can you just change the FAQ section?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The FAQs are not part of the trademark policy. We created them to help you understand the policy. We want to add new questions from the community in the future and to clarify any answers users may find confusing. That is why we want to be able to update the FAQs easily. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">7.2 What if I do not agree with the changes to the policy?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> We encourage you to share your comments and concerns with us during the community feedback period following any announced changes. We will take all comments under careful advisement and ensure that any changes to our policy are consistent with our mission. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-revision|Back to Revision of the trademark policy.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 8 其他问题 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQNakedlicensing}}8.1 什么是“无效授权”？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Failure to exercise quality control in trademark licensing is referred to as "naked licensing," and can sometimes result in loss of trademark rights. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 8.2 什么是视觉识别方针？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> They are a [[Special:MyLanguage/Legal:Visual identity guidelines|set of guidelines]] you should follow when using any of the Wikimedia marks. These guidelines ensure that the marks always look their best and are not distorted in any way. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">8.3 How do the Visual Identity Guidelines relate to the trademark policy?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The Visual Identity Guidelines are a separate document from the trademark policy and can be revised without notice. These guidelines help to make sure the Wikimedia marks are always used consistently with the same level of quality. Consistent use is important in order for us to maintain protection over the Wikimedia marks. It helps avoid confusion among users that may view marks similar to the Wikimedia marks. If Wikimedia marks are displayed consistently, users can be sure when they are viewing actual Wikimedia content instead of an imposter site. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 8.4 我有更多问题如何提问？ ==== 如果您还有其他未在此列出的问题，请将其反馈至讨论页。我们将竭尽所能回答并放入本常见问题页。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} </div></div><noinclude> __NOTOC__ __NOEDITSECTION__ [[Category:Trademark policy{{#translation:}}]] [[Category:Frequently asked questions{{#translation:}}]] </noinclude> da2801bll6u9jydgstj33ihlq2veptl 594089 594087 2026-09-19T05:09:08Z Pristome 225362 Created page with "4.19 我应该在哪里声明我的收益有多少会被捐赠？" 594089 wikitext text/x-wiki <noinclude><languages /> {{Policy FAQ disclaimer|page=维基媒体基金会商标政策|pagelink=Policy:Trademark policy}} </noinclude><templatestyles src="Template:Trademark/styles.css" /><div class="trademark-section trademark-faq-container"> <div class="trademark-faq-content"> {{anchor|trademark-faq}}<span class="nomobile" style="font-size:2.5em">[[File:Trademark License FAQ.svg<!--change image-->|100px|link=]] '''<includeonly>{{int string|faq}}</includeonly><noinclude>维基媒体基金会商标政策常见问题</noinclude>'''</span><br />''这些常见问题不是商标政策的组成部分。它们也不是一份法律文件。但是我们希望它们能给你提供帮助。''<span style="font-family:monospace, monospace;" dir="ltr">''':)'''</span> <noinclude>{{nonumtoc}}__TOC__</noinclude> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 0 商标政策简介 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} <!-- The form to do this is: {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 0.1 Title ==== ... {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} Either using the Sub or Not, depending on level --> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-tmprotection}}0.1 什么是“商标保护”？ ==== 商標法(trademark law)保護著某一標誌(mark)所代表的某一成果（work，像是商品或服務）之間的連結關係。它意在保障用戶不致於混淆一項成果的來源。同時，用戶也把商標當做與某成果之間的連結，因此會對此標誌所提供的成果之知名度、品質、以及服務有相當程度的期待。因此，商標是項強而有力、極富價值的工具，它能夠使維基媒體基金會以及其社群成員的知名度具象化，也可被視為一種讓用戶能夠認識某一成果或商品或服務的「簡略表達(shorthand)」。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-whataresites}}0.2 什么是“维基媒体网站(Wikimedia sites)”？ ==== 维基媒体基金会运营很多自由软件和自由内容站点，列表见此：[[Special:SiteMatrix|我们的计划]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-policyapplies}}1 本政策适用範圍？ == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-wordmark}}1.1 什么是“文字标志(wordmark)”？ ==== 顾名思义，就是只由文字组成的商标，诸如“Wikipedia”或“Wikimedia”等计划网站名。另外，这也包括任何官方译名和转写（诸如“[[:w:tr:Ana Sayfa|维基百科]]”）。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-nonstylizedwordmark}}1.2 什么是“非艺术化文字标志(non-stylized wordmark)”？ ==== 非艺术化文字标志就是“维基媒体”及其计划的通用名称，诸如“维基百科”、“维基词典”等。相比之下，艺术化文字标志就是在这些名字基础上适当修改文字结构诸如字体。诸如“维基百科”文字标志艺术化后就是[[File:Wikipedia wordmark.svg|80px]]。无论文字标志是否艺术化均属于维基媒体基金会的商标。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-tradedress}}1.3 什么是“商用外观(trade dress)”？ ==== 對我們而言，商用外觀意指網站或文章的設計符合網站或線上資料的來源。你可以把它看成某個網站「看起來和感覺起來的樣子」。比方說，維基百科條目的設計與外觀、或像是維基百科的首頁。任何維基媒體網站的商用外觀同時也屬於維基媒體基金會的商標。商標法也保護商用外觀。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-wikimediamarks|返回“维基媒体标志。”]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-communitymember}}1.4 什么是“社区成员”？ ==== 任何在维基媒体站点有贡献的人。她也包括任何基金会职员、分会成员、专题组织成员、用户组成员和基金会本身。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-communitymembers|回到社群成员]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-moveorgsfreely}}1.5 为何運動组织不能任意地使用商標？ ==== 身為商標的法定持有者，我們需要掌控運動組織使用商標的方式以保護整個社群。你可以在[[#purpose-maintainrights|這裡]]閱讀更多相關資料。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 1.6 什么是此商标政策和分会、用户组或专题组织协议之间的关系？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Chapters, user groups, and thematic organizations must comply both with this trademark policy and their respective agreement with the Wikimedia Foundation. If there are inconsistencies between this trademark policy and a chapter, user group, or a thematic organization agreement, the organization should follow their agreement. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-wmorgs|回到分会、用户组和专题组织]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 2 如何使用维基媒体商标 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-smallerlogo}}2.1 如果我的产品和服务不由维基媒体基金会提供，我的商标、名称或公司名称是否能够比维基媒体商标更小？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> No. We need to make sure it is extremely clear that the Wikimedia Foundation is not providing your products or services. This is a simple, consistent way of doing that. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.2 如果我清晰地声明产品或服务由我提供，会怎么样？ ==== 對不起，您的商標、名字或公司名字一定要比維基商標大，而且必須適當地分隔開，因為不是每個人都會閱讀文字，可能有些人只會留意圖片。因此，我們必須確保您的產品或服務並非由維基媒體基金會提供。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-outsidewmsites}}2.3 你们说的“在维基媒体站点以外”是指什么？ ==== 也就是不在[[#FAQ-whataresites|维基媒体基金会控制的站点]]使用商标，例如：维基百科、维基共享资源、维基词典、维基数据、维基语录、维基教科书、维基文库、维基物种、维基新闻、维基学院、维基导游和元维基。回顾商标政策，维基媒雲端虚拟专用服务器的标志也被视为维基媒体站点标志。另外，您可以在站外使用这些标志用于编辑马拉松。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.4 我是否仍然能创建将维基媒体商标和像“在居住地的维基人”的其他词语结合起来的词条？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. This provision is not meant to stop community members from creatively combining the marks with other words to create new terms for the Wikimedia movement as long as they do it on the Wikimedia sites. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-translatetext}}2.5 我可以翻译这些商标的文字么？ ==== 您应该[[#FAQ-whataresites|在维基媒体网站的框架下]]翻译这些商标的文字。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.6 我能添加图形元素（例如，为了庆祝特殊活动）吗？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You can create [[:c:Category:SVG Wikimedia community logos|remixes]] for special on-site purposes, but please do not change the logos outside our sites. These and many, many other questions are answered in the [[Visual identity guidelines|Visual Identity Guidelines]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.7 哪些维基媒体商标的重新组合的类型能够在维基媒体网站之外使用？ ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Certain remixes of Wikimedia logos may be used outside of Wikimedia sites as long as the remix does not look too similar to any of the Wikimedia marks. Please make sure that the remix will not be confused with the original Wikimedia logo.</span> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.8 我可以使用标志的高清版么？ ==== 是的！[[Wikimedia official marks|这里请]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-wheretmnotice}}2.9 我在哪里注释商标提醒？ ==== 尽可能在显眼的位置例如注脚。当有人阅读您的文档、访问您的网站或观看您的电影时应能较容易的找到。有几个很好的例子：文档（同一）页面的底部、藏书票上、网页页脚和/或电影制作者清单后。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.10 如果我认为我没有足够的位置注明提醒我应该怎么办？ ==== 不要担心！如果您是想面向移动设备或其他中小屏幕设备注明，您只需要在维基媒体商标后面加注商标符号（™）即可。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.11 我应该如何在提醒中提及商标？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Wordmarks can be referenced verbatim (i.e. "Wikimedia Commons"). Logos should be described according to the [[Visual identity guidelines#toc-puzzle|Visual Identity Guidelines]]. Examples include the "Wikipedia Puzzle Globe" and the "'W' icon." </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.12 我如何使用多于一个标志？ ==== 请确信所有标志都有一个说明如下： <br /><br /> “维基数据名称及标志是维基媒体基金会的商标。” {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.13 什么时候我不得不加入商标符号？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You only need to use the trademark symbol when you do not have enough space to write the entire notice, like when you are using a trademark on a mobile screen. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.14 能否给一些正确使用商标的例子？ ==== 这里有个例子： <br /> <br /> “维基共享资源™是维基媒体基金会旗下收集自由版权的媒体文件，诸如图像、声音和电影剪辑，并面向全球广泛传播的计划网站！” {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.15 我应该使用何种尺寸的商标？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> When you use a wordmark (like "Wikipedia"), you should use the same font size for the trademark symbol as the wordmark itself. In this context, superscript formatting is encouraged for the symbol. When the mark is an image (like the puzzle globe), you should select a font size for the symbol that matches the size of the image and place the symbol so that it is clearly visible and close enough to the upper right corner of the image without touching it. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.16 但是我想把我的網頁設計得好看一點！我可不可以把商標縮小或放在其他地方？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Unfortunately, no. Remember, you only need to put the symbol next to the first or most prominent use of the mark. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-noticesymbol|回到注释或商标符号]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.17 “未被维基媒体基金会批准或与其相关”意味着什么？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You need to make sure that people do not mistakenly think that you may speak on behalf of the Wikimedia Foundation or one of its sites. For instance, you need to make sure that no one thinks you work for the Wikimedia Foundation. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-withoutpermission}}3 不需询问权限的维基媒体标志使用 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.1 你能给我我能在维基媒体网站上使用商标的例子吗？ ==== 您可以在[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:User page}}|用户页]]、[[{{lwp|Help:Contents}}|帮助页]]和[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:About}}|关于维基媒体或其计划的页面]]使用标志。您也可以在[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Mailing lists|邮件列表]]、[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/IRC|IRC]]或用于维基媒体站点的[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:Tools}}|工具]]使用标志。以上使用需遵守[[Terms of Use|使用条款]]。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-onwmsites|回到维基媒体站点商标使用]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-notcommunityfocused}}3.2 哪些活动不是“重点放在社群的”？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> An event that includes mostly people who are not community members is not a community-focused event. (Please see the [[#FAQ-publicevent|FAQ on events in general]].) This does not mean that you cannot have guests at your meetup! </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.3 您能否提供重点放在社群的活动的例子？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Community-focused events are those events that are primarily open to community members and promote the mission. They tend to be related to improving the overall quality of the Wikimedia sites. Examples include conferences and monthly meetups hosted by community members, as well as other specific events like the "London Wikipedians regular's table," Wiki-Conference in Russia, and Wikipedia Workshop Köln (DE). </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-communityfocused|回到重点放在社群的活动]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.4 如果我的活动是重点放在社群的，我能使用哪些标志？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> First, all Wikimedia community-focused events can bear a trademarked name. You may also use the Wikimedia logos to decorate your venue, but only to the extent they are relevant. For example, you cannot use the Wikisource logo for a Wikimedia Commons-only event. However, keep in mind that the 'Wikimania' name and [[:File:Wikimania.svg|logo]] are reserved for the [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimania|yearly Wikimania conference]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-outreachexamples}}3.5 您能否提供拓展工作使用的例子？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You can put up a stand at a street fair. [[:c:Category:Wikimedia stands|Here are some examples of that]]. You may want to present the Wikimedia sites in your club or [[:c:Category:Silberwissen|reach out to seniors]]. You can also [[:c:Category:Wikipedia Schulprojekt|give a talk in a school]] or [[:c:Category:Wikipedia Education Program|create a university course]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.6 什麼是教育性資源？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Educational materials help people to understand the Wikimedia sites. They can be [[:outreach:Bookshelf Project|leaflets, videos]], [[:m:WMDOC/Cheatsheet|cheat sheets]], and other [[:m:Help:Reference card|guides]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.7 在机构代表社区怎么样？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You need to sign and email us a Quick License if your institution wants to call you [[:outreach:Wikipedian in Residence|"Wikipedian in Residence"]] as part of a GLAM project, or something similar. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-outreach|Back to Outreach and recruitment of new editors]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-communitylogo}}3.8 是否存在维基媒体社区标志？ ==== 是的！它在2008年[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Community logo|官方承认]]为元维基标志。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-fairuseexamples}}3.9 合理使用是什么意思？ ==== 在美国商标法中，[[{{lwp|Fair use (U.S. trademark law)}}|合理使用]]章节允许您有条件的任意使用商标而不至于侵犯版权。本方针不会与之冲突。我们已在[[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-fairuse|3.5]]和[[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-fairuse|3.6]]章节使用您易于理解的语言提到。 除了美国商标法外，您还需留意您所在国家的版权法律，多数也规定了合理使用的情形。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.10 您能否提供更多合理使用的例子？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> This category of fair use is tricky in our case because our wordmarks were not real words before our projects were created, unlike "apple" or "facebook." But we would consider it fair use if you were to write a [[:wikt:book#Noun|book]] in the [[{{lwp|Wiki software}}|Wiki software]] and refer to it as a "wiki book," even though Wikibooks is a distinctive trademark. If you are using the wordmarks to describe our projects, that is also a type of fair use (nominative use). You can read more about nominative use [[#FAQ-nominativeuseexamples|here]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-nonfairuseexamples}}3.11 您能否提供更多并非合理使用的例子？ ==== * 使用维基媒体标志宣传您的书籍。 * 销售带有维基媒体基金会标志的T恤。 * 创建您自己的百科全书并且使用了维基百科的球形拼图。 * 使用维基媒体基金会标志为无关计划筹款。 * 在内容并非来自维基媒体站点情形下却宣称内容“来自维基百科，自由的百科全书”。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-fairuse|回到在维基站点以外的讨论（合理使用）。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-nominativeuseexamples}}3.12 您能否提供更多主要使用的例子？ ==== 这里有一些例子： # '''描述维基媒体站点：''' #* <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">In a presentation that describes how Wikipedia works, using the wordmarks in slides in your bullet points would be a nominative use. The same also applies for a blog post that describes Wikidata. If you want to "illustrate" your slides or your blog post with any of the image marks, please refer to [[#policy-noncommercial|artistic, literary, and other non-commercial uses]].</span> #* <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">However, you cannot use a trademark as a generic term. For example, you cannot set up a wiki on motorcycles and refer to it as "a wikipedia for motorcycles."</span> # '''真實準確地說明：''' #* “维基百科是世界最大的在线百科全书，并且它也是数千个网站中唯一一个集结成千上万志愿者编辑的。” #* “我在2009年加入维基百科成为一名编辑者”（在您的个人网站）。 # '''描述衍生作品：''' #* “来源：维基百科” #* “本艺术作品基于来自维基共享资源的图像创建。” #* “以下内容由维基百科内容衍生而来。” #* 或者干脆：“来自维基百科”或“至维基百科条目”（通过QR码） # '''更多個別例子:''' #* <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Refer to the sections on [[#policy-news|news reporting]]; [[#policy-blogssm|personal blogs and social media]]; [[#policy-noncommercial|artistic, literary, and other non-commercial uses]]; and [[#policy-linkstous|links to Wikimedia sites]].</span> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-nominativeuse|Back to Refer to Wikimedia sites (nominative use).]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-logonewsarticle}}3.13 我是否可以在新闻或漫画杂志或者电视新闻上使用标志或截图？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes, as long as the image illustrates the discussion in the article. Do not use our trademark just to attract attention to your work. That will confuse your readers or viewers, and ours! </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-news|回到新闻报道]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-logoblogssm}}3.14 我是否可以在博客文章或者状态更新站点包括标志？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes, as long as the image illustrates the discussion in your post. Do not use trademarked images just to attract attention to your page. Viewers of your blog or your user page should not be confused and think that your page is endorsed by the Wikimedia Foundation or any of its sites. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.15 我能否在用户名、头像或聊天软件表情中使用商标？ ==== 很遗憾，不。我们非常感谢您宣传维基媒体站点。维基媒体社群为之感谢！然而，我们不希望人们认为您的言论就可以代表维基媒体基金会。您能够继续在用户名、头像或聊天软件表情中使用社群标志。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-blogssm|回到个人博客和社交媒体]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-noncommercialexamples}}3.16 你能给我艺术、文学和其他非商业使用的例子吗？ ==== * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Using the trademarks to discuss a scientific thesis in an academic paper.</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Illustrating a point in the slides for an educational presentation with a screenshot of a Wikimedia site.</span> * 使用标志在美术作品中。 * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Creating a parody for the purposes of conveying a political message.</span> * 撰写一本关于维基百科条目的书籍。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-noncommercial|回到艺术作品、文学作品和其他非商业性使用。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-linkingtousexamples}}3.17 您能否提供链接至维基媒体网站的例子？ ==== 是的，您可[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:Banners and buttons}}|点此]]查看。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-qrcodes}}3.18 我能在连接至维基媒体站点的QR码中使用标志么？ ==== 不。用于连接的标志不应如此使用。使用QR码连接您应使用非艺术化维基百科文字标志。您可[[#FAQ-nominativeuseexamples|点此]]了解更多。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-linkstous|回到连接至维基媒体站点。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-personalmerch}}3.19 我可以利用它們做什麼？ ==== 您可以用來製作衣服、帽子、背包、杯子、釘子、筆、貼紙、海報、屏幕背景，甚至蛋糕。大前提是你不會利用這些物品來牟利。 [[:c:Special:MyLanguage/Category:Wikipedia promotion|<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Here are some examples.</span>]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.20 我可以销售带有这些标志的周边商品么？ ==== 不，在未获授权的情况下您不能这样做。更多信息[[#policy-commercialmerch|见此]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.21 可以在其他场合使用原样么？ ==== 只要你是免費派發這些物品，可以。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.22 那么我在哪可以了解商业销售的周边产品？ ==== 最好是进入[//shop.wikimedia.org 维基媒体商店 (Wikimedia shop)]了解，这里销售的周边商品都由官方授权。如果您希望销售您自己的商品，请[[#policy-commercialmerch|参见此处]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.23 我能要求商业卖主为我创建使用维基媒体商标的自定义物品吗？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Of course! You may ask vendors like bakers and t-shirt sellers to create items with Wikimedia marks especially for you or your friends. This is okay because it is for your own personal use and no one is creating a business surrounding the sale of items with Wikimedia trademarks. And do not worry, vendors will not be required to strictly follow the Visual Identity Guidelines when it is not possible on items like cakes. For example, [[:c:Category:Wikipedia cakes|all these cakes]] are fine. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.24 是否可以委托其他人为会议和类似活动创建带有维基媒体商标的大量物品？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes! As long as the items are not sold to participants, it is okay to ask a vendor to create multiple items with the Wikimedia marks for community-focused parties and gatherings like edit-a-thons under [[Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy#policy-outreach|Section 3.2]] of the policy. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.25 我能在商业货物上使用高分辨率的商标吗？ ==== 當然可以！雖然我們的舊版政策不允許這種做法，但是在新的政策中我們已經廢除了那條規例。 <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[#policy-owngoods|Back to Make your own branded stuff.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-specialpermission}}4 需要许可的特殊使用 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.1 如果我需要許可，我是不是要為此付費？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Usually, there is no license fee. However, we want to keep track of how our trademarks are used. Also, we want to make sure every use complies with our mission and standards. This is why we require a formal license in certain cases. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-specialpermission|回到需要许可的特殊使用。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-contests}}4.2 我是否需要为每一次相片比赛获得许可？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You only need to get a license if you advertise the photo contest outside a Wikimedia site. This includes posters, social media, and blogs. You can freely use the marks for community-focused events. Community-focused events are those that are intended to be predominantly attended by Wikimedia community members. They do not include events open to the general public. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-photocontests|回到照片竞赛。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.3 我是否能够打印带有维基媒体商标的衬衫以为相片比赛给出奖金？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. You can always make t-shirts with the Wikimedia logos and give them away as long as you are not selling them. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-makeyourownbrandedstuff|Back to Make your own branded stuff]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.4 我能够怎样作为在居住地的维基人使用商标？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The marks may be used in any way that identifies you as a Wikipedian in Residence. Please avoid confusion about official endorsement. You should clarify that you are not a representative of the Wikimedia Foundation. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-glam|回到GLAM-WIKI活动。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-cybersquatting}}4.5 你能给我域名抢注的例子吗？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> In the past, someone registered the domain wikkipedia.org to attract traffic to their own site. This is called [[{{lwp|cybersquatting}}|cybersquatting]] or [[{{lwp|typosquatting}}|typosquatting]] that infringes our trademark. We strictly enforce our policy against confusing domain names. Please [[:m:Trademark/Report abuse|tell us]] if you see an infringing domain name. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.6 我可以在我的域名中出现维基媒体标志么？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Unfortunately, no. If you do, there is a risk that you will confuse readers that are looking for Wikimedia content or other material related to Wikimedia. Movement organizations may be permitted to use the Wikimedia mark as part of their domain, but only after receiving special permission. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.7 如果我使用不同的顶级域名，我能使用维基媒体商标吗？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You cannot register a Wikimedia mark as a domain, no matter the [[{{lwp|Top-level domain}}|top-level domain]], including country code top-level domains. For example, you may not register "wikipedia.jobs" even though it uses ".jobs", a different top-level domain, because "wikipedia" is a Wikimedia mark. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.8 但我希望使用我自己的特殊域名！！！ ==== 如果您有合法的理由希望使用我们的域名，请电邮联络[mailto:trademarks@wikimedia.org trademarks@wikimedia.org]。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-domains|回到域名。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-publicevent}}4.9 “公众活动”意味着什么？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A public event is an event that is not predominantly attended by community members. An event is also public when it is announced to the public with signs or advertisements or in an event schedule. Hence, this rule does not apply to community-focused meetups and conferences. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.10 什么活动用途需要许可？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Using a trademark for an event includes naming the event or using a Wikimedia logo on advertisements, leaflets, signage or a website. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.11 是否存在活动需要许可时的例外情况？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If the name of the event uses a mark just to describe its content, that might fall under [[#policy-nominativeuse|nominative use]]. An example for this would be announcing a course called 'Editing Wikipedia for Beginners' or 'Using Wikimedia Commons as an Amateur Photographer'. However, always include a [[#policy-noticesymbol|notice]] that explains that your use is with permission from the Wikimedia Foundation and that you are not affiliated with the Foundation. Also, events hosted by a local Wikimedia chapter, thematic organization, or user group can use the marks subject to their respective agreement with the Wikimedia Foundation. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-events|Back to Events and conferences.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-publications}}4.12 什么是“出版物”？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Publications include books, other print media, and web pages. They also mean audiovisual media like music, and other recordings, film and online video. See [[#policy-outreach|Outreach and recruiting new editors]] for materials that provide education about a Wikimedia site. See [[#policy-moviestv|Section 4.5]] for trademark uses in films. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.13 我可以写一本关于维基百科的书籍么？ ==== [[{{lwp|Bibliography of Wikipedia}}|欢迎您这样做！]]但您不应在未获授权的情况下使用维基媒体标志在书的封面上。这是因为我们不会认可未获授权的书籍能够代言基金会。使用[[#FAQ-nonstylizedwordmark|文字标志]]作为书的标题的一部分时同样需要请求授权。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.14 这是否也适用于面向社区成员的像“维基百科的新手指南”的手册？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. But, please send us a request and we will give prompt permission when appropriate. We love Wikipedia guides! </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.15 书被教育发布者发布会导致不同的情况吗？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> No, you will need permission as well, because even educational publishers are commercial entities. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-publications|回到出版物。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-schoolfilm}}4.16 为了在我为我的学校计划制作的电影中展示维基百科商标，我是否需要获得许可？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If you are showing your film to the public, or at your school or workplace, you need permission. But we will make sure to make the permission process as easy and fast as possible. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-moviestv|回到电影和电视节目。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-commercialmerch}}4.17 我是否必须为商业货物捐赠零售价格的一部分？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> No. But you will have to tell your customers if you do not donate your profits. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.18 如果我正在向维基媒体基金会捐赠我的收益的一部分，我必须说的有什么？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Just clearly state what portion of your proceeds will be given to the Wikimedia Foundation. You can, for example, say: "X% of your purchase will be donated to the Wikimedia Foundation." </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.19 我应该在哪里声明我的收益有多少会被捐赠？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> We recommend placing the notice right next to the purchase price, where it will be clearly visible to all buyers. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">4.20 Do I need to mention donations to the Wikimedia Foundation if I do not donate anything at all?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. You should state that 0% of your profits will go to the Wikimedia Foundation. Otherwise, users may mistakenly believe that you are doing fundraising for the Foundation. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-commercialmerch|Back to Commercial merchandise.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 5 禁止使用的情况 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-fakearticle}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.1 Can I make a fake Wikipedia article if it is intended as a joke?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> There are exceptions where this is permissible, but they are very limited. You will likely not fall under such an exception if your mimicking site has any commercial background. Please refer to the [[#policy-noncommercial|section on Parodies]]. Most importantly, you must make sure that no one (really no one!) could confuse your site with any part of a Wikimedia site. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-mimicvsparody}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.2 How do I distinguish between a prohibited mimicking site and a parody site?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Here is an example of a mimicking site: Contrary to the [[{{lwp|Wikipedia:COI}}|Wikipedia guidelines]], you create an article on Wikipedia about yourself or your organization. For unknown reasons, "your" article is deleted. This makes you mad. You register the domain "businesspedia.org" and design a website that looks just like the Wikipedia article that just got deleted, including a link to your own website. You are happy to attract more traffic to it by confusing internet users. Booo! </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> An example of parody site: Imagine you have a great friend called [[Rory|Rory]] and his birthday is coming up. You register the domain "rorypedia.org" and design a website that looks just like a humorous Wikipedia biography on your friend Rory. Since you do not want anyone to confuse "Rorypedia" and Wikipedia, you put a bright colored bar on the top of your site saying, "This page is a present for Rory from his awesome friends and not affiliated with Wikipedia. Happy birthday, Rory!" And you take down the site once the birthday party is over. Yaaay! </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.3 How do I avoid mimicking Wikimedia sites when I use the [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/MediaWiki|MediaWiki]] software?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> All wikis using MediaWiki do in fact share certain graphic elements under the default theme, but the Wikimedia sites have certain visual features that distinguish them. Do not imitate these distinguishing features. For example, you should not use logos that are confusingly similar to the Wikimedia marks or name your site something that sounds like a Wikimedia site. But you can use the "Powered by MediaWiki" button as that button simply describes that the wiki is powered by MediaWiki. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Be sure to directly download the [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/MediaWiki|MediaWiki]] software if you want to use it. Please do not try to blindly copy the HTML code of a Wikimedia site! If you do, you will accidentally import features from our sites, like our Terms of Use or our "contact us" details. Being contacted about problems on your unrelated website understandably makes our wonderful [[:m:OTRS/Volunteering|email response team volunteers]] very unhappy. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-mirrors|Back to mimicking sites.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-linkmirror}}5.4 我可以在维基媒体站点的镜像站点使用标志连接么？ ==== 不可以。维基媒体标志只能在真实的维基媒体站点用于连接。我们愿意重申，站点由维基媒体社群维护和管理。 另外，如果您希望架设一个维基媒体站点的镜像站点，请尤其注意[[#policy-mirrors|镜像方针]]。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-linkstoothers|回到连接至非维基媒体站点。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-misrepresentation}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.5 Can you give me some examples of misrepresentation with respect to the marks?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A misrepresentative use can be something that represents yourself. That includes using a Wikimedia logo in your logo, letterhead, or the name of your organization. Online examples are your social media avatar, favicon, and website domain. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-misrepresentation|Back to Misrepresentation.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-reportingabuse}}6 报告商标滥用 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-howfight}}6.1 你們會如何打擊侵犯商標權的行為？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Each year, we receive over 100 reports of trademark violations from community members. We also employ outside contractors and legal counsel to help protect our trademark portfolio globally. Within our resource constraints, our legal team pursues misuses of our marks to ensure that the Wikimedia logos remain distinctively associated with the Wikimedia community. After careful and sensitive evaluation, we send out cease-and-desist letters, which are usually effective. In the few instances that cannot be resolved by other means, we consider litigation to protect the marks. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">6.2 Who is responsible for enforcing Wikimedia's trademarks?</span>==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Trademark enforcement is currently handled by the Wikimedia Foundation legal team to ensure consistency and compliance with trademark law. But we rely on the Wikimedia community to help us identify potential trademark infringements. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">6.3 What happens when you receive a report of a potential trademark infringement?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> When we receive a complaint that our trademarks are being misused, we first send a confirmation to the person submitting the complaint. Potential infringements are then logged into our system. The legal team then combs through each of those complaints to investigate the alleged infringement. We visit the site personally to make sure the complaint has merit. Then we apply US trademark law in assessing whether there is actual "misuse" and it is a valid infringement of the trademark. In general, the standard of "misuse" in US law is whether the use of the trademark is "confusingly similar" to the Wikimedia Foundation's use of the trademark. In other words, will the potential infringers use of the trademark confuse users into thinking their site is sponsored by or hosted by the Wikimedia Foundation? We always contact the potential infringer first to see if they will voluntarily stop using our marks or work with us to make their use less confusing. If we are unable to work things out informally, and they refuse to comply with a cease and desist letter, we decide whether to move forward with litigation to stop the infringement. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">6.4 Can I send a cease and desist letter on behalf of the Wikimedia Foundation when I find misuse?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Please do not. We really appreciate your help with trademark enforcement, but please report any misuses to us so that we can determine what action is appropriate. </div> <div class="mw-translate-fuzzy"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-reporting|回到报告商标滥用。]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-revision}}7 商标政策的修订 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">7.1 Why can you just change the FAQ section?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The FAQs are not part of the trademark policy. We created them to help you understand the policy. We want to add new questions from the community in the future and to clarify any answers users may find confusing. That is why we want to be able to update the FAQs easily. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">7.2 What if I do not agree with the changes to the policy?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> We encourage you to share your comments and concerns with us during the community feedback period following any announced changes. We will take all comments under careful advisement and ensure that any changes to our policy are consistent with our mission. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-revision|Back to Revision of the trademark policy.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 8 其他问题 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQNakedlicensing}}8.1 什么是“无效授权”？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Failure to exercise quality control in trademark licensing is referred to as "naked licensing," and can sometimes result in loss of trademark rights. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 8.2 什么是视觉识别方针？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> They are a [[Special:MyLanguage/Legal:Visual identity guidelines|set of guidelines]] you should follow when using any of the Wikimedia marks. These guidelines ensure that the marks always look their best and are not distorted in any way. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">8.3 How do the Visual Identity Guidelines relate to the trademark policy?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The Visual Identity Guidelines are a separate document from the trademark policy and can be revised without notice. These guidelines help to make sure the Wikimedia marks are always used consistently with the same level of quality. Consistent use is important in order for us to maintain protection over the Wikimedia marks. It helps avoid confusion among users that may view marks similar to the Wikimedia marks. If Wikimedia marks are displayed consistently, users can be sure when they are viewing actual Wikimedia content instead of an imposter site. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 8.4 我有更多问题如何提问？ ==== 如果您还有其他未在此列出的问题，请将其反馈至讨论页。我们将竭尽所能回答并放入本常见问题页。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} </div></div><noinclude> __NOTOC__ __NOEDITSECTION__ [[Category:Trademark policy{{#translation:}}]] [[Category:Frequently asked questions{{#translation:}}]] </noinclude> hx0v4e02hjrxiy9e89gy027uecjlpu9 594091 594089 2026-09-19T05:10:46Z Pristome 225362 Created page with "4.20 如果我完全不捐赠，我是否需要向维基媒体基金会提及捐赠？" 594091 wikitext text/x-wiki <noinclude><languages /> {{Policy FAQ disclaimer|page=维基媒体基金会商标政策|pagelink=Policy:Trademark policy}} </noinclude><templatestyles src="Template:Trademark/styles.css" /><div class="trademark-section trademark-faq-container"> <div class="trademark-faq-content"> {{anchor|trademark-faq}}<span class="nomobile" style="font-size:2.5em">[[File:Trademark License FAQ.svg<!--change image-->|100px|link=]] '''<includeonly>{{int string|faq}}</includeonly><noinclude>维基媒体基金会商标政策常见问题</noinclude>'''</span><br />''这些常见问题不是商标政策的组成部分。它们也不是一份法律文件。但是我们希望它们能给你提供帮助。''<span style="font-family:monospace, monospace;" dir="ltr">''':)'''</span> <noinclude>{{nonumtoc}}__TOC__</noinclude> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 0 商标政策简介 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} <!-- The form to do this is: {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 0.1 Title ==== ... {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} Either using the Sub or Not, depending on level --> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-tmprotection}}0.1 什么是“商标保护”？ ==== 商標法(trademark law)保護著某一標誌(mark)所代表的某一成果（work，像是商品或服務）之間的連結關係。它意在保障用戶不致於混淆一項成果的來源。同時，用戶也把商標當做與某成果之間的連結，因此會對此標誌所提供的成果之知名度、品質、以及服務有相當程度的期待。因此，商標是項強而有力、極富價值的工具，它能夠使維基媒體基金會以及其社群成員的知名度具象化，也可被視為一種讓用戶能夠認識某一成果或商品或服務的「簡略表達(shorthand)」。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-whataresites}}0.2 什么是“维基媒体网站(Wikimedia sites)”？ ==== 维基媒体基金会运营很多自由软件和自由内容站点，列表见此：[[Special:SiteMatrix|我们的计划]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-policyapplies}}1 本政策适用範圍？ == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-wordmark}}1.1 什么是“文字标志(wordmark)”？ ==== 顾名思义，就是只由文字组成的商标，诸如“Wikipedia”或“Wikimedia”等计划网站名。另外，这也包括任何官方译名和转写（诸如“[[:w:tr:Ana Sayfa|维基百科]]”）。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-nonstylizedwordmark}}1.2 什么是“非艺术化文字标志(non-stylized wordmark)”？ ==== 非艺术化文字标志就是“维基媒体”及其计划的通用名称，诸如“维基百科”、“维基词典”等。相比之下，艺术化文字标志就是在这些名字基础上适当修改文字结构诸如字体。诸如“维基百科”文字标志艺术化后就是[[File:Wikipedia wordmark.svg|80px]]。无论文字标志是否艺术化均属于维基媒体基金会的商标。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-tradedress}}1.3 什么是“商用外观(trade dress)”？ ==== 對我們而言，商用外觀意指網站或文章的設計符合網站或線上資料的來源。你可以把它看成某個網站「看起來和感覺起來的樣子」。比方說，維基百科條目的設計與外觀、或像是維基百科的首頁。任何維基媒體網站的商用外觀同時也屬於維基媒體基金會的商標。商標法也保護商用外觀。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-wikimediamarks|返回“维基媒体标志。”]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-communitymember}}1.4 什么是“社区成员”？ ==== 任何在维基媒体站点有贡献的人。她也包括任何基金会职员、分会成员、专题组织成员、用户组成员和基金会本身。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-communitymembers|回到社群成员]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-moveorgsfreely}}1.5 为何運動组织不能任意地使用商標？ ==== 身為商標的法定持有者，我們需要掌控運動組織使用商標的方式以保護整個社群。你可以在[[#purpose-maintainrights|這裡]]閱讀更多相關資料。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 1.6 什么是此商标政策和分会、用户组或专题组织协议之间的关系？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Chapters, user groups, and thematic organizations must comply both with this trademark policy and their respective agreement with the Wikimedia Foundation. If there are inconsistencies between this trademark policy and a chapter, user group, or a thematic organization agreement, the organization should follow their agreement. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-wmorgs|回到分会、用户组和专题组织]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 2 如何使用维基媒体商标 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-smallerlogo}}2.1 如果我的产品和服务不由维基媒体基金会提供，我的商标、名称或公司名称是否能够比维基媒体商标更小？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> No. We need to make sure it is extremely clear that the Wikimedia Foundation is not providing your products or services. This is a simple, consistent way of doing that. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.2 如果我清晰地声明产品或服务由我提供，会怎么样？ ==== 對不起，您的商標、名字或公司名字一定要比維基商標大，而且必須適當地分隔開，因為不是每個人都會閱讀文字，可能有些人只會留意圖片。因此，我們必須確保您的產品或服務並非由維基媒體基金會提供。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-outsidewmsites}}2.3 你们说的“在维基媒体站点以外”是指什么？ ==== 也就是不在[[#FAQ-whataresites|维基媒体基金会控制的站点]]使用商标，例如：维基百科、维基共享资源、维基词典、维基数据、维基语录、维基教科书、维基文库、维基物种、维基新闻、维基学院、维基导游和元维基。回顾商标政策，维基媒雲端虚拟专用服务器的标志也被视为维基媒体站点标志。另外，您可以在站外使用这些标志用于编辑马拉松。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.4 我是否仍然能创建将维基媒体商标和像“在居住地的维基人”的其他词语结合起来的词条？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. This provision is not meant to stop community members from creatively combining the marks with other words to create new terms for the Wikimedia movement as long as they do it on the Wikimedia sites. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-translatetext}}2.5 我可以翻译这些商标的文字么？ ==== 您应该[[#FAQ-whataresites|在维基媒体网站的框架下]]翻译这些商标的文字。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.6 我能添加图形元素（例如，为了庆祝特殊活动）吗？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You can create [[:c:Category:SVG Wikimedia community logos|remixes]] for special on-site purposes, but please do not change the logos outside our sites. These and many, many other questions are answered in the [[Visual identity guidelines|Visual Identity Guidelines]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.7 哪些维基媒体商标的重新组合的类型能够在维基媒体网站之外使用？ ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Certain remixes of Wikimedia logos may be used outside of Wikimedia sites as long as the remix does not look too similar to any of the Wikimedia marks. Please make sure that the remix will not be confused with the original Wikimedia logo.</span> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.8 我可以使用标志的高清版么？ ==== 是的！[[Wikimedia official marks|这里请]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-wheretmnotice}}2.9 我在哪里注释商标提醒？ ==== 尽可能在显眼的位置例如注脚。当有人阅读您的文档、访问您的网站或观看您的电影时应能较容易的找到。有几个很好的例子：文档（同一）页面的底部、藏书票上、网页页脚和/或电影制作者清单后。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.10 如果我认为我没有足够的位置注明提醒我应该怎么办？ ==== 不要担心！如果您是想面向移动设备或其他中小屏幕设备注明，您只需要在维基媒体商标后面加注商标符号（™）即可。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.11 我应该如何在提醒中提及商标？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Wordmarks can be referenced verbatim (i.e. "Wikimedia Commons"). Logos should be described according to the [[Visual identity guidelines#toc-puzzle|Visual Identity Guidelines]]. Examples include the "Wikipedia Puzzle Globe" and the "'W' icon." </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.12 我如何使用多于一个标志？ ==== 请确信所有标志都有一个说明如下： <br /><br /> “维基数据名称及标志是维基媒体基金会的商标。” {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.13 什么时候我不得不加入商标符号？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You only need to use the trademark symbol when you do not have enough space to write the entire notice, like when you are using a trademark on a mobile screen. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.14 能否给一些正确使用商标的例子？ ==== 这里有个例子： <br /> <br /> “维基共享资源™是维基媒体基金会旗下收集自由版权的媒体文件，诸如图像、声音和电影剪辑，并面向全球广泛传播的计划网站！” {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.15 我应该使用何种尺寸的商标？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> When you use a wordmark (like "Wikipedia"), you should use the same font size for the trademark symbol as the wordmark itself. In this context, superscript formatting is encouraged for the symbol. When the mark is an image (like the puzzle globe), you should select a font size for the symbol that matches the size of the image and place the symbol so that it is clearly visible and close enough to the upper right corner of the image without touching it. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.16 但是我想把我的網頁設計得好看一點！我可不可以把商標縮小或放在其他地方？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Unfortunately, no. Remember, you only need to put the symbol next to the first or most prominent use of the mark. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-noticesymbol|回到注释或商标符号]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.17 “未被维基媒体基金会批准或与其相关”意味着什么？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You need to make sure that people do not mistakenly think that you may speak on behalf of the Wikimedia Foundation or one of its sites. For instance, you need to make sure that no one thinks you work for the Wikimedia Foundation. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-withoutpermission}}3 不需询问权限的维基媒体标志使用 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.1 你能给我我能在维基媒体网站上使用商标的例子吗？ ==== 您可以在[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:User page}}|用户页]]、[[{{lwp|Help:Contents}}|帮助页]]和[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:About}}|关于维基媒体或其计划的页面]]使用标志。您也可以在[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Mailing lists|邮件列表]]、[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/IRC|IRC]]或用于维基媒体站点的[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:Tools}}|工具]]使用标志。以上使用需遵守[[Terms of Use|使用条款]]。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-onwmsites|回到维基媒体站点商标使用]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-notcommunityfocused}}3.2 哪些活动不是“重点放在社群的”？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> An event that includes mostly people who are not community members is not a community-focused event. (Please see the [[#FAQ-publicevent|FAQ on events in general]].) This does not mean that you cannot have guests at your meetup! </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.3 您能否提供重点放在社群的活动的例子？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Community-focused events are those events that are primarily open to community members and promote the mission. They tend to be related to improving the overall quality of the Wikimedia sites. Examples include conferences and monthly meetups hosted by community members, as well as other specific events like the "London Wikipedians regular's table," Wiki-Conference in Russia, and Wikipedia Workshop Köln (DE). </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-communityfocused|回到重点放在社群的活动]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.4 如果我的活动是重点放在社群的，我能使用哪些标志？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> First, all Wikimedia community-focused events can bear a trademarked name. You may also use the Wikimedia logos to decorate your venue, but only to the extent they are relevant. For example, you cannot use the Wikisource logo for a Wikimedia Commons-only event. However, keep in mind that the 'Wikimania' name and [[:File:Wikimania.svg|logo]] are reserved for the [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimania|yearly Wikimania conference]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-outreachexamples}}3.5 您能否提供拓展工作使用的例子？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You can put up a stand at a street fair. [[:c:Category:Wikimedia stands|Here are some examples of that]]. You may want to present the Wikimedia sites in your club or [[:c:Category:Silberwissen|reach out to seniors]]. You can also [[:c:Category:Wikipedia Schulprojekt|give a talk in a school]] or [[:c:Category:Wikipedia Education Program|create a university course]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.6 什麼是教育性資源？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Educational materials help people to understand the Wikimedia sites. They can be [[:outreach:Bookshelf Project|leaflets, videos]], [[:m:WMDOC/Cheatsheet|cheat sheets]], and other [[:m:Help:Reference card|guides]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.7 在机构代表社区怎么样？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You need to sign and email us a Quick License if your institution wants to call you [[:outreach:Wikipedian in Residence|"Wikipedian in Residence"]] as part of a GLAM project, or something similar. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-outreach|Back to Outreach and recruitment of new editors]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-communitylogo}}3.8 是否存在维基媒体社区标志？ ==== 是的！它在2008年[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Community logo|官方承认]]为元维基标志。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-fairuseexamples}}3.9 合理使用是什么意思？ ==== 在美国商标法中，[[{{lwp|Fair use (U.S. trademark law)}}|合理使用]]章节允许您有条件的任意使用商标而不至于侵犯版权。本方针不会与之冲突。我们已在[[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-fairuse|3.5]]和[[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-fairuse|3.6]]章节使用您易于理解的语言提到。 除了美国商标法外，您还需留意您所在国家的版权法律，多数也规定了合理使用的情形。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.10 您能否提供更多合理使用的例子？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> This category of fair use is tricky in our case because our wordmarks were not real words before our projects were created, unlike "apple" or "facebook." But we would consider it fair use if you were to write a [[:wikt:book#Noun|book]] in the [[{{lwp|Wiki software}}|Wiki software]] and refer to it as a "wiki book," even though Wikibooks is a distinctive trademark. If you are using the wordmarks to describe our projects, that is also a type of fair use (nominative use). You can read more about nominative use [[#FAQ-nominativeuseexamples|here]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-nonfairuseexamples}}3.11 您能否提供更多并非合理使用的例子？ ==== * 使用维基媒体标志宣传您的书籍。 * 销售带有维基媒体基金会标志的T恤。 * 创建您自己的百科全书并且使用了维基百科的球形拼图。 * 使用维基媒体基金会标志为无关计划筹款。 * 在内容并非来自维基媒体站点情形下却宣称内容“来自维基百科，自由的百科全书”。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-fairuse|回到在维基站点以外的讨论（合理使用）。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-nominativeuseexamples}}3.12 您能否提供更多主要使用的例子？ ==== 这里有一些例子： # '''描述维基媒体站点：''' #* <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">In a presentation that describes how Wikipedia works, using the wordmarks in slides in your bullet points would be a nominative use. The same also applies for a blog post that describes Wikidata. If you want to "illustrate" your slides or your blog post with any of the image marks, please refer to [[#policy-noncommercial|artistic, literary, and other non-commercial uses]].</span> #* <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">However, you cannot use a trademark as a generic term. For example, you cannot set up a wiki on motorcycles and refer to it as "a wikipedia for motorcycles."</span> # '''真實準確地說明：''' #* “维基百科是世界最大的在线百科全书，并且它也是数千个网站中唯一一个集结成千上万志愿者编辑的。” #* “我在2009年加入维基百科成为一名编辑者”（在您的个人网站）。 # '''描述衍生作品：''' #* “来源：维基百科” #* “本艺术作品基于来自维基共享资源的图像创建。” #* “以下内容由维基百科内容衍生而来。” #* 或者干脆：“来自维基百科”或“至维基百科条目”（通过QR码） # '''更多個別例子:''' #* <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Refer to the sections on [[#policy-news|news reporting]]; [[#policy-blogssm|personal blogs and social media]]; [[#policy-noncommercial|artistic, literary, and other non-commercial uses]]; and [[#policy-linkstous|links to Wikimedia sites]].</span> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-nominativeuse|Back to Refer to Wikimedia sites (nominative use).]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-logonewsarticle}}3.13 我是否可以在新闻或漫画杂志或者电视新闻上使用标志或截图？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes, as long as the image illustrates the discussion in the article. Do not use our trademark just to attract attention to your work. That will confuse your readers or viewers, and ours! </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-news|回到新闻报道]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-logoblogssm}}3.14 我是否可以在博客文章或者状态更新站点包括标志？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes, as long as the image illustrates the discussion in your post. Do not use trademarked images just to attract attention to your page. Viewers of your blog or your user page should not be confused and think that your page is endorsed by the Wikimedia Foundation or any of its sites. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.15 我能否在用户名、头像或聊天软件表情中使用商标？ ==== 很遗憾，不。我们非常感谢您宣传维基媒体站点。维基媒体社群为之感谢！然而，我们不希望人们认为您的言论就可以代表维基媒体基金会。您能够继续在用户名、头像或聊天软件表情中使用社群标志。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-blogssm|回到个人博客和社交媒体]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-noncommercialexamples}}3.16 你能给我艺术、文学和其他非商业使用的例子吗？ ==== * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Using the trademarks to discuss a scientific thesis in an academic paper.</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Illustrating a point in the slides for an educational presentation with a screenshot of a Wikimedia site.</span> * 使用标志在美术作品中。 * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Creating a parody for the purposes of conveying a political message.</span> * 撰写一本关于维基百科条目的书籍。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-noncommercial|回到艺术作品、文学作品和其他非商业性使用。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-linkingtousexamples}}3.17 您能否提供链接至维基媒体网站的例子？ ==== 是的，您可[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:Banners and buttons}}|点此]]查看。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-qrcodes}}3.18 我能在连接至维基媒体站点的QR码中使用标志么？ ==== 不。用于连接的标志不应如此使用。使用QR码连接您应使用非艺术化维基百科文字标志。您可[[#FAQ-nominativeuseexamples|点此]]了解更多。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-linkstous|回到连接至维基媒体站点。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-personalmerch}}3.19 我可以利用它們做什麼？ ==== 您可以用來製作衣服、帽子、背包、杯子、釘子、筆、貼紙、海報、屏幕背景，甚至蛋糕。大前提是你不會利用這些物品來牟利。 [[:c:Special:MyLanguage/Category:Wikipedia promotion|<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Here are some examples.</span>]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.20 我可以销售带有这些标志的周边商品么？ ==== 不，在未获授权的情况下您不能这样做。更多信息[[#policy-commercialmerch|见此]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.21 可以在其他场合使用原样么？ ==== 只要你是免費派發這些物品，可以。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.22 那么我在哪可以了解商业销售的周边产品？ ==== 最好是进入[//shop.wikimedia.org 维基媒体商店 (Wikimedia shop)]了解，这里销售的周边商品都由官方授权。如果您希望销售您自己的商品，请[[#policy-commercialmerch|参见此处]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.23 我能要求商业卖主为我创建使用维基媒体商标的自定义物品吗？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Of course! You may ask vendors like bakers and t-shirt sellers to create items with Wikimedia marks especially for you or your friends. This is okay because it is for your own personal use and no one is creating a business surrounding the sale of items with Wikimedia trademarks. And do not worry, vendors will not be required to strictly follow the Visual Identity Guidelines when it is not possible on items like cakes. For example, [[:c:Category:Wikipedia cakes|all these cakes]] are fine. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.24 是否可以委托其他人为会议和类似活动创建带有维基媒体商标的大量物品？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes! As long as the items are not sold to participants, it is okay to ask a vendor to create multiple items with the Wikimedia marks for community-focused parties and gatherings like edit-a-thons under [[Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy#policy-outreach|Section 3.2]] of the policy. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.25 我能在商业货物上使用高分辨率的商标吗？ ==== 當然可以！雖然我們的舊版政策不允許這種做法，但是在新的政策中我們已經廢除了那條規例。 <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[#policy-owngoods|Back to Make your own branded stuff.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-specialpermission}}4 需要许可的特殊使用 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.1 如果我需要許可，我是不是要為此付費？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Usually, there is no license fee. However, we want to keep track of how our trademarks are used. Also, we want to make sure every use complies with our mission and standards. This is why we require a formal license in certain cases. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-specialpermission|回到需要许可的特殊使用。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-contests}}4.2 我是否需要为每一次相片比赛获得许可？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You only need to get a license if you advertise the photo contest outside a Wikimedia site. This includes posters, social media, and blogs. You can freely use the marks for community-focused events. Community-focused events are those that are intended to be predominantly attended by Wikimedia community members. They do not include events open to the general public. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-photocontests|回到照片竞赛。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.3 我是否能够打印带有维基媒体商标的衬衫以为相片比赛给出奖金？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. You can always make t-shirts with the Wikimedia logos and give them away as long as you are not selling them. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-makeyourownbrandedstuff|Back to Make your own branded stuff]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.4 我能够怎样作为在居住地的维基人使用商标？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The marks may be used in any way that identifies you as a Wikipedian in Residence. Please avoid confusion about official endorsement. You should clarify that you are not a representative of the Wikimedia Foundation. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-glam|回到GLAM-WIKI活动。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-cybersquatting}}4.5 你能给我域名抢注的例子吗？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> In the past, someone registered the domain wikkipedia.org to attract traffic to their own site. This is called [[{{lwp|cybersquatting}}|cybersquatting]] or [[{{lwp|typosquatting}}|typosquatting]] that infringes our trademark. We strictly enforce our policy against confusing domain names. Please [[:m:Trademark/Report abuse|tell us]] if you see an infringing domain name. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.6 我可以在我的域名中出现维基媒体标志么？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Unfortunately, no. If you do, there is a risk that you will confuse readers that are looking for Wikimedia content or other material related to Wikimedia. Movement organizations may be permitted to use the Wikimedia mark as part of their domain, but only after receiving special permission. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.7 如果我使用不同的顶级域名，我能使用维基媒体商标吗？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You cannot register a Wikimedia mark as a domain, no matter the [[{{lwp|Top-level domain}}|top-level domain]], including country code top-level domains. For example, you may not register "wikipedia.jobs" even though it uses ".jobs", a different top-level domain, because "wikipedia" is a Wikimedia mark. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.8 但我希望使用我自己的特殊域名！！！ ==== 如果您有合法的理由希望使用我们的域名，请电邮联络[mailto:trademarks@wikimedia.org trademarks@wikimedia.org]。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-domains|回到域名。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-publicevent}}4.9 “公众活动”意味着什么？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A public event is an event that is not predominantly attended by community members. An event is also public when it is announced to the public with signs or advertisements or in an event schedule. Hence, this rule does not apply to community-focused meetups and conferences. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.10 什么活动用途需要许可？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Using a trademark for an event includes naming the event or using a Wikimedia logo on advertisements, leaflets, signage or a website. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.11 是否存在活动需要许可时的例外情况？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If the name of the event uses a mark just to describe its content, that might fall under [[#policy-nominativeuse|nominative use]]. An example for this would be announcing a course called 'Editing Wikipedia for Beginners' or 'Using Wikimedia Commons as an Amateur Photographer'. However, always include a [[#policy-noticesymbol|notice]] that explains that your use is with permission from the Wikimedia Foundation and that you are not affiliated with the Foundation. Also, events hosted by a local Wikimedia chapter, thematic organization, or user group can use the marks subject to their respective agreement with the Wikimedia Foundation. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-events|Back to Events and conferences.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-publications}}4.12 什么是“出版物”？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Publications include books, other print media, and web pages. They also mean audiovisual media like music, and other recordings, film and online video. See [[#policy-outreach|Outreach and recruiting new editors]] for materials that provide education about a Wikimedia site. See [[#policy-moviestv|Section 4.5]] for trademark uses in films. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.13 我可以写一本关于维基百科的书籍么？ ==== [[{{lwp|Bibliography of Wikipedia}}|欢迎您这样做！]]但您不应在未获授权的情况下使用维基媒体标志在书的封面上。这是因为我们不会认可未获授权的书籍能够代言基金会。使用[[#FAQ-nonstylizedwordmark|文字标志]]作为书的标题的一部分时同样需要请求授权。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.14 这是否也适用于面向社区成员的像“维基百科的新手指南”的手册？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. But, please send us a request and we will give prompt permission when appropriate. We love Wikipedia guides! </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.15 书被教育发布者发布会导致不同的情况吗？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> No, you will need permission as well, because even educational publishers are commercial entities. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-publications|回到出版物。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-schoolfilm}}4.16 为了在我为我的学校计划制作的电影中展示维基百科商标，我是否需要获得许可？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If you are showing your film to the public, or at your school or workplace, you need permission. But we will make sure to make the permission process as easy and fast as possible. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-moviestv|回到电影和电视节目。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-commercialmerch}}4.17 我是否必须为商业货物捐赠零售价格的一部分？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> No. But you will have to tell your customers if you do not donate your profits. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.18 如果我正在向维基媒体基金会捐赠我的收益的一部分，我必须说的有什么？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Just clearly state what portion of your proceeds will be given to the Wikimedia Foundation. You can, for example, say: "X% of your purchase will be donated to the Wikimedia Foundation." </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.19 我应该在哪里声明我的收益有多少会被捐赠？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> We recommend placing the notice right next to the purchase price, where it will be clearly visible to all buyers. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.20 如果我完全不捐赠，我是否需要向维基媒体基金会提及捐赠？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. You should state that 0% of your profits will go to the Wikimedia Foundation. Otherwise, users may mistakenly believe that you are doing fundraising for the Foundation. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-commercialmerch|Back to Commercial merchandise.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 5 禁止使用的情况 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-fakearticle}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.1 Can I make a fake Wikipedia article if it is intended as a joke?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> There are exceptions where this is permissible, but they are very limited. You will likely not fall under such an exception if your mimicking site has any commercial background. Please refer to the [[#policy-noncommercial|section on Parodies]]. Most importantly, you must make sure that no one (really no one!) could confuse your site with any part of a Wikimedia site. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-mimicvsparody}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.2 How do I distinguish between a prohibited mimicking site and a parody site?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Here is an example of a mimicking site: Contrary to the [[{{lwp|Wikipedia:COI}}|Wikipedia guidelines]], you create an article on Wikipedia about yourself or your organization. For unknown reasons, "your" article is deleted. This makes you mad. You register the domain "businesspedia.org" and design a website that looks just like the Wikipedia article that just got deleted, including a link to your own website. You are happy to attract more traffic to it by confusing internet users. Booo! </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> An example of parody site: Imagine you have a great friend called [[Rory|Rory]] and his birthday is coming up. You register the domain "rorypedia.org" and design a website that looks just like a humorous Wikipedia biography on your friend Rory. Since you do not want anyone to confuse "Rorypedia" and Wikipedia, you put a bright colored bar on the top of your site saying, "This page is a present for Rory from his awesome friends and not affiliated with Wikipedia. Happy birthday, Rory!" And you take down the site once the birthday party is over. Yaaay! </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.3 How do I avoid mimicking Wikimedia sites when I use the [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/MediaWiki|MediaWiki]] software?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> All wikis using MediaWiki do in fact share certain graphic elements under the default theme, but the Wikimedia sites have certain visual features that distinguish them. Do not imitate these distinguishing features. For example, you should not use logos that are confusingly similar to the Wikimedia marks or name your site something that sounds like a Wikimedia site. But you can use the "Powered by MediaWiki" button as that button simply describes that the wiki is powered by MediaWiki. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Be sure to directly download the [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/MediaWiki|MediaWiki]] software if you want to use it. Please do not try to blindly copy the HTML code of a Wikimedia site! If you do, you will accidentally import features from our sites, like our Terms of Use or our "contact us" details. Being contacted about problems on your unrelated website understandably makes our wonderful [[:m:OTRS/Volunteering|email response team volunteers]] very unhappy. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-mirrors|Back to mimicking sites.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-linkmirror}}5.4 我可以在维基媒体站点的镜像站点使用标志连接么？ ==== 不可以。维基媒体标志只能在真实的维基媒体站点用于连接。我们愿意重申，站点由维基媒体社群维护和管理。 另外，如果您希望架设一个维基媒体站点的镜像站点，请尤其注意[[#policy-mirrors|镜像方针]]。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-linkstoothers|回到连接至非维基媒体站点。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-misrepresentation}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.5 Can you give me some examples of misrepresentation with respect to the marks?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A misrepresentative use can be something that represents yourself. That includes using a Wikimedia logo in your logo, letterhead, or the name of your organization. Online examples are your social media avatar, favicon, and website domain. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-misrepresentation|Back to Misrepresentation.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-reportingabuse}}6 报告商标滥用 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-howfight}}6.1 你們會如何打擊侵犯商標權的行為？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Each year, we receive over 100 reports of trademark violations from community members. We also employ outside contractors and legal counsel to help protect our trademark portfolio globally. Within our resource constraints, our legal team pursues misuses of our marks to ensure that the Wikimedia logos remain distinctively associated with the Wikimedia community. After careful and sensitive evaluation, we send out cease-and-desist letters, which are usually effective. In the few instances that cannot be resolved by other means, we consider litigation to protect the marks. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">6.2 Who is responsible for enforcing Wikimedia's trademarks?</span>==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Trademark enforcement is currently handled by the Wikimedia Foundation legal team to ensure consistency and compliance with trademark law. But we rely on the Wikimedia community to help us identify potential trademark infringements. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">6.3 What happens when you receive a report of a potential trademark infringement?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> When we receive a complaint that our trademarks are being misused, we first send a confirmation to the person submitting the complaint. Potential infringements are then logged into our system. The legal team then combs through each of those complaints to investigate the alleged infringement. We visit the site personally to make sure the complaint has merit. Then we apply US trademark law in assessing whether there is actual "misuse" and it is a valid infringement of the trademark. In general, the standard of "misuse" in US law is whether the use of the trademark is "confusingly similar" to the Wikimedia Foundation's use of the trademark. In other words, will the potential infringers use of the trademark confuse users into thinking their site is sponsored by or hosted by the Wikimedia Foundation? We always contact the potential infringer first to see if they will voluntarily stop using our marks or work with us to make their use less confusing. If we are unable to work things out informally, and they refuse to comply with a cease and desist letter, we decide whether to move forward with litigation to stop the infringement. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">6.4 Can I send a cease and desist letter on behalf of the Wikimedia Foundation when I find misuse?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Please do not. We really appreciate your help with trademark enforcement, but please report any misuses to us so that we can determine what action is appropriate. </div> <div class="mw-translate-fuzzy"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-reporting|回到报告商标滥用。]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-revision}}7 商标政策的修订 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">7.1 Why can you just change the FAQ section?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The FAQs are not part of the trademark policy. We created them to help you understand the policy. We want to add new questions from the community in the future and to clarify any answers users may find confusing. That is why we want to be able to update the FAQs easily. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">7.2 What if I do not agree with the changes to the policy?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> We encourage you to share your comments and concerns with us during the community feedback period following any announced changes. We will take all comments under careful advisement and ensure that any changes to our policy are consistent with our mission. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-revision|Back to Revision of the trademark policy.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 8 其他问题 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQNakedlicensing}}8.1 什么是“无效授权”？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Failure to exercise quality control in trademark licensing is referred to as "naked licensing," and can sometimes result in loss of trademark rights. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 8.2 什么是视觉识别方针？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> They are a [[Special:MyLanguage/Legal:Visual identity guidelines|set of guidelines]] you should follow when using any of the Wikimedia marks. These guidelines ensure that the marks always look their best and are not distorted in any way. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">8.3 How do the Visual Identity Guidelines relate to the trademark policy?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The Visual Identity Guidelines are a separate document from the trademark policy and can be revised without notice. These guidelines help to make sure the Wikimedia marks are always used consistently with the same level of quality. Consistent use is important in order for us to maintain protection over the Wikimedia marks. It helps avoid confusion among users that may view marks similar to the Wikimedia marks. If Wikimedia marks are displayed consistently, users can be sure when they are viewing actual Wikimedia content instead of an imposter site. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 8.4 我有更多问题如何提问？ ==== 如果您还有其他未在此列出的问题，请将其反馈至讨论页。我们将竭尽所能回答并放入本常见问题页。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} </div></div><noinclude> __NOTOC__ __NOEDITSECTION__ [[Category:Trademark policy{{#translation:}}]] [[Category:Frequently asked questions{{#translation:}}]] </noinclude> jt7pex04qollafv9inq8vp786on9bvm 594093 594091 2026-09-19T05:12:52Z Pristome 225362 Created page with "5.1 如果我的虚假维基百科文章预计为笑话，我能创建它吗？" 594093 wikitext text/x-wiki <noinclude><languages /> {{Policy FAQ disclaimer|page=维基媒体基金会商标政策|pagelink=Policy:Trademark policy}} </noinclude><templatestyles src="Template:Trademark/styles.css" /><div class="trademark-section trademark-faq-container"> <div class="trademark-faq-content"> {{anchor|trademark-faq}}<span class="nomobile" style="font-size:2.5em">[[File:Trademark License FAQ.svg<!--change image-->|100px|link=]] '''<includeonly>{{int string|faq}}</includeonly><noinclude>维基媒体基金会商标政策常见问题</noinclude>'''</span><br />''这些常见问题不是商标政策的组成部分。它们也不是一份法律文件。但是我们希望它们能给你提供帮助。''<span style="font-family:monospace, monospace;" dir="ltr">''':)'''</span> <noinclude>{{nonumtoc}}__TOC__</noinclude> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 0 商标政策简介 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} <!-- The form to do this is: {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 0.1 Title ==== ... {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} Either using the Sub or Not, depending on level --> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-tmprotection}}0.1 什么是“商标保护”？ ==== 商標法(trademark law)保護著某一標誌(mark)所代表的某一成果（work，像是商品或服務）之間的連結關係。它意在保障用戶不致於混淆一項成果的來源。同時，用戶也把商標當做與某成果之間的連結，因此會對此標誌所提供的成果之知名度、品質、以及服務有相當程度的期待。因此，商標是項強而有力、極富價值的工具，它能夠使維基媒體基金會以及其社群成員的知名度具象化，也可被視為一種讓用戶能夠認識某一成果或商品或服務的「簡略表達(shorthand)」。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-whataresites}}0.2 什么是“维基媒体网站(Wikimedia sites)”？ ==== 维基媒体基金会运营很多自由软件和自由内容站点，列表见此：[[Special:SiteMatrix|我们的计划]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-policyapplies}}1 本政策适用範圍？ == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-wordmark}}1.1 什么是“文字标志(wordmark)”？ ==== 顾名思义，就是只由文字组成的商标，诸如“Wikipedia”或“Wikimedia”等计划网站名。另外，这也包括任何官方译名和转写（诸如“[[:w:tr:Ana Sayfa|维基百科]]”）。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-nonstylizedwordmark}}1.2 什么是“非艺术化文字标志(non-stylized wordmark)”？ ==== 非艺术化文字标志就是“维基媒体”及其计划的通用名称，诸如“维基百科”、“维基词典”等。相比之下，艺术化文字标志就是在这些名字基础上适当修改文字结构诸如字体。诸如“维基百科”文字标志艺术化后就是[[File:Wikipedia wordmark.svg|80px]]。无论文字标志是否艺术化均属于维基媒体基金会的商标。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-tradedress}}1.3 什么是“商用外观(trade dress)”？ ==== 對我們而言，商用外觀意指網站或文章的設計符合網站或線上資料的來源。你可以把它看成某個網站「看起來和感覺起來的樣子」。比方說，維基百科條目的設計與外觀、或像是維基百科的首頁。任何維基媒體網站的商用外觀同時也屬於維基媒體基金會的商標。商標法也保護商用外觀。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-wikimediamarks|返回“维基媒体标志。”]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-communitymember}}1.4 什么是“社区成员”？ ==== 任何在维基媒体站点有贡献的人。她也包括任何基金会职员、分会成员、专题组织成员、用户组成员和基金会本身。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-communitymembers|回到社群成员]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-moveorgsfreely}}1.5 为何運動组织不能任意地使用商標？ ==== 身為商標的法定持有者，我們需要掌控運動組織使用商標的方式以保護整個社群。你可以在[[#purpose-maintainrights|這裡]]閱讀更多相關資料。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 1.6 什么是此商标政策和分会、用户组或专题组织协议之间的关系？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Chapters, user groups, and thematic organizations must comply both with this trademark policy and their respective agreement with the Wikimedia Foundation. If there are inconsistencies between this trademark policy and a chapter, user group, or a thematic organization agreement, the organization should follow their agreement. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-wmorgs|回到分会、用户组和专题组织]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 2 如何使用维基媒体商标 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-smallerlogo}}2.1 如果我的产品和服务不由维基媒体基金会提供，我的商标、名称或公司名称是否能够比维基媒体商标更小？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> No. We need to make sure it is extremely clear that the Wikimedia Foundation is not providing your products or services. This is a simple, consistent way of doing that. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.2 如果我清晰地声明产品或服务由我提供，会怎么样？ ==== 對不起，您的商標、名字或公司名字一定要比維基商標大，而且必須適當地分隔開，因為不是每個人都會閱讀文字，可能有些人只會留意圖片。因此，我們必須確保您的產品或服務並非由維基媒體基金會提供。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-outsidewmsites}}2.3 你们说的“在维基媒体站点以外”是指什么？ ==== 也就是不在[[#FAQ-whataresites|维基媒体基金会控制的站点]]使用商标，例如：维基百科、维基共享资源、维基词典、维基数据、维基语录、维基教科书、维基文库、维基物种、维基新闻、维基学院、维基导游和元维基。回顾商标政策，维基媒雲端虚拟专用服务器的标志也被视为维基媒体站点标志。另外，您可以在站外使用这些标志用于编辑马拉松。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.4 我是否仍然能创建将维基媒体商标和像“在居住地的维基人”的其他词语结合起来的词条？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. This provision is not meant to stop community members from creatively combining the marks with other words to create new terms for the Wikimedia movement as long as they do it on the Wikimedia sites. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-translatetext}}2.5 我可以翻译这些商标的文字么？ ==== 您应该[[#FAQ-whataresites|在维基媒体网站的框架下]]翻译这些商标的文字。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.6 我能添加图形元素（例如，为了庆祝特殊活动）吗？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You can create [[:c:Category:SVG Wikimedia community logos|remixes]] for special on-site purposes, but please do not change the logos outside our sites. These and many, many other questions are answered in the [[Visual identity guidelines|Visual Identity Guidelines]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.7 哪些维基媒体商标的重新组合的类型能够在维基媒体网站之外使用？ ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Certain remixes of Wikimedia logos may be used outside of Wikimedia sites as long as the remix does not look too similar to any of the Wikimedia marks. Please make sure that the remix will not be confused with the original Wikimedia logo.</span> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.8 我可以使用标志的高清版么？ ==== 是的！[[Wikimedia official marks|这里请]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-wheretmnotice}}2.9 我在哪里注释商标提醒？ ==== 尽可能在显眼的位置例如注脚。当有人阅读您的文档、访问您的网站或观看您的电影时应能较容易的找到。有几个很好的例子：文档（同一）页面的底部、藏书票上、网页页脚和/或电影制作者清单后。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.10 如果我认为我没有足够的位置注明提醒我应该怎么办？ ==== 不要担心！如果您是想面向移动设备或其他中小屏幕设备注明，您只需要在维基媒体商标后面加注商标符号（™）即可。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.11 我应该如何在提醒中提及商标？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Wordmarks can be referenced verbatim (i.e. "Wikimedia Commons"). Logos should be described according to the [[Visual identity guidelines#toc-puzzle|Visual Identity Guidelines]]. Examples include the "Wikipedia Puzzle Globe" and the "'W' icon." </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.12 我如何使用多于一个标志？ ==== 请确信所有标志都有一个说明如下： <br /><br /> “维基数据名称及标志是维基媒体基金会的商标。” {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.13 什么时候我不得不加入商标符号？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You only need to use the trademark symbol when you do not have enough space to write the entire notice, like when you are using a trademark on a mobile screen. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.14 能否给一些正确使用商标的例子？ ==== 这里有个例子： <br /> <br /> “维基共享资源™是维基媒体基金会旗下收集自由版权的媒体文件，诸如图像、声音和电影剪辑，并面向全球广泛传播的计划网站！” {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.15 我应该使用何种尺寸的商标？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> When you use a wordmark (like "Wikipedia"), you should use the same font size for the trademark symbol as the wordmark itself. In this context, superscript formatting is encouraged for the symbol. When the mark is an image (like the puzzle globe), you should select a font size for the symbol that matches the size of the image and place the symbol so that it is clearly visible and close enough to the upper right corner of the image without touching it. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.16 但是我想把我的網頁設計得好看一點！我可不可以把商標縮小或放在其他地方？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Unfortunately, no. Remember, you only need to put the symbol next to the first or most prominent use of the mark. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-noticesymbol|回到注释或商标符号]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 2.17 “未被维基媒体基金会批准或与其相关”意味着什么？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You need to make sure that people do not mistakenly think that you may speak on behalf of the Wikimedia Foundation or one of its sites. For instance, you need to make sure that no one thinks you work for the Wikimedia Foundation. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-withoutpermission}}3 不需询问权限的维基媒体标志使用 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.1 你能给我我能在维基媒体网站上使用商标的例子吗？ ==== 您可以在[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:User page}}|用户页]]、[[{{lwp|Help:Contents}}|帮助页]]和[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:About}}|关于维基媒体或其计划的页面]]使用标志。您也可以在[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Mailing lists|邮件列表]]、[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/IRC|IRC]]或用于维基媒体站点的[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:Tools}}|工具]]使用标志。以上使用需遵守[[Terms of Use|使用条款]]。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-onwmsites|回到维基媒体站点商标使用]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-notcommunityfocused}}3.2 哪些活动不是“重点放在社群的”？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> An event that includes mostly people who are not community members is not a community-focused event. (Please see the [[#FAQ-publicevent|FAQ on events in general]].) This does not mean that you cannot have guests at your meetup! </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.3 您能否提供重点放在社群的活动的例子？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Community-focused events are those events that are primarily open to community members and promote the mission. They tend to be related to improving the overall quality of the Wikimedia sites. Examples include conferences and monthly meetups hosted by community members, as well as other specific events like the "London Wikipedians regular's table," Wiki-Conference in Russia, and Wikipedia Workshop Köln (DE). </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-communityfocused|回到重点放在社群的活动]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.4 如果我的活动是重点放在社群的，我能使用哪些标志？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> First, all Wikimedia community-focused events can bear a trademarked name. You may also use the Wikimedia logos to decorate your venue, but only to the extent they are relevant. For example, you cannot use the Wikisource logo for a Wikimedia Commons-only event. However, keep in mind that the 'Wikimania' name and [[:File:Wikimania.svg|logo]] are reserved for the [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimania|yearly Wikimania conference]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-outreachexamples}}3.5 您能否提供拓展工作使用的例子？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You can put up a stand at a street fair. [[:c:Category:Wikimedia stands|Here are some examples of that]]. You may want to present the Wikimedia sites in your club or [[:c:Category:Silberwissen|reach out to seniors]]. You can also [[:c:Category:Wikipedia Schulprojekt|give a talk in a school]] or [[:c:Category:Wikipedia Education Program|create a university course]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.6 什麼是教育性資源？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Educational materials help people to understand the Wikimedia sites. They can be [[:outreach:Bookshelf Project|leaflets, videos]], [[:m:WMDOC/Cheatsheet|cheat sheets]], and other [[:m:Help:Reference card|guides]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.7 在机构代表社区怎么样？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You need to sign and email us a Quick License if your institution wants to call you [[:outreach:Wikipedian in Residence|"Wikipedian in Residence"]] as part of a GLAM project, or something similar. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-outreach|Back to Outreach and recruitment of new editors]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-communitylogo}}3.8 是否存在维基媒体社区标志？ ==== 是的！它在2008年[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Community logo|官方承认]]为元维基标志。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-fairuseexamples}}3.9 合理使用是什么意思？ ==== 在美国商标法中，[[{{lwp|Fair use (U.S. trademark law)}}|合理使用]]章节允许您有条件的任意使用商标而不至于侵犯版权。本方针不会与之冲突。我们已在[[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-fairuse|3.5]]和[[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-fairuse|3.6]]章节使用您易于理解的语言提到。 除了美国商标法外，您还需留意您所在国家的版权法律，多数也规定了合理使用的情形。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.10 您能否提供更多合理使用的例子？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> This category of fair use is tricky in our case because our wordmarks were not real words before our projects were created, unlike "apple" or "facebook." But we would consider it fair use if you were to write a [[:wikt:book#Noun|book]] in the [[{{lwp|Wiki software}}|Wiki software]] and refer to it as a "wiki book," even though Wikibooks is a distinctive trademark. If you are using the wordmarks to describe our projects, that is also a type of fair use (nominative use). You can read more about nominative use [[#FAQ-nominativeuseexamples|here]]. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-nonfairuseexamples}}3.11 您能否提供更多并非合理使用的例子？ ==== * 使用维基媒体标志宣传您的书籍。 * 销售带有维基媒体基金会标志的T恤。 * 创建您自己的百科全书并且使用了维基百科的球形拼图。 * 使用维基媒体基金会标志为无关计划筹款。 * 在内容并非来自维基媒体站点情形下却宣称内容“来自维基百科，自由的百科全书”。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-fairuse|回到在维基站点以外的讨论（合理使用）。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-nominativeuseexamples}}3.12 您能否提供更多主要使用的例子？ ==== 这里有一些例子： # '''描述维基媒体站点：''' #* <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">In a presentation that describes how Wikipedia works, using the wordmarks in slides in your bullet points would be a nominative use. The same also applies for a blog post that describes Wikidata. If you want to "illustrate" your slides or your blog post with any of the image marks, please refer to [[#policy-noncommercial|artistic, literary, and other non-commercial uses]].</span> #* <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">However, you cannot use a trademark as a generic term. For example, you cannot set up a wiki on motorcycles and refer to it as "a wikipedia for motorcycles."</span> # '''真實準確地說明：''' #* “维基百科是世界最大的在线百科全书，并且它也是数千个网站中唯一一个集结成千上万志愿者编辑的。” #* “我在2009年加入维基百科成为一名编辑者”（在您的个人网站）。 # '''描述衍生作品：''' #* “来源：维基百科” #* “本艺术作品基于来自维基共享资源的图像创建。” #* “以下内容由维基百科内容衍生而来。” #* 或者干脆：“来自维基百科”或“至维基百科条目”（通过QR码） # '''更多個別例子:''' #* <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Refer to the sections on [[#policy-news|news reporting]]; [[#policy-blogssm|personal blogs and social media]]; [[#policy-noncommercial|artistic, literary, and other non-commercial uses]]; and [[#policy-linkstous|links to Wikimedia sites]].</span> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-nominativeuse|Back to Refer to Wikimedia sites (nominative use).]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-logonewsarticle}}3.13 我是否可以在新闻或漫画杂志或者电视新闻上使用标志或截图？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes, as long as the image illustrates the discussion in the article. Do not use our trademark just to attract attention to your work. That will confuse your readers or viewers, and ours! </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-news|回到新闻报道]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-logoblogssm}}3.14 我是否可以在博客文章或者状态更新站点包括标志？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes, as long as the image illustrates the discussion in your post. Do not use trademarked images just to attract attention to your page. Viewers of your blog or your user page should not be confused and think that your page is endorsed by the Wikimedia Foundation or any of its sites. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.15 我能否在用户名、头像或聊天软件表情中使用商标？ ==== 很遗憾，不。我们非常感谢您宣传维基媒体站点。维基媒体社群为之感谢！然而，我们不希望人们认为您的言论就可以代表维基媒体基金会。您能够继续在用户名、头像或聊天软件表情中使用社群标志。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-blogssm|回到个人博客和社交媒体]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-noncommercialexamples}}3.16 你能给我艺术、文学和其他非商业使用的例子吗？ ==== * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Using the trademarks to discuss a scientific thesis in an academic paper.</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Illustrating a point in the slides for an educational presentation with a screenshot of a Wikimedia site.</span> * 使用标志在美术作品中。 * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Creating a parody for the purposes of conveying a political message.</span> * 撰写一本关于维基百科条目的书籍。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-noncommercial|回到艺术作品、文学作品和其他非商业性使用。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-linkingtousexamples}}3.17 您能否提供链接至维基媒体网站的例子？ ==== 是的，您可[[{{lwp|Wikipedia:Banners and buttons}}|点此]]查看。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-qrcodes}}3.18 我能在连接至维基媒体站点的QR码中使用标志么？ ==== 不。用于连接的标志不应如此使用。使用QR码连接您应使用非艺术化维基百科文字标志。您可[[#FAQ-nominativeuseexamples|点此]]了解更多。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-linkstous|回到连接至维基媒体站点。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-personalmerch}}3.19 我可以利用它們做什麼？ ==== 您可以用來製作衣服、帽子、背包、杯子、釘子、筆、貼紙、海報、屏幕背景，甚至蛋糕。大前提是你不會利用這些物品來牟利。 [[:c:Special:MyLanguage/Category:Wikipedia promotion|<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Here are some examples.</span>]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.20 我可以销售带有这些标志的周边商品么？ ==== 不，在未获授权的情况下您不能这样做。更多信息[[#policy-commercialmerch|见此]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.21 可以在其他场合使用原样么？ ==== 只要你是免費派發這些物品，可以。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.22 那么我在哪可以了解商业销售的周边产品？ ==== 最好是进入[//shop.wikimedia.org 维基媒体商店 (Wikimedia shop)]了解，这里销售的周边商品都由官方授权。如果您希望销售您自己的商品，请[[#policy-commercialmerch|参见此处]]。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.23 我能要求商业卖主为我创建使用维基媒体商标的自定义物品吗？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Of course! You may ask vendors like bakers and t-shirt sellers to create items with Wikimedia marks especially for you or your friends. This is okay because it is for your own personal use and no one is creating a business surrounding the sale of items with Wikimedia trademarks. And do not worry, vendors will not be required to strictly follow the Visual Identity Guidelines when it is not possible on items like cakes. For example, [[:c:Category:Wikipedia cakes|all these cakes]] are fine. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.24 是否可以委托其他人为会议和类似活动创建带有维基媒体商标的大量物品？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes! As long as the items are not sold to participants, it is okay to ask a vendor to create multiple items with the Wikimedia marks for community-focused parties and gatherings like edit-a-thons under [[Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy#policy-outreach|Section 3.2]] of the policy. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 3.25 我能在商业货物上使用高分辨率的商标吗？ ==== 當然可以！雖然我們的舊版政策不允許這種做法，但是在新的政策中我們已經廢除了那條規例。 <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[#policy-owngoods|Back to Make your own branded stuff.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-specialpermission}}4 需要许可的特殊使用 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.1 如果我需要許可，我是不是要為此付費？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Usually, there is no license fee. However, we want to keep track of how our trademarks are used. Also, we want to make sure every use complies with our mission and standards. This is why we require a formal license in certain cases. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-specialpermission|回到需要许可的特殊使用。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-contests}}4.2 我是否需要为每一次相片比赛获得许可？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You only need to get a license if you advertise the photo contest outside a Wikimedia site. This includes posters, social media, and blogs. You can freely use the marks for community-focused events. Community-focused events are those that are intended to be predominantly attended by Wikimedia community members. They do not include events open to the general public. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-photocontests|回到照片竞赛。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.3 我是否能够打印带有维基媒体商标的衬衫以为相片比赛给出奖金？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. You can always make t-shirts with the Wikimedia logos and give them away as long as you are not selling them. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-makeyourownbrandedstuff|Back to Make your own branded stuff]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.4 我能够怎样作为在居住地的维基人使用商标？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The marks may be used in any way that identifies you as a Wikipedian in Residence. Please avoid confusion about official endorsement. You should clarify that you are not a representative of the Wikimedia Foundation. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-glam|回到GLAM-WIKI活动。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-cybersquatting}}4.5 你能给我域名抢注的例子吗？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> In the past, someone registered the domain wikkipedia.org to attract traffic to their own site. This is called [[{{lwp|cybersquatting}}|cybersquatting]] or [[{{lwp|typosquatting}}|typosquatting]] that infringes our trademark. We strictly enforce our policy against confusing domain names. Please [[:m:Trademark/Report abuse|tell us]] if you see an infringing domain name. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.6 我可以在我的域名中出现维基媒体标志么？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Unfortunately, no. If you do, there is a risk that you will confuse readers that are looking for Wikimedia content or other material related to Wikimedia. Movement organizations may be permitted to use the Wikimedia mark as part of their domain, but only after receiving special permission. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.7 如果我使用不同的顶级域名，我能使用维基媒体商标吗？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> You cannot register a Wikimedia mark as a domain, no matter the [[{{lwp|Top-level domain}}|top-level domain]], including country code top-level domains. For example, you may not register "wikipedia.jobs" even though it uses ".jobs", a different top-level domain, because "wikipedia" is a Wikimedia mark. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.8 但我希望使用我自己的特殊域名！！！ ==== 如果您有合法的理由希望使用我们的域名，请电邮联络[mailto:trademarks@wikimedia.org trademarks@wikimedia.org]。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-domains|回到域名。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-publicevent}}4.9 “公众活动”意味着什么？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A public event is an event that is not predominantly attended by community members. An event is also public when it is announced to the public with signs or advertisements or in an event schedule. Hence, this rule does not apply to community-focused meetups and conferences. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.10 什么活动用途需要许可？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Using a trademark for an event includes naming the event or using a Wikimedia logo on advertisements, leaflets, signage or a website. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.11 是否存在活动需要许可时的例外情况？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If the name of the event uses a mark just to describe its content, that might fall under [[#policy-nominativeuse|nominative use]]. An example for this would be announcing a course called 'Editing Wikipedia for Beginners' or 'Using Wikimedia Commons as an Amateur Photographer'. However, always include a [[#policy-noticesymbol|notice]] that explains that your use is with permission from the Wikimedia Foundation and that you are not affiliated with the Foundation. Also, events hosted by a local Wikimedia chapter, thematic organization, or user group can use the marks subject to their respective agreement with the Wikimedia Foundation. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-events|Back to Events and conferences.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-publications}}4.12 什么是“出版物”？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Publications include books, other print media, and web pages. They also mean audiovisual media like music, and other recordings, film and online video. See [[#policy-outreach|Outreach and recruiting new editors]] for materials that provide education about a Wikimedia site. See [[#policy-moviestv|Section 4.5]] for trademark uses in films. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.13 我可以写一本关于维基百科的书籍么？ ==== [[{{lwp|Bibliography of Wikipedia}}|欢迎您这样做！]]但您不应在未获授权的情况下使用维基媒体标志在书的封面上。这是因为我们不会认可未获授权的书籍能够代言基金会。使用[[#FAQ-nonstylizedwordmark|文字标志]]作为书的标题的一部分时同样需要请求授权。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.14 这是否也适用于面向社区成员的像“维基百科的新手指南”的手册？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. But, please send us a request and we will give prompt permission when appropriate. We love Wikipedia guides! </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.15 书被教育发布者发布会导致不同的情况吗？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> No, you will need permission as well, because even educational publishers are commercial entities. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-publications|回到出版物。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-schoolfilm}}4.16 为了在我为我的学校计划制作的电影中展示维基百科商标，我是否需要获得许可？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If you are showing your film to the public, or at your school or workplace, you need permission. But we will make sure to make the permission process as easy and fast as possible. </div> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-moviestv|回到电影和电视节目。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-commercialmerch}}4.17 我是否必须为商业货物捐赠零售价格的一部分？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> No. But you will have to tell your customers if you do not donate your profits. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.18 如果我正在向维基媒体基金会捐赠我的收益的一部分，我必须说的有什么？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Just clearly state what portion of your proceeds will be given to the Wikimedia Foundation. You can, for example, say: "X% of your purchase will be donated to the Wikimedia Foundation." </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.19 我应该在哪里声明我的收益有多少会被捐赠？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> We recommend placing the notice right next to the purchase price, where it will be clearly visible to all buyers. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 4.20 如果我完全不捐赠，我是否需要向维基媒体基金会提及捐赠？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Yes. You should state that 0% of your profits will go to the Wikimedia Foundation. Otherwise, users may mistakenly believe that you are doing fundraising for the Foundation. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-commercialmerch|Back to Commercial merchandise.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 5 禁止使用的情况 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-fakearticle}}5.1 如果我的虚假维基百科文章预计为笑话，我能创建它吗？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> There are exceptions where this is permissible, but they are very limited. You will likely not fall under such an exception if your mimicking site has any commercial background. Please refer to the [[#policy-noncommercial|section on Parodies]]. Most importantly, you must make sure that no one (really no one!) could confuse your site with any part of a Wikimedia site. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-mimicvsparody}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.2 How do I distinguish between a prohibited mimicking site and a parody site?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Here is an example of a mimicking site: Contrary to the [[{{lwp|Wikipedia:COI}}|Wikipedia guidelines]], you create an article on Wikipedia about yourself or your organization. For unknown reasons, "your" article is deleted. This makes you mad. You register the domain "businesspedia.org" and design a website that looks just like the Wikipedia article that just got deleted, including a link to your own website. You are happy to attract more traffic to it by confusing internet users. Booo! </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> An example of parody site: Imagine you have a great friend called [[Rory|Rory]] and his birthday is coming up. You register the domain "rorypedia.org" and design a website that looks just like a humorous Wikipedia biography on your friend Rory. Since you do not want anyone to confuse "Rorypedia" and Wikipedia, you put a bright colored bar on the top of your site saying, "This page is a present for Rory from his awesome friends and not affiliated with Wikipedia. Happy birthday, Rory!" And you take down the site once the birthday party is over. Yaaay! </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.3 How do I avoid mimicking Wikimedia sites when I use the [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/MediaWiki|MediaWiki]] software?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> All wikis using MediaWiki do in fact share certain graphic elements under the default theme, but the Wikimedia sites have certain visual features that distinguish them. Do not imitate these distinguishing features. For example, you should not use logos that are confusingly similar to the Wikimedia marks or name your site something that sounds like a Wikimedia site. But you can use the "Powered by MediaWiki" button as that button simply describes that the wiki is powered by MediaWiki. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Be sure to directly download the [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/MediaWiki|MediaWiki]] software if you want to use it. Please do not try to blindly copy the HTML code of a Wikimedia site! If you do, you will accidentally import features from our sites, like our Terms of Use or our "contact us" details. Being contacted about problems on your unrelated website understandably makes our wonderful [[:m:OTRS/Volunteering|email response team volunteers]] very unhappy. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-mirrors|Back to mimicking sites.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-linkmirror}}5.4 我可以在维基媒体站点的镜像站点使用标志连接么？ ==== 不可以。维基媒体标志只能在真实的维基媒体站点用于连接。我们愿意重申，站点由维基媒体社群维护和管理。 另外，如果您希望架设一个维基媒体站点的镜像站点，请尤其注意[[#policy-mirrors|镜像方针]]。 [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-linkstoothers|回到连接至非维基媒体站点。]] {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-misrepresentation}}<span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">5.5 Can you give me some examples of misrepresentation with respect to the marks?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A misrepresentative use can be something that represents yourself. That includes using a Wikimedia logo in your logo, letterhead, or the name of your organization. Online examples are your social media avatar, favicon, and website domain. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-misrepresentation|Back to Misrepresentation.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-reportingabuse}}6 报告商标滥用 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQ-howfight}}6.1 你們會如何打擊侵犯商標權的行為？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Each year, we receive over 100 reports of trademark violations from community members. We also employ outside contractors and legal counsel to help protect our trademark portfolio globally. Within our resource constraints, our legal team pursues misuses of our marks to ensure that the Wikimedia logos remain distinctively associated with the Wikimedia community. After careful and sensitive evaluation, we send out cease-and-desist letters, which are usually effective. In the few instances that cannot be resolved by other means, we consider litigation to protect the marks. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">6.2 Who is responsible for enforcing Wikimedia's trademarks?</span>==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Trademark enforcement is currently handled by the Wikimedia Foundation legal team to ensure consistency and compliance with trademark law. But we rely on the Wikimedia community to help us identify potential trademark infringements. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">6.3 What happens when you receive a report of a potential trademark infringement?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> When we receive a complaint that our trademarks are being misused, we first send a confirmation to the person submitting the complaint. Potential infringements are then logged into our system. The legal team then combs through each of those complaints to investigate the alleged infringement. We visit the site personally to make sure the complaint has merit. Then we apply US trademark law in assessing whether there is actual "misuse" and it is a valid infringement of the trademark. In general, the standard of "misuse" in US law is whether the use of the trademark is "confusingly similar" to the Wikimedia Foundation's use of the trademark. In other words, will the potential infringers use of the trademark confuse users into thinking their site is sponsored by or hosted by the Wikimedia Foundation? We always contact the potential infringer first to see if they will voluntarily stop using our marks or work with us to make their use less confusing. If we are unable to work things out informally, and they refuse to comply with a cease and desist letter, we decide whether to move forward with litigation to stop the infringement. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">6.4 Can I send a cease and desist letter on behalf of the Wikimedia Foundation when I find misuse?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Please do not. We really appreciate your help with trademark enforcement, but please report any misuses to us so that we can determine what action is appropriate. </div> <div class="mw-translate-fuzzy"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-reporting|回到报告商标滥用。]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == {{anchor|FAQ-revision}}7 商标政策的修订 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">7.1 Why can you just change the FAQ section?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The FAQs are not part of the trademark policy. We created them to help you understand the policy. We want to add new questions from the community in the future and to clarify any answers users may find confusing. That is why we want to be able to update the FAQs easily. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">7.2 What if I do not agree with the changes to the policy?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> We encourage you to share your comments and concerns with us during the community feedback period following any announced changes. We will take all comments under careful advisement and ensure that any changes to our policy are consistent with our mission. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[<noinclude>Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy</noinclude>#policy-revision|Back to Revision of the trademark policy.]] </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Start}} == 8 其他问题 == {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== {{anchor|FAQNakedlicensing}}8.1 什么是“无效授权”？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Failure to exercise quality control in trademark licensing is referred to as "naked licensing," and can sometimes result in loss of trademark rights. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 8.2 什么是视觉识别方针？ ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> They are a [[Special:MyLanguage/Legal:Visual identity guidelines|set of guidelines]] you should follow when using any of the Wikimedia marks. These guidelines ensure that the marks always look their best and are not distorted in any way. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">8.3 How do the Visual Identity Guidelines relate to the trademark policy?</span> ==== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The Visual Identity Guidelines are a separate document from the trademark policy and can be revised without notice. These guidelines help to make sure the Wikimedia marks are always used consistently with the same level of quality. Consistent use is important in order for us to maintain protection over the Wikimedia marks. It helps avoid confusion among users that may view marks similar to the Wikimedia marks. If Wikimedia marks are displayed consistently, users can be sure when they are viewing actual Wikimedia content instead of an imposter site. </div> {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/Start}} ==== 8.4 我有更多问题如何提问？ ==== 如果您还有其他未在此列出的问题，请将其反馈至讨论页。我们将竭尽所能回答并放入本常见问题页。 {{Trademark/FAQ/Section/Sub/End}} </div></div><noinclude> __NOTOC__ __NOEDITSECTION__ [[Category:Trademark policy{{#translation:}}]] [[Category:Frequently asked questions{{#translation:}}]] </noinclude> 2uhu2g04irsa54sej8gb1as28hna0tz 1198 115391 594009 312443 2026-09-18T18:16:34Z Pristome 225362 594009 wikitext text/x-wiki 維基媒體基金會託管的專案之所以存在，是因為像您這樣充滿活力的使用者社群共同編寫、編輯和策劃內容。我們非常高興地歡迎您參與這個社區。我們鼓勵您在與社區中其他人的互動中保持文明和禮貌，真誠行事，並進行編輯和貢獻，以進一步實現共享專案的使命。我們要求所有使用者查看並遵守[[$1|通用行為準則]]（「UCoC」），該準則規定了我們託管的所有專案中的學術、民事合作要求。 daa6f53rceyr6zarw1q0b9dudo9rqzx 1198 170112 594018 550182 2026-09-19T02:48:09Z Pristome 225362 594018 wikitext text/x-wiki 以下操作會[[$1|被日誌記錄]]： 1kbwpu5yidj2xulfcb4vh9ucfe2mo8x 3 199740 594008 2026-09-18T15:42:21Z GVarnum-WMF 885 Created page with "{{subst:welcome-editor}}" 594008 wikitext text/x-wiki == Welcome to the Wikimedia Foundation Governance Wiki Editors Group == [[File:Panneau d'accueil multilingue, gare de Clermont-Ferrand.jpg|250px|thumb|"Hello" welcome sign in several languages at the entrance to France's [[{{lwp|Clermont-Ferrand station}}|Clermont-Ferrand station]]]] '''Thanks for being here!''' If you have not already, please: # Review the [[Wikimedia:Accounts policy#expectations|expectations of editor group accounts]] # Review the wiki's [[Wikimedia:Manual of style|Manual of style]] # Join the internal {{Wiki Slack channel link}} Slack channel for this wiki Please contact the wiki's [[Wikimedia:Core administrators team|core administrators team]] with questions, problems, or for assistance. Thank you in advance for your contributions to this wiki and for respecting its [[Wikimedia:Policies, guidelines, and procedures|policies, guidelines, and procedures]]. ---[[User:GVarnum-WMF|Gregory Varnum (Wikimedia Foundation) [he/him]]] ([[User talk:GVarnum-WMF|talk]]) 15:42, 18 September 2026 (UTC) on behalf of the [[Wikimedia:Core administrators team|Wikimedia Foundation Governance Wiki Core Administrators Team]] 9osqa8pzvcfvg1mk1vaiitf3ug4w8eb 1198 199745 594022 2026-09-19T02:52:53Z Pristome 225362 Created page with "1.6 什么是此商标政策和分会、用户组或专题组织协议之间的关系？" 594022 wikitext text/x-wiki 1.6 什么是此商标政策和分会、用户组或专题组织协议之间的关系？ 0vk8r7kgy40d72j62rll0k3gs4au3fa 1198 199746 594026 2026-09-19T02:56:45Z Pristome 225362 Created page with "2.2 如果我清晰地声明产品或服务由我提供，会怎么样？" 594026 wikitext text/x-wiki 2.2 如果我清晰地声明产品或服务由我提供，会怎么样？ k0h4lb1jmunjtgejh80dqlu7d7tvqfb 1198 199747 594028 2026-09-19T03:00:39Z Pristome 225362 Created page with "2.1 如果我的产品和服务不由维基媒体基金会提供，我的商标、名称或公司名称是否能够比维基媒体商标更小？" 594028 wikitext text/x-wiki 2.1 如果我的产品和服务不由维基媒体基金会提供，我的商标、名称或公司名称是否能够比维基媒体商标更小？ r3ox7azhpw5oiyq2djtgi2hx8h2s7yo 1198 199748 594030 2026-09-19T03:04:51Z Pristome 225362 Created page with "2.4 我是否仍然能创建将维基媒体商标和像“在居住地的维基人”的其他词语结合起来的词条？" 594030 wikitext text/x-wiki 2.4 我是否仍然能创建将维基媒体商标和像“在居住地的维基人”的其他词语结合起来的词条？ f8gmt0j6wfeox6loio0taieaivhmo3w 1198 199749 594032 2026-09-19T03:07:57Z Pristome 225362 Created page with "2.6 我能添加图形元素（例如，为了庆祝特殊活动）吗？" 594032 wikitext text/x-wiki 2.6 我能添加图形元素（例如，为了庆祝特殊活动）吗？ 4vb6zqzsuhcrmboeosi8e2fx9e4qnpt 1198 199750 594034 2026-09-19T03:10:02Z Pristome 225362 Created page with "2.7 哪些维基媒体商标的重新组合的类型能够在维基媒体网站之外使用？" 594034 wikitext text/x-wiki 2.7 哪些维基媒体商标的重新组合的类型能够在维基媒体网站之外使用？ diipbxzt58ggkxm8l5xtzzngma75luo 1198 199751 594036 2026-09-19T03:10:38Z Pristome 225362 Created page with "2.11 我应该如何在提醒中提及商标？" 594036 wikitext text/x-wiki 2.11 我应该如何在提醒中提及商标？ pyqmueruq6q28xxpqlcv54n34p8ffle 1198 199752 594038 2026-09-19T03:41:21Z Pristome 225362 Created page with "2.17 “未被维基媒体基金会批准或与其相关”意味着什么？" 594038 wikitext text/x-wiki 2.17 “未被维基媒体基金会批准或与其相关”意味着什么？ h38h4kv2zwzw860ll9lry1pp8uxhmvb 1198 199753 594040 2026-09-19T03:41:59Z Pristome 225362 Created page with "3.1 你能给我我能在维基媒体网站上使用商标的例子吗？" 594040 wikitext text/x-wiki 3.1 你能给我我能在维基媒体网站上使用商标的例子吗？ aoqz1it660n1737qs0mdwah4y65jc57 1198 199754 594044 2026-09-19T03:43:31Z Pristome 225362 Created page with "3.7 在机构代表社区怎么样？" 594044 wikitext text/x-wiki 3.7 在机构代表社区怎么样？ fva1dhjq6f4uw7x9s3jbofntvqgotxc 1198 199755 594050 2026-09-19T03:47:04Z Pristome 225362 Created page with "3.16 你能给我艺术、文学和其他非商业使用的例子吗？" 594050 wikitext text/x-wiki 3.16 你能给我艺术、文学和其他非商业使用的例子吗？ 2sdnq9mf40rf8l4wnt7dn8g3f0i3tp6 1198 199756 594054 2026-09-19T03:57:36Z Pristome 225362 Created page with "3.23 我能要求商业卖主为我创建使用维基媒体商标的自定义物品吗？" 594054 wikitext text/x-wiki 3.23 我能要求商业卖主为我创建使用维基媒体商标的自定义物品吗？ h33mszj5zk5zdvz58jq0rz6z5vytw7s 1198 199757 594056 2026-09-19T04:04:16Z Pristome 225362 Created page with "3.24 是否可以委托其他人为会议和类似活动创建带有维基媒体商标的大量物品？" 594056 wikitext text/x-wiki 3.24 是否可以委托其他人为会议和类似活动创建带有维基媒体商标的大量物品？ 30be7vs1wu33mdgnmxscolms6dhuq46 1198 199758 594058 2026-09-19T04:05:23Z Pristome 225362 Created page with "3.25 我能在商业货物上使用高分辨率的商标吗？" 594058 wikitext text/x-wiki 3.25 我能在商业货物上使用高分辨率的商标吗？ s3a7axgouj7fwbajf78nv3k2nq1czm1 1198 199759 594060 2026-09-19T04:14:24Z Pristome 225362 Created page with "4.2 我是否需要为每一次相片比赛获得许可？" 594060 wikitext text/x-wiki 4.2 我是否需要为每一次相片比赛获得许可？ j4cin8r2iz3kxj447bcbj5e3sa7jci0 1198 199760 594062 2026-09-19T04:16:06Z Pristome 225362 Created page with "4.3 我是否能够打印带有维基媒体商标的衬衫以为相片比赛给出奖金？" 594062 wikitext text/x-wiki 4.3 我是否能够打印带有维基媒体商标的衬衫以为相片比赛给出奖金？ 8u4rynho1zuffm4hc2abkg3yh8haw2x 1198 199761 594064 2026-09-19T04:17:44Z Pristome 225362 Created page with "4.4 我能够怎样作为在居住地的维基人使用商标？" 594064 wikitext text/x-wiki 4.4 我能够怎样作为在居住地的维基人使用商标？ 6ttkhlngoibio2rx6t2i96ozdl6yfhn 1198 199762 594066 2026-09-19T04:21:39Z Pristome 225362 Created page with "4.5 你能给我域名抢注的例子吗？" 594066 wikitext text/x-wiki 4.5 你能给我域名抢注的例子吗？ 2f9tnyenaa3kn6kbep0biwfw1ilzpfi 1198 199763 594068 2026-09-19T04:26:27Z Pristome 225362 Created page with "4.7 如果我使用不同的顶级域名，我能使用维基媒体商标吗？" 594068 wikitext text/x-wiki 4.7 如果我使用不同的顶级域名，我能使用维基媒体商标吗？ mnio9sqq7jypgx3ef5a2c2gwg28qx9g 1198 199764 594072 2026-09-19T04:27:41Z Pristome 225362 Created page with "4.10 什么活动用途需要许可？" 594072 wikitext text/x-wiki 4.10 什么活动用途需要许可？ dtng1sowyd0s95cse21jaq916vd6czk 1198 199765 594074 2026-09-19T04:28:23Z Pristome 225362 Created page with "4.11 是否存在活动需要许可时的例外情况？" 594074 wikitext text/x-wiki 4.11 是否存在活动需要许可时的例外情况？ twezfs5o07fh8rhjrzq7uxycmwtcfhw 1198 199766 594076 2026-09-19T04:28:37Z Pristome 225362 Created page with "4.12 什么是“出版物”？" 594076 wikitext text/x-wiki 4.12 什么是“出版物”？ pcu6qzdfvi2bwor153jbxc08fyzz4rg 1198 199767 594078 2026-09-19T04:50:13Z Pristome 225362 Created page with "4.14 这是否也适用于面向社区成员的像“维基百科的新手指南”的手册？" 594078 wikitext text/x-wiki 4.14 这是否也适用于面向社区成员的像“维基百科的新手指南”的手册？ d9soqctvkmiec3lt59kjkbhrt8bgaq4 1198 199768 594080 2026-09-19T04:51:24Z Pristome 225362 Created page with "4.15 书被教育发布者发布会导致不同的情况吗？" 594080 wikitext text/x-wiki 4.15 书被教育发布者发布会导致不同的情况吗？ 63e11vzrn05lu1fefe3s32oul4ljpur 1198 199769 594082 2026-09-19T04:55:52Z Pristome 225362 Created page with "4.16 为了在我为我的学校计划制作的电影中展示维基百科商标，我是否需要获得许可？" 594082 wikitext text/x-wiki 4.16 为了在我为我的学校计划制作的电影中展示维基百科商标，我是否需要获得许可？ 6nr6zwn2fkj1suf65xlxinl5do8s9xv 1198 199770 594084 2026-09-19T05:05:59Z Pristome 225362 Created page with "4.17 我是否必须为商业货物捐赠零售价格的一部分？" 594084 wikitext text/x-wiki 4.17 我是否必须为商业货物捐赠零售价格的一部分？ oh8xhc3f08wp2na60kk70zv94sp9ui7 1198 199771 594086 2026-09-19T05:08:19Z Pristome 225362 Created page with "4.18 如果我正在向维基媒体基金会捐赠我的收益的一部分，我必须说的有什么？" 594086 wikitext text/x-wiki 4.18 如果我正在向维基媒体基金会捐赠我的收益的一部分，我必须说的有什么？ 2n5gmrl7k82wft0brtjtrqeh1htxd0j 1198 199772 594088 2026-09-19T05:09:07Z Pristome 225362 Created page with "4.19 我应该在哪里声明我的收益有多少会被捐赠？" 594088 wikitext text/x-wiki 4.19 我应该在哪里声明我的收益有多少会被捐赠？ gnuwzu9b6dkdauqee90itnhu8ehquv4 1198 199773 594090 2026-09-19T05:10:46Z Pristome 225362 Created page with "4.20 如果我完全不捐赠，我是否需要向维基媒体基金会提及捐赠？" 594090 wikitext text/x-wiki 4.20 如果我完全不捐赠，我是否需要向维基媒体基金会提及捐赠？ 2w3hkjozvtie32wox3fzvika2tq2knr 1198 199774 594092 2026-09-19T05:12:52Z Pristome 225362 Created page with "5.1 如果我的虚假维基百科文章预计为笑话，我能创建它吗？" 594092 wikitext text/x-wiki 5.1 如果我的虚假维基百科文章预计为笑话，我能创建它吗？ lcdaznuhhgvbacuoeaw035xmwk4d22e